U- < 3>. TTC-atUs, eta. f 

J 

TREATIES 

BETWEEN THE 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 



AND THE SEVERAL 




INDIAN TRIBES, 

FROM 1778 TO 1837 : 

WITH 

A COPIOUS TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



COMPILED AND PRINTED BY THE DIRECTION, AND UNDER THE SUPERVISION, 

OF THE 

COMMISSIONER OF INDIAN AFFAIRS. 



i 



WASHINGTON, D. C. 

rUBUSHED BY LANGTREE AND O'SULUVAtf. 

1887. 



/€37 



TABLE OF CONTENTS- 



AFPAI.ACHECOX.AS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 


1832, Oct. 11 

1833, June 18 


Tallahassee 
Pope's, Florida 


James Gadsden 
James Gadsden 


1833. Feb. 13 

1834, Ap. 12 


512 
578 



No. I. 

Annuities, proportion of $5,000 continued to Blunt and Davy, (see page 308) 513 

Cession, reservation made by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 311) - 512 

to be surrendered before Nov. 1, 1833, or 1834 - - 513 

Consideration, $3,000 in cash, and $10,000 on removal - - 512 

Emigration, west of the Mississippi, agreed to 512 

No. 2. 

Annuities, proportion of $5,000 continued to Mulatto King and Tustenuggy 

Hajo - - - - - 579 

balance to be advanced when Seminoles remove - - 579 

Cession, reservation made by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 311) - 578 

Consideration, $3,000 in addition, to be paid conditionally, (see page 501) 579 

Emigration, expenses of, how to be defrayed - 579- 

Protection of United States withdrawn, when Seminoles emigrate - 579 
Reservations, to two chiefs, one and a half sections of land each ; to embrace 

their fields and improvements - ' - - 578 
may be disposed of, if chiefs emigrate within three years ; 

but if they remain, must be subject to the laws of Florida 578 
[The foregoing stipulations refer to Mulatto King, or Vacapasacy, and to Tuste- 
nuggy Hajo, head chiefs of Ematlochees town. Similar stipulations are made 
with Econ-chati-mico. — Seepages 580, 581. ] 

Note.— There are treaties with the Florida Indians and the Seminoles, in which 
the Appalachicolas are interested.— See pages 307 and 500. 



BELANTSE-ETEAS~-Se£ Minnetajrees - - 360 



VI CADDOES, CAHOKIAS, CHAYENNES. 

CADDOES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONER 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1S35, July 1 


Caddo Agency 


J. Brooks 


1836, Feb. 2 


621 



Agent, or attorney, to be appointed to receive annuity - - - 622 

Annuity, $10,000, four years, to be paid to agent, or attorney - - 622 
Cession, lands from boundary of Mexico, between Sabine and Red rivers, 

to Pascagoula bayou, etc. - - - - 621 
Consideration, $30,000 in goods, immediately; $10,000 in money, Sept. 1, 

1835 ; and $10,000, four years - - 622 

receipt of goods acknowledged ... 623 

Emigration, within one year from date of treaty, agreed to - - 622 
Reservations, to Francois Grappe and his three sons, one league of land each, 

in 1801, confirmed - - - 624 

to Larkin Edwards, interpreter, one section of land - 624, '5 



CAHOXIAS— See Illinois - - 246 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 6 


Teton River 


Atkinson and O 'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


348 



Agents, sent by United States to be protected ... 349 

American citizens, trading to or from Mexico, not to be molested - 349 
Arms, ammunition, or warlike implements, not to be supplied to tribes not 

in amity with United States - 349 
Depredations, by individuals, not to be retaliated; but reported to U. S. 

agent ; horses and other property stolen, to be restored - 349 

Protection, to be extended by United States ... 34S 
Trade, places for, to be designated by President U. S., none but American 
citizens to participate ; traders to be licensed and protected ; foreign 

traders to be apprehended .... 348 

American citizens, trading to or from Mexico, not to be molested - 349 

White men, to be delivered up, on demand of President - - 349 



CHEROKEES. 

CHEROKEES. 



VII 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



1785, Nov. 28 



1791, 
1794. 
1798, 
1804, 
1805, 
1805, 
1806, 
1807, 
1816, 
1816, 
1816, 



July 
June 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Oct. 
Jan. 
Sept. 
Mar. 
Mar. 
Sept. 



1817, July 8 



1819, Feb. 
1828, May 
1833, Feb. 

1835, Aug. 
1835, Dec. 



Hopewell 

Holston 
Philadelphia 
Tellico 
Tellico 
Tellico 
Tellico 
Washington 
Washington 
Washington 
Washington 
Chickasaw Coun- 
cil House, 
Cherokee Agency 

Washington 
Washington 
Fort Gibson 

Camp Holmes 
New Echota 



Hawkins, Pickens, Mar- 
tin, and Mcintosh 

William Blount 

Henry Knox 

Butler and Walton 

Smith and Meigs 

Meigs and Smith 

Meigs and Smith 

Henry Dearborn 

Robertson and Meigs 

George Graham 

George Graham 

Jackson, Meriwether, and 
Franklin 

Jackson, McMinn, and 
Meriwether 

John C. Calhoun 

James Barbour 

Stokes, Ellsworth, and 
Schermerhorn 

Stokes and Arbuckle 

Carroll and Schermerhorn 



1786, April 17 
1791, Nov. 11 
1795, Jan. 21 
1799, Jan. 30 
1824, May 1 
1806, June 10 

1806, June 10 

1807, May 22 
1S08, April 22 
1816, April 8 

1816, April 8 

1316, Dec. 30 

1817, Dec. 26 
1819, Mar. 10 
1828, May 28 



1834, April 12 561 
1836, May 19 
1836, May 23 



No. 1. 



Boundary, described 9 

Congress, deputy to be sent to, when Cherokees think fit 10 

Depredations, negroes and other property taken, to be restored - 8 

on Indians, to be punished as if on whites - - 9 

no retaliation shall take place for - - 9 

Fugitives, to be delivered up to United States for punishment - 9 

Hostilities, intended against the United States, to be made known - 10 

Hunting ground, limits assigned ----- 9 

Prisoners, taken, to be mutually restored - ... 8 

Protection, promised by United States, and acknowledged by Indians - 8 

Settlements, not to be made on hunting grounds, by whites - 9 

Trade, to be regulated by Congress - - - 10 

traders to be protected in persons and property - 10 

No. 2. 

Agriculture, recommended ; implements to be furnished by United States - 36 

Annuity, $1,000, indefinitely - - - - 35 

altered to $1,500, by supplementary article, February 17, 1792 38 

Boundary, described - - - - - - 34 

to be plainly marked, (see page 39, art. 2, ) - 35 

Cession, all lands to the right of the boundary line - - 35 

Depredations, on Cherokees, to be punished, same as if on whites - 36 

no retaliation to be made for - - - - 36 

Fugitives, to be delivered up, on demand - - 36 

Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - * 36 

Hunting, by whites on Cherokee lands, forbidden, without passport - 35 

Interpreters, four to be sent by United States ; not to exercise traffic - 36 

Merchandize, ( amount not specified ) to be delivered to chiefs and warriors 35 

Navigation, of Tennessee river, free to citizens of United States - 35 

Prisoners, captured, to be mutually restored - - 34 

Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - 34 

forfeited to settlers on Cherokee lands * - 35 



VIII 



CHEROKEES. 



Reservations, land for interpreters to be assigned - - 36 

lands not ceded, guarantied to Cherokees - 35 

Road, use of, from Washington to Mero districts, granted to United States 35 

Trade, to be regulated by United States - - - - 35 

No. 3. 

Annuities, $5,000, in goods, in lieu of all former sums - 39 

$50 to be deducted for each horse stolen, and not returned - 39 

Boundary, to be marked conformably to previous treaty, ( p. 35, art. 4 ) 39 
Horses, stolen and not returned in three months, $50 for each to be deducted 

from annuity - - - - - 39 

No. 4. 

Agent, to be allowed land for cultivation - - - 81 

Annuities, $1,000, additional, in goods ; notice to be given of delivery - 80 

Boundaries, to remain as stipulated in former treaties - - 79 

to be surveyed and marked ; three maps thereof to be made - 80 

Cession, lands on Tennessee river, etc. - - 79 

Depredations, prior to this treaty, to be forgiven - - 81 

Horses, stolen, $60 to be paid lor each, and how paid - - 81 

Hunting, allowed on ceded lands, until settled - - 80 

Merchandize, $5,000, to be delivered on signing treaty - 80 

Provisions, to be furnished by U. States to those sent to receive annuities 81 

Road, between Cumberland mountain and river, to be free - 80 

No. 5. 

Annuity, $1,000, in money or goods, indefinitely ... 109 

Cession, lands between Georgia line and nation ... 108 

Merchandize, $5,000, ( or money, ) to be delivered ... 109 

No. 6. 

Agricultural implements, part of $11,000, to be paid in - - 122 

Annuity, $3,000, ( indefinitely ) - - - - - 122 

Cession, lands at mouth of Duck river, etc. - 121 

Factory to be removed to a more convenient place - 122 

Ferry on Clinch river, secured to Cherokees - - - 122 

Merchandize, $3,000, to be delivered immediately; $11,000 in 90 days - 122 

Military post, to be removed to north bank of Tennessee river - - 122 

Reservations, a small tract below the mouth of Clinch river - - 121 

ferry on Clinch river, and two sections, each one mile square 122 

three miles square, for military garrison and factory - 122 

Roads, citizens of United States, to have free use of two, to be marked out 122 

No. 7. 

Cession, land on which S. W. Point garrison stands, for the use of the Ten- 
nessee assembly, and first island in Tennessee river, above Clinch 124 
Merchandize, $1,600, or money, to be paid in 90 days - - 124 
Roads, free use of, for mail, allowed ; to be marked out - - 124 

No. 8. 

Annuities, $2,000, on ratification of treaty - 133 

$2,000, four years - - - - 133 

$ 100, to chief, Black Fox, during his life - - 133 

Boundary, between Chickasaws and Cherokees, to be defined - - 133 

Cessions, tract north of Tennessee river, etc. - 133 

Long Island, in Holston river .... 133 

Cotton, machine for cleaning, to be provided by United States - - 133 

Grist mill, to be erected at some convenient place - - 133 
Reservations, one tract at Muscle Shoals ; and one tract on north side of 

Tennessee river ----- 133 
claim of Chickasaws to the above tracts to be equitably set- 
tled by United States - - - 134 



CHEROKEE S. 



IX 



No. 9. 

Boundary, of tracts ceded January 7, 1806, explained - - 135 

Expenses, $2,000, allowed for, in attending council - 135 

Hunting, on ceded lands, until settled, allowed - 135 

No. 10. 

Cession, lands in South Carolina - 185 

Consideration, $5,000 to be paid by South Carolina in ninety days - 185 

No. 11. 

Boundary, of lands ceded by Creeks, August 9, 1814, determined - 186 

commissioners to run lines, to be appointed - - 187 

Depredations, $25,500 allowed for damages done by troops - - 187 

Ferries, to be established and kept up - - - 186 

Navigation, of rivers in Cherokee nation, open to citizens of United States 186 

Roads, right to open and use, granted ... - 186 

commissioners to be appointed to lay out ... 187 

Taverns, to be opened, for accommodation of citizens United States - 187 

No. 12. 

Annuities, $6,000, ten years - - - - - 199 

Boundary, south of Tennessee river, etc., defined - 199 

to be marked by commissioners - 199 

Cession, all lands south and west of boundary line - 199 

Improvements, $5,000 to be paid for, in 60 days - 199 

No. 13. 

Annuity, for 1818, and subsequently, to be divided between emigrating and 

non-emigrating parties proportionably ... 212 

Beaver trap, may be given in lieu of brass kettle ... 212 

Boats, flat bottomed, to be provided for removal ... 212 

Boundary, of lands on the Arkansas defined ... 212 

to be run and marked by commissioners ... 214 

Brass kettle, to be given to each poor emigrating warrior - - 212 

Cession, lands on Appalachy and Chatahouchy rivers - 211 

lands from Tennessee to Little Sequatchie rivers - 211 

reservation to Doublehead and others, by treaty Jan. 7, 1806, (p. 133) 213 

Census, to be taken in June 1818 - - - - 211 

[ dispensed with by treaty February 27, 1819, p. 265, preamble. ] 

Factories, United States reserve right to establish in Arkansas - - 212 

Immunities and privileges under former treaties, continued' - - 212 

Improvements, paid for by rifles, blankets, and brass kettles - - 212 

valuable, to be paid for; value ascertained by commissioner 213 

paid for by U. States ; and those not exchanged, to be rented 213 

Intruders, to be restrained from entering ceded lands - 214 

Military posts, United States reserve right to establish in Arkansas - 212 

Navigation of waters, reserved to Cherokees ... 213 

Provisions, to be supplied to emigrants - 212 

Reservations, land on Arkansas and White rivers for emigrants - 212 
all citizens of United States (except Mrs. P. Lovely) to be 

removed from .... - 212 
640 acres to each head of family, east of Mississippi ; to be 

forfeited on removal (see page 641) - 212 

Rifle and ammunition to be given to each poor emigrating warrior - 212 

Roads, UnHed States reserve right to establish in Arkansas - - 212 

No. 14. 

Annuity, two-thirds to the Cherokees east, and one-third to those west - 267 

if those west object, census to be taken - 268 

Boundaries, to be run by commissioners «... 267 

2 



X 



CHEROKEES. 



Census, of Cherokees west to be taken, conditionally - - - 269 

Cession, lands north and east of Tennessee river, etc., excepting Jolly's island 265 
reservations in second article, treaty Oct. 27, 180-5, (see page 124) 

and a tract of 12 miles square, in trust for school fund - 265 

-to be sold, and proceeds vested - 266 

lands now ceded, to be in full for lands assigned to emigrants - 266 

Education, reservations to be surveyed and ceded in trust for school fund - 265 
tracts to be sold, and proceeds vested in stock j dividends to be 

applied to education - - - - - 267 

Improvements, 640 acres to each family, in lieu of - - - 266 

Intruders, on reservations, to be removed by United States - - 267 

to be prevented, until January 1, 1S20 - - 268 

Leases, under treaty of July 8, 1817, to be void ... 267 
Reservations, 640 acres to each family in ceded territory, who become citi- 
zens, in lieu of improvements - - - . 266 

notice to be given of intention to remain - - 266 
to certain individuals - 266, '7 

Unicoy Turnpike Company, rights not affected by this treaty - - 266 

charter of - 269 



No. 15. 

Annuities, $2,000, three years, for recovery of cattle - 425 
$2,000, ten years, for education - 425 
Blanket, to each member of family emigrating - 426 

Boundary, of Arkansas, western, defined ... - 423 

of lands to Cherokees west of Arkansas, defined - - 424 
lines to be run by October 1, 1828 - - 424 
Cession, lands in Arkansas secured by former treaties - 426 

Consideration, .§-50,000 to be paid on removal, for lands ceded - - 425 

Depredations, 08,760 to be paid to Cherokees, for spoliations - - 425 

Education, $2,000, ten years, to be expended for - - - 425 

buildings erected by benevolent society, to be paid for - 425 
Emigration, to each head of family, removing from Georgia, a rifle, blanket, 

kettle, and five pounds tobacco - 426 

cost of, to be paid by United States - 426 

$12 50 to be paid to each emigrant from Georgia - - 426 

Factory, claim of United States for 03,500, due to, relinquished - 425 

Graves, Thomas, $1,200 to be paid, for losses and sufferings - - 425 
Guess, George, $500 allowed for inventing alphabet - 425 
Intruders, to be removed _____ 424 

Improvements, on lands left, to be valued and paid for - - 424 

Kettle, to each head of family emigrating - 426 
Laws, to be prepared for Cherokees when desired - 426 

[annulled by treaty February 14, 1S33 — see page 564, art. 3. ] 
Mills, grist and saw, to be erected in new country - 244 

[ 8 corn mills substituted by treaty February 14, 1833, see page 564. } 
Outlet, west, perpetual, guarantied - 424 

not to be N. of 36° N. latitude, nor interfere with Creek lands - 427 

Printing press and types, $1,000 to be expended for - - - 425 

Provisions, for twelve months to each emigrant from Georgia - - 426 

Reservations, 7,000,000 acres for permanent residence - - 424 

not to embrace lands ceded to Creeks and others - 428 

a saline spring to George Guess, on Lee's creek - - 425 

tract, two miles by six, for military post, Fort Gibson - 426 

Rifle, to each head of family emigrating from Georgia - - 426 

Road, right to establish, reserved to United States - 427 
Rogers. James, $ 500 allowed for horse and services - 427 

Survey, of individual lands to be made by United States - - 426 

[ annulled by treaty February 14, 1833 — see page 564, art. 3. ] 

Tobacco, five pounds to each head of family emigrating from Georgia - 426 
§tf= Several of the provisions of this treaty, altered by treaty of February 14- 1833 — 
see page 561. 



CHEROKEES. 



XI 



No. 16. 



Blacksmiths, four to be employed, and four shops erected - - 564 

Boundary, of new reservation, defined .... 563 

Cession, lands reserved by treaty of May 6, 1828 - 563 

Iron and steel, four tons iron, and one thousand pounds steel, annually - 564 

Laws, obligation to provide by United States, annulled - - 564 

Mills, eight patent railway corn mills, to be erected by U.S.- - 564 

Outlet, west, perpetual, guarantied - 563 

Reservation, one mile square, for agency ... - 5(34 

Salt plain, right to, reserved for other tribes - - - 563 

Survey, obligation to make, by United States, annulled - - 564 

Wagon-maker, one to be employed, and one shop erected - - 564 

Wheel-wright, one to be employed, and one shop erected - - 564 

No. 17. See Comanches, No. 1 - - - - 626 

No. 18. 

Agents, to be appointed, to value improvements - - - 638 

to have use of buildings at New Echota - 642 

Annuities, of #10,000, commuted for $214,000 - - - 640 
under this treaty, for two years, to be advanced by United States, 

and expended in provisions and clothing for poor classes - 643 

Boundary, from Old Arkansas line, to Verdigris river, etc. - - 635 

Buildings, at New Echota, to be used by United States for settling business 642 

agency, to be occupied by agent - 643 

Cession, all lands east of Mississippi river - 635 
Citizenship, heads of families, desirous to remain within the States, shall 
receive 160 acres of land ; those not now there, may locate 

within two years - - - - - 640 
Claims, upon Indians, payment guarantied by United States without expense, 

[ rejected by the Senate ] - - - - 644 
of Western Cherokees, not to be affected by this treaty, [ rejected 

by the Senate ] - - - - 645 
under this treaty, to be adjudicated by commissioners - - 643 
Clothing, part of annuity for two years to be expended for - - 643 
Committee, appointed to determine pre-emption rights ; shall select mis- 
sionaries for emigration, and transact business of nation - 640 
pre-emption relinquished, by supplementary article - 646 
Congress, Cherokees shall be entitled to a delegate in the House - 638 
Consideration, $5,000,000, exclusive of $300,000, for spoliations - 635 
500,000, to be deducted for additional reservation - 636 
15,000, for Osage reservations - 637 
200,000, to be vested by President, and interest paid to 

Cherokees .... 539 

100,000, for the benefit of poorer class who emigrate - 641 

last item added to national fund of $400,000 - 647 

Debts, due by Indians, to be paid out of money paid for improvements - 638 

$60,000, allotted therefor, to be paid by United States - - 639 

no claims against individuals shall be paid by nation - - '639 

Depredations, $300,000 to be paid for, by United States - - -639 
Education, Harmony Missionary improvements to be paid for by the U. S., 

and the amount expended for Osage schools - - 637 

$150,000 to be vested, and interest applied to - - 639 

$50,000 to be vested, for education and support of orphans - 639 
report of application of funds, to be made to the President of 

United States - - - - 639 

principal may be withdrawn, on giving two years notice - 639 

present school fund shall constitute part of permanent fund - 640 

surplus of $600,000 allowed for emigration, to be applied to - 647 
Emigration, in wagons and steamboats provided for ; a physician with me- 
dicines shall accompany each detachment ; shall be sub- 
sisted one year after arrival ; expenses and subsistence may 

be commuted ; United States will furnish aid - - 638 



XII 



CHEROKEES. 



Emigration, those out of nation, entitled to remove in two years - 638 

teachers to be removed west at expense of United States - 639 

Cherokees who do not emigrate shall receive portions - 640 

within two years from ratification of treaty, agreed to - 642 

$600,000 allowed, in lieu of expenses of 646 

Expenses of negotiating this treaty, to be defrayed by United States - 647 

Improvements, to be valued by agents, and paid for - - - 638 
Cherokees dispossessed of, by laws of Georgia, to be restored 

or paid for - - - - - 642 

Intruders, shall be removed by United States - - - 637 

Laws, power to make for themselves, granted to Cherokees - - 637 

not to extend to citizens or soldiers of the United States - - 637 

Military posts, United States reserve right to establish - - 636 

Missionary establishments, to be appraised and paid for - - 638 

Missionaries, for removal west, to be selected by committee - - 640 

Orphans, $50,000 to be vested for the support and education of - - 639 

report of application of funds to be made to the President - 639 

principal may be withdrawn on giving two years notice - 639 

Pensions, granted to warriors wounded in service of United States - 642 

Pre-emption rights secured to Cherokees who remain within the States - 640 

committee named to decide upon - 640 

committee shall fill its own vacancies - 640 

relinquished by supplementary article - - - 646 

Protection of United States promised to Cherokees - 637 

to be continued until removal west - - - 642 

Provisions, part of annuity for two years, to be expended in - 1 - 643 

Reservations, 7,000,000 acres west of Mississippi ... 635 

perpetual outlet west - 636 

letters patent to be issued for - 636 

salt plain, for the use of other tribes - - - 636 
800,000 acres between west line of Missouri and Osage nation, 

excepting lands assigned to the Quapaws - ^ 636 
military post at Fort Gibson ; if abandoned, to revert to Chero- 
kees - - - - - - 636 

to Osages, 1825, title to be extinguished by United States - 636 

$15,000 estimated therefor, per schedule - - 637 

for Osage schools, to be appraised and paid for by U. States 637 

shall not be included in any State or territory - - 637 

jurisdiction over, granted to Cherokees - 637 
made under former treaties to individuals, and since sold by 

United States, shall be paid for by United States - 641 

such as have not been sold, confirmed to original reservees - 641 
granted by treaty of IS 17, and included in unceded lands by 

treaty of 1819, confirmed to original reservees - - 641 

abandoned, or purchased from States, to be paid for by U. S. 641 

sold by reservees, conveyed and paid for, not included " - 641 
amount paid for by United States, shall not be deducted from 

allowance for spoliations ... - 641 

for agency, to be used by United States, or United States agent 643 

for agency not to interfere with occupant right of Cherokees 647 

Roads, United States reserve the right to make such as are necessary - 636 

Schedule of estimated value of Osage reservations - - - 646 

Stipulations, in former treaties not annulled, to be continued - - 643 

Surplus, distribution of, provided for - 642 

Survey of ceded lands, to be made immediately * 643 



CHICKASAWS. 

OHICEASAWS. 



XIII 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



1786, Jan. 10 

1801, Oct. 24 

1805, July 23 
1816, Sept. 20 

1818, Oct. 19 
1832, Oct. 20 
1834, May 24 
1837, Jan. 17 



Hopewell 

Chickasaw Bluffs 

ChickasawCoun'y 
Chickasaw Coun- 
cil House 
Old Town 
Pontitock Creek 
Washington 
Doaksville 



Hawkins, Pickens, and 

Martin 
Wilkinson, Hawkins, and 

Pickens 
Robertson and Dinsmoor 
Jackson, Meriwether and 

Franklin 
Shelby and Jackson 
John Coffee 
John H. Eaton 



1786, April 17 

1802, May 1 

1807, May 22 
1816, Dec. 30 

1819, Jan. 7 

1833, March 1 

1834, July 1 
1837, Mar. 24 



No. 1. 



Boundary, described - - - - - 15 

Depredations, offenders to be delivered up to U. S. - - - 16 

on Indians, to be punished same as if on whites - 16 

retaliations for, not to be practised - - - 16 

Hostilities, intended against U. S. to be made known - - - 17 

Intruders, forfeit protection of U. S. and may be punished - - 16 

Prisoners, if any, negroes and other property, to be restored - - 15 

Protection, of U. S. acknowledged - - - - 15 

Reservations, tract of five miles at the Muscle Shoals, for trading post - 16 

Trade, to be regulated by Congress - - - - 16 

Traders, to be protected in persons and property - - 17 



No. 2. 

Ferries, to belong to Chickasaws 

Merchandize, $700 given for privilege of making road 

Protection, of U. S. to be afforded 

Road, through Mero and Natchez districts to be opened 
to be commenced immediately 

No. 3. 

Annuity, to Chinnubbee Mingo, $100, natural life 
Boundary, to be marked by Commissioner 

$2 per day to be paid to Chickasaw attendant 
Cession, lands on left bank of the Ohio river 
Consideration, $20,000, in specie, for use of nation 

to George Colbert and O'Koy, $1,000 each 
Reservation, one mile square for Chief O'Koy 
Settlements, by whites, not permitted for three years 

No. 4. 



Annuities, $12,000, ten years - - - 201 

$100 to Gen. W. Colbert, during life - - - 203 

Boundary, to be marked by Commissioners - 202 
Cession, from mouth of Caney Creek, Tennessee river, to the Tombigby 

river, and Choctaw boundary - - - - 201 

Consideration, in goods or cash, to certain individuals - - 202 

Improvements, $4,500 to be paid for, on lands ceded - - 201 

Reservations, tract on north bank of Tennessee river to Geo. Colbert - 201 

tract on Beach creek to Appassantubby - - 202 

[$500 given in lieu, by treaty, Oct. 19, 1818— see page 262, art. 5.] 

one mile square to J. McCleish ... 202 



80 acres south side of Tennessee river to Levi Colbert - 202 



83 
83 
83 
83 
84 



116 
117 
117 
116 
116 
116 
116 
117 



XIV 



CHICKASAWS. 



Reservations, [all to revert to U. S. if abandoned— see page 262, '3, art. 5.] 

[ forfeiture changed by treaty, Oct. 19, 1318— see page 262, '3, art. 5. ] 
Trade, no more licenses to be granted - 203 
goods brought in, to be forfeited - 203 

No. 5. 

Annuities, 020,000, fifteen years - - 

heretofore payable in goods, to be paid in cash 
Boundary, to be marked by commissioners - 
Cession, lands north of south boundary of Tennessee - 
Colbert James, Interpreter, $1,033, lost at Baltimore, to be paid to 
Consideration, in money to certain individuals 
Debts, $1,115 to be paid to Capt. John Gordon 

$£2,000 to Capt. David Smith ... 
Improvements, on lands ceded, shall be paid for 
Lewis, John, half-breed, $25 to be paid, for saddle lost 
Reservations, salt spring or lick, on Sandy river 

to be leased to citizens of U. S. — [ see pp. 525 and 527.] 
Salt, a reasonable quantity to be paid annually 

after two years, not to be sold for more than $1 for 50 lbs. 

No 6. 



Agent, request that he may be continued, granted - - 517 

when new one appointed, wishes of nation to be consulted - 517 

Annuities, to Tish-o-mingo, $100 during life - 519 

to Queen Puc-caun-la, $50 during life ... 519 

Boundary, between Choctaw and Chickasaw lands, to be determined, and how 519 
surveys of Choctaw lands not to cross the line until the true line 

be ascertained _____ 519 

Cession, all lands east of Mississippi river - 514 

Consideration, nett proceeds sales of lands ceded - 514 
Colbert, James, bond to, for $1811 S3 3-4 and interest, transferred to R. 

Gordon - - - - - 523 
Donley, John, mail carrier, to be continued as such - 524 
section granted to, but not in fee simple - - 524 
Emigration, new country to be sought for - - - - 514 
notice to be given when ready for removal - - 518 
expenses of, to be paid out of proceeds of lands - - 518 
provisions and means for, to be furnished - 518 
Gordon, Robert, consents to take a section of land in payment of bond - 523 
Improvements, to be valued, and how paid for - 515 
Investment, three-fourths proceeds of lands to be vested in stocks - 518 
dividends to be used for national purposes - - 518 
stocks to be left with President - - 518 
after fifty years, may be withdrawn - 518 
Land Office, to be established in cental part of nation - - 516 
Register and Receiver to be appointed by President - 516 
each to have one good clerk - - - 516 
salaries fixed, and to be paid out of proceeds sales of lands - 516 
section of land granted for use of 524 
Mail route, weekly through the nation, requested - 524 
Reservations, to individuals who do not emigrate — ( see page 609 ) - 515 
possession guarantied while occupied - 515 
to be sold alter occupants remove - 515 
to be sold to highest bidders, not less than quarter sections - 517 
combinations of buyers to be prevented - - 517 
after fiye years to be sold at reduced prices - - 517 
correct list to be made out, after survey, and returned to Re- 
gister of Land Office to be recorded - 520 
not to be leased or rented to any person, red, white or black 522 
on removal, to be given up and sold - 522 
minimum price, $3 per acre - 523 
may be sold at private sale - 523 
to young men of 17, orphans and widows, stipulated for - 523 



261 

264 
263 
261 
262 
263 
261 
261 
263 
262 
262 
262 
262 
262 



CHICKASAWS. 



XV 



Reservations, to Colbert Moore, granted, and permission to remain in nation 523 

section of land to Robert G ordon in payment of bond - 523 

one section, or four quarters, for Land Office - - 524 

one section to John Donley, mail carrier - - 524 

Survey, land ceded to be surveyed, and offered for sale - - 514 

to be commenced as soon as practicable - - - 519 

Surveyor General, to be appointed by President ... 5j(j 

may appoint deputies, clerk and draftsman - - 516 

Settlements, not permitted, until land is sold - 520 

intruders to be removed from - 560 

No. 7. 

Agent, U. S. will continue some discreet person - 607 
Appropriation, by Congress in 1833, to carry into effect former treaty, shall 

be applicable to this, and be chargeable to Chickasaws - 614 
Albertson, Isaac, and Levi Colbert, $3,000 to be paid to, out of appropria- 
tion of 1833 - - - - - - 614 

Boundary, of reservations, not to separate the dwelling from spring or 

cleared land - - - - 611 

run by U. S. Commissioner, conformably to treaty of October 

19, 1818, shall be considered the true line - - 613 

Blacksmiths' shops, part of invested stocks may be sold, to establish - 613 

Clerk, additional one to be appointed by President for land office - 616 

Depredations, on Indians, to be paid for by United States - - 607 

Education, part of invested stocks may be sold to establish schools - 613 

$3,000 fifteen years, appropriated for - - 615 

Emigration, United States will furnish competent persons to conduct parties 613 

expenses of, to be defrayed from funds of Chickasaws - 613 

Intruders, on ceded lands, to be prevented by United States - - 607 

on reservations to be removed - - - 607 

King, on the death, etc., of, chiefs shall till vacancy, to be approved by 

the Secretary of War, and make reasonable compensation to - 608 

Mills, may be erected from sales of invested stocks, - 613 
Officers, appointed under this treaty to be dispensed with, when President 

deems their services no longer wanted - - 616 

Protection of U. S. against western Indians promised - 607 

Provisions, U. S. will supply, if desired, one year after emigration, - 613 

Reservations, shall not be disposed of without certificate from two of seven 
persons named ; said certificate to be verified by U. S. agent; 
deed to be endorsed by President, and recorded ; may be 

disposed of conditionally without certificate - - 608 

to heads of families, by treaty of October 20, 1832, altered - 609 

priority of right to, shall be determined by lot - - 609 

to males and females, 21 and over, one section each, - 609 

on death of reservees, how to be disposed of - 610 

to white men, married to Indian women, shall belong to the wife 610 
to males and females under 21, whose fathers or mothers are 

dead, a half section each ----- 610 

dwellings, springs, and cleared lands, not to be separated - 6H 

to L. Colbert, and others, for trouble of coming to Washington 611 

to King Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa, and others, - 611 
after all are located under this treaty, residue of lands shall be 

sold, and terms of sale prescribed - 612 
proceeds of sales shall be vested, and interest paid to Chick- 
asaws - - - - - - 612 

President may order any portion sold after survey - - 612 

owners of, shall file applications, to be entered on plat - 612 

if suitable lands west, for home, can be procured, part of 

invested stocks may be sold to pay for same - - 613 

four miles square, by treaty of 1818, offered to U. S. at $1 25 

per acre [rejected by the Senate] - 615 

Reynolds, Benj. agent, $1,000 stolen from by negro, to be credited - 615 

No. S. See Choctaws, No. 11 - 697 



XY1 CHIPPEWAS/ 

CHIPPEWA3. 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



17S5, Jan. 21 



1789, Jan. 
1795, Aug. 
1805, July 

1807, Nov. 

1808, Nov. 
1815, Sept. 



Fort Mcintosh 
Fort Harmar 
Greenville 
4jFort Industry 
17jDetroit 
25jBrownstown 
S Spring Wells 



1S16, Aug.24, St. Louis 



1817, Sept. 

1819, Sept. 

1820, June 

1820, J ulv 

1821, Aug. 

1825, Aus;. 

1826, Aug. 

1827, Aug. 

1828, Aug. 

1829, July 



29 Miami Lake Erie 
24 Saginaw 
lO'Sauit St. Marie 

6|L'Arbre Croche, 
29 1 Chicago 
19|Prairie des Chiens 

5 Fond du Lac 
lljButte des Morts 
25|Green Bay 
29: Prairie du Chien 



1833, Sept. 26,Chicago 

1836, Mar. ^[Washington 
1836, May 9 Washington 



Clark, Butler, and Lee 

Arthur St. Clair 

xlnthony Wayne 

C. Jouett 

William Hull 

William Hull 

Harrison, McArthur and 

Graham 
Edwards, Clark, and 

Chouteau 
Cass and McArthur, 
Lewis Cass 
Lewis Cass 
Lewis Cass 
Cass and Sibley 
Clark and Cass 
Cass and McKenney 
Cass and McKenney 
Cass and Menard 
McMel, Menard, and 

Atwater 
Porter, Owen, and Wea- 

therford 
Henry Pt. Schoolcraft 
Henry P.. Schoolcraft 



1785, June 
1789, Sept, 29 
1795, Dec. 22 
1806, April 24 

1808, Jan. 27 

1809, Mar. 1 

1815, Dec. 26 



1816, Dec. 

1819, Jan. 

1820, Mar. 

1821, Mar. 

1821, Mar. 

1822, Mar. 

1826, Feb. 

1827, Feb. 
1829, Feb. 
1829, Jan. 



1830, Jan. 2 

1835, Feb. 21 
1830, May 27 

1836, May 25 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 1 - - - 6 

No. 2. See Wyandots, No. 2 - - - - 23 

No. 3. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - 54 

No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 5 ----- 113 

See 5. See Ottawas, No. 5 - - - - 136 



No. 6. 



Boundary, lines on roads, to be run - . - 148 

Fishing, privilege of, retained by Indians - - - - 148 

Hunting, privilege of, retained by Indians - - - 143 

Protection of U. S., again acknowledged and promised - - 148 

jRoads, tract 120 feet wide, from foot of rapids of Miami, granted for - 147 

tract 120 feet wide, from Lower Sandusky, granted for - 147 

timber and materials from adjacent lands, to be taken for - 147 

Settlements, one mile on each side of first road, granted for - - 147 

No, 7. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - - - 173" 

No. 8. See Ottawas, No. 8 - - - - 196 

No. 9. See Wyandots, No. 10 - - - - 216? 

No. 10. 

Agricultural implements, to be supplied by U. S, - - - 278 

Annuities, $1,000 in silver, forever ... - 278 

all annuities to be hereafter paid in silver - 278 

Blacksmith, to be supported by U. S. while President thinks proper - 278 

Cattle, to be provided for farms ----- 278 

Cession, from mouth of Auglaize river, etc. - - - - 276 

Farmers, number to be employed as President deems expedient - 278 

Hunting, right of, while property of U. S., granted {see p. 58 — arts, 5 and 7.) 278 

Improvements, value of, to be paid to Indians „.'-*"•'. 278 



CHIPPEWA9. 



XVII 



Reservations, about 106,000 acres - 276 

to certain individuals ( 16 of 640 acres each ) - - 277 

Roads, right to make, reserved to United States ... 278 

Sugar, right to make, while land remains property of United States - 278 

No. 11. 

Cession, sixteen square miles near Big Rock - • - 280 

Fishing, permanent right secured to Indians, at Falls St. Maiy - - 280 

not to interfere with military works or private rights - - 280 

Merchandize, not specified, delivered, in full for cession - - 280 

No. 12. See Ottawas, No. 11 - - - - - 281 

No. 13. See Ottawas, No. 12 - - - - - 297 

No. 14. See Sioux, No. 5 - - - - 371 

No. 15. 

Annuity, $2,000, in money or goods, during the pleasure of Congress [not 

confirmed] ------ 397 

$1,000, for education, during the pleasure of Congress - 397 

Boundary, to be settled at Green Bay, by deputation in 1827 - - 396 

Education, $1,000, annually, for school on St. Mary's river - - 397 

Jurisdiction, of United States acknowledged - - - 398 

Metals and minerals, right to search for, and carry away, granted to U. S. 396 

not to affect title or jurisdiction - - 396 

Murderers, to be apprehended and delivered up to U. S. in 1827 - 400 

Reservations, to half-breeds, 640 acres each [not confirmed] - - 396 

section of land for school - - - 397 

No. 16. 

Annuities, $1,000, for three years ; and 1,500, thereafter, for education - 414 

Boundary, between Chippewas, Menemonies, and Winnebagoes, defined - 412 
between Menemonies, Winnebagoes and New York Indians, to 

be determined by President of the United States - - 413 
at Green Bay defined ; but may be changed if they interfere with 

claims of New York Indians - - - - 413 
Depredations, by Winnebagoes, at Prairie du Chien, may be punished by 

the United States - - - .414 

Education, $1,000, for three years, and $1,500, thereafter, appropriated - 414 

Jurisdiction, of United States acknowledged - - 413 

Merchandize, distributed to the amount of $15,682 - - - 414 

New York Indians, rights of, not to be impaired by this treaty - - 413 

No. 17. See Winnebagoes, No. 4 - - - - 429 

No. 18. 

Annuities, $16,000, in specie, forever, at Chicago - - - 436 

Blacksmiths' shop, at Chicago, to be made permanent - - - 436 
Cession, tract from Rock river to Ouisconsin river ; tract from Gross Pointe 

near Chicago to Rock river .... 435 

Claims, against Indians, $11,601, to be paid per schedule - . - 437 

Hunting, right reserved on ceded lands, while property of U. S. - 437 

Merchandize, $12,000, to be delivered in October, 1829 - - 436 

Reservations, five sections at Grand Bois, for Wauh-pon-eh-see - < - 436 

two sections for Shab-eh-nay, at his village - - 436 

four sections for Awn-kote, on Fox River - - 436 

to certain individuals ( fifteen and a half sections in all ) - 436 

Salt, fifty barrels, annually, forever, at Chicago ... 435 

Survey, northern boundaiy of lands ceded, to be made by U. S. and marked 437 

No. 19. 

Agricultural implements to be purchased, and farmers supported - 585 

American Fur Company, claims against Hubbard and Kinzie to be examined 603 

3 



XVIII 



CHIPPEWAS. 



Annuities, $14,000, twenty years, to the nation - - - 585 
$400 additional to Billy Caldwell ; $300 additional to Alex. Ro- 
binson ; $200 to Joseph Lafromboise ; and $200 to Sha-beh- 

nay ; all for life ..... 586 

proportion to be paid to those who have emigrated west - 586 

$2,000 additional, twenty years - 596 
Boundary, of ceded lands, defined - - - - • - - 584 

of reservation west of Mississippi, defined - 584 
of reservations west of Mississippi, altered ... 601, '3 

Blacksmiths' shops, to be erected, and blacksmiths supported - - 585 

Cession, land on western shore of lake Michigan, 5,000,000 acres - 584 

boundary of, defined ----- 584 

9 sections,reserved to Wauh-pon-eh-see and Awn-kote,July 29, 1829 586 

all lands in Michigan, south of Grand river (99 sections) - 595 
possession guarantied three years, but may be surveyed and sold 

before ------ 596 

Consideration, $100,000, in lieu of reservations to individuals refused by 

commissioners, and for lands ceded by Menominees - 585 

$150,000 to pay claims against the united nation - - 585 
$100,000 in goods and provisions, part at once, and residue 

next year ..... 585 

$14,000 annually, twenty years ... 585 

$150,000 for mills, farm houses, blacksmiths' shops, etc. - 585 

$70,000 for education and encouragement of domestic arts - 585 

annuities to certain individuals ... 586 

$3,500 to Wauh-pon-eh-see and Awn-kote for nine sections 586 

$100,000 for ninety -nine sections south of Grand river - 596 

$10,000 for altering boundary of reservations west - 602 

$2,000 to G. Kercheval, and $1,000 to G. E. Walker - 602 

Claims, allowed by schedule B. to be examined by a commissioner - 603 

Education, $70,000 appropriated for, and encouragement of domestic arts - 585 

Indians request that the sum may be invested by the President 585 

Emigration, deputation to be sent to examine country west - - 585 
Indians shall be removed, as fast as prepared, at expense of U. 
S. ; to be subsisted on the journey, and twelve months after 

arrival at new homes .... 585 

to remove from limits of Illinois, on ratification of treaty - 585 

to retain possession of country north of Illinois, three years - 585 

from lands in Michigan, to take place in three years - 596 
part ask permission, on account of religious creed, to remove 

to northern part of Michigan - 599 

Farm houses, to be erected, and farmers supported ... 585 

Hunting, on lands ceded in Michigan, allowed for three years - 596 

Mechanics, as many as necessary to be supported - - - 585 
Merchandize, provisions and horses, to amount of $65,000 purchased and 

delivered, remainder to be purchased in 1834 - - 594 

$15,000, additional, purchased and delivered - - 599 

Mills, to be erected, and millers supported - - - - 585 

Physicians, as many as necessary, to be supported ... 585 
Reservations, 5,000,000 acres west of Mississippi ; to be examined by a depu- 
tation of fifty, and expenses paid by United States - 585 
boundary of, defined ... - 584 
to individuals by treaty July 29, 1829, to be granted in fee sim- 
ple, but no sales to be made without approval of President - 586 
rejection of by Senate, not to vitiate the treaty - - 587 
to Madeline Bertrand, to be purchased by U. S. for $800 - 596 
to Me-saw-ke-qua, two sections, to be in fee simple - 596 
rejection of two last by Senate shall not vitiate treaty - 596 
to P. and J. J. Godfroy, one section - - - 600 
boundary of, west of Mississippi, altered - 601, '3 
Schedules, of claims allowed, to be paid by United States - 588, '94 
of additional claims, $10,000 .... 598- 

Surveys, of land ceded in Michigan may be made before removal - 596 

Treaty, to be considered as cancelled, if not ratified in five months - 602 

No. 20. See Ottawas, No. 19, 



CHOCTAWS. XIX 

No. 21. 

Annuity, $1,000, ten years ..... 667 
Cession, 8,320 acres on Swan and Salt creeks, Au Vaseau and Black rivers, 

reserved by treaty, Nov. 17, 1807 - - - 666 

to be surveyed and sold, proceeds paid to Chippewas - - 667 
Consideration, proceeds of sales of lands ceded ; to be vested after deducting 

$10,000 for annuities ; stock may be sold if desired - 667 
$2,500 in money and $'4,000 in goods, to be advanced by 

United States ; and expenses to, at, and from Washington 667 

8,320 acres (13 sections) west of Mississippi - - 667 

Emigration, desire to fix residence elsewhere, expressed - - 666 

Merchandize, $4,000 worth, to be delivered at Detroit, or lake St. Clair - 667 

Reservation, 8,320 acres, west of Mississippi, to be furnished by U. S. - 667 

Survey, of ceded lands, shall be made as soon as practicable - - 667 



CHOCTAWS. 



NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1786, 
1801, 

1802, 
1803, 
1805, 
1816, 
1820, 
1825, 
1S30, 
1835, 
1837, 



Jan. 3 

Dec. 17 

Oct. 17 
Aug. 31 
Nov. 16 
Oct. 24 
Oct. 18 
Jan. 20 
Sept. 27 
Aug. 24 
Jan. 17 



Hopewell 

Fort Adams 

Fort Confederat'n 
Hoe-Buckintoo-pa 
Mount Dexter 
Choctaw T. H. 
Doak's Stand 
Washington 
Dancing R. Creek 
Camp Holmes 
Doaksville 



Hawkins, Pickens, and 

Martin 
Wilkinson, Hawkins, and 

Pickens 
James Wilkinson 
James Wilkinson 
Robertson and Dinsmoor 
Coffee, Rhea, and McKee 
Jackson and Hinds 
John C. Calhoun 
Eaton and Coffee 
Stokes and Arbuckle 



1786, April 17 



1802, April 

1803, Jan. 
1803, l\ov. 
1808, Jan. 
1816, Dec. 
1821, Jan. 
1825, Feb. 
1831, Feb. 

1836, May 

1837, Mar. 



12 

85 
95 
102 
128 
204 
287 
320 
454 
626 
697 



No. 1. 



Boundary, of hunting lands, defined - - - - 12 

Depredations, offenders to be delivered up, to be punished - - 13 

Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - - 14 

Murderers, to be delivered up for trial - - - - 13 

Negroes and other property, to be restored - - - 12 

Prisoners, if any, to be restored - - - - - 12 

Protection, of United States acknowledged - - - -12 

forfeited by settlers on Indian lands - - - 13 

Reservations, three tracts, six miles square each, for trading posts - 13 

Retaliation, not to be practised - - - - - 13 

Settlers, on Indian lands, forfeit protection of United States - - 13 

Trading posts, three tracts, six miles square each, reserved for - 13 

Trade, to be regulated by United States - - - - 13 

Traders, to go to tribes or towns, and be protected - - - 13 

No. 2. 

Boundary, shall be retraced and marked - - - 85 

to be surveyed as soon as convenient - - 86 

Blacksmiths' tools, three sets to be given to nation - - 86 

Cession, land N. of latitude 31°, and S. of Yazoo river - 86 

Consideration, $2,000 worth of goods delivered - - 86 

Intruders, to be removed from ceded lands, with slaves, etc. - - 86 

cabins or houses of, to be demolished - - 86 



XX 



CHOCTAWS. 



Protection, of the United States, renewed - - 85 

Road, for wagons, to be opened and made ; route denned, and to remain a 

highway forever - - - - - 85 

Choctaw assistants, to be employed and compensated - 85 

to be carried into effect, at discretion of the President - - 86 

No. 3. 

Boundary, old line to be re-marked, by commissioners - - 95 

Choctaw commissioners, to be subsisted by United States, and 

paid $1 per day - - • - - 95 

when re-marked, shall form the boundary - - 95 

old line, alteration in, near the mouth of Yazoo river, to be made 

by chiefs of upper towns - - - - 95 

Cession, lands east of Chickasawhay river, etc. - - - 95 

No. 4. 

Boundary, between lands ceded, and those not ceded, defined - - 103 

Consideration, 15 pieces strouds, 3 rifles, 150 blankets, 250 lbs. powder, 250 

lbs. lead, bridle, saddle, and silk handkerchief - 104 

No. 5. 

Annuities, $3,000, in goods, indefinitely .... 129 
$150 each, to the three Medal Mingos, who are to have none of 

the annuity to the nation - 129 

Boundary, to be ascertained and marked - 129 

three Choctaw commissioners to attend, and receive $2 per day 129 

Cession, lands on Humecheeto, Pearl, and Chickasawhay rivers - 128 

Consideration, $43,000 to discharge debts ; $2,500 to J. Pitchlynn - 129 

$500 to each of the three Medal Mingos - - 129 

Merchandise, $3,000 worth, at cost, annually - - - 129 

McGrew, John, grant to, of 1,500 acres by Opiomingo, certified - 129 

Reservation, two miles square, and a tract of 5,120 acres on Tombigbee - 128 

Roads, lease granted for, confirmed - - - - - 130 

No. 6. 

Annuity, £5.000, twenty years ..... 204 
Cession, lands from east of Chickasaw boundary to northern boundary of 

cession, November 16, 1805 .... 204 

Merchandize, $10,000, to be delivered immediately - - - 204 

No. 7. 

Agent, to be appointed, and permanently settled in nation - - 288 

to collect wandering Indians, to be appointed - - 288 

may confiscate whiskey introduced without leave - - 290 

$200 to be placed in his hands, annually, to pay expenses light horse 290 

Annuity, $96,000 of, appropriated to schools, to be refunded - - 289 

to be divided, after providing for deaf, dumb, and blind - 289 

$200 to raise and organize corps of light horse - - 290 

$150 continued to Mushalatubbee, junior, for life - - 290 

Blacksmith, to be settled amongst them .... 288 

Blanket, to be furnished to each warrior .... 288 
Boundaries, to be marked by commissioners, Choctaw assistant to receive 

$2 per day - ... 288 

east of Mississippi, to remain without alteration - - 288 

Cession, lands east of Pearl river, to head of Black creek, etc. - - 287 

Compensation, to chiefs and warriors, in campaign to Pensacola - 289 

Deaf, dumb, and blind, to be provided for, out of annuity - - 289 

Education, fifty-four sections to be sold, to raise fund for - - 289 

three quarters applied to schools east, and one quarter west of 

Mississippi - - - - - 289 

proceeds to be placed in hands of President - - 289 

$96,000 paid for, out of annuities, to be refunded - - 289 



CHOCTAWS. 



XXI 



Emigration, each warrior to receive, blanket, ket..c, i. etc. - - 288 

value of improvements to be paid to emigrants - - 2S9 

Factor, to be sent with goods ..... 288 

[dispensed with — seepage 322, art. 5.] 

Improvements, value of, to be paid to emigrants ... 289 
to Puckshenubbe, $500 ; Harrison, $200 ; Captain Cobb, 

$200 ; O'Gleno, $200 ; and to others in proportion - 289 

Kettle, to be furnished to each warrior - 288 
Light horse, corps to be raised ; to maintain order, and remove intruders ; 

$200 annually appropriated - - - - 290 

Pensacola campaign, warriors engaged in, to be paid what is due - 289 

Provisions, corn for one year, to be supplied to each family - - 288 

Reservations, tract between Arkansas and Red rivers - - 288 
[ ceded to U. S. by treaty, Jan. 20, 1825— see page 320, art. 1. ] 

limited parcels for families that remain - - 288 

fifty-four sections of one mile square, for schools - - 289 

tract, to refund $96,000 of annuity, appropriated to schools - 289 
[ commuted for money, January 20, 1825 — see page 321. ] 

one mile square to those who remain on ceded lands - 289 
[ authorized January 20, 1825, to convey in fee simple, with approbation of 

President — see page 321. ] 

Whiskey, to be confiscated by agent .... 290 

No. 8. 

Agent, west of Mississippi, to be appointed - - - 322 

Annuities, $6,000, forever ; after twenty years, to be invested in stocks - 321 

$6,000, for sixteen years, in lieu of survey - - 231 

$150 continued to chief, Robert Cole, for life - - 323 

Blacksmith, to be settled west of Mississippi ... 322 

Boundary, land now ceded, to remain the permanent - - 321 

Cession, land on the Arkansas, near Fort Smith ... 320 

Cole, Robert, appointed chief, vice Puck-she-nubbe, deceased - - 322 
shall receive the medal appertaining to the office, and annuity 

of $150 for life - - - - - 323 

Depredations, $2,000 allowed for Choctaw claims ... 322 

Education, annuity of $6,000, to be applied to, twenty years - 321 

Factor, claim to, by treaty of 1S20, relinquished - 322 

Laws of the U. S., Choctaws exempted from, but by their own consent - 322 

Pensacola campaign, $14,972 50, allowed for services in 322 

Reservations, fifty-four sections to be surveyed and sold — [ seepage 289 ] 321 

by ninth section, treaty 1820, may be sold in fee simple - 321 

to four individuals, may be located on land ceded in 1820 - 321 

Congress shall not apportion - 322 

Survey, dispensed with, and $6,000, sixteen years, in lieu - - 321 

fifty-four sections to be surveyed and sold ... 321 

Trading house, debt to United States, relinquished ... 322 

No. 9. 

Agent, to be appointed every four years ; shall be removed on petition ; to 
reside near great body of the people ; wishes of Choctaws to be 
consulted in selection of .... 457 
Annuities, to three principal chiefs, $250 .... 457 
to Mushaiatubbee, $100 dollars additional - 457 
to ninety-nine captains, $50, four years - - - 458 
to additional principal chief, $500, 20 years - - - 457 
under former treaties, to be continued ... 458 
Choctaws remaining east, and afterwards removing west, forfeit pro- 
portion of $20,000, twenty years, after removal to the west - 458 
$2,500, twenty years, for three teachers; to surviving warriors un- 
der Gen. "Wayne, $25 a year each, for life - 460 
Arms, each warrior to be furnished with, on removing - - 460 
Ardent spirits, introduction of, to be prevented - - - 456 
Axes, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - -490 
Blacksmiths, three to be furnished, sixteen years - - 460 



XXII 



CHOCTAWS. 



Blankets, 2,100 to be furnished ----- 460 
Boundary, of reservation, to be agreeably to treaty of 1825 - - 454 
Cards, [cotton and wool] 1,000 to be furnished - 460 
Cattle, to be taken at valuation, and paid for ; or other cattle in lieu - 458 
Cession, the entire country east of Mississippi ... 454 
pledged for payment of annuities, and none to be sold until Choc- 
taws remove - 458 
Churches, three to be erected (one in each district) - 460 
Citizenship, heads of families may become citizens, six months after treaty 457 
shall not lose their privileges as Choctaws - - 457 
Clothing, a good suit to ninety-nine captains, on removal - - 458 
Construction of treaty, to be favorable to Choctaws, if doubts arise - 458 
Congress, solicitude expressed to have delegate in - - - 460 
Council house, to be erected at some central point by United States - 460 
Depredations, offenders to be delivered up, to be punished - - 455 
Choctaws not responsible, if offenders are not found - 455 
on Choctaws, to be referred to President United States - 456 
by Indians on citizens, shall be punished - - 456 
by citizens on Indians, shall be punished and property restored 456 
Indians to be allowed counsel by United States on trial - 456 
Dwelling houses, one for each chief, to be erected by United States - 460 
to be included in reservations ... 459 
Donely, John, mail carrier, section of land, reserved for - - 465 
Education, 40 Choctaw youths to be educated, 20 years - - 460 
same number to be kept at school, and places supplied - 460 
$2,500 annually, 20 years, for three teachers - - 460 
churches to be used as school houses - - - 460 
Emigration, beyond Mississippi, as early as practicable, agreed to - 454 
one-half in 1831 and '32; the other half in 1833 - - 454 
United States to provide wagons and steamboats, discreet and 

careful persons, and pay expenses - 458 
3 a deputation of twelve Choctaws to be sent to examine new 

country, and to receive $2 a day each — not to exceed 100 days 465 

Fugitives, to be delivered up ; expenses paid by United States - - 456 

Gaines, Geo. S. > two sections of land to be sold, in payment of their claim 

Glover, Allen, J of $9,000 - ... - 465 

Hoes, 1,000 to be furnished ..... 
Intruders, ordered to remove ; on refusal, subject to laws of United States ; 

shall be removed - 456 
Iron and steel, one ton of iron, and 200 lbs. steel, annually, 20 years - 460 
Jurisdiction, secured to Choctaws, within their limits West - - 455 
lands granted, not to be embraced in any future State or Ter. 455 
Choctaws to enact their own laws ... 455 
right to punish whites who infringe, asked for - 455 
Licenses, goods exposed for sale without permit, to be forfeited - 456 
persons licensed, to reside in nation - - - 456 
ardent spirits prohibited .... 456 
Looms, 400 to be furnished - - - - - 460 
Military posts, United States may establish such as are necessary - 456 
Millwright, to be furnished for five years - - - 460 
Navigation, navigable streams free to Choctaws ... 456 
Pay, same as citizens, to Choctaws in service United States - - 455 
to district chiefs, pay of majors .... 457 
other chief, pay of lieut. col. .... 457 
speakers of three districts, $25 a year each, 4 yeare - - 458 
secretary to three chiefs, $50 a year each, 4 years - - 458 
captains (99) $50 a year each, 4 years ... 458 
captains, when in military service of United States, pay of captains 458 
Ploughs, 1,000 to be furnished - - - - - 460 
Post Offices, United States may establish one or more in nation - 456 
Private property, to be always respected ; not to be taken for public pur- 
poses without compensation ... 456 
Protection, guarantied by United States ... - 455 
citizens travelling peaceably, to be protected - •■ 456 
Provisions, supplied to families, twelve months after removal - - 458 



COMANCHES. XXIII 

Pitchlynn, John, interpreter, two sections reserved for - - 459 

one section each, for his two children - 464 

Reservations, tract west of Mississippi, near Fort Smith, fee simple - 454 

jurisdiction secured to Choctaws, within western limits - 455 

no part of, to be embraced in any State or Territory - 455 

to heads of families ; fee simple after five years - - 457 

to three chiefs, four sections each - 457 

To Col. David Folsom, four sections - 458 

to eight chiefs, 2 sections each ... 459 

may be sold with consent of President - 459 

to heads of families, cultivating land ... 459 
to include dwelling houses ; chiefs to determine who shall be 

excluded - 459 
to captains, who receive less than a section, an additional half 

section - 459 
persons entitled to, shall receive fifty cents an acre, after re- 
moval - 459 
orphans entitled to quarter section, which may be sold - 459 
to certain individuals, at request of Commissioners, two sec- 
tions each - 463 
to other individuals, one section and a half each - - 463 
deputation to be sent to examine, west - 464 
half section to David Haley, for carrying despatches - 465 
Roads, United States may establish such as are necessary - - 456 
Settlers, none permitted, until Choctaws remove ... 458 
Surveys, lands ceded, to be surveyed by United States - - 458 
surveyors may enter Choctaw country, if conducting properly - 458 
Traders, must obtain written permit from nation, or United States - 456 
must reside in nation, and be answerable to its laws - - 456 
Wheels, [spinning,] 1,000 to be furnished - 460 
War, not to be declared, but by consent of U. S. unless in self defence - 455 

No. 10. See Comanches, No. 1 - - - - - 620 



No. 11. 

Is a convention and agreement, between the Choctaws and Chickasaws, by 
which the Choctaws agree to allow the Chickasaws the privilege of form- 
ing a district within their limits ; to have an equal representation in the 
General Council ; and to be placed on an equal footing, except as to the 
right of disposing of the lands occupied by them, or participating in the 
Choctaw annuities ; the Chickasaws to manage their own funds. As a 
consideration for these rights and privileges, the Chickasaws agree to pay 
to the Choctaws $530,000 ; $30,000 when the Choctaw annuity for 1837 
is paid, and the $500,000 to be vested in some safe stock, redeemable in 
not less than twenty years ; the interest to be paid as stipulated. Ques- 
tions as to the construction of this agreement to be referred to Choctaw 
Agent, with the right of appeal by either party to the President of the 
United States ; the decision of the Agent, in the meantime, being binding. 
Equal rights and privileges pertain to both Choctaws and Chickasaws, to 
settle in whatever district they think proper; Chickasaws eligible to offices 
in the Choctaw nation, and to vote on the same terms. Choctaws not to 
vote in relation to residue of Chickasaw fund ... 697 



CGMA3JCHES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


, PAGE 


1 


1835, Aug. 24 


Camp Holmes 


Stokes and Arbuckle 


1836, May 19 


626 



XXIV 



CREEKS. 



[ This is a treaty of peace and friendship between the Comanches and Witchetaw3, 
and their associated bands, on the one part, and the Cherokees, Muscogees, 
Choctaws, Osages, Senecas, and Quapaws, on the other ; the United States 
acting as mediator. ] 



Depredations, on traders to Mexico by Indians, to be paid for - - 626 

on Indians by citizens, to be indemnified, on proof - 626 

on traders by Indians, to be paid for - - 627 

on Indians by Indians, to be arranged by other tribes - 627 

Goods, to be delivered as presents from United States - 627 

Hunting, west of Cross Timbers, permitted - 627 

other tribes, to be treated with kindness - - - 627 

Mexico, friendly relations with, not to be interrupted - 627 

Traders, to pass to and from Mexico, without molestation - - 626 

injuries done to their property, to be paid for - - 626, '7 



CHEEKS, 



NO. CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1790, 

1796, 



Aug. 7 
June 29 



1802, June 16 



1S05, 
1814, 
1818, 
1821, 



Nov. 14 
Aug. 9 
Jan. 22 
Jan. 8 



1825, Feb. 12 



1826, 
1827, 
1832, 
1833, 



Jan. 24 
Nov. 15 
Mar. 24 
Feb. 14 



New York 
Colerain, Georgia 

Fort Wilkinson 

Washington 
Fort Jackson 
Creek Agency 
Indian Springs 

Indian Springs 

Washington 
Creek Agency 
Washington 
Fort Gibson 



Henry Knox 
Hawkins, Clymer, and 

Pickens 
Wilkinson, Hawkins, and 

Pickens 
Henry Dearborn 
Andrew Jackson 
D. B. Mitchell 
Forney, Meriwether, and 

Mcintosh 
Campbell and Meriwe 

ther 
James Barbour 
McKenney and Crowell 
Lewis Cass 

Stokes, Ellsworth, and 
Schermerhorn 



1797, Mar. 18 

1803, Jan. 11 
1806, June 2 
1815, Feb. 16 
1818, Mar. 28 

1821, Mar. 2 

1825, Mar. 7 

1826, April 22 
1828, Mar. 4 
1832, April 4 

1834, April 12 



No. 1. 



Agricultural implements, to be furnished by United States - - 32 

Agriculture, recommended, in lieu of hunting - - 32 

Annuity, $1,500, indefinitely - - - - 30 

Boundary, described - - - - - - 30 

source of South branch of Oconee to be surveyed and marked - 30 

Cession, all lands N. and E. of boundary line - - - 30 

Domestic animals, to be furnished by United States - - - 32 

Depredations, on Creeks, to be punished same as if on whites - 31 

no retaliation to be made for - - - - 31 

Fugitives, shall be delivered up, to be punished by laws United States - 31 

Hunting, by citizens of the United States on Creek lands, forbidden - 31 

Hostilities, intended against United States, to be made known - - 31 

Interpreters, four to be sent by United States to reside in the nation - 32 

not to exercise traffic - - - - 32 

reservations granted to - - - 32 

Merchandise, now in Georgia, to be delivered to Creeks - - 30 

Protection of United States acknowledged by Indians - 29 

Prisoners, or negroes, to be delivered at Rock Landing by June 1, 1791 - 29 



CREEKS. 



XXV 



Prisoners, Governor of Georgia may send three persons to claim those not 

delivered - - - - - 29 

Permits, must be obtained by citizens of United States to enter Creek country 31 

Reservations, west and south of boundary, guarantied to Creeks - 31 

for four interpreters - - - 32 

Settlers, on Creek lands, shall forfeit protection of the United States - 31 

No. 2. 

Amnesty, declared for all past grievances - - - 67 

not to include persons in arrest for violation of treaty at New York 67 

Blacksmiths, two, with strikers, to be sent by United States - 67 

Boundary, shall be clearly ascertained and marked - - 66 

when run, chiefs shall be notified to attend - 66 
between United States and Spain, when marked, two chiefs and 

twenty hunters to accompany the surveyors - 66 
Claims, to lands ceded by Choctaws,Chickasaws, and Cherokees, relinquished 67 
Compensation, to chiefs 50 cents, and to hunters 25 cents per day, and am- 
munition ; also, a reasonable value for meats furnished by 
them, while employed in marking boundary - 66 
Jurisdiction, of United States over ceded lands, to extend only to establish- 
ing and maintaining military or trading posts - 71 
Merchandize, $6,000, delivered by commissioners - - 67 
Military post, President may establish one on Altamaha or elsewhere - 66 
when located, chiefs shall attend - - 66 
Prisoners, to be delivered up before January 1, 1797 - - - 67 
Governor of Georgia may send three persons to claim those not 

delivered - - - - •■ 67 

Reservations, five miles square for each military or trading post - 66 

revert to Creeks when the posts are abandoned - 66 

pre-emption right of Georgia shall not be affected - 71 

Trading post, President may establish one - - - - 66 

No. 3. 

Annuities, $3,000, forever ; and $1,000, ten years, to chiefs - - 88 

Blacksmiths, two to be furnished by U. S., and two sets of tools, three years 89 

Boundary, of ceded lands, described - - - - 88 
Cession, lands from the high shoals of Appalachee river, to Goose creek on 

the Altamaha - - - - - 88 
Consideration, in addition to annuities, $10,000 in goods ; $10,000 to satisfy 
debts to United States factory ; and $5,000 to satisfy claims 

for depredations - - - - 88 

Depredations, since treaty of Colerain, 1796, $5,000 allowed for - 88 

Military garrisons, shall be established, conformably to treaty of 1796 - 89 

No. 4. 

Annuities, $12,000 in money or goods, eight years, and $11,000 ten years, 

payable at Old Ocmulgee fields - 127 
Blacksmiths, two, and two strikers, to be furnished by United States eight 

years, in lieu of all former stipulations - - 127 

Boundary, of lands ceded, may be run when President thinks proper - 127 

Cession, lands between Oconee and Ocmulgee rivers - 125 

Consideration, $12,000 in money or goods eight years ; and $11,000 ten years 127 

Fishing, with nets and seines, on the Ocmulgee, free to citizens of the U. S. 126 

Ferries, shall be kept at the several rivers ; rates regulated by U. S. agent - 127 

Military post, may be established on reserved tract - - - 126 

Navigation of the Ocmulgee, free to citizens of the United States - 126 

Reservation, tract five miles by three, on the Ocmulgee - - 126 

Road, horse, through Creek country, free to citizens of the United States - 126 

ferry boats shall be kept by Creeks at suitable places - - 127 

Trading post or factory, may be established on reserved tract - - 126 

Taverns, shall be established on the horse path - - - 127 

4 



XXVI 



CREEKS. 



No. 5. 

"Boundary, of ceded land to be run - 160 

changed, if Kinnard's settlement fall within - - 161 

British posts or garrisons, communication with forbidden - - 161 

Cession, from the east bank of Coosa river to limits claimed by Georgia - 160 

Expenses, of war just concluded, to be paid by cession of lands - - 160 

Improvements, to be included in reservations to friendly chiefs - - 160 

Military posts, U. S. demand right to establish within Creek country - 161 

Navigation, of all waters, in Creek country, claimed by United States, - 161 

Provisions, will be supplied by United States until corn harvest - 161 

Property, taken from United States, or friendly Indians, to be restored - 161 

taken from hostile Creeks, will be restored by United States - 161 

Prisoners, to be mutually surrendered - - - 161 

Prophets and instigators of the war, surrender of demanded - - 161 
Peace, between United States and Creeks, and between Creeks and Chero- 

kees, Chickasaws and Choctaws, declared, - - - 161 
Reservations, one mile square, to each friendly chief, to include improve- 
ments ; when abandoned to revert to United States - 160 
territory east and north of boundary line guarantied to Creeks 161 
Spanish posts or garrisons, communication with forbidden - - 161 
Traders, not to be admitted unless licensed by United States - - 161 
Trading houses, United States demand right to establish within Creek 

country (art. 4.) - - - - 161 

U. S. will establish at discretion of President (art. 7.) » 161 

No 6. 

Annuity, $10,000, for ten years - - - - 233 

Boundary, President may cause line to be run, when he deems proper - 233 

Blacksmiths, United States will furnish two and strikers, three years - 233 
Cession, two tracts ; one from mouth of Goose creek, and the other from 

the high shoals of the Appalachee river - 232 

Consideration, $20,000 in 1818, and 10,000 for ten years - - 233 

No. 7. 

Agency, tract on east bank of Flint river, reserved for - - 294 
Annuities, $5,000 two years, $16,000 five years ; $10,000 six years - 294 
Boundary, of reservations, shall be run when the President deems proper 295 
Cession, from east bank of Flint river, to the shallow ford - - 293 
Consideration, $200,000 in money, goods and implements of husbandry - 294 
$250,000 to the State of Georgia,* for claims prior to 1802 294 
Reservations, Buzzard-roo3t village to be left one mile within nation - 293 
1,000 acres, to include Indian spring in the centre - 293 
46f acres, on west bank of Oakmulgee river, for Gen. Mc- 
intosh - - - - - 293 
[ceded to U. S. for $25,000, by supplement to treaty, Feb. 12, 1825 ; seepage 327.] 
to Barnards and others, one mile square each ; to be included 

in present cession, whenever they are abandoned - 294 

tract on east bank of Flint river, for agency - - 294 

boundary of, to be run when President deems proper - 295 

No. 8. 

Agriculture, instruction in, to be provided by United States - - 325 

Annuities, $25,000, first and second years after removal - - 324 

may be paid in money, merchandize, or provisions - - 325 

$5,000 ten years after second payment of $25,000 - - 324 

$30,000, granted by former treaties, to be divided - - 324 

* The commissioners on the part of the State of Georgia, and the chiefs and warriors of the Creek 
nation, entered into an agreement, on the 8th January, 1821, to refer their claims upon each other, 
and the documents connected therewith, to the President of the United States, and bound them- 
selves to abide by his decision ; provided, that the liquidation and settlement of the claims shall be 
made in the State of Georgia; and the commissioners on the same day executed a release to the 
United States for all claims against the Creek nation prior to 1802.— See pages 296, '7. 

f Probably intended for 640 acres. 



GREEKS. 



XXVII 



Blacksmith, to be provided by U. S. as long as President thinks proper - 325 

Cession, all lands within the State of Georgia - - - 324 

Indian springs, by Gen. W. Mcintosh, for #25,000 - - 327 

Consideration, #400,000 for improvements on lands ceded - - 324 

first payment to be made by commissioners of this treaty - 325 

#25,000 to Gen. W. Mcintosh for Indian springs - 327 

Emigration, agreed to by all except Tokaubatchee's bands - - 324 

shall not be delayed beyond Sept. 1, 1826 - - 325 

Improvements, on lands ceded, #400,000 allowed for - - - 324 

Merchandize, first and second year's annuity may be paid in - 325 

Protection, by United States stipulated for, against whites and all others - 325 

Provisions, first and second year's annuity may be paid in - 325 

Reservations, acre for acre on the Arkansas, west of the Mississippi - 324 
Reservations, to be explored by a deputation ; and if not approved, other 
lands may be selected, unless occupied by Cherokees and 

Choctaws - - - - 325 

Wheelwright, to be provided as long as President thinks proper - 325 



[This treaty " declared to be null and void, to every intent and purpose whatsoever ; 
and every right and claim arising from the same cancelled and surrendered," by 
treaty concluded at Washington, January 24, 1826,— page 391.] 

No. 9. 



[Treaty concluded 12th Feb. 1825, declared to be null and void.] 

Agent, or sub-agent, shall be appointed to accompany emigrants - 393 

shall be appointed to ascertain damages sustained by Mcintosh party 393 

Agriculture, assistance in, to emigrating party, shall be rendered by U. S. 393 

Annuity, perpetual, #20,000 - - - - 392 

Blacksmith, for emigrating party, shall be furnished by United States - 393 

Boundary, west of Chatahoochy, defined ... - 392 

three Creek commissioners to attend survey of, at expense of 

the United States - - - - 394 

altered so as to include all lands in Georgia - - 394 

Buildings, public, two sections reserved for accommodation of - - 393 

Cession, all lands in Georgia east of Chatahoochy; and tract on west side 

of Chatahoochy river, within supposed limits of Georgia - 392 

possession shall be given by January 1, 1827 - - 393 

limits west of Chatahoochy extended ... 394 

[limits further extended by treaty Nov. 15, 1827 — page 417.] 

Consideration, #217,600, to be paid on ratifiation - 392 

#100,000 to chiefs of Mcintosh party, if it amounts to 3,000 393 

#30,000 additional, for extension of boundary - - 395 

Difficulties, in nation arising from last treaty, shall be amicably adjusted - 392 

Depredations, on the Mcintosh party, shall be paid out of annuity to the nation 393 

by whites in Creek country, to be made good - - 393 

Emigration, five persons from Mcintosh party, shall be sent, at expense of 

U. S. to explore Indian country west of Mississippi - 392 
land selected by them shall be purchased by United States - 392 
shall take place within 24 months, at expense of U. S. - 393 
subsistence shall be furnished by U. S. 12 months - - 393 
Ferries, use of, to be mutually granted - 393 
Improvements, on ceded lands, shall be appraised and paid for - - 393 
Interpreter, shall be appointed to accompany emigrating party - - 393 
Reservations, west of Mississippi shall be selected by deputation, and pur- 
chased by United States - - - 392 
all the country not ceded, guarantied, (art. 13) - 393 
two sections, for public buildings and agency - - 393 
Wheelwright, for emigrating party, shall be furnished by United States - 393 

No. 10. 

Blankets, and other goods, #5,000 to be expended in - - - 418 

#5,000 additional, by supplemental article, January 3, 182S - 419 
Cession, all lands not heretofore ceded, found on actual survey to be within 

the chartered limits of Georgia - 418 



XXVIII 



CREEKS. 



Cession, approved in general council at Wetumph, January 3, 1828 - 419 

Consideration, $27,491, upon ratification by both parties - - 418 

$15,000 additional, for education and goods - - 418 

Education, $5,000 for Creek children at Choctaw academy ; $1,000 to the 

Withington, and $1,000 to the Asbury stations - - 418 

Mills, horse, $2,000 for the erection of four - 418 

Wheels, spinning, and cards, $1,000 applied to purchase of - 418 

No. 11. 

Annuities, $12,000 additional, five years ; and $10,000 fifteen years - 498 
all to be paid in such manner as Creeks may direct - - 498 
to Tuske-hew-haw Cusetau, $200 for life - - 499 
to the blind Uchee King, $100 for life - - 499 
to Neah Micco, $100 for life - - - 499 
Blacksmith, one allowed as soon as half emigrate, and another when two- 
thirds, for twenty years - 499 
Blankets, to be given to each family emigrating - - - 499 
Census, of persons entitled to reservations to be taken - - 497 
Cession, all lands east of the Mississippi - - - - 497 
lands to remain as a fund to provide for certain payments - 499 
Consideration, $100,000 for payment of certain debts; for ferries, etc. 

$3,000 ; for judgments against chiefs $8,570 ; for losses 
$7,710 - - - - 499 
Debts, $100,000 allowed for payment of certain - - - 498 
$8,570 for judgments against chiefs, to be paid by United States - 499 
Depredations, $7,710 to be paid for by United States - - - 499 
Education, $3,000, twenty years, to be expended as President may direct - 499 
Emigration, $15 to each person emigrating without expense to U. S. - 499 
$3,000 to be divided among those prevented from emigrating - 499 
Creeks shall be removed at expense of United States as fast 
as they are prepared to go voluntarily ; shall be subsisted on 
the journey, and for one year after removal - 499 
to each emigrating warrior, a rifle and ammunition - - 499 
Expenses of delegation to Washington, $16,000 allowed for - - 499 
Ferries, bridges, and causeways, $3,000 to be paid for by United States - 499 
Improvements, to be included in reservations ... 497 
$100,000 allowed for, to be applied to payment of debts - 498 
under treaty of 1826, $1,000 to be paid for - - 499 
Intruders, shall be removed from ceded lands until surveyed - - 49S 
excepting whites, who have not expelled Creeks - - 498 
Iron and steel, one ton of iron, and 200 lbs. of steel, annually, for each black- 
smith - - - - 499 
Protection, against other tribes west, shall be afforded by United States - 500 
Reservations, to ninety principal chiefs, one section each ; and to every other 
head of family, half section each ; to be reserved from sale 
five years, and to include improvements - - 497 
twenty sections for orphan children - 497 
agency not to be included in any to individuals - - 498 
may be conveyed, under the direction of the President - 498 
patents to be given to Creeks, in fee simple, after five years 498 
twenty-nine sections to persons, to be assigned, by Creek tribe 498 
one section to Benjamin Marshall, on the Chatahoochy - 498 
half section to Joseph Bruner, interpreter - - 498 
shall be made [except to Benjamin Marshall] in conformity 

with lines of surveys .... 498 
country west, guarantied ; shall not be included in any State 

or territory ; and Creeks shall govern themselves - 500 

patent shall be executed by United States when boundaries 

are ascertained - - - - 500 

Rifle, ammunition, etc., to be furnished to each emigrating warrior - . 499 

Survey, of ceded lands, to be made by United States as soon as convenient 497 



CROWS DELAWARES. 



XXIX 



No. 12. 

Blacksmith, one additional provided for, with shop and tools - - 568 

Boundary, between Creeks and Cherokees west, determined - - 567 

Education, $1,000 annually allowed for, at the discretion of the President - 568 

Emigration, Seminoles shall be considered part of nation - - 568 

Grist mills, four patent railway, for corn, to be erected by the United States 568 

Improvements, left by change of boundary, to be valued and paid for - 569 

Iron and steel, one ton of iron, and 250 lbs. of steel, at discretion of President 568 

Protection, of the United States acknowledged - 567 

Reservations, patents shall be granted to Creeks in fee simple, by the U. S. 568 

shall belong to the whole nation east and west - - 568 

granted by this treaty, to be in lieu of grants by treaty of 1826 569 

Salt plains, if within Creek limits, shall be free to other friendly tribes - 569 

Saws, twenty-four cross-cut, to be purchased immediately by the U. S. - 568 

Wheelwright, or wagon maker, one additional provided for, with shop tools 568 

[The grants made by this treaty " are intended solely for the use and benefit " of 
the Creeks west of the Mississippi, — art. 5, p. 568.] 

[ A treaty of perpetual peace and friendship was concluded at Fort Gibson, Au- 
gust 24, 1835, between the Comanches and Witchetaws, and the Cherokees, Musco- 
gee, (Creeks,) Choctaws, Osages, Seneeas, and Quapaws. See page 626. ] 



CHOWS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, Aug. 4 


Mandan Village 


Atkinson and 0 'Fallon 


1S26, Feb. 6 


363 



Agents, and persons legally authorized, to be protected - - 364 

Americans, passing to and from Mexico, not to be molested - - 364 

Arms, etc., not to be supplied to tribes not in amity with United States - 365 

Depredations, complaints of, to be made to United States agent - - 364 

offenders to be delivered up, for punishment - - 364 

Horses, and other property stolen, to be restored - 364 

stolen from Indians, to be paid for - - - - 365 

Protection, of United States claimed, acknowledged, and extended - 363 

Retaliation, not to be resorted to, for private injuries - 364 
Trade, to be regulated by U. S. ; places for, to be designated by President; 

American citizens only admitted; traders to be licensed by U. S. 

and protected ; foreign, to be apprehended, and delivered up - 364 

White men, to be delivered up, on demand - - - - 365 



DELAWAESS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1778, Sept. 17 


Fort Pitt 


A. and T. Lewis 


1805, Jan. 21 


1 


2 


1785, Jan. 21 


Fort Mcintosh 


Clark, Butler, and Lee 


1785, June 2 


6 


3 


1789, Jan. 9 


Fort Harmar 


A. St. Clair 


1789, Sept. 29 


23 


4 


1795, Aug. 3 


Greenville 


Anthony Wayne 


1795, Dec. 22 


54 


5 


1803, June 7 


Fort Wayne 


William H. Harrison 


1803, Nov. 25 


97 


6 


1804, Aug. 18 


Vincennes 


William H. Harrison 


1805, Jan. 21 


104 



XXX 



DELAWARE S. 



CONCLUDED 



HELD AT 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



1805, July 4 
1805, Aug. 21 
1809, Sept. 30 

1814, July 22 

1815, Sept. 8 

1817, Sept. 29 

1818, Oct. 3 
1829, Aug. 3 
1829,Sept. 24 
1832, Oct. 26 



Fort Industry 
Grouseland 
Fort Wayne 
Greenville 
Spring Wells 

Miami of L. Erie 
St. Mary's 
Little Sandusky 
St. Mary's 
Castor Hill 



Charles Jouett 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Harrison and Cass 
Harrison, McArthur, & 

Graham 
Cass and McArthur 
Jennings, Cass, & Parke 
JohnMcElvain 
George Vashon 
Clarke, Allen, & Kouns 



1806, April 24 
1806, April 24 
1810, Jan. 2 

1814, Dec. 13 

1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 4 
1819, Jan. 15 

1830, Jan. 2 

1831, Mar. 24 
1833, Feb. 12 



No. 1. 



Agent, to be appointed by United States - • - 3 

Clothing, utensils and implements of war, to be supplied by United States - 3 

Congress, representation in, provided for - 3 

Enemies, no protection or countenance to be afforded to - 3 

Free passage, to be granted to United States troops through the nation - 2 

Fort, to be built by United States within the nation - - 2 

Fugitives, to be apprehended and delivered up - - 2 

Hostilities, notice of intended, to be given - - - • J. 

Provisions, to be supplied and paid for - - 2 

Punishments, not to be inflicted by one on the other - - 2 

Territorial rights, guarantied by United States - - 3 

Trade, to be opened, and conducted on principles of mutual interest - 3 

Warriors, to join and assist United States - - - 2 



No. 2. See Wyandots, No. 1 - - - 6 

No. 3. See Wyandots, No. 2 - - - - 23 

No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - - 54 

No. 5. 

Boundaries, of St. Vincennes established - - - 97 

to be altered so as to include settlements by citizens U. S. - 98 
Cessions, great salt spring on Saline Creek, and four miles square of land 

surrounding it, ceded to United States - - 97 

three tracts of land for taverns - - - - 98 

Ferriage, right, free of toll, granted to Indians - - 98 

Reservations, U. S. relinquish all claim to land near St. Vincennes - 97 
a quantity of land equal to settlements made by citizens of the 

United States, granted to Indians - 98 
Salt, 150 bushels to be delivered by United States, annually - 97 
Taverns, three to be erected between Vincennes and Kaskaskia, and one be- 
tween Vincennes and Clarksville - - 98 



No. 6. 



Agriculture, and domestic arts, to be taught - 105 

Annuities, $300 additional, 10 years .... 104 

$300, 5 years, for agricultural purposes - 105 
Boundary, from east boundaiy of tracts ceded at Fort Wayne to Clark's 

grant, not more than half a mile from Vincennes road - 106 

Cattle, etc., $400 worth to be delivered - 105 

Cession, tract between Ohio and Wabash rivers ... 104 

Depredations, horses stolen to be delivered up 105 

owners to be paid by U. S. for those that cannot be found - 105 

Depredations, horses stolen within past year not included - - 105 



A 



DELA .VARES. XXXI 

Jurisdiction, of land between Ohio and White rivers, acknowledged - 105 

claim of Piankeshaws to land ceded, to be satisfied by U. S. - 105 

[ U. S. released from their obligation, by treaty, August 21, 1805 — see page 118. ] 

if not satisfied, treaty to be null and void - 106 

Merchandize, $800 worth delivered - - 105 

No. 7. See Wyandots, No. 5 * - - 113 



No. 8. 

Annuities, to the Miamis, $600 ; Eel Rivers, $250 ; Weas, $250 ; forever 
to the Pattawatamies, $500 additional, ten years 
to be paid in the same manner as heretofore 
Boundary, from mouth of Kentucky river to Fort Recovery 

not to cross the Embarrass fork of White river 
Cession, tract south of the northeast corner of tract ceded at Fort Wayne - 
Jurisdiction, right of Miamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas, ( one nation ) to land 
on the Wabash, above Vincennes, not ceded to United States, 
acknowledged - - - 

claim of Kickapoos to land on Vermilion river, not destroyed 
right of Delawares to land ceded to U. S., August 18, 1804, 
acknowledged by Pattawatamies, Miamis, Eel Rivers, and 
Weas ------ 

No. 9. 

Annuities, to the Delawares, $500, perpetually - 149 

Miamis, 500, do 149 

Eel Rivers, 250, do 149 

Pattawatimas, 500, do 150 

to be paid as stipulated in treaty of Greenville - - 150 

to the Weas, stipulated for - - - - 150 

Kickapoos, $400 provided for - - 150 

Cessions, tract between the Wabash and Racoon creek ; also, tract near Fort 

Recovery ------ 149 

consent of the Wea tribe to be obtained ... 150 

by the Kickapoos, agreed to - - 150 

Depredations, when committed, provided for ... 150 

Hunting, right, according to treaty of Greenville — (seep. 58, art. 5.) - 150 
Jurisdiction, country watered by White river claimed by the Delawares and 

Miamis ----- 149 

Merchandize, $5,200 worth, delivered - 150 

Reservations, U. S. relinquish Ouroctenon towns, except for military post - 150 

No. 10. See Wyandots, No. 8 - - - - 155 

No. 11. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - - - 173 

No. 12. See Wyandots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 

No. 13. 

Annuities, $4,000, perpetually, in silver - - - 255 

Blacksmith, to be furnished by United States ... 255 

Cession, all land in the State of Indiana ... - 255 

Claims, against the Delawares, $13,312 25, to be paid by United States - 256 

Emigration, country west of the Mississippi, to be provided - - 255 

120 horses, perogues, and provisions for, to be supplied - 255 
Improvements, value to be ascertained by persons appointed by President, 

and paid by United States ; may be retained three years - 255 

Reservations, to certain individuals, granted ; not to be transferred - 255 

[ $1,000 due by Osages, to be paid by U. S. per treaty June 2, 1825— seep. 330, a. 8. ] 

No. 14. 



Cession, three miles square on Sandusky river - - * 443 

$3,000 to be paid ; $2,000 in hand, and $1,000 in horses, clothing, 

and provisions, on removal to the west - 443 

Emigration, Creeks engage to remove by January 1, 1830 - * 443 



119 
119 
119 
119 
121 
118 



119 
119 



119 



XXXII 



EEL RIVERS. 



No. 15. 

Annuity, $1,000, additional, permanently - - - - 444 

Cession, all lands in the State of Missouri - - 444 

Education, thirty-six sections ceded land, applied to raising a fund - 444 

Emigration, fork of Kanzas and Missouri rivers assigned as a permanent 
residence ; peaceable possession guarantied ; forty horses, six 
wagons and ox teams, farming utensils and tools, and one 



year's provisions, to be supplied ... 444 

Mill, grist and saw, to be erected within two years - 444 

Exploration, new country to be examined by a deputation - - 445 

land approved, and certified by deputation - - 445 

No. 16. See Shawanees, No. 13 - - - - 539 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 


1795, Aug. 3 
1803, June 7 
1803, Aug. 7 
1805, Aug. 21 
1809, Sept. 30 
1809, Sept. 30 
1828, Feb. 11 


Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Vincennes 
Grouseland 
Fort Wayne 
Fort Wayne 
Wyandot Village 


Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
John Tipton 


1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806, April 24 
1810, Jan. 2 
1810, Jan. 2 
1828, May 7 


54 
97 
99 
118 
149 
152 
421 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - .54 

No. 2. See Delawares, No. 5 - - - - 97 

No. 3. 

Consent, given to treaty of Fort Wayne, June 7, 1803 - 99 
Cession, three tracts on road from Vincennes to Kaskaskia, and one on road 

from Vincennes to Clarksville - - - 99 

Taverns, to be located on ceded land - - - - - 99 

No. 4. See Delawares, No. 8 - - - - 118 

No. 5. See Delawares, No. 9 - - - - - 149 

No. 6. See Miamis, No. 4 - - - 152 

No. 7. 

Annuity, $1,000, five years, for education of youths ... 422 

may be expunged, without affecting this treaty - - 422 

Cession, ten miles square on Sugartree Creek, (seepage 257) - - 421 
Consideration, $10,000 in goods ; twelve log houses ; forty acres to be cleared 
and fenced ; wagon and two yoke of oxen ; two hands six 
months ; $500 in provisions ; and five horses, with saddles 

and bridles - - - - - 421 

$2,000 to be deducted, if treaty be not ratified - - 421 

to P. Langlois $1,000 in silver, and $3,000 in goods - 422 

Education, $1,000 annually, five years, and longer if Congress think proper 422 

Emigration, to the five-mile reservation, by Oct. 15, 1828, promised - 421 

Improvements, on ceded land, to be left in good condition - - 421 

Merchandize, $2,000 worth delivered by commissioner - - 421 

$8,000 worth additional, to be delivered next summer - 421 

$3,000 worth to P. Langlois, next summer - - 422 



FLORIDAS, 



XXXIII 



FXiORXBAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1S23, Sept. 18 


Camp Moultrie 


Duval, Gadsden, Segui 


1824, Jan. 2 


307 



Annuity, $5,000, twenty years, to be distributed as President shall direct - 308 
$1,000 for school at agency, twenty years ... 309 
portion to be assigned to chiefs who do not remove - - 312 

Boundaries, of reservations, denned - 307 

northern line to be extended to embrace good tillable land - 309 
Cession, all lands in Florida, except certain reservations - - 307 

Consideration, $6,000 in agricultural implements and cattle ; and $5,000 

annually, twenty years - - - 308 

Education, $1,000 allowed for school at agency, twenty years - - 309 

Fugitives and slaves, to be apprehended and delivered up - - 309 

Gun and Blacksmith, $1,000 allowed for support of, and for tools, twenty 

years - 309 

[ extended ten years farther, by treaty May, 9, 1832 — see page 501. ] 
Improvements, on lands ceded, $4,500 allowed for - 308 
$500 of above sum awarded to Nea Mathla - - 312 

Intruders, white persons prohibited from hunting or settling on reservation 308 
Navigation, of waters through reservation, free to citizens of United States 308 
Protection, of United States acknowledged - 307 
United States will take Florida Indians under their, conditionally 308 
Provisions, for 12 months from Feb. 1, 1824, to be furnished by United States 308 
Removal, within reservation, $2,000 allowed for expenses of - - 308 

provisions to be furnished one year from Feb. 1, 1824 - - 308 

Reservations, from five miles N. of Okehumkee to within five miles of main 
branch of Charlotte river ; not to approach nearer than fif- 
teen miles to coast on the Gulf, and twenty miles on the 
Atlantic ; Indians to be concentrated within these limits - 307 
peaceable possession of, guarantied by United States - 308 

if sufficient good land be not embraced, northern limit to be 

extended - 309 

one mile square, each, to Col. Gad Humphreys and Stephen 

Richards ..... 309 

[ rejected, but rejection not to affect treaty. ] 
to certain principal chiefs, in consideration of friendly disposi- 
tion, during occupancy, improvement, or cultivation - 311 
to revert to United States if abandoned ; names of individuals 
remaining with them to be furnished, and chiefs to be re- 
sponsible for their conduct ; chiefs may remove south, and 
shall be ordered to remove by United States for any outrage ; 
shall receive portion of stock and annuity - 312 
Roads, United States reserve right to open, through reservations ; to be free 

to citizens of United States - - - - 308 

Survey, of reservations, to be made by U. S., and line marked ; commissioner 

to be accompanied by a warrior, who shall be allowed $3 per day 309 

[ For other treaties with the Florida Indians, see Jppalachiedjs and Seminoles. ] 



5 



XXXIV 

FOXES. 



FOXES HUNKPAPAS. 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



1804, Nov. 
1815, Sept. 

1822, Sept. 

1824, Aug. 

1825, Aug. 
1830, July 
1832, Sept. 
1836, Sept. 
1836, Sept. 
1836, Sept. 



St. Louis 
Portage des Sioux 

Fort Armstrong 
Washington 
Prairie du Chien 
Prairie du Chien 
Fort Armstrong 
Fort Leavenworth 
[not stated] 
Dubuque Co. Wis. 



William II. Harrison 



Clark, Edwards. 

Chouteau 
Thomas Forsyth 
William Clark 
Clark and Cass 
Clark and Morgan 
Scott and Reynolds 
William Clark 
Henry Dodge 
Henry Dodge 



and 



1805, Jan. 

1815, Dec. 
1823, Feb. 

1825, Jan. 

1826, Feb. 



1831. 
1833. 



Feb. 
Feb. 



1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 



No. 1. See Sacs, No. 2 - - - - 109 

No. 2. 

Peace and friendship re-established, and shall be perpetual ; injuries and 

hostilities forgiven and forgotten - 180 

Prisoners, to be delivered up at Fort Clark - 181 

Treaty, at St. Louis, Nov. 3, 1804, recognized and confirmed - - 181 

No. 3. See Sacs, No. 5 - - - - 304 

No. 4. See Sacs, No. 6 - - - - - 313 

No. 5. See Sioux, No. 5 - - - 371 

No. 6. See Sacs, No. 8 - - - - 446 

No. 7. See Sacs, No. 9 - - - - - 508 

No. 8. See Ioways, No. 5 - - - 676 

No. 9. See Sacs, No. 11 - - - - 683 

No. 10. See Sacs, No. 12 - - - - - 685 



HUSTKPAPAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


commissioners 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 16 


Auricara Village 


Atkinson and O 'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


351 



Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with U. S. 352 
Depredations, complaints of, shall be made, and no retaliation shall take place 352 
on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites - 352 
horses and other property stolen, shall be mutually restored 352 
Protection, of United States claimed, and their supremacy acknowledged - 351 
citizens of U. S. travelling through country, to have safe conduct 352 
Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted - - - 351 
to be transacted at places designated by the President - - 351 
none but American citizens, duly authorized, to be admitted - 351 
United States will admit and license traders, whose persons and pro- 
perty shall be protected ----- 351 
foreigners to be apprehended and delivered up 351 
persons and property of agents to be protected - - 352 
White men, resident among Indians, shall be given up on demand - 352 



ILLINOIS 10 WAY S . 



XXXV 



ILLINOIS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1818, Sept. 25 


Edwardsville 


Edwards and Chouteau 


1819, Jan. 5 


246 



Annuity, $300, twelve years, in money, goods, or domestic animals - 247 
Cession, from the confluence of the Ohio and Mississippi, up the Ohio to 

Saline creek, etc. - - - - - 247 

Merchandize, $2,000 worth delivered - - - 247 

Protection, to be afforded by the United States ... 247 

Reservation, 640 acres on Blackwater river, to include village - - 247 

"War, not to be declared without consent of the United States - - 247 



[ For other treaties, to which various bands of the Illinois tribe are parties, see 
Kaskaskias and Peorias. ] 



IOWAYS. 



NO. CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1815, Sept. 16 

1824, Aug. 4 

1825, Aug. 19 
1830, July 15 
1836, Sept. 17 



Portage des Sioux 

Washington 
Prairie du Chien 
Prairie du Chien 
Fort Leavenworth 



Clark, Edwards, 

Chouteau 
William Clark 
Clark and Cass 
Clark and Morgan 
William Clark 



and 



1815, Dec. 26 

1825, Jan. 18 

1826, Feb. 6 
1831, Feb. 24 
1837, Feb. 15 



182 
316 
371 
446 
676 



No. 1. 

Is a treaty of peace and friendship between the United States and the tribe; hos- 
tilities shall be forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and friendship declared ^ 

all prisoners to be mutually delivered up at St. Louis ; and all former treaties con- 
firmed. 

[This appears to be the first treaty with the Ioways as a distinct tribe.] 

No. 2. 

Agriculture, persons to be employed by United States to aid in, and utensils 

furnished - - - - 317 

Annuities, $500, ten years - - - - - 316 

may be paid in money, merchandize, provisions, or cattle - 317 

merchandize to be delivered at St. Louis free of expense - 317 

Blacksmith, to be supported by U. S. while President thinks proper - 317 

Cattle, U. S. will furnish as many as the President deems expedient - 317 

Cession, all lands in Missouri, between the Mississippi and Missouri rivers 316 

lands east and south of above, acknowledged to belong to U. S. 316 

Consideration, $500 in cash or merchandize; and $500 ten years - 316 

Hunting, on ceded lands, not permitted after January 1, 1826 - - 316 

Protection, of United States acknowledged - 316 

Treaties, none shall be held with foreign powers, States, or individuals - 316 



No. 3. See Sioux, No. 6 
No. 4. See Sacs, No. 8 



371 

446 



i 



XXXVI 



KANZAS. 



No. 5. 

Agriculture, farmer and implements for five years, to be furnished, and 200 

acres of ground to be enclosed and broken up, for each tribe 677 

Blacksmith, one to be furnished by United States to each tribe - - 677 

Cattle, to the Ioways, 100 cows and calves, 5 bulls, and 100 hogs - 677 

to the Sacs and Foxes, the same number ... 678 

Cession, lands between State of Missouri and Missouri river - - 676 

Consideration, $7,500 in money, receipt acknowledged - - 677 

Education, a schoolmaster, for each tribe, to be provided by United States 677 

Emigration, to lands assigned, agreed to, as soon as arrangements are made 677 

United States to furnish rations one year after removal - 677 

Ferryboats, one to be furnished by United States to each tribe - - 677, '8 

Houses, five to be built for the Ioways, and three for the Sacs and Foxes - 677 

Interpreter, to be furnished by U. S., as long as President thinks proper - 677 

Mill, to be furnished to each tribe by United States - 677, 'S 

Provisions, one year after removal, to be furnished by United States - 677 
Reservations, strip on south side Missouri river, 400 sections ; the lower 

half to the Sacs and Foxes, the upper half to the Ioways - 677 



&AX7ZAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1815, Oct. 28 


St. Louis 


Edwards and Chouteau 


1815, Dec. 26 


183 


2 


1825, June 3 


St. Louis 


William Clark 


1825, Dec. 30 


334 


3 


1825, Aug. 16 


Kanzas Creek 


Reeves, Sibley, Mather 


1826, May 3 


369 



No. 1. 

Stipulates that every injury or act of hostility shall be mutually forgiven and for- 
gotten ; there shall be perpetual peace and friendship ; and the protection of the 
United States is acknowledged. 

No. 2. 

Agents, to reside within the reservation, and shall occupy as much land as 

necessary ------ 334 

Agriculture, as many persons employed to instruct, and implements furnish- 
ed, as Sup't of Indian Affairs may deem expedient - 335 
Blacksmith, shall be provided and supported by the United States - 335 
Cattle, 300 ; hogs 300 ; fowls 500 ; oxen three yoke, and two carts, to be 

furnished by the United States -. • - - 335 

Cession, all lands lying within the State of Missouri, and tract west of Mis- 
souri, on Kanzas, Nodewa, Big Nemahaw, and Missouri rivers 334 
Consideration, $3,500 annually twenty years, in money, merchandize, pro- 
visions, or cattle - - - - 334 

goods to be delivered in St. Louis at first cost - - 334 

$3,000 for depredations by Indians; and $100 to F. G. Chouteau 335 
$4,000 in merchandize ; half delivered, and remainder without 

delav - - - - - 335 

Depredations, by Indians since 1815, to be paid by U. S. to amount of $3,000 335 
no retaliation shall take place, but complaints be made, pro- 
perty mutually restored, and offenders punished - 336 
Education, teachers shall reside within reservation, and occupy land - 334 
36 sections of ceded land to be sold to raise a fund for support 

of schools ... . - 335 

Merchandize, $2,000 worth to be delivered with as little delay as possible - 335 
Navigation, of all streams, to be enjoyed by the United States - - 336 



KASKASKIAS. XXXVII 

Protection, of the United States, Kanzas shall forever remain under - 337 
Reservations, 30 miles in width on Kanzas river, to include their village ; to 

be surveyed and marked - 334 

for agents and teachers, as much as may be necessary - 334 

36 sections on Big Blue river, for support of schools - 335 

to certain individuals, 23 square miles - 335 

shall not be sold without permission of the United States - 337 

White men, shall be delivered up on demand ... 333 



No. 3. 

Consideration, for privilege of making a road, and the free use thereof, $500 
in money or merchandize, to be paid as soon as may be ; 
and $300 worth of merchandize, delivered before signing 370 
Road, may be surveyed and marked out by commissioners ; shall be free to 
citizens of the United States and Mexico, who shall be aided and 
assisted on all fit occasions - 369 

shall be marked on either side, to enable travellers to find subsistence 

and camping places .... - 370 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 


1795, Aug. 3 
1803, June 7 
1803, Aug. 7 
1803, Aug. 13 
1818, Sept. 25 
1832, Oct. 27 


Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Vincennes 
Vincennes 
Edwardsville 
Castor Hill 


Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Edwards and Chouteau 
Clark, Allen, & Kouns 


1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1803, Nov. 25 
1303, Nov. 24 
1819, Jan. 5 
1833, Feb. 12 


54 
97 
99 
100 
246 
547 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - 54 

No. 2. See Dela wares, No. 5 - - - - - 97 

No. 3. See Eel Rivers, No. 3 - - - - - 99 

No. 4. 

Annuity, increased to $1,000, to be paid in money, merchandize, provi- 
sions, or cattle, [relinquished by treaty No. 6, page 547 ] - 101 
when in merchandize, to be delivered free of cost of transportation 101 
United States reserve the right to divide, among the families - 101 
Boundary, of ceded lands, denned ----- 102 
Cession, all lands in Illinois territory, {seepage 246) - 100 
Consideration, $100, seven years to Catholic priest ; $300 for church ; and 

$580 for debts, etc. - - - - 101 

House, United States will build one for chief, and enclose a field - 101 

Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of U. S., granted to Kaskaskias - 102 

Protection, United States will take Kaskaskias under their - - 101 
Religion, $100 annually, seven years, for support of a Catholic priest, who 

shall instruct children in rudiments of literature - - 101 

$300 to assist in the erection of a church - - - 101 

Reservations, 350 acres near the town of Kaskaskia - 100 

1,280 acres, to be located within ceded lands - - 101 

War, not to be declared against others without the consent of United States 101 



No. 5. See Peorias, No. 1 



246 



XXXVIII 



KICKAPOOS. 



No. 6, 

Agriculture, $50, four years, allowed for implements, etc. - - 548 

$300, for breaking and fencing ground ... 543 
Annuities, of $1,000, by treaty of August 13, 1803, relinquished - 547 

of 150 bushels of salt, annually, relinquished - - 547 

$3,000 ten years, to United Nation, in money or merchandize, etc. 548 
$50, four years, for agricultural implements, iron and steel - 548 
Boundary, of western reservation, defined - 548 
Cattle, $400 worth, to be delivered, after ratification of treaty - - 548 

Cession, lands granted by art. 1, treaty of Vincennes, August 13, 1803 - 547 
lands assigned to the Peorias, in Illinois or Missouri, by former 

treaties - - 547 

lands in Illinois and Missouri, claimed by the Peorias, Kaskaskias, 

and other bands - 549 

Consideration, $3,000 to United Nation, ten years, in money, merchandize, 

or stock < 548 

in lieu of reservation (see page 247, art. 5,) $1,600 to Peo- 
rias and Kaskaskias ; to Kaskaskias $350 for sak annuities ; 
to Peorias $250 for improvements ; to Peorias and Kaskaskias 
$400 in cattle ; three carts, three yoke of oxen, six ploughs, 
four horses ; $300 for clearing and fencing land ; $50, four 
years, for iron, steel, etc ; $800 in goods ; and $1,000 for ex- 



penses of removal ----- 548 

Emigration, desire to unite with Peorias west, expressed - - 547 

$1,000 to be paid for expenses of 548 

Horses, seven lost by Kaskaskias, allowed and paid for - - 548 

Houses, four shall be built for Kaskaskias and Peorias - - 548 

Improvements, on lands left, $250 to Peorias alone, allowed for - - 548 

Iron and steel, $50, four years, to be expended for, and implements - 548 

Merchandize, $800 worth to be paid, on signing treaty - - 548 

Provisions, to be supplied one year after removal ... 548 

Reservations, 350 acres near town of Kaskaskia, for Ellen Decoigne - 547 

150 sections to Peorias and Kaskaskias, on Osage river, west 548 

of Missouri ----- 548 

claim of Peorias to 640 acres, on Blackwater river, explained 548 

Salt, annuity of 150 bushels, by treaty of 7th June, 1803, relinquished - 547 



KICKAPOOS. 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



1795, Aug. 3 

1803, June 7 

1803, Aug. 7 

1809, Dec. 9 

1815, Sept. 2 

1816, June 4 
1819, July 30 

1819, Aug. 30 

1820, July 19 
1820, Sept. 5 
1832, Oct. 24 



Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Vincennes 

[ not stated ] * 
Portage des Sioux 

Fort Harrison 
Edwardsville 
Fort Harrison 
St. Louis 
Vincennes 
Castor Hill 



Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Benjamin Parke 
Chouteau &. Stephenson 
Benjamin Parke 
Chouteau &. Stephenson 
Benjamin Parke 
Clark, Allen, & Kouns 



1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1803, Nov. 25 
1810, Mar. 5 

1815, Dec. 26 
1316, Dec. 30 
1821, Jan. 13 

1820, May 10 

1821, Jan 13 
1821, Jan. 8 
1833, Feb. 13 



* There is nothing in this treaty to show at vjhut place it was held ; hut by the third paf. art. 1, 
of a treaty concluded at Edwardsville, July 30, 1819, ( see page 272, ) it appears to have been held at 
Vincennes; 



KICKAPOOS. 



XXXIX 



No. I. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - -54 

No. 2. See Delawaees, No. 5 - - - - -97 

No. 3. See Eel Rivers, No. 3 - - - - - 99 

No. 4. 

Annuity, $400 additional, permanently, for first cession - - 154 

$100, for cession of tracts between Wabash and Vermijion rivers 154 
stipulations of the treaty of Greenville, applicable to, ( seepage 58 ) 154 
■Cession, by Delawares and others, on northwest side of the Wabash ( see 

page 150 ) agreed to - - - - - 154 

tract between Wabash and Vermilion rivers - - 154 

Consideration, $400 permanent additional annuities, and $800 worth of goods 
for first cession ; $100 annuity, and $700 worth of goods, 
for second cession .... 154 

United States released from annuity of $100, if Miamis do 

not consent to the latter cession - 154 
Hunting, stipulations of the treaty of Greenville applicable to, (see page 58, 

art 7.) - - - - 154 

No. 5. 

Hostilities., shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and 
friendship declared between United States and Kickapoos ; pri- 
soners to be mutually restored ; and all prior treaties recognized 
and confirmed - 172 

No. 6. See Weas, No. 4 - - - - 195 

No. 7. 

Annuities, $2,000 in silver, fifteen years, to be paid on Osage river - 272 

Cession, all their lands on the southeast side of the Wabash river, also all their 
lands from the Wabash to the Kankakee, thence to the Illinois 

river, and down to its mouth, etc. - - - 272 

all other tracts, on left side of Illinois and Mississippi rivers - 273 
Emigration, two boats, well manned, to be furnished by United States, and 

an agent to accompany them - 273 
Intruders, on reservation, to be restrained - 273 
Navigation, of waters, within reservation, free to citizens of United States 273 
Obligations, United States released from all, imposed by former treaties - 272 
Protection, of the United States acknowledged - - - 272 
United States will take Kickapoos under their - - 272 
Reservation, tract in Missouri ; not to be sold without consent of the Presi- 
dent; ( seepage 283. ) - - - 273 
peaceable possession of, guarantied ... 273 
citizens of United States may pass and repass through - 273 
war, against others, shall not be declared without consent of 

United States - - - - 273 

No, 8. 

Annuity, of $1,000 relinquished ; and $2,000 in specie, 10 years, in lieu 

thereof, to be paid at such places as may be agreed upon - 275 
[ payable at Kaskaskia, by art. 1, treaty No. 10, seepage 286. ] 
Boundary, of lands ceded, defined - 275 

Cession, all lands on the Wabash river, heretofore claimed - - 275 

Consideration, $2,000 for 15 years, and $3,000 in hand - - 275 

No. 9. 

Changes the terms on which the' reservation granted by treaty No. 7, shall be 
held, viz : " to be by them possessed in like manner as the lands ceded by 
the first article of this [ No, 7 ] treaty by them to the United States were 
possessed" - 283 



XL 



MAHAS. 



No. 10. 

Annuity, granted by treaty No. 6, shall be paid at Kaskaskia - - 286 

for 1821, advanced by commissioner - 286 

Emigration, $2,009 advanced by commissioner, to assist in removing - 286 

No. 11. 

Agricultural implements, $3,000 worth to be purchased - - 533 

Annuities, $18,000 first year ; $12,000 to be applied in payment of debts - 532 

$5,000 nineteen years, in money or goods, at St. Louis - 533 

$1,000 five years, for a blacksmith, iron, steel, etc. - - 533 

$500 ten years, for support of a school - 533 

Blacksmith, and strikers, to be supported five years - 533 

Boundary, of reservation southwest of Missouri, defined - - 532 

line of reservation to be run and marked within three years - 533 

commissioners and deputation shall have power to alter - 533 

deputation, having examined reservation, fix the boundary line 535 

Cattle, $4,000 to be invested in cattle, hogs, and other stock - - 533 

Cession, reservation granted by treaties No. 7 and 9 - - - 532 

Church, to be erected ; $3,700 allowed for, and a mill - - 533 

Consideration, $18,000 first year ; $5,000 for 19 years, $1,000 five years, 
for blacksmith, iron, etc.; $3,700 for a mill and church; 
$500 ten years for a school ; $3,000 for farming utensils ; 
$4,000 for labor and implements ; $4,000 in cattle ; $6,000 



in merchandize ; and some assistance when removing - 533 

Debts, $12,000 to be paid by superintendent at St. Louis - - 532 

Education, $500 ten years, for support of school, and purchase of books - 533 

Emigration, United States will furnish some assistance in - - 533 

agreed to, with as little delay as possible - - 533 

Improvements, on reservation, $4,000 to be expended in 533 

Iron, steel, and tools, to be furnished five years - 533 

Merchandize, annuity of $5,000 to be paid in, at cost at St. Louis - 533 

$6,000 worth delivered, and receipt acknowledged - 533 

Mill, to be erected, and part of $3,700 allowed for - - 533 

seat to be included in reservation - - - - 534 

Provisions, to be supplied one year after removal - 533 

Reservation, tract southwest of Missouri river, as a permanent residence - 532 

boundary line shall be run within three years - - 533 
deputation shall be sent to examine ; shall have power to select, 

not exceeding 1,200 square miles - 533 
if land first described shall be found good and sufficient, the 

power to select other shall not be exercised - - 534 



MAHAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1815, July 20 


Portage des Sioux 


Clark, Edwards, and 








Chouteau 


1815, Dec. 26 


171 


2 


1825, Oct. 6 


Fort Atkinson 


Atkinson and O 'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


386 



No. 1. 

Peace and friendship re-established ; hostilities mutually forgiven and for- 
gotten ; perpetual peace and friendship declared, and protection of 
United States acknowledged .... 171 



MANDANS. 



XL! 



No. 2. 

Agents, and other persons, sent by United States, to be protected - 387 
Arms, ammunition, &c, not to be supplied to nations or tribes not in amity 

with United States - - - - 387 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for - - 387 

complaints of, shall be made to superintendent - - 387 

persons complained of, to be delivered up on demand - 387 

on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites - 387 

horses, or other property stolen, shall be restored - - 387 

on Indians by whites, full indemnification guarantied - 387 

Mexico, citizens of United States passing to and from, not to be molested 387 

Protection, of United States, reciprocally acknowledged and promised - 386 

to be extended by Indians to persons and property of traders - 386 

also to agents and other persons sent by United States - 387 

Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted - - - 386 

shall be transacted at places designated by President - - 386 

none but American citizens allowed to participate in - - 386 

United States will admit and license traders - 386 

persons and property of traders to be protected - - 386 

foreigners shall be apprehended and delivered up > - - 386 



•ea up 

Whites, resident among Mahas, to be delivered up, on demand - - 387 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 30 


Mandan Village 


Atkinson and O'Pallon 


1826, Feb. C 


356 



Agents, and others sent by United States, to be protected - - 357 
Arms, ammunition, &c, shall not be supplied to any nation or tribe, not in 

amity with United States - - - - 358 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for - - 358 

by whites, complaints of, shall be made to the Superintendent 358 

by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up for trial - 358 

on Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites - 358 

horses and other property, stolen by Indians, shall be restored 358 

on Indians by whites, indemnification guarantied - - 358 

Peace and friendship, firm and lasting, declared - - - 357 

Protection, of United States reciprocally acknowledged and promised - 357 

to be extended by Mandans, to traders and agents of United States 357 

Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted - 357 

shall be transacted at places to be designated by the President - 357 

none but American citizens, duly authorized, admitted - - 357 

United States agree to admit and license traders - - 357 
foreigners and others not legally authorized, to be apprehended and 

delivered up - - - - - - 357 

Whites, resident among Mandans, to be delivered up, on demand - 358 



6 



XLII MENOMONEES, OR MENOMINIE S« 



CONCLUDED 



1817, Mar. 30 

1825, Aug. 19 
1827, Aug. 11 

1831, Feb. 8 

1832, Oct. 27 
1836, Sept. 3 



St. Louis 

Prairie des Chiens 
Butte des Morts 
Washington 
Green Bay 
Cedar Point 



COMMISSIONERS 



Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Clark and Cass 
Cass and McKenney 
Eaton and Stambaugh 
George B. Porter 
Henry Dodge 



RATIFIED 



1817, Dec. 28 
1826. Feb. 6 
1829, Feb. 3 

1832, July 9 

1833, Mar. If 
1837, Feb. 15 



No. 1. 

Cession, all lands heretofore ceded by them to England, France, or Spain, 

and all treaties with United States confirmed - - 205 

Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten - 205 

Peace and friendship, re-established and declared - - - 205 

Prisoners, to be mutually given up 206 

Protection of United States, acknowledged by Menomonees - - 206 

No. 2. See Sioux, No. 6 - - - - 371 

No. 3. See Ciiippeways, No. 16 - 412 

No. 4. 

Agriculture, five farmers, at $-100 each, and five females, at $'60 each, ten 
years, to teach farming and housewifery ; and farming uten- 
sils to be supplied ----- 469 
all articles to be stamped, to preserve them from sale or barter, 

and to be under immediate care of the farmers - - 469 

Annuities, $"5,000 four years, commencing August 1, 1831 - - 46*S 

$6,000 twelve years thereafter - - - 470 

cease, when peace and harmony are interrupted - - 470 

additional, to be fixed on surrendering their hunting ground - 471 

Arms, #4,000 to be expended in fowling guns and ammunition - - 471 
Black and Gunsmith shops, one or more to be erected, and supplied with 

iron and steel, at discretion of President - 470 

Boundary, of Menomonee country defined - „ - - 466 

of reservation for Menomonees, defined - - 468 

of reservation for New York Indians, altered by ratification - 474 

Cattle, (horses, cows, hogs, and sheep) to be supplied, to amount of $6,000 469 
Cession, tract on southeast side of Winnebago lake, about 2,500,000 acres, 

including islands in Fox river and Green Bay - - 468 
Clothing, to amount of #8,000 to be distributed at Green Bay _ - - 469 
comfortable suit to be given to each delegate to Washington - 471 
Consideration, $5,000 four years, commencing August 1, 1831 - - 468 
$6,000 twelve years thereafter - - - 470 
$500 ten years to farmers ; $300 ten years to housewives ; 
$13,000 for houses, $6,000 in cattle ; $6,000 in mills ; 
and $600 ten years for miller ; $8,000 in clothing ; $1,000 
in provisions f gun and blacksmiths' shops ; $500 ten years 
for education, clothing for delegation; $4,000 in guns 
$1,000 four years in provisions - - 469, '70, '71 
$25,000 to Stockbridges and Munsees, for improvements on 
lands ceded; $1,600 to Brothertown Indians, for im- 
provements ----- 473, '74 
Education, $500 additional, ten years, for the exclusive use of the Menomo- 
nees, ( see page 414, article 5) - - - 470 
Expenses, of delegation to and from Washington, shall be paid - - 471 
Fishing, permitted'E. of Fox river, until lands are surveyed and offered for sale 470* 
Grist mill, United States will erect one on Fox river, and employ a miller #68 



M E NOMON EES, ; OH MENOMIIsIES. 



Uousss, for Indians, to be erected by United States, to amount of $10,000, and 
for farmers to amount of $3,000 ; and household articles to be 
furnished ; also house for the miller ... 4^9 
for Interpreter at Green Bay, not to exceed $500 - - 470 
Hunting, on ceded lands east of Fox river, permitted until surveyed and of- 
fered for sale - 470 
ground to be surrendered, when President deems it expedient - 471 
Military posts, United States may establish such as President thinks proper 471 
Protection, of United States, continuance of, desired - 467 
forfeited, and annuities cease, if peace and harmony be interrupted 470 
Provisions, to amount of $1,000 to be distributed at Green Bay - - 469 
$1,000 worth to be furnished four years, in lieu of garrison rations 471 
Peace and harmony, chiefs pledge themselves to preserve - - 470 
Reservation, for New York Indians, tract on W. side of Fox river 500,000 acres 467 
to be held by same tenure as Menomonees hold their lands - 468 
for military post (Fort Howard) on Fox river, with timber and 

firewood - - - - - - 467 

for public highways, at discretion of President United States 467 
for N. Y. Indians, to be apportioned at end of three years, and 

if more than 100 acres to each soul, balance reverts to U. S. 467 
[terms of removal changed by supplementary article see p. 472.] 

on west side of Fox river to Winnebago lake - - 468 
if New York Indians refuse to accept, Menomonees request 

that they be removed - 470 
two townships, (46,030 acres) on east side of Winnebago lake, 
for Stockbridges and Munsees; and one township (23,040 
acres), adjoining, for the Brothertown Indians - - 473, '4 

Roads, United States may make such as President thinks proper - 471 

Saw-mill, United States will erect one on Fox river - - - 469 

No. 5. 

Boundary, defined by ratification of the Senate to treaty No. 4, objected to, 

and another line substituted - 552 
Consideration, to Menomonees, $1,000 in clothing and sundry provisions, &c. 554 
Reservations, to Stockbridge, Munsee, and Brothertown tribes, by ratifica- 
tion of treaty No. 4, assented to - - 552 
mill seat on Apple creek, for C. A. Grignon - - 553 

[The assent of the Stockbridge, Munsee, Brothertown, Six Nation, and St. Regis 
tribes, to the change of boundary, given in a supplementary article or appendix 
to this treaty, page 555.] 

No, 6. 

Annuities, $23,750 in money, twenty years, ($1,000 of which to R. Grig- 
non,) $3,500 in provisions and farming utensils - - 670 
to be paid in June or July of every year - - 671 
changed to $20,000 by_ ratification - - - 673 
Agriculture, farmers and utensils, to be provided by former treaties, 

relinquished ----- 671 
Blacksmiths, two, with shops, iron and steel, to be provided twenty years 670 
provisions for, under former treaties, relinquished - - 671 

Cattle, provided for by former treaties, relinquished - 671 
Cession, tract beginning at mouth of Wolf river, about 4,000,000 acres - 669 
tract on Wisconsin river, 184,320 acres, or eight townships - 670 

Consideration, $23,750 twenty years ; $3,000 in provisions ; thirty barrels of 
salt ; 2,000lbs. tobacco ; $500 in farming utensils ; and two 
blacksmiths' shops, with iron, steel, etc., ail for twenty 
years ; $99,710 50 for debts - - 670 

$80,000 for the half-breeds - - - 671 

no person, not of Indian descent, shall be entitled to any part 674 
$76,000 to be invested, in lieu of allowances for farmers, 
blacksmiths, millers, improvements, etc. relinquished by 
article 3, page 671 .... 674 

Debts, due by Menomonees, to amount of $99,710 50 to be paid by U. S. 670 
no part to be paid, until their justice and validity be inquired into - 673 



XLIV 



MIAMI S. 



Education, $1,000, intended to be applied to, to be paid to R. Grignon 



twenty years - - - - - 670 

grants by former treaties relinquished - 671 

$1,000 to R. Grignon, rejected by Senate - - 673 

Emigration, assented to, one year after ratification of treaty - - 671 

Improvements, or reservation, on Fox river and Winnebago lake, relinquished 671 

Iron and steel, for two shops, to be provided twenty years - - 670 

Millers, provided by former treaties, relinquished - 671 

Provisions, $3,000 twenty years, to be furnished - - - 670 

Salt, thirty barrels annually, twenty years, to be furnished - - 670 

Schedule of debts to be paid by United States - - - 672 

Tobacco, 2,000 pounds annually, twenty years, to be furnished - - 670 



NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1795, Aug. 3 
1803, June 7 
1805, Aug. 21 
1809, Sept. 30 
1809, Sept. 30 

1814, July 22 

1815, Sept. 8 

1818, Oct. 6 
1826, Oct. 23 
1328, Feb. 11 



Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Grouseland 
Fort Wayne 
Fort Wayne 
Greenville 
Spring Wells 

St. Mary's, Ohio 
Mississinewa 
Wyandot Village 



Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Harrison and Cass 
Harrison, McArthur, 

and Graham 
Jennings, Cass, & Parke 
Cass, Ray, and Tipton 
John Tipton 



1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806, April 24 
1810, Jan. 2 
1810, Jan. 2 

1814, Dec. 13 

1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 15 

1827, Jan. 24 

1828, May 7 



54 
97 
118 
149 
152 
155 

173 
257 
408 
421 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 3 - 

No. 2. See Delawares, No. 5 - 

No. 3. See Delawares, No. 8 - 

No. 4. See Delawares, No. 9 - 



No. 5. 



Consideration, for claim to land, ceded this day, [see page 149,] $500 in cat- 
cattle, three years ; an armory at Fort Wayne ; and further 
annuities of $200 to the Miamis, and $100 to the Weas and 
Eel Rivers, conditionally - - - - 

No. 6. See Wyandots, No. 8 - 
No. 7. See Wyandots, No. 9 - 

No. 8. 

Annuity, $15,000 in silver, perpetual ; and 160 bushels salt 
Cession, tract from Wabash river, to Fort Recovery •• 

by Kickapoos, December 9, 1809, (see page 154) assented to^ 
Consideration, $15,000 perpetual annuity, in silver; grist and saw mills to 
be built ; black and gunsmith supported ; agricultural im- 
plements provided ; and 160 bushels of salt annually 
Reservations, one tract, from mouth of Salamanie to mouth of Eel river ; one 
tract two miles square, on Salamanie river ; one tract six 
miles square, on the Wabash ; ten miles square opposite 
mouth of river A Bouette ; ten miles square* on Sugar Tree 
creek ; two miles square, at mouth of Flat rock 
to chief J. 13. Richard ville, nine sections, variously located - 
to various full and half-blooded Miamis, forty sections 
shall not be transferred without approbation of the President 

* Ceded to United States February 11, 1828,— see page 421, art. 1. 



54 
97 
118 
149 



152 

155 
173 



259 
257 
259 



259 



257 
257 
258, '9 
259 



MINNETAREES, OR BELANTSE-ETEAS. XLV 

No. 9. 

Annuities, $35,000 in 1827 ; $ 30,000 in 1828 ; and $25,000 permanently ; to 

include former annuities - 409 

$2,000 for the support of poor, and for education - - 410 

Canal, State of Indiana may lay out, through reservations - - 409 
Cattle, yoke of oxen to be furnished to each of nine persons named, and one 

for the band at the forks of the Wabash - - - 409 

200 ; and 200 hogs, to be furnished to the tribe - - 410 

Cession, all lands in Indiana, N. and W. of Wabash and Miami rivers - 408 



Consideration, $31,040 53 in goods delivered ; and same sum to individuals 
named in schedule ; $26,259 47 in goods, to be delivered 
in 1828 ; $35,000 in 1S27 ; $30,000 in 1828 ; $25,000 per- 
manent annuity ; wagon and yoke of oxen to each of nine 
persons named ; $600 for house to each of nine persons 
named ; 200 cattle, 200 hogs ; 2,000 lbs. of iron, 1,000 lbs. 
of steel, 1,000 lbs. tobacco, annually - - 409, '10 

debts to amount of $7,727 47, to be paid by United States - 410 
Debts, to amount of $7,727 47, to be paid by United States, per schedule - 410 
Education, part of $2,000 annually, as long as Congress think proper - 410 
Houses, cost not to exceed $600 each, to be built for each of nine persons 409 
Hunting, permitted on ceded land, while property of the United States - 410 
Iron and steel, 2,000 lbs. iron, and 1,000 lbs. steel, annually - - 410 

Laborers, to be provided, to work three months in the year - - 410 

Reservations, ninety-two sections, variously located, for the use of the tribe 408, '9 
tracts to certain individuals named in schedule ; not to be 

conveyed without the consent of the President - - 409 

granted by treaty of St. Mary's to certain persons ; shall be 

purchased by the United States as per schedule - 410 

Road, State of Indiana may lay out, through reservations - - 409 

Schedule, of reservations referred to in art. 3 - - 411 

Tobacco, 1,000 lbs. annually, to be furnished to the tribe - - 410 

Wagons, to be furnished to each of nine persons named, and one for the band 

at the forks of the Wabash - - - 409 

No. 10. See Eel Rivers, No. 7 - - - - - 421 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 30 


Mandan Village 


Atkinson and O 'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


360 



Arms, ammunition, etc. not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with the 

United States, - 362 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place for ; complaints shall be 
made to the United States agent ; offenders to be delivered 
up ; on Indians shall be punished same as if on whites ; 
horses and other property stolen, shall be restored ; indemnity 



for, guarantied to Indians - - - - 361 

Peace, firm and lasting, declared .... 360 

Protection, of United States acknowledged and promised - - 360 

Trade, to be transacted at places designated by the President - - 360 

none but American citizens, duly authorized, admitted - - 360 

United States will license traders, who shall be protected - 361 

foreigners attempting to trade shall be delivered up - 361 

safe conduct to be given to all United States agents, - - 361 

Whites, to be delivered up on demand - - ? - 361 



XLTI MISSOURIS MITCHIGAMIAS MOHAWKS, ETC. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 


1825, Sep. 26 
1830, July 15 
1833, Sep. 21 
1836, Oct. 15 


Fort Atkinson 
Prairie du Chi en 
Otoe Village 
Bellevue 


Atkinson and 0 'Fallon 
Clark and Morgan 
Henry L. Ellsworth 
Dougherty and Pilcher 


1826, Feb. G 
1831, Feb. 24 
1834, April 12 
1837, Feb. 15 


380 
446 
582 
689 


No. 1. See Ottoes, No. 2 
No. 2. See Sacs, No. 8 
No. 3. See Otoes, No. 4 
No. 4. See Otoes, No. 5 




- 


380 
446 
582 
689 


X&XTCHXGAIVZZAS.--SEE Peof.ias, No. 1 - 




246 










NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1797, Mar. 29 


Albany 


Isaac Smith, etc. 

1 


1798, April 27 


72 



Cession, all lands owned by the Mohawks in the State of New York - 73 
Consideration, $1,000 for the land, and $600 for expenses - 73 



IMUUSKOS.— See Wyandots, No. 5 - - 113 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 


1833, Feb. 14 
1835, Aug. 24 


Fort Gibson 
Camp Holmes 


Stokes, Ellsworth, and 

Schermerhorn 
Stokes and Arbuckle 


1834, April 12 
1836, May 19 


565 
626 



No. 1. See Creeks, No. 12 - - - - 565 

No. 2. See Comanches, No. 1 - - - - - 626 



OGAXeXaAXaAS.— See Siounes, No. 1 - - - 344 



OMAHA WS ONEIDAS OS AGES. XL VII 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 


1830, July 15 
1836, Oct 15 


Prairie du Chien 
Bellevue 


Clark and Morgan 
Dougherty and Pilcher 


1831, Feb. 24 
1237, Feb. 15 


446 
689 


No. 1. See Sacs, No. 8 
No. 2. See Ottoes, No. 5 




- 


446 
689 


OM21BAB. 










NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


' RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1794, Dec. 2 


Oneida 


Timothy Pickering 


1795, Jan. 21 


52 


Church, $1,000 allowed by United States towards building one - 
Claims, for losses and services, satisfied, except for pay as officers 
Depredations, during war with England, $5,000 allowed for 
Mill, United States will erect one grist, and one saw, complete, support a 
miller and a sawyer three years, and provide teams and utensils 


53 
53 
53 

53 


©8 




XJTTXJES. 






NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 
6 

7 


1808, Nov. 10 
1815, Sept. 12 

1818, Sept. 25 
1822, Aug. 31 

1825, June 2 
1825, Aug. 10 

1835, Aug. 24 


Fort Clark 
Portage des Sioux 

St. Louis 
Marias des Cyg- 

nes 
St. Louis 
Council Grove 

Camp Holmes 


Peter Chouteau 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
William Clark 

Richard Graham 
William Clark 
Reeves, Sibley, and Ma- 
ther 

Stokes and Arbuckle 


1810, April 28 

1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 7 

1823, Feb. 13 
1325, Dec. 30 

1826, May 3 
1836, May 19 


140 

177 

249 

302 
328 

366 
626 



No. 1. 

Agriculture, United States will furnish ploughs - - - 140 
Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be furnished to any tribe not in amity with 

United States - - - - 143 

Blacksmith, United States will furnish one, and tools, (indefinitely) - 140 

Block-houses, one to be built for the great chief of each tribe - - 140 

Boundary, from Fort Clark, on the Missouri, to the mouth of Arkansas - 141 

line to be run as soon as convenient - 141 



i 



XLVIII 



OSAGES. 



Cession, all lands east of boundary line - - - - 141 

- two leagues, to embrace Fort Clark ... 141 

no lands shall be sold without authority of President - - 142 

Consideration, $'1,200 in money, and $1,500 annually in goods - - 141 

Depredations, on citizens of Louisiana, to be paid by U. S. to amount of $5,000 140 
by individuals, no retaliation shall take place for ; complaints 
to be made, and offenders delivered up ; on Indians shall be 
punished same as if on whites ; horses and other property, 
stolen by Indians, shall be restored ; if not restored, value 
to be deducted from annuity; on Indians United States 

guaranty indemnity for - - - 142 

Fort, built by U. S. on right bank of Missouri, for protection of Osages - 140 

Hunting, on lands south and west of boundary, permitted - - 141 

Intruders, shall be apprehended and delivered up - - - 143 

Merchandize, $1,000 to the Great, and $1,500 to the Little Osages, annually 141 

Mill, (horse or water,) United States will build one - - - 140 

Protection of United States acknowledged - 142 

Trade, United States will establish a store at the fort - - - 140 

Whites, to be delivered up on demand - - - - 142 

No. 2. 

Hostilities and injuries shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual 
peace and friendship declared ; and all previous treaties re- 
cognized and confirmed - 177 

No. 3. 

Cession, lands from Arkansaw to falls of Verdigris river - - 249 
Consideration, claims of United States citizens for depredations, to be paid, 

not exceeding $4,000 - - - 249 

No. 4. 

Trade, United States released from obligation to establish a permanent store 

of goods, in consideration of $2,329 40, now paid in merchandize 302 

No. 5. 

Agriculture, farming utensils to be furnished ; farmers to be employed - 329 

Blacksmith, United States will provide and support one - - 329 

United States released from support of one at Fort Clark - 330 
Cession, lands in and west of Missouri and Arkansas ; north and west of Red 
river ; south of Kanzas river, and east of a line from sources of 

theKanzas - - - - - 328 

Consideration, $7,000 twenty years, in money or goods, etc. - - 329 

when in goods, shall be delivered at St. Louis at first cost - 329 
600 cattle ; 600 hogs ; 1,000 fowls ; 10 yoke of oxen ; 6 carts ; 
and farming utensils ; farmers and blacksmith ; and house 

for each of the four principal chiefs - - - 329 
debts to U. S. $4,105 S0 ; released ; to Delawares, $1,000, 

and depredations on citizens of U. S. to amount of $5,000 330 

$6,000 in merchandize ; $2,600 in horses ; and $200 in money 33 1 

Debts, to trading house, to amount of $4,105 80, released by United States 330 

to Delawares, to amount of $1,000, to be paid by United States - 330 

to certain individuals, $1,500 to be paid by United States - 331 

Depredations, on citizens of U. S. to amount of $5,000, to be paid by U. S. 330 
9th article, treaty of Fort Clark in relation to, considered in 

full force - - - - 331 

Dwelling-houses, one for each of four principal chiefs, to be built - 329 

Education, 54 sections to be sold, to raise a fund for support of schools - 330 

Horses and equipage, $2,600 worth to be furnished - - - 331 

Missionaries, three sections of land reserved for support of - - 331 

Merchandize, United States released from delivery of, at Fire Prairie - 330 

$6,000 worth to be delivered at Osage villages and St. Louis 331 



OTTAWAS. 



XL1X 



Military post, U. S. released from support of garrison at Fort Clark - 830 

Navigation, of all water courses through reservation, reserved to U. S. forever 329 

right of, guarantied to Osages - - - 331 

Protection, of United States promised - - - 331 

Reservations, tract 50 miles wide, to west boundary of cession - - 328 
to be surveyed and marked, at expense of United States ; agents, 

teachers, and others, shall occupy as much as necessary - 329 

to certain half breeds, named* ... 329 

54 other sections, to raise a fund for support of schools - 330 

three sections, for support of missionary establishments - 331 

Survey, of reservation to be made at expense of United States - - 329 

No. 6. 

Consideration, $500 in money or goods, to be delivered for privilege of 

making a road ; and $300 worth of merchandize delivered 367 

Road, United States commissioners may survey and mark out ; shall be free 
to citizens of United States and of Mexico ; chiefs will render 
friendly aid to travellers ; to extend on either side, so that travellers 

may seek subsistence and camping places - - - 367 

No, 7. See Comanches, No. 1 - - - - - 626 

* The United States stipulated with the Cherokees, in treaty of December 29, 1835, to extinguish 

the title to eight sections of these reservations, and allowed therefor $15,000. See pages 636, 646. 



OTTAWAS. 



NO. CONCLUDED HELD AT 



commissioners ratified 



PAGE 



1785, Jan. 
1789, Jan. 
1795, Aug. 
1805, July 

1807, Nov. 

1808, Nov. 

1815, Sept. 

1816, Aug. 

1817, Sept. 

1818, Sept. 

1820, July 

1821, Aug. 
1825, Aug. 

1828, Aug. 

1829, July 

1831, Aug. 
1833, Feb. 
1833, Sept. 



1836, Mar. 28 



Fort Mcintosh 
Fort Harmar 
Greenville 
Fort Industry 
Detroit 
Brownstown 
Spring Wells 
St. Louis 

Miami of L. Erie 
St. Mary's, Ohio 
L ' Abre Croche,etc 
Chicago 

Prairie des Chiens 
Green Bay 
Prairie des Chiens 

Indian Reserve 

Maumee 

Chicago 

Washington 



Clark, Butler, and Lee 
Arthur St. Clair 
\nthony Wayne 
Charles Jouett 
William Hull 
William Hull 
McArthur and Graham 
Edwards, Clark, and 

Chouteau 
Cass and McArthur 
Cass and McArthur 
Lewis Cass 
Cass and Sibley 
Clark and Cass 
Cass and Menard 
McNiel, Menard, and 

Atwater 
James B . Gardiner 
George B. Porter 
Porter, Owen, and 

Weatherford 
Henry R. Schoolcraft 



1785, June 
1789, Sept. 29 
1795, Dec. 22 
1806, April 24 

1808, Jan. 27 

1809, Mar. 

1815, Dec. 26 

1816, Dec. 30 
1819, Jan. 4 
1819, Jan. 4 

1821, Mar. 8 

1822, Mar. 25 
1826, Feb. 6 

1829, Jan. 7 

1830, Jan. 2 

1832, April 6 

1833, Mar. 22 

1835, Feb. 21 

1836, May 27 



6 
23 
54 
113 
136 
147 
173 

196 
216 
242 
281 
297 
371 
429 

435 
488 
570 

584 
650 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 1 
No. 2. See Wyandots, No. 2 
No. 3. See Wyanpotj, No. 3 
No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 5 
7 



54 
113 



L 



OTTAWA S>- 



No. 5. 

Annuities, to the Ottawas, $800 ; Chippewas, #800 ; "Wyandots, $ 400 ; Pot- 

tawatimas, §400, perpetual .... 137 
may be herealter commuted, if desired - - - 137 

Blacksmiths, to be furnished, one for the Chippewas, at Saguina - 137 

one for the Ottawas, at the Miami - 137 

Cession, from mouth of Miami river to the Great Auglaize, etc. - 136 

Consideration, $10,000 in money, goods, implements, or animals ; one-third 
to the Ottawas ; one-third to the Chippewas; one-sixth to 
the Wyandots ; and one-sixth to the Pattawatimas ; per- 
petual annuity of $2,400 - - - 137 
Fishing, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, permitted 137 
Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, permitted - 137 
Protection of the United States acknowledged ... 138 
Reservations, six miles square, on the Miami, to include Tondaganie's vil- 
lage ; three miles square on the Miami, to include Presque 
Isle ; four miles square on Miami bay ; three miles square 
on river Raisin, at Macon; two miles square near river 
Rouge ; three miles square* on Lake St. Clair ; and six sec- 
tions of one mile square each - 138 
to be laid out in squares, or parallelograms, and not to inter- 
fere with French or other settlements, or former cessions - 138 

No. 6. See Chippewas, No. 6 - - - - - 147 

No. 7. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - « - 173 

No. 8. 

Boundary, of lands ceded, defined .... 197 

Cession, right to lands ceded by Sacs and Foxes, November 3, 1804, (see 

page 109,) relinquished .... 19(> 

lands on leit bank ol Fox river, .... 197 
Consideration, merchandize, considerable quantity delivered ; $1,000 in 

goods, twelve years, at first cost, on the Illinois - 197 

Fishing, on ceded lands, while property ot the United States, permitted - 197 
Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, permitted - 197 
Merchandize, $1,000 worth, twelve years, to be delivered on the Illinois 

river, at first cost where purchased ... 197 
Reservations, all the lands ceded by the Sacs and Foxes, north of a west line 
from southern extremity of Lake Michigan,, to the Missis- 
sippi, excepting five leagues square - 197 

No. 9. See Wyandots, No. 10 ----- 216 
No. 10. See Wyandots, No. 11 - - - - - 242 

No. 11. 

Cession, St. Martin islands in Lake Huron - 281 

Consideration, a quantity of goods, receipt acknowledged - - 282 

No. 12. 

Annuities, to the Ottawas, $1,000, forever, in specie - 300 

SI, 500, ten years, for blacksmith, teacher, etc. - 300 

Pattawatimas, £'5,030, twenty years, in specie - - 300 

81,000, 15 years, for blacksmith, teacher, etc. 300 

Agriculture, one person to be employed ten years, to teach the Ottawas - 300 
Blacksmith, one to be supported for the Ottawas ten years; and one for the 

Pattawatimas fifteen years - 300 
Cession, lands from S. bank of St. Joseph river, N. from Rum's village to a 

line due E. from S. extremity of Lake Michigan, etc. - . - ' .297 

*.This and parts of other reservations ceded to the United States by treaty with the "Chippewas," 
May 9, 1836. See page 666. 



OTTAWA S. 



LI 



Consideration, to the Ottawas, $1,000 annually, forever, in specie; $1,500 
ten years, for support of a blacksmith, farmer, and teacher, 
and in the purchase of cattle and farming utensils; to the 
Pattawatimas, $5,000 in specie, twenty years ; $1,000 fifteen 
years for support of a blacksmith and teacher - - 300 

Education, teacher to be employed for the Ottawas ten years, and for the 

Pattawatimas fifteen years - 300 
Hunting, stipulations of the treaty of Greenville (see page 58) applied - 300 
Reservations, for the use of the Indians, five tracts, in all, 20 miles square - 298 
to certain individuals, in all, 25 sections - - - 298 

shall be located after survey, and not conveyed without consent 

of the President - - - - - 300 

two miles square for use of blacksmiths and teachers - 300 

Road, TJ. S. shall have privilege of making, from Detroit and Fort Wayne 

to Chicago - - - - - 300 



No. 13. See Sioux, No. 6 - *• • - 371 

No. 14. . See Winnebagoes, No. 4 .... 429 

No. 15. See Chippewas, No. 18 - - - 435 

No. 16. 

Agriculture, implements now used by Otto ways shall be sold, and the pro- 
ceeds paid to owners ----- 490 
Annuities, to band at Blanchard's fork, a fair proportion due by former treaties 491 
to band at Roche deBceuf, proport on due by former treaties - 492 
deficiency of $580 in annuity for 1830, to b 1 divided when paid - 493 
Cession, 21,760 acres, reserved by treaty, Sept. 29, 1817, (see page 219) - 489 
to be sold in sam3 manner as public lands; proceeds to be applied to 

payment of certain debts; surplus, if any, to be invested - 490 

28,157 acres, reserved by treaty Nov. 17, 1807, (see page 138) - 489 
to be sold in same manner as public lands; proceeds applied to pay- 
ment of certain debts; and surplus, if any, to be invested - 492 
• $100 to be paid to Nau-on-quai-que-zhick, from surplus - - 494 
Consideration, to band at Blanchard's fork, 80 blankets, 25 rifles, 35 axes, 12 
ploughs, 20 sets horse gear, and Russia sheeting for tents, to 
be delivered as presents - 491 
same to band at Roche de Boeuf, when they consent to remove 492 
Debts, to certain individuals, to amount of $15,642 25, to be paid by U. S. 

from proceeds sales of lands - - - - 493 

to be examined at Treasury Department before they are paid - 493 

to J. Anderson and F. Lavoy, $200 each - 494 

Emigration, band at Blanchard's fork, consent to remove W. of Mississippi; 

expenses to be paid by U. S., and provisions supplied one year 
after removal - - - - - 490 

band at Roche de Boeuf, not willing to remove at present - 489 

band at Roche de Boeuf to be removed, when ready, at expense of 
U. S.; shall be subsisted one year, and receive like presents as 
the other band - - - - 491 

Improvements, on lands ceded, $2,000 to be advanced for ; not to be paid un- 
til arrival west; and to be refunded from sales of land - 490 
Protection, at new residence, against other tribes, guarantied by U. S. - 491 
.Reservations, to band at Blanchard's fork, 34,000 acres, in fee simple, W. of 

Mississippi; in exchange for the 21,760 acres - - 490 

shall not be sold, except to U. S.; and shall not be included in 

any state or territory - - - 491 

to band at Roche de Boeuf, 40,000 acres in fee simple, W. of 
Mississippi, in exchange for the 28,157 acres when they con- 
sent to remove - - - - 491 
to two chiefs two and a half sections three years; and an island 

until sold - - - - 492 

to two half-breeds, quarter section each; to children of Yellow 
Hair, a half sectioa - 495 



LII 



OTTAWAS, 



No. 17. 

Cession, lands on each side Miami river, and on Miami bay, reserved by 
treaties, Nov. 16, 1807, (p. 138) and Sept. 29, 1817, (p. 223) with- 



out claim for improvements - 570 

may be surveyed before removal - 572 

Consideration, $29,440, to be applied in extinguishment of debts - - 572 

Debts, to amount of 829,440 to be paid by U. S. - - - 572 
other debts to amount of $2,550, to be paid out of $18,000, claimed as 

due, under treaty No. 16 - - - - - 572 

Emigration, in six months after payment of consideration, agreed to - 572 

Reservations, to certain individuals, (2,560 acres in all) - - 571 
part, not to be alienated, without approbation of the President 571 

No. 18. See Chippewas, No. 19 - - - 584 

No. 19. 

Agriculture, two farmers and assistants to be supported ten years - 653 

$10,000 allowed for implements, cattle, etc. - - 651 

Annuities, $30,000 in specie, twenty years - 651 

$5,000 for education, etc. twenty years - 651 

$3,000 for missions, twenty years - 651 

$300 for physician, medicine, etc. until Indians remove - 651 

$100 to Ningweegon, during his natural life - - 654 

$50 to Chusco, a warrior under Gen. Wayne - - 654 

Blacksmith shops, United States will keep two additional - - 653 

shop at Michilimackinac shall be renewed - 653 

Cession, from mouth of Grand river, to head of Thunder Bay, etc. - 650 



Consideration, $30,000 annually in specie, 20 years; $5,000 for education, 20 
years; $3,000 for missions; $10,000 for implements, cattle 
and tools; $300 per annum for physician and medicines; 
$2,000 in provisions; 6,500 lbs. of tobacco; 100 bbls. salt and 
500 fish barrels, 20 years; $150,000 in goods, to be delivered 
at Michilimackinac on ratification of this treaty - - 651 

$200,000 additional allowed by the Senate, for changing per- 
manent into temporary reservations - 658 
$150,000, to be divided among half-breeds - - 652 

$48,148, to be divided among half-breeds on Grand River - 654 
$30,000 to be paid to chiefs to be divided, per schedule - 654 

Debts, $300,000 shall be set apart for payment of just debts, to be examined 

by a commissioner _____ 651 

[terms changed by ratification of the Senate, p. 658.] 
no claims to be allowed for d«bts contracted prior to late war with 

England ; and other classes of claims excluded — sup. art. - 657 

Dormitory, to be built for Indians visiting the post, and persons appointed 

to keep it, ten years - - - - - 653 

Education, $5,000, twenty years, for teachers, school-houses and books - 651 
Emigration, deputation shall be sent, to provide a location among the Chip- 
pewas, West of Mississippi - 653 
[altered by ratification of Senate, p. 659.] 
to be removed when ready at expense of U. S.; a year's subsist- 
ence provided ; and same articles as given to Pattawatimas - 653 
Expenses, of journey to Washington and back, to be paid by V. S. and a 

proper quantity of clothing to be given - 654 
Fish barrels, 500 to be delivered annually, twenty years - - 651 

Gunsmith, United States will maintain one, in addition - 653 
Half-breeds, $150,000 to be divided among ; to be arranged in three classes ; 

proportion and mode of payment pointed out - - 652 

$5,000 of this sum to be applied to the support of the poor - 652 
on Grand river, $48,148 to be divided among, in lieu of reserva- 
tions of land - - - - - 653 
Hunting, on ceded lands, granted until required for settlement - - 655 
Improvements, on ceded lands shall be appraised and paid for - - 653 
Interpreter, shall be permanently provided by United States » • 653 
Mechanics, two to be supported by United States ten years - - 653 
tools to be purchased - - - - - 651 



OTTOES. LIII 

(The stipulations in art. 7 of this treaty for the support of blacksmiths, farmers, me- 
chanics, etc. to be continued as long after the expiration of the periods fixed, as 
Congress may appropriate for the objects, 653.] 

Merchandize, $'150,000 in goods and provisions, to be delivered on ratifica- 
tion of treaty at Michilimackinac - 651 
Missions, $3,000, f or support of, twenty years - 651 
establishments on Grand river shall be appraised, and value paid 
to the proper Boards ----- 653 
[changed by Senate, and proceeds of 160 acres of land allowed for — p. 659.] 
Provisions, $2,000 worth to be delivered, annually, twenty years - 651 
Reservations, 50,000 acres on Little Traverse bay ; 20,000 acres on North shore 
Great Traverse bay ; 70,000 acres on Pierre Marquetta river ; 
1,000 acres on the Cheboigan; 1,000 acres on Thunderbay river 650 
six miles square, at the straits of Michilimackinac; Beaver 
islands; Round island; Chenos islands; Sugar island; 640 
acres at Little rapids ; tract at mouth of Pississowining river ; 
640 acres on Grand island ; 200 acres on main land south of it; 
two sections on north extremity of Green Bay - 650, '1 
changed from permanent reservation, to 5 years, by the Senate 658 
$150,000 to be divided among half breeds in lieu of - - 652 
$48,148 to be divided among half breeds on Grand river - 654 
Salt, 100 barrels, to be delivered, annually, twenty years - - 651 
Schedule, of chiefs, entitled to portions of $150,000 allotted - - 656 
Tobacco, 6,500 pounds, to be delivered, annually, twenty years - - 651 
Vaccine matter, part of $300 per annum allowed for - - 651 



OTTOES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 
5 


1817, June 24 
1825, Sept. 26 
1830, July 15 
1833, Sept. 21 
1836, Oct. 15 


[not stated] 
Fort Atkinson 
Prairie des Chiens 
Otoe Village 
Bellevue, Mo. 


Clark and Chouteau 
Atkinson and O 'Fallon 
Clark and Morgan 
Henry L. Ellsworth 
Dougherty and Pilcher 


1817, Dec. 26 
1826, Feb. 6 
1831, Feb. 24 
1834, April 12 
1837, Feb. 15 


207 
380 
446 
582 
689 



No. 1. 



Is a treaty of peace and friendship ; hostilities mutually forgiven and forgot- 
ten ; perpetual peace and friendship declared ; and protection of the Uni- 
ted States acknowledged - - - - - 207 

No. 2. 

Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be supplied to any tribe not in amity with 
United States 

Depredations, no retaliation shall take place for ; complaints shall be made 
to Superintendent ; offenders shall be delivered up ; on In- 
dians, shall be punished the same as if on Whites ; horses 
and other property stolen, shall be restored ; on Indians, 
indemnification guarantied by United States - 
Protection, of United States, mutually acknowledged and promised 

all agents of the United States to be protected 
Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted ; shall be transacted at 
places designated by President; none but American citizens ad- 
mitted ; United States will license traders ; their persons and prop- 
erty shall be protected ; foreigners shall be apprehended and deliv- 
ered up ; travellers to and from Mexico, not to be molested 
Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of the President 



381 



381 
380 
381 



380 
381 



LIV 



PAWNEES. 



No. 3. See Sacs, No. 8 - ► - - - -445 

No. 4. 

Agriculture, annuity of $500 continued ten years from July 15, 1840 ; two 

farmers to be provided by United States, five years, or longer 582 
if Indians will abandon the chase for agricultural life - 583 

Annuities, $ 2,500, granted by treaty of July 15, 1830, (seepage 447,) con- 



tinued ten years from July 15, 1840 ... 582 

$500, five years, for purposes of education - 582 
Cession, from the little Nemahaw to its head branches, and thence west as 

far as Ottoes and Missouris have any claim - - 582 



Cattle, $1,000 worth to be delivered, and placed in care of farmers - 582 
Education, $500 five years, allowed for schools ; must be kept within nation 582 
Mill, (horse,) to be erected by United States for grinding corn - - 582 
Merchandize, to amount of $400 delivered, and receipt acknowledged - 583 
Peace, with all other tribes, to be maintained ; if disputes arise, to be refer- 
red to President - - - - 583 

[The stipulations of this treaty not to be fulfilled by United States until the Indians 
locate themselves in the districts assigned ; nor payments be continued if Indians 
abandon the same.— pp. 582-'3.] 

No. 5. 

Agriculture, 100 acres to be broken up and fenced for the Omahaws, and a 

farmer to be employed, at discretion of President - 691 

[stipulation as to the farmer, rejected by the Senate, 693.] 
Cession, lands between Missouri State and river (seepage 446 ) - - 689 



Consideration, $4,520 in goods delivered - 690 

500 bushels corn, in April, 1837 - - - 691 

Reservations, three sections to J. Roubadoux, sen., and two sections to L. 

Fontenelle, [rejected by the Senate, 693] - - 691 



PAWNEES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1818, June 18 


St. Louis 


Clark and Chouteau 


1819, Jan. 7 


234 


2 


1818, June 19 


St. Louis 


Clark and Chouteau 


1819, Jan. 7 


235 


3 


1818, June 20 


St. Louis 


Clark and Chouteau 


1819, Jan. 7 


236 


4 


1818, June 22 


St. Louis 


Clark and Chouteau 


1819, Jan. 7 


237 


5 


1825, Sept. 30 


Fort Atkinson 


Atkinson and O'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


383 


6 


1833, Oct. 9 


Pawnee Village 


Henry L. Ellsworth 


1834, April 12 


604 



Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4, are precisely the same, word for word, being with different 
bands of the same tribe. They provide that hostilities shall be mutually 
forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and friendship declared ; protec- 
tion of the United States acknowledged , and all violators of the stipula- 
tions of the several treaties shall be delivered up to the authorities of the 
United States - 234to23S 

No. 5. 

Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be supplied to tribes not in amity with U. S. 384 
Depredations, by individuals shall not be retaliated ; complaints of, shall be 
made to Superintendent ; offenders shall be given up, to be 
punished ; on Indians shall be punished the same as if on 
Whites ; full indemnity guarantied to Indians for - 384 



PEORIAS. 

Protection, of United States acknowledged and promised 

agents and citizens of United States to be protected in persons 
and property ----- 
citizens travelling to and from Mexico not to be molested 
Trade to be transacted at places designated by President ; none but Ameri- 
can citizens to be admitted ; United States will license traders, who 
shall be protected by Pawnees, in persons and property ; foreigners 
shall be apprehended and delivered up 
Whites, to be delivered up on demand of the President - 

No. 6. 

Agriculture, $500 f our years, allowed for implements - 
four farmers to be employed five years - 
a piece of land for each village to be broken up - 
Annuities, $4,600 i n goods, twelve years - 

$500 in agricultural implements, five years - - - 

$1,000 for schools, ten years - 
$2,000 for blacksmiths, etc., ten years - 
Arms, 25 guns, and ammunition, to be placed in the hands of the farmers for 

protection - - - - - 

Blacksmiths, two, with strikers, shop, tools and iron, ten years 
Cession, all land south of Platte river, shall remain a common hunting ground 

during pleasure of the President - 
Consideration, $4,600, annually, twelve years, in goods, to be divided among 
the four bands; $500 four years, in implements : $1,000 ten 
years, for schools; two blacksmiths, etc., ten years; four 
farmers five years ; $1,000 in cattle; four corn mills; and 



$1,600 in goods on execution of treaty - - - 604, '5 

Education, $1,000 ten years, for schools - 604 

Hunting, on ceded lands, permitted during pleasure of the President - 605 

Merchandize, $1,600 worth delivered, and receipt acknowledged - - 605 

Mills, four, for grinding corn, to be erected - 605 
Protection, the persons or property of citizens of United States shall not be 

molested 605 

shall be given to teachers, farmers, stock and mill - - 605 



[ Stipulations, in 5th, 7th, and 8th articles, not to be fulfilled until the tribes locate 
themselves in agricultural districts, 605. J 



PEORIAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 


1818, Sept. 25 
1832, Oct. 27 


Edwardsville 
Castor Hill 


Edwards and Chouteau 
Clark, Allen, and Kouns 


1819, Jan. 5 
1833, Feb. 12 


246 
547 



No. 1. 



Annuity, $300, twelve years - 247 
Cession, lands from the confluence of Ohio and Mississippi, up the Ohio to 

Saline creek, etc. - - - - 247 

Consideration, $2,000 in goods delivered ; $300 in money or goods 12 years 247 

Protection, of United States promised against other tribes - - 247 

Reservation, 640 acres, including village, on Blackwater river - - 247 

War, shall not be declared without consent of United States - - 247 

No. 2. See Kaskaskias, No. 6 - - - - - 547 



[See treaty with Piankeshaws, Oct. 29, 1832, art. 5, page 557, for stipulations re- 
specting blacksmith's shop.] 



LV 

383 

384 
384 



383 
384 



604 
605 
605 
604 
604 
604 
605 

605 
605 

604 



LVI PIANKESHAWS. 

PIANKESHAWS. 



CONCLUDED 



1795, Aug. 3 

1803, June 7 
1303, Aug. 7 

1804, Aug. 27 

1805, Dec. 30 
1815, July 18 

1818, Jan. 3 
1832, Oct. 29 



Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Vincennes 
Vincennes 
Vincennes 
Portage des Sioux 

Vincennes 
Castor Hill 



COMMISSIONERS 



Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Thomas Posey 
Clark, Allen, and Kouns 



RATIFIED 



1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1803, Nov. 25 
1805, Jan. 21 
1807, May 22 

1815, Dec. 26 

1833, Feb. 12 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - 54 

No. 2. See Delawares, No. 5 - - - - 97 

No. 3. See Eel Rivers, No. 3 - - - - 99 

No. 4. 

Annuity, $200 additional, ten years, in money or goods, etc. - - 107 

United States reserve right to divide, among families - - 107 

Cession, tract between Ohio and Wabash, below Clark's grant - - 107 

right of Kaskaskias to sell, acknowledged 107 

Consideration, $700 in goods ; and annuity of $200 ten years - - 107 



No. 5. 

Annuity, $300 additional, indefinitely, in money or goods, etc. - - 131 

United States may at any time divide amongst individuals - 131 

Cession, tract between the Wabash and cession by Kaskaskias - - 131 

Consideration, $1,100 in hand ; and $300 annuity - 131 

Depredations, shall not be committed by Indians - - - 131 

Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of the United States, allowed - 132 

Protection, of United States, promised against other tribes - - 131 

Reservation, two square miles, or 1,280 acres, at option of the tribe - 132 
[ceded to United States January 3, 1818,— see page 231.} 

No. 6. 

Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and friendship 

declared ; and former treaties recognized and confirmed • - 163, f 4 

No. 7. 

Cession, two miles square, reserved by treaty of August 27, 1804 - 231 

Consideration, $1,000 paid by commissioner, and receipt acknowledged - 231 

[ *This treaty, or contract, was not ratified in the usual forms ; but has been duly executed on the 
part of the Government and the Indians. ] 

No. 8. 

Blacksmith, shop to be supported five years, for the benefit of the Pianke- 

shaws, Weas, Peorias, and Kaskaskias, in common - 557 

Cession, lands in Missouri and Illinois - 557 

Consideration, $500 in cattle, etc., five years; $750 for agricultural purpo- 
ses, and $200 in goods, to the Piankeshaws ; $700 in cattle 
and goods, some assistance in moving, and provisions one 
year after arrival, to the Weas ; and a blacksmith's shop 
five years - 557 

Reservations, two hundred, and fifty sections, west of Missouri - - 557 



PONCARARS— PGNCARS POTAWATOMIES. LVII 



POUCAEARS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 




HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1817, June 25 


[ not stated ] 


Clark and Chouteau 


1817, Dec. 26 


208 



Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and friendship 
declared ; and the protection of the United States acknowledged - 208 



POHCABS. 





NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, June 9 


Poncar Village 


Atkinson and 0 'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


338 



Arms, ammunition, etc., shall not be supplied to any tribe, not in amity with 

United States - - - - - 339 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place ; complaints shall be 
made to superintendent ; offenders shall be delivered up ; on 
Indians, shall be punished same as if on whites ; horses, and 
other property stolen, shall be restored ; on Indians, United 
States guaranty full indemnity for - - 339 

Protection, of U. S. claimed and promised, and supremacy acknowledged - 338 
to be given to U. S. agents or citizens, travelling or residing - 339 
Trade, shall be transacted at places designated by President - - 338 

none but American citizens, duly authorized, shall be admitted - 338 
United States will license traders, who shall be protected - 338 

foreigners to be apprehended and delivered up - - - 338 

Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of the President - - 339 



POTAWATOMIES. 



NO. CONCLUDED 



1789, 
1795, 
1803, 
1805, 
1805, 
1807, 
1808, 
1809, 
1815, 

1815, 

1816, 



Jan. 9 
Aug. 3 
June 7 
July 4 
Aug. 21 
Nov. 17 
Nov. 25 
Sept. 30 
July 18 

Sept. 8 

Aug. 24 



Fort Harmar 
Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Fort Industry 
Grouseland 
Detroit 
Brownstown 
Fort Wayne 
Portage des Sioux 

Spring Wells 

St. Louis 



COMMISSIONERS 



Arthur St. Clair 
Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
Charles Jouett 
William H. Harrison 
William Hull 
William Hull 
William H. Harrison 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Harrison, McArthur, and 

Graham 
Edwards, Clark, and 

Chouteau 



1789, Sept. 29 
1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806, April 24 
1806, April 24 

1808, Jan. 27 

1809, Mar. 1 

1810, Jan. 2 

1815, Dec. 26 

1815, Dec. 26 

1816, Dec. 30 



8 



LTIII 



POTAWATOMIES. 



NO 



12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

2G 
27 
28 
29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
34 
35 
3G 
37 
38 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED 



PAGE 



1817, 
1818, 
1821, 
1825, 
1826, 
1827, 
1828, 
1828, 
1829, 



Sept. 29 
Oct. 2 
Aug. 29 
Aug. 19 
Oct. 16 
Sept. 19 
Aug. 25 
Sept. 20 
July 29 



1832, Oct. 20 
1832, Oct. 26 

1832, Oct. 27 

1833, Sept. 26 

1834, Dec. 4 



1834, 
1834, 
1834, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 
1837, 



Dec. 10 
Dec. 16 
Dec. 17 
Mar. 26 
Mar. 29 
April 11 
April 22 
April 22 
Aug. 5 
Sept. 20 
Sept. 22 
Sept. 23 
Feb. 11 



Miami of L. Erie 
St. Mary's 
Chicago 

Prairie des Chiens 
MississinoWa 
St. Joseph 
Green Bay 
upon St. Joseph 
Prairie des Chiens 

Camp Tippecanoe 

Tippecanoe River 

Tippecanoe River 

Chicago 

Lake Maxeenie- 

kuekee 
Tippecanoe River 
Patawatomie mills 
Logansport 
Turkey Creek 
Tippecanoe River 
Tippecanoe River 
Indian Agency 
Indian Agency 
Yellow River 
Chippewanaung 
C hippewanaung 
Chippewanaung 
Washington 



Cass and Mc Arthur 
Jennings, Cass & Parke 
Cass and Sibley 
Clark and Cass 
Cass, Ray and Tipton 
Lewis Cass 
Cass and Menard 
Cass and Menard 
McNiel, Menard, and 
Atwater 



Davis, 
Davis, 



and 



and 



Jennings, 

Crume 
Jennings, 

Crume 
Jennings, 

Crume 
Porter, Owen, and Wea- 

therford 



Davis and 



William Marshall 
William Marshall 
William Marshall 
William Marshall 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
Abel C. Pepper 
John T. Douglass 



1819, Jan. 
1819, Jan. 
1822, Mar. 

1826, Feb. 

1827, Feb. 
1829, Feb. 
1829, Jan. 

1829, Jan. 

1830, Jan. 

1833, Jan. 

1833, Jan. 

1833, Jan. 

1835, Feb. 

1835, Mar. 
1835, Mar. 
1835, Mar. 

1835, Mar. 

1836, June 
1836, June 
1836, May 
1836, May 

1836, May 

1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 



2 

21 

21 

21 

21 

16 
16 
16 
16 
4 
4 
25 
25 
25 
18 
18 
16 
18 
18 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 2 - - - 23 

No. 2. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - 54 

No. 3. See Delawares, No. 5 - - - 97 

No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 5 - - - - -113 

No. 5. See Delawares, No. 8 - - - 118 

No. 6. See Ottawas, No. 5 - - - 136 

No. 7. See Chippewas, No 6 - - - 147 

No. 8. See Delawares, No. 9 - - - 149 



No. 9. 

Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship 
declared ; prisoners shall be mutually delivered up ; and former treaties re- 
cognized and confirmed - - - - 165 

No. 10. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - - - 173 

No. 11. See Ottawas, No. 8 - 196 

No. 12. See Wyandots, No. 10 - - - - 216 

No. 13. 

Annuities, $2,500 in silver, perpetual; half at Detroit, and half at Chicago - 253 
by former treaties, to be paid hereafter in silver - - 253 



POTAWATOMIES. 



LIX 



Cession, from mouth of Tippecanoe to within 25 miles of Wabash river, etc.; 

also all lands South of the Wabash - 253 

claims of Kickapoos to lands below Pine creek, to be purchased - 253 
Reservations, to individuals, per schedule, (13 sections in all) which shall 

not be conveyed without consent of President - - 253 

Schedule, of persons entitled to reservations - 254 

No. 14. See Ottawas, No. 12 - - - - 297 

No. 15. See Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - 371 

No. 16. 

Annuity, $2,000 in silver, 22 years at Fort Wayne - 404 
$2,000 for education, as long as Congress think proper - - 404 
160 bushels of salt at Fort Wayne - - - 404 
Blacksmith, to be supported at some convenient point - 404 
Cession, tract from Tippecanoe to Eel river, etc. - 403 
tract on lake Michigan, near southern extremity - - 403 
strip from Lake Michigan to the Wabash, 100 feet wide, for a road; 
and from thence through Indianapolis to the Ohio; also one sec- 
tion for each mile of road - 403 
Consideration, $30,547 71, in goods delivered; debts to amount of $9,573 to 

be paid by United States - 404 
[amount of debts to be deducted from annuities, if treaty be not ratified.] 

Education, $2,000 appropriated for, annually, during pleasure of Congress - 404 

Hunting, on ceded lands, while property of United States, allowed - 405 

Mill, for corn, U. S. will build one on Tippecanoe river, and support a miller 404 

[support of miller to cease after treaty Dec. 16, 1834 — see page 618.] 
Reservations, to certain individuals, per schedule, not to be conveyed without 

consent of President - 404 

and may be expunged without affecting other parts of treaty - 405 

schedule of - - - - - - 406 

Road, from lake Michigan to the Wabash, strip 100 feet wide ceded for; also 
one section for each mile of same; to be continued from termination, 
through Indianapolis to the Ohio, and one section of land ceded for 

every mile of road _____ 403 

[right of Indiana to locate the road and apply proceeds of land to its 

construction, rejected by Senate,] - 408 

Salt, 160 bushels to be delivered, annually, at Fort Wayne - - 404 

Schedule of reservations to individuals - - - - 406 

No. 17. 

Cession, ninety-nine and a half sections reserved by former treaties - 415 

Reservations, half section at Macon for chief Moran - 416 

ninety-nine sections, in western part of Michigan - - 416 

No. 18. See Winnebagoes, No. 4 - - - - - 429 

No. 19. 

Agriculture, $7,500 to be expended in clearing and fencing lands, animals, etc. 432 

three laborers, four months each year, to be provided ten years 432 

Annuities, $2,000, permanent; $1,000 twenty years - - - 432 

$100 in goods, to To-pen-i-be, during his life - - 432 

Blacksmith, allowed by treaty, Aug. 29, 1821, to be permanent - - 432 

Cession, one tract from mouth of St. Joseph, to boundary line of Indiana, etc. 431 
one tract from head of Kankekee river, to boundary line between 

Indiana and Ohio _____ 432 



Consideration, permanent annuity $2,000; and $1,000 twenty years; $30,000 
in goods, after signing treaty ; $10,000 in goods, and $5,000 
in specie, in 1829 ; $7,500 in clearing land, building houses, 
and purchase of animals and utensils; 2,000 lbs. tobacco; 
1,500 lbs. iron, and 350 lbs. steel, annually; $1,000 annual- 
ly for education ----- 432 

Debts, $10,895, to be applied to payment of, per schedule - - 433 



LX POTAWATOMIES. 

Education, $1,000 annually, at discretion of Congress, to be applied - 432 
Iron and steel, 1,500 lbs. iron, and 350 lbs. steel, to be delivered, annually - 432 
Merchandize, to amount of $10,000 to be delivered in 1829 - - 432 
Missionary establishment, on St. Joseph's, if removed to the west, improve- 
ments shall be valued and paid for - - 433 
Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, to be located on se- 
cond tract ceded by this treaty - 432 
[reservation in favor of Joseph Barron, a white man, rejected,] 435 
Tobacco, 2.000 pounds, to be delivered annually - - - 432 

No. 20. See Chippewas, No. 18 - - - - 435 

No. 21. 

Annuities, $15,000 twenty years; $600 to Billy Caldwell, during life; $200 
to Alex. Robinson, during life; $200 to Pierre Le Clerc, during 
life - - - - - 529 

Cession, tract on lake Michigan, 10 miles South of Chicago river, to mouth 
of Fox river; thence to boundary between Illinois and Indiana, 
etc. - - - - - - 527 

Consideration, $15,000 annually, twenty years; to three individuals, $,1000 , 
during life; $45,000 in goods, after signing treaty; and 
$30,000 in goods in 1833; $1,400 to certain Indians, for 
horses stolen _____ 529 

Debts, $28,746 to be applied to payment of, per schedule - - 529 

schedule of claims allowed ----- 531 

Hunting, on lands ceded, and on other lands, while property of the United 

States, permitted - 529 

Merchandize, to amount of $30,000 to be delivered in 1833 - - 529 

Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, 39 sections, - 528 

Schedule, of claims to be paid, to amount of $28,746 - 531 

No. 22. 

Annuity, $20,000 twenty years - - - - _ - 536 

Cession, tract at intersection of lake Michigan with boundary of Illinois and 

Indiana, to Tippecanoe river - - - - 535 

Consideration, $20,000 annually, twenty years ; $100,000 in goods, on sign- 
ing treaty ; $30,000 in goods at Eel river in 1833 ; debts to 
amount of $62,412 _ - 536 

Debts, to amount of $62,412 to be paid by United States, per schedule - 536 
schedule of claims allowed - - - - - 538 

Emigration, goods, implements, and other articles to be furnished, when tribe 

shall remove _____ 535 

Merchandize, to amount of $100,000 delivered, and $30,000 to be delivered 

in 1833 - - - - - 536 

Reservations, to certain bands, 80 sections in all - - - 536 

Saw-mill, United States will erect one on their lands - 537 

No. 23. 

Annuities, $15,000 twelve years - 545 

$2,000 for education, during pleasure of Congress - - 545 

Cession, lands in Illinois and Indiana, and in Michigan S. of Grand river - 542 
Consideration, $15,000 twelve years ; $32,000 in goods, on signing treaty; 

$10,000 in goods next spring; and debts to amount of 

$20,721 to be paid - - - - 545 

Debts, to amount of $20,721, to be paid by United States - - 545 

schedule of claims allowed ----- 546 

Education, $2,000 annually, as long as Congress think proper - - 545 

Reservations, to certain bands and individuals - 542, '3 

to be selected under direction of President, and surveyed - 544 
to wife of P. Langlois, shall be purchased by United States 

if to be had for $800 - ; - 545 



POTAWATOMIES. 



LXI 



No. 24. See Chippewas, No. 19 - - - - - 584 

No. 25. 

Cession, two sections, reserved for Cam-o-za and his band {seepage 536) - 616 

peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan. 1836 - - 616 

Consideration, $400 in goods, on signing treaty ; and $400 one year - 616 

No. 26. 

Cession, six sections, reserved for Muck Rose (Mau-ke-kose) and his band 

( see page 536,) and peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan. 1836 617 
Consideration, $400 in goods, on signing treaty; and an annuity of $1,000 

two years - - - - 617 

No. 27. 

Cession, two sections, including mills on Tippecanoe river, reserved by 

treaty Oct. 27, 1832 (see page 542.) - - 618 

Consideration, $700 in cash in 1835 : and $900 of debts to be paid by U. S. 618 
Miller, support of, provided by treaty, Oct. 16, 1826, to cease, (page 404) - 618 

No. 28. 

Cession, four sections, reserved for Mota and his band (see page 543;) and 

peaceable possession to be yielded in Jan. 1836 - - 620 

Consideration, $680 in goods, on signing treaty, and $600 in cash in 1835 - 620 
Emigration, Mota and his band will remove west of Mississippi ; United 

States will defray expenses, and furnish goods and provisions 620 

No. 29, 

Cession, four sections, reserved for Mes-quaw-buck (page 542) - - 648 

peaceable possession to be yielded within two years from date - 649 

Consideration, $2,560 in specie, at next payment of annuity - - 648 

Emigration, band will remove west of Mississippi within two years - 649 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - 649 

Reservation, two sections of the ceded land for Henry Ossum (rejected by 

Senate) - - - - - 649 

No. 30. 

Cession, four sections, reserved for Che-kose and his band (page 542) - 659 

peaceable possession will be yielded within three months from date 659 

Consideration, $2,560 in specie, at next payment of annuity - - 659 

Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - 659 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - 659 

Reservation, sale of half section to P. Warner, to be confirmed; and $400 of 

consideration money to be deducted (rejected by Senate) - 660 

No. 3L 

Cession, thirty-six sections, reserved for Aub-ba-naub-ba, and his band (see 

page, 536) _ - - - - . . . - . - 660 

Consideration, $23,040, in specie, at payment of first and second annuities - 661 
Debts, commissioner to be appointed to ascertain and pay ; amount to be de- 
ducted from consideration money (rejected by the Senate) - 661 
Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - 661 

; S . No. 32. . . 

Cession, ten sections, reserved for certain chiefs and bands (page 536) - 662 

Consideration, $6,400, at first payment of annuity - - r 662 

Debts, commissioner to be appointed to ascertain and pay ; amount to be de-> 

ducted from consideration money (rejected) - 662 

Emigration, west of Mississippi, withrin two years, agreed to - 662 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - 662 



LXII 



POTAWATOMIES. 



No. 33. 

Cession, three sections, reserved for Nas-waw-kee and Gtuashquaw, ( seepage 

536;) possession to be given within two years - - 663 
Consideration, $1,920, at first payment of annuity - 663 
Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay ; amount to be de- 
ducted from consideration money (rejected) - 663 
Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - 663 
Expenses, of making this treaty, to be paid by United States - - 663 

No. 34. 

Cession, 22 sections, reserved for three chiefs, Oct. 26, 1832 (page 536) - 668 

Consideration, $14,080 in specie, on or before May 1, 1837 - - 668 

debts to be paid and amount deducted from - - 668 

Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - - 668 

Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - 668 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States - 668 

No. 35. 

Cession, ten sections, reserved for two chiefs, Oct. 27, 1832 (page 543) - 679 

Consideration, $8,000 on or before May 1, 1837 - - - 679 

debts to be paid and amount deducted from - - 679 

Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - - 679 

Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - - 679 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States - 679 

No. 36. 

Cession, four sections, reserved for Mo-sack and band, Oct. 27, 1832, (p. 543) 680 

Consideration, $3,200 on or before May 1, 1837 - - - 680 

debts to be paid, and amount deducted from - - 680 

Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - - 680 

Emigration, west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - - 680 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States - 680 

No. 37. 

Cession, 42 sections, reserved for certain bands, Oct. 27, 1832 (pp. 542, '3) - 681 

Consideration, $1 25 per acre or $33,600 in specie, on or before May 1, 1837 681 

debts to be paid, and amount to be deducted from - - 682 

Debts, commissioner to be appointed to examine and pay - - 682 

Emigration, to country west of Mississippi, within two years, agreed to - 682 

Expenses, of making this treaty, to be provided for by United States - 682 

No. 38. 

Cessions, made by treaties in August and September, 1836, assented to and 

confirmed - 695 
Consideration, stipulated for in previous treaties, to be paid to the respective 

chiefs and bands, by whom the lands were ceded - 696 

Emigration, to country southwest of Missouri river within two years, agreed 

to - - - - - - 696 

expenses of to be paid, and one year's subsistence furnished by 

United States - - - - - 696 

Expenses, of removing Indians, of making this treaty, and of delegation to 

Washington, to be paid by United States - 696 

Reservation^ tract on the Osage, southwest of the Missouri - - 696 

on Rock river, for Glm-qui-to, to be purchased by United States 

for $4,000 - - - - - 696 



QUAPAWS. LXIII 



QUAPAWS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 


1818, Aug. 24 
1824, Nov. 15 
1833, May 13 
1835, Aug. 24 


St. Louis 
Harrington's 
[not stated] 
Camp Holmes 


Clark and Chouteau 
Robert Crittenden 
John F. Schermerhorn 
Stokes and Arbuckle 


1819, Jan. 5 
1825, Feb. 19 
1834, April 12 
1836, May 19 


239 
317 
575 
626 



No. 1. 

Annuity, $1, 000 in goods, indefinitely - 240 

Cession, tract from mouth of Arkansaw to Canadian fork, etc. ; and lands 

east of Mississippi and mouth of Arkansaw river ■• - 239 

right to hunt on, at pleasure of United States, granted - - 239 

Consideration, $4,000 in goods, on signing treaty ; and $1,000, annually, in 

goods ------ 240 

Depredations, no retaliation shall take place for ; complaints of, shall be mu- 
tually made ; offenders to be delivered up ; on Indians, shall 
be punished same as if on whites, and full indemnification 
guarantied; horses and other property stolen, shall be re- 
stored, or value deducted from annuity - - 240 
Hunting, on ceded lands, at pleasure of United States, granted - - 239 
Protection, of United States, acknowledged - 239 
Reservation, tract opposite post of Arkansaw, southwest to the Washita, 
etc. ; shall be surveyed and marked at expense of United 
States, and shall not be sold without approbation of U. States 239 
citizens of United States shall not settle or hunt on, but may pass 
freely without toll - - - - 240 



No. 2. 

Agent, sub-agent, or interpreter, to be appointed, to accompany tribe, and 

reside among them - - - - - 318 

Annuities, $1,000 additional, in specie, eleven years - 318 

Cession, tract from point on Arkansas river to the Ouachita, etc. - - 317 

right to hunt on, guarantied as per former treaties - - 318 
Consideration, $500 each to four head chiefs ; $4,000 to nation in goods ; and 

$1,000 in specie, eleven years 318 

payment of debt of $7,500 to James Scull, guarantied - 318 
Emigration, to country inhabited by Caddoes, to commence before January 

20,1836; and to form part of said tribe - - 318 

$1,000 to be furnished by United States, towards expenses - 318 

Provisions, corn, meat, and salt, to be furnished six months - - 318 

Reservations, two sections to James Scull, in payment for debt of $7,500 - 318 

to certain individuals of Indian descent (1,040 acres) - 319 

No. 3. 

Agriculture, one farmer to be provided by United States - - 576 

Annuities, commuted for debts, to be paid by United States to amount of $4, 180 576 
$2,000 twenty years ; $50 to each of four chiefs - - 577 

Blacksmith, one to be provided by United States, with shop, tools, etc. - 576 
Cattle, 100 cows, 100 hogs, 100 sheep, 10 yoke of oxen, etc., to be furnished by 

United States - - - - - - 576 

shall be under the care and direction of the agent and farmer - 577 

Cession, lands granted by the Caddoes, on Bayou Treache - - 575 

Consideration, United States agree to furnish a stipulated number of cattle, 
agricultural implements, carts and wagon, mechanics' tools, 
blankets, rifles, powder, lead, looms, wheels and cards, corn 
mills ; $4,180 debts to be paid by United States, and $1,000 
allowed for erecting houses - - - - 576 



LXIV RICARAS— SACS. 



Education, $1, 000 annually, to be appropriated for - - - 576 
Emigration, tribe shall be removed at expense of United States - - 576 
Houses, $1,000 to be paid by United States to laborers for building - 576 
Interpreter, to be employed by United States, during pleasure of President 577 
Mills, twenty, iron, hand, corn, to be furnished by United States - 576 
Protection, from other tribes, at new home, promised by United States - 576 
Reservations, 150 sections, west of State of Missouri, to be selected by com- 
missioners, and conveyed by patent - - 575 
Schedule, of debts to be paid - 578 

No. 4. See Comanches, No. 1 - - - - 626 



RICARAS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 18 


Ricara Village 


Atkinson and O'Fallon, 


1826, Feb. 6 


353 



Anns, ammunition, etc., shall not be furnished to tribes not in amity with 

United States - - - - - ' - . 355 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place: complaints shall be 
made to superintendent ; offenders shall be delivered up ; 
on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites ; 
horses and other property stolen, shall be restored ; on In- 
dians, indemnity guarantied for - - - 354 
Protection, of United States, acknowledged, and promised - - 354 
agents or citizens of United States residing among them, to be 
protected ------ 354 

Trade, right of United States to regulate, admitted ; shall be transacted at 
places designated by the President; none but American citizens 
to be admitted ; United States will license traders, who shall be pro- 
tected in persons and property : foreigners shall be delivered up - 354 
Whites, shall be delivered up, on demand of President - 355 



SACS. 



NO. CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1789, 

1804, 
1815, 



Jan. 
Nov. 
Sept. 13 



1816, May 1! 



1822, 
1824, 
1825, 
1830, 
1832 
1836, 
1836, 
1836, 



Sept. 3 
Aug. 4 
Aug. 19 
July 15 
Sept. 21 
Sept. 17 
Sept. 27 
Sept. 28 



Fort Harmar 
St. Louis 
Portage des Sioux 

St. Louis 

Fort Armstrong 
Washington 
Prairie des Chiens 
Prairie du Chien 
Fort Armstrong 
Fort Leavenworth 

Debuque 



Arthur St. Clair 
William H. Harrison 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Thomas Forsyth 
William Clark 
Clark and Cass 
Clark and Morgan 
Scott and Revnolds 
William Clark 
Henry Dodge 
Henry Dodge 



1789, Sept. 29 
1805, Jan. 25 

1815, Dec. 26 



1816. 

1823, 
1825, 
1826: 
1831, 
1833, 
1837, 
1837, 
1837, 



Dec. 30 
Feb. 13 
Jan. 18 
Feb. 6 
Feb. 24 
Feb. 13 
Feb. 15 
Feb. 15 
Feb. 27 



No. 1. See Wyandots. No. 2 



23 



r 



SACS. 



LXV 



No. 2. 



Annuity, $1,000 in goods, implements, or domestic animals - - 110 

Boundary, between United States, and Sacs and Foxes, denned - - 110 

Cession, tract from Missouri river, to the Jeffreon, etc. (see page 196) - 110 

privilege of hunting on ceded lands, while property of United - 

States, granted - - - - - 111 

two miles square, for a military post - - - - 112 



Consideration, $2,234 50 in goods, delivered ; and $1,000 in goods annually 110 
Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be 
mutually made ; offenders shall be delivered up ; on Indians, 
shall be punished same as if on whites, and indemnity 
guarantied for ; horses and other property stolen, shall be 

restored, or value deducted from annuity - 110 

Grants, by Spanish Government, if known by Indians, shall not be affected 

by this treaty ------ 113 

Hunting, on ceded land, while property of the United States, granted - 111 

Intruders, on lands of the Sacs and Foxes, shall be removed - - 111 

Military post, United States may build one on Ouisconsing or Mississippi 112 

Peace, with the Osages shall be established, and the tomahawk buried - 112 

Protection, of United States, promised and acknowledged - - 109 

traders, and other persons, shall have a safe passage - - 112 

Reservation, Indians shall quietly enjoy lands not ceded, and be protected 

thereon; shall be sold only to the United States - - 110 

Trade, no person shall be allowed to reside as a trader without a license - 111 

United States will establish a trading house or factory - 112 

[United States released from obligation, by treaty Sept. 3, 1822, see page 304.] 

[The stipulations of this treaty were assented to by the Sacs of the Missouri, on the 
23d Sept. 1815, see page 179 ; and by the Sacs of Rock river, on the 13th May 
1816, see page 189.] 

No 3. 

Assent, given by the Sacs of Missouri, to the treaty concluded at St. Louis, 
Nov. 3, 1804 ; the band will remain distinct from the Sacs of Rock 
river, and give them no aid until peace be concluded : rights and 
privileges of the treaty of St. Louis secured ; and a just proportion 
of the annuities to be paid .... 179 

No. 4. 

The treaty of St. Louis, Nov. 3, 1804, as well as all other contracts, uncondi- 
tionally recognized by the Sacs of Rock river ; to be put on the same foot- 
ing upon which they stood before the war, provided they deliver up all pro- 
perty stolen ; on failure thereof, shall forfeit all right to proportion of an- 
nuities ------- 188 

No. 5. 

The United States exonerated from obligation, by treaty Nov. 3, 1804, to es- 
tablish a trading house, in consideration of $1,000, paid in goods ( s.p. 112) 304 

No. 6. 

Agriculture, farmers and implements, at discretion of President - - 314 

Annuity, $1,000 additional, ten years, in money or goods, etc. - - 314 

Blacksmith, to be supported, at discretion of President - 314 
Cession, all lands in the State of Missouri, between the Missouri and Mis- 
sissippi rivers - - - - - -313 

Consideration, $1,000, in cash or goods; $1,000 additional annuity ten 
years ; and debt to M. Blondeau of $500, to be paid by 
United States - - - - - 314 

Hunting, Indians shall not settle or hunt on lands East and South of bound- 
ary, which are acknowledged to belong to United States - 314 
Reservation, tract between Desmoine and Mississippi, for half-breeds - 314 



No. 7. See Sioux, No. 6 
9 



371 



LXVI 



SACS. 



No. 8. 

Agriculture, implements of, $2,900 annually, ten years - - - 447 

Annuities, to the Sacs, $3,000, j n money or goods ; Foxes, $3,000, in money 
or goods; Sioux, (two bands,) $5,000, in money or goods, 
$1,100 in agricultural implements; Omahaws, $2,500 in money 
or goods, $500 in agricultural implements; Ioways, $2,500 in 
money or goods, $600 in agricultural implements ; Ottoes and 
Missourias, $2,500 in money or goods, $500 in Agricultural im- 
plements ; Sacs of the Missouri, $500 in money or goods, $200 



in agricultural implements, all for ten years - - 447 

$3,000 for education, ten years - - - 448 

$300 ten years to be paid to the Ottoes, out of the annuities of 
the Omahaws, Ioways, and Sioux, $100 from each - 449 

Blacksmiths, six, and necessary tools, ten years - 447 

Boundary, lines shall be run and marked, as soon as expedient - - 448 

Cession, tract from Desmoines to the Calumet, etc, to tribes now living there- 
on, as hunting grounds - - - - - 446 
[ceded outright, by treaty, Oct. 15, 1836 — see page 689.] 
tract 20 miles wide, from the Mississippi to the Desmoines - 447 • 
another tract 20 miles wide, north of and adjoining the above - 447 
right or claim in common to lands not ceded, not to be affected by 

this treaty - - - - - 449 

Consideration, $19,000 in money or goods, etc. ; $2,900 in agricultual imple- 
ments ; $3,000 for education ; and six blacksmiths and tools ; 
all for ten years; also $5,132 in goods delivered - Ail, '8 

Education, $3,000 annually, ten years - 448 

Iron and steel, to certain tribes, ten years - - - - 447 

Reservations, to Sioux half-breeds, tract 15 by 32 miles, to be held and occu- 
pied as other Indian titles are held - 448 
to the Omahaw, Ioway and Ottoe half-breeds, tract from mouth 
of Little Ne-mo-haw, ten miles up, etc. to be held and occu- 
pied as other Indian lands are held - 448 
President may assign in fee simple, one section to each indi- 
vidual - 449 

No. 9. 

Annuity, $20,000 in specie, thirty years .... 509 
iron, salt, and tobacco, at mouth of Ioway river, 30 years - 509 

Blacksmith, one additional, with shop, tools, and iron and steel, 30 years - 509 
Cession, tract from Mississippi river, 50 miles up, thence to the Red cedar 

of the Ioway, etc. _____ 508 
tribes shall remove from, before June 1, 1833; and no bands shall 

reside, plant, hunt or fish on, after that date - 509 
Consideration, $20,000 in specie, annually ; blacksmiths, iron, tobacco, and 
salt— all for thirty years; $40,000, debt to Farnham and 
Davenport, to be paid by United States - - 509 

Hostages, Black Hawk, his two sons, the Prophet and others, to be held, for 

future good conduct of hostile bands - 510 
no separate bands or villages, to be allowed under late hostile chiefs 510 
hostile bands, to be divided among the neutral bands - - 510 

Mines, presents will be given to those who will point out - - 510 

Prisoners, taken by the United States delivered up ; Sioux to be prevailed up- 
on to surrender their prisoners - 510 
Peace and friendship, between the U. States and Sacs and Foxes, declared 510 
Provisions, to be distributed by United States principally for use of widows 
and orphans of those killed in the war ; 6,000 bushels of corn 
to be delivered in 1833 - - - - 510 

Reservation, 400 square miles, on both sides of the Ioway river - - 509 

[ceded to United States Sept. 28, 1836, see page 685.] 
to Antoine Le Claire, interpreter, two sections - _ 509 

Salt, 40 barrels to be delivered annually, 30 years, at mouth of Ioway - 509 
Tobacco, 40 kegs, annually, 30 years, at mouth of Ioway - - 509 

No. 10. See Ioways, No. 5 - - - 676 



SEMINOLES. 



LXVII 



No. 11. 

Cedes all right and title to the lands between the State of Missouri and Mis- 



souri river - 683 

No. 12. 

Annuity, $10,000 in specie, eleven years .... G85 

Cession, 400 sections, reserved by treaty of Sept. 21, 1832 - - 685 



no band shall plant, fish, or hunt on, after Nov. 1, 1836 - - 687 

claim of Ioways, to be examined ; and, if valid, to be paid - 689 

Consideration, $10,000 in specie, 11 years; to widow of Felix St. Vrain 
$1,000; debts to amount of $44,458,92; (see page 689,) 200 
horses, to cost $9,341 ; $7,000 for certain half-breed children 686 



$200 for John Conolly's children - - 687 
amount paid to Ioways, for their claim to the land ceded, to 

be deducted - - - - 689 

Emigration, from ceded land, by Nov. 1, 1836, agreed to - • 687 



SEMINOLES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 


1832, May 9 

1833, Mar. 28 


Payne's Landing 
Fort Gibson 


James Gadsden 
Stokes, Ellsworth, and 
Schermerhorn 


1834, April 12 
1834, April 12 


500 
573 



No. 1. 

Annuity, $3,000 additional, 15 years, commencing after removal - - 501 

Blacksmith, provided for by treaty, Sept. 18, 1823, (see page 309) extended 

ten years ------ 501 

Blanket and frock, to be furnished to each individual on arrival west - 501 
Cession, all lands in Florida - 501 

Cattle, belonging to the Seminoles, to be taken by United States at valuation, 

and paid for ; or other cattle, in lieu, delivered at the west - 502 

Consideration, $15,400 for improvements left; blanket and frock to each indi- 
vidual on arrival west ; $3,000 additional annuity 15 years 501 
claims, for depredations, to amount of $7,000, to be paid by 

United States - - - - - 502 

Emigration, deputation to be sent, at expense of United States, to examine 

country assigned to the Creeks, west of Mississippi - 500 

within three years from ratification of treaty, agreed to ; United 
States to defray expenses, and subsistence to be furnished 
twelve months after arrival - 502 
to commence in 1833, and be finished in 1834 and 1835 - 502 

Reservation, an additional extent of territory to be added to Creek country 
west, for use of the Seminoles, who are to be received as a 
constituent part of Creek nation ( see page 568.) - - 501 

No. 2. 

Emigration, to be commenced as soon as Government will make satisfactory 

arrangements ----- 574 

request that Major Phagan may accompany them, granted - 574 
Reservation, tx-act between Canadian and North Fork; delegation declare 

themselves satisfied with the location - 574 
[See, also, treaties with the Florida Indians, page 307; and with the Appalachicolas, 
pages 512 and 578 ; in which the Seminoles are interested.] 



LXVIII 

SENEKAS. 



SENEKAS. 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



1797, Sept. 15 
1802, June 30 
1802, June 30 

1814, July 22 

1815, Sept. 8 

1817, Sept. 29 

1818, Sept. 17 
1823, Sept. 3 
1831, Feb. 28 

1831, July 20 

1832, Dec. 29 

1835, Aug. 24 



Genesee 
Buffalo creek 
Buffalo creek 
Greenville 
Spring Wells 

Miami of L. Erie 
St. Mary's 
Moscow, N. York 
Washington 
Lewistown, Ohio 
Cowskin river 

Camp Holmes 



J. Wadsworth 
John Tayler 
Charles Carroll 
Harrison and Cass 
Harrison, McArthur and 

Graham 
Cass and McArthur 
Cass and McArthur 
Charles Carroll 
James B. Gardiner 
Gardiner and McElvain 
Ellsworth and Schermer- 

horn 

Stokes and Arbuckle 



1798, April 11 
1803, Feb. 7 
1803, Jan. 12 

1814, Dec. 13 

1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 4 
1819, Jan. 4 

Ik ' •*- J -. i . 

1831, Mar. 24 

1832, April 6 

1833, Mar. 22 
1836, May 19 



No. 1. 

Boundaries, of ceded land defined - - - - 75 

Cession, to Robert Morris, tract in Ontario County, New York, being part 

of tract ceded by New York to Massachusetts, Dec. 16, 1786 - 74 
privilege of fishing and hunting on, reserved - - 76 

Consideration, §100,000, to be vested in stock of Bank United States - 74 
Hunting, privilege of, and fishing, on ceded land, reserved - - 76 

■Reservations, two square miles at Canawagus ; two square miles at Big 
Tree ; two square miles at Little Beard's town ; two square 
miles at Squawky hill ; one tract at mouth of Steep hill creek ; 
one tract, 8 miles by 2, at Kaounadeau ; one tract at mouth 
of Eighteen-mile creek ; one tract on south side Cataraugos 
creek ; 42 square miles at or near Alleghany river ; 200 
square miles at Buffalo and Tannawanta creeks - 75 

No. 2. 

Cession, to O. Phelps, J. Bronson, and H. Jones, tract called Little Beard's 
reservation, in Ontario county New York, two square miles, or 
1,280 acres - - - - - - 91 

Consideration, $1 ,200, lawful money of United States - - 91 

No. 3. 

Provides for an exchange with Willinks, Vanstaphorst, & Co., of one tract 
at mouth of Eighteen-mile creek ; and another tract on south 
side of Cataraugos creek ; for a tract on the north bank of Catarau- 



gos creek - - - - - - 92 

No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 8 - - - - 155 

No. 5. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - - - 173 

No. 6. See Wyandots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 

No. 7. See Wyandots, No. 11 - - - - 242 

No. 8. 

Cession, to J. Greig and H. B. Gibson, tract at mouth of Steep hill creek, N. 

York 17,927 acres - - - - - 305 

Consideration, $4,286, lawful money of United States - 305 

Reservation, 1,280 acres on west side of Genesee river - 305 



* Approved by the President of the United States, but not laid before the Senate. 



SENEKAS. 



LXIX 



Nq. 9. 

Agriculture, 50 ploughs, hoes and axes, to be given as presents, to assist in - 477 
Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid Avest of Mississippi - 477 

Blankets, 400 to be given as presents - - - 477 

Blacksmith, to be supported, and shop erected, at discretion of President - 476 
Cession, 30,000 acres on Sandusky river, reserved by treaty Sept. 29, 1817, 

(see page 218) - - ■ - 475 

10,000 acres on east side of Sandusky river, reserved by treaty 
Sept. 17, 1818— (see page 243) _ - - - - 475 

lands ceded, shall be sold; cost of mills and blacksmith shop, and 
$6,000 advanced, to be reimbursed-; 5 per cent on balance to be 
allowed as an annuity ; fund may be paid over, if decided in ge- 
neral council - - - - - - 476, '7 

Consideration, tract in fee simple 15 miles by 7, or 67,000 acres, adjoining 

north boundary of Cherokee lands - 475 
Cattle and agricultural implements, on ceded lands, which Indians cannot 

take with them, shall be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - 476 

Emigration, United States will defray expenses, and supply provisions one 

year after removal - - - - - 476 

Expenses, of delegation to Washington shall be paid by United States - 476 
$500 to be paid to five chiefs, for services coming to Washington, 

and reimbursed from sales of land - - 477 

Improvements, $6,000 advanced, in lieu of, to be reimbursed - - 476 

Mill, grist and saw, to be erected, and miller supported, at discretion of Pre- 
sident - - - - - - - 476 

Rifles, 100 to be given as presents - - - - - 477 

.Reservation, 67,000 acres west of Mississippi, for new residence - - 475 

quarter section to H. C. Brish, sub-agent - - 477 

shall not be sold, except to United States - 477 



Ko. 10. 

.Agricultural implements, on lands ceded, to be sold - - - 480 

Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid west of Mississippi - 481 

Blacksmith, shop to be erected on reservation, with necessary tools; cost to 
be defrayed out of sales of lands ceded, and to be supported by 
the United States, at the discretion of the President - 479 

Cattle, on ceded lands, shall be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - 480 

Cession, forty-eight square miles, reserved by treaty September 29, 1817, from 

sources of Little Miami to Scioto - 479 
8,960 acres, reserved by treaty Sept. 17, 1818, W. of Lewistown - 479 
lands shall be sold as other public lands; after deducting cost of mill 
and blacksmith shop, and $6,000 advanced, United States will 
allow five per cent, on surplus, as an annuity - - 480 

surplus may be paid over, if general council desire it - - 480 

Emigration, United States will defray expenses of, and supply provisions 

twelve months after removal - - - - 479 

chiefs shall nominate a competent person to accompany them - 480 
Improvements, on lands ceded, $6,000 to be advanced for, to be reimbursed 

from sales _____ 480 

Presents, blankets, ploughs, hoes, axes, rifles, horse gear, and sheeting, to be 

given ______ 481 

Protection, at new residence, against other tribes, promised by the U. States 481, '2 
Reservations, 60,000 acres near the Cherokee settlements west - - 479 

[altered from west to east side of Neosho river, by treaty No. 11, page 559.] 
two miles to serve as a common passway between the Senecas 

and Shawnees, and the Cherokees - 479 
shall not be sold, except to United States ; and shall not be in- 
cluded in any future State or territory - - - 481 
to James McPherson, one section of land - - 481 
to H. H. McPherson, one half section - 482 
to Martin Lane, one quarter section - 482 
.Saw mill, to be erected on reservation; cost to be defrayed from sales.of ceded 

lands , and to be supported by the United States - - 480 



LXXT SEVEN NATIONS OF" CANADA SHAWANEES. 



No. 11. 

Blacksmith, shop to be erected, and cost reimbursed from sales of ceded lands 560- 
Cession, lands, reserved on west side of Neosho river, by treaty No. 10 - 559 
Emigration, $1000 allowed for forage purchased, and horses lost, while re- 
moving west - 560- 
Mills, grist and saw, to be erected by United States, and cost reimbursed 

from sales of ceded lands ----- 560 

Reservation, tract on east side of the Neosho, 60,000 acres, in fee simple - 559 

not to be sold or ceded without consent of the United States - 5G0 
[Rights secured by existing treaties, except so far as they are inconsistent with the 
provisions of this treaty, not to be affected by it, — see page 560.] 

No. 12. SeeComanches, No. 1 - - 626, 



SEVEN NATIONS OP CANADA, 



NO. 


! CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONER 


RATIFIED 


PAGEL 


1 


1796, .May 31 


New, York 


Abraham Ogden 


1797, Jan. 31 


63 



Cession, to the people of New York, all lands claimed by them within said 

State 63 
Consideration, £1,233 6s. Sd., N. Y. currency, to be paid on the third Monday 

in. August, 1796^ and a perpetual annuity of £213 6s. 8d. 64 
Reservations, six miles square for Indians of St. Regis village - - 63. 

one mile square, adjoining mills oni Salmon and Grass rivers,. 

for pasturage- ----- 64" 



SHAWANEES. 



CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



1786, Jan. 31 Mouth of G. Miami 
1795, Aug. 3 Greenville 
1803, June 7|Fort Wayne 
1805, July 4 1 Fort Industry 
1808, Nov. 25jBrownstown 

1814, July 22jGreenville 

1815, Sept. 8; Spring Wells- 

1817, Sept. 29 Miami of L. Erie 

1818, Sept. 17 St. Mary's 
1825, Nov. 7:St. Louis 
1831, July 20jLewistown 

1831, Aug. 8 Wapaghkonetta 

1832, Oct. 26jCastor Hill, Mo. 
1832, Dec. 29,Cowskin river 



Clark, Butler, & Parsons 
Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
Charles Jouett 
William Hull 
Harrison and Cass 
Harrison, McArthur, and 

Graham 
Cass and McArthur 
Cass and McArthur 
William- Clark 
Gardiner and McEl vain 
Gardiner and McElvain 
Clark, Allen, andKouns 
Ellsworth and Schermer- 

horn 



1786, April 17 
1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806, April 24 
1809. Mar. 1 
1814' Dec. 13 



1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 4 
1849, Jan. 4 
1825, Dec. 30 
1832, April 6 

1832, April 6 

1833, Feb. 12 

1833, Mar. 22 



S HAW AN £ E S . 



LXXI 



No, 1. 

Cession, all lands east, west, and south of boundary - - - 19 
Depredations, by Shawnees, offenders shall be delivered up for punishment ; 

on Indians, shall be punished according to laws of U. States 18 
Hostages, three shall be delivered, and remain in possession of the United 

States until all prisoners are restored - - 18 
Hostilities, intended against United States, if Shawnees neglect to give infor- 
mation, they shall be considered as parties thereto, and pu- 
nished accordingly, United States to give Shawaness notice of 18 
Jurisdiction, of United States over lands ceded by treaty of peace with Great 

Britain, Jan. 14, 1784, acknowledged - - 18 

Peace and protection, granted to Shawnees by United States - 18 

Reservation, from the Great Miami to the Wabash, etc. - - 18 

no settlements by whites shall be permitted on - - 19 

intruders on, shall be put out of protection of United States - 19 

No. 2. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - - 54 
No. 3. See Delawares, No. 5 - - - -97 

No. 4. See Wyandots, No. 5 - - - - 113 

No. 5. See Giiippewas, No. 6 - - - - 147 

No. 6. See Wyandots, No. 8 - - - - 155 

No. 7. See Wyandots, No. 9 - - - - 173 

No. 8. See Wyandots, No. 10 - - - - - 216 

No. 9. See Wyandots, No. 11 - - - - - 242 

No. 10. 

Blacksmith, to be supported by United States five years ; tools to be furnish- 
ed, and 300 lbs. iron annually - 390 
Cession, tract near Cape Geredeau, about 25 miles square - - 389 
Consideration, $14,000 for improvements - - 389 
$11,000 for claims against citizens of U. S. for depredations 390 
Improvements, on ceded lands, $14,000 to be paid for - - - 389 
Reservation, 50 miles square, west of the state of Missouri - - 389 
deputation may be sent to explore; and if not approved, an 

equal quantity shall be assigned on the Kanzas river - 390 

No. II. See Senecas, No. 10 - - - - - 478 

No. 12. 

Annuities, due by former treaties, shall be paid west of Mississippi - 48G 
Blacksmith, to be supported as long as President may deem proper ; shop to 

be erected, and tools furnished - 485 

Oession, 125 sections, reserved by treaty Sept. 29, 1817 - - 484 

20 sections, reserved by treaty Sept. 17, 1818 - - 484 
shall be sold as other public lands ; 70 cents per acre, cost of mills 
and shop, and $13,000 advanced, to be reimbursed; United 
States to pay 5 per cent, on surplus, as an annuity ; fund may 

be paid over, if band in general council desire it - 485, '6 

Cattle, etc., on ceded lands, shall be sold, and proceeds paid to owners - 485 
Emigration, expenses of, to be defrayed by United States, and provisions 

furnished twelve months after removal - 485 
price of one section to be retained, to pay expenses of band on 
Huron river - - - - - 487 
Improvements, on ceded lands, $13,000 advanced for, to be equitably distri- 
buted ; reimbursed from sales of lands - - 485 
Mills, grist and saw, to be erected from proceeds sales of lands - - 485 
Presents, 200 blankets, 40 ploughs, 40 sets horse gear, 150 hoes, 50 axes, and 

sheeting for 50 tents ; (25 rifles added, page 487.) - - 486 

Protection, against other tribes, shall be afforded by United States - 486 
Reservation, 100,000 acres within the reservation west of Missouri, granted 

by treaty No. 10 ; or elsewhere, if good land cannot be found 484 



LXXII 



SIOUNES. 



Reservation, shall not be sold, except to United States; and shall not be 

within the limits of any State or territory - - 486 

to F. Duchouquet, under former treaties, shall be valid - 486 

one section to Joseph Parks ; and the average price of one sec- 
tion to be retained, to defray expenses of emigration of band 
on river Huron - 48T 
Tools, (as enumerated) to be delivered annually, and charged to surplus fund; 

and others to be given as presents - 487 

No. 13. 

Agriculture, $1,000 allowed for breaking up and enclosing ground - 540" 

Annuities, to Meshe Kowhay, chief of Delawares, and to two Captains of 

bands, $100 each, for life - - - 542 

Cattle, to amount of $'2,000, to be delivered, after ratification - - 540 

Cession, all their lands within the State of Missouri - 540 
Claims, for loss of property and improvements, relinquished - - 540 

of all kinds against United States settled by the stipulations of this 

treaty - 541 

Consideration, $2,000 in cattle; $1,000 for breaking up ground; $2,500 for 
a mill; $1,500 three years for schools; $5,000 in goods to 
be delivered; $12,000 in payment of debts of the Dela- 
wares ; and $1,000 in goods and cash delivered - 540 
$1,700 to defray expenses of removal - 541 
Debts, due by Delawares, to amount of $12,000 to be paid by U. States - 540 
Education, $1,500 three years, for support of a school - 540 
Emigration, to enable band to remove to Arkansas, United States agree to 
pay $800 in cash ; $400 in clothing and horses ; and $500 on 
removal ; also provisions for one year - - 541 
Merchandize, $5,000 to be delivered after ratification ; and $1,000 delivered 

on signing - - - - - 540 

Mill, $2,500 allowed for support of, five years - 540 

No. 14. See Senegas, No. 11. - - - - 558 



SIOUNES. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1825, July 5 


Teton river 


Atkinson and O'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


344 



Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to any tribe, not in amity with 

United States ------ 346 

Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place ; complaints shall be mu- 
tually made ; offenders delivered up and. punished ; on In- 
dians, shall be punished same as if on whites ; horses and 
other property stolen, shall be restored ; on Indians, United 
States guaranty indemnity for - - 345 

Mexico, citizens of United States travelling to and from, not to be molested 345 
Protection, of United States, claimed and promised - - . - 344 

to be extended towards traders, agents, and others, in persons and 
property ------ 345 

Trade, to be transacted at places designated by President ; none but Ameri- 
can citizens to be admitted ; United States will license traders, who 
shall be protected by Indians in persons and property; foreigners 
shall be apprehended and delivered up - - - 345 

Whites, to be delivered up, on demand of the President - - 346 



SIOUX. 



LXXIII 



SIOUX. 



NO. CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



RATIFIED PAGE 



1815, 

1815, 
1816, 



July 19 
July 19 
June 1 



1825, 
1825, 
1825, 
1830, 
1836, 
1836, 



June 22 
July 5 
Aug. 19 
July 15 
Sept. 10 
Oct. 15 
10 11836, Nov. 30 



Portage des Sioux 

Portage des Sioux 

St. Louis 

Fort Lookout 
Teton river 
Prairie des Chiens 
Prairie du Chien 
Prairie du Chien 
Bellevue 
St. Peters 



and 



and 



Clark, Edwards, 

Chouteau 
Clark, Edwards, 

Chouteau 
Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Atkinson and O'Fallon 
Atkinson and O'Fallon 
Clark and Cass 
Clark and I 
Z. Taylor 
Dougherty and Pilcher 
Lawrence Taliaferro 



1815, Dec. 26 
1815, Dec. 26 



1816, Dec. 30 
1826, Feb. 
1826, Feb. 
1826, Feb. 
1831, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 
1837, Feb. 



1837, Feb. 18 



Nos. 1,* 2,f & 34 

Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and friendship 

declared ; and protection of the United States acknowledged 167, '8, 191 

No. 4. See Tetons, No. 2 - - - - 341 

No. 5. See Siounes, No. 1 - - - - - 344 

No. 6, 

Boundaries, between Indians and the United States, defined - - 372 

assent of the Yancton band to be obtained to that portion be- 
tween Desmoines and Calumet rivers - 372 
between the Sioux and Chippewas, defined - - 372 

between the Chippewas and Winnebagoes, defined - - 373 

between the several tribes, parties to this treaty, and the Winne- 
bagoes, defined - 373 
claim of the Menominies not to be affected by this treaty - 374 
of lands secured to the Ottawas, Chippewas, and Potawato- 
mies, defined - - - - - 374 

claim of the Illinois not definitively adjusted - - 374 

preceding boundaries recognised by United States _ - - 374 

President may convene tribes, to adjust unsettled lines - 375 

Yanctons and Ottoes to be convened in 1826, to explain the 

stipulations of this treaty - 375 
Chippewas to be assembled in 1826, on Lake Superior for same 

purpose ------ 375 

Cession, by the Sacs and Foxes to the other tribes, all their claim to lands, 
east of Mississippi river ; claim of the Ottoes to land on the 
Missouri, not to be affected by this treaty - - 372 

Hunting, no tribe shall hunt within the acknowledged limits of any other, 
without their assent ; but a reciprocal right promised, permis- 
sion being first asked ----- 375 

Reservations, a portion between boundary line, and the Missouri and Mis- 
sissippi rivers, claimed by the Ioways and Sacs and Foxes, 
who shall peaceably occupy the same until some arrange- 
ment can be made ----- 372 

to the half-breeds of the Sacs and Foxes, granted by treaty of 
Aug. 4, 1824, (page 313, ) not claimed by parties to this treaty 374 

* Sioux of the Lakes. f Sioux of St. Peters. 

| Three tribes: with the addition, that all cessions to the British, French, or Spanish governments, 
are confirmed to the United States ; and all previous treaties recognized. 

10 



SIX NATION'S OF NEW YORK". 



[Should causes of difficulty hereafter arise between any of the tribes, the other tribes 
will interpose their good offices to remove them ; and the United States may take 
measures to effect the same object— page 375] 

No. 7. See Sacs, No. 8 - - - - - - 44G 

No. 8. 

Cession, all lands claimed by the Yankton and Santee bands, between the 

State of Missouri and Missouri river - - 675" 

Consideration, $400 in goods or money, distributed - 675- 

No. 9. See Ottoes, No. 5 - - - 689* 

No. 10. 

Cession, all lands, claimed by the Wahpaakootah, Susseton, and upper 
Medawakanton tribes between the State of Missouri and the 
Missouri river - 694 

Consideration, goods to amount of $550, distributed - 695< 



SIX NATIONS OP NEW YORK. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE. 


1 

2 
3 
4 


1784, Oct. 22 
1789, Jan. 9 
[various con- 
1794, Nov. 11 


Fort Stanwix 
Fort Harmar 
tracts with the 
Konondaigua 


Woleott, Butler, and Lee 
Arthur St. Clair 
State of New York] 
Timothy Pickering 


1785 r June 3 
1795, Jan. 21 


4 
20 
40 
48 



No. 1. 



Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - 4 
Cession, all lands west of boundaries ceded to the United States - 4 
Hostages, six to be delivered to the United States, to be retained until all pri- 
soners are restored - - - - 4 
Merchandize, to be supplied by the United States - - 5 
Prisoners, taken, to be delivered up - - - - 4 
Reservation, six miles square for a fort at Oswego - - 5 
all lands east and north of boundary line - - 4 

No. 2. 

Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - 20 
Cession, all lands west of boundary line - - - - 20, '1 

Consideration, goods to amount of $3,000, delivered - - - 21 

Reservation, all lands east, north, and south of boundary line - - 21 

six miles square, for fort at Oswego - - 21 

No. 3. 

Exemplification of contracts between the State of New York and different 
tribes of the Six Nations of Indians, specifying their several cessions and 

reservations of land, etc 1 . - - - - 40 



STOCKBRIDGES TAMAltOIS TEETONS, 



LXXV 



No. 4 

Annuity, $3,000, in addition to SI, 500 granted April 23, 1792, forever, to be 

expended in purchase of clothing, implements, cattle, and utensils 50 

to be applied to the benefit of those only who reside within the U. S. 50 

Boundary, of Seneka nation defined, and their right to land acknowledged - 49 

Consideration, goods to amount of $10,000, delivered - - 50 
Depredations, no private retaliation for, shall take place,; complaints of, shall 

be mutually made - - - - - 50 

Navigation, free use of harbors and rivers allowed to citizens of United States 50 

^Reservations, to Oneidas, Onondagas, and Cayugas, acknowledged - 48 

Six Nations will not claim any other lands within U. States 49 
Road, right granted to United States to make, from Fort Schlosser to Lake 

Erie; to be free to citizens of the United States - - 49 

A reservation was made in treaty with the Menomonees, No. 4, of about 
500,000 acres, to "be set apart as a home to the several tribes of the New 
York Indians, who may remove to, and settle upon the same, within three 
years from the date of this agreement" - 4617 



STOCKBRIDGES.— See Oneidas, No. 1. - - - 52 

"Two townships of land on the east side of the Winnebago lake, equal to 46,080 
acres, shall be laid off, (to commence at some point to be agreed on,) for the use of 
>the Stockbridge and Munsee tribes;" and $25,000 allowed for "improvements made 
on the lands now in the possession of the said tribes, on the east side of the Fox river." 
— See treaty with the Menomonees, No. 4, page 473. 



TA3MCAHOIS.— See Illinois, No. 1 - - - - 246 



TEUTONS 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 


1815, July 19 


Portage des Sioux 


Clark, Edwards, and 










Chouteau 


1815, Dec. 26 


166 


2 


1825, June 22 


Fort Lookout 


Atkinson and O'Fallon 


1826, Feb. 6 


341 



No. 1. 

Hostilities shall be mutually forgiven and forgotten ; perpetual peace and 
friendship declared ; and protection of the United States ac- 
knowledged - - - - - 166 

No. 2. 

Arms, ammunition, etc., not to be furnished to tribes not in amity with U. S. 342 
Depredations, no retaliation for, shall take place ; complaints shall be mu- 
tually made; offenders shall be delivered up and punished ; 
on Indians, shall be punished the same as if on whites ; 
horses and other property stolen, shall be restored ; full in- 
demnification guarantied by United States to Indians - 342 



LXXVI 



TUSCARORAS WEAS. 



Protection, of the United States acknowledged and promised - - 341 

to be given by Indians to agents and others sent to reside among 

them - - - - - 342 

Trade, right of the United States to regulate, admitted ; to be transacted at 
places designated by President ; none but American citizens to par- 
ticipate ; United States will admit and license traders, who shall 
be protected in persons and property ; foreigners shall be appre- 
hended and delivered up - - - - - 341 
Whites, to be delivered up, on demand of President - - - 342 



TUSCAB.OHAS.-See Oneidas, No. 1 - - - 52 



WE AS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


PAGE 


1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 


1795, Aug. 3 
1803, June 7 
1805, Aug. 21 
1809, Oct. 26 
1816, June 4 
1818, Oct. 2 
1820, Aug. 11 
1832, Oct. 29 


Greenville 
Fort Wayne 
Grouseland 
Vincennes 
Fort Harrison 
St. Mary's, Ohio 
Vincennes 
Castor Hill 


Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
William H. Harrison 
Benjamin Parke 
Jennings, Cass, & Parke 
Benjamin Parke 
Clark, Allen, and Kouns 


1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806, April 24 
1810, Jan. 2 
1816, Dec. 30 
1819, Jan. 7 
1821, Jan. 8 
1833, Feb. 12 


54 
97 
118 
153 
195 
251 
285 
556 



No. 1. See Wyandots, No. 3 - - - " -'54 

No. 2. See Dela wares, No. 5 - - - 97 

No. 3. See Dela wares, No. 8 - - - 118 

No. 4. 

Annuity, $300 additional permanently ; and $100 additional as soon as Kick- 

apoos consent to 9th article of treaty September 30, 1809 - 153 
Cession, consent of Weas fully given, to treaties with Delawares and others, 

(pp. 149 to 151) and with the Miamis and Eel Rivers, (page 152) 153 
Consideration, $1,500 in hand ; additional permanent annuity of $?300, and 

a contingent annuity of $100 - - - 153 

No. 5. 

Boundary, marked by United States on the Wabash and White rivers, re- 
cognized 195 

Cession, by the Kickapoos, tract between aforesaid boundary, the Wabash 
and Vermilion rivers, according to terms of treaty Dec. 9, 1809, 
(seepage 154) - - - - - 195 

Greenville, validity of treaty of, and all subsequent, acknowledged - 195 

No. 6. 

Annuity, $1,850 (in addition to former annuity of $1,150, making asmn to- 
tal of #3,000) in silver - - - - 252 
Cession, all lands claimed in Indiana, Ohio, and Illinois - - 251 
by Kickapoos, Dec. 9, 1809, acceded to and sanctioned - - -252 
Reservations, tract at mouth of Racoon creek '"- ' - - 251 
to Christmas Dageny, and Mary Shields, one section each ; 

not to be conveyed, but by consent of President - - 251 



WINNEBAGOES. LXXVII 

No. 7. 

Annuity, to be paid hereafter at Kaskaskia - - - . - 285 

Cession, tract at mouth of Racoon creek, reserved by treaty, Oct. 2, 1818, 

(page 251) - - - - - - 285 

Consideration, $5,000 in money and goods, receipt acknowledged - 285 

No. 8. See Piankeshaws, No. 8 - - - - - 556 



WIHMSBAGOSS, 



NO. CONCLUDED 



COMMISSIONERS 



1816, June 3 

1825, Aug. 19 

1827, Aug. 11 

1828, Aug. 25 

1829, Aug. 1 

1832, Sept. 15 



St. Louis 

Prairie des Chiens 
Butte des Morts 
Green Bay 
Prairie du Chien 

Fort Armstrong 



Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Clark and Cass 
Cass and McKenney 
Cass and Menard 
McNiel, Menard, and At- 

water 
Scott and Reynolds 



1816, Dec. 30 
1826, Feb. 6 
1829, Feb. 3 

1829, Jan. 7 

1830, Jan. 2 
1833, Feb. 13 



193 
371 
412 
429 

439 
503 



No. 1. 

Hostilities, mutually forgiven and forgotten; cessions made to British, French j 
or Spanish Governments, confirmed to U. S 4 ; protection of the 
U. S. acknowledged; will remain distinct from the rest of their 
tribe, giving them no aid until peace be concluded ; all prisoners 
to be mutually given up 193 

No. 2. See Sioux, No. 6 - - - - - * - 371 

No. 3. See Chippewas* No. 16 - - - - 412 

No. 4. 



Boundary, between the United States and Winnebagoes, defined - 429 

country may be freely occupied by the United States, until ceded 429 
Consideration, $20,000 in goods, when treaty shall be held, in full for damages 

sustained by miners - - - - 430 

Ferry, may be established on Rock river, where Fort Clark and Lewistown 

roads cross ______ 430 



Mining, persons crossing boundary line for the purpose, shall not be molest- 
ed ; measures for their removal shall be referred to the President, 
and a compensation for injuries shall be made to Indians - 429 

No. 5. 

Agent, (sub) to be appointed, to reside on Rock river; and present agency at 

Fort Winnebago to be continued; (rejected by the Senate) - 441 

Annuities, $18,000 in specie, thirty years, at Prairie du Chien and Fort Win- 
nebago - - - - - 439 
$50 fifteen years, to Theresa Gagnier, to be deducted - - 441 
Blacksmiths' shops, three to be supported by United States, with tools, iron, 

and steel, thirty years - - - - 440 

Cattle, two yoke of oxen and one cart, to be furnished thirty years - 440 

Cession, tract on Rock river to mouth of Sugar creek, etc. - - 439 

Consideration, $18,000 in specie, thirty years, and $30,000 in goods, to be de- 
livered immediately ; 3,000 lbs. tobacco, and 50 bbls. salt, 
thirty years - 439, '40 

Debts, to amount of $23,532 28, to be paid by the United States - - 440 

Iron and steel, sufficient for three blacksmiths' shops, thirty years - - 440 



LXXVIII 



WITCHETAWS WYANDOT S. 



Laborers, one to be supported at Portage of Wisconsin and Fox rivers, 30 years 440 
Reservations, to certain individuals of Indian descent, tliirty-nine sections in 

all, not to be leased or sold without permission of President 441 

Salt, 50 barrels annually, thirty years - - - 440 

Tobacco, 3,000 lbs. annually, thirty years - - - 440 

No. 6. 

Agriculture, $2,500. allowed twenty-seven years, for support of six fanners, 

and purchase of oxen and implements - 505 
Annuity, 910,000 in specie 27 years, at Prairie du Chien and Foil Winnebago 50 1 
payment to be suspended until murderers are delivered up - 505 
Blacksmith shop, to be removed from Rock river to reservation - - 505 
Boundary, of ceded lands, defined ----- 503 
of reservation west of Mississippi, defined - - - 503 
Cession, lands S. and E. of Wisconsin river, and Fox river of Green Bay - 503 
no band shall reside, plant, fish, or hunt on, after June 1, 1832 - 506 
Consideration, $10,000 in specie, annually, twenty-seven years - - 504 
$2,500 annually, 27 years, for support of six farmers and pur- 
chase of agricultural implements ; two physicians same pe- 
riod, and 1,500 lbs. tobacco, annually - - 505 
Debts, to amount of $1,082 50, to be paid by the United States - - 505 
Education, $3,000 for support of school at Prairie du Chien, 27 years; two 
or more teachers, mala and female, to be employed ; school shall 
be subject to tiie visits and inspection of the Governor of Illi- 
nois, U. S. superintendent or agent, and any officer of the army, 
of and above the rank of major - - 501 
Emigration, to lands reserved, to take place by June 1, 1833 - - 504 
30 days' soldiers' rations (not to exceed 60,000) to be issued to 

emigrants - 505 

Hunting, on ceded lands, forbidden after June 1, 1833 - - - 506 

Murderers, to be delivered up to commander of some U. S. military post - 505 

Physicians, two to be furnished, at $200 per annum each - - 505 

Reservations, part of the neutral ground west of Mississippi - - 503 

six sections to certain individuals ... 506 

Tobacco, 1,500 lbs. annually - 505 



WITCEETAWS.--S i: Comanciies, No. 1 



626 



no. concluded held at 



commissioners 



ratified page 



1785, Jan. 
1789, Jan. 
1795, Aug. 
1803, Aug. 
1805, July 

1807, Nov. 

1808, Nov. 

1814, July 

1815, Sept. 



1817, Sept. 29 

1818, Sept. 17 
1818, Sept. 20 
1832, Jan. 19 
1836, April 23 



Fort Mcintosh 
Fort Harmar 
Greenville 
Vincennes 
Fort Industry 
Detroit 
Brownstown 
Greenville 
Spring Wells 

Rapids of Miami 
St. Mary's, Ohio 
St. Mary's, Ohio 
McCutcheonsville 
(not stated) 



Clark, Butler, and Lee 
Arthur St. Clair 
Anthony Wayne 
William H. Harrison 
Charles Jouett 
William Hull 
William Hull 
Harrison and Cass 
Harrison. Mc Arthur, and 

Graham 
Cass and McArthur 
Cass and McArthur 
Lewis Cass 
James B. Gardiner 
John A. Bryan 



1785, June 2 
1789, Sept. 
1795, Dec. 22 
1803, Nov. 25 
1806. April 24 

1808, Jan. 27 

1809, Mar. 1 

1814, Dec. 13 

1815, Dec. 26 
1819, Jan. 4 
1819, Jan. 4 
1819, Jan. 
1832, April 6 
1S36, May 16 



6 
23 
54 
99 
113 
136 
147 
155 

173 
216 
242 
245 
495 
664 



WYANDOTS. 



LXXIX 



No. 1. 



Boundary, between the United States and Indians, defined - 6 

Cession, lands' east, south, and west, of boundary lines - - 7 

Depredations, on whites by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up - 7 

Hostages, three shall be delivered, until prisoners are restored - 6 

Merchandize, (quantity not stated,) distributed - - - 7 

Protection, of the United States acknowledged - - - 6 

Reservations, all lands contained within boundary lines - 6 
six miles square at mouth of Miami ; six miles square at por- 
tage of Big Miami; six miles square on Lake Sandusky; 
and two miles square on each side of the rapids of Sandusky 
river, for trading posts - - - -6 

six miles, at mouth of Rosine river for post of Detroit - 7 

post of Michilimackinac, and twelve miles square - - 7 

Settlers on Indian lands, shall forfeit protection of the Unitd States - 6 

Trade, reservations allowed for four posts - - - 6 
[Certain Delaware chiefs, who took up arms for the United States, shall be 

received into the nation, in the same rank as before] - - 7 



No. 2. 

Boundary, between the United States and Indians, defined and confirmed - 24 

of line from the Miami of the Ohio, explained - - 27 

Cession, all lands east, south, and west, of boundary lines - 24 

hunting on ceded lands allowed, while Indians behave peaceably - 24 
Depredations, by Indians, offenders shall be delivered up for trial; by whites 

shall be tried by laws of the State where committed - 25 
horses stolen shall be mutually restored, and offenders punish- 
ed with the utmost severity - - - 25 
Hostages, two to be delivered, until all prisoners are restored - - 23 
Hostilities, intended against U. S. or Indians/to be mutually made known; 

and passage of hostile troops through the country prevented - 26 

Hunting, on ceded lands, allowed, while Indians behave peaceably - 24 

Merchandize, $6,000 wor th delivered, in consideration of cession - 24 

Protection, of United States, acknowledged and promised anew - 27 

extended to the Potawatomies and Sacs - - 27 

Reservations, all lands between described limits - - 24 

shall not be disposed of, except to the United States - 24 

settlers on, shall forfeit protection of the United States - 26 

for trading posts, and post at Detroit, may be renewed - 26 

post at Michilimackinac, with its dependencies - - 27 

to the Shawnees, (by treaty Jan. 31, 1786, seepage 18,) claimed 

by the Wyandots; also country west of Miami boundary 28 
two Wyandot villages, from river Rosine, to be retained - 29 
Settlers, on Indian lands, shall forfeit protection of the United States - 26 
Trade, shall be opened with the Indians, who shall protect traders ; none per- 
mitted without license - - - - 25 
persons trading without license to be delivered up; and names of all 
traders to be furnished once a year - - - 25 



No. 3. 

Annuities, in goods, forever, to the Wyandots $1,000; Delawares $1,000; 

Shawanees $1,000; Miamis $1,000; Ottawas $1,000; Chippe- 
was $1,000; Potawatomies $1,000; Kickapoos $500; Weas 
$500; Eel Rivers $500; Piankeshaws $500; and Kaskaskias 
$500 .... _ - 57 

part may be delivered in animals, or implements, utensils, etc. - 58 
Boundary, between the United States and the Indians, defined - - 55 

when marked by U. S., notice to be given, that chiefs may attend 56 
Cession, all lands east and south of the general boundary line - - 55 

ten tracts, each six miles square; three tracts, each two miles square; 
two tracts, each twelve miles square ; posts at Detroit and Mich- 
ilimackinac, and lands adjacent - - - -55, '6 



LXXX 



WYANDOTS. 



Cession, 150,000 acres, near rapids of the Ohio, for Gen. Clark and his war- 
riors; post of St. Vincennes, and land adjacent; all other places to 
winch Indian title has been extinguished ; and the post of Fort 
Massac - - - - - 57 

liberty to hunt on, granted to Indians, while they demean peaceably 58 
Depredations, no private retaliation shall take place; complaints shall be mu- 
tually made - - - - 59 

Hostages, ten chiefs to remain at Greenville, until prisoners are delivered - 55 
Hostilities, intended against U. S. or Indians, to be mutually made known 59 
Hunting, on lands ceded, granted to Indians, while they demean peaceably 58 
Merchandize, $20,000 worth delivered ; $'9,500 worth to be distributed among 

the tribes, parties to this treaty, annually forever - 57 

Navigation, of harbors and mouths of rivers, adjoining Indian lands, free to 

citizens of the United States - - - 57 

Prisoners, shall be mutually restored - - - - 54 

Protection, of U. S. acknowledged; forfeited to settlers on Indian lands - 58 
Reservations, all lands north of Ohio river, east of Alississippi, and south of 

Great Lakes - - - - 57 

hunting, planting, and dwelling on, allowed as long as Indians 

please ; when sold, to be sold only to the United States - 58 
settlers on, forfeit protection of the United States - - 58 

Settlers, on Indian lands, forfeit protection of the United States, and may be 

punished by Indians - - - - 58 

Trade, to be opened with the tribes ; traders to be licensed by U. S. and pro- 
tected by Indians: none pennitted without license; license shall be 
taken away, if abused ; persons trading without license, to be brought 
before superintendent ; names of all traders to be furnished once a 
_ year - - - - - - - 58, '9 

[all previous treaties, since 1783, shall henceforth cease and become void] - 59 

No. 4. See Eel Rivers, No. 3 - - - 99 

No. 5. 

Annuity, $825 forever, in money, and the $175 secured by Connecticut Land 

Company, to be vested, (see page 222, art. 13) - 114 

Boundary, between the United States and Indians, altered and defined - 113 
Cession, all lands lying east of boundary line, as established by this treaty ; 

southeast of line established by treaty of Greenville, and north by 
41° north latitude - - - - - 114 

Consideration, to the Ottawas, Chippewas, and Pottawatimas, $4,000 paid by 

the Connecticut Land Co., and $12,000 secured in trust - 114 
Hunting, on ceded lands allowed, as long as Indians demean peaceably - 114 
Protection, of United States again acknowledged - - 113 

No. 6. See Ottawas, No. 5 136 
No. 7. See Chippewas, No. 6 - - - - 147 

No. 8. 

A treaty of peace and friendship between the IT. S. and the "Wyandots, De- 
lawares, Shawanees, and Senekas, on the one part, and the Miamis on the 
other. These tribes and bands engage to furnish such a number of war- 
riors as the President may require, to assist the U. S. in the war against 
Great Britain and such Indian tribes as continue hostile. The said tribes 
acknowledge themselves under the protection of the U. S. ; and if the con- 
ditions of this treaty be faithfully performed, the U. S. will confirm all the 
boundaries as they existed previously to the commencement of the war - 156 

No. 9. 

The U. S. give peace to the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Pottawatimas, who 
acknowledge their protection; all the possessions, rights, and pi-ivileges, 
enjoyed by said tribe in 1811, to be restored; pardon granted to the chiefs 
and warriors who continued hostilities until the close of the war with Great 
Britain; the treaty of Greenville, of 1795, and all the subsequent treaties, 
ratified and confirmed - - - . - - - 173 



WYANDOTS. 



LXXXI 



No. 10. 

Agent, one to be appointed, to reside among the Wyandots-, and to execute 
the same duties for the Senecas and Delawares ; shall occupy as 
much land as necessary - - - - -221 

another, to reside among the Shawanees, and a mile square reserved 

for his use at Malake - 1 - 221 

Annuities, to the Wyandots, $4,000 forever, payable at Upper Sandusky - 217 ' 
Senekas, $500 forever, payable at Lower Sandusky - 217 
Shawanees, $2,000 forever, payable at Wapaghkonetta - 217 
Pattawatimas, $1,300 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 
Ottawas, $1,000 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 

Chippewas, $1,000 fifteen years, payable at Detroit - 217 

all due by former treaties, shall be paid in specie - - 217 

one-half of five years ($2,500) erroneously paid to the Shawa- 
nees, to be paid to the Wyandots in 1818 - 222 
Blacksmith, one to be provided for the Wyandots and Senecas ; and one for 

Indians at Wapaghkonetta, etc.. (indefinitely) - - 221 

Cession, lands commencing on southern shore of Lake Erie, between San- 
dusky bay and Portage river - 216 
tract from Ohio boundary line on Miami river, to the mouth, of the 

Great Auglaize - - - - - 216 

thirteen sections by the Delawares, granted by act of Congress 

March 3, 1807 - - - - 223 

Consideration, $9,800 in annuities for various periods, and $500 in cash to 

the Delawares ----- 217 
Depredations, U. S. agree to pay in specie $14,480 13, for losses sustained 
in. consequence of adherence to the U. S. during the war with 
Great Britain - - - - - 222 

Education, three sections at Macon, and three other sections not located, to 
rector of St. Anne's church, and the Catholic college, Detroit, for 
Ottawa, Chippewa, and Potawatima children - - 223 

Ferries, United States agents may establish such as are necessary - 222 

Hunting, stipulations of treaty of Greenville renewed - 221 
Improvements, United States will pay for any abandoned by Indians - 223 
Mills, grist and saw, to be erected by United States on Wyandot reservation 221 
Religion, one-half of six sections to rector of St. Anne's church, Detroit, for 

use of said church - 223 

Reservations, twelve miles square, to chiefs of Wyandot tribe* - - 217 

one mile square, on a Cranberry swamp, for use of tribe - 217 
30,000 acres, to chiefs of Seneca tribe* - 218 

[ceded February 21, 1831, seepage 475.] 
ten miles square, to chiefs of Shawanee tribe* - - 218 

, [ceded August 8, 1831, see. page 484.] 
twenty-five square miles, to chiefs of Shawanee tribe* - 218 

[ceded August 8, 1831, seepage 484.] 
48 square miles to chiefs of Shawanee and Seneca tribes* - 218 

[ceded July 20, 1831, see page 479.] 
tract at Blanchard's fork, five miles square, for use of Ottawas 219 

[ceded August 30, 1831, see page 489.] 
to certain individuals named, (10,760 acres in all) - 219, '20, '21 
[shall not be conveyed without permission of President of the U. S., p. 243.] 

shall not be liable to taxes while the property of said Indians - 222 
United States reserve the right to make roads through - 222 

nine square miles to Delaware chiefs, adjoining Wyandot tract 223 
thirty-four square miles to chiefs, for use of the Ottawas - 223 
Roads, U. S. reserve right to make through any part of reservations - 222 

Schedule, of persons entitled to reservations of land - - 226 to 230 

Sugar, privilege of making, granted - - - - 222 

Taxes, lands reserved, shall not be liable to, while property of Indians - 222 
Taverns, United States agents may establish such as are necessary - 222 

* -^g^y P a tent, in fee simple, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, pp. 
r a Cnie *' s mav convey the quantity secured, to the persons entitled to the same, or may re- 
fuse to do soi said persons may convey to others with the approbation of the President, or agent ap- 
pointed by him, p. 219. 

11 



LSXXII 



WYANDOT S. 



No. 11. 

Annuities, to the Wyandot s, £500 additional, forever - 243 
Shawanees and Senecas, $1,000 additional, forever - 243 

Senecas, $500 additional, forever - 243 
Ottawas, $1,500 additional, forever - 243 
Reservations, granted by treaty No. 10, shall be held as other Indian reser- 
vations "have been heretofore held - 242 
to the Wyandots, 55.680 acres additional - - 242 

to the Wyandots at Solomon's town and Blanchard's fork, 
16,000 acres, additional, [ceded January 19, 1832, page 495] 
and west of Sandusky river, 160 acres - 242 
to the Shawanees, 12,800 acres additional, [ceded August 8, 

1831, page 484] - - - - 243 

to the Shawanees and Senecas, 8.960 acres, [ceded July 20, 

1831, page 479] - - - 243 

to the Senecas, 10.000 acres east side of Sandusky river, [ceded 

February 21, 1831, page 475] - - 243 

granted by eighth article of treaty No. 10, (page 219,) shall 

not be conveyed without permission of the President - 243 

No. 12. 

Cession, two tracts, 5,000 a.cres, including villages of Brownstown and Ma- 

guagua, in Michigan - - - - - 245 

Reservation, 4.996 acres, on the south side of Huron river, to be held as long 

as they or their descendants occupy the land - - 245 

No. 13. 

Agent, Joseph McCutcheon, of Ohio, recommended, and authority to employ 

an interpreter asked for - - - - - 497 

Cession, 16,000 acres, granted by treaty No. 11, (page 242) - 495 

to be surveyed as soon as practicable, and sold ; and $1 25 per acre 

paid to Wyandots for same, in silver - 496 

Emigration, Wyandots may remove to Canada, river Huron, or elsewhere - 496 

Improvements, to be paid for, on valuation by appraisement - - 496 

Reservation, to chief Roe-nu-nas, one-half section - 496 

No. 14. 

Cession, strip, five miles in extent; one section in a Cranberry swamp; (see 
page 217:) and 160 acres, ( see pase 242:) all in Crawford county, 
Ohio ' - - - - 664 

shall be surveyed and sold as other public lands - - 664 

register and receiver to be appointed by the President and Senate - 664 
shall receive compensation not exceeding $5 per day - - 665 

portions of proceeds of sales [not exceeding $20,000, added by Se- 
nate] shall be applied to mills, schools, and roads, etc., to be paid 
by register on the order of the chiefs - 665 

Education, portion of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to 

establish schools - - - - 665 

Expenses, incurred in the execution of this treaty ; in the sales of lands ; ex- 
penses of delegation to Washington, and allowance to individu- 
als; to be defrayed from sales of lands - 665 
if Indians are not satisfied, sale may be closed, and another time 

appointed ------ 665 

Mills, portion of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to re- 
building ------ 665 

Roads, portion of money arising from sales of lands shall be applied to repair 

and improvement of - - - - - 665 

Reservations, to seven Delaware chiefs, one section each ; to be sold, and pro- 
ceeds paid to them, or their heirs - 665 



YANCTONS YANCTONIES. LXXXIII 



YANCTOHS. 



NO. 


CONCLUDED 


HELD AT 


COMMISSIONERS 


RATIFIED 


FAGS 


1 

2 
3 


1815, July 19 

1825, June 22 
1836, Oct. 15 


Portage des Sioux 

Fort Lookout 
Belle vue 


Clark, Edwards, and 

Chouteau 
Atkinson and O'Fallon 
Dougherty and Pilcher 


1815, Dec. 26 
1826, Feb. 6 
1837, Feb. 15 


170 
341 

689 



No. 1. 

Hostilities mutually forgiven and forgotten; perpetual peace and friendship 
declared ; and protection of the United States acknowledged - - 170 



No. 2. See Teetons, No. 2 - - - - 341 

gjf By a treaty with the Sacs and Foxes, and other tribes, July 15, 1830, an annuity 
of $3,000 f or ten successive years, is granted to the Yancton and Santie bands of 
the Sioux, see page 447, art. 4. 

No. 3. See Ottoes, No. 5 - - ~ - 689 



YANCTONIES. —See Teetons, No. 2 - - 341 



ERRATA. 

Page 40 — the date under Six Nations is superfluous. 

55— line 6, for " Art. 8," read Art. 3. 

71 — last line but one, for " effect," read affect. 
117 — first line of art. 5, for " article," read articles. 
167— date under Sioux, for " 1819," read 1815. 
623— line 22, for " J. P. Frile," read G. P. Field. 
663— date under Potawattamies, after April 22, insert 1836, 



TREATIES 

BETWEEN 

THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 

AND 

THE INDIANS. 



DELA WARES. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 17, 1778.] 

Articles of agreement and confederation, made and entered into^ 
by Andrew and Thomas Lewis, esquires, commissioners for, 
and in behalf of the United States of North America, of the 
one part, and Captain White Eyes, Captain John Kill Buck, jr., 
and Captain Pipe, deputies, and chief men of the Delaware 
nation, of the other part. 

Article 1. That all offences, or acts of hostilities, by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, be mutually 
forgiven, and buried in the depth of oblivion, never more to be 
had in remembrance. 

Art. 2. That a perpetual peace and friendship shall, from 
henceforth, take place and subsist between the contracting par- 
ties aforesaid, through all succeeding generations ; and if either 
of the parties are engaged in a just and necessary war with any 
other nation or nations, that then each shall assist the other in 
due proportion to their abilities, till their enemies are brought to 
reasonable terms of accommodation ; and that, if either of them 
shall discover any hostile designs forming against the other, they 
shall give the earliest notice thereof, that timeou's measures may 
be taken to prevent their ill effect. 

Art. 3. And whereas, the United States are engaged in a just 
and necessary war, in defence and support of life, liberty, and inde- 
pendence, against the King of England and his adherents ; and as 
said King is yet possessed of several posts and forts, on the lakes 
and other places, the reduction of which is of great importance to 
the peace and security of the contracting parties, and, as the most 
practicable way for the troops of the United States, to some of the 
posts and forts, is by passing through the country of the Delaware 
1 



2 



DELAWARE S< 



nation, the aforesaid deputies, on behalf of themselves and their 
nation, do hereby stipulate and agree, to give a free passage through 
their country to the troops aforesaid; and the same to conduct, by 
the nearest and best ways, to the posts, forts, or towns of the 
enemies of the United States, affording to said troops such sup- 
plies of corn, meat, horses, or whatever may be in their power, 
for the accommodation of such troops, on the commanding offi- 
cers', etc., paying, or engaging to pay, the full value of whatever 
they can supply them with. And the said deputies, on the behalf 
of their nation, engage to join the troops of the United States 
aforesaid, with such a number of their best and most expert war^ 
riors, as they can. spare, consistent with their own safety, and act 
in concert with them ; and for the better security of the old men,, 
women, and children, of the aforesaid nation, whilst their warriors 
are engaged against the common enemy, it is agreed, on the part 
of the United States, that a fort of sufficient strength and capacity 
be built at the expense of the said States, with such assistance as 
it may be in the power of the said Delaware nation to give, in the 
most convenient place, and advantageous situation, as shall be 
agreed on by the commanding officer of the troops aforesaid, with 
the advice and concurrence of the deputies of the aforesaid Dela-^ 
ware nation ; which fort shall be garrisoned by such a number of 
the troops of the United States, as the commanding officer can 
spare for the present, and hereafter by such numbers as the w T ise 
men of the United States, in council, shall think most conducive 
to the common good. 

Art. 4. For the better security of the peace and friendship now 
entered into by the contracting parties, against all infractions of 
the same, by the citizens of either party, to the prejudice of the 
other, neither party shall proceed to the infliction of punishments on 
the citizens of the other, otherwise than by securing the offender, 
or offenders, by imprisonment, or any other competent means, till 
a fair and impartial trial can be had by judges or juries of both 
parties, as near as can be, to the laws, customs, and usages of 
the contracting parties, and natural justice ; the mode of such 
trials to be hereafter fixed by the wise men of the United States, 
in Congress assembled, with the assistance of such deputies of 
the Delaware nation, as may be appointed to act in concert with 
them in adjusting this matter to their mutual liking. And it is 
further agreed between the parties aforesaid, that neither shall 
entertain, or give countenance to, the enemies of the other, or 
protect, in their respective States, criminal fugitives, servants, or 
slaves, but the same to apprehend and secure, and deliver to the 
State, or States, to which such enemies, criminals, servants, or 
slaves, respectively belong. 

Art. 5. Whereas the confederation entered into by the Delaware 
nation, and the United States, renders the first dependent on the 
latter, for all the articles of clothing, utensils, and implements of 



DEL AWARE S, 



3 



•war ; and it is judged not only reasonable, but indispensably 
necessary, that the aforesaid nation be supplied with such articles, 
from time to time, as far as the United States may have it in their 
power, by a well regulated trade, under the conduct of an intelligent, 
candid agent, with an adequate salary, one more influenced by the 
love of his country, and a constant attention to the duties of his 
department, by promoting the common interest, than the sinister 
purposes of converting and binding all the duties of his office to his 
private emolument: convinced of the necessity of such measures, the 
commissioners of the United States, at the earnest solicitation of 
the deputies aforesaid, have engaged, in behalf of the United 
States, that such a trade shall be afforded said nation, conducted 
on such principles of mutual interest, as the wisdom of the United 
States, in Congress assembled, shall think most conducive to 
adopt for their mutual convenience. 

Art. 6. Whereas the enemies of the United States have endea- 
vored, by every artifice in their power, to possess the Indians in 
general with an opinion, that it is the design of the States afore- 
said to extirpate the Indians, and take possession of their country; 
to obviate such false suggestion, the United States do engage to 
guarantee to the aforesaid nation of Delawares, and their heirs, 
all their territorial rights in the fullest and most ample manner, as 
it hath been bounded by former treaties, as long as they, the said 
Delaware nation, shall abide by, and hold fast the chain of friend- 
ship, now entered into. And it is further agreed on between the 
contracting parties, should it for the future be found conducive 
for the mutual interest of both parties, to invite any other tribes 
who have been friends to the interest of the United States, to join 
the present confederation, and to form a State, whereof the Dela- 
ware nation shall be the head, and have a representation in Con- 
gress : provided, nothing contained in this article to be considered 
as conclusive, until it meets the approbation of Congress. And 
it is also the intent and meaning of this article, that no protection 
or countenance shall be afforded to any who are at present our 
enemies, by which they might escape the punishment they 
deserve. 

In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto interchangeably 
set their hands and seals, at Fort Pitt, September seven- 
teenth, anno Domini one thousand seven hundred and 
seventy- eight, 

Andrew Lewis, l. s. 

Thomas Lewis, l. s. 

White Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 
The Pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

John Kill Buck, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

Lach'n Mcintosh, B. General, Commander the Western Bcp^t. 
Daniel Brodhead, Colonel 8th P. Regiment, 



4 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



W. Crawford, Colonel, 
John Campbell, 
John Stephenson, 

John Gibson, Colonel 13th Virginia Regiment, 
A. Graham, Brigade Major, 
Lach. Mcintosh, jun., Major Brigade, 
Benjamin Mills, 

Joseph L. Finley, Captain 8th Venn. Regiment, 
John Finley, Captain 8th P. Regiment. 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 22, 17S4.] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at Fort Stanwix, on the twenty- 
second day of October, one thousand seven hundred and eighty- 
four, between Oliver Wolcott, Richard Butler, and Arthur Lee, 
commissioners plenipotentiary from the United States, in Con- 
gress assembled, on the one part, and the sachems and warriors 
of the Six JVations, on the other. 

The United States of America give peace to the Senekas, 
Mohawks, Onondagas, and Cayugas, and receive them into their 
protection upon the following conditions : 

Art. 1. Six hostages shall be immediately delivered to the 
commissioners by the said nations, to remain in possession of the 
United States, till all the prisoners, white and black, which were 
taken by the said Senekas, Mohawks, Onondagas, and Cayugas, 
or by any of them, in the late war, from among the people of the 
United States, shall be delivered up. 

Art. 2. The Oneida and Tuscarora nations shall be secured in 
the possession of the lands on which they are settled. 

Art. 3. A line shall be drawn, beginning at the mouth of a creek, 
about four miles east of Niagara, called Oyonwayea, or Johnston's 
Landing Place, upon the lake, named by the Indians Oswego, 
and by us Ontario ; from thence southerly, in a direction always 
four miles east of the carrying path, between lake Erie and Onta- 
rio, to the mouth of Tehoseroron, or Buffalo creek, on lake Erie ; 
thence south, to the north boundary of the State of Pennsylvania ; 
thence west, to the end of the said north boundary ; thence south, 
along the west boundary of the said State, to the river Ohio ; the 
said line, from the mouth of the Oyonwayea to the Ohio, shall be 
the western boundary of the lands of the Six Nations ; so that the 
Six Nations shall and do yield to the United States, all claims to 
the country west of the said boundary ; and then they shall be secured 
in the peaceful possession of the lands they inhabit, east and north 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



5 



of the same, reserving only six miles square, round the fort of 
Oswego, to the United States, for the support of the same. 

Art. 4. The commissioners of the United States, in considera- 
tion of the present circumstances of the Six Nations, and in 
execution of the humane and liberal views of the United States, 
upon the signing of the above articles, will order goods to be 
delivered to the said Six Nations, for their use and comfort. 

Oliver Wolcott, l. s. 

Richard Butler, l. s. 

Arthur Lee, l. s. 

MOHAWKS. 

Onogwendahonji, his x mark, l. s. 

Touighnatogon, his x mark, l. s. 

ONONDAGAS. 

Oheadarighton, his x mark, l. s. 

Kendarindgon, his x mark, l. s. 

SENEKAS. 

Tayagonendagighti, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehonwaeaghrigagi, his x mark, l. s. 

oneidas. 

Otyadonenghti, his x mark, l. s. 



Dagaheari, his x mark, 



l. s. 



CAYUGA. 

Oraghgoanendagen, his x mark, l. s. 

TUSCARORAS. 

Ononghsawenghti, his x mark, l. s. 

Tharondawagon, his x mark, l„ s. 

SENEKA ABEAL. 

Kayenthoghke, his x mark, l. s. 

WITNESSES : 

Sam. Jo. Atlee, } Saml. Montgomery, 

Wm. Maclay, V Pa. Corners. Derick Lane, Copt. 

Fras. Johnston, ) John Mercer, Lieut. 

Aaron Hill, William Pennington, Lieut. 

Alexander Campbell, Mahlon Hord, Ensign, 

Saml. Kirkland, Missionary, Hugh Peebles. 
James Dean, 



6 



WYANDOTS, DELA WARES, 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, CHIPPEWAS, AND 
OTTAWAS. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 21, 1785.] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at Fori Mcintosh , the twenty-first day ■ 
of January , one thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, between 
the commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, 
of the one part, and the sachems and warriors of the Wyandot, 
Delaware, Chippewa, and Ottawa nations, of the other. 

The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States in 
Congress assembled, give peace to the Wyandot, Delaware, Chip- 
pewa, and Ottawa nations of Indians, on the following conditions : 

Art. 1. Three chiefs, one from among the Wyandot, and two 
from among the Delaware nations, shall be delivered up to the 
commissioners of the United States, to be by them retained till 
all the prisoners, wdiite and black, taken by the said Indians, or 
any of them, shall be restored. 

Art. 2. The said Indian nations do acknowledge themselves 
and all their tribes to be under the protection of the United States, 
and of no other sovereign whatsoever. 

Art. 3. The boundary line between the United States and the 
Wyandot and Delaware nations, shall begin at the mouth of the 
river Cayahoga, and run thence up the said river to the portage 
between that and the Tuscarawas branch of Muskingum ; then 
down the said branch to the forks at the crossing place above Fort 
Lawrence ; then westerly to the portage of the Big Miami, wdrich 
runs into the Ohio, at the mouth of which branch the fort stood 
which was taken by the French in one thousand seven hundred 
and fifty-two ; then along the said portage to the Great Miami or 
Ome river, and down the southeast side of the same to its mouth ; 
thence along the south shore of Lake Erie, to the mouth of Caya- 
hoga, where it began. 

Art. 4. The United States allot all the lands contained within 
the said lines to the W^yandot and Delaware nations, to live and 
to hunt on, and to such of the Ottawa nation as now live thereon; 
saving and reserving for the establishment of trading posts, six 
miles square at the mouth of Miami or Ome river, and the same 
at the portage on that branch of the Big Miami which runs into 
the Ohio, and the same on the Lake of Sandusky where the fort 
formerly stood, and also two miles square on each side of the 
lower rapids of Sandusky river, which posts and the lands annex- 
ed to them, shall be to the use and under the government of the 
United States. 

Art. 5. If any citizen of the United States, or other person not 
being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands allotted 



CHIPPEWAS, AND OTTAWA S. 



7 



to the Wyandot and Delaware nations in this treaty, except on 
the lands reserved to the United States in the preceding article, 
such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States, and 
the Indians may punish him as they please. 

Art. 6, The Indians who sign this treaty, as well in behalf of 
all their tribes as of themselves, do acknowledge the lands east, 
south, and west, of the lines described in the third article, so far 
as the said Indians formerly claimed the same, to belong to the 
United States ; and none of their tribes shall presume to settle 
upon the same, or any part of it. 

Art. 7. The post of Detroit, with a district beginning at the 
mouth of the river Rosine, on the west end of Lake Erie, and 
running west six miles up the southern bank of the said river, 
thence northerly and always six miles west of the strait, till it 
strikes the lake St. Clair, shall be also reserved to the sole use of 
the United States. 

Art. 8. In the same manner, the post of Michilimackinac, 
with its dependencies, and twelve miles square about the same, 
shall be reserved to the use of the United States. 

Art. 9. If any Indian or Indians shall commit a robbery or 
murder on any citizen of the United States, the tribe to which 
such offenders may belong, shall be bound to deliver them up at 
the nearest post, to be punished according to the ordinances of 
the United States. 

Art. 10. The commissioners of the United States, in pursu- 
ance of the humane and liberal views of Congress, upon this 
treaty's being signed, will direct goods to be distributed among 
the different tribes for their use and comfort. 

SEPARATE ARTICLE. 

It is agreed that the Delaware chiefs, Kelelamand, or Colonel 
Henry, Hengue Pushees, or the Big Cat, Wicocalind, or Cap- 
tain White Eyes, who took up the hatchet for the United States, 
and their families, shall be received into the Delaware nation, in 
the same situation and rank as before the war, and enjoy their 
due portions of the lands given to the Wyandot and Delaware 
nations in this treaty, as fully as if they had not taken part with 
America, or as any other person or persons in the said nations. 



Go. Clark, 


L. 


S. 


Richard Butler, 


L. 


s. 


Arthur Lee, 

Daunghquat, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Abraham Kuhn, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ottawerreri, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hobocan, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Walendightun, his x mark, 
Talapoxic, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Wingeuum, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



8 



CHEROKEESi 



Packelant, his x mark, L. s. 

Gingewanno, his x mark, l. s, 

Waanoos, his x mark, l. s. 

Konalawassee, his x mark, l. s. 

Shawnaqum, his x mark, l* s. 

Quecookkia, his x mark, l. s, 

witness : 

Wl J. Atlee, ) p r , I. Bradford, 

Fras. Johnston, \ Fa ' Lom TS ' George Slaughter, 
Alex. Campbell, Van Swearingen, 

Jos. Harmar, Lt. Col. ComH. John Boggs, 
Alex. Lowrey, G. Evans, 

Joseph Nicholas, Interpreter, D. Luckett. 



CHEROKEES. 

[CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 28, 1785. j 

Articles concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, between "Benjamin 
Hawkins, Andrew Pickens, Joseph Martin, and Lachlan Mcintosh, 
commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, 
of the one part, and the head men and warriors of all the Chero- 
kees, of the other. 

The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States in 
Congress assembled, give peace to all the Cherokees, and receive 
them into the favor and protection of the United States of America, 
■on the following conditions : 

Art. 1. The head men and warriors of all the Cherokees, shall 
restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United States, or sub- 
jects of their allies, to their entire liberty : they shall also restore 
all trie negroes, and all other property taken during the late war, 
from the citizens, to such person, and at such time and place, as 
"the commissioners shall appoint. 

Art. % The commissioners of the United States in Congress 
Assembled, shall restore all the prisoners taken from the Indians 
-during the late war, to the head men and warriors of the Chero- 
kees, as early as is practicable. 

Art. 3. The said Indians, for themselves and their respective 
'tribes and towns, do acknowledge all the Cherokees to be under 
the protection of the United States of America, and of no other 
sovereign whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The boundary allotted to the Cherokees for their hunting 
grounds, between the said Indians and the citizens of the United 
■States 3 within the limits of the United States of America, is, and 



CHEROKEE S. 



9 



shall be the following, viz : Beginning at the mouth of Duck river, 
on the Tennessee ; thence running northeast to the ridge dividing 
the waters running into Cumberland from those running into the 
Tennessee ; thence eastw T ard!y along the said ridge to a northeast 
line to be run, which shall strike the river Cumberland forty miles 
above Nashville ; thence along the said line to the river ; thence 
up the said river to the ford where the Kentucky road crosses the 
river ; thence to Campbell's line near Cumberland Gap ; thence 
to the mouth of Claud's creek on Holston ; thence to the Chimney- 
top mountain ; thence to Camp creek, near the mouth of Big 
Limestone, on Nolichuckey ; thence a southerly course six miles 
to a mountain ; thence south to the North Carolina line ; thence to 
the South Carolina Indian boundary, and along the same south- 
west over the top of the Oconee mountain till it shall strike Tugalo 
river ; thence a direct line to the top of the Currahee mountain ; 
thence to the head of the south fork of Oconee river. 

Art. 5. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, 
not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands 
westward or southward of the said boundary, which are hereby 
allotted to the Indians for their hunting grounds, or having 
already settled and will not remove from the same within six 
months after the ratification of this treaty, such person shall forfeit 
the protection of the United States, and the Indians may punish 
him or not as they please : provided, nevertheless, that this article 
shall not extend to the people settled between the fork of French 
Broad and Holston rivers, whose particular situation shall be 
transmitted to the United States in Congress assembled, for their 
decision thereon, which the Indians agree to abide by. 

Art. 6. If any Indian or Indians, or person residing among 
them, or w T ho shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a 
robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the 
United States, or person under their protection, the nation, or the 
tribe to which such offender or offenders may belong, shall be 
bound to deliver him or them up to be punished according to the 
ordinances of the United States : provided, that the punishment 
shall not be greater than if the robbery or murder, or other capital 
crime, had been committed by a citizen on a citizen. 

Art. 7. If any citizen of the United States, or person under 
their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, or other capi- 
tal crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders shall be pun- 
ished in the same manner as if the murder or robbery, or other 
capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the United 
States ; and the punishment shall be in presence of some of the 
Cherokees, if any shall attend at the time and place, and that 
they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice of the time of 
such intended punishment shall be sent to some one of the tribes. 

Art. 8. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, 
under the idea of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised 



10 



CHEROKEES. 



on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this 
treaty ; and then it shall be preceded first by a demand of justice; 
and if refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. 

Art. 9. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and for the 
prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citizens or 
Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall have the 
sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the Indians, 
and managing all their affairs in such manner as they think 
proper/ 

Art. 10. Until the pleasure of Congress be known respecting 
the ninth article, all traders, citizens of the United States, shall 
have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towms of the Cherokees 
to trade with them, and they shall be protected in their persons 
and property, and kindly treated. 

Art. 11. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of 
the United States, of any designs which they may know or sus- 
pect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person 
whomsoever, against the peace, trade, or interest of the United 
States. 

Art. 12. That the Indians may have full confidence in the jus- 
tice of the United States, respecting their interests, they shall have 
the right to send a deputy of their choice, whenever they think 
fit, to Congress. 

Art. 13. The hatchet shall be forever buried, and the peace 
given by the United States, and friendship re-established between 
the said States on the one part, and all the Cherokees on the 
other, shall be universal ; and the contracting parties shall use 
their utmost endeavors to maintain the peace given as aforesaid, 
and friendship re-established. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, between 
the United States of America and all the Cherokees, we, 
their underwritten Commissioners, by virtue of our full pow- 
ers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our 
seals to be hereunto affixed. 

Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this twenty-eighth of No- 
vember, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hun- 
dred and eighty-five. 



Benjamin Hawkins, l. s. 

And'w Pickens, l. s. 

Jos. Martin, l. s. 

Lach'n Mcintosh, l. s. 

Koatohee, or Corn Tassel of Toquo, his x mark, l. s. 

Scholauetta, or Hanging Man of Chota, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskegatahu, or Long Fellow of Chistohoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ooskwha, or Abraham of Chilkowa, his x mark, l. s. 

Kolakusta, or Prince of Koth, his x mark, l. s. 



CHEROKEES. 



11 



Newota, or the Gritzs of Chicamaga, his x mark, l. s. 

Konatota, or the Rising Fawn of Highwassay, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuckasee, or Young Terrapin of Allajoy, his x mark, l. s. 

Toostaka, or the Waker of Oostanawa, his x mark, l. s. 

Untoola, or Gun Rod of Seteco, his x mark, l. s. 
Unsuokanail, Buffalo White Calf New Cussee, his x mark, l. s. 

Kostayeak, or Sharp Fellow Wataga, his x mark, l. s. 

Chonosta, of Cowe, his x mark, l. s. 

Chescoonwho, Bird in Close of Tomotlug, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuckasee, or Terrapin of Hightowa, his x mark, t, s. 

Chesetoa, or the Rabbit of Tlacoa, his x mark, l. s. 
Chesecotetona, or Yellow Bird of the Pine Log, his x mark, l. s. 

Sketaloska, Second Man of Tillico, his x mark, l, s, 

Chokasatahe, Chickasaw Killer Tasonta, his x mark, l. s. 

Onanoota, of Koosoate, his x mark, l. s. 

Ookoseta, or Sower Mush of Kooloque, his x mark, l. s. 
Umatooetha, the Water Hunter Choikamawga, his x mark, l. s. 

Wyuka, of Lookout Mountain, his x mark, l, s. 

Tulco, or Tom of Chatuga, his x mark, l. s. 

Will, of Akoha, his x mark, l. s, 

Necatee, of Saw1;a, his x mark, l. s. 

Amokontakona, Kutcloa, his x mark, l. s, 

Kowetatahee, in Frog Town, his x mark, l. s. 

Keukuck, Talcoa, his x mark, l. s. 

Tulatiska, of Chaway, his x mark, L, 

Wooaluka, the Waylay er, Chota, his x mark, l. s, 

Tatliusta, or Porpoise of Tilassi, his x mark, l. s. 

John, of Little Tallico, his x mark, l. s. 

Skelelak, his x mark, l, s, 

Akonoluchta, the Cabin, his x mark, N l. s. 

Cheanoka, of Kaw^etakac, his x mark, l. s. 

Yellow Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Witness : 

Wm. Blount, Thos. Gregg, 

Sam'l Taylor, Major, W. Hazzard, 

John Owen, James Madison, ) Sworn Inter- 
Jess. Walton, Arthur Cooley, ) prefers. 
Jno, Cowan, Capt. Comm'dH* 



12 



CHOCTAWS. 



CHOCTAWS. ■ 

[ COXCLUDED JANUARY 3, 1736. ] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, near 
Seneca Old Town, between Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pick- 
ens, and Joseph Martin, commissioners plenipotentiary of the 
United States of America, of the one pari, and Yockenahoma, 
great medal chief of Soonacoha, Yockehoopoie, leading chief of 
Bugtoogoloo, Mingohpopoie, leading chief of Hashooqua, Tobo- 
coh, great medal chief of Congetoo, Pooshemastuby, gorget 
captain of Senayazo ; and thirteen small medal chiefs of the 
first class, twelve medal and gorget captains, commissioners 
plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw nation, of the other part. 

The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of 
America give peace to all the Choctaw nation, and receive them 
into the favor and protection of the United States of America, on 
the following conditions : 

Art. 1. The commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw 
nation, shall restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United 
States, or subjects of their allies, to their entire liberty, if any 
there be in the Choctaw nation. They shall also restore all the 
negroes, and all other property taken during the late war, from 
the citizens, to such person, and at such time and place, as the 
commissioners of the United States of America shall appoint, if 
any there be in the Choctaw nation. 

Art. 2. The commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Choctaw 
nation, do hereby acknowledge the tribes and towns of the said 
nation, and the lands with the boundary allotted to the said 
Indians to live and hunt on, as mentioned in the third article, to 
be under the protection of the United States of America, and of 
no other sovereign whosoever. 

Art. 3. The boundary of the lands hereby allotted to the 
Choctaw nation to live and hunt on, within the limits of the 
United States of America, is and shall be the following, viz : 
Beginning at a point on the thirty-first degree of north latitude, 
where the eastern boundary of the Natchez district shall touch 
the same ; thence east along the said thirty-first degree of north 
latitude, being the southern boundary of the United States of 
America, until it shall strike the eastern boundary of the lands 
on which the Indians of the said nation did live and hunt on the 
twenty-ninth of November, one thousand seven hundred and 
eighty-t wo, while they were under the protection of the King of 
Great Britain ; thence northerly along the said eastern boundary, 
until it shall meet the northern boundary of the said lands ; thence 
westerly along the said northern boundary, until it shall meet the 



CHOCTAW.?. 



13 



western boundary thereof ; thence southerly along the same, to. 
the beginning ; saving and reserving for the establishment of 
trading posts, three tracts or parcels of land, of six miles square 
each, at such places as the United States, in Congress assembled, 
shall think proper ; which posts, and the lands annexed to them, 
shall be to the use and under the government of the United States 
of America. 

Art. 4. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, 
not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands 
hereby allotted to the Indians to live and hunt on, such person 
shall forfeit the protection of the United States of America, and 
the Indians may punish him or not as they please. 

Art. 5. If any Indian or Indians, or persons residing among 
them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a 
robbery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the 
United States of America, or person under their protection, the 
tribe to which such offender may belong, or the nation, shall be 
bound to deliver him or them up to be punished according to the 
ordinances of the United States in Congress assembled : provided, 
that the punishment shall not be greater than if the robbery or 
murder, or other capital crime, had been committed by a citizen 
on a citizen. 

Art. 6. If any citizen of the United States of America, or 
person under their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, 
or other capital crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders 
shall be punished in the same manner as if the robbery or murder, 
or other capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the 
United States of America ; and the punishment shall be in presence 
of some of the Choctaws, if any will attend at the time and place ; 
and that they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice, if 
practicable, of the time of such intended punishment, shall be 
sent to some one of the tribes. 

Art. 7. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, 
under the idea of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised 
on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this 
treaty; and then -it shall be preceded, first by a demand of justice; 
and if refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. 

Art. 8. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and fof 
the prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citizens 
or Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall have 
the sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the 
Indians, and managing all their affairs in such manner as they 
think proper. 

Art. 9. Until the pleasure of Congress be known, respecting 
the 8th article, all traders, citizens of the United States of Ameri- 
ca, shall have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towns of the 
Choctaws, to trade with them, and they shall be protected in 
their persons and property, and kindly treated. 



14 



CH0CTAWS, 



Art. 10. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of 
the United States of America, of any designs which they may 
know or suspect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any 
person v, T hosoever, against the peace, trade, or interest, of the 
United States of America. 

Art, 11. The hatchet shall be foreyer buried, and the peace 
given by the United States of America, and friendship re-estab- 
lished between the said States on the one part, and all the 
Choctaw nation on the other part, shall be universal ; and the 
contracting parties shall use their utmost endeavors to mantain 
the peace given as aforesaid, and friendship re-established. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, between 
the United States of America and all the Choctaws, we, 
their underwritten commissioners, by virtue of our full powers, 
have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused our seals 
to be hereunto affixed. 

Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this third day of January, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
eighty-six. 



Benjamin Hawkins, 


L. 


S. 


Andrew Pickens, 


L. 


s. 


Jos. Martin, 


L. 


s. 


Yockenahoma, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yockehoopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Mingohoopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tobocoh, his x mark, 
Pooshemastuby, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Pooshahooma, his x mark, 


L. 


s, 


Tuscoonoohoopoie, his x mark. 


L. 


s. 


Shinshemastuby, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yoopahooma, his x mark, 
Stoonokoohoopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Tehakuhbay, his x mark, 
Pooshemastuby, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Tuskkahoomoih, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tushkahoomock, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yoostenochla, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tootehooma, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Toobenohoomoch, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Cshecoopoohoomoch, his x mark,- 


L. 


s. 


Stonakoohoopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tushkoheegohta, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Teshuhenochloch, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pooshonaltla, his x mark, 
Okanconnooba, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Autoonachuba, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pangehooloch, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



CHICKASAW S. 



Steabee, his x mark. 


Li 


8. 


Tenetchenna, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tushkementahock, his x mark, 


L. 


3. 


Tushtallay, his x mark, 


h. 


S. 


Cshnaangchabba, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Cunnopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 



Witness : 

"Win. Blount. Benj. Lawrence, 

John Woods, John Pitchlynn, ) hllerr)reters 

Saml. Taylor, James Cole, \ mer P e ™ s < 

Robert Anderson, 



CHICKASAWS, 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 10, 1786. ] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at Hopewell, on the Keowee, near 
Seneca Old Town, between Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Pickens, 
and Joseph Martin, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United 
States of America, of the one part ; and Piomingo, head warrior 
and- first minister of the Chickasaw nation ; Mingatushka, one 
of the leading chiefs ; and Latopoia, first beloved man of the said 
nation, commissioners plenipotentiary of all the Chickasaws, of 
the other part* 

The commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of 
America, give peace to the Chicka$aw T nation, and receive them 
into the favor and protection of the said States, on the following 
conditions : 

Art. 1. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the Chickasaw 
nation, shall restore all the prisoners, citizens of the United States, 
to their entire liberty, if any there be in the Chickasaw nation. 
They shall also restore all the negroes, and all other property 
taken during the late war, from the citizens, if any there be in the 
Chickasaw nation, to such person, and at such time and place, as 
the commissioners of the United States of America shall appoint. 

Art. 2. The commissioners plenipotentiary of the Chickasaw r s 
do hereby acknowledge the tribes and the towns of the Chickasaw 
nation to be under the protection of the United States of America, 
and of no other sovereign whosoever. 

Art. 3. The boundary of the lands hereby allotted to the Chick- 
asaw nation to live and hunt on, within the limits of the United 
States of America, is, and shall be the following, viz : Beginning' 
on the ridge that divides the waters running into the Cumber- 
land, from those running into the Tennessee, at a point in a 
line to be run northeast, which shall strike the Tennessee, at 
the mouth of Duck river ; thence running westerly along the 



16 



CHICKASAWS, 



said ridge, till it shall strike the Ohio ; thence down the southern 
banks thereof to the Mississippi ; thence down the same, to the 
Choctaw line of Natchez district ; thence along the said line, 
or the line of the district, eastwardly, as far as the Chick- 
asaw s claimed, and lived and hunted on, the twenty-ninth of 
November, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-two. Thence 
the said boundary, eastwardly, shall be the lands allotted to the 
Choctaws and Cherokees to live and hunt on, and the lands at 
present in the possession of the Creeks ; saving and reserving for 
the establishment of a trading post, a tract or parcel of land to be 
laid out at the lower post of the Muscle Shoals, at the mouth of 
Ocochappo, in a circle, the diameter of -which shall be five miles 
on the said river, which post, and the lands annexed thereto, 
shall be to the use and under the government of the United States 
of America, 

Art. 4. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, 
not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the lands 
hereby allotted to the Chickasaws to live and hunt on, such person 
shall forfeit the protection of the United States of America ; and 
the Chickasaws may punish him or not, as they please. 

Art. 5. If any Indian or Indians, or persons residing among 
them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall commit a rob- 
bery or murder, or other capital crime, on any citizen of the United 
States, or person under their protection, the tribe to w T hich such 
offender or offenders may belong, or the nation, shall be bound to 
deliver him or them up to be punished according to the ordinances 
of the United States in Congress assembled : provided, that the 
punishment shall not be greater than if the robbery or murder, or 
other capital crime, had been committed by a citizen on a citizen. 

Art. 6. If any citizen of the United States of America, or per- 
son under their protection, shall commit a robbery or murder, or 
other capital crime, on any Indian, such offender or offenders shall 
be punished in the same manner as if the robbery or murder, or 
other capital crime, had been committed on a citizen of the United 
States of America; and the punishment shall be in presence of 
some of the Chickasaws if any will attend at the time and place, 
and that they may have an opportunity so to do, due notice, if 
practicable, of such intended punishment, shall be sent to some 
one of the tribes. 

Art, 7. It is understood that the punishment of the innocent, 
under the idea of retaliation, is unjust, and shall not be practised 
on either side, except where there is a manifest violation of this 
treaty ; and then it shall be preceded, first by a demand of justice, 
and if refused, then by a declaration of hostilities. 

Art. 8. For the benefit and comfort of the Indians, and for 
the prevention of injuries or oppressions on the part of the citi- 
zens or Indians, the United States in Congress assembled shall 
have the sole and exclusive right of regulating the trade with the 



CHICKASAWS. 



17 



Indians, and managing all their affairs in such manner as they 
think proper. 

Art. 9. Until the pleasure of Congress be known, respecting 
the eighth article, all traders, citizens of the United States, shall 
have liberty to go to any of the tribes or towns of the Chickasaws 
to trade with them, and they shall be protected in their persons 
and property, and kindly treated. 

Art. 10. The said Indians shall give notice to the citizens of 
the United States of America, of any designs which they may 
know or suspect to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any 
person whosoever, against the peace, trade, or interest, of the 
United States of America. 

Art. 11. The hatchet shall be forever buried, and the. peace 
given by the United States of America, and friendship re-estab- 
lished between the said States on the one part, and the Chickasaw 
nation on the other part, shall be universal ; and the contracting 
parties shall use their utmost endeavors to mantain the peace given 
as aforesaid, and friendship re-established. 

In witness of all and every thing herein contained, between the 
said States and Chickasaws, we, their underwritten com- 
missioners, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this 
definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto 
affixed. 

Done at Hopewell, on the Keowee, this tenth day of January, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
eighty-six. 

Benjamin Hawkins, l. s. 

And'w. Pickens, l. s. 

Jos. Martin, l. s. 

Piomingo, his x mark, l. s. 
Mingatushka, his x mark, l. s. 
Latopoia, his x mark, l. s. 

Witness : 

Wm. Blount, Sam. Taylor, 

Wm. Hazard, James Cole, Sworn Interpreter. 



3 



18 



SHAWANEES. 



SHAWANEES. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 31, 1786.] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at the mouth of the Great Miami 1 
on the northwestern hank of the Ohio, the thirty-first day of 
January, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-six, between the 
commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, 
of the one part, and the chiefs and warriors of the Shawanee 
nation, of the other part. 

Art. 1. Three hostages shall be immediately delivered to the 
commissioners, to remain in the possession of the United States 
until all the prisoners, white and black, taken in the late war, from 
among the citizens of the United States, by the Shawanee nation, 
or by any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, shall be 
restored. 

Art. 2. The Shawanee nation do acknowledge the United 
States to be the sole and absolute sovereigns of all the territory 
ceded to them by a treaty of peace, made between them and the 
King of Great Britain, the fourteenth day of January, one thou- 
sand seven hundred and eighty-four. 

Art. 3. If any Indian or Indians of the Shawanee nation, or 
any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, shall commit 
murder or robbery on, or do any injury to, the citizens of the 
United States, or any of them, that nation shall deliver such 
offender or offenders to the officer commanding the nearest post 
of the United States, to be punished according to the ordinances 
of Congress ; and in like manner, any citizen of the United States^ 
who shall do an injury to any Indian of the Shawanee nation, or 
to any other Indian or Indians residing in their towns, and under 
their protection, shall be punished according to the laws of the 
United States. 

Art. 4. The Shawanee nation having knowledge of the intention 
of any nation or body of Indians, to make war on the citizens of 
the United States, or of their counselling together for that purpose, 
and neglecting to give information thereof, to the commanding 
officer of the nearest post of the United States, shall be considered 
as parties in such war, and be punished accordingly : and the 
United States shall, in like manner, inform the Shawanees of any 
injury designed against them. 

Art. 5. The United States do grant peace to the Shawanee 
nation, and do receive them into their friendship and protection. 

Art. 6. The United States do allot to the Shawanee nation, 
lands within their territory to live and hunt upon, beginning at 
the south line of the lands allotted to the Wyandots and Delaware 
nations, at the place where the main branch of the Great Miami, 



SHAWANEES. 



19 



which falls into the Ohio, intersects said line; then down the 
river Miami, to the fork of that river, next below the old fort 
which was taken by the French in one thousand seven hundred 
and fifty- two; thence due west to the river de la Panse; then 
down that river to the river Wabash ; beyond which lines none of 
the citizens of the United States shall settle, nor disturb the 
,Shawanees in their settlement and possessions. And the Shaw- 
anees do relinquish to the United States, all title, or pretence of 
title, they ever had to the lands east, west, and south, of the east, 
west, and south lines before described. 

Art. 7. If any citizen or citizens of the United States, shall 
presume to settle upon the lands allotted to the Shawanees by this 
treaty, he or they shall be put out of the protection of the United 
States. 

In testimony whereof, the parties hereunto have affixed their 
hands and seals, the day and year first above mentioned. 



G. Clark, 


L. 


s. 


Richard Butler, 


L. 


s. 


Samuel H. Parsons, 


L. 


s. 


Aweecony, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Kakawipilathy, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Malunthy, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Musquaconocah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Meanymsecah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Waupaucowela, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nihipeewa, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nihinessicoe, his x mark, 


L. 





Attest: Alexander Campbell, Sec'ry Commissioners, 

Witnesses : ' 

W. Finney, Maj. B. B. 
Thos. Doyle, Capt. B. B. 
Nathan McDowell, Ensign, 
John SafTenger, 
Henry Govy, 

Kagy Galloway, his x mark, 
John Boggs, 
Samuel Montgomery, 
Daniel Elliott, 
James Rinker, 
Nathaniel Smith, 

Joseph SufFrein, his x mark, or Kemepemo Shawno, 

Isaac Zane, (Wyandot) his x mark, 

The Half Kin cr of the Wyandots, ) , 7 . x , 
n-M n c iTr i \ i their marks, 

lne Crane 01 the Wyandots, ) x 

Capt. Pipe, of the Delawares, his x mark, 

Capt. Bohongehelas, his x mark, 



20 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



Tetebockshicka, his x mark, 

The Big Cat of the Delawares, his x mark, 

Pierre Droullar. 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 9, 1789.] 

Articles of a treaty made at Fort Harmar, the ninth day of Jan- 
uary in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
eighty-nine, between Authur St. Clair, esquire, governor of the 
Territory of the United States of America, north-west of the 
river Ohio, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the said United 
States, for removing all causes of controversy, regulating trade, 
and settling boundaries, between the Indian nations in the north- 
ern department and the said United States, of the one part, and 
the sachems and warriors of the Six JYations, of the other part, 
viz : 

Art. 1. Whereas the United States, in Congress assembled, 
did, by their commissioners, Oliver Woleott, Richard Butler, and 
Arthur Lee, esquires, duly appointed for that purpose, at a treaty 
held with the said Six Nations, viz: with the Mohawks, Oneidas, 
Onondagas, Tuscaroras, Cayugas, and Senekas, at Fort Stanwix, 
on the twenty-second day of October, one thousand seven hundred 
and eighty-four, give peace to the said nations, and receive them 
into their friendship and protection : And whereas the said nations 
have now agreed to and with the said Arthur St. Clair, to renew 
and confirm all the engagements and stipulations entered into at 
the beforementioned treaty at Fort Stanwix : And whereas it was 
then and there agreed, between the United States of America and 
the said Six Nations, that a boundary line should be fixed between 
the lands of the said Six Nations and the territory of the said 
United States, which boundary line is as follows, viz : Beginning 
at the mouth of a creek, about four miles east of Niagara, called 
Ononwayea, or Johnston's Landing Place, upon the lake named 
by the Indians Oswego, and by us Ontario ; from thence southerly, 
in a direction always four miles east of the carrying place, between 
lake Erie and lake Ontario, to the mouth of Tehoseroron, or 
Buffalo creek, upon lake Erie ; thence south, to the northern 
boundary of the State of Pennsylvania ; thence west, to the end 
of the said north boundary ; thence south, along the west boun- 
dary of the said State to the river Ohio. The said line, from the 
mouth of Ononwayea to the Ohio, shall be the western boundary 
of the lands of the Six Nations, so that the Six Nations shall 
and do yield to the United States, all claim to the country west 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



21 



of the said boundary ; and then they shall be secured in the pos- 
session of the lands they inhabit east, north, and south of the 
same, reserving only six miles square, round the fort of Oswego, 
for the support of the same. The said Six Nations, except the 
Mohawks, none of whom have attended at this time, for and in 
consideration of the peace then granted to them, the presents they 
then received, as well as in consideration of a quantity of goods, 
to the value of three thousand dollars, now delivered to them by 
the said Arthur St. Clair, the receipt whereof they do hereby 
acknowledge, do hereby renew and confirm the said boundary line 
in the words beforementioned, to the end that it may be and 
remain as a division line between the lands of the said Six Nations 
and the territory of the United States, for ever. And the under- 
signed Indians, as well in their own names as in the name of 
their respective tribes and nations, their heirs and decendants, for 
the considerations beforementioned, do release, quit claim, relin- 
quish, and cede, to the United States of America, all the lands 
west of the said boundary or division line, and between the said 
line and the strait, from the mouth of Ononwayea and Buffalo 
creek, for them, the said United States of America, to have and 
to hold the same, in true and absolute propriety, forever. 

Art. 2. The United States of America confirm to the Six 
Nations, all the lands which they inhabit, lying east and north of 
the beforementioned boundary line, and relinquish and quit claim 
to the same and every part thereof, excepting only six miles 
square round the Fort of Oswego, which six miles square round 
said Fort is again reserved to the United States by these presents. 

Art. 3. The Oneida and Tuscarora nations, are also again 
secured and confirmed in the possession of their respective lands. 

Art. 4. The United States of America renew and confirm the 
peace and friendship entered into with the Six Nations, (except 
the Mohawks,) at the treaty beforementioned, held at Fort Stan- 
wix, declaring the same to be perpetual. And if the Mohawks 
shall, within six months, declare their assent to the same, they 
shall be considered as included. 

Done at Fort Harmar, on the Muskingum, the day and year 
first above written. 

In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto, interchangeably, 



set their hands and seals. 

Ar. St Clair, l. s. 

Cageaga, or Dogs Round the Fire, l. s. 

Sawedowa, or The Blast, l. s. 

Kiondushowa, or Swimming Fish, l. s. 

Oncahye, or Dancing Feather, l. s. 

Sohaeas, or Falling Mountain, £. s. 
Otachsaka, or Broken Tomahawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Tekahias, or Long Tree, his x mark, l. s. 



22 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK, 



Onecnsetee, or Loaded Man, his x mark, l. s* 

Kiahtulaho, or Snake, l. s, 

Aqueia, or Bandy Legs, l. s. 

Kiandogewa, or Big Tree, his x mark, l. s. 
Owenewa, or Thrown in the Water, his x mark, l. s. 

Gyantwaia, or Cornplanter, his x mark, l. s. 

Gyasota, or Big Cross, his x mark, l. s. 

Kannassee, or New Arrow, l. s. 

Achiout, or Half Town, l. s. 

Anachout, or The Wasp, his x mark, l. s. 

Chishekoa, or Wood Bug, his x mark, l. s. 

Sessewa, or Big Bale of a Kettle, l. s. 

Sciahowa, or Council Keeper, l. s. 

Tewanias, or Broken Twig, l. s. 

Sonachshowa, or Full Moon, l. s. 

Cachunwasse, or Twenty Canoes, L. s. 

Hickonquash, or Tearing Asunder, l. s. 



In presence of 

Jos. Harmar, Lieut Col. Com'd'g, 1st United States Reg't. and 

Brig. Gen. by Brevet, 
Richard Butler, 
Jno. Gibson, 
Will. M< Curdy, Captain, 

Ed. Denny, Ensign 1st United States Regiment, 
A. Hartshorn, Ensign, 

Robt. Thompson, Ensign 1st United States Regiment, 
Fran. Leile, Ensign, 
Joseph Nicholas. 

SEPARATE ARTICLE. 

Should a robbery or murder be committed by an Indian or 
Indians of the Six Nations, upon the citizens or subjects of the 
United States, or by the citizens or subjects of the United States, 
or any of them, upon any of the Indians of the said nations, the 
parties accused of the same shall be tried, and if found guilty, be 
punished according to the laws of the State, or of the Territory of 
the United States, as the case may be, where the same was com- 
mitted. And should any horses be stolen, either by the Indians 
of the said nations, from the citizens or subjects of the United 
States, or any of them, or by any of the said citizens or subjects 
from any of the said Indians, they may be reclaimed, into whose 
possession soever they may have come ; and, upon due proof, 
shall be restored, any sale in open market notwithstanding ; and 
the persons convicted shall be punished with the utmost severity 
the laws will admit. And the said nations engage to deliver the 
persons that may be accused, of their nations, of either of the 
beforementioned crimes, at the nearest post of the United States, 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S , OTTAWA S, ETC. 23 

if the crime was committed within the Territory of the United 
States ; or to the civil authority of the State, if it shall have hap- 
pened within any of the United States. 

AR. ST. CLAIR. 



WYANDOTS, DELA WARES, OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, 
PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACS. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 9, 1789.] 

Articles of a treaty made at Fort Harmar, between Arthur St. 
Clair, governor of the territory of the United States northwest 
of the river Ohio, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the 
United States of America, for removing all causes of contro- 
versy, regulating trade, and settling boundaries, with the Indian 
nations in the northern department, of the one 'part ; and the 
sachems and warriors of the Wyandot, Delaware, Ottawa, 
Chippewa, Pattawatima, and Sac nations, on the other part* 

Art. 1. Whereas the United States in Congress assembled, 
did,, by their commissioners, George Rogers Clark, Richard 
Butler, and Arthur Lee, esquires, duly appointed for that purpose, 
at a treaty holden with the Wyandot, Delaware, Ottawa, and 
Chippewa nations, at Fort Mcintosh, on the twenty- first day of 
January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
eighty-five, conclude a peace with the Wyandots, Delawares, 
Ottawas, and Chippewas, and take them into their friendship and 
protection: And whereas, at the said treaty, it was stipulated 
that all prisoners that had been made by those nations, or either 
of them, should be delivered up to the United States : And 
whereas the said nations have now agreed to and with the afore- 
said Arthur St. Clair, to renew and confirm all the engagements 
they had made with the United States of America, at the before- 
mentioned treaty, except so far as are altered by these presents : 
And there are now in the possession of some individuals of these 
nations, certain prisoners, who have been taken by others not in 
peace with the said United States, or in violation of the treaties 
subsisting between the United States and them ; the said nations 
agree to deliver up all the prisoners now in their hands (by what 
means soever they may have come into their possession) to the 
said governor St. Clair, at Fort Harmar ; or, in his absence to 
the officer commanding there, as soon as conveniently maybe; 
and for the true performance of this agreement, they do now agree 
to deliver into his hands, two persons of the Wyandot nation, to 
be retained in the hands of the United States as hostages, until 



24 



WYANDOTS, DELA WARES, OTTAWAS, 



the said prisoners are restored ; after wdiich they shall be sent back 
to their nation. 

Art. 2. And whereas, at the before mentioned treaty, it was 
agreed between the United States and said nations, that a bounda- 
ry line should be fixed between the lands of those nations and the 
territory of the United States, which boundary is as follows, viz: 
beginning at the mouth of Cayahoga river, and running thence 
up the said river to the portage betw T een that and the Tuscarawa 
branch of Muskingum, then down the said branch to the forks at 
the crossing place above Fort Lawrence, thence westerly to the 
portage on that branch of the Big Miami river which runs into 
the Ohio, at the mouth of which branch the fort stood which was 
taken by the French in the year of our Lord one thousand seven 
hundred and fifty-two, then along the said portage to the Great 
Miami or Omie river, and down the southeast side of the same to 
its mouth; thence along the southern shore of lake Erie to the 
mouth of Cayahoga, where it began. And the said Wyandot, 
Delaware, Ottawa, and Chippew^a nations, for and in consideration 
of the peace then granted to them by the said United States, and 
the presents they then received, as well as of a quantity of goods 
to the value of six thousand dollars, now delivered to them by the 
said Arthur St. Clair, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknow- 
ledge, do, by these presents, renew and confirm the said boundary 
line ; to the end that the same may remain as a division line 
between the lands of the United States of America and the lands 
of said nations, forever. And the undersigned Indians, do hereby, 
in their own names, and the names of their respective nations and 
tribes, their heirs and descendants, for the consideration above 
mentioned, release, quit claim, relinquish, and cede to the said 
United States, all the land east, south, and west, of the lines above 
described, so far as the said Indians formerly claimed the same; 
for them the said United States to have and to hold the same, in 
true and absolute propriety, forever. 

Art. 3. The United States of America do, by these presents, 
relinquish and quit claim to the said nations respectively, all the 
lands lying between the limits above described, for them, the saia 
Indians, to live and hunt upon, and otherwise to occupy as they 
shall see fit : but the said nations, or either of them x shall not be at 
liberty to sell or dispose of the same, or any part thereof, to any 
sovereign power, except the United States; nor to the subjects or 
citizens of any other sovereign power, nor to the subjects or 
citizens of the United States. 

Art. 4. It is agreed between the said United States and the 
said nations, that the individuals of said nations shall be at liberty 
to hunt within the territory ceded to the United States, without 
hindrance or molestation, so long as they demean themselves 
peaceably, and offer no injury or annoyance to any of the subjects 
or citizens of the said United States. 



CHIPPEWAS, PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACS. 



25 



Art. 5. It is agreed, that if any Indian or Indians, of the 
nations before mentioned, shall commit a murder or robbery on 
any of the citizens of the United States, the nation or tribe to 
which the offender belongs, on complaint being made, shall deliver 
up the person or persons complained of, at the nearest post of the 
United States; to the end that he or they may be tried, and, if 
found guilty, punished according to the laws established in the 
territory of the United States northwest of the river Ohio, for the 
punishment of such offences, if the same shall have been commit- 
ted within the said territory; or according to the laws of the State 
where the offence may have been committed, if the same has 
happened in any of the United States. In like manner, if any 
subject or citizen of the United States shall commit murder or 
robbery, on any Indian or Indians of the said nations, upon com- 
plaint being made thereof, he or they shall be arrested, tried, and 
punished agreeable to the laws of the State, or of the territory 
wherein the offence was committed; that nothing may interrupt 
the peace and harmony now established between the United States 
and said nations. 

Art. 6. And whereas the practice of stealing horses has pre- 
vailed very much, to the great disquiet of the citizens of the 
United States, and if persisted in, cannot fail to involve both the 
United States of America and the Indians in endless animosity, 
it is agreed that it shall be put an entire stop to on both sides ; 
nevertheless, should some individuals, in defiance of this agree- 
ment, and of the laws provided against such offences, continue to 
make depredations of that nature, the person convicted thereof 
shall be punished with the utmost severity the laws of the 
respective States, or territory of the United States northwest of 
the Ohio, where the offence may have been committed, will admit 
of ; and all horses so stolen, either by the Indians from the citi- 
zens or subjects of the United States, or by the citizens or subjects 
of the United States from any of the Indian nations, may be 
reclaimed, into whose possession soever they may have passed, 
and, upon due proof, shall be restored ; any sales in market ouvert 
notwithstanding. And the civil magistrates in the United States 
respectively, and in the territory of the United States northwest 
of the Ohio, shall give all necessary aid and protection to Indians 
claiming such stolen horses. 

Art. 7. Trade shall be opened with the said nations, and they 
do hereby respectively engage to afford protection to the persons 
and property of such as may be duly licensed to reside among 
them for the purposes of trade, and to their agents, factors, and 
servants ; but no person shall be permitted to reside at their towns 
or at their hunting camps, as a trader, who is not furnished with 
a license for that purpose, under the hand and seal of the governor 
of the territory of the United States northwest of the Ohio, for 
the time being, or under the hand and seal of one of his deputies 
4 



56 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, OTTAWA S, 



for the management of Indian Affairs ; to the end that they may 
not be imposed upon in their traffic. And if any person or persons 
shall intrude themselves without such license, they promise to 
apprehend him or them, and to bring them to the said governor, 
or one of his deputies, for the purpose before mentioned, to be 
dealt with according to law: and that they may be defended 
against persons who might attempt to forge such licenses, they 
further engage to give information to the said governor, or one of 
his deputies, of the names of all traders residing among them, 
from time to time, and at least once in every year. 

Art. 8. Should any nation of Indians meditate a war against 
the United States, or either of them, and the same shall come to 
the knowledge of the before mentioned nations, or either of them, 
they do hereby engage to give immediate notice thereof to the 
governor, or, in his absence, to the officer commanding the troops 
of the United States at the nearest post. And should any nation, 
with hostile intentions against the United States, or either of them, 
attempt to pass through their country, they will endeavor to pre- 
vent the same, and in like manner give information of such 
attempt to the said governor or commanding officer, as soon as 1 
possible, that all causes of mistrust and suspicion may be avoided 
between them and the United States : in like manner, the United 
States shall give notice to the said Indian nations, of any harm 
that may be meditated against them, or either of them, that shall 
come to their knowledge ; and do all in their power to hinder and 
prevent the same, that the friendship between them may be 
uninterrupted. 

Art. 9. If any person or persons, citizens or subjects of the 
United States, or any other person not being an Indian, shall 
presume to settle upon the lands confirmed to the said nations, 
he and they shall be out of the protection of the United States ; 
and the said nations may punish him or them in such manner as 
they see fit. 

Art. 10. The United States renew the reservations heretofore 
made in the before mentioned treaty at Fort Mcintosh, for the 
establishment of trading posts, in manner and form following; 
that is to say: six miles square at the mouth of the Miami or 
Omie rivers ; six miles square at the portage upon that branch of 
the Miami which runs into the Ohio ; six miles square upon the 
lake Sandusky, where the fort formerly stood; and two miles 
square upon each side the lower rapids, on Sandusky river: which 
posts, and the lands annexed to them, shall be for the use and 
under the government of the United States. 

Art. 11. The post at Detroit, with a district of land beginning 
at the mouth of the river Rosine, at the west end of lake Erie, 
and running up the southern bank of said river six miles ; thence 
northerly, and always six miles west of the strait, until it strikes the 
lake St. Clair, shall be reserved for the use of the United States. 



CHIPPEWAS, PATTAWATIMAS, AND SACS. 



27 



Art. 12. In like manner, the post at Michilimackinac, with its 
dependencies, and twelve miles square about the same, shall be 
reserved to the sole use of the United States. 

Art. 13. The United States of America do hereby renew and 
confirm the peace and friendship entered into with the said nations 
at the treaty before mentioned, held at Fort Mcintosh ; and the 
said nations again acknowledge themselves, and all their tribes, 
to be under the protection of the said United States, and no other 
power whatever. 

Art. 14. The United States of America do also receive into 
their friendship and protection, the nations of the Pattawatimas 
and Sacs; and do hereby establish a league of peace and amity 
between them respectively; and all the articles of this treaty, so 
far as they apply to these nations, are to be considered as made 
and concluded in all, and every part, expressly with them and 
each of them. 

Art. 15. And whereas, in describing the boundary before 
mentioned, the words, if strictly constructed, would carry it from 
the portage on that branch of the Miami which runs into the Ohio, 
over to the river Auglaize; which was neither the intention of the 
Indians, nor of the commissioners; it is hereby declared, that the 
line shall run from the said portage directly to the first fork of the 
Miami river, which is to the southward and eastward of the Miami 
village, thence down the main branch of the Miami river to the 
said village, and thence down that river to lake Erie, and along 
the margin of the lake to the place of beginning. 

Done at Fort Harmar, on the Muskingum, this ninth day of 
January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred 
and eighty-nine. 

In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto interchangeably 
set their hands and seals. 

Arthur St. Clair, l. s. 

Peoutewatamie, his x mark, l. s. 

Konatikina, his x mark, l. s, 

sacs. 

Tepakee, his x mark, l, s. 

Kesheyiva, his x mark, l. s, 

CHIPPEWAS. 

Mesass, his x mark, l. s. 

Paushquash, his x mark, l. s. 

Pawasicko, his x mark, L. s. 

OTTAWAS. 



Wewiskia, his x mark, l. s. 

Neagey, his x mark, l. s. 



28 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, OTTAWA S, ETC. 



PATTAWATIMAS. 

Windigo, his x mark, L. s. 

Wapaskea, his x mark, l. s. 

Nequea, his x mark, l. s. 

DELAWARE S. 

Captain Pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wingenond, his x mark, l. s. 

Pekelan, his x mark, l. s. 

Teataway, his x mark, l. s. 

chippewas. 

Nanamakeak, his x mark, l. s. 

Wetenasa, his x mark, l. s. 

Soskene, his x mark, l. s. 

Pewanakum, his x mark, l. s. 

WYANDOTS. 

Teyandatontec, his x mark, l. s. 

Cheyawe, his x mark, l. s. 

Doueyenteat, his x mark, l. s. 

Tarhe, his x mark, l. s. 

Terhataw, his x mark, l. s. 

Datasay, his x mark, l. s. 

Maudoronk, his x mark, l. s. 

Skahomat, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

Jos. Harmar, Lt. Col. Comt. 1st U. S. Regt. and Brig. GenL 

by Brevet, 
Richard Butler, 
Jno. Gibson, 
Will. McCurdey, Capt. 
E. Denny, Ensign 1st U. S. Regt. 
A. Hartshorn, Ensign, 
Robt. Thompson, Ensign 1st U. S. Regt. 
Frans. Muse, Ensign, 
J. Williams, Jun. 
Wm. Wilson, 
Joseph Nicholas, 
James Rinkin. 

Be it remembered, that the Wyandots have laid claim to the 
lands that were granted to the Shawanees at the treaty held at the 
Miami: and have declared, that as the Shawnees have been so 
restless, and caused so much trouble, both to them and to the 
United States, if they will not now be at peace, they will dis- 
possess them, and take the country into their own hands ; for that 
the country is theirs of right, and the Shawanees are only living 



CHEEKS. 



29 



upon it by their permission. They further lay claim to all the 
country west of the Miami boundary, from the village to the lake 
Erie, and declare that it is now under their management and 
direction. 

SEPARATE ARTICLE. 

Whereas the Wyandots have represented, that within the re- 
servation from the river Rosine, along the strait, they have two 
villages from which they cannot, with any convenience, remove; 
it is agreed, that they shall remain in possession of the same, and 
shall not be in any manner disturbed therein. 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 7, 1790. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between 
the President of the United States of America, on the part and 
behalf of the said States, and the undersigned kings, chiefs, and 
warriors of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part and behalf 
of the said nation. 

The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace and 
friendship between the United States and the said Creek nation, 
and the citizens and members thereof, and to remove the causes 
of war by ascertaining their limits, and making other necessary, 
just, and friendly arrangements : the President of the United States, 
by Henry Knox, Secretary for the department of War, whom he 
hath constituted with full powers for these purposes, by and with 
the advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, and 
the Creek nation, by the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, 
representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals, towns, and tribes, of the Upper, Middle, and Lower 
Creeks and Seminoles, composing the Creek nation of Indians. 

Art. 2. The undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, for them- 
selves and all parts of the Creek nation within the limits of the 
United States, do acknowledge themselves, and the said parts of 
the Creek nation, to be under the protection of the United States 
of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever; and they also 
stipulate that the said Creek nation will not hold any treaty with 
an individual State, or with individuals of any State. 

Art. 3. The Creek nation shall deliver, as soon as practicable, 
to the commanding officer of the troops of the United States, 
stationed at the Rock Landing on the Oconee river, all citizens of 
the United States, white inhabitants, or negroes, who are now 
prisoners in any part of the said nation. And if any such pri- 
soners or negroes, should not be so delivered, on or before the 



30 



CREEKS. 



first day of June ensuing, the governor of Georgia may empower 
three persons to repair to the said nation, in order to claim and 
receive such prisoners and negroes. 

Art. 4. The boundary between the citizens of the United 
States and the Creek nation, is, and shall be, from where the old 
line strikes the river Savannah; thence up the said river to a place 
on the most northern branch of the same, commonly called the 
Keowee, where a northeast line to be drawn from the top of the 
Occunna mountain shall intersect; thence along the said line in a 
southwest direction to Tugelo river; thence to the top of the 
Currahee mountain; thence to the head or source of the main 
south branch of the Oconee river, called the Appalachee; thence 
down the middle of the said main south branch and river Oconee* 
to its confluence with the Oakmulgee, which form the river Alta- 
maha; and thence down the middle of the said Altamaha, to the 
old line on the said river ; and thence along the said old line to 
the river St. Mary's. 

And in order to preclude forever all disputes relatively to the 
head or source of the main south branch of the river Oconee, at 
the place where it shall be intersected by the line aforesaid, from 
the Currahee mountain, the same shall be ascertained by an able 
surveyor on the part of the United States, who shall be assisted 
by three old citizens of Georgia, who may be appointed by the 
governor of the said State, and three old Creek chiefs, to be 
appointed by the said nation; and the said surveyor, citizens, and 
chiefs, shall assemble for this purpose, on the first day of October, 
one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, at the Rock Landing 
on the said river Oconee, and thence proceed to ascertain the said 
head or source of the main south branch of the said river, at the 
place where it shall be intersected by the line aforesaid, to be 
drawn from the Currahee mountain. And in order that the said 
boundary shall be rendered distinct and well known, it shall be 
marked by a line of felled trees at least twenty feet wide, and the 
trees chopped on each side from the said Currahee mountain, to 
the head or source of the said main south branch of the Oconee 
river, and thence down the margin of the said main south branch 
and river Oconee, for the distance of twenty miles, or as much 
farther as may be necessary to mark distinctly the said boundary. 
And in order to extinguish forever all claims of the Creek nation, 
or any part thereof, to any of the land lying to the northward and 
eastward of the boundary herein described, it is hereby agreed, 
in addition to the considerations heretofore made for the said land, 
that the United States will cause certain valuable Indian goods, 
now in the State of Georgia, to be delivered to the said Creek 
nation ; and the said United States will also cause the sum of one 
thousand and five hundred dollars to be paid annually to the said 
Creek nation. And the undersigned kings, chiefs, and warriors, 
do hereby, for themselves and the whole Creek nation, their heirs, 



CREEKS. 31 

&nd descendants, for the considerations above mentioned, release, 
c^uit claim, relinquish, and cede, all the land to the northward and 
eastward of the boundary herein described. 

Art. 5. The United States solemnly guaranty to the Creek 
nation, all their lands within the limits of the United States, to 
the westward and southward of the boundary described by the 
preceding article. 

Art. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, 
not being an Indian, shall attempt to settle on any of the Creeks' 
lands, such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States; 
and the Creeks may punish him or not, as they please. 

Art. 7. No citizen or inhabitant of the United States shall at- 
tempt to hunt or destroy the game on the Creek lands : nor shall 
any such citizen or inhabitant go into the Creek country, without 
a passport first obtained from the governor of some one of the 
United States, or the officer of the troops of the United States, 
commanding at the nearest military post on the frontiers, or such 
other person as the President of the United States may, from time 
to time, authorize to grant the same. 

Art. 8. If any Creek Indian or Indians, or person residing 
among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall com- 
mit a robbery or murder, or other capital crime on any of the 
citizens or inhabitants of the United States, the Creek nation, or 
town, or tribe to which such offender or offenders may belong, 
•shall be bound to deliver him or them up, to be punished according 
to the laws of the United States. 

Art. 9. If any citizen or inhabitant of the United States, or of 
either of the territorial districts of the United States, shall go into 
any town, settlement, or territory, belonging to the Creek nation 
of Indians, and shall there commit any crime upon, or trespass 
against the person or property of any peaceable and friendly Indian 
or Indians, which, if committed within the jurisdiction of any State, 
or within the jurisdiction of either of the said districts, against a 
citizen or white inhabitant thereof, would be punishable by the 
laws of such State or district, such offender or offenders shall be 
subject to the same punishment, and shall be proceeded against 
in the same manner as if the offence had been committed within 
the jurisdiction of the State or district to which he or they may 
belong, against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof. 

Art. 10. In cases of violence on the persons or property of the 
individuals of either party, neither retaliation nor reprisal shall be 
committed by the other, until satisfaction shall have been demand- 
ed of the party of which the aggressor is, and shall have been 
refused. 

Art. 11. The Creeks shall give notice to the citizens of the 
United States of any designs which they may know or suspect to 
be formed in any neighboring tribe or by any person whatever, 
•against the peace and interest of the United States. 



32 



CREEKS, 



Art. 12. That the Creek nation may be led to a greater degree 
of civilization, and to become herdsmen and cultivators, instead 
of remaining in a state of hunters, the United States will, from time 
to time, furnish gratuitously the said nation with useful domestic 
animals and implements of husbandry. And further, to assist the 
said nation in so desirable a pursuit, and at the same time to es- 
tablish a certain mode of communication, the United States will 
send such, and so many, persons to reside in said nation, as they 
may judge proper, and not exceeding four in number, who shall 
qualify themselves to act as interpreters. These persons shall have 
lands assigned them by the Creeks for cultivation, for themselves 
and their successors in office; but they shall be precluded exercis- 
ing any kind of traffic. 

Art. 13. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth 
cease ; and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty 
into full execution, with all good faith and sincerity. 

Art. 14. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent 
of the Senate of the United States. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, between 
the United States of America, and the whole Creek nation, 
the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, in the 
city of New York, within the United States, this seventh day 
of August, one thousand seven hundred and ninety. 

In behalf of the United States : 

H. Knox, Secretary of War, and sole commissioner for treating with 
the Creek nation of Indians, l. s. 

In behalf of themselves and the whole Creek nation of Indians : 
Alexander McGillivray, l. s. 

CUSETAHS. 

Fuskatche Mico, or Birdtail King, his x mark, l. s. 

Neathlock, or Second Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Halletemalthle, or Blue Giver, his x mark, l. s. 

LITTLE TALLISEE. 

Opay Mico, or the Singer, his x mark, L. s. 

Totkeshajou, or Samoniac, his x mark, L. s. 

BIG TALLISEE. 

Hopothe Mico, or Tallisee King, his x mark, L. s. 

Opototache, or Long Side, his x mark, L. s. 

TUCKABATCHY. 

Soholessee, or Young Second Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Ocheehajou, or Aleck Cornel, his x mark, l. s. 



CREEKS. 33 
NATCHEZ. 

Chinabie, or the Great Natchez Warrior, his x mark, l* s» 
Natsowachehee, or the Great Natchez Warrior's Brother, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Thakoteehee, or the Mole, his x mark, l. s, 

Oquakabee, his x mark, 



l. s, 



COWETAS. 



Tuskenaah, or Big Lieutenant, his x mark, l. s* 

Homatah, or Leader, his x mark, l. s. 

Chinnabie, or Matthews, his x mark, l. s. 

Juleetaulematha, or Dry Pine, his x mark, l. s. 

OF THE BROKEN ARROW. 

Chawookly Mico, his x mark, l* s* 

COOSADES. 

Coosades Hopoy, or the Measurer, his x mark ? l. s. 

Muthtee, the Misser, his x mark, l. 

Stimafutchkee, or Good Humor, his x mark, l. s* 

ALABAMA CHIEF. 

Stilnaleeje, or Disputer, his x mark, s» 

OAKSOYS. 

Mumagechee, David Francis, his x mark, l. s» 

Done in the presence of 
Richard Morris, Chief Justice of the State of Mew York, 
Richard Varick, Mayor of the city of New York, 
Marinus Willet, 

Thomas Lee Shippen, of Pennsylvania, 
John Rutledge, jun'r. 
Joseph Allen Smith, 
Henry Izard, 

Joseph Cornell, Interpreter, his x mark*. 



5 



34 



CHEROKEES. 



CHEROKEES. 

[CONCLUDED JULY 2, 1791.] 

A treaty of peace and friendship , made and concluded between the 
President of the United States of America, on the part and 
behalf of the said States, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors 
of the Cherokee nation of Indians, on the part and behalf of tlie 
said nation. 

The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace 
and friendship between the United States and the said Cherokee 
nation, and the citizens and members thereof, and to remove the 
causes of war, by ascertaining their limits and making other 
necessary, just, and friendly arrangements : the President of the 
United States, by William Blount, governor of the territory of 
the United States of America south of the river Ohio, and super- 
intendent of Indian affairs for the southern district, who is vested 
with full powers for these purposes, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate of the United States : and the Cherokee 
nation, by the undersigned chiefs and warriors representing the 
said nation, have agreed to the following articles, namely : 

Art. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the whole Cherokee nation of Indians. 

Art. 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors for themselves 
and all parts of the Cherokee nation, do acknowledge themselves 
and the said Cherokee nation, to be under the protection of the 
United States of America, and of no other sovereign whosoever; 
and they also stipulate that the said Cherokee nation will not 
hold any treaty with any foreign power, individual State, or with 
individuals of any State. 

Art. 3. The Cherokee nation shall deliver to the governor 
of the territory of the United States of America south of the river 
Ohio, on or before the first day of April next, at this place, all 
persons who are now prisoners, captured by them from any part 
of the United States: and the United States shall, on or before 
the same day, and at the same place, restore to the Cherokees, 
all the prisoners now in captivity, which the citizens of the Unit- 
ed States have captured from them. 

Art. 4. The boundary between the citizens of the United 
States and the Cherokee nation, is and shall be as follows: Be- 
ginning at the top of the Currahee mountain, where the Creek 
line passes it ; thence a direct line to Tugelo river ; thence north- 
east to the Ocunna mountain, and over the same along the South 
Carolina Indian boundary to the North Carolina boundary ; thence 
north to a point from which a line is to be extended to the river 
Clinch, that shall pass the Holston at the ridge which divides the 



CHEROKEES. 



35 



waters running into Little river from those running into the Ten- 
nessee ; thence up the river Clinch to Campbell's line, and along 
the same to the top of Cumberland mountain ; thence a direct 
line to the Cumberland river where the Kentucky road crosses it; 
thence down the Cumberland river to a point from which a south- 
west line will strike the ridge which divides the waters of Cum- 
berland from those of Duck river, forty miles above Nashville ; 
thence down the said ridge to a point from whence a southwest 
line will strike the mouth of Duck river. 

And in order to preclude forever all disputes relative to the said 
boundary, the same shall be ascertained, and marked plainly, by 
three persons appointed on the part of the United States, and 
three Cherokees, on the part of their nation. 

And in order to extinguish forever all claims of the Cherokee 
nation, or any part thereof, to any of the land lying to the 
right of the line above described, beginning as aforesaid at the 
Currahee mountain, it is hereby agreed, that in addition to the 
consideration heretofore made for the said land, the United States 
will cause certain valuable goods to be immediately delivered to 
the undersigned chiefs and warriors, for the use of their nation ; 
and the said United States will also cause the sum of one thousand 
dollars to be paid annually to the said Cherokee nation. And the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors do hereby, for themselves and 
the whole Cherokee nation, their heirs and descendants, for the 
considerations above mentioned, release, quit claim, relinquish, 
and cede, all the land to the right of the line described, and be- 
ginning as aforesaid. 

Art. 5. It is stipulated and agreed, that the citizens and in- 
habitants of the United States shall have a free and unmolested 
use of a road from Washington district to Mero district, and of 
the navigation of the Tennessee river. 

Art. 6. It is agreed on the part of the Cherokees, that the 
United States shall have the sole and exclusive right of regulating 
their trade. 

Art. 7. The United States solemnly guaranty to the Cherokee 
nation, all their lands not hereby ceded. 

Art. 8. If any citizen of the United States, or other person, 
not being an Indian, shall settle on any of the Cherokees' lands, 
such person shall forfeit the protection of the United States, and 
the Cherokees may punish him or not, as they please. 

Art. 9. No citizen or inhabitant of the United States, shall 
attempt to hunt or destroy the game on the lands of the Chero- 
kees ; nor shall any citizen or inhabitant go into the Cherokee 
country, without a passport first obtained from the governor of 
some one of the United States, or territorial districts, or such other 
person as the President of the United States may, from time to 
time, authorize to grant the same. 



36 



CHEROKEES. 



Art. 10. If any Cherokee Indian or Indians, or person residing 
among them, or who shall take refuge in their nation, shall steal 
a horse from, or commit a robbery or murder or other capital crime, 
on any citizens or inhabitants of the United States, the Cherokee 
nation shall be bound to deliver him or them up, to be punished 
according to the laws of the United States. 

Art. 11. If any citizen or inhabitant of the United States, or 
of either of the territorial districts of the United States, shall go 
into any town, settlement, or territory belonging to the Cherokees 7 
and shall there commit any crime upon, or trespass against the 
person or property of any peaceable and friendly Indian or Indians, 
which, if committed within the jurisdiction of any State, or within 
the jurisdiction of either of the said districts, against a citizen or 
white inhabitant thereof, would be punishable by the laws of such 
State or district, such offender or offenders shall be subject to the 
same punishment, and shall be proceeded against in the same 
manner, as if the offence had been committed within the jurisdic- 
tion of the State or district to which he or they may belong, 
against a citizen or white inhabitant thereof. 

Art. 12. In case of violence on the persons or property of 
the individuals of either party, neither retaliation or reprisal shall 
be committed by the other, until satisfaction shall have been de- 
manded of the party of which the aggressor is, and shall have 
been refused. 

Art. 13. The Cherokees shall give notice to the citizens of 
the United States, of any designs which they may know, or sus- 
pect, to be formed in any neighboring tribe, or by any person 
whatever, against the peace and interest of the United States. 

Art. 14. That the Cherokee nation may be led to a greater 
degree of civilization, and to become herdsmen and cultivators, 
instead of remaining in a state of hunters, the United States will, 
from time to time, furnish, gratuitously, the said nation with use- 
ful implements of husbandry ; and further to assist the said nation 
in so desirable a pursuit, and at the same time to establish a cer- 
tain mode of communication, the United States will send such 
and so many persons to reside in said nation, as they may judge 
proper, not exceeding four in number, who shall qualify themselves 
to act as interpreters. These persons shall have lands assigned 
by the Cherokees for cultivation for themselves and their succes- 
sors in office ; but they shall be precluded exercising any kind of 
traffic. 

Art. 15. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth 
cease, and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty 
into full execution with all good faith and sincerity. 

Art. 16. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President of the United States, with the advice and consent 
of the Senate of the United States. 



CHEROKEES. 



37 



In witness of all and every thing herein determined between 
the United States of America and the whole Cherokee nation, 
the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the 
treaty ground on the bank of the Holston, near the mouth of 
the French Broad, within the United States, this second day 
of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred 
and ninety-one. 

William Blount, governor in and over the territory of the 
United States of America south of the river Ohio, and super- 



intendent of Indian Affairs for the southern district, l. s. 
Chuleoah, or the Boots, his x mark, • l. s. 

Squollecuttah, or Hanging Maw, his x mark, l. s. 

Occunna, or the Badger, his x mark, l. s. 

Enoleh, or Black Fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, l. s. 

Tekakiska, his x mark, l. s. 

Chutloh, or King Fisher, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuckaseh, or Terrapin, his x mark, l. s. 
Kateh, his x mark, ' l. s. 

Kunnochatutloh, or the Crane, his x mark, l. s. 

Cauquillehanah, or the Thigh, his x mark, l. s. 

Chesquotteleneh, or Yellow Bird, his x mark, l. s. 
Chickasawtehe, or Chickasaw Killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskegatehe, Tuskega Killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Kulsatehe, his x mark, l. s. 

Tinkshalene, his x mark, l. s. 

Sawutteh, or Slave Catcher, his x mark, l. s. 

Aukuah, his x mark, l. s. 

Oosenaleh, his x mark, l. s. 

Kenotetah, or Rising Fawn, his x mark, l. s. 

Kanetetoka, or Standing Turkey, his x mark, l. s. 

Yonewatleh, or Bear at Home, his x mark, l. s. 

Long Will, his x mark, l. s. 

Kunoskeskie, or John Watts, his x mark, l. s. 

Nenetooyah, or Bloody Fellow, his x mark, l. s. 

Chuquilatague, or Double Head, his x mark, l. s. 

Koolaquah, or Big Acorn, his x mark, l. s. 

Toowayelloh, or Bold Hunter, his x mark, l. s. 

Jahleoonoyehka, or Middle Striker, his x mark, l. s. 

Kinnesah, or Cabin, his x mark, l. s. 

Tullotehe, or Two Killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaalouske, or Stopt Still, his x mark, l. s. 

Kulsatehe, his x mark, l. s. 
Auquotague, the Little Turkey's Son, his x mark, l. s. 

Talohteske, or Upsetter, his x mark, l. s. 

Cheakoneske, or Otter Lifter, his x mark, l. s. 

Keshukaune, or She Reigns, his x mark, l. s. 

Toonaunailoh, his x mark, l. s. 



38 



CHEROKEES. 



Teesteke, or Common Disturber, his x mark, l. s. 

Robin McClemore, l. s. 

Skyuka, l. s. 

John Thompson, Interpreter. 

James Ceiy, Interpreter. 

Done in presence of 

Dan'l Smith, Sec'y. Territory U. Fauche, of Georgia, 

S. south of the river Ohio, Titus Ogden, N. C, 

Thomas Kennedy, of Kentucky, Jno. Chisolm, Washington Dist., 

Jas. Robertson, of Mero District, Robert King, 

Claiborne Watkins, of Va., Thomas Gegg. 
Jno. McWhitney, of Georgia, 

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

It is hereby mutually agreed, between Henry Knox, Secretary 
of War, duly authorized thereto in behalf of the United States, on 
the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, in behalf of 
themselves and the Cherokee nation, on the other part, that the 
following article shall be added to, and considered as part of, the 
treaty made between the United States and the said Cherokee 
nation, on the 2d day of July, one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety- one, to wit : 

The sum to be paid annually by the United States to the Chero- 
kee nation of Indians, in consideration of the relinquishment of 
lands, as stated in the treaty made with them on the 2d day of 
July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, shall be one 
thousand five hundred dollars, instead of one thousand dollars, 
mentioned in the said treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said Henry Knox, Secretary of War, 
and the said chiefs and warriors of the Cherokee nation, have 
hereunto set their hands and seals, in the city of Philadel- 
phia, this seventeenth day of February, in the year of our 
Lord, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-two. 

H. Knox, Secretary of War, l. s. 

Iskagua, or Clear Sky, his x mark, l. s. 

formerly 
Nenetooyah, or Bloody Fellow, 

Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, l. s. 

Chutloh, or King Fisher, his x mark, l. s. 

Katigoslah, or the Prince, his x mark, l. s. 

Teesteke, or Common Disturber, his x mark, l. s. 

Suaka, or George Miller, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

Thomas Grooter, James Cery, Sworn Interpreter 

Jno. Stagg, jun'r. to the Cherokee nation. 

Leonard D. Shaw, 



CHEROREES. 



39 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 26, 1794. ] 

Articles of a treaty between the United States of America, and the 
Cherokee Indians. 

Whereas, the treaty made and concluded on Holston river, on 
the 2d day of July, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, 
between the United States of America and the Cherokee nation of 
Indians, has not been fully carried into execution, by reason of 
some misunderstandings which have arisen : 

Art, 1. And whereas the undersigned Henry Knox, Secretary 
for the department of War, being authorized thereto by the Presi » 
dent of the United States, in behalf of the said United States, 
and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, in their own names, 
and in behalf of the whole Cherokee nation, are desirous of re- 
establishing peace and friendship between the said parties in a 
permanent manner, do hereby declare, that the said treaty of 
Holston is, to all intents and purposes, in full force, and binding 
upon the said parties, as well in respect to the boundaries there- 
in mentioned, as in all other respects whatever. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated that the boundaries mention- 
ed in the fourth article of the said treaty shall be actually ascer- 
tained and marked in the manner prescribed by the said article, 
whenever the Cherokee nation shall have ninety days notice of 
the time and place at which the commissioners of the United States 
intend to commence their operation. 

Art. 3. The United States, to evince their justice, by amply 
compensating the said Cherokee nation of Indians for all relin- 
quishments of land made, either by the treaty of Hopewell, upon 
the Keowee river, concluded on the twenty-eighth of November, 
one thousand seven hundred and eighty-five, or the aforesaid 
treaty made upon Holston river, on the second of July, one 
thousand seven hundred and ninety- one, do hereby stipulate, in 
lieu of all former sums to be paid annually, to furnish the Chero- 
kee Indians with goods suitable for their use, to the amount of 
five thousand dollars yearly. 

Art. 4. And the said Cherokee nation, in order to evince the 
sincerity of their intentions in future, to prevent the practice of 
stealing horses, attended with the most pernicious consequences to 
the lives and peace of both parties, do hereby agree, that for every 
horse which shall be stolen from the white inhabitants by any 
Cherokee Indians, and not returned within three months, that the 
sum of fifty dollars shall be deducted from the said annuity of 
five thousand dollars. 

Art. 5. The articles now stipulated will be considered as per- 
manent additions to the treaty of Holston, as soon as they shall 



40 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



have been ratified by the President of the United States and the 
Senate of the United States. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined between 
the United States of America and the whole Cherokee na- 
tion, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals in the 
city of Philadelphia, within the United States, this twenty- 
sixth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
seven hundred and ninety-four. 

H. Knox, Secretary of War, l. s. 

Tekakisskee, or Taken out of the Water, his x mark, l. s. 

Nontuaka, or the Northward, his x mark, l. s. 

Cinasaw, or the Cabin, his x mark, l. s. 

Skyuka, his x mark, l. s. 

Chuquilatague, or Double Head, his x mark, l. s. 

John McCleemore, his x mark, l. s. 

Walahue, or the Humming Bird, l. s. 

Chuleowee, his x mark, l. s. 

Ustanaqua, his x mark, l. s. 

Kullusathee, his x mark, l. s. 

Siteaha, his x mark, l. s. 

Keenaguna, or the Lying Fawn, his x mark, l. s. 

Chatakaelesa, or the Fowl Carrier, l. s. 

Done in presence of 

John Thompson, ) T , , William Wofford, of the State of 
. . i /-w i / lnzer'pretcrs « /-i 
Arthur Coodey, ) r ' Georgia, 

Cantwell Jones, of Delaware, W. McCaleb, of South Carolina, 

Samuel Lewis, of Philadelphia. 



SIX NATIONS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 24, 1794. ] 

Contracts between the State of New York and different tribes of the 
Six Nations of Indians, specifying their several cessions and 
reservations of land, etc. 

On the 19th of April, 1793, George Clinton, governor of New 
York, transmitted to Thomas Jefferson, Secretary of State of the 
United States, an exemplification of the different treaties entered 
into by that commonwealth with the Indians of the Six Nations, 
subsequent to the conclusion of the war of the American revolution. 
In his letter to Mr. Jefferson, Governor Clinton says, " I had 
written to the clerk of the city of Albany, and did not receive his 
answer until yesterday : he informs, as I suspected, that the 
superintendent of Indian affairs under the British government, 
was, at the commencement of the revolution, possessed of all the 
records and documents respecting Indian affairs, and took them 
with him when he left the country." 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



41 



The exemplification, thus transmitted, contains a transcript from 
the record book of Indian deeds, remaining in the office of the 
secretary of the State of New York, and commencing in the year 
1748. This transcript embraces, 

1. A deed, executed by the sachems and chief warriors of the 
Oneida and Tuscarora nations, at a treaty held at fort Herkimer 
with George Clinton and other commissioners for Indian affairs 
for the State of New York, whereby the aforesaid sachems and 
chief warriors conveyed, on the 28th day of June, 1785, for the 
consideration of $11,500, in goods and money, " all that tract of 
land situate on the west side of the line commonly called the line 
of property, established at a treaty held at fort Stanwix in 1768, 
and on the north side of the Pennsylvania line, beginning at the 
mouth of the Unadilla, or Tianaderha river, where the same 
empties into the Susquehanna river ; thence up the said Unadilla, 
or Tianaderha river, ten miles measured on a straight line, thence 
due west to the Chenango river, thence southerly down the said 
Chenango river to where it empties into the said Susquehanna 
river, and to the said line, called the line of property, thence along 
the said line to the place of beginning ; so as to comprehend all 
the land belonging to the Oneida and Tuscarora nations lying 
south of the said line to be run from the said Unadilla, or 
Tianaderha river, to the Chenango river, and north of the division 
line between the State of New York and the State of Pennsylvania ; 
together with all ways, waters, water courses, rivers, rivulets, 
creeks, and streams of water, and also all mines and minerals, 
which are or may be found thereon," etc. 

2. A contract, executed by the tribe or nation of Indians called 
the Onondagas, at a treaty held at fort Schuyler, (formerly called 
fort Stanwix,) with George Clinton and William Floyd, Ezra 
L'Hommedieu, Richard Varick, Samuel Jones, Egbert Benson, 
and Peter Gansevoort, jr., commissioners on behalf of the people 
of the State of New York, whereby the aforesaid Onondagas 
stipulated, on the 12th day of September, 1788, as follows : 
"First: the Onondagas do cede and grant all their lands to the 
people of the State of New York forever. Secondly: the Onon- 
dagas shall, of the said ceded lands, hold to themselves and their 
posterity, forever, for their own use and cultivation, but not to be 
sold, leased, or in any other manner aliened or disposed of to 
others, all that tract of land beginning at the southerly end of the 
Salt Lake, at the place where the river or stream on which the 
Onondagas now have their village, empties into the said lake, and 
runs from the said place of beginning east three miles, thence 
southerly according to the general course of the said river, until it 
shall intersect a line running east and west at the distance of three 
miles south from the said village, thence from the said point of 
intersection west nine miles, thence northerly parallel to the 
second course above mentioned, until an east line will strike the 

6 



42 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



place of beginning, and thence east to the said place" of beginning. 
Thirdly : the Onondagas and their posterity, forever, shall enjoy 
the free right of hunting in every part of the said ceded lands, and 
of fishing in all the waters within the same. Fourthly : the Salt 
Lake, and the lands for one mile round the same, shall forever 
remain for the common benefit of the people of the State of New 
York, and of the Onondagas and their posterity, for the purpose 
of making salt, and shall not be granted, or in any wise disposed 
of for other purposes. Fifthly: in consideration of the said cession 
and grant, the people of the State of New York do, at this treaty, 
pay to the Onondagas, one thousand French crowns in money, 
and two hundred pounds in clothing, at the price which the same 
cost the people of the State of New York. And the people of the 
State of New York shall annually pay to the Onondagas and their 
posterity, forever, on the first day of June, in every year, at fort 
Schuyler, five hundred dollars in silver ; but if the Onondagas, or 
their posterity, shall, at any time hereafter, elect, that the whole 
or any part of the said five hundred dollars shall be paid in clothing 
or provisions, and give six weeks' previous notice thereof to the 
governor of the said State for the time being, then, so much of the 
annual payment shall, for that time, be in clothing or provisions, 
as the Onondagas or their posterity shall elect, and at the price 
w T hich the same shall cost the people of the State of New York, at 
fort Schuyler aforesaid. Sixthly: the people of the State of New 
York may, in such manner as they shall deem proper, prevent any 
persons, except the Onondagas, from residing or settling on the 
lands so to be held by the Onondagas and their posterity, for their 
own use and cultivation ; and if any person shall, without the 
consent of the people of the State of New York, come to reside or 
settle on the said lands, or on any other of the lands so ceded, as 
aforesaid, the Onondagas and their posterity shall forthwith give 
notice of such intrusions to the governor of the said State for the 
time being ; and further, the Onondagas and their posterity forever, 
shall, at the request of the governor of the said State, be aiding 
to the people of the State of New York in removing all such 
intruders, and in apprehending, not only such intruders, but also 
felons and other offenders, who may happen to be on the said 
ceded lands, to the end that such intruders, felons, and other 
offenders, may be brought to justice." 

3. A contract, executed at a treaty held at fort Schuyler, 
(formerly fort Stanwix), by the Oneida tribe or nation of Indians, 
on the 22d September, 1788, with George Clinton, William Floyd, 
Ezra L'Hommedieu, Richard Varick, Samuel Jones, Egbert 
Benson, and Peter Gansevoort, junior, commissioners on behalf 
of the State of New York, by which the Oneidas entered into the 
following stipulations : " First, the Oneidas do cede and grant 
all their lands to the people of the State of New York, forever. 
Secondly: of the said ceded lands, the following tract, to wit: 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



43 



Beginning at the Wood creek opposite to the mouth of the Canada 
creek, and where the line of property comes to the said Wood 
creek, and runs thence southerly to the northwest corner of the 
tract to be granted to John Francis Perache, thence along the 
westerly bounds of the said tract to the southwest corner thereof, 
thence to the northwest corner of the tract granted to James Dean, 
thence along the westerly bounds thereof to the southwest corner 
of the last mentioned tract, thence due south until it intersects a 
due west line from the head of the Tianaderha or Unadilla river, 
thence from the said point of intersection due west until the Deep 
Spring bears due north, thence due north to the Deep Spring, 
thence the nearest course to the Canaseraga creek, and thence 
along the said creek, the Oneida lake and the Wood creek, to the 
place of beginning, shall be reserved for the following several 
uses ; that is to say, the lands lying to the northward of a line 
parallel to the southern line of the said reserved lands, and four 
miles distant from the said southern line, the Oneidas shall hold 
to themselves and their posterity, forever, for their own use and 
cultivation, but not to be sold, leased, or in any other manner 
aliened or disposed of, to others. The Oneidas may, from time to 
time, forever, make leases of the lands between the said parallel 
lines, (being the residue of the said reserved lands), to such 
persons, and on such rents reserved, as they shall deem proper, 
but no lease shall be for a longer term than twenty-one years from 
the making thereof ; and no new lease shall be made until the 
former lease of the same lands shall have expired. The rents shall 
be to the use of the Oneidas and their posterity, forever. And 
the people of the State of New York shall, from time to time, 
make provision by law to compel the lessees to pay the rents, and 
in every other respect to enable the Oneidas and their posterity 
to have the full benefit of their right so to make leases and to 
prevent frauds on them respecting the same ; and the Oneidas and 
their posterity, forever, shall enjoy the free right of hunting in 
every part of the said ceded lands, and of fishing in all the waters 
within the same ; and, especially, there shall forever remain 
ungranted by the people of the State of New York, one half mile 
square, at the distance of every six miles of the lands along the 
northern bounds of the Oneida lake, one half mile in breadth of 
the lands on each side of the Fish creek, and a convenient piece 
of land at the fishing place in the Onondaga river, about three 
miles from where it issues out of the Oneida lake, and to remain 
as well for the Oneidas, and their posterity, as for the inhabitants 
of the said State to land and encamp on : But notwithstanding 
any reservation to the Oneidas, the people of the State of New 
York may erect public works and edifices as they shall think 
proper, at such place and places, at or near the confluence of the 
Wood creek and the Oneida lake, as they shall elect ; and may 
take and appropriate for such works or buildings, lands to the 



44 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



extent of one square mile, at each place : and further, notwith* 
standing any reservations of lands to the Oneidas, for their own 
use, the New England Indians (now settled at Brotherton, under 
the pastoral care of the reverend Samson Occum) and their 
posterity, forever, and the Stockbridge Indians and their posterity, 
forever, are to enjoy their settlements on the lands heretofore 
given to them by the Oneidas for that purpose ; that is to say : 
a tract of two miles in breadth and three miles in length for 
the New England Indians, and a tract of six miles square for 
the Stockbridge Indians. Thirdly: in consideration of the said 
cession and grant, the people of the State of New York do, at 
this treaty, pay to the Oneidas two thousand dollars in money, 
two thousand dollars in clothing and other goods, and one 
thousand dollars in provisions ; and also five hundred dollars in 
money, to be applied towards building a grist mill and saw mill 
at their village : and the people of the State of New York shall 
annually pay to the Oneidas, and their posterity, forever, on the 
first day of June, in every year, at fort Schuyler, six hundred 
dollars in silver: but if the Oneidas, or their posterity, shall, at any 
time hereafter, elect that the whole, or any part, of the said six 
hundred dollars, shall be paid in clothing or provisions, and give 
six weeks' previous notice thereof to the governor of the said State 
for the time being, then so much of the annual payment shall, for 
that time, be in clothing or provisions, as the Oneidas and their 
posterity shall elect, and at the price which the same shall cost 
the people of the State of New York at fort Schuyler. And as a 
further consideration to the Oneidas, the people of the State of 
New York shall grant to the said John Francis Perache, a tract of 
land, beginning in the line of property, at a certain cedar tree, 
near the road leading to Oneida, and runs from the said cedar tree, 
southerly, along the line of property, two miles : then westerly, at 
right angles, to the said line of property, two miles; then northerly, 
at right angles, to the last course, two miles ; and then to the place 
of beginning ; which the said John Francis Perache hath consented 
to accept from the Oneidas, in satisfaction for an injury done to 
him by one of their nation. And further, the lands intended by 
the Oneidas for John T. Kirkland, and for George W. Kirkland, 
being now appropriated to the use of the Oneidas, the people of 
the State of New York shall, therefore, by a grant of other lands, 
make compensation to the said John T. Kirkland, and George W. 
Kirkland. And further, that the people of the State of New York 
shall, as a benevolence from the Oneidas to Peter Penet, and in 
return for services rendered by him to their nation, grant to the 
said Peter Penet, of the said ceded lands lying to the northward 
of the Oneida lake, a tract of ten miles square, wherever he shall 
elect the same. Fourthly: the people of the State of New York 
may, in such manner as they shall deem proper, prevent any per- 
sons, except the Oneidas, from residing or settling on the lands so 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



45 



to be held by the Oneidas and their posterity, for their own use 
and cultivation. And if any person shall, without the consent of 
the people of the State of New York, come to reside or settle on 
the said lands, or on any other of the lands so ceded as aforesaid, 
except the lands whereof the Oneidas may make leases as afore- 
said, the Oneidas and their posterity shall forthwith give notice of 
such intrusions to the governor of the said State for the time being. 
And further, the Oneidas and their posterity, forever, shall, at the 
request of the governor of the said State, be aiding to the people 
of the State of New York, in removing all such intruders; and 
in apprehending, not only such intruders, but also felons, and other 
offenders, who may happen to be on the said ceded lands, to the 
end that such intruders, felons, and other offenders, maybe brought 
to justice. Before the execution hereof, the Oneidas, in public 
council, declared to the commissioners, that they had, in return for 
his frequent good offices to them, given to John J. Bleecker, of 
the lands reserved for their own use, one mile square, adjoining 
to the lands of James Dean, and requested that the same might be 
granted and confirmed to him by the State." 

4. A contract executed by the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of 
the tribe or nation of Indians, called the Cayugas, at a treaty held 
in the city of Albany, with George Clinton, Pierre Van Courtlandt, 
Ezra L'Hommedieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, John Hathorn, Sam- 
uel Jones, Peter Gansevoort, Jun., and Egbert Benson, commis- 
sioners on behalf of the State of New York, by which the said 
sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Cayugas, covenanted, on the 
25th of February, 1789, as follows: "First: the Cayugas do 
cede and grant all their lands to the people of the State of New 
York, forever. Secondly: the Cayugas shall, of the said ceded 
lands, hold to themselves, and to their posterity, forever, for their 
own use and cultivation, but not to be sold, leased, or in any other 
manner aliened, or disposed of, to others, all that tract of land, 
beginning at the Cayuga salt spring, on the Seneka river, and 
running thence southerly, to intersect the middle of a line to be 
drawn from the outlet of Cayuga to the outlet of Waskongh, and 
from the said place of intersection, southerly, the general course 
of the eastern bank of the Cayuga lake, thence westerly, to inter- 
sect a line running on the west side of the Cayuga lake, at the 
mean distance of three miles from the western bank thereof, and 
from the said point of intersection, along the said line, so running 
on the west side of the Cayuga lake, to the Seneka river, thence 
down the said river to the Cayuga lake, thence through the said 
lake, to the outlet thereof, thence further down the said Seneka 
river, to the place of beginning, so as to comprehend within the 
limits aforesaid, and exclusive of the water of Cayuga lake, the 
quantity of one hundred square miles. Also, the place in the 
Seneka river, at or near a place called Skayes, where the Cayugas 
have heretofore taken eel ; and a competent piece of land on the 



46 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



southern side of the river, at the said place, sufficient for the 
Cayugas to land and encamp on, and to cure their eel. Excepted, 
nevertheless, out of the said land so reserved, one mile square at 
the Cayuga ferry. Thirdly: the Cayugas and their posterity, 
forever, shall enjoy the free right of hunting in every part of the 
said ceded lands, and of fishing in all the waters within the same. 
Fourthly: in consideration of the said cession and grant, the 
people of the State of New York do, at this present treaty, pay to 
the Cayugas, five hundred dollars, in silver ; and the people of 
the State of New York shall pay to the Cayugas, on the first day 
of June next, at fort Schuyler, (formerly called fort Stanwix,) the 
further sum of one thousand six hundred and twenty-five dollars ; 
and, also, the people of the State of New York shall annually pay 
to the Cayugas, and their posterity, forever, on the first day of 
June, in every year thereafter, at fort Schuyler aforesaid, five 
hundred dollars in silver. But if the Cayugas, or their posterity, 
shall, at any time hereafter, elect that the whole, or any part of 
the said annual payment of five hundred dollars, shall be paid in 
clothing or provisions, and give six weeks' previous notice thereof 
to the governor of the said State for the time being, then so much 
of the annual payment shall, for that time, be in clothing or pro- 
visions, as ihe Cayugas or their posterity shall elect, and at the 
price which the same shall cost the people of the State of New 
York, at fort Schuyler aforesaid. And, as a farther consideration 
to the Cayugas, the people of the State of New York shall grant 
to their adopted child, Peter Ryckman, whom they have expressed 
a desire should reside near them, to assist them, and as a benevo- 
lence from them, the Cayugas, to him, and in return for services 
rendered by him to their nation, the said tract of one mile square 
at the Cayuga ferry excepted, out of the said lands reserved to 
the Cayugas for their own use and cultivation, that of a tract be- 
ginning on the west bank of the Seneka lake, thence running due 
west (passing one chain north of a house lately erected, and now 
in the occupation of the said Peter Ryckman) to the line of parti- 
tion between this State of New York and the commonwealth of 
Massachusetts, of the lands ceded to each other, thence due south 
along the said line of partition, thence due east to the Seneka 
lake, thence northerly along the bank of the said lake, to the 
place of beginning, so as to contain sixteen thousand acres. The 
people of the State of New York shall grant three hundred and 
twenty acres to a white person married to a daughter of a Cayuga 
named Thaniowes, including the present settlement of the said 
person on the south side of Caghsion creek; and that the people 
of the State of New York shall grant the residue of the said tract 
of sixteen thousand acres to the said Peter Ryckman. Fifthly: 
the people of the State of New York may, at all times hereafter, 
in such manner, and by such means, as they shall deem proper, 
prevent any person, except the Cayugas and their adopted breth- 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



47 



ren the Paanese, from residing or settling on the lands to be held 
by the Cayugas and their posterity, for their own use and cultiva- 
tion : and if any persons shall, without the consent of the people 
of the State of New York, come to reside or settle on the said 
lands, or any other of the lands so ceded as aforesaid, the Cayugas 
and their posterity shall forthwith give notice of such intrusions 
to the governor of the said State for the time being ; and further, 
the Cayugas and their posterity, forever, shall, at the request of the 
governor of the said State, be aiding to the people of the State of 
New York in removing all such intruders ; and apprehending, not 
only such intruders, but felons, and other offenders, who may 
happen to be on the said ceded lands, to the end that such intru- 
ders, felons, and other offenders, may be brought to justice. 
Notwithstanding the said reservation herein above specified to the 
Cayugas, it is declared to be the intent of the parties, that the 
Cayuga, called the Fish Carrier, shall have a mile square of the 
said reserved lands, for the separate use of himself, and for the 
separate use of his family, forever. Before sealing and delivery 
hereof, it was, for the greater certainty, declared to be the intent 
of the parties, that this grant and cession is only of the lands east- 
ward of the partition line abovementioned, between this State of 
New York and the commonwealth of Massachusetts ; and that, 
with respect to such part of their country as is to the westward of 
the said partition line, the right and property of the Cayugas to 
be the same as if this grant and cession had not been made. 
The Cayuga salt spring, and the land to the extent of one mile 
around the same, to remain for the common use and benefit of the 
people of the State of New York, and of the Cayugas and their 
posterity forever. And the land to be reserved at the fishing place 
near Skayes, shall be of the extent of one mile on each side of 
the river, the above reservation of land on the southern side of the 
river, only, notwithstanding. 

5. At a treaty held at fort Stanwix, on the 22d of June, 1790, 
between George Clinton, Pierre Van Courtlandt, Ezra L'Homme- 
dieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, Peter Gansevoort, Jun., and Richard 
Varick, commissioners on behalf of the State of New York, and 
the sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the tribe or nation of Indians, 
called the Cayugas, the latter acknowledged to have received from 
the people of the State of New York, the sum of five hundred 
dollars in silver, being the annual payment stipulated to be made 
to the said Cayugas by the (next preceding) contract of the 
25th of February 1789; and also the further sum of one thousand 
dollars, as a benevolence. To this acknowledgment is added 
the following stipulation : " And we, the said Cayugas, in con- 
sideration thereof, do, by these presents, fully, freely, and abso- 
lutely, ratify and confirm the said agreement and cession, and all 
and singular the articles, covenants, matters and things, therein 
expressed and contained, on the part of us, the said Cayugas, 



48 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



done, or to be done, executed, or performed : and we, the said 
Cayugas^ do further hereby grant and release, to the people of the 
State of New York, all our right, interest, and claim, in and to all 
lands lying east of the line of cession by the State of New York 
to the commonwealth of Massachusetts; except the lands men- 
tioned in the deed of cession (of the 25th of February, 1789) to 
be reserved to us, the Cayugas, and our posterity." 

6. At a council fire kindled at fort Stanwix, on the 16th day of 
June, 1790, at which were present, George Clinton, Pierre Van 
Courtlandt, Ezra L'Hommedieu, Abraham Ten Broeck, Peter 
Gansevoort, Jun., and Richard Varick, commissioners on behalf 
of the State of New York, and the sachems, chiefs, and w T arriors, 
of the tribe or nation of Indians called the Onondagas, the latter 
acknowledged to have received from the people of the State of 
New York, the sum of five hundred dollars, in silver, being the 
annual payment stipulated to be made to the said Onondagas, by 
the contract of the 12th of September, 1788 ; and also the further 
sum of five hundred dollars, as a benevolence: "and the said 
Onondagas do, by these presents, fully, freely, and absolutely, 
ratify, and confirm the said agreement and deed of cession, and all 
and singular the articles, covenants, and things therein expressed 
and contained, on the part of the said Onondagas, done, or to be 
done, executed, or performed." 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 11, 1794. ] 

A treaty between the United States of America, and the tribes of 
Indians called the Six Nations. 

The President of the United States having determined to hold 
a conference with the Six Nations of Indians, for the purpose of 
removing from their minds all causes of complaint, and establish- 
ing a firm and permanent friendship with them ; and Timothy 
Pickering being appointed sole agent for that purpose, and the 
agent having met and conferred with the sachems, chiefs, and 
warriors, of the Six Nations, in a general council : now, in order 
to accomplish the good design of this conference, the parties have 
agreed on the following articles ; w^hich, when ratified by the Pre- 
sident, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United 
States, shall be binding on them and the Six Nations. 

Art. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established, and 
shall be perpetual, between the United States and the Six Nations. 

Art. 2. The United States acknowledge the lands reserved to 
the Oneida, Onondaga, and Cayuga nations, in their respective 
treaties with the State of New York, and called their reservations, 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



49 



to be their property; and the United States will never claim the 
same, nor disturb them, or either of the Six Nations, nor their 
Indian friends, residing thereon, and united with them, in the free 
use and enjoyment thereof : but the said reservations shall remain 
theirs, until they choose to sell the same to the people of the 
United States, who have a right to purchase. 

Art. 3. The land of the Seneka nation is bounded as follows : 
Beginning on lake Ontario, at the northwest corner of the land 
they sold to Oliver Phelps ; the line runs westerly along the lake, 
as far as Oyongwongyeh creek, at Johnston's Landing Place, 
about four miles eastward from the fort of Niagara ; then south- 
erly, up that creek to its main fork ; then straight to the main fork 
of Stedman's creek, which empties into the river Niagara, above 
fort Schlosser; and then onward, from that fork, continuing the 
same straight course, to that river ; (this line, from the mouth of 
Oyongwongyeh creek to the river Niagara, above fort Schlosser, 
being the eastern boundary of a strip of land, extending from the 
same line to Niagara river, which the Seneka nation ceded to the 
King of Great Britain, at a treaty held about thirty years ago, with 
Sir William Johnston); then the line runs along the river Niagara to 
lake Erie ; then along lake Erie, to the northeast corner of a trian- 
gular piece of land, which the United States conveyed to the State 
of Pennsylvania, as by the President's patent, dated the third day 
of March, 1792 ; then due south to the northern boundary of that 
State ; then due east to the southwest corner of the land sold by 
the Seneka nation to Oliver Phelps ; and then north and northerly, 
along Phelps's line, to the place of beginning on lake Ontario. 
Now, the United States acknowledge all the land w T ithin the afore- 
mentioned boundaries, to be the property of the Seneka nation; 
and the United States will never claim the same, nor disturb the 
Seneka nation, nor any of the Six Nations, or of their Indian 
friends residing thereon and united with them, in the free use and 
enjoyment thereof : but it shall remain theirs, until they choose to 
sell the same to the people of the United States, who have the 
right to purchase. 

Art. 4. The United States having thus described and acknowl- 
edged what lands belong to the Oneidas, Onondagas, Cayugas, 
and Senekas, and engaged never to claim the same, nor to disturb 
them, or any of the Six Nations, or their Indian friends residing 
thereon, and united with them, in the free use and enjoyment 
thereof: now, the Six Nations, and each of them, hereby engage 
that they will never claim any other lands within the boundaries of 
the United States ; nor ever disturb the people of the United States 
in the free use and enjoyment thereof. 

Art. 5. The Seneka nation, all others of the Six Nations con- 
curring, cede to the United States the right of making a wagon 
road from fort Schlosser to lake Erie, as far south as Buffalo creek ; 
and the people of the United States shall have the free and undis- 
7 



50 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



turbed use of this road, for the purposes of travelling and trans- 
portation. And the Six Nations, and each of them, will forever 
allow to the people of the United States, a free passage through 
their lands, and the free use of the harbors and rivers adjoining, 
and within their respective tracts of land, for the passing and 
securing of vessels and boats, and liberty to land their cargoes, 
where necessary for their safety. 

Art. 6. In consideration of the peace and friendship hereby 
established, and of the engagements entered into by the Six 
Nations ; and because the United States desire, with humanity and 
kindness, to contribute to their comfortable support ; and to render 
the peace and friendship hereby established strong and perpetual, 
the United States now deliver to the Six Nations, and the Indians 
of the other nations residing among and united with them, a 
quantity of goods of the value of ten thousand dollars. And for the 
same considerations, and with a view to promote the future welfare 
of the Six Nations, and of their Indian friends aforesaid, the 
United States will add the sum of three thousand dollars, to the 
one thousand five hundred dollars heretofore allowed them by an 
article ratified by the President, on the twenty-third day of April, 
1792, making in the whole four thousand five hundred dollars ; 
which shall be expended yearly, forever, in purchasing clothing, 
domestic animals, implements of husbandry, and other utensils 
suited to their circumstances, and in compensating useful artificers, 
who shall reside with or near them, and be employed for their 
benefit. The immediate application of the whole annual allowance 
now stipulated, to be made by the superintendent, appointed by 
the President, for the affairs of the Six Nations, and their Indian 
friends aforesaid. 

Art. 7. Lest the firm peace and friendship now established 
should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, the United 
States and Six Nations agree, that for injuries done by individuals 
on either side, no private revenge or retaliation shall take place ; 
but, instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the party injured, 
to the other: by the Six Nations, or any of them, to the President 
of the United States, or the superintendent by him appointed : and 
by the superintendent, or other person appointed by the President, 
to the principal chiefs of the Six Nations, or of the nation to which 
the offender belongs : and such prudent measures shall then be 
pursued as shall be necessary to preserve our peace and friendship 
unbroken ; until the legislature (or great council) of the United 
States shall make other equitable provision for the purpose. 

Note. It is clearly understood by the parties to this treaty, that 
the annuity stipulated in the sixth article, is to be applied to the 
benefit of such of the Six Nations and of their Indian friends united 
with them as aforesaid, as do or shall reside within the boundaries 
of the United States : for the United States do not interfere with 
nations, tribes, or families, of Indians, elsewhere resident. 



SIX NATIONS OF NEW YORK. 



51 



In witness whereof, the said Timothy Pickering, and the sachems 
and war chiefs of the said Six Nations, have hereto set their 
hands and seals. 

Done at Konondaigua, in the State of New York, the eleventh 
day of November, in the year one thousand seven hundred 



and ninety-four. 

Timothy Pickering, l. s. 

Onoyeahnee, his x mark, l. s. 

Konneatorteeooh, his x mark, or Handsome Lake, l. s. 

Tokenhyouhau, his x mark, alias Captain Key, l. s. 

Oneshauee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hendrick Aupaumut, l. s. 

David Neesoonhuk, his x mark, l. s. 

Kanatsoyh, alias Nicholas Kusik, l. s. 

Sohhonteoquent, his x mark, l. s. 

Ooduhtsait, his x mark, l. s. 

Konoohqung, his x mark, l. s. 

Tossonggaulolus, his x mark, l. s. 

John Skenendoa, his x mark, l. s. 

Oneatorleeooh, his x mark, l. s. 

Kussauwatau, his x mark, l. s. 

Eyootenyootauook, his x mark, l. s 

Kohnyeaugong, his x mark, alias Jake Stroud, l. s. 

Shaguiesa, his x mark, l. s. 

Teeroos, his x mark, alias Captain Prantup, l. s„ 

Sooshaoowau, his x mark, l. s. 

Henry Young Brant, his x mark, l. s. 

Sonhyoowauna, his x mark, or Big Sky, s. 

Onaahhah, his x mark, l. s. 

Hotoshahenh, his x mark, l, s. 

Kaukondanaiya, his x mark, s. 

Nondiyauka, his x mark, l. s. 

Kossishtowau, his x mark, t. s. 

Oojaugenta, his x mark, or Fish Carrier, l. s„ 

Toheonggo, his x mark, l. s. 

Ootaguasso, his x mark, l. s. 

Joonondauwaonch, his x mark, l. s. 

Kiyauhaonh, his x mark, l. s. 

Ootaujeaugenh, his x mark, or Broken Axe, l. s. 

Tauhoondos, his x mark, or Open the Way, l. s. 

Twaukewasha, his x mark, l. s. 

Sequidongquee, his x mark, alias Little Beard, l. s, 

Kodjeote, his x mark, or Half Town, l. s. 

Kenjauaugus, his x mark, or Stinking Fish, l. s. 

Soonohquaukau, his x mark, l. s. 

Twenniyana, his x mark, l- s. 



Jishkaaga, his x mark, or Green Grasshopper, alias Little Billy, l. s. 



52 ONEIDAS, TUSCARORAS, AND STOCKBRIDGES. 



Tuggehshotta, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehongyagauna, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehongyoowush, his x mark, l. s. 

Konneyoowesot, his x mark, l. s. 

Tioohquottakauna, his x mark, or Woods on Fire, l. s. 

Taoimdaudeesh, his x mark, l. s. 

Honayawus, his x mark, alias Farmer's Brother, l. s. 

Soggooyavvauthau, his x mark, alias Red Jacket, l. s. 

Konyootiayoo, his x mark, l. s. 
Sauhtakaongyees, his x mark, or Two Skies of a length, l. s. 

Ounnashattakau, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaungyanehquee, his x mark, l. s. 

Sooayoowau, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaujeagaonh, his x mark, or Heap of DogSj l. s. 

Soonoohshoowau, his x mark, l. s. 

Thaoowaunias, his x mark, l. s. 

Soonongjoowau, his x mark, l. s. 

Kiantwhauka, his x mark, alias Cornplanter, l. s. 

Kaunehshonggoo, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses : 

Israel Chapin, William Ewing, 

William Shepard, jr., Israel Chapin, jr., 

James Smedley, Horatio Jones, ) 

John Wickham, Joseph Smith, > Interpreters, 

Augustus Porter, Jasper Parish, ) 

James K. Garnsey, Henry Abeele. 



ONEIDAS, TUSCARORAS, AND STOCKBRIDGES, 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 2, 1794. ] 

A treaty between the United States , and the Oneida, Tuscarora, and 
Stockbridge Indians, dwelling in the country of the Oneidas. 

Whereas, in the late war between Great Britain and the United 
States of America, a body of the Oneida and Tuscarora, and the 
Stockbridge Indians, adhered faithfully to the United States, and 
assisted them with their warriors ; and, in consequence of this 
adherence and assistance, the Oneidas and Tuscaroras, at an 
unfortunate period of the war, were driven from their homes, and 
their houses were burnt, and their property destroyed : and as the 
United States, in the time of their distress, acknowledged their 
obligations to these faithful friends, and promised to reward them ; 
and the United States being now in a condition to fulfil the pro- 
mises then made, the following articles are stipulated by the 
respective parties, for that purpose ; to be in force when ratified 
by the President and Senate : 



ONEIDAS, TUSCARORAS, AND STOCKBR1DGES. 



53 



Art. 1 . The United States will pay the sum of five thousand 
dollars, to be distributed among individuals of the Oneida and 
Tuscarora nations, as a compensation for their individual losses 
and services during the late war between Great Britain and the 
United States. The only man of the Kaughnawaugas now 
remaining in the Oneida country, as well as some few very 
meritorious persons of the Stockbridge Indians, will be considered 
in the distribution. 

Art. 2. For the general accommodation of these Indian nations, 
residing in the country of the Oneidas, the United States will cause 
to be erected a complete grist mill and saw mill, in a situation to 
serve the present principal settlements of these nations. Or if 
such one convenient situation cannot be found, then the United 
States will cause to be erected two such grist mills and saw mills, 
in places where it is now known the proposed accommodation may 
be effected. Of this the United States will judge. 

Art. 3. The United States will provide, during three years after 
the mills shall be completed, for the expense of employing one or 
two suitable persons to manage the mills, to keep them in repair, 
to instruct some young men of the three nations in the arts of the 
miller and sawyer, and to provide teams and utensils for carrying 
on the work of the mills. 

' Art. 4. The United States will pay one thousand dollars, to be 
applied in building a convenient church at Oneida, in the place of 
the one which was there burnt by the enemy, in the late war. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the above stipulations, to be 
performed on the part of the United States, the Oneida, Tuscarora, 
and Stockbridge Indians aforementioned, now acknowledge them- 
selves satisfied, and relinquish all other claims of compensation 
and rewards, for their losses and services in the late war: excepting 
only, the unsatisfied claims of such men of the said nations as bore 
commissions under the United States, for any arrears which may 
be due to them as officers. 

In witness whereof, the chiefs of those nations, residing in the 
country of the Oneidas, and Timothy Pickering, agent for the 
United States, have hereto set their hands and seals, at Oneida, 
the second day of December, in the year one thousand seven 
hundred and ninety- four. 

Timothy Pickering, l. s. 



wolf tribe. 



Odotsaihte, his x mark, ) TT , , * , 7 ^ • , l. s. 
TZ ' , . i > Head sachems of the Oneidas, 

Konnoquenyau, his x mark, ) J 1 l. s. 

John Skenendo, eldest war chief, his x mark, l. s. 

TURTLE TRIBE. 

Shonohleyo, war chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Peter Konnauterlook, sachem, his x mark, l. s. 

Daniel Teouneslees, son of Skenendo, war chief, his x mark, l. s, 



54 WYANDOT S, DEL A WARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 



BEAR TRIBE. 

Lodowik Kohsamvetau, his x mark, ) l. s. 

Cornelius Kauhiktoton, his x mark, I War Chiefs, l. s. 

Thos. Osauhataugaunlot, hisx mark, ) l. s. 

Tuscaroras. 

Thaulondauwaugon, sachem, his x mark, l. s. 

Kanatjogh, or Nicholas Cusick, war chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses to the signing and sealing of the agent of the United 
States, and of the chiefs of the Oneida and Tuscarora nations: 

S. Kirkland, James Dean, Interpreter. 

Witnesses to the signing and sealing of the four chiefs of the 
Stockbridge Indians, whose names are below : 

Saml. Kirkland, John Sergeant. 

STOCKBRIDGE INDIANS. 

Hendrick Aupaumut, l. s. 

Joseph Quonney, l. s. 

John Konkapot, l. s. 

Jacob Konkapot, l. s. 



WYANDOTS, DEL AWARE S, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 3, 179-5. ] 

A treaty of peace between the United States of America, and the 
tribes of Indians called the WyUndots, Delawares, Shawanees, 
Ottawas, Chippewas, Pattawatimas, Miamis, Eel Rivers, Weas, 
Kickapoos, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias. 

To put an end to a destructive war, to settle all controversies, 
and to restore harmony and friendly intercourse between the said 
United States and Indian tribes, Anthony Wayne, major general 
commanding the army of the United States, and sole commissioner 
for the good purposes abovementioned, and the said tribes of 
Indians, by their sachems, chiefs, and warriors, met together at 
Greenville, the head quarters of the said army, have agreed on the 
following articles, which, when ratified by the President, with the 
advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be 
binding on them and the said Indian tribes. 

Art. 1 . Henceforth all hostilities shall cease ; peace is hereby 
established, and shall be perpetual ; and a friendly intercourse shall 
take place between the said United States and Indian tribes. 

Art. 2. All prisoners shall, on both sides, be restored. The 
Indians, prisoners to the United States, shall be immediately set at 
liberty. The people of the United States, still remaining prisoners 



WYANDOTS, DELA WARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 



55 



among the Indians, shall be delivered up in ninety days from the 
date hereof, to the general or commanding officer at Greenville, fort 
Wayne, or fort Defiance ; and ten chiefs of the said tribes shall 
remain at Greenville as hostages, until the delivery of the prisoners 
shall be effected. 

Art. 8. The general boundary line between the lands of the 
United States and the lands of the said Indian tribes, shall begin 
at the mouth of Cayahoga river, and run thence up the same to 
the portage, between that and the Tuscarawas branch of the 
Muskingum, thence down that branch to the crossing place above 
fort Lawrence, thence westerly to a fork of that branch of the Great 
Miami river, running into the Ohio, at or near which fork stood 
Loromie's store, and where commences the portage between the 
Miami of the Ohio, and St. Mary's river, which is a branch of the 
Miami which runs into lake Erie ; thence a westerly course to fort 
Recovery, which stands on a branch of the Wabash ; thence 
southwesterly in a direct line to the Ohio, so as to intersect that 
river opposite the mouth of Kentucke or Cuttawa river. And in 
consideration of the peace now established ; of the goods formerly 
received from the United States ; of those now to be delivered ; and 
of the yearly delivery of goods now stipulated to be made here- 
after; and to indemnify the United States for the injuries and 
expenses they have sustained during the war, the said Indian 
tribes do hereby cede and relinquish forever, all their claims to the 
lands lying eastwardly and southwardly of the general boundary 
line now described : and these lands, or any part of them, shall 
never hereafter be made a cause or pretence, on the part of the said 
tribes, or any of them, of war or injury to the United States, or 
any of the people thereof. 

And for the same considerations, and as an evidence of the 
returning friendship of the said Indian tribes, of their confidence 
in the United States, and desire to provide for their accommoda- 
tion, and for that convenient intercourse which will be beneficial 
to both parties, the said Indian tribes do also cede to the United 
States the following pieces of land, to wit : 1. One piece of land 
six miles square, at or near Loromie's store, before mentioned. 
2. One piece two miles square, at the head of the navigable water 
or landing, on the St. Mary's river, near Girty's town. 3. One 
piece six miles square, at the head of the navigable water of the 
Auglaize river. 4. One piece six miles square, at the confluence 
of the Auglaize and Miami rivers, where fort Defiance now stands. 
5. One piece six miles square, at or near the confluence of the 
rivers St. Mary's and St. Joseph's, where fort Wayne now stands, 
or near it. 6. One piece two miles square, on the Wabash river, 
at the end of the portage from the Miami of the lake, and about 
eight miles westward from fort Wayne. 7. One piece six miles 
square, at the Ouatanon, or Old Wea towns, on the Wabash river. 
8. One piece twelve miles square, at the British fort on the Miami 



56 



WYAND0TS, DELAWARE S ? SHAWANEES, ETC. 



of the lake, at the foot of the rapids. 9. One piece six miles square, 
at the mouth of the said river, where it empties into the lake. 
10. One piece six miles square, upon Sandusky lake, where a fort 
formerly stood. 11. One piece two miles square, at the lower 
rapids of Sandusky river. 12. The post of Detroit, and all the 
land to the north, the west and the south of it, of which the Indian 
title has been extinguished by gifts or grants to the French or 
English governments : and so much more land to be annexed to 
the district of Detroit, as shall be comprehended between the river 
Rosine, on the south, lake St. Clair on the north, and a line, the 
general course whereof shall be six miles distant from the west 
end of lake Erie and Detroit river. 13. The post of Michilimacki- 
nac, and all the land on the island on which that post stands, 
and the main land adjacent, of which the Indian title has been 
extinguished by gifts or grants to the French or English govern- 
ments ; and a piece of land on the main to the north of the island, 
to measure six miles, on lake Huron, or the strait between lakes 
Huron and Michigan, and to extend three miles back from the 
water of the lake or strait ; and also, the Island De Bois Blanc, 
being an extra and voluntary gift of the Chippewa nation. 
14. One piece of land six miles square, at the mouth of Chikago 
river, emptying into the southwest end of lake Michigan, where a 
fort formerly stood. 15. One piece twelve miles square, at or 
near the mouth of the Illinois river, emptying into the Mississippi. 
16. One piece six miles square, at the old Piorias fort and village 
near the south end of the Illinois lake, on said Illinois river. And 
whenever the United States shall think proper to survey and mark 
the boundaries of the lands hereby ceded to them, they shall give 
timely notice thereof to the said tribes of Indians, that they may 
appoint some of their wise chiefs to attend and see that the lines 
are run according to the terms of this treaty. 

And the said Indian tribes will allow to the people of the United 
States a free passage by land and by water, as one and the other 
shall be found convenient, through their country, along the chain 
of posts hereinbefore mentioned ; that is to say, from the com- 
mencement of the portage aforesaid, at or near Loromie's store, 
thence along said portage to the St. Mary's, and down the same 
to fort Wayne, and then down the Miami, to lake Erie ; again, 
from the commencement of the portage at or near Loromie's store 
along the portage from thence to the river Auglaize, and down the 
same to its junction with the Miami at fort Defiance ; again, from 
the commencement of the portage aforesaid, to Sandusky river, 
and down the same to Sandusky bay and lake Erie, and from 
Sandusky to the post which shall be taken at or near the foot 
of the Rapids of the Miami of the lake ; and from thence to 
Detroit. Again, from the mouth of Chikago, to the commencement 
of the portage, between that river and the Illinois, and down the 
Illinois river to the Mississippi ; also, from fort Wayne, along the 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, SHAWANEES, ETC. 57 

portage aforesaid, which leads to the Wabash, and then down the 
Wabash to the Ohio. And the said Indian tribes will also allow 
to the people of the United States, the free use of the harbors 
and mouths of rivers along the lakes adjoining the Indian lands, 
for sheltering vessels and boats, and liberty to land their cargoes 
where necessary for their safety. 

Art. 4, In consideration of the peace now established, and of 
the cessions and relinquishments of lands made in the preceding 
article by the said tribes of Indians, and to manifest the liberality 
of the United States, as the great means of rendering this peace 
strong and perpetual, the United States relinquish their claims to 
all other Indian lands northward of the river Ohio, eastward of the 
Mississippi, and westward and southward of the Great Lakes and 
the waters uniting them, according to the boundary line agreed on 
by the United States and the King of Great Britain, in the treaty 
of peace made between them in the year 1783. But from this 
relinquishment by the United States, the following tracts of land 
are explicitly excepted. 1st. The tract of one hundred and fifty 
thousand acres near the rapids of the river Ohio, which has been 
assigned to General Clark, for the use of himself and his warriors. 
2d. The post of St. Vincennes, on the river Wabash, and the 
lands adjacent, of which the Indian title has been extinguished. 
3d. The lands at all other places in possession of the French 
people and other white settlers among them, of which the Indian 
title has been extinguished as mentioned in the 3d article ; and 
4th. The post of fort Massac towards the mouth of the Ohio. To 
which several parcels of land so excepted, the said tribes relinquish 
all the title and claim which they or any of them may have. 

And for the same considerations and with the same views as 
above mentioned, the United States now deliver to the said Indian 
tribes a quantity of goods to the value of twenty thousand dollars, 
the receipt whereof they do hereby acknowledge ; and hencefor* 
ward, every year, forever, the United States will deliver, at some 
convenient place northward of the river Ohio, like useful goods, 
suited to the circumstances of the Indians, of the value of nine 
thousand five hundred dollars ; reckoning that value at the first 
cost of the goods in the city or place in the United States where 
they shall be procured. The tribes to which those goods are to 
be annually delivered, and the proportions in which they are to be 
delivered, are the following • 

1st. To the Wyandots, the amount of one thousand dollars. 
2d. To the Delawares, the amount of one thousand dollars. 
3d. To the Shawanees, the amount of one thousand dollars. 
4th. To the Miamis, the amount of one thousand dollars. 5th. To 
the Ottawas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 6th. To the 
Chippewas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 7th. To the 
Pattawatimas, the amount of one thousand dollars. 8th. And to 
8 



58 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S ? SHAWANEES, ETC. 



the Kickapoo, Wea, Eel River, Piankeshaw, and Kaskaskia tribes^ 
the amount of five hundred dollars each. 

Provided, that if either of the said tribes shall hereafter, at an 
annual delivery of their share of the goods aforesaid, desire that a 
part of their annuity should be furnished in domestic animals^ 
implements of husbandry, and other utensils convenient for them, 
and in compensation to useful artificers who may reside with or 
near them, and be employed for their benefit, the same shall, at 
the subsequent annual deliveries, be furnished accordingly. 

Art. 5. To prevent any misunderstanding about the Indian 
lands relinquished by the United States in the fourth article, it is 
now explicitly declared, that the meaning of that relinquishment 
is this : the Indian tribes who have a right to those lands, are 
quietly to enjoy them, hunting, planting, and dwelling thereon, 
so long as they please, without any molestation from the United 
States ; but when those tribes, or any of them, shall be disposed 
to sell their lands, or any part of them, they are to be sold only to 
the United States ; and until such sale, the United States will 
protect all the Said Indian tribes in the quiet enjoyment of their 
lands against all citizens of the United States, and against all 
other white persons who intrude upon the same. And the said 
Indian tribes again acknowledge themselves to be under the pro- 
tection of the said United States, and no other power whatever. 

Art. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or any other white 
person or persons, shall presume to settle upon the lands now 
relinquished by the United States, such citizen or other person 
shall be out of the protection of the United States ; and the Indian 
tribe, on whose land the settlement shall be made, may drive oft 
the settler, or punish him in such manner as they shall think fit ; 
and because such settlements, made without the consent of the 
United States, will be injurious to them as well as to the Indians, 
the United States shall be at liberty to break them up, and remove 
and punish the settlers as they shall think proper, and so effect that 
protection of the Indian lands herein before stipulated. 

Art. 7. The said tribes of Indians, parties to this treaty, shall 
be at liberty to hunt within the territory and lands which they have 
now ceded to the United States, without hindrance or molestation, 
so long as they demean themselves peaceably, and offer no injury 
to the people of the United States. 

Art. 8. Trade shall be opened with the said Indian tribes ; and 
they do hereby respectively engage to afford protection to such 
persons, with their property, as shall be duly licensed to reside 
among them for the purpose of trade ; and to their agents and ser- 
vants ; but no person shall be permitted to reside at any of their 
towns or hunting camps, as a trader, who is not furnished with a 
license for that purpose, under the hand and seal of the superin- 
tendent of the department northwest of the Ohio, or such other 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, SHAWANEES, ETC. 59 

person as the President of the United States shall authorize to 
grant such licenses ; to the end, that the said Indians may not 4 
be imposed on in their trade. * And if any licensed trader 
shall abuse his privilege by unfair dealing, upon complaint and 
proof thereof, his license shall be taken from him, and he shall be 
further punished according to the laws of the United States. And 
if any person shall intrude himself as a trader, without such license, 
the said Indians shall take and bring him before the superintendent, 
or his deputy, to be dealt with according to law. And to prevent 
impositions by forged licenses,. the said Indians shall, at least once 
a year, give information to the superintendent, or his deputies, of 
the names of the traders residing among them. 

Art. 9. Lest the firm peace and friendship now established, 
should be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, the United 
States, and the said Indian tribes agree, that for injuries done by 
individuals on either side, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place ; but instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the 
party injured, to the other : by the said Indian tribes or any of 
them, to the President of the United States, or the superintendent 
by him appointed ; and by the superintendent or other person ap- 
pointed by the President, to the principal chiefs of the said Indian 
tribes, or of the tribe to which the offender belongs ; and such pru- 
dent measures shall then be pursued as shall be necessary to pre- 
serve the said peace and friendship unbroken, until the legislature 
(or great council) of the United States, shall make other equitable 
provision in the case, to the satisfaction of both parties. Should 
any Indian tribes meditate a war against the United States, or either 
of them, and the same shall come to the knowledge of the before- 
mentioned tribes, or either of them, they do hereby engage to give 
immediate notice thereof to the general, or officer commanding the 
troops of the United States, at the nearest post. And should any 
tribe, with hostile intentions against the United States, or either 
of them, attempt to pass through their country, they will endeavor 
to prevent the same, and in like manner give information of such 
attempt, to the general, or officer commanding, as soon as possible, 
that all causes of mistrust and suspicion may be avoided between 
them and the United States. In like manner, the United States 
shall give notice to the said Indian tribes of any harm that may be 
meditated against them, or either of them, that shall come to their 
knowledge ; and do all in their power to hinder and prevent the 
same, that the friendship between them may be uninterrupted. 

Art. 10. All other treaties heretofore made between the United 
States, and the said Indian tribes, or any of them, since the treaty 
of 1783, between the United States and Great Britain, that come 

*See, in relation to this licensed trade, the "first explanatory article" of the treaty 
of amity, commerce, and navigation, between the United States and Great Britain, 
of the 19th of November, 1794. 



60 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, SHAWANEES, ETC. 



within the purview of this treaty, shall henceforth cease and become 
void. 

In testimony whereof, the said Anthony Wayne, and the sachems 
and war chiefs of the beforementioned nations and tribes of 
Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals- 
Done at Greenville, in the territory of the United States north- 
west of the river Ohio, on the third day of August, one thou- 



sand seven hundred and ninety-five. 

Anthony Wayne,. l. s. 

WYANDOT S. 

Tarhe, or Crane, his x mark,. l. s. 

J. Williams, jun.. his x mark, l. s. 

Teyyaghtaw, his x mark,, l. s. 

Haroenyou, or half king's son, his x mark ? l. s. 

Tehaawtorens, his x mark, l. s. 

Awmeyeeray, his x mark, l. s. 

Stayetah, his x mark, l. s. 

Shateyyaronyah, or Leather Lips, his x mark„ l. s. 

Daughshuttayah, his x mark, l. s. 

Shaawrunthe, his x mark, l. s. 

DEL A WARES, 

Tetabokshke, or Grand Glaize King, his x mark,, l. s. 

Lemantanquis, or Black King, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabatthoe, his x mark, l. s- 

Maghpiway, or Red Feather, his x mark, l. s. 

Kikthawenund, or Anderson, his x mask,, l. s. 

Bukongehelas, his x mark, l. s. 

Peekeelund, his x mark, l. s. 

Wellebawkeelund, his x mark, l. s. 

Peekeetelemund, or Thomas Adams, his x mark, l. s, 

Kishkopekund, or Captain Buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

Amenahehan, or Captain Crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Queshawksey, or George Washington, his x mark, l. s. 

Weywinquis, or Billy Siscomb, his x mark, l. s. 

Moses, his x mark,. l. s. 

SHAWANEES. 

Misquacoonacaw, or Red Pole, his x mark, l. s, 

Cutthewekasaw, or Black Hoof, his x mark 7 x. s. 

Kaysewaesekah, his x mark, l. s, 

Weythapamattha, his x mark, l. s. 

Nianymseka, his x mark, l. s. 

Waytheah, or Long Shanks, his x mark,, l. s* 



WYANDOTS, DELA WARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 61 



Weyapiersenwaw, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, l. s. 

Nequetaughaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Hahgooseekaw, or Captain Reed, his x mark, l. s. 

OTTAWA s. 

Augooshaway, his x mark, l. s. 

Keenoshameek, his x mark, l. s. 

La Malice, his x mark, l. s. 

Machiwetah, his x mark, l. s. 

Thowonawa, his x mark, l. s. 

Secaw, his x mark, l. s. 

chippewas. 

Mashipinashiwish, or Bad Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Nahshogashe, (from Lake Superior,) his x mark, l. s. 

Kathawasung, his x mark, l. s. 

Masass, his x mark, l. s. 

Nemekass, or Little Thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Peshawkay, or Young Ox, his xmark, l. s. 

Nanguey, his x mark, l. s. 

Meenedohgeesogh, his x mark, l. s. 

Peewanshemenogh, his x mark, l. s. 

Weymegwas, his x mark, l. s. 

Gobmaatick, his x mark, l. s. 

OTTAWA. 

Chegonickska, (an Ottawa from Sandusky,) his x mark, l. s. 

PATTAWATIMAS OF THE RIVER ST. JOSEPH. 

Thupenebu, his x mark, l. s. 

Nawac, (for himself and brother Etsimethe,) his x mark, l. s 

Nenanseka, his x mark, l. s. 

Keesass, or Run, his x mark, l. s. 
Kabamasaw, (for himself and brother Chisaugan,) his xmark, l. s. 

Sugganunk, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapmeme, or White Pigeon, his x mark, l. s. 

Wacheness, (for himself and brother Pedagoshok,) his xmark, l. s. 

Wabshicawnaw, his x mark, l. s. 

La Chasse, his x mark, L. s. 
Meshegethenogh, (for himself and brother Wawasek,) his x 

mark, l. s. 

Hingoswash, his x mark, l. s. 

Anewasaw, his x mark, L. s. 

Nawbudgh, his x mark, l. s. 

Missenogomaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Waweegshe, his x mark, L. s. 

Thawme, or Le Blanc, his x mark, l. s. 
Geeque, (for himself and brother Shewinse,) his x mark, l. s. 



62 WYANDOT S j DELA WARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 

PATTAWATIMAS OF HURON. 

Okia, his x mark, l. s. 

Chamung, his x mark, l. s. 

Segagewan, his x mark, l. s. 

Nanawme, (for himself and brother A. Gin,) his x mark, l. s. 

Marchand, his x mark, l. s. 

Wenameac, his x mark, l. s, 

MIAMI s. 

Nagohquangogh, or Le Gris, his x mark, l. s. 

Meshekunnoghquoh, or Little Turtle, his x mark, l. s. 

MIAMIS AND EEL RIVERS. 

Peejeewa, or Richard Ville, his x mark, l. s, 

Cochkepoghtogh, his x mark, l. s. 

EEL RIVER TRIBE. 

Shamekunnesa, or Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

miamis. 

Wapamangwa, or the White Loon, his x mark, l. s. 

WEAS, FOR THEMSELVES AND THE PIANKESHAWS. 

Amacunsa, or Little Beaver, his x mark, l. s. 

Acoolatha, or Little Fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Francis, his x mark, L. s. 

KICKAPOOS AND KASKASKIAS. 

Keeawhah, his x mark, l. s. 

Nemighka, or Josey Renard, his x mark, l. s. 

Paikeekanogh, his x mark, l. s. 

DELAWARES OF SANDUSKY. 

Hawkinpumiska, his x mark, l. s. 

Peyamawksey, his x mark, l. s. 
Reyntueco, (of the Six Nations, living at Sandusky,) his x 

mark, l. s. 

In presence of, ( the word " goods" in the 6th line of the 3d 
article; the word " before" in the 26th line of the 3d article; 
the words " five hundred" in the 10th line of the 4th article, 
and the word " Piankeshaw " in the 14th line of the 4th article, 
being first interlined,) 

H. De Butts, first A. B. C. and Sec'ry to Major Gen. Wayne, 
Wm. H. Harrison, Aid de Camp to Major Gen, Wayne, 
T. Lewis, Aid de Camp to Major Gen. Wayne, 



SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA. 



63 



James O'Hara, Quartermaster Gen^L 
John Mills, Major of Infantry, and Adj. GenH. 
Caleb Swan, P. M. T. U. S. 
Geo. Demter, Lieut. Artillery, 
Vigo, 

P. Frs. La Fontaine, 
Ant. Lasselle, 
H. Lasselle, 
Jn. Beau Bien, 

David Jones, Chaplain U. S. S. 
Lewis Beaufait, 
R. Lachambre, 
Jas. Pepen, 
Baties Coutien, 
P. Navarre. 



Sworn Interpreters. 
Wm. Wells, 
Jacques Lasselle, 
M. Morins, 
Bt. Sans Crainte, 
Christopher Miller, 
Robert Wilson, 

Abraham Williams, his x mark? 
Isaac Zane, his x mark. 



SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA. 

[ CONCLUDED MAY 31* 1796. ] 

At a ifedty held at the city of Mew York, with the nations or tribes 
of Indians, denominating themselves the Seven JVations of Ca- 
nada ; Abraham Ogden, commissioner, appointed under the 
authority of the United States, to hold the treaty, Ohnavjeio, alias 
Goodstream, Teharagwanegen, alias Thomas Williams, two chiefs 
of the Caghnawagas ; Atiatoharongwan, alias Colonel Lewis 
Cook, a chief of the St. Regis Indians, and William Gray, depu- 
ties, authorized to represent the Seven JVations or tribes of Indians 
at the treaty, and Mr. Gray, serving also as interpreter ; Egbert 
Benson, Richard Varick, arid James Watson, agents for the 
State of New York; William Constable and Daniel Mc Cor mick y 
purchasers under Alexander Macomb : 

The agents for the State having, in the presence and with the 
approbation of the commissioner, proposed to the deputies for the 
Indians the compensation hereinafter mentioned, for the extinguish- 
ment of their claim to all lands within the State, and the said 
deputies being willing to accept the same, it is thereupon granted, 
agreed, and concluded, between the said deputies and the said 
agents, as follows : the said deputies do, for, and in the name of 
the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, cede, release, and 
quit claim to the people of the State of New York, for ever, all the 
claim, right, or title of them, the said Seven Nations or tribes of 
Indians, to lands within the said State : provided nevertheless, 
that the tract equal to six miles square, reserved in the sale made 
by the commissioners of the land office of the said State, to Alex- 



64 



SEVEN NATIONS OF CANADA. 



ander Macomb, to be applied to the use of the Indians of the 
village of St. Regis, shall still remain so reserved. The said 
agents do, for and in the name of the people of the State of New 
York, grant to the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians that the 
people of the State of New York shall pay to them, at the mouth 
of the river Chazy, on Lake Champlain, on the third Monday in 
August next, the sum of one thousand two hundred and thirty- 
three pounds six shillings and eight pence, and the further sum of 
two hundred and thirteen pounds six shillings and eight pence, 
lawful money, of the said State ; and on the third Monday in Au- 
gust, yearly, for ever thereafter, the like sum of two hundred and 
thirteen pounds six shillings and eight pence : provided neverthe- 
less, that the people of the State of New York shall not be held to 
pay the said sums, unless, in respect to the two sums to be paid 
on the third Monday in August next, at least twenty, and in 
respect to the said yearly sum to be paid thereafter, at least five, 
of the principal men of the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, 
shall attend as deputies to receive and to give receipts for the 
same : the said deputies having suggested, that the Indians of the 
village of St. Regis have built a mill on Salmon river, and another 
on Grass river ; and that the meadows on Grass river are neces- 
sary to them for hay ; in order, therefore, to secure to the Indians 
of the said village, the use of the said mills and meadows, in case 
they should hereafter appear not to be included within the above 
tract, so to remain reserved ; it is, therefore, also agreed and con- 
cluded between the said deputies, the said agents, and the said 
William Constable and Daniel McCormick, for themselves and 
their associates, purchasers under the said Alexander Macomb, of 
the adjacent lands, that there shall be reserved, to be applied to 
the use of the Indians of the said village of St. Regis, in like 
manner as the said tract is to remain reserved ; a tract of one mile 
square, at each of the said mills, and the meadows on both sides 
of the said Grass river, from the said mill thereon to its confluence 
with the river St. Lawrence. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, the said deputies, 
the said agents, and the said William Constable and Daniel 
McCormick, have hereunto, and to two other acts of the same 
tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, another 
to remain with the State of New York, and another to remain 
with the said Seven Nations or tribes of Indians, set their 
hands and seals, in the city of New York, the thirty-first day 
of May, in the twentieth year of the independence of the United 
States, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-six. 

Abraham Ogden, l. s. 

Egbert Benson, l. s. 

Richard Varick, l. s. 



CE.En.KS. 



65 



James Watson, L> Si 

William Constable, L> St 

Daniel McCormick, L< s> 

Ohaweio, alias Goodstream, his x mark, l. s. 

Otiatokarongwan, alias Col. Lewis Cook, his x mark, -l. s* 
William Gray, l. s. 

Teharagwanegen, alias Thos. Williams, his x mark, l. g. 

Signed, scaled, and delivered, in the presence of 

Samuel Jones, Recorder of the City of New York, 

John Tayler, Recorder of the City of Albany, 

Joseph Ogden Hoffman, Attorney General of the Stale of New York. 



CREEKS. 

[conclude© june 29, 1796; ratified march 18, 1797.] 
JOHN ADAMS, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICAj 

To all to whom these presents shall come ; greeting : 

Whereas, a treaty of peace and friendship was made and con^ 
eluded on, at Colerain, in the State of Georgia, the twenty-ninth 
day of June, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-six, between 
the President of the United States of America, on the one part, 
and behalf of the said States, and the kings, chiefs and warriors 
of the Creek nation of Indians on the part of the said nation; 
which treaty is in the words following, to wit : 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between the 
President of the United States of America^, on the one part, and 
behalf of the said States, and the undersigned kings, chiefs, and 
warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part of the 
said nation* 

The parties being desirous of establishing permanent peace and 
friendship between the United States and the said Creek nation, 
and the citizens and members thereof; and to remove the causes of 
war, by ascertaining their limits, and making other necessary, just, 
and friendly arrangements; the President of the United States, by 
Benjamin Hawkins, George Clymer, and Andrew Pickens, com- 
missioners whom he hath constituted with powers for these pur- 
poses, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate; and the 
Creek nation of Indians, by the undersigned kings, chiefs, and 
warriors, representing the whole Creek nation, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. The treaty entered into at New York, between the 
parties, on the 7th day of August, 1790, is, and shall remain ob* 
9 



66 



CREEKS. 



ligatory on the contracting parties, according to the terms of it, 
except as herein provided for. 

Art. 2. The boundary line from the Currahee mountain to the 
head or source of the main south branch of the Oconee river, 
called by the white people Appalatchee, and by the Indians Tula- 
pocka, and down the middle of the same, shall be clearly ascertain- 
ed and marked, at such time, and in such manner, as the President 
shall direct. And the Indians will, on being informed of the^detei- 
mination of the President, send as many of their old chiefs as he 
may require, to see the line ascertained and marked. 

Art. 3. The President of the United States of America shall 
have full powers, whenever he may deem it advisable, to establish 
a trading or military post on the south side of the Alatamaha on 
the bluff, about one mile above Beard's Bluff; or any where, from 
thence down the said river on the lands of the Indians, to garrison 
the same with any part of the military force of the United States, 
to protect the post, and to prevent the violation of any of the pro- 
visions or regulations subsisting between the parties : and the 
Indians do hereby annex to the post aforesaid, a tract of land of 
five miles square, bordering one side on the river; which post and 
the lands annexed thereto, are hereby ceded to, and shall be to the 
use, and under the government, of the United States of America. 

Art. 4. As soon as the President of the United States has 
determined on the time and manner of running the line from the 
Currahee mountain, to the head or source of the main south branch 
of the Oconee, and notified the chiefs of the Creek land of the 
same, a suitable number of persons on their part, shall attend to 
see the same completed : and if the President should deem it pro- 
per, then to fix on any place or places adjoining the river, and on 
the Indian lands, for military or trading posts, the Creeks who 
attend there will concur in fixing the same, according to the wishes 
of the President. And to each post the Indians shall annex a 
tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river. 
And the said lands shall be to the use, and under the government 
of the United States of America : provided always, that whenever 
any of the trading or military posts mentioned in this treaty, shall, 
in the opinion of the President of the United States of America, 
be no longer necessary for the purposes intended by this cession, 
the same shall revert to, and become a part of the Indian lands. 

Art. 5. Whenever the President of the United States of Ame- 
rica, and the King of Spain, may deem it advisable to mark the 
boundaries which separate their territories, the President shall 
give notice thereof to the Creek chiefs, who will furnish two prin- 
cipal chiefs, and twenty hunters to accompany the persons em- 
ployed on this business, as hunters and guides, from the Choctaw 
country, to the head of St. Mary's. The chiefs shall receive each 
half a dollar per day, and the hunters one quarter of a dollar each 



CREEKS. 



67 



per day, and ammunition, and a reasonable value for the meat 
delivered by them for the use of the persons on this service. 

Art. 6. The treaties of Hopewell, between the United States 
and the Choctaws and Chickasaws, and at Holston, between the 
Cherokees and the United States, mark the boundaries of those 
tribes of Indians. And the Creek nation do hereby relinquish all 
claims to any part of the territory inhabited or claimed by the citi- 
zens of the United States, in conformity with the said treaties. 

Art. 7. The Creek nation shall deliver, as soon as practicable, 
to the superintendent of Indian affairs, at such place as he may 
direct, all citizens of the United States, white inhabitants, and 
negroes, who are now prisoners in any part of the said nation, 
agreeable to the treaty at New York, and also all citizens, white 
inhabitants, negroes and property taken since the signing of that 
treaty. And if any such prisoners, negroes, or property should 
not be delivered, on or before the first day of January next, the 
governor of Georgia may empower three persons to repair to the 
said nation, in order to claim and receive such prisoners, negroes, 
and property ; under the direction of the President of the United 
States. 

Art. 8. In consideration of the friendly disposition of the Creek 
nation towards the government of the United States, evidenced 
by the stipulations in the present treaty, and particularly the leav- 
ing it in the discretion of the President to establish trading or mili- 
tary posts on their lands ; the commissioners of the United States, 
on behalf of the said States, give to the said nation, goods to the 
value of six thousand dollars, and stipulate to send to the Indian 
nation, two blacksmiths, with strikers, to be employed for the 
upper and lower Creeks, with the necessary tools. 

Art. 9. All animosities for past grievances shall henceforth 
cease, and the contracting parties will carry the foregoing treaty 
into full execution with all good faith and sincerity : provided 
nevertheless, that persons now under arrest, in the State of Geor- 
gia, for a violation of the treaty at New York, are not to be included 
in this amnesty, but are to abide the decision of law. 

Art. 10. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate. 

Done at Colerain, the 29th of June, one thousand seven hundred 
and ninety-six.^ 



Benjamin Hawkins, l. s. 

George Clymer, l. s. 

Andrew Pickens, l. s. 

cowetas, Chruchateneah, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusikia Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Inclenis Mico, his x mark, l. s. 



68 CREEKS. 



Tuskenah, his x mark, l. s, 
Ookfuskee Tustuneka, his x mark, l. s. 

Clewalee Tustuneka, his x mark, l. s. 

cussitas, Tusikia Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Cussita Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Fusateehee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Opoey Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

broken arrows, Tustuneka Mico, his x mark, l, s. 

Othley Opoey, his x mark, l. s. 

Opoey Tustuneka, his x mark, - l. s. 

Oboethly Tustuneka, his x mark, l. s. 

euchees, Euehee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

usuchees, Osaw Enehah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ephah Tuskenah, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusikia Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

che haws, Chehaw Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

talehanas, Othley Poey Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Othley Poey Tustimiha, his x mark, l. s. 

oakmulgees, Opoey Thlocco, his x mark, l. s. 

Parachuckley, his x mark, l. s, 

Tuskenah, his x mark, l. s. 

euphales, Panose Mico, his x mark, l. s, 

Tustunika Chopco, his x mark, l. s. 

ottassees, Fusatehee Hulloo Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusikia Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Mico Opoey, his x mark, l. s. 

tallessees, Tallessee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Othley Poey Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

little oakjoys, Meeke Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

hicory grouxd, Opoey Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

kuyalegees, Kelese Hatkie, his x mark, l. s. 

weakis, Nenehomotca Opoey, his x mark, l. s, 

Tusikia Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

cleewallees, Opoey-e-Matia, his x mark, l. s. 

coosis, Hosonupe Hodjo, his x mark, l. s. 

tuckabathees, Holahto Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Tustunika Thlocco, his x mark, l. s. 

oakfuskees, Pashphalaha, his x mark, l. s. 

abacouchees, Spani Hodjo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tustonika, his x mark, l. s. 

upper euphaules, Opoey, his x mark, l. s. 

natchees, Chinibe ; his x mark, l. s. 



CREEKS. 



69 



upper cheehaws, Spokoi Hodjo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tustunika, his x mark, l. s. 

mackasookos, Tuskeehenehaw, his x mark, l. s. 

oconees, Knapematha Thlocco, his x mark, l. s. 

cusetahs, Cusa Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusekia Mico Athee, his x mark, l. s. 

Halartee Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

Talahoua Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Neathlocto, his x mark, l. s. 

Nuckfamico, his x mark, l. s. 

Estechaco Mico, his x mark, l. s. 
Tuskegee Tuskinagee, his x mark, l. s. 

Cochus Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Opio Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Oneas Tustenagee, his x mark, l. s. 

Alak Ajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Stilcpeck Chatee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuchesee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

kealeegees, Cheea Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

hitchetaws, Talmasee Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

tuckabatchees, Tustincke Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Okolissa, his x mark, l. s. 

Coweta Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

Coosa Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Fusatchee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Pio Hatkee, his x mark, l. s. 

Foosatchee Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Neathlaco, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuchabatchee Howla, his x mark, l. s. 

Spoko Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

kialeegees, Chuckchack Nincha, his x mark, l. s. 

Opoyo Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

Lachlee Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

big tallasees, Chowostia Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Neathloco Opyo, his x mark, l. s. 

Neathloco, his x mark, l. s. 

Chowlactley Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Tocoso Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoochee Matla, his x mark, l. s. 

Howlacta, his x mark, l. s. 

Tustinica Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Opoy Fraico, his x mark, l. s. 

big talassee, Houlacta, his x mark, l. s. 

Etcatee Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 



70 



CREEKS. 



Chosolop Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

Coosa Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

tuchabatchees, Chohajo, his x mark, l. s 

coosis, Tuskegee Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

Talmasa Watalica, his x mark, l. s 

euphalees, Totkes Hago, his x mark, l. s 

otasees, Opio Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

Yafkee Mall Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

Oboyethlee Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

Tustinagee Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

Hillibee Tustinagee Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

Effa Tuskeena, his x mark, l. s 

Emathlee Loco, his x mark, l. s 

Tustanagee Mico, his x mark, l. s 

Yaha Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

Cunctastee Tustanagee, his x mark, l. s 

ottasees, Coosa Tustinagee, his x mark, L. s 

Neamatle Matla, his x mark, l. s 

weeokees, Tusticnika Hajo, his x mark, l. s 

tuchabathees, Neamatoochee, his x mark, l. s 

cussitas, Telewa Othleopoya, his x mark, l. s 

Talmasse Matla, his x mark, l. s 

Niah Weathla, his x mark, l. s 

Emathlee-laco, his x mark, l. s 

Ottesee Matla, his x mark, l. s 

Muclassee Matla, his x mark, l. s 

Eufallee Matla, his x mark, l. s 

tuckabatchees, Cunipee Howla, his x mark, l. s 

cowetas, Hospotak Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

natchez, Spoko Hodjo, his x mark, l. s 

uchees, Tustinagee Chatee, his x mark, l. s 

usuchees, Spokoca Tustinagee, his x mark, l. s 

Othley-poey-Tustinagee, his x mark, L. s 

Tuskeeneah, his x mark, l. s 



Witness : 

J. Seagrove, Superintendent Indian Affairs, C. JV. 

Henry Gaither, Lieutenant Colonel Commandant, 

Const. Freeman, A. W. D. Major Artillery and Engineers y 

Samuel Tinsley, Capt. 3d Sub-legion, 

Samuel Allison, Ensign 2d Sub-legion, 

John W. Thompson, Ensign 1st U. S. S. Legion, 

Geo. Gillasspy, Surgeon L. U. S., 

Tim. Barnard, D. A. and Sworn Interpreter, 



CREEKS. 



71 



James Burges, D. A. and Sworn Interpreter, 
James Jordan, 
Richard Thomas, 
Alexander Cornels, 

William Eaton, Capt. 4th U. S. Sub-legion, ComdH. at Cokrain> 
and Secretary to the Commission, 

And whereas the Senate of the United States, two-thirds of the 
senators present concurring, did, by their resolution of the second 
day of March instant, " consent to, and advise the President of 
the United States to ratify the treaty of peace and friendship, 
made and concluded at Colerain, in the State of Georgia, on the 
29th June, 1796, between the President of the United States of 
America, on the part and behalf of the said States, and the kings, 
chiefs, and warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians, on the part 
of the said nation : provided, and on condition, that nothing in 
the third and fourth articles of the said treaty, expressed in the 
words following : 6 Art. 3. The President of the United States 
of America shall have full powers, whenever he may deem it 
advisable, to establish a trading or military post on the south side 
of the Alatamaha, on the bluff about one mile above Beard's Bluff; 
or any where from thence down the said river, on the lands of the 
Indians, to garrison the same with any part of the military force of 
the United States, to protect the post, and to prevent the violation 
of any of the provisions or regulations subsisting between the 
parties : and the Indians do hereby annex to the post aforesaid, a 
tract of land of five miles square, bordering one side on the river, 
which post and the lands annexed thereto, are hereby ceded to, 
and shall be to the use, and under the government, of the United 
States of America.' ' Art. 4. As soon as the President of the 
United States has determined on the time and manner of running 
the line from the Currahee mountain, to the head or source of the 
main south branch of the Oconee, and notified the chiefs of the 
Creek land of the same, a suitable number of persons on their part 
shall attend, to see the same completed : and if the President 
should deem it proper, then to fix on any place or places adjoining 
the river, and on the Indian lands for military or trading posts ; 
the Creeks, who attend there, will concur in fixing the same, 
according to the wishes of the President. And to each post, the 
Indians shall annex a tract of land of five miles square, bordering 
one side on the river. And the said lands shall be to the use and 
under the government of the United States of America : provided 
always, that whenever any of the trading or military posts men- 
tioned in this treaty, shall, in the opinion of the President of the 
United States of America, be no longer necessary for the purposes 
intended by this cession, the same shall revert to, and become a 
part of the Indian lands :' shall be construed to effect any claim of 
the State of Georgia, to the right of pre-emption in the land 



72 



MOHAWKS. 



therein set apart for military or trading posts ; or to give to the 
United States without the consent of the said State, any right to 
the soil or to the exclusive legislation over the same ; or any 
other right than that of establishing, maintaining, and exclusively 
governing military and trading posts within the Indian territory 
mentioned in the said articles, as long as the frontier of Georgia 
may require these establishments." 

Now know ye, that I, having seen and considered the said 
treaty, do hereby accept, ratify, and confirm the same, and every 
article and clause thereof ; under and subject to the proviso and 
condition mentioned and contained in the aforesaid resolution of 
the Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United 
States to be hereunto affixed, and signed the same with my 
hand. 

Given at the cky of Philadelphia, the eighteenth day of March, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety-seven, and in the twenty-first year of the sovereignty 
and independence of the United States of America. 

JOHN ADAMS. 

By the President of the United States : 

TIMOTHY PICKERING, Secretary of State. 



MOHAWKS. 

[ CONCLUDED MARCH 29, 1797. ] 

Relinquishment to New York, by the Mohawk nation of Indians, 
under the sanction of the United States of America , of all claim 
to lands in that State. 

At a treaty held under the authority of the United States, with 
the Mohawk nation of Indians, residing in the province of Upper 
Canada, within the dominions of the King of Great Britain, pre* 
sent the honorable Isaac Smith, commissioner appointed by the 
United States to hold this treaty ; Abraham Ten Broeck, Egbert 
Benson, and Ezra L'Hommedieu, agents for the State of New 
York ; captain Joseph Brandt, and captain John Deserontyon, two 
of the said Indians, and deputies to represent the said nation at 
this treaty. 

The said agents having, in the presence, and with the approba- 
tion of the said commissioner, proposed to and adjusted with the 
said deputies, the compensation as hereinafter mentioned to be 
made to the said nation, for their claim, to be extinguished by this 
treaty, to alllands within the said State: it is thereupon finally agreed 
and done, between the said agents, and the said deputies, as fol- 



SENEKAS. 



73 



lows, that is to say : the said agents do agree to pay to the said 
deputies, the sum of one thousand dollars, for the use of the said 
nation, to be by the said deputies paid over to, and distributed 
among, the persons and families of the said nation, according to 
their usages. The sum of five hundred dollars, for the expenses 
of the said deputies, during the time they have attended this 
treaty : and the sum of one hundred dollars, for their expenses in 
returning, and for conveying the said sum of one thousand dollars, 
to where the said nation resides. And the said agents do accord- 
ingly, for and in the name of the people of the State of New York, 
pay the said three several sums to the said deputies, in the presence 
of the said commissioner. And the said deputies do agree to cede 
and release, and these presents witness, that they accordingly do, 
for and in the name of the said nation, in consideration of the said 
compensation, cede and release to the people of the State of New 
York, forever, all the right or title of the said nation to lands 
within the said state : and the claim of the said nation to lands 
within the said state, is hereby wholly and finally extinguished. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, the said agents, and 
the said deputies, have hereunto, and to two other acts of 
the same tenor and date, one to remain with the United 
States, one to remain with the said State, and one delivered to 
the said deputies, to remain with the said nation, set their 
hands and seals, at the city of Albany, in the said State, the 
twenty-ninth day of March, in the year one thousand seven 
hundred and ninety-seven. 

Isaac Smith, l. s. 

Abm. Ten Broeck, l. $* 
Witnesses. Egbt. Benson, l. s. 

Robert Yates, Ezra L'Hommedieu, l. s* 

John Tayler, Jos. Brandt, l. s. 

Chas. Williamson, John Deserontyon, l. s. 

Thomas Morris, 

The mark of x John Abeei, alias the Cornplanter, a chief of the 
Senekas. 



SENEKAS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 15, 1797. ] 

Contract entered into under the sanction of the United States of 
America, between Robert Morris and the Seneka nation of 
Indians. 

This indenture, made the fifteenth day of September, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, 
between the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation 
10 



74 



SENEKAS. 



of Indians, of the first part, and Robert Morris, of the city of 
Philadelphia, esquire, of the second part. 

Whereas, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts have granted, 
bargained, and sold unto the said Robert Morris, his heirs and 
assigns, forever, the pre-emptive right, and all other the right, 
title, and interest, which the said commonwealth had to all that 
tract of land hereinafter particularly mentioned, being part of a 
tract of land lying within the State of New York, the right of 
pre-emption of the soil whereof, from the native Indians, was 
ceded and granted by the said State of New York, to the said 
commonwealth: and whereas, at a treaty held under the authority 
of the United States, with the said Seneka nation of Indians, at 
Genesee, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, on 
the day of the date of these presents, and on sundry days imme* 
diately prior thereto, by the honorable Jeremiah Wadsworth, 
esquire, a commissioner appointed by the President of the United 
States to hold the same, in pursuance of the constitution, and of 
the act of the congress of the United States, in such case made and 
provided, it was agreed, in the presence and with the approbation 
of the said commissioner, by the sachems, chiefs, and w T arriors of 
the said nation of Indians, for themselves and in behalf of their 
nation, to sell to the said Robert Morris, and to his heirs and 
assigns, forever, all their right to all that tract of land above re- 
cited, and hereinafter particularly specified, for the sum of one hun- 
dred thousand dollars, to be by the said Robert Morris vested in 
the stock of the Bank of the United States, and held in the name 
of the President of the United States, for the use and behoof of 
the said nation of Indians, the said agreement and sale being also 
made in the presence, and with the approbation of the honorable 
William Shepard, esquire, the superintendent appointed for such 
purpose, in pursuance of a resolve of the general court of the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, passed the eleventh day of 
March, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety- one : now this indenture witnesseth, that the said parties, 
of the first part, for and in consideration of the premises above 
recited, and for divers other good and valuable considerations 
them thereunto moving, have granted, bargained, sold, aliened, 
released, enfeoffed, and confirmed ; and by these presents do 
grant, bargain, sell, alien, release, enfeoff, and confirm, unto the 
said party of the second part, his heirs and assigns, forever, all 
that certain tract of land, except as is hereinafter excepted, lying 
within the county of Ontario, and State of New York, being part 
of a tract of land, the right of pre-emption whereof was ceded 
by the State of New York to the commonwealth of Massachusetts, 
by deed of cession executed at Hartford, on the sixteenth day of 
December, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred 
and eighty-six, being all such part thereof as is not included in 
the Indian purchase made by Oliver Phelps and Nathaniel Gorham, 



SENEKAS. 



75 



and bounded as follows, to wit : easterly, by the land confirmed 
to Oliver Phelps and Nathaniel Gorham by the legislature of the 
commonwealth of Massachusetts, by an act passed the twenty-first 
day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven 
hundred and eighty-eight ; southerly, by the north boundary line 
of the State of Pennsylvania ; westerly, partly by a tract of land, 
part of the land ceded by the State of Massachusetts to the United 
States, and by them sold to Pennsylvania, being a right angled 
triangle, whose hypothenuse is in or along the shore of lake Erie ; 
partly by lake Erie, from the northern point of that triangle to the 
southern bounds of a tract of land one mile in width, lying on 
and along the east side of the strait of Niagara, and partly by the 
said tract to lake Ontario ; and on the north by the boundary line 
between the United States and the King of Great Britain ; ex- 
cepting nevertheless, and always reserving out of this grant and 
conveyance, all such pieces or parcels of the aforesaid tract, and 
such privileges thereunto belonging, as are next hereinafter parti- 
cularly mentioned, which said pieces or parcels of land so excepted, 
are, by the parties to these presents, clearly and fully understood 
to remain the property of the said parties of the first part, in as 
full and ample manner as if these presents had not been executed ; 
that is to say, excepting and reserving to them, the said parties 
of the first part, and their nation, one piece or parcel of the afore- 
said tract, at Canawagus, of two square miles, to be laid Qut in 
such manner as to include the village, extending in breadth one 
mile along the river ; one other piece or parcel at Big Tree, of 
two square miles, to be laid out in such manner as to include the 
village, extending in breadth along the river one mile ; one other 
piece or parcel of two square miles at Little Beard's town, ex- 
tending one mile along the river, to be laid off in such manner as 
to include the village ; one other tract of two square miles, at 
Squawky Hill, to be laid off as follows, to wit : one square mile 
to be laid off along the river, in such manner as to include the 
village, the other directly west thereof and contiguous thereto ; 
one other piece or parcel at Gardeau, beginning at the mouth of 
Steep Hill creek, thence due east, until it strikes the old path, 
thence south until a due west line will intersect with certain steep 
rocks on the west side of Genesee river, then extending due west, 
due north, and due east, until it strikes the first mentioned bound, 
enclosing as much land on the west side as on the east side of the 
river. One other piece or parcel at Kaounadeau, extending in 
length eight miles along the river and two miles in breadth. One 
other piece or parcel at Cataraugos, beginning at the mouth of 
the Eighteen mile or Koghquaugu creek, thence a line or lines to 
be drawn parallel to lake Erie, at the distance of one mile from 
the lake, to the mouth of Cataraugos creek, thence a line or lines 
extending twelve miles up the north side of said creek at the dis- 
tance of one mile therefrom, thence a direct line to the said creek, 



76 



SENEKAS. 



thence down the said creek to lake Erie, thence along the lake to 
the first mentioned creek, and thence to the place of beginning. 
Also, one other piece at Cataraugos, beginning at the shore of lake 
Erie, on the south side of Cataraugos creek, at the distance of 
one mile from the mouth thereof, thence running one mile from the 
lake, thence on a line parallel thereto to a point within one mile 
from the Connondauweyea creek, thence up the said creek one 
mile, on a line parallel thereto, thence on a direct line to the 
said creek, thence down the same to lake Erie, thence along the 
lake to the place of beginning. Also one other piece or parcel 
of forty-two square miles, at or near the Allegenny river. Also, 
two hundred square miles, to be laid off partly at the Buffalo and 
partly at the Tannawanta creeks. Also excepting and reserving 
to them, the said parties of the first part and their heirs, the pri- 
vilege of fishing and hunting on the said tract of land hereby in- 
tended to be conveyed. And it is hereby understood by and 
between the parties to these presents, that all such pieces or 
parcels of land as are hereby reserved, and are not particularly 
described as to the manner in which the same are to be laid off, 
shall be laid off in such manner as shall be determined by the 
sachems and chiefs residing at or near the respective villages 
where such reservations are made, a particular note whereof to be 
endorsed on the back of this deed, and recorded therewith, to- 
gether with all and singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, 
and appurtenances thereunto belonging, or in anywise apper- 
taining. And all the estate, right, title, and interest, whatsoever, 
of them the said parties of the first part and their nation, of, in, 
and to the said tract of land above described, except as is above 
excepted, to have and to hold all and singular the said granted 
premises, with the appurtenances, to the said party of the second 
part, his heirs and assigns, to his and their proper use, benefit, and 
behoof forever. 

In witness whereof, the parties to these presents have hereunto 
interchangeably set their hands and seals, the day and year 



first above written. 

Robert Morris, by his attorney, Thomas Morris, l. s. 

Koyengquahtah, alias Young King, his x mark, l. s. 

Soonookshewan, his x mark, l. s. 

Konutaico, alias Handsome Lake, his x mark, l. s. 
Sattakanguyase, alias Two Skies of a length, his x mark, l. s. 

Onayawos, or Farmer's Brother, his x mark, l. s. 

Soogooyawauta.u, alias Red Jacket, his x mark, l. s. 

Gishkaka, alias Little Billy, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaoundoowana, alias Pollard, his x mark, l. s. 
Ouneashataikau, or Tall Chief, by his agent, Stevenson, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Teahdowainggua, alias Thos. Jemison, his x mark, l^.s. 



SENEKAS. 



77 



Onnonggaiheko, alias Infant, his x mark, l. s. 

Tekonnondee, his x mark, L . s . 

Oneghtaugooau, his x mark, l. s. 

Connawaudeau, his x mark, l. s. 

Taosstaien, his x mark, l. s. 

Koeentwahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, l. s. 
Oosaukaunendauki, alias to Destroy a Town, his x mark, l. s. 

Sooeoowa, alias Parrot Nose, his x mark, l. s. 

Toonahookahwa, his x mark, l. s. 

Howwennounew, his x mark, l. s. 

Kounahkaetoue, his x mark, l. Si 

Taouyaukauna, his x mark, l. s. 

Woudougoohkta, his x mark, l. s. 

Sonauhquaukau, his x mark, l. s. 

Twaunauiyana, his x mark, l. s. 

Takaunoudea, his x mark, l. s. 

Shequinedaughque, or Little Beard, his x mark, l. s. 

Jowaa, his x mark, l. s. 

Saunajee, his x mark, l. s. 

T auoiyuquatakausea, his x mark, l. s. 

Taoundaudish, his x mark, l. s. 

Tooauquinda, his x mark, l. s. 

Ahtaou, his x mark, l. s. 

Taukooshoondakoo, his x mark, l. s. 

Kauneskanggo, his x mark, l. s. 

Soononjuwau, his x mark, l. s. 

Tonowauiya, or Captaiu Bullet, his x mark, l. s. 

Jaahkaaeyas, his x mark, l. s. 

Taugihshauta, his x mark, l. s. 

Sukkenjoonau, his x mark, l. s. 

Ahquatieya, or Hot Bread, his x mark, l. s. 

Suggonundau, his x mark, l. s. 

Taunowaintooh, his x mark, l. s. 

Konnonjoowauna, his x mark, l. s. 

Soogooeyandestak, his x mark, l. s. 

Hautwanauekkau, by Young King, his x mark, l. s. 

Sauwejuwan, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaunoohshauwen, his x mark, l. s. 

Taukonondaugekta, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaouyanoughque, or John Jemison, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoiegush, his x mark, l. s. 

Taknaahquau, his x mark, l. s. 

Sealed and delivered in presence of 

Nat. W. Howell, Henry Aaron Hills, 

Joseph Eilicott, Henry Abeel, 

Israel Chapin, Jaspar Parrish, 1 M Urs _ 

James Rees, Horatio Jones, ) 1 



78 



CHEROKEES. 



Done at a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of In- 
dians, held at Genesee, in the county of Ontario, and State 
of New York, on the fifteenth day of September, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, 
under the authority of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, 
the day and year aforesaid. 

JERE. WADSWORTH, [l. s.] 

Pursuant to a resolution of the legislature of the Commonwealth 
of Massachusetts, passed the eleventh day of March, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one, I have 
attended a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of Indians, 
at Genesee, in the county of Ontario, when the Avithin instrument 
was duly executed in my presence by the sachems, chiefs, and 
warriors of the said nation, being fairly and properly understood 
and transacted by all the parties of Indians concerned, and declared 
to be done to their universal satisfaction : I therefore certify and 
approve of the same. 

WILLIAM SHEPARD. 

Subscribed in presence of 
Nat. W. Howell. 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 2, 1798. ] 

Articles of a treaty between the United States of America, and the 
Cherokee Indians. 
Whereas the treaty made and concluded on Holston river, on 
the second day of July, in the year one thousand seven hundred 
and ninety-one, between the United States of America, and the 
Cherokee nation of Indians, had not been carried into execution, 
for some time thereafter, by reason of some misunderstandings 
which had arisen : and whereas, in order to remove such misun- 
derstandings, and to provide for carrying the said treaty into effect, 
and for re-establishing more fully the peace and friendship between 
the parties, another treaty was held, made, and concluded, by 
and between them, at Philadelphia, the twenty-sixth day of June, 
in the year one thousand seven hundred and ninety-four Tin which, 
among other things, it was stipulated, that the boundaries men- 
tioned in the fourth article of the said treaty of Holston, should be 
actually ascertained and marked, in the manner prescribed by the 
said article, whenever the Cherokee nation should have ninety 
days' notice of the time and place at which the commissioners of 



CHEROKEES. 



79 



the United States intended to commence their operation : and 
whereas, further delays in carrying the said fourth article into 
complete effect did take place, so that the boundaries mentioned 
and described therein, were not regularly ascertained and marked, 
until the latter part of the year one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety-seven ; before which time, and for want of knowing the 
direct course of the said boundary, divers settlements were made, 
by divers citizens of the United States, upon the Indian lands 
over and beyond the boundaries so mentioned and described in the 
said article, and contrary to the intention of the said treaties ; but 
which settlers were removed from the said Indian lands, by au- 
thority of the United States, as soon after the boundaries had been 
so lawfully ascertained and marked as the nature of the case had 
admitted: and whereas, for the purpose of doing justice to the 
Cherokee nation of Indians, and remedying inconveniences aris- 
ing to citizens of the United States, from the adjustment of the 
boundary line between the lands of the Cherokees and those of 
the United States, or the citizens thereof, or from any other cause 
in relation to the Cherokees ; and in order to promote the interests 
and safety of the said States, and the citizens thereof, the Presi- 
dent of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of 
the Senate thereof, hath appointed George Walton, of Georgia ; 
and the President of the United States hath also appointed lieu- 
tenant colonel Thomas Butler, commanding the troops of the United 
States, in the State of Tennessee, to be commissioners for the 
purpose aforesaid ; and who, on the part of the United States, 
and the Cherokee nation, by the undersigned chiefs and warriors, 
representing the said nation, have agreed to the following articles, 
namely : 

Art. 1. The peace and friendship subsisting between the United 
States and the Cherokee people, are hereby renewed, continued, 
and declared perpetual. 

Art. 2. The treaties subsisting between the present contracting 
parties, are acknowledged to be of full and operating force ; together 
with the construction and usage under their respective articles, and 
so to continue. 

Art. 3. The limits and boundaries of the Cherokee nation, as 
stipulated and marked by the existing treaties between the parties, 
shall be and remain the same, where not altered by the present 
treaty. 

Art. 4. In acknowledgment for the protection of the United 
States, and for the considerations hereinafter expressed and con- 
tained, the Cherokee nation agree, and do hereby relinquish and 
cede to the United States, all the lands within the following points 
and lines, viz. from a point on the Tennessee river, below Tellico 
block house, called the Wildcat Rock, in a direct line to the Mili- 
tia spring near the Maryville road leading from Tellico. From 



80 



CHEROKEES. 



the said spring to the Chillhowie mountain, by a line so to he run, 
as will leave all the farms on Nine Mile Creek to the northward 
and eastward of it ; and to be continued along Chillhowie moun- 
tain, until it strikes Hawkins's Line. Thence along the said line 
to the great Iron mountain ; and from the top of which a line to 
be continued in a southeastwardly course to where the most south- 
wardly branch of Little river crosses the divisional line to Tugalo 
river : from the place of beginning, the Wildcat Rock, down the 
northeast margin of the Tennessee river, (not including islands) 
to a point or place one mile above the junction of that river with 
the Clinch, and from thence by a line to be drawn in a right angle, 
until it intersects Hawkins's line leading from Clinch. Thence 
down the said line to the river Clinch ; thence up the said river 
to its junction with Emmery's river ; and thence up Emmery's 
river to the foot of Cumberland mountain. From thence a line to 
be drawn, northeastwardly, along the foot of the mountain, until 
it intersects with Campbell's line. 

Art. 5. To prevent all future misunderstanding about the line 
described in the foregoing article, two commissioners shall be 
appointed to superintend the running and marking the same, where 
not ascertained by the rivers, immediately after signing this treaty; 
one to be appointed by the commissioners of the United States, 
and the other by the Cherokee nation ; and who shall cause three 
maps or charts thereof to be made out; one whereof shall be trans- 
mitted and deposited in the war office of the United States ; ano- 
ther with the executive of the State of Tennessee, and the third 
with the Cherokee nation, which said line shall form a part of 
the boundary between the United States and the Cherokee nation. 

Art. 6. In consideration of the relinquishment and cession 
hereby made, the United States, upon signing the present treaty, 
shall cause to be delivered to the Cherokees, goods, wares, and 
merchandise, to the amount of five thousand dollars, and shall 
cause to be delivered, annually, other goods, to the amount of one 
thousand dollars, in addition to the annuity already provided for; 
and will continue the guarantee of the remainder of their country 
forever, as made and contained in former treaties. 

Art. 7. The Cherokee nation agree, that the Kentucky road, 
running between the Cumberland mountain and the Cumberland 
river, where the same shall pass through the Indian land, shall be 
an open and free road for the use of the citizens of the United 
States, in the like manner as the road from Southwest Point to 
Cumberland river. In consideration of which it is hereby agreed 
on the part of the United States, that until settlements shall make 
it improper, the Cherokee hunters shall be at liberty to hunt and 
take game upon the lands relinquished and ceded by this treaty. 

Art. 8. Due notice shall be given to the principal towns of the 
Cherokees, of the time proposed for delivering the annual stipends ; 



CHEROKEES. 



81 



and sufficient supplies of provisions shall be furnished, by and at 
the expense of the United States, to subsist such reasonable num- 
ber that may be sent, or shall attend to receive them, during a 
reasonable time. 

Art. 9. It is mutually agreed between the parties, that horses 
stolen and not returned within ninety days, shall be paid for at the 
rate of sixty dollars each ; if stolen by a white man, citizen of the 
United States, the Indian proprietor shall be paid in cash ; and if 
stolen by an Indian from a citizen, to be deducted as expressed 
in the fourth article of the treaty of Philadelphia. This article 
shall have retrospect to the commencement of the first conferences 
at this place, in the present year, and no further. And all ani- 
mosities, aggressions, thefts, and plunderings, prior to that day, 
shall cease, and be no longer remembered or demanded on either 
side. 

Art. 10. The Cherokee nation agree, that the agent who shall 
be appointed to reside among them from time to time, shall have 
a sufficient piece of ground allotted for his temporary use. 

And lastly, this treaty, and the several articles it contains, shall 
be considered as additional to, and forming a part of, treaties 
already subsisting between the United States and the Cherokee 
nation, and shall be carried into effect on both sides, with all good 
faith, as soon as the same shall be approved and ratified by the 
President of the United States, and the Senate thereof. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the 
United States of America, and the whole Cherokee nation, 
the parties hereunto set their hands and seals in the council 
house, near Tellico, on Cherokee ground, and within the 
United States, this second day of October, in the year one 
thousand seven hundred and ninety-eight, and in the twenty- 
third year of the independence and sovereignty of the United 
States. 

Thos. Butler, l. s. 

Geo. Walton, l. s. 

Nenetuah, or Bloody Fellow, his x mark, l. s. 
Ostaiah, his x mark, l. s. 

Jaunne, or John, his x mark, l. s. 

Oortlokecteh, his x mark, l. s. 

Chockonnistaller, or Stallion, his x mark, l. s. 
Noothoietah, his x mark, l. s. 

Kunnateelah, or Rising Fawn, his x mark, l. s. 
Utturah, or Skin Worm, his x mark, l. s. 

Weelee, or Will, his x mark, l. s. 

Oolasoteh, his x mark, l. s. 

Tlorene, his x mark, s. 
Jonnurteekee, or Little John, l. s. 

Oonatakoteekee, his x mark, l. s. 

11 



82 



CHEROKEES. 



Kanowsurhee, or Broom, his x mark, l. s 

Yonah Oolah, Bear at Home, his x mark, l. s 

Tunksalenee, or Thick Legs, his x mark, l. s 

Oorkullaukee, his x mark, l. s 

Kumamah, or Butterfly, his x mark, l. s 

Chattakuteehee, his x mark, l. s 

Kanitta, or Little Turkey, his x mark, l. s 

Kettegiskie, his x mark, l. s 

Tauquotihee, or the Glass, his x mark, l. s 

Chuquilatague, his x mark, l. s 

Salleekookoolah, his x mark, l. s 

Tallotuskee, his x mark, l. s 

Chellokee, his x mark, l. s 

Tuskeegatee, or Long Fellow, his x mark, l. s 
Neekaanneah, or Woman Holder, his x mark, l. s 

Kulsateehee, his x mark, l. s 

Keetakeuskah, or Prince, his x mark, l. s 

Charley, his x mark, l. s 

Akooh, his x mark, l. s 

Sawanookeh, his x mark, l. s 

Yonahequah, or Big Bear, his x mark, l. s 

Keenahkunnah, his x mark, l. s 

Kaweesoolaskee, his x mark, l. s 

Teekakalohenah, his x mark, l. s 

Ookouseteeh, or John Taylor, his x mark 5 l. s 

Chochuchee, his x mark, l. s 

Witnesses: 



Elisha I. Hall, Secretary of the Commission, 


L. 


S. 


Silas Dinsmoor, I. Agent to the Cherokees, 


L. 


s. 


John W. Hooker, U. S. Factor, 


L. 


s. 


Edw. Butler, Capt. commanding at Tellico, 


L. 


s. 


Robert Purdy, Lieut. 4th U. S. Regt. 


L, 


s. 


Ludwell Grymes^, 


L. 


s. 


Jno. McDonald, 


L. 


s. 


Daniel Ross, 


L. 


s. 


Mattw. Wallace, esquire, 


L. 


s. 


Saml. Hanly, 


L. 


s. 


Michael McKinsey, 


L. 


s. 


Chas. Hicks, Interpreter, 


L. 


s. 


James Cazey, Interpreter, 


L. 


s. 


John Thompson, 


L. 





CHICKASAWS. 



83 



CHICKASAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 24, 1801. ] 

A treaty of reciprocal advantages and mutual convenience, between 
the United States of America and the Chickasaws. 

The President of the United States of America, by James Wil- 
kinson, brigadier general in the service of the United States, Ben- 
jamin Hawkins, of North Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South 
Carolina, commissioners of the United States, who are vested with 
full powers, and the Mingo, principal men, and warriors, of the 
Chickasaw nation, representing the said nation, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. The Mingo, principal men, and warriors, of the Chicka- 
saw nation of Indians, give leave and permission to the President 
of the United States of America, to lay out, open, and make, a 
convenient wagon road through their land between the settlements 
of Mero district, in the State of Tennessee, and those of Natchez, 
in the Mississippi territory, in such way and manner as he may 
deem proper ; and the same shall be a highway for the citizens of 
the United States, and the Chickasaws. The Chickasaws shall 
appoint two discreet men to serve as assistants, guides, or pilots, 
during the time of laying out and opening the road, under the 
direction of the officer charged with that duty, who shall have a 
reasonable compensation for their service : provided always, that 
the necessary ferries over the water courses, crossed by the said 
road, shall be held and deemed to be the property of the Chicka- 
saw nation. 

Art. 2. The commissioners of the United States give to the 
Mingo of the Chickasaws, and the deputation of that nation, goods 
to the value of seven hundred dollars, to compensate him and them, 
and their attendants, for the expense and inconvenience they may 
have sustained by their respectful and friendly attention to the Pre- 
sident of the United States of America, and to the request made 
to them in his name, to permit the opening of the road. And as 
the persons, towns, villages, lands, hunting grounds, and other 
rights and property of the Chickasaws, as set forth in the treaties 
or stipulations heretofore entered into between the contracting par- 
ties, more especially in and by a certificate of the President of the 
United States of America, under their seal of the first of July, 1794, 
are in the peace and under the protection of the United States, the 
commissioners of the United States do hereby further agree, that 
the President of the United States of America shall take such 
measures, from time to time, as he may deem proper, to assist 
the Chickasaws to preserve entire all their rights against the 
encroachments of unjust neighbors, of which he shall be the judge; 



84 



CHICKASAWS. 



and also to preserve and perpetuate friendship and brotherhood 
between the white people and the Chickasaws. 

Art. 3. The commissioners of the United States may, if they 
deem it advisable, proceed immediately to carry the first article 
into operation:* and the treaty shall take effect and be obliga- 
tory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have 
been ratified by the President of the United States of America, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United 
States. 

In testimony whereof, we, the plenipotentiaries, have hereunto 
subscribed our names and affixed our seals, at Chickasaw 
"Bluffs, the twenty-fourth of October, 1801. 

James Wilkinson, Brig. Gen' I. l, s. 

Benjamin Hawkins, l. s. 

Andw. Pickens, l. s. 

Chinmimbe Mingo, his x mark, l. s. 

Immuttauhaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Chumaube, his x mark, l. s. 

George Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

William McGillivray, his x mark, l. s. 

Opiehoomuh, his x mark, l. s. 

Olohtohopoie, his x mark, l. s. 

Minkemattauhau, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskkoopoie, his x mark, l. s. 

William Glover, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

William Colbert, W. C. l. s. 

Mooklushopoie, his x mark, l. s. 

Opoieolauhtau, his x mark, l. s. 

Teschoolauhtau, his x mark, l. s. 

Teschoolauptau, his x mark, l. s. 

James Underwood, his x mark,, l. s. 

Samuel Mitchell, Agent to the Chickasaws, 

Malcolm McGee, his x signature, Interpreter to the Chickasaws, 

William R. Bootes, Capt. 3d Reg y t. and Aid de Camp, 

J. B. Walbach, Lieutenant and Aid de Camp, 

Jn. Wilson, Lieutenant 3d Regiment. 



* To make the road provided for by the 1st article of this treaty, which is here 
referred tc. 



CHOCTAWS. 



85 



CHOCTAWS. 

[CONCLUDED DECEMBER 17, 1801.] 

Jl treaty of friendship, limits, and accommodation, between the 
United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians. 

Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, 
by James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, brigadier general 
in the army of the United States, Benjamin Hawkins, of North 
Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South Carolina, commissioners 
plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the 
Mingos, principal men and warriors of the Choctaw nation, re- 
presenting the said nation in council assembled, on the other part, 
have entered into the following articles and conditions, viz : 

Art. 1. Whereas the United States in congress assembled, did, 
by their commissioners plenipotentiary, Benjamin Hawkins, An- 
drew Pickens, and Joseph Martin, at a treaty held with the chiefs 
and head men of the Choctaw nation at Hopewell, on the Keowee, 
the third day of January, in the year of our Lord one thousand seven 
hundred and eighty-six, give peace to the said nation, and receive 
it into the favor and protection of the United States of America; 
it is agreed by the parties to these presents respectively, that the 
Choctaw nation, or such part of it as may reside within the limits 
of the United States, shall be and continue under the care and 
protection of the said States ; and tjiat the mutual confidence and 
friendship which are hereby acknowledged to subsist between the 
contracting parties, shall be maintained and perpetuated. 

Art. 2. The Mingos, principal men, and warriors, of the 
Choctaw nation of Indians, do hereby give their free consent, 
that a convenient and durable wagon way may be explored, 
marked, opened, and made, under the orders and instructions of 
the President of the United States, through their lands: to com- 
mence at the northern extremity of the settlements of the Missis- 
sippi territory, and to be extended from thence, by such route as 
may be selected and surveyed under the authority of the President 
of the United States, until it shall strike the lands claimed by the 
Chickasaw nation ; and the same shall be and continue forever, a 
highway for the citizens of the United States and the Choctaws ; 
and the said Choctaws shall nominate two discreet men from their 
nation, who may be employed as assistants, guides, or pilots, 
during the time of laying out and opening the said highway, or 
so long as may be deemed expedient, under the direction of the 
officer charged with this duty, who shall receive a reasonable com- 
pensation for their services. 

Art. 3. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that 
the old line of demarcation heretofore established by and between 
the officers of his Britannic majesty and the Choctaw nation, 



86 



CHOCTAWS, 



which runs in a parallel direction with the Missisippi river, and 
eastward thereof, shall be retraced and plainly marked, in such 
way and manner as the President may direct, in the presence of 
two persons to be appointed by the said nation; and that the said 
line shall be the boundary between the settlements of the Missis- 
sippi territory and the Choctaw nation. And the said nation 
does, by these presents, relinquish to the United States and quit 
claim forever, all their right, title, and pretension, to the land lying 
between the said line and the Mississippi river, bounded south by 
the thirty-first degree of north latitude, and north by the Yazoo 
river, where the said line shall strike the same; and on the part 
of the commissioners it is agreed, that all persons who may be 
settled beyond this line shall be removed within it, on the side 
towards the Mississippi, together with their slaves, household 
furniture, tools, materials, and stock, and that the cabins or Irouses 
erected by such persons shall be demolished. 

Art. 4. The President of the United States may, at his dis- 
cretion, proceed to execute the second article of this treaty ; and 
the third article shall be carried into effect as soon as may be 
convenient to the Government of the United States, and without 
unnecessary delay on the one part or the other, of which the 
President shall be the judge; the Choctaws to be seasonably 
advised, by order of the President of the United States, of the 
time when, and the place wmere, the re-survey and re-marking of 
the old line referred to in the preceding article will be commenced. 

Art. 5. The commissioners of the United States for and in 
consideration of the foregoing concessions on the part of the Choc- 
taw nation, and in full satisfaction for the same, do give and deliver 
to the Mingos, chiefs, and warriors, of the said nation, at the sign- 
ing of these presents, the value of two thousand dollars in goods 
and merchandise, net cost of Philadelphia, the receipt whereof is 
hereby acknowledged, and they further engage to give three sets 
of blacksmith's tools to the said nation. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States of America, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the 
United States, and the Mingos, principal men, and warriors, of the 
Choctaw nation, have hereto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals, at Fort Adams, on the Mississippi, this seventeenth day 
of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and one, and of the Independence of the United States the twenty- 
sixth. 

James Wilkinson, l. s. 

Benjamin Hawkins, l. s. 

Andrew Pickens, l. s. 

Tuskona Hopoia, his x mark, l. s. 



CHEEKS, 



87 



Toota Homo, his x mark, 

Mingo Horn Massatubby, his X mark. 


L. 


S. 


hi 


s. 


Oak Shumme, his x mark, 


L. 


Ss 


Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, 
Buckshun Nubby, his x mark, 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


Shappa Homo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hiupa Homo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Illatalla Homo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hoche Homo, his x mark, 


L, 


s. 


Tuspena Chaabe, his x mark, 
Muclusha Hopoia, his x mark, 
Capputanne Thlucco, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Robert McClure, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Poosha Homo, his x mark, 


L. 


s< 


Baka Lubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



witnesses present: 

Alexander Macomb, jun. Secretary to the Commission, 

John McKee, Deputy Superintendent, and Agent to the Choctaws, 

Henry Gaither, Lieutenant Colonel Commandant, 

John H. Brull, Major Second Regiment Infantry, 

Bw. Shaumburgh, Captain Second Regiment Infantry, 

Frans. Jones, Assistant Quartermaster General, 

Benjamin Wilkinson, Lieutenant and Paymaster Third United 
States Regiment, 

J. B. Walbach, Aid-de-Camp to the Commanding General, 

J. Wilson, Lieutenant Third Regiment Infantry, 

Samuel Jeton, Lieutenant Second Regiment of Artillery and En- 
gineers, 

John F. Carmichael, Surgeon Third Regiment United Slates Army , 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 16, 1802. ] 

A treaty of limits, between the United States of America and the 
» Creek nation of Indians. 

Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, 
by James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, brigadier general 
in the army of the United States, Benjamin Hawkins, of North 
Carolina, and Andrew Pickens, of South Carolina, commissioners 
plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the 
kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, in 
council assembled, on the other part, have entered into the fol- 
lowing articles and conditions, viz : 

Art. 1. The kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the 



88 



CREEKS. 



Creek nation, in behalf of the said nation, do, fejjr these presents^ 
cede to the United States of America all that tract and tracts of 
land, situate, lying, and being, within and between the following 
bounds, and the lines and limits of the extinguished claims of the 
said nation, heretofore ascertained and established by treaty ; that 
is to say, beginning at the upper extremity of the high shoals of 
the Appalachee river, the same being a branch of the Oconee 
river, and on the southern bank of the same ; running thence a 
direct course to a noted ford of the south branch of Little river, 
called by the Indians Chattochuc-cohatehee ; thence a direct 
line to the main branch of Commissioners' creek, where the same 
is intersected by the path leading from the Rock Landing to the 
Ocmulgee Old Towns ; thence a direct line to Palmetto creek, 
where the same is intersected by the Uchee path, leading from the 
Oconee to the Ocmulgee river ; thence down the middle waters of 
the said creek to Oconee river, and with the western bank of the 
same to its junction with the Ocmulgee river ; thence across the 
Ocmulgee river to the south bank of the Altamaha river, and down 
the same, at low water mark, to the lower bank of Goose creek ; 
and from thence by a direct line to the mounts, on the margin of 
the Okefinocau swamp, raised and established by the commis- 
sioners of the United States and Spain at the head of the St, 
Mary's river ; thence down the middle waters of the said river, to 
the point where the old line of demarcation strikes the same ; 
thence with the said old line to the Altamaha river, and up the 
same to Goose creek ; and the said kings, chiefs, head men, and 
warriors, do relinquish and quit claim to the United States, all 
their right, title, interest, and pretensions, in and to the tract and 
tracts of land within and between the bounds and limits aforesaid, 
forever. 

Art. 2. The commissioners of the United States, for and in 
consideration of the foregoing concession on the part of the Creek 
nation, and in full satisfaction for the same, do hereby covenant 
and agree with the said nation, in behalf of the United States, that 
the said States shall pay to the said nation, annually, and every 
year, the sum of three thousand dollars, and one thousand dollars 
for the term of ten years, to the chiefs who administer the govern- 
ment, agreeably to a certificate under the hands and seals of the 
commissioners of the United States, of this date, and also, twenty- 
five thousand dollars in the manner and form following, viz: 
Ten thousand dollars in goods and merchandise, the receipt of 
which is hereby acknowledged ; ten thousand dollars to satisfy 
certain debts due from Indians and white persons of the Creek 
country to the factory of the United States; the said debts, after 
the payment aforesaid, to become the right and property of the 
Creek nation, and to be recovered for their use, in such way and 
manner as the President of the United States may think proper to 
direct ; five thousand dollars to satisfy claims for property taken 



CREEKS. 



89 



by individuals of the said nation, from the citizens of the United 
States, subsequent to the treaty of Colerain, which has been or 
may be claimed and established agreeably to the provisions of the 
act for regulating trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes, and 
to preserve peace on the frontiers. And it is further agreed, that 
the United States shall furnish to the said nation two sets of black- 
smith's tools, and men to work them, for the term of three years. 

Art. 3. It is agreed by the contracting parties, that the garrison 
pr garrisons which may be found necessary for the protection of 
the frontiers, shall be established upon the land of the Indians, at 
such place or places as the President of the United States may 
think proper to direct, in the manner and on the terms established 
by the treaty of Colerain. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties to these presents do agree, that 
this treaty shall become obligatory and of full effect, so soon as 
,the same shall be ratified by the President of the United States of 
America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof. 
In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the 
United States, and the kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, 
of the Creek nation, have hereunto subscribed their names 
and affixed their seals, at the camp of the commissioners of 
the United States, near fort Wilkinson, on the Oconee river, 
this sixteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and two, and -of the independence of the 
United States the twenty-sixth. 

James Wilkinson, l. s. 

Benjamin Hawkins, h. s. 

Andrew Pickens, l. s. 

Efau Haujo, his x mark, 

1 Tustunnuggee Thru ceo, his x mark, 

2 Hopoie Micco, his x mark, 

3 Hopoie Olohtau, his x mark, 
Tallessee Micco, his x mark, 
Tussekia Micco, his x mark, 
Micco Thlucco, his x mark, 
Tuskenehau Chapco, his x mark ? 
Chouwacke le Micco, his x mark, 
Toosce hatche Micco, his x mark, 
Hopoie Yauholo, his x mark, 
Hoithlewau le Micco, his x mark, 
Efau Haujo, of Cooloome, his x mark, 
Cussetuh Youholo, his x mark, 
Wewocau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 
Nehomahte Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 
Tustunu Haujo, his x mark, 

Hopoie Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 
Talchischau Micco, his x mark, 
Yaufkee Emautla Haujo,, his x mark, 

12 



S£NEKAS 



Coosaudee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Nenehomohtau Tustunnuggee Micco, his K mark, 

Isfaunau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Efaulau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Tustunnuc Hoithlepoyuh ? his x mark, 

Ishopei Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Cowetuh Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Hopoithle Haujo, his x mark, 

Wocsee Haujo, his x mark, 

Uctijutchee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Okelesau Hutkee, his x mark, 

Panose Micco, his x mark, 

Micke Emautjau, his x mark, 

Hoithlepoyau Haujo, his x mark, 

Cussetuh Haujo, his x mark, 

Ochesee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 

Toosehatchee Haujo, his x mark, 

Isfaune Haujo, his x mark, 

Hopoithle Hopoie, his x mark, 

Olohtuh Emautlau, his x mark, 

Timothy Barnard, ) 

Alexander Cornells, his x mark, > Interpreter s t 

Joseph Islands, his x mark, 3 

Alexander Macomb, junr, Secretary to the Commission 

William R. Boote, Captain 2d Regiment Infantry, 

T. Blackburn, Lieut. Com- Comp, G. 

John B, Barnes, Lieut United States J$» 

Wra, im. Ast a d. 

Olohtau Haujo, his x mark* 
Tulmass Haujo, his x mark, 
Auttossee Emautlaw, his x mark. 



SENEKAS, 

£ CONCLUDED JUNE 30„ 1802. } 

Jit a treaty held under the authority of the United States, at Buff ah 
creek, in the county of Ontario, and State of New York, between 
the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation of Indians, 
on behalf of said nation, and Oliver Phelps, esquire, of the 
county of Ontario, Isaac Bronson, esquire, of the city of Mew 
York, and Horatio Jones, of the said county of Ontario, in the 
presence of John Tayler, esquire, commissioner appointed by the 
President of the United States, for holding said treaty. 
Know all men by these presents, that the said sachems, -chiefs,, 

and warriors,, for and in consideration of the sum of twelve hun- 



SENEGAS, 



91 



dred dollars, lawful money of the United States, unto them in 
hand paid by the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio 
Jones, at or immediately before the sealing and delivery hereof, 
the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, have and by these 
presents do grant, remise, release, and for ever quit claim and 
confirm unto the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio 
Jones, and to their heirs and assigns, all that tract of land com- 
monly called and known by the name of Little Beard's reservation, 
situate, lying, and being, in the said county of Ontario, bounded 
on the east by the Genesee river and Little Beard*s creek, on the 
south and west by other lands of the said parties of the second 
part, and on the north by Big Tree reservation ; containing two 
square miles, or twelve hundred and eighty acres, together with 
all and singular the hereditaments and appurtenances whatsoever 
thereunto belonging, or in anywise appertaining, to hold to them 
the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jortes, their 
heirs and assigns, to the only proper use and behoof of them the 
said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, their heirs 
and assigns for ever. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner and the said par- 
ties have hereunto, and to two other instruments of the same 
tenor and date, one to remain with the United States, one to 
remain with the Seneka nation of Indians, and one to remain 
With the said Oliver Phelps, Isaac Bronson, and Horatio Jones, 
interchangeably set their hands and seals. Dated the 30th 
day of Jurte, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and two. 

Conneatm, his x mark, l. s. 

KoeentWahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, l. s. 
Wondongoohkta, his x mark, l. s* 

Tekonnondu, his x mark, l. s* 

Tekiaindau, his x mark, l. s. 

Sagooyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Touyocauna, or Blue Sky, his x mark, l. s* 
Koyingquautah, or Young King, his x mark, l. s* 
Soogooyawautau, or Red Jacket, his x mark, l. s. 
Onayawos, or Farmer's Brother, his x mark, l. s* 
Kaoundoowandp or Pollard, his x mark, l. s* 
Auwennausa, his x mark, l. s< 

Sealed and delivered in the presence of 
John Thomson, Israel Chapin, 

James W* Stevens, Jasper Parrish, Interpreter, 



SENKKAS. 



SENEKA $. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 30, 1802. ] 

This indenture, made the thirtieth day of June, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and two, between the sachems, 
chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation of Indians, of the first 
part, and Wilhem Willink, Pieter Van Eeghen, Hendrik Vollen- 
hoven, W. Willink, the younger, I. Willink, the younger, ( son 
of Jan,) Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, Roelof Van Staphorsi, tJie 
younger, Cornells Vollenhoven, and Hendrik Seye, all of the 
city of Amsterdam and republic of Batavia, by Joseph Ellicott, 
esquire, their agent and attorney, of the second part. 

Whereas, at a treaty held under the authority of the United 
States, with the said Seneka nation of Indians, at Buffalo creek, 
in the' county of Ontario and State of New l^ork, on the day of 
the date of these presents, by the honorable John Tayler, esquire, 
a commissioner appointed by the President of the United States 
to hold the same in pursuance of the constitution, and of the act 
of the congress of the United States in such case made and pro- 
vided, a convention was entered into in the presence and with the 
approbation of the said commissioner, between the said Seneka 
nation of Indians and the said Wilhem Willink, Pieter Van 
Eeghen, Hendrik Vollenhoven, W. Willink, the younger, I. Wil- 
link, the younger, (son of Jan,) Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, Roelof 
Van Staphorst, the younger, Cornelis Vollenhoven, and Hendrik 
Seye, by the said Joseph Eilicott, their agent and attorney, law- 
fully constituted and appointed for that purpose. 

Now this indenture witnesseth, That the said parties of the first 
part, for and in consideration of the lands hereinafter described^ 
do hereby exchange, cede, and forever quit claim to the said par- 
ties of the second part, their heirs and assigns, all those lands 
situate, lying, and being in the county of Ontario and State of 
New York, being part of the lands described and reserved by the 
parties of the first part, in a treaty or convention held by the^ 
honorable Jeremiah Wadsworth, esquire, under the authority of 
the United States, on the Genesee river, the fifteenth day of Sep- 
tember, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, in the 
words following, viz : 

"Beginning at the mouth of the Eighteen mile or Koghquawgu 
creek, thence a line or lines to be drawn parallel to lake Erie, at 
the distance of one mile from the lake, to the mouth of Caterau- 
gos creek, thence a line or lines extending twelve miles up the 
north side of said creek, at the distance of one mile therefrom, 
thence a direct line to the said creek, thence down the said creek 
to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the first mentioned creek, 



SENEKAS. 



93 



and thence to the place of beginning. Also, one other piece at 
Cataraugos, beginning at the shore of lake Erie, on the sou-th side 
of Cataraugos creek, at the distance of one mile from the mouth 
thereof, thence running one mile from the lake, thence, on a line 
parallel thereto, to a point within one mile from the Connondau- 
weyea creek, thence up the said creek one mile, on a line parallel 
thereto, thence on a direct line to the said creek, thence down the 
same to lake Erie, thence along the lake to the place of begin- 
ning;" (reference being thereunto had willfully appear,) "together 
with all and singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, and 
appurtenances thereunto belonging, or in anywise appertaining. 
And all the estate, right, title, and interest whatsoever, of them, 
the said parties of the first part, and their nation, of, in, and to 
the said tracts of land, above described, to have and to hold all 
and singular the said granted premises, with the appurtenances, 
to the said parties of the second part, their heirs and assigns, to 
their only proper use, benefit, and behoof, forever." 

And in consideration of the said lands described and ceded as 
aforesaid, the said parties of the second part, by Joseph Ellicott, 
their agent and attorney as aforesaid, do hereby exchange, cede, 
release, and quit claim to the said parties of the first part and 
their nation, (the said parties of the second part reserving to 
themselves the right of pre-emption,) all that certain tract or 
parcel of land, situate as aforesaid. Beginning at a post marked 
No. O. standing on the bank of lake Erie, at the mOuth of Cata- 
raugos creek, and on the north bank thereof ; thence along the' 
shore of said lake north 11° east 21 chains; north 13° east 45 
chains; north 19° east 14 chains, 65 links, to a post; thence east 
119 chains to a post ; thence south 14 chains, 27 links, to a post ; 
thence east 640 chains to a post, standing in the meridian 
between the 8th and 9th ranges ; thence along said meridian, 
south 617 chains, 75 links, to a post standing on the south bank 
of Cataraugos creek ; thence west 160 chains to a post ; thence 
north 290 chains, 25 links, to a post ; thence west 482 chains, 31 
links, to a post; thence north 219 chains, 50 links, to a post 
standing on the north bank of Cataraugos creek ; thence down 
the same and along the several meanders thereof to the place 
of beginning. To hold to the said parties of the first part, in 
the same manner and by the same tenure, as the lands reserved 
t>y the said parties of the first part in and by the said treaty 
or convention, entered into on Genesee river, the 15th day of 
September, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-seven, as 
aforesaid, were intended to be held. 

In testimony whereof, the parties to these presents have here- 
unto, and to two other indentures of the same tenor and date, 
one to remain with the United States, one to remain with the 
said parties of the first part, and one other to remain with the 



94 



SENEKAS, 



said parties of the second part, interchangeably set their hands 
and seals the day and year first above written. 

COnneatiu, his x mark, l. s. 

Koeentwahka, or Corn Planter, his x mark, l. s. 

Wondongoohka, his x mark, l. s. 

Tekonnondu, his x mark, L. s. 

Tekiaindau, his x mark, l. s< 

Sagooyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Towyocauna, or Blue Sky, his x mark, l. s. 

Koyingquautah, or Young King, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaoundoowand, or Pollard, his x mark, l. S; 

Connawaudeau, his x mark, l. s. 

Soonoyou, his x mark,- l. s. 

Auwennausa, his x mark, l. s. 

Soogooyawautau, or Red Jacket, his x mark, l. s. 

Coshkoutough, his x mark, l. &* 

Te'yokaihossa, his x mark, l. s* 

Onayawos, or Farmer's Brother, his x mark, l. s* 

Sonaugoies, his x mark, L. s. 

Gishkaka, or Little Billy, his x rriark, s. 

Sussaoowau, his x mark, l. s< 

Wilhem Willink, 

Pieter Van Eeghen, 

Hendrik Vollenhovenj 

W. Willink, the younger, 

t. Willink, the younger, ( son of Jan,) 

Jan Gabriel Van Staphorst, 

Roelof Van Staphorst, the younger, 

Cornelis Vollenhoven, and 

Hendrik Seye, 

by their attorney, Joseph Ellicott, J i» s. 

feetiUd and delivered in the presence of 

John Thomson, Horatio Jones, It. 

Israel Chapin, Jasper Parrish, \ 

James W. Stevens, 

Done at a full and general treaty of the Seneka nation of In- 
dians, held at Buffalo creek, in the county of Ontario, and 
State of New York, on the thirteenth day of June, in thfc 

year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twoj 
under the authority of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and serf, 
the day and year aforesaid* 

JOHN TAYLER, l. s. 



CHOCTA\YS, 



95 



CHOCTAWS. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 17, 1802.] 

yf provisional convention, entered into and made by brigadier 
general James Wilkinson, of the State of Maryland, commis- 
sioner for holding conferences with the Indians south of the Ohio 
river, in behalf of the United States, on the one part, and the 
whole Choctaw nation, by their chiefs, head men, and principal 
warriors, on the other part. 

Preamble : For the mutual accommodation of the parties, and 
to perpetuate that concord and friendship, which so happily sub- 
sists between them, they do hereby freely, voluntarily, and without 
.constraint, covenant and agree : 

Art. 1. That the President of the United States may, at his 
4iscretion, by a commissioner or commissioners, to be appointed 
by him, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the 
United States, retrace, connect, and plainly re-mark the old line 
of limits, established by and between his Britannic majesty and 
the said Choctaw nation, which begins on the left bank of the 
jDhickasawhay river, and runs thence in an easterly direction to 
,the right bank of the Tombigbee river, terminating on the same ? 
at a bluff, well known by the name of Hacha Tiggeby ; but it is 
to be clearly understood, that two commissioners, to be appointed 
J)y the said nation, from their own body, are to attend the com- 
missioner or commissioners of the United States, who may be 
appointed to perform this service, for which purpose the sai4 
Choctaw nation shall be seasonably advised by the President of 
the United States, of the particular period at which the operation 
may be commenced, and the said Choctaw commissioners shall 
be subsisted by the United States, so long as they may be engagecl 
on this business, and paid for their services, .during the said term P 
At the rate of one dollar per day. 

Art. 2,. The sai<j line, when thus re-marked and re-established, ? 
^shall form the boundary between the United States and the said 
iChoctaw nation, in that quarter : and the said Choctaw nation, 
for, and in consideration of one .dollar, to them in hand paid by 
the said United States, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowr 
ledged, do hereby release to the said United States, and quit 
.claim forever, to all that tract of land which is included by the 
before named line on the north, by the Chickasawhay river on the 
west, by the Tombigbee and the Mobile rivers on the east, and 
by the boundary of the United States on the south, 

Art- 3. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the sai<J Choc- 
taw nation, do hereby constitute, authorize, and appoint, the 
chiefs and head .men of the upper towns of the said jaation, to 



96 



CHOCTAW S. 



make such alteration in the old boundary line near the mouth of 
the Yazoo river, as may be found convenient, and may be done 
without injury to the said nation. 

Art. 4. This convention shall take effect, and become obliga- 
tory on the contracting parties, as soon as the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, 
shall have ratified the same. 

In testimony whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands 
and affixed their seals, at Fort Confederation, on the Tom- 
bigbee, in the Choctaw country, this 17th day of October, in 
the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and two, 
and of the independence of the United States the twenty- 
seventh. 



James Wilkinson, L. s. 

In behalf of the lower towns and Chicasawhay. 

Tuskona Hoopoio, his x mark, l. s r 

Mingo Pooskoos, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Pooskoos, 2d, his x mark, l. isk 

Poosha Mattahaw, his x mark, I*, s. 

in behalf of the upper towns. 

Oak Chummy, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskee Maiaby, his x mark, l. s. 

fn behalf of the six towns and lower town. 

Latalahomah, his x mark, l. s. 

Mooklahoosoopoieh, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Horn Astubby, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskahomah, his x mark, l. s, 

Witnesses present : 

.Silas Dinsmoor, Agent to the ChoctawSj 
John Pitchlynn, 
Turner Brashears, 
Peter H. Naisalis, 
.John Long, 



Interpreters, 



DEL A WARES, SIIAWANEES, ETC. 



97 



DELAWARES, SHA WANEES, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 7, 1803. ] 

Jirticles of a treaty made at fort Wayne, on the Miami of the 
Lake, between William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana 
territory, superintendent of Indian affairs., and commissioner 
plenipotentiary of the United States for concluding any treaty of 
treaties, which may he found necessary, with any of the Indian 
tribes northwest of the Ohio, of the one part, and the tribes of 
Indians called the Belawares, Shawanees, Pattawatimas, Mia- 
mis, and Kickapoos, by their chiefs and head warriors, and 
those of the Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws and Kaskaskias, 
by their agents and representatives, Tuthinipee, Winnemac, Riche* 
wille, and Little Turtle, ( who are properly authorized by the said 
tribes,) of the other part. 

Art. 1. Whereas, it is declared by the fourth article of the treaty 
of Greenville, that the United States reserve for their use the post 
of St. Vincennes, and all the lands adjacent, to which the Indian 
titles have been extinguished. And whereas it has been found 
difficult to determine tjie precise limits of the said tract as held by 
the French and British governments : it is hereby agreed, that the 
boundaries of the said tract shall be as follow: Beginning at Point 
Coupee, on the Wabash, and running thence by a line north 
seventy-eight degrees, west twelve miles, thence by a line parallel 
to the general course of the Wabash, until it shall be intersected by 
a line at right angles to the same, passing through the mouth of 
White river, thence by the last mentioned line across the Wabash, 
and towards the Ohio, seventy-two miles, thence by a line north 
twelve degrees w T est, until it shall be intersected by a line at right 
angles to the same, passing through Point Coupee, and by the 
last mentioned line to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. The United States hereby relinquish all claim which 
they may have had to any lands adjoining to, or in the neighbor- 
hood of, the tract above described. 

Art. 3. As a mark of their regard and attachment to the United 
States, whom they acknowledge for their only friends and protec- 
tors, and for the consideration hereinafter mentioned, the said tribes 
do hereby relinquish and cede to the United States, the great salt 
spring upon the Saline creek, which fails into the Ohio below the 
mouth of the W^abash, with a quantity of land surrounding it, not 
exceeding four miles square, and which may be laid off in a square 
or oblong, as the one orthe other maybe found most convenient to 
the United States : and the said United States being desirous that 
the Indian tribes should participate in the benefits to be derived 
from the said spring, hereby engage to deliver yearly, and every 
year, for the use of the said Indians, a quantity of salt, not ex- 
13 



98 



DELAWARE S, SHAWANEES, ETC. 



ceeding one hundred and fifty bushels, and which shall be divided 
among the several tribes in such manner as the general council of 
the chiefs may determine. 

Art. 4. For the considerations before mentioned, and for the 
convenience which the said tribes w T ill themselves derive from such 
establishments, it is hereby agreed, that as soon as the tribes called 
the Kickapoos, Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias, 
shall give their consent to the measure, the United States shall 
have the right of locating three tracts of land (of such size as may 
be agreed upon with the last mentioned tribes) on the main road 
between Vincennes and Kaskaskias, and one other between Vin- 
cennes and Clarksville, for the purpose of erecting houses of enter- 
tainment, for the accommodation of travellers. But it is expressly 
understood, that if the said locations are made on any of the rivers 
which cross the said road, and ferries should be established on the 
same, that in times of high water any Indian or Indians, belong- 
ing to either of the tribes who are parties to the treaty, shall have 
the privilege of crossing such ferry toll free. 

Art. 5. Whereas, there is reason to believe, that if the boun- 
dary lines of the tract described in the first article should be run 
in the manner therein directed, that some of the settlements and 
locations of land, made by the citizens of the United States, will 
fall in the Indian country ; it is hereby agreed, that such alterations 
shall be made in the direction of these lines, as will include them ; 
and a quantity of land, equal in quantity to what may be thus 
taken, shall be given to the said tribes, either at the east or the 
west end of the tract. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioner of the United States, 
and the chiefs and warriors of the Delawares, Shawanees, 
Pattawatimas, Miamis, and Kickapoos, and those of the EeJ 
Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws, and Kaskaskias, by their agents 
and representatives Tuthinipee, Winnemac, Richewille, and 
the Little Turtle, who are properly authorized, by the said 
tribes, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their 
seals, at fort Wayne, this seventh day of June, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and three, and of the 
independence of the United States the twenty-seventh. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s* 

miamis, Pachewille, his x mark, l. s* 

Meseekunnoghquoh, or Little Turtle, his x mark, l. s. 
On behalf of themselves, Eel Rivers, Weas, Piankeshaws and 
Kaskaskias, whom they represent. 
kickapoos, Nehmehtohah, or standing, his x mark, l. s, 
Pashsheweha, or cat, his x mark, l. s, 

shawanees, Neahmemsieeh, his x mark, l. s. 

pattawatimas, Tuthinipee, his x mark, L. 

Winnemac, his x mark, l. s. 

On behalf of the Pattawatimas, and Eel Rivers, Weas, Pianke- 
shaws, and Kaskaskias, whom they represent. 



EEL RIVERS j WYANDOTS, ETC. 



99 





llld.1 K, 


T 

lJ . 


& • 


IVeeSds, OI bUIl, Illo X IIldlKj 




L. 


S. 


Delaware s j Teta Buxike, his x mark, 




L. 


S. 


Bukongehelas, his x mark, 
Hockingpomskenn, his x mark, 




L. 


s. 




L. 


s. 


Kechkawhanuncl, his x mark, 




L. 


s. 


shawanees, Cuthewekasaw, or Black Hoof, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Methawnasice, his x mark, 




L. 


s. 


Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence 


°f. 







J. R. Jones, Sec. to Com. John Johnson, U. S. Factor, 

John Gibson, Sec. hid. Ter. H. Aupaumut, Chief of Muhhe- 
Tho. Pasteur, Capt. 1st Reg. Inf. con, 

William Wells, Int. Thomas Freeman. 

The proceedings at the within treaty were faithfully interpreted 
by us, John Gibson and William Wells ; that is, for the Delawares, 
John Gibson, and for the rest of the tribes, William Wells. 

JOHN GIBSON, 
WILLIAM WELLS. 



EEL RIVERS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 7 5 1803. ] 

Jit a council holden at Vincennes, on the seventh day of August, one 
thousand eight hundred and three, under the direction of William 
Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, superinten- 
dent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the 
United States for concluding any treaty or treaties which may he 
found necessary, with any of the Indian nations northwest of the 
river Ohio, at which were present the chiefs and warriors of the 
Eel River, Wyandot, Piankeshaw and Kaskaskia nations, and 
also the tribes of the Kickapoos, hy their representatives, the chiefs 
of the Eel River nation. 

The fourth article of the treaty holden and concluded at fort 
Wayne on the seventh day of June, one thousand eight hundred 
and three, being considered, the chiefs and warriors of the said 
nations give their free and full consent to the same, and they do 
hereby relinquish and confirm to the United States the privilege 
and right of locating three several tracts of land of one mile square 
each, on the road leading from Vincennes to Kaskaskia, and also 
one other tract of land one mile square on the road leading from 
Vincennes to Clarksville, which locations shall be made in such 
places on the aforesaid roads, as shall best comport with the con- 
venience and interest of the United States in the establishment of 
houses of entertainment for the accommodation of travellers. 



100 



KASKASKIAS. 



In witness whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the 
said chiefs and warriors of the before mentioned nations and 
tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed 



their seals, the day and year first above written. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

Ka Tunga, or Charly, his x mark, l. s. 

Akaketa, or ploughman, his x mark, l. s. 

Gros Bled, or big corn, his x mark, L. s. 

Black Dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Puppequor, or gun, his x mark, l. s. 

La Boussier, his x mark, L. s. 

Ducoigne, his x mark, l. s. 

Pedagogue, his x mark, l. s. 

Saconquaneva, or tired legs, his x mark, l. s. 

Little Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of 
John Rice Jones, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 

B. Parke, 



KASKASKIAS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 13, 1803. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at Vincennes, in the Indian territory, be- 
tween William Henry Harrison, governor of the said territory, 
superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipo- 
tentiary of the United States, for concluding any treaty or 
treaties which may be found necessary with any of the Indian 
tribes northwest of the river Ohio, of the one part, and the head 
chiefs and warriors of the Kaskaskia tribe of Indians, so called, 
(but which tribe is the remains and rightfully represent all the 
tribes of the Illinois Indians, originally called the Kaskaskia, 
Mitchigamia, Cahokia, and Tamaroi,) of the other part. 

Art. 1. Whereas, from a variety of unfortunate circumstances, 
the several tribes of Illinois Indians are reduced to a very small 
number, the remains of which have been long consolidated and 
known by the name of the Kaskaskia tribe, and finding them- 
selves unable to occupy the extensive tract of country, which of 
right belongs to them, and which was possessed by their ancestors 
for many generations, the chiefs and warriors of the said tribe 
being also desirous of procuring the means of improvement in 
the arts of civilized life, and a more certain and effectual support 
for their women and children, have for the considerations herein- 
after mentioned, relinquished, and by these presents do relinquish 
and cede to the United States, all the lands in the Illinois territory, 
which the said tribe has heretofore possessed, or which they may 
rightfully claim ; reserving to themselves, however, the tract of 
about three hundred and fifty acres near the town of Kaskaskia, 



KASKASKIAS. 



101 



which they have always held, and which was secured to them by the 
act of Congress, of the third day of March, one thousand seven hun- 
dred and ninety-one, and also the right of locating one other tract 
of twelve hundred and eighty acres, within the bounds of that now 
ceded, which two tracts of land shall remain to them forever. 

Art. 2. The United States will take the Kaskaskia tribe under 
their immediate care and patronage, and will afford them a pro- 
tection as effectual against the other Indian tribes, and against all 
other persons whatever, as is enjoyed by their own citizens. 
And the said Kaskaskia tribe do hereby engage to refrain from 
making war, or giving any insult or offence to any other Indian 
tribe, or to any foreign nation, without having first obtained the 
approbation and consent of the United States. 

Art. 3. The annuity heretofore given by the United States to 
the said tribe, shall be increased to one thousand dollars ; which 
is to be paid them either in money, merchandise, provisions, or 
domestic animals, at the option of the said tribe ; and when the 
said annuity, or any part thereof, is paid in merchandise, it is to be 
delivered to them either at Vincennes, fort Massac, or Kaskaskia, 
and the first cost of the goods in the seaport where they may be 
procured, is alone to be charged to the said tribe, free from the 
cost of transportation, or any other contingent expense. When- 
ever the said tribe may choose to receive money, provisions, or 
domestic animals, for the whole or in part of the said annuity, the 
same shall be delivered at the town of Kaskaskia. The United 
States w r ill also cause to be built a house suitable for the accom- 
modation of the chief of the said tribe, and will enclose for their 
use a field, not exceeding one hundred acres, with a good and suf- 
ficient fence. And whereas the greater part of the said tribe have 
been baptized and received into the Catholic church, to which 
they are much attached, the United States will give, annually, for 
seven years, one hundred dollars towards the support of a priest 
of that religion, who will engage to perform for the said tribe the 
duties of his office, and also to instruct as many of their children 
as possible in the rudiments of literature. And the United States 
will further give the sum of three hundred dollars to assist the said 
tribe in the erection of a church. The stipulations made in this 
and the preceding article, together with the sum of five hundred 
and eighty dollars, which is now paid, or assured to be paid, for 
the said tribe, for the purpose of procuring some necessary articles, 
and to relieve them from debts which they have heretofore con- 
tracted, is considered as a full and ample compensation for the 
relinquishment made to the United States in the first article. 

Art. 4. The United States reserve to themselves the right, at 
any future period, of dividing the annuity now promised to the 
said tribe, amongst the several families thereof, reserving always 
a suitable sum for the great chief and his family. 

Art. 5. And to the end that the United States may be enabled 



102 



CHOCTAWS. 



to fix with the other Indian tribes, a boundary between their re- 
spective claims, the chiefs and head warriors of the said Kaskaskia 
tribe do hereby declare that their rightful claim is as follows, viz : 
Beginning" at the confluence of the Ohio and the Mississippi, thence 
up the Ohio to the mouth of the Saline creek, about twelve miles 
below the mouth of the Wabash, thence along the dividing ridge 
between the said creek and Wabash, until it comes to the general 
dividing ridge between the waters which fall into the Wabash 
and those which fall into the Kaskaskia river ; and thence along 
the said ridge, until it reaches the waters which fall into the Illi- 
nois river, thence in a direct course to the mouth of the Illinois 
river, and thence down the Mississippi to the beginning. 

Art. 6. As long as the lands which have been ceded by this 
treaty shall continue to be the property of the United States, the 
said tribe shall have the privilege of living and hunting upon 
them, in the same manner that they have hitherto done. 

Art. 7. This treaty is to be in force and binding upon the said 
parties as soon as it shall be ratified by the President and Senate 
of the United States. 

In witness whereof, the said commissioner plenipotentiary, and 
the head chiefs and warriors of the said Kaskaskia tribe of 
Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, 
the thirteenth day of August, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and three, and of the Independence 



of the United States the twenty-eighth. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

The mark x of Jean Baptiste Ducoigne, l. s. 

The mark x of Pedagogue, l. s. 

The mark x of Micolas or Nicholas, l. s. 

The mark x of Ocksinga, a Mitchigamian, l. s. 

The mark x of Keetinsa, a Cahokian, l. s. 

Louis Decoucigne. l. s. 



Sealed and delivered in the presence of 

J. R. Jones, Sec. to Com. Cor. Lyman, Capt. 1st Inf. Reg. 

H. Vanderburgh, Judge of I. T. Jas. Johnson, of hid. Ter. 

T. F. Rivet, Indian Miss. B. Parke, of the Indiana Ter. 

Vigo, Col. Knox co. Militia, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 



CHOCTAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 31, 1803. ] 

To whom these presents shall come. 

Know ye, that the undersigned commissioners plenipotentiary 
of the United States of America, of the one part, and of the whole 
Choctaw nation of the other part, being duly authorized by the 



CH'OCTAWS. 



103 



President of the United States, and by the chiefs and head men 
of the said nation, do hereby establish, in conformity to the con- 
vention of fort Confederation, for the line of demarcation recog- 
nized in the said convention, the following metes and bounds, 
viz : Beginning in the channel of the Hatche Comesa, or Wax 
river, at the point where the line of limits between the United 
States and Spain crosseth the same, thence up the channel of 
said river to the confluence of the Chickasawhay and Buckha- 
tannee rivers, thence up the channel of the Buckhatannee to 
Bogue Hooma or Red Creek, thence up the said creek to a pine 
tree standing on the left bank of the same, and blazed on two of 
its sides, about twelve links southwest of an old trading path, 
leading from the town of Mobile to the Hewanee towns, much 
worn, but not in use at the present time. From this tree we find 
the following bearings and distances, viz : south fifty-four degrees 
thirty minutes west, one chain one link, a black gum, north thirty- 
nine degrees east, one chain seventy-five links, a water oak ; 
thence with the old British line of partition in its various inflec- 
tions, to a mulberry post, planted on the right bank of the main 
branch of Sintee Bogue, or Snake creek, where it makes a sharp 
turn to the southeast, a large broken-top cypress tree standing 
near the opposite bank of the creek, which is about three poles 
wide, thence down the said creek to the Tornbigbee river, thence 
down the Tornbigbee and Mobile rivers to the above mentioned 
line of limits between the United States and Spain, and with the 
same to the point of beginning : and we, the said commissioners 
plenipotentiary, do ratify and confirm the said line of demarcation, 
and do recognize and acknowledge the same to be the boundary 
which shall separate and distinguish the land ceded to the United 
States, between the Tornbigbee, Mobile, and Pascagola rivers, 
from that which has not been ceded by the said Choctaw nation. 

In testimony whereof, we hereunto affix our hands and seals, 
this thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and three, to triplicates of this tenor 
and date, Done at Hoe-Buckin-too-pa, the day and year 
above written, and in the twenty-seventh year of the inde- 
pendence of the United States. 

James "Wilkinson, L. s. 

Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, l. s. 

Alatala Hooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses present ; 
Young Gains, Interpreter, Joseph Chambers, U. S. Factor. 

John Bowyer, Capt. 2d U. S. Regt. 

We, the commissioners of the Choctaw nation, duly appointed, 
and the chiefs of the said nation who reside on the Tornbigbee 
river, next to Sintee Bogue, do acknowledge to have received 
from the United States of America, by the hands of brigadier 



104 



DE LA WARES. 



general James Wilkinson, as a consideration in full for the con- 
firmation of the above concession, the following articles, viz: 
fifteen pieces of strouds, three rifles, one hundred and fifty 
blankets, two hundred and fifty pounds of powder, two hundred 
and fifty pounds of lead, one bridle, one man's saddle, and one 



black silk handkerchief. 

Mingo Pooscoos, his x mark, l. s. 

Alatala Hooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Commissioners of the Choctaw nation. 

Pio Mingo, his x mark, l. s. 

Pasa Mastubby Mingo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tappena Oakchia, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskenung Cooche, his x mark, l. s. 

Cussoonuckchia, his x mark,, l. s. 

Pushapia, his x mark, l. s. 



Chiefs residing on the Tombigbee near to St. Stephens. 

Witnesses present : 
Young Gains, Interpreter , Joseph Chambers, U. S. Factor. 

John Bowyer, Capt. 2d U. S. Regt. 



DELA WARES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 18, 1804. ] 

A treaty between the United States of America, and the Delaware 
tribe of Indians. 

The Delaware tribe of Indians, finding that the annuity which 
they receive from the United States is not sufficient to supply them 
With the articles which are necessary for their comfort and conve- 
nience, and afford the means of introducing amongst them the arts 
of civilized life: and being convinced that the extensiveness of the 
country they possess, by giving an opportunity to their hunting 
parties to ramble to a great distance from their towns, is the prin- 
cipal means of retarding this desirable event : and the United 
States being desirous to connect their settlements on the Wabash 
with the State of Kentucky: therefore, the said United States, by 
William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, super- 
intendent of Indian affairs, and their commissioner plenipoten- 
tiary for treating with the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio river: 
and the said tribe of Indians, by their sachems, chiefs, and head 
warriors, have agreed to the following articles ; which, when rati- 
fied by the President of the United States, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on the said parties: 

Art. 1. The said Delaware tribe, for the consideration herein- 
after mentioned, relinquishes to the United States, forever, all their 
right and title to the tract of country which lies between the Ohio 
and W'abash rivers, and below the tract ceded by the treaty of fort 
Wayne, and the road leading from Vincennes to the falls of Ohio- 



DELAWARE S. 



105 



Art. 2. The said tribe shall receive from the United States, for 
ten years, an additional annuity of three hundred dollars, which is 
to be exclusively appropriated to the purpose of ameliorating their 
condition, and promoting their civilization. Suitable persons shall 
be employed at the expense of the United States to teach them to 
make fences, cultivate the earth, and such of the domestic arts as 
are adapted to their situation ; and a further sum of three hundred 
dollars shall be appropriated annually, for five years, to this object. 
The United States will cause to be delivered to them in the course 
of the next spring, horses fit for draught, cattle, hogs, and imple- 
ments of husbandry, to the amount of four hundred dollars. The 
preceding stipulations, together with goods to the amount of eight 
hundred dollars, which is now delivered to the said tribe, ( a part 
of which is to be appropriated to the satisfying certain individuals 
of the said tribe, whose horses have been taken by white people,) 
is to be considered as full compensation for the relinquishment 
made in the first article. 

Art. 3. As there is great reason to believe that there are now 
in the possession of the said tribe, several horses which have been 
stolen from citizens of the United States, the chiefs who represent 
the said tribe are to use their utmost endeavors to have the said 
horses forthwith delivered to the superintendent of Indian affairs, 
or such persons as he may appoint to receive them. And as the 
United States can place the utmost reliance on the honor and in- 
tegrity of those chiefs who have manifested a punctilious regard to 
the engagements entered into at the treaty of Greenville, it is agreed, 
that in relation to such of the horses, stolen as aforesaid, but which 
have died, or been removed beyond the reach of the chiefs, the 
United States will compensate the owners for the loss of them, 
without deducting, from the annuity of the said tribe, the amount 
of what may be paid in this way. But it is expressly understood, 
that this provision is not to extend to any horses which have been 
stolen within the course of twelve months preceding the date hereof. 

Art. 4. The said tribe having exhibited to the above-named 
commissioner of the United States, sufficient proof of their right to 
all the country which lies between the Ohio and White river and 
the Miami tribe, who were the original proprietors of the upper 
part of that country, having explicitly acknowledged the title of 
the Delawares, at the general council held at fort Wayne, in the 
month of June, 1803, the said United States will, in future, consi- 
der the Delawares as the rightful owners of all the country which 
is bounded by the White river on the north, the Ohio on the south, 
the general boundary line running from the mouth of the Kentucky 
river on the east, and the tract ceded by this treaty, and that ceded 
by the treaty of fort Wayne, on the west and southwest. 

Art. 5. As the Piankeshaw tribe have hitherto obstinately 
persisted in refusing to recognize the title of the Delawares to the 
tract of country ceded by this treaty, the United States will 
14 



106 



PIANKESHAWS. 



t 



negotiate with them, and will endeavor to settle the matter in an 
amicable way; but should they reject the propositions that may be 
made to them on this subject, and should the United States not 
think proper to take possession of the said country without their 
consent, the stipulations and promise herein made, on behalf of the 
United States, shall be null and void. 

Art. 6. As the road from Vincennes to Clark's grant will 
form a very inconvenient boundary, and as it is the intention of the 
parties to these presents, that the whole of the said road shall be 
within the tract ceded to the United States, it is agreed that the 
boundary, in that quarter, shall be a straight line, to be drawn 
parallel to the course of the said road, from the eastern boundary 
of the tracts ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne to Clark's grant ; 
but the said line is not to pass at a greater distance than half a 
mile from the most northerly bend of said road. 

In witness whereof, the commissioner plenipotentiary of the 
United States, and the chiefs and head men of the said tribe, 
have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. 

Done at Vincennes, the eighteenth day of August, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and four ; and of the 



independence of the United States the twenty-ninth. 

William Henry Harrison, L. s. 

Jeta Buxika, his x mark, l. s. 

Bokongehelas, his x mark, l. s. 

Aiimee, or Geo. White Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Hocking Pomskann, his x mark, l. s. 

Tomaguee, or the beaver, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of 
John Gibson, Secretary to Com. Robert Buntin, Prothonotary oj 
Henry Vanderburg, Jwd^e of Ind. county, I . T. 

Territory, G. W T allace, jun., of Ind. Ter. 

Vigo, CoL of Knox co., L T. M. Antoine Marchal, of Ind. Ter. 
B. Parke, Attorney General of Joseph Barron, Interpreter, 

the I. T. Edward Hempstead, Attorney 

John Rice Jones, of Ind. T'y. at Law. 

I do certify, that each and every article of the foregoing treaty 
was carefully explained, and precisely interpreted, by me, to the 
Delaware chiefs who have signed the same. 

JOHN GIBSON. 



PIANKESHAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 27, 1804.] 

A treaty between the United States of America, and the Piankeshaw 
tribe of Indians. 

The President of the United States, by William Henry Harri- 
son, governor of the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian 



PIANKESHAWS. 



107 



affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States for 
concluding any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, 
-with any of the Indian tribes northwest of the river Ohio, and the 
chiefs and head men of the Piankeshaw tribe, have agreed to the 
following articles, which, when ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, 
shall be binding upon the said parties. 

Art. li The Piankeshaw tribe relinquishes, and cedes to the 
United States forever, all that tract of country which lies between 
the Ohio and Wabash rivers, and below Clark's grant and the 
tract called the Vincennes tract, which was ceded by the treaty of 
fort Wayne, and a line connecting the said tract and grant, to be 
drawn parallel to the general course of the road leading from Vin- 
cennes to the falls of the Ohio, so as not to pass more than half a 
mile to the northward of the most northerly bend of said road. 

Art. 2. The Piankeshaw tribe acknowledges explicitly the right 
of the Kaskaskia tribe to sell the country which they have lately 
ceded to the United States, and which is separated from the lands 
of the Piankeshaws by the ridge or high land which divides the 
waters of the Wabash from the waters of the Saline creek; and by 
that which divides the waters of the said Wabash from those which 
flow into the Auvase and other branches of the Mississippi. 

Art. 3. An additional annuity of two hundred dollars shall be 
paid by the United States to the said tribe, for ten years, in money, 
merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, and implements of 
husbandry, at the option of the said tribe ; and this annuity, together 
with goods to the value of seven hundred dollars, which are now 
delivered to them by the commissioner of the United States, is con- 
sidered as a full compensation for the above mentioned relinquish- 
ment. 

Art. 4. The United States reserve to themselves the right of 
dividing the whole annuity which they pay to the said tribe, 
amongst the families which compose the same ; allowing always a 
due proportion for the chiefs. And the said chiefs, whenever the 
President of the United States may require it, shall, upon proper 
notice being given, assemble their tribe for the purpose of effecting 
this arrangement. 

In witness whereof, the commissioner plenipotentiary of the 
United States, and the chiefs and head men of the said tribe, 
have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. 

Done at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, the twenty-seventh 
day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and four, and of the independence of the United 
States the twenty-ninth. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

Wabochquinke, la gros bled, or big corn, his x mark, l. s. 
Swekania, trois fesse, or three thighs, his x mark, l. s. 



108 



CHEROKEES. 



Makatewelama, chien noir, or black dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Alemoin, le chien, or the dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Kekelanquagoh, or lightning, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed and delivered in presence of 



of the 

county*) 



John Gibson, Sec. to the Com. 
John Griffin, one of the Judges 

of the Territory of Indiana, 
Henry Vanderburg, one of the 

Judges of Indiana Territory, 
B. Parke, Attorney General of 

the Territory of Indiana, 
William Prince, Sheriff of Knox 

county, Indiana Territory, 

I do certify, that each and every article of the foregoing treaty 
was carefully explained, and precisely interpreted, by me, to the 
Piankeshaw chiefs who have signed the same. 

JOSEPH BARRON, Interpreter. 



George Wallace, jun., 

Indiana Territory, 
Peter Jones, of Knox 

Indiana Territory, 
Edward Hempstead, Attorney 

at Law, Indiana Territory, 
Abraham F. Snapp, 
Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 



CHEROKEES. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 24, 1804.] 

Articles of a treaty between the United States of America and the 
Cherokee Indians. 

Daniel Smith and Return J. Meigs, being commissioned by 
Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States, with powers of 
acting in behalf of the said United States, in arranging certain 
matters with the Cherokee nation of Indians; and the underwrit- 
ten principal chiefs, representing the said nation, having met the 
said commissioner in a conference at Tellico, and having taken 
into their consideration certain propositions made to them by the 
said commissioners of the United States; the parties aforesaid, 
have unanimously agreed and stipulated, as is definitely expressed 
in the following articles : 

Art. 1. For the considerations hereinafter expressed, the Che- 
rokee nation relinquish and cede to the United States, a tract of 
land bounding southerly, on the boundary line between the State 
of Georgia and the said Cherokee nation, beginning at a point on 
the said boundary line northeasterly of the most northeast planta- 
tion in the settlement known by the name of Wafford's settlement, 
and running at right angles with the said boundary line four miles 
in the Cherokee lands ; thence, at right angles southwesterly and 
parallel to the first mentioned boundary line, so far as that a line, 
to be run at right angles southerly to the said first mentioned 
boundary line, shall include, in this cession, all the plantations in 
Wafford's settlement, so called, as aforesaid. 



SACS AND FOXES. 



109 



Art. 2. For, and in consideration of, the relinquishment and 
cession, as expressed in the first article, the United States, upon 
signing the present treaty, shall cause to be delivered to the Che- 
rokees, useful goods, wares, and merchandise, to the amount of 
five thousand dollars, or that sum in money, at the option (timely 
signified) of the Cherokees, and shall, also, cause to be delivered, 
annually, to them, other useful goods to the amount of one thou- 
sand dollars, or money to that amount, at the option of the Chero- 
kees, timely notice thereof being given, in addition to the annuity, 
heretofore stipulated, and to be delivered at the usual time of their 
receiving their annuity. 

In witness of all and every thing, herein determined, between 
the United States and the Cherokee nation, the parties have 
hereunto set their hands and seals, in the garrison of Tellico, 
on Cherokee ground, within the United States, this twenty- 
fourth day of October, in the year one thousand eight hun- 
dred and four, and in the twenty-ninth year of the indepen- 
dence and sovereignty of the United States. 

Daniel Smith, l. s. Path Killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Return J. Meigs, l. s. Tagustiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Molluntuskie, his x mark, l. s. Tulio, his x mark, l. s. 

Broom, his x mark, l. s. Sour Mush, his x mark, l. .s 

J. McLamore, his x mark, l. s. Keatchee, his x mark, l. s. 

Quotequeskee, his x mark, l. s. James Vann. l. s. 

WITNESSES : 

Rob. Purdy, Secretary, Thos. J. Van Dyke, Sur. Mate. 

John McKee, Wm. Charp, 

Jno. Campbell, Capt. 2d U. S. Hinchey Pettway, 

RegH. Com. Wm. L. Lovely, AssH. AgH. 

John Brahan, Lt. 2d RegH. Inf. Ch. Hicks, Interpreter. 



SACS AND FOXES. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 3, 1804. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at St. Louis, in the district of Louisiana, 
between William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana 
territory, and of the district of Louisiana, superintendent of 
Indian affairs for the said territory and district, and commis- 
sioner plenipotentiary of the United States for concluding any 
treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary with any of the 
northwestern tribes of Indians, of the one part, and the chiefs 
and head men of the united Sac and Fox tribes, of the other part. 
Art. 1. The United States receive the united Sac and Fox 

tribes into their friendship and protection, and the said tribes agree 

to consider themselves under the protection of the United States, 

and of no other power whatsoever. 



110 



SACS AND FOXES. 



Art. 2. The general boundary line between the lands of the 
United States and of the said Indian tribes shall be as follows, to 
wit: Beginning at a point on the Missouri river opposite to the 
mouth of the Gasconade river; thence in a direct course so as to 
strike the river Jeffreon, at the distance of thirty miles from its mouth, 
and down the said Jeffreon to the Mississippi ; thence up the Mis- 
sissippi to the mouth of the Ouisconsing river, and up the same to 
a point which shall be thirty-six miles in a direct line from the mouth 
of the said river; thence by a direct line to the point where the 
Fox river (a branch of the Illinois) leaves the small lake called 
Sakaegan; thence down the Fox river to the Illinois river, and 
down the same to the Mississippi. And the said tribes, for and in 
consideration of the friendship and protection of the United States, 
which is now extended to them, of the goods (to the value of two 
thousand two hundred and thirty-four dollars and fifty cents) which 
are now delivered, and of the annuity hereinafter stipulated to be 
paid, do hereby cede and relinquish forever to the United States, 
all the lands included within the above described boundary. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession and relinquishment of 
land made in the preceding article, the United States will deliver 
to the said tribes, at the town of St. Louis, or some other conve- 
nient place on the Mississippi, yearly, and every year, goods suited 
to the circumstances of the Indians, of the value of one thousand 
dollars, (six hundred of which are intended for the Sacs, and four 
hundred for the Foxes,) reckoning that value at the first cost of 
the goods in the city or place in the United States where they shall 
be procured. And if the said tribes shall hereafter, at an annual 
delivery of the goods aforesaid, desire that a part of their annuity 
should be furnished in domestic animals, implements of husbandry, 
and other utensils convenient for them, or in compensation to 
useful artificers who may reside with or near them, and be 
employed for their benefit, the same shall, at the subsequent annual 
delivery, be furnished accordingly. 

Art. 4. The United States will never interrupt the said tribes in 
the possession of the lands which they rightfully claim, but will, on 
the contrary, protect them in the quiet enjoyment of the same, 
against their own citizens, and against all other white persons who 
may intrude upon them. And the said tribes do hereby engage, 
that they will never sell their lands, or any part thereof, to any so- 
vereign power but the United States, nor to the citizens or subjects 
of any other sovereign power, nor to the citizens of the United States. 

Art. 5. Lest the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the said Indian tribes, should be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for 
injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the 
party injured to the other, by the said tribes, or either of them, to 
the superintendent of Indian affairs, or one of his deputies, and 



SACS AND FOXES. 



Ill 



by the superintendent or other person appointed by the President, 
to the chiefs of the said tribes. And it shall be the duty of the 
said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up 
the person or persons, against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of 
the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; 
and in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be 
committed on any Indian, or Indians, belonging to the said tribes, 
or either of them, the person or persons, so offending, shall be 
tried, and, if found guilty, punished in the like manner as if the 
injury had been done to a white man. And it is further agreed, 
that the chiefs of the said tribes shall, to the utmost of their power, 
exert themselves to recover horses or other property which may be 
stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any 
individual, or individuals, of their tribes, and the property so 
recovered, shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent or 
other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the 
owner ; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall be 
ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, if suffi- 
cient proof can be obtained that such property was actually stolen 
by any Indian or Indians, belonging to the said tribes, or either of 
them, the United States may deduct from the annuity of the said 
tribes, a sum equal to the value of the property which has been 
stolen. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian 
or Indians of the said tribes, a full indemnification for any horses 
or other property, which may be stolen from them by any of their 
citizens ; provided that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, 
and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by 
a citizen of the United States. 

Art. 6. If any citizen of the United States, or other white 
person, should form a settlement upon lands which are the pro- 
perty of the Sac and Fox tribes, upon complaint being made 
thereof to the superintendent or other person having charge of the 
affairs of the Indians, such intruder shall forthwith be removed. 

Art. 7. As long as the lands which are now ceded to the United 
States remain their property, the Indians belonging to the said 
tribes shall enjoy the privilege of living and hunting upon them. 

Art. 8. As the laws of the United States, regulating trade and 
intercourse with the Indian tribes, are already extended to the 
country inhabited by the Saukes and Foxes, and as it is provided 
by those laws, that no person shall reside as a trader in the Indian 
country, without a license under the hand and seal of the superin- 
tendent of Indian affairs, or other person appointed for the purpose 
by the President, the said tribes do promise and agree, that they 
will not suffer any trader to reside amongst them without such 
license ; and that they will, from time to time, give notice to the 
superintendent, or to the agent for their tribes, of all the traders 
that may be in their country. 



112 



SACS AND FOXES. 



Art. 9. In order to put a stop to the abuses and impositions 
which are practised upon the said tribes by the private traders, the 
United States will, at a convenient time, establish a trading house 
or factory, where the individuals of the said tribes can be supplied 
with goods at a more reasonable rate than they have been accus- 
tomed to procure them. 

Art. 10. In order to evince the sincerity of their friendship and 
affection for the United States, and a respectful deference for their 
advice, by an act which will not only be acceptable to them, but 
to the common Father of all the nations of the earth, the said tribes 
do hereby solemnly promise and agree, that they will put an end 
to the bloody war which has heretofore raged between their tribes 
and those of the Great and Little Osages. And for the purpose 
of burying the tomahawk and renewing the friendly intercourse 
between themselves and the Osages, a meeting of their respective 
chiefs shall take place, at which, under the direction of the above- 
named commissioner, or the agent of Indian affairs residing at St. 
Louis, an adjustment of all their differences shall be made, and 
peace established upon a firm and lasting basis. 

Art. 11. As it is probable that the Government of the United 
States will establish a military post at or near the mouth of the Ouis- 
consing river, and as the land on the lower side of the river may not 
be suitable for that purpose, the said tribes hereby agree that a fort 
may be built either on the upper side of the Ouisconsing, or on the 
right bank of the Mississippi, as the one or the other may be found 
most convenient, and a tract of land not exceeding two miles square 
shall be given for that purpose. And the said tribes do further agree, 
that they will at all times allow to traders and other persons travelling 
through their country, under the authority of the United States, a 
free and safe passage for themselves and their property of every 
description. And that for such passage they shall, at no time and 
on no account whatever, be subject to any toll or exaction. 

Art. 12. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of 
the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and 
the chiefs and head men of the said Sac and Fox tribes, 
have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. 
Done at Saint Louis, in the district of Louisiana, on the third 
day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, and 
of the independence of the United States the twenty-ninth. 

William Henry Harrison, L. s. 

Layauvois, or Laiyurva, his x mark, l. s. 

Pashepaho, or the giger, his x mark, l. s. 

Quashquame, or jumping fish, his x mark, L. s. 
Outchequaka, or sun fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Hahshequarhiqua, or the bear, his x mark, L. s. 



WYANDOTS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 



113 



In presence of ( the words " a branch of the Illinois," in the third 
line of the second article, and the word " forever," in the fifth 
line of the same article, being first interlined ) 

Wm. Prince, Secretary to the Commissioner, 

John Griffin, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, 

J. Bruff, Major Artillery U. S. 

Amos Stoddard, Capt. Corps Artillerists, 

P. Chouteau, 

Vigo, 

S. Warrel, Lieut. United States Artillery, 
D. Delamay, 

Joseph Barron, ) a T , , 

Tj va t) i 1 i Sworn Interpreters. 

Hypoiite Bolen, his x mark, ) r 

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

It is agreed, that nothing in this treaty contained shall affect the 
claim of any individual or individuals, who may have obtained 
grants of land from the Spanish government, and which are not 
included within the general boundary line laid down in this treaty, 
provided that such grants have at any time, been known to the 
said tribes and recognized by them. 



WYANDOTS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 

[concluded july 4, 1805.] 

A treaty between the United States of America, and the sachems, 
chiefs, and warriors, of the Wyandot, Ottawa, Chippewa, Mun- 
see, and Delaware, Shawanee, and Pattawatima nations, holden 
at fort Industry, on the Miami of the lake, on the fourth day of 
July, Anno Domini, one thousand eight hundred and five. 

Art. 1. The said Indian nations do again acknowledge them- 
selves and all their tribes, to be in friendship with, and under the 
protection of, the United States. 

Art. 2. The boundary line between the United States and the 
nations aforesaid, shall in future be a meridian line drawn north 
and south, through a boundary to be erected on the south shore of 
lake Erie, one hundred and twenty miles due west of the west 
boundary line of the State of Pennsylvania, extending north until 
it intersects the boundary line of the United States, and extending 
south until it intersects a line heretofore established by the treaty 
of Greenville. 

Art. 3. The Indian nations aforesaid, for the consideration oi 
friendship to the United States, and the sums of money hereinafter 
mentioned, to be paid annually to the Wyandot, Shawanee, Mun- 
see, and Delaware nations, have ceded, and do hereby cede and 
15 



114 



WYANBOTS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 



relinquish to said United States forever, all the lands belonging 
to said United States, lying east of the aforesaid line, bounded 
southerly and easterly by the line established by said treaty of 
Greenville, and northerly by the northernmost part of the forty-first 
degree of north latitude. 

Art. 4. The United States, to preserve harmony, manifest their 
liberality, and in consideration of the cession made in the preced- 
ing article, will, every year forever hereafter, at Detroit, or some 
other convenient place, pay and deliver to the Wyandot, Munsee, 
and Delaware nations, and those of the Shawanee and Seneka 
nations who reside with the Wyandots, the sum of eight hundred 
and twenty-five dollars, current money of the United States, and 
the further sum of one hundred and seventy-five dollars, making 
in the whole an annuity of one thousand dollars ; which last sum 
of one hundred and seventy-five dollars, has been secured to the 
President, in trust for said nations, by the Connecticut land com- 
pany, and by the company incorporated by the name of " the pro- 
prietors of the half million acres of land lying south of lake Erie, 
called Sufferers' Land," payable annually as aforesaid, and to be 
divided between said nations, from time to time, in such propor- 
tions as said nations, with the approbation of the President, shall 
agree. 

Art. 5. To prevent all misunderstanding hereafter, it is to be 
expressly remembered, that the Ottawa and Chippewa nations, and 
such of the Pattawatima nation as reside on the river Huron of lake 
Erie, and in the neighborhood thereof, have received from the 
Connecticut land company, and the company incorporated by the 
name of " the proprietors of the half million acres of land lying 
south of lake Erie, called Sufferers' Land," the sum of four thou- 
sand dollars, in hand, and have secured to the President of the 
United States, in trust for them, the further sum of twelve thousand 
dollars, payable in six annual instalments of two thousand dollars 
each ; which several sums is the full amount of their proportion of 
the purchases effected by this treaty, and also by a treaty with said 
companies, bearing even date herewith ; * which proportions were 
agreed on and concluded by the whole of said nations in their 
general council ; which several sums, together with two thousand 
nine hundred and sixteen dollars and sixty-seven cents, secured 
to the President, to raise said sum of one hundred and seventy-five 
dollars annuity as aforesaid, is the amount of the consideration 
paid by the agents of the Connecticut Reserve, for the cession of 
their lands. 

Art. 6. The said Indian nations, parties to this treaty, shall be 

at liberty to fish and hunt within the territory and lands which they 

have now ceded to the United States, so long as they shall demean 

themselves peaceably. 

* This treaty does not appear in any edition of the laws of the United States, nor 
is it to be found in the archives of the Department of State. 



WYAND0TS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 



115 



In witness whereof, Charles Jouett, esquire, a commissioner on 
the part of the United States, and the sachems, chiefs, and 
warriors, of the Indian nations aforesaid, have hereto set their 
hands and seals. 

Charles Jouett, l. s. 

Ottawa, Nekeik, or Little Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Kawachewan, or Eddy, his x mark, l. s. 

Mechimenduch, or Big Bowl, his x mark, l. s. 

Aubaway, his x mark r l. s 

Ogonse, his x mark, l. s. 

Sawgamaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusquagan, or McCarty, his x mark, l. s. 

Tondawganie, or the Dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Ashawet, his x mark, L. s. 

chippewa, Macquettoquet, or Little Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Quitchonequit, or Big Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Queoonequetwabaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Oscaquassanu, or Young Boy, his x mark, l. s. 

Monimack, or Cat Fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Tonquish, his x mark, l. s. 

PATTAWATiMA,Noname,his x mark, l. s. 

Mogawh, his x mark, l. s. 

wyandot, Tarhee,or the Crane, his x mark, L. s. 

Miere, or Walk in Water, his x mark, l. s. 

Thateyyanayoh, or Leather Lips, his x mark, l. s. 
Harrowenyou, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, l. s. 
Tschauendah, his x mark, l. s. 

Tahunehawettee, or Adam Brown, his x mark, l. s. 



MUNSEE AND 
DELAWARE, 



SHAWANEE, 



Shawrunthie, his x mark, 

Puckconsittond, his x mark, 
Paahmehelot, his x mark, 
Pamoxet,or Armstrong, his x mark, 
Pappellelond, or Beaver Hat, his x mark, 

Weyapurseawaw, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, 



l. s. 

l. s. 
l. s. 
l. s. 

L. S. 

L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 



Cutheaweasaw, or Black HofF, his x mark, 
Auonasechla, or Civil Man, his x mark, 
Isaac Peters, his x mark, 

In presence of 

Wm. Dean, C. F. L. C. William Walker, Interpreter, 

J. B. Mower, Israel Ruland, 



Jasper Parrish, 
Whitmore Knaggs, 



Interpreters. 



E. Brush. 



116 



CHICKASAWS. 



CHICKASAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 23, 1805. ] 

Articles of arrangement made and concluded in the Chickasaw 
country, between James Robertson and Silas Dinsmoor, commis- 
sioners of the United States, of the one part, and the Mingo, 
chiefs, and warriors, of the Chickasaw nation of Indians, on the 
other part. 

Art. 1. Whereas the Chickasaw nation of Indians have been 
for some time embarrassed by heavy debts due to their merchants 
and traders, and being destitute of funds to effect important 
improvements in their country, they have agreed and do hereby 
agree to cede to the United States, and forever quit claim to the 
tract of country included within the following bounds, to wit : 
beginning on the left bank of Ohio, at the point where the present 
Indian boundary adjoins the same, thence down the left bank of 
Ohio to the Tennessee river, thence up the main channel of the 
Tennessee river to the mouth of Duck river ; thence up the left 
bank of Duck river to the Columbian highway, or road leading 
from Nashville to Natchez, thence along the said road to the ridge 
dividing the waters running into Duck river from those running 
into Buffalo river, thence eastwardly along the said ridge to the 
great ridge dividing the waters running into the main Tennessee 
river from those running into Buffalo river near the main source of 
Buffalo river, thence in a direct line to the Great Tennessee river, 
near the Chickasaw Old Fields, or eastern point of the Chickasaw 
claim, on that river ; thence northwardly to the great ridge divid- 
ing the waters running into the Tennessee from those running into 
Cumberland river, so as to include all the waters. running into Elk 
river, thence along the top of said ridge to the place of beginning : 
reserving a tract of one mile square adjoining to, and below the 
mouth of Duck river, on the Tennessee, for the use of the chief 
0 Koy, or Lishmastubbee. 

Art. 2. The United States on their part, and in consideration 
of the above cession, agree to make the following payments, to 
wit : twenty thousand dollars for the use of the nation at large, 
and for the payment of the debts due to their merchants and 
traders : and to George Colbert and O Koy two thousand dollars, 
that is, to each one thousand dollars. This sum is granted to 
them at the request of the national council, for services rendered 
their nation, and is to be subject to their individual order, wit- 
nessed by the resident agent ; also to Chinnubbee Mingo, the king 
of the nation, an annuity of one hundred dollars during his natural 



CHICKASAWS. 



117 



life, granted as a testimony of his personal worth and friendly 
disposition. All the above payments are to be made in specie. 

Art. 3. In order to preclude forever all disputes relative to the 
boundary mentioned in the first section, is hereby stipulated, that 
the same shall be ascertained and marked by a commissioner or 
commissioners on the part of the United States, accompanied by 
such person as the Chickasaws may choose, so soon as the 
Chickasaws shall have thirty days' notice of the time and place at 
which the operation is to commence : and the United States will 
pay the person appointed on the part of the Chickasaws two dollars 
per day, during his actual attendance on that service. 

Art. 4. It is hereby agreed on the part of the United States, 
that from and after the ratification of these articles, no settlement 
shall be made by any citizen, or permitted by the government of 
the United States, on that part of the present cession included 
between the present Indian boundary and the Tennessee, and 
between the Ohio and a line drawn due north from the mouth of 
Buffalo to the ridge dividing the waters of Cumberland from those 
of the Tennessee river, to the term of three years. 

Art. 5. The article now stipulated will be considered as 
permanent additions to the treaties now in force between the 
contracting parties, as soon as they shall have been ratified by the 
President of the United States of America, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate of the said United States. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, the parties 
have hereunto interchangeably set their hands and seals, in 
the Chickasaw country, this twenty-third day of July, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five, and 
of the independence of the United States of America the 
thirtieth. 



COMMISSIONERS. 

James Robertson, l. s. 

Silas Dinsmoor, l. s. 

CHIEFS AND WARRIORS. 

Chenubbee Mingo, the king, his x mark, l. s. 

George Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

0 Koy, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiphu Mashtubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Choomubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Mattaha, his x mark, l. s. 

E. Mattaha Meko, his x mark, l. s. 

Wm. McGillivry, his x mark, l. s. 

Tisshoo Hooluhta, his x mark, l. s. 

Levi Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 



118 



DELAWARE S, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 



Signed, sealed, and interchanged, in presence of 

Thomas Augustine Claiborne, Secretary to the Commissioner ^ 
Samuel Mitchell, U. S. Agent to the Chickasaw nation, 
John McKee, 

R. Chamberlin, Second Lieut. Second Regt. Infantry, 
W. P. Anderson, of Tennessee, 
Malcolm McGee, his x mark, 



John Pitchlynn, 
Christopher Olney, 
Wm. Tyrrell, 



Sworn Interpreters. 



DELAWARE S, PATTAWATIMAS, &c. 

[ concluded august 21, 1805.] 

Articles of a treaty made and entered into, at Grouseland, near 
Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, by and between William 
Henry Harrison, governor of said territory, superintendent of 
Indian Affairs, and commissioner plenipotentiary of the United 
States for treating with the northwestern tribes of Indians,- of 
the one part, and the tribes of Indians, called the Delawares, 
Pattawatimas, Miamis, Eel Rivers, and Weas, jointly and 
severally, by their chiefs and head men, of the other part. 

Art.. 1. Whereas, by the fourth article of a treaty made 
between the United States and the Delaware tribe, on the 
eighteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and four, the said 
United States engaged to consider the said Delawares as the pro- 
prietors of all that tract of country which is bounded by the Wliite 
river on the north, the Ohio and Clark's grant on the south, the 
general boundary line running from the mouth of Kentucky river 
on the east, and the tract ceded by the treaty of Fort Wayne and 
the road leading to Clark's grant on the west and southwest. 
And whereas the Miami tribe, from whom the Delawares derived 
their claim, contend that, in their cession of said tract to the Dela- 
wares, it was never their intention to convey to them the right of 
the soil, but to suffer them to occupy it as long as they thought 
proper, the said Delawares have, for the sake of peace and good 
neighborhood, determined to relinquish their claim to the said 
tract, and do, by these presents, release the United States from 
the guarantee made in the beforementioned article of the treaty 
of August, eighteen hundred and four. 

Art. 2. The said Miami, Eel river, and Wea tribes, cede and 
relinquish to the United States, forever, all that tract of country 



D.ELA WARES, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 



119 



which lies to the south of a line to be drawn from the northeast 
corner of a tract ceded by the treaty of fort Wayne, so as to 
strike the general boundary line, running from a point opposite 
to the mouth of the Kentucky river to fort Recovery, at the dis- 
tance of fifty miles from its commencement on the Ohio river. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession made in the preceding 
article, the United States will give an additional permanent 
annuity to said Miamis, Eel River, and Wea tribes, in the follow- 
ing proportions, viz : to the Miamis, six hundred dollars ; to the 
Eel River tribe, two hundred and fifty dollars ; to the Weas, two 
hundred and fifty dollars ; and also to the Pattawatimas, an addi- 
tional annuity of five hundred dollars, for ten years, and no longer; 
which, together with the sum of four thousand dollars, which is 
now delivered, the receipt whereof they do hereby acknowledge, 
is to be considered as a full compensation for the land now 
ceded. 

Art. 4. As the tribes which are now called the Miamis, Eel 
Rivers, and Weas, were formerly, and still consider themselves 
as one nation, and as they have determined that neither of those 
tribes shall dispose of any part of the country which they hold in 
common ; in order to quiet their minds on that head, the United 
States do hereby engage to consider them as joint owners of all 
the country on the Wabash and its waters, above the Vincennes 
tract, and which has not been ceded to the United States by this 
or any former treaty ; and they do further engage, that they will 
not purchase any part of the said country, without the consent of 
each of the said tribes ; provided always, that nothing in this sec- 
tion contained, shall in any manner weaken or destroy any claim 
which the Kickapoos, who are not represented at this treaty, may 
have to the country they now occupy on the Vermillion river. 

Art. 5. The Pattawatimas, Miami, Eel River, and Wea 
tribes, explicitly acknowledge the right of the Delawares to sell 
the tract of land conveyed to the United States by the treaty of 
the eighteenth day of August, eighteen hundred and four, which 
tract was given by the Piankeshaws to the Delawares about thirty- 
seven years ago. 

Art. 6. The annuities herein stipulated to be paid by the 
United States, shall be delivered in the same manner, and under 
the same conditions, as those which the said tribes have hereto- 
fore received. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall be in force and obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
.of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner plenipotentiary of 
the United States, and the sachems, chiefs, and head men of 



120 



DEL A WARES, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 



the said tribes, have hereunto set their hands and affixed 
their seals. 

Done at Grouseland, near Vincennes, on the twenty-first day of 
August, in the year eighteen hundred and five, and of the 
independence of the United States the thirtieth. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

DEL A WARES. 

Hocking Pomskan, his x mark, l. s. 
Kecklawhenund, or William Anderson, his x mark, l. s. 

Allime, or White Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Tomague, or Beaver, his x mark, l. s. 

PATTAWATIMAS. 

Topanepee, his x mark, l. s. 

Lishahecon, his x mark, l. s. 

Wenamech, his x mark, l. s. 

MIAMI s. 

Kakonweconner, or Long Legs, his x mark, l. s. 

Missingguimeschan, or Owl, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabsier, or White Skin, his x mark, l. s. 

Mashekanochquah, or Little Turtle, his x mark, l. s. 

Richardville, his x mark, l. s. 

EEL RIVERS. 

Wanonecana, or Night Stander, his x mark, l. s. 

Metausauner, or Sam, his x mark, l. s. 

Archekatauh, or Earth, his x mark, l. s. 

WE AS. 

Assonnonquah, or Labossiere, his x mark, l. s. 

Misquaconaqua, or Painted Pole, his x mark, l. s. 

Ohequanah, or Little Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

DELAWARE S. 

Missenewand, or Captain Bullet, his x mark, l. s. 

Done in the presence of 

B. Parke, Secretary to the Commissioner ', 

John Gibson, Secretary Indiana Territory, 

John Griffin, a Judge of the Indiana Territory, 

B. Chambers, President of the Council, 

Jesse B. Thomas, Speaker of the House of Representatives, 

John Rice Jones, } 

Samuel Gwathmey, V Members Legislative Council Indiana Ter'y, 
Pierre Menard, S 



CHEROKEE S. 



121 



Davis Floyd, 

Wmfam^fg^' ' Members House °f Re P s - Indiana Territory, 
John Johnson, 

W. Wells, Agent of Indian Affairs, 

Vigo, Colonel of Knox County Militia, 

John Conner, ) & T , , 
T i -n ? Sworn Interpreters. 

Joseph Barron, ) 1 

ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

It is the intention of the contracting parties, that the boundary 
line herein directed to be run, from the northeast corner of the 
Vincennes tract to the boundary line running from the mouth of 
the Kentucky river, shall not cross the Embarrass or Driftwood 
fork of White river ; but if it should strike the said fork, such an 
alteration in the direction of the said line is to be made, as will 
leave the whole of the said fork in the Indian Territory. 



CHEROKEES. 

{ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 25, 1805. ] 

Articles of a treaty agreed upon between the United States of Ame- 
rica, by their commissioners, Return J. Meigs, and Daniel Smith, 
appointed to hold conferences with the Cherokee Indians, for the 
purpose of arranging certain interesting matters with the said 
Cherokees, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head 
men of the said nation, of the other pari. 

Art. 1. All former treaties, which provide for the maintenance 
of peace and preventing of crimes, are, on this occasion, recognized 
and continued in force. 

Art. 2. The Cherokees quit claim and cede to the United 
States, all the lands which they have heretofore claimed, lying to 
the north of the following boundary line : Beginning at the mouth 
of Duck river, running thence up the main stream of the same to 
the junction of the fork, at the head of which fort Nash stood, with 
the main south fork : thence a direct course to a point on the 
Tennessee river bank opposite the mouth of Hiwassee river. If 
the line from Hiwassee should leave out Field's settlement, it is to 
be marked round this improvement, and then continued the straight 
course ; thence up the middle of the Tennessee river, (but leaving 
all the islands to the Cherokees,) to the mouth of Clinch river; 
thence up the Clinch river to the former boundary line agreed upon 
with the said Cherokees, reserving, at the same time, to the use 
of the Cherokees, a small tract lying at and below the mouth of 
Clinch river ; from the mouth extending thence down the Tennes- 
see river, from the mouth of Clinch to a notable rock on the north 
16 



122 



CHEROKEES. 



bank of the Tennessee, in view from Southwest Point ; thence a 
course at right angles with the river, to the Cumberland road ; 
thence eastwardly along the same, to the bank of Clinch river, so 
as to secure the ferry landing to the Cherokees up to the first hill, 
and down the same to the mouth thereof, together with two other 
sections of one square mile each, one of which is at the foot of 
Cumberland mountain, at and near the place where the turnpike 
gate now stands ; the other on the north bank of the Tennessee 
river, where the Cherokee Talootiske now lives. And whereas, 
from the present cession made by the Cherokees, and other circum- 
stances, the site of the garrisons at Southwest Point and Tellico, 
are become not the most convenient and suitable places for the 
accommodation of the said Indians, it may become expedient to 
remove the said garrisons and factory to some more suitable place; 
three other square miles are reserved for the particular disposal of 
the United States on the north bank of the Tennessee, opposite to 
and below the mouth of Hiwassee. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the above cession and relinquish- 
ment, the United States agree to pay immediately three thousand 
dollars in valuable merchandise, and eleven thousand dollars within 
ninety days after the ratification of this treaty, and also an annuity 
of three thousand dollars, the commencement of which is this day. 
But so much of the said eleven thousand dollars, as the said 
Cherokees may agree to accept in useful articles of, and machines 
for, agriculture and manufactures, shall be paid in those articles, 
at their option. 

Art. 4. The citizens of the United States shall have the free 
and unmolested use and enjoyment of the two following described 
roads, in addition to those which are at present established through 
their country; one to proceed from some convenient place near the 
head of Stone's river, and fall into the Georgia road at a suitable 
place towards the southern frontier of the Cherokees. The other 
to proceed from the neighborhood of Franklin, or Big Harpath, 
and crossing the Tennessee at or near the Muscle Shoals, to pur- 
sue the nearest and best way to the settlements on the Tombig- 
bee. These roads shall be viewed and marked out by men 
appointed on each side for that purpose ; in order that they may 
be directed the nearest and best ways, and the time of doing the 
business, the Cherokees shall be duly notified. 

Art. 5. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as it is ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the same. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokees, have hereto 
set their hands and seals. 



CHEB.0KEES. 



123 



Bone at Tellico, the twenty-fifth day of October, one thousand 
eight hundred and five. 



Return J. Meigs, l. s. 

Daniel Smith, l. s. 

Fox, or Ennolee, his x mark, l. s 

Path Killer, or Nenohuttahe, his x mark, l. s. 

Glass, or Tauquatehee, his x mark, l. s. 

Double head, or Dhuqualutauge, his x mark, l. s. 

Dick Justice, his x mark, l. s. 

Tounhull, or Toonayeh, his x mark, l. s. 
Turtle at Home, or Sullicooahwolu, his x mark, l. s. 

Chenawee, his x mark, l. s. 

Slave Boy, or Oosaunabee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tallotiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Broom, or Cunnaweesoskee, his x mark, l. s. 

John Greenwood, or Sour Mush, his xmark, l. s. 

Chulioah, his x mark, l. s. 

Katigiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

William Shawry, or Eskaculiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Taochalar, his x mark, L. s. 

James Davis, or Coowusaliskee, his x mark, l. s. 

John Jolly, or Eulatakee, his x mark, l. s. 

Bark, or Eullooka, his x mark, l. S. 
John McLemore, or John Euskulacau, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Bear, or Yohanaqua, his x mark, l. s. 

Dreadfulwater, or Aumaudoskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Challaugittihee, his x mark, l. s. 

Calliliskee, or Knife Sheath, his x mark, l. s. 

Closenee, his x mark, l. s. 

Challow, or Kingfisher, his x mark, l, s. 

John Watts, jr., his x mark, l. s. 

Sharp Arrow, or Costarauh, his x mark, l. s. 

John Dougherty, or Long John, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuckasee, or Terrapin, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskegittihee, or Long Fellow, his x mark, l. s. 

Tochuwor, or Red Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Catihee, or Badgerson, his x mark, l. s. 



Witnesses : 

Rob. Purdy, Secretary to the Go. W. Campbell, 

Commissioners , Will. Polk, 

W. Yates, Lieut. 3d U. S. Arts. James Blair, 

Wm. L. Lovely, Assistant Agent, Jno. Smith, T. 

Nicholas Byers, United States Thomas N. Clark, 

Factor, - Chas. Hicks, Interpreter. 



124 



CHEROKEES. 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 27, 1805. ] 

Articles of a treaty between the United States of America, by their 
commissioners, Return J. Meigs and Daniel Smith, who are ap- 
pointed to hold conferences with the Cherokees, for the purpose 
of arranging certain interesting matters with the said Indians, 
of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the 
Cherokees, of the other part. 

Art. 1. Whereas it has been represented by the one party to 
the other, that the section of land on which the garrison of South- 
west Point stands, and which extends to Kingston, is likely to be 
a desirable place for the assembly of the state of Tennessee to 
convene at, (a committee from that body now in session having 
viewed the situation,) now, the Cherokees being possessed of a 
spirit of conciliation, and seeing that this tract is desired for pub- 
lic purposes, and not for individual advantages, reserving the 
ferries to themselves, quit claim, and cede to the United States 
the said section of land, understanding, at the same time, that the 
buildings erected by the public are to belong to the public, as 
well as the occupation of the same, during the pleasure of the 
government; we also cede to the United States the first island in 
the Tennessee, above the mouth of Clinch. 

Art. 2. And whereas the mail of the United States is ordered 
to be carried from Knoxville to New Orleans, through the Chero- 
kee, Creek, and Choctaw countries; the Cherokees agree, that 
the citizens of the United States shall have, so far as it goes 
through their country, the free and unmolested use of a road lead- 
ing from Tellico to Tombigbee, to be laid out by viewers ap- 
pointed on both sides, who shall direct in the nearest and best 
way ; and the time of doing the business the Cherokees shall be 
notified of. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the above cession and relinquish- 
ment, the United States agree to pay to the said Cherokee Indians, 
sixteen hundred dollars in money, or useful merchandize, at their 
option, within ninety days after the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 4. This treaty shall be obligatory between the contracting 
parties, as soon as it is ratified by the President, by and with the 
advice and consent of the Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokees, have hereto 
set their hands and seals. 

Done at Tellico, this twenty- seventh day of October, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and five. 

Return J. Meigs, l. s. 



CREEKS. 



125 



Danl. Smith, l. s. 

Black Fox, or Ennone, his x mark, l. s. 

The Glass, or Tunnquetihee, his x mark, l. s. 

Kutigeskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Toochalar, his x mark, l. s. 

Turtle at Home, or Sullicookiewalar, his x mark, l. s. 

Dick Justice, his x mark, l. s. 

John Greenwood, or Eakosettas, his x mark, l. s. 

Chulevah, or Gentleman Tom, his x mark, l. s. 

Broom, or Cannarwesoske, his x mark, l. s. 

Bald Hunter, or Toowayullau, his x mark, l. s. 

John Melamere, or Euquellooka, his x mark, l. s. 

Closenie, or Creeping, his x mark, l. s. 

Double Head, or Chuquacuttague, his x mark, l. s. 
Chicasawtihee, Checasaw tihue Killer, his x mark, l. s. 



Witness : 

Robert Purdy, Secretary to the Commissioners , 

William Yates, D. Comm'y, 

Nicholas Byers, United States Factor, 

Wm. Lovely, Assistant Agent, 

B. M'Ghee, 

Saml. Love, 

James Blair, 

Hopkins Lacey, 

Chs. Hicks, Interpreter. 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 14, 1805. ] 

A convention between the United States and the Creek nation of 
Indians, concluded at the city of Washington, on the fourteenth 
day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and five. 

Articles of a convention made between Henry Dearborn, Sec- 
retary of War, being specially authorized therefor by the Presi- 
dent of the United States, and Oche Haujo, William Mcintosh, 
Tuskenehau, Chapco, Tuskenehau, Enehau Thlucco, Chekope- 
heke Emanthau, chiefs and head men of the Creek nation of 
Indians, duly authorized and empowered by said nation. 

Art. 1. The aforesaid chiefs and head men do hereby agree, 
in consideration of certain sums of money and goods to be paid 
to the said Creek nation, by the government of the United States, 
as hereafter stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, and do, in 
behalf of their nation, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim 
unto the United States, all right, title, and interest, which the said 
nation have or claim, in or unto a certain tract of land, situate 



126 



CREEKS. 



between the rivers Oconee and Ocmulgee, (except as hereinafter 
excepted,) and bounded as follows, viz: 

Beginning at the high shoals of Apalacha, where the line of the 
treaty of fort Wilkinson touches the same, thence running in a 
straight line to the mouth of Ulcofauhatche, it being the first large 
branch or fork of the Ocmulgee, above the Seven Islands : provided 
however, that if the said line should strike the Ulcofauhatche, at 
any place above its mouth, that it shall continue round with that 
stream so as to leave the whole of it on the Indian side ; then the 
boundary to continue from the mouth of the Ulcofauhatche, by the 
water's edge of the Ocmulgee river, down to its junction with the 
Oconee ; thence up the Oconee to the present boundary at Tau- 
loohatchee creek ; thence up said creek, and following the present 
boundary line, to the first mentioned bounds, at the high shoals of 
Apalacha ; excepting and reserving to the Creek nation, the title 
and possession of a tract of land, five miles in length and three 
in breadth, and bounded as follows, viz : Beginning on the 
eastern shore of the Ocmulgee river, at a point three miles on a 
straight line above the mouth of a creek called Oakchoncoolgau, 
which empties into the Ocmulgee, near the lower part of what is 
called the old Ocmulgee fields ; thence running three miles east- 
wardly, on a course at right angles with the general course of the 
river, for five miles below the point of beginning ; thence from 
the end of the three miles, to run five miles parallel with the said 
course of the river ; thence westwardly, at right angles with the 
last mentioned line to the river; thence by the river to the first 
mentioned bounds. 

And it is hereby agreed that the President of the United States, 
for the time being, shall have a right to establish and continue a 
military post, and a factory or trading house, on said reserved 
tract ; and to make such other use of the said tract as may be found 
convenient for the United States, as long as the government 
thereof shall think proper to continue the said military post or 
trading house. And it is also agreed, on the part of the Creek nation, 
that the navigation and fishery of the Ocmulgee, from its junction 
with the Oconee to the mouth of the Ulcofauhatche, shall be free 
to the white people ; provided they use no traps for taking fish ; 
but nets and seines may be used ; which shall be drawn to the 
eastern shore only. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
Creek nation, that the government of the United States shall for- 
ever hereafter have a right to a horse path, through the Creek 
country, from the Ocmulgee to the Mobile, in such direction as 
shall, by the President of the United States, be considered most 
convenient, and to clear out the same, and lay logs over the 
creeks : and the citizens of said States shall, at all times, have a 
right to pass peaceably on said path, under such regulations and 
restrictions, as the government of the United States shall, from 



CREEKS. 127 

time to time, direct ; and the Creek chiefs will have boats kept 
at the several rivers for the conveyance of men and horses, and 
houses of entertainment established at suitable places on said 
path for the accommodation of travellers ; and the respective fer- 
riages and prices of entertainment for men and horses, shall be 
regulated by the present agent, Col. Hawkins, or by his successor 
in office, or as is usual among white people. 

Art. 3. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
United States, as a full consideration for the land ceded by the 
Creek nation in the first article, as well as by permission granted 
for a horse path through their country, and the occupancy of the 
reserved tract, at the old Ocmulgee fields, that there shall be paid 
annually to the Creek nation, by the United States, for the term 
of eight years, twelve thousand dollars in money or goods, and 
implements of ..husbandry, at the option of the Creek nation, 
seasonably signified from time to time, through the agent of the 
United States, residing with said nation, to the Department of 
War ; and eleven thousand dollars shall be paid in like manner, 
annually, for the term of the ten succeeding years, making, in the 
whole, eighteen payments in the course of eighteen years, without 
interest. The first payment is to be made as soon as practicable 
after the ratification of this convention by the government of the 
United States ; and each payment shall be made at the reserved 
tract, on the old Ocmulgee fields. 

Art. 4. And it is hereby further agreed, on the part of the 
United States, that in lieu of all former stipulations relating to 
blacksmiths, they will furnish the Creek nation, for eight years, 
with two blacksmiths and two strikers. 

Art. 5. The President of the United States may cause the line 
to be run from the high shoals of Apalacha, to the mouth of 
Ulcofauhatche, at such time, and in such manner, as he may deem 
proper, and this convention shall be obligatory on the contracting 
parties as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the govern- 
ment of the United States. 

Done at the place, and on the day and year above written. 

H. Dearborn, l. s. 

Oche Haujo, his x mark, l. s. 

William Mcintosh, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskenehau Chapco, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskenehau, his x mark, l. s. 

Enehau Thlucco, his x mark, l. s. 

Chekopeheke Em an than, his x mark, l. s. 
Signed and sealed in presence of 

James Madison, Timothy Barnard, 

Rt. Smith, Jno. Smith, 

Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew McClary. 

The foregoing articles have been faithfully interpreted. 

TIMOTHY BARNARD, Interpreter, 



128 



CHOCTAWS, 



CHOCTAWS. 

[CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 16, 1805.] 

A treaty of limits between Hie United States of America and the 
Choctaw nation of Indians. 

Thomas Jefferson, President of the United States of America, by 
James Robertson, of Tennessee, and Silas Dinsmoor, of New 
Hampshire, agent of the United States to the Choctaws, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and 
the Mingos, chiefs, and warriors of the Choctaw nation of Indians, 
in council assembled, on the other part, have entered into the fol- 
lowing agreement, viz : 

Art. 1. The Mingos, chiefs, and warriors, of the Choctaw 
nation of Indians, in behalf of themselves, and the said nation, do, 
by these presents, cede to the United States of America, all the 
lands to which they now have or ever had claim, lying to the right 
of the following lines ; to say : Beginning at a branch of the Hu- 
mecheeto, where the same is intersected by the present Choctaw 
boundary, and also by the path leading from Natchez to the county 
of Washington, usually called McClarey's path, thence eastwardly 
along McClarey's path, to the east or left bank of Pearl river, 
thence on such a direct line as would touch the lower end of a 
bluff on the left bank of Chickasawhay river, the first above the 
Hiyoowannee towns, called Broken Bluff, to a point within 
four miles of the Broken Bluff, thence, in a direct line nearly 
parallel with the river, to a point whence an east line of four miles 
in length will intersect the river below the lowest settlement 
at present occupied and improved in the Hiyoowannee town, 
thence still east four miles, thence in a direct line nearly pa- 
rallel with the river to a point on a line to be run from the lower 
end of the Broken Bluff to Faluktabunnee, on the Tombigbee 
river, four miles from the Broken Bluff, thence along the said 
line to Faluktabunnee, thence east to the boundary between the 
Creeks and Choctaws on the ridge dividing the waters running 
into the Alabama from those running into the Tombigbee, 
thence southwardly along the said ridge and boundary to the 
southern point of the Choctaw claim. Reserving a tract of two 
miles square, run on meridians and parallels, so as to include the 
houses and improvements in the town of Fuketcheepoonta, and 
reserving also a tract of five thousand one hundred and twenty 
acres, beginning at a post on the left bank of Tombigbee river 
opposite the lower end of Hatchatigbee Bluff, thence ascending the 
river four miles front and two back ; one half for the use of Alzira, 
the other half for the use of Sophia, daughters of Samuel Mitchell, 
by Molly, a Choctaw woman. The latter reserve to be subject to 
the same laws and regulations as may be established in the circum- 



CHOCTAWS. 



129 



jacent country; and the said Mingos of the Choctaws, request that 
the government of the United States may confirm the title of this 
reserve in the said Alzira and Sophia. 

Art. 2. For and in consideration of the foregoing cession on 
the part of the Choctaw nation, and in full satisfaction for the 
same, the commissioners of the United States do hereby covenant 
and agree with the said nation, in behalf of the United States, that 
the said States shall pay to the said nation fifty thousand five hun- 
dred dollars, for the following purposes, to wit: Forty-eight 
thousand dollars to enable the Mingos to discharge the debt due to 
their merchants and traders ; and also to pay for the depredations 
committed on stock and other property, by evil disposed persons 
of the said Choctaw nation ; two thousand five hundred dollars to 
be paid to John Pitchlynn, to compensate him for certain losses 
sustained in the Choctaw country, and as a grateful testimonial of 
the nation's esteem. And the said states shall also pay annually 
to the said Choctaws, for the use of the nation, three thousand 
dollars, in such goods (at net cost of Philadelphia) as the Mingos 
may choose, they giving at least one year's notice of such choice; 

Art. 3. The commissioners of the United States, on the part of 
the said states, engage to give to each of the three great medal 
Mingos, Pukshunubbee Mingo, Hoomastubbee, and Poosshamat- 
taha, five hundred dollars, in consideration of past services in their 
nation, and also to pay to each of them an annuity of one hundred 
and fifty dollars during their continuance in office. It is perfectly 
understood, that neither of those great medal Mingos is to share 
any part of the general annuity of the nation. 

Art. 4. The Mingos, chiefs, and warriors of the Choctaws, 
certify that a tract of land not exceeding fifteen hundred acres, 
situated between the Tombigbee river and Jackson's creek, the 
front or river line extending down the river from a blazed white 
oak, standing on the left bank of the Tombi^ee, near the head 
of the shoal, next above Hobukenloopa, and claimed by John 
McGrew, was, in fact, granted to the sa^ McGrewby Opiomingo 
Hesnitta, and others, many years ago, and they respectfully request 
the government of the United States to establish the claim of the 
said McGrew to the said fifteen hundred acres. 

Art. 5. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that 
the boundary, as described in the second article,* shall be ascer- 
tained and plainly marked, in such way and manner as the Presi- 
dent of the United States may direct, in the presence of three per- 
sons to be appointed by the said nation ; one from each of the 
great medal districts, each of whom shall receive for this service 
two dollars per day for his actual attendance ; and the Choctaws 
shall have due and seasonable notice of the place where, and time 
when, the operation shall commence. 

* The 1st art. is presumed to be meant. The 2d does not designate a boundary. 

17 



130 



CHOCTAWS, 



Art. 6. The lease granted for establishments on the roads 
leading through the Choctaw country, is hereby confirmed in all 
its conditions ; and, except in the alteration of boundary, nothing 
in this instrument shall affect or change any of the pre-existing 
obligations of the contracting parties. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall take effect and become reciprocally 
obligatory, so soon as the same shall have been ratified by the 
President of the United States of America, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate of the said United States. 

Done on Mount Dexter, in Pooshapukanuk, in the Choctaw 
country, this sixteenth day of November, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and five, and of the inde- 
pendence of the United States of America the thirtieth. 



COMMISSIONERS. 

James Robertson, l. s. 

Silas Dinsmoor, l. s. 

GREAT MEDAL MINGO S. 

Pukshunnubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Hoomastubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Pooshamattaha, his x mark, l. s. 

CHIEFS AND WARRIORS. 

Ookchummee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskamiubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

James Perry, his x mark, l. s. 

Levi Perry, his x mark, l. s. 

Isaac Perry, his x mark, l. s. 

William Turnbull, l. s. 

John Carnes, his x mark, l. s. 

'rooteehooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Hooaheehooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Tootuhooma, 2d. his x mark, l. s. 

George Jai^es, his x mark, l. s. 

Robert McClure, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskeamingo, hk x mark, l. s. 

Hattukubbeehooluht«a. ? his x mark, l. s. 

Fishoommastubbee, hk x mark, l. s. 

Anoguaiah, his x mark, l. s. 

Lewis Lucas, his x mark, l. s. 

James Pitchlynn, his x mark, l. s. 

Panshee Eenanhla, his x mark, l. s. 

Pansheehoomubbu, his x mark, l. s. 



Witnesses present at signing and sealing : 

Thomas Augustine Claiborn, Secretary to the Commissioner 's, 
John M'Kee, 

Samuel Mitchell, United States agent to the Chickasaws. 



PIANKESHAWS. 



131 



William Colbert, of the Chickasaws, his x mark, 
Lewis Ward, Nathaniel Tolsom, 

Charles Juzan, Mdl. Mackey, 

Garrud E. Nelson, Lewis Lefto, 

David Chote, 

John Pitchlynn, United States Interpreter, 
Will. Tyrrell, Assistant Interpreter. 



PIANKESHAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 30, 1805.] 

Articles of a treaty made at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory, 
between William Henry Harrison, Governor of the said territory, 
superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner plenipoten- 
tiary of the United States, for concluding any treaty or treaties, 
which may be found necessary, with any of the Indian tribes 
northwest of the Ohio, of the one part, and the chiefs and head 
men of the Piankeshaw tribe, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The Piankeshaw tribe cedes and relinquishes to the 
United States forever, all that tract of country, ( with the excep- 
tion of the reservation hereinafter made,) which lies between the 
Wabash and the tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe, in the year 
one thousand eight hundred and three, and south of a line to be 
drawn from the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract, north 
seventy-eight degrees west, until it intersects the boundary line 
which has heretofore separated the lands of the Piankeshaws from 
the said tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe. 

Art. 2. The United States take the Piankeshaw tribe under 
their immediate care and patronage, and will extend to them a 
protection as effectual as that which is enjoyed by the Kaskaskia 
tribe ; and the said Piankeshaw tribe will never commit any 
depredations, or make war upon any of the other tribes, without 
the consent of the United States. 

Art. 3. The said United States will cause to be delivered to 
the Piankeshaws, yearly, and every year, an additional annuity of 
three hundred dollars, which is to be paid in the same manner, 
and under the same conditions, as that to which they are entitled 
by the treaty of Greenville : provided always, that the United 
States may, at any time they shall think proper, divide the said 
annuity amongst the individuals of the said tribe. 

Art. 4. The stipulations made in the preceding articles, 
together with the sum of one thousand one hundred dollars, which 
is now delivered, the receipt whereof the said chiefs do hereby 
acknowledge, is considered a full compensation for the cession 
and relinquishment abovementioned. 



132 



CHEROKEES. 



Art. 5. As long as the lands now ceded remain the property 
of the United States, the said tribes shall have the privilege of 
living and hunting upon them, in the same manner that they have 
heretofore done; and they reserve to themselves the right of locat- 
ing a tract of two square miles, or twelve hundred and eighty 
acres, the fee of which is to remain with them forever. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall be in force as soon as it shall be rati- 
fied by the President of the United States, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and 
the chiefs and head men representing the said Piankeshaw 
tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals. 

Done at Vincennes, on the thirtieth day of December, in the 
year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and five, and 
of the independence of the United States the thirtieth. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

Wabakinklelia, or Gros Bled, l. s. 

Pauquia, or Montour, l. s. 

Macatiwaaluna, or Chien Noir, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and executed, in presence of 

William Prince, Secretary to the Commissioner, 

John Griffin, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, 

John Gibson, Secretary Indiana Territory, 

John Badollet, Register of the Land Office, 

Nath'l Ewing, Receiver Public Moneys, 

John Rice Jones, of the Indiana Territory, 

Dubois, of the Indiana Territory, 

Wm. Bullett, of Vincennes, 

Jacob Kingskedall, Vincennes, 

H. Hurst, Vincennes, I. T, 

John Johnson, 

Michel Brouillet, Interpreter. 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 7, 1806. ] 

Articles of a convention made between Henry Dearborn, Secretary 
of war, being specially authorized thereto by the President of the 
United States, and the undersigned chiefs, and head men of the 
Cherokee nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by 
said nation. 

Art. 1. The undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee 
nation of Indians, for themselves and in behalf of their nation, 
relinquish to the United States all right, title, interest, and claim. 



CHEROKEES. 



133 



which they or their nation have or ever had to all that tract of 
country which lies to the northward of the river Tennessee, and 
westward of a line to be run from the upper part of the Chickasaw 
Old Fields, at the upper point of an island, called Chickasaw 
island, on said river, to the most easterly head waters of that 
branch of said Tennessee river called Duck river, excepting the 
two following described tracts, viz. one tract bounded southerly 
on the said Tennessee river, at a place called the Muscle Shoals, 
westerly by a creek called Tekeetanoeh, or Cyprus creek, and 
easterly by Chuwalee, or Elk river, or creek, and northerly by a 
line to be drawn from a point on said Elk river, ten miles on a 
direct line from its mouth or junction with Tennessee river, to a 
point on the said Cyprus creek, ten miles on a direct line from its 
junction with the Tennessee river. 

The other tract is to be two miles in width, on the north side 
of Tennessee river, and to extend northerly from that river three 
miles, and bounded as follows, viz. beginning at the mouth of 
Spring creek, and running up said creek three miles on a straight 
line, thence westerly two miles at right angles, with the general 
course of said creek, thence southerly on a line parallel with the 
general course of said creek, to the Tennessee river, thence up 
said river by its waters to the beginning: which first reserved 
tract is to be considered the common property of the Cherokees 
who now live on the same, including John D. Chesholm, Autowwe, 
and Chechout; and the other reserved tract, on which Moses 
Melton now lives, is to be considered the property of said Melton 
and Charles Hicks, in equal shares. 

And the said chiefs and head men also agree to relinquish to 
the United States all right or claim which they or their nation 
have to what is called the Long Island, in Holston river. 

Art. 2. The said Henry Dearborn, on the part of the United 
States, hereby stipulates and agrees, that in consideration of the 
relinquishment of title by the Cherokees, as stated in the preceding 
article, the United States will pay to the Cherokee nation two 
thousand dollars in money, as soon as this convention shall be 
duly ratified by the government of the United States ; and two 
thousand dollars in each of the four succeeding years, amounting 
in the whole to ten thousand dollars ; and that a grist-mill shall, 
within one year from the date hereof, be built in the Cherokee 
country, for the use of the nation, at such place as shall be 
considered most convenient; that the said Cherokees shall be 
furnished with a machine for cleaning cotton ; and also, that the 
old Cherokee chief, called the Black Fox, shall be paid annually 
one hundred dollars by the United States during his life. 

Art. 3. It is also agreed on the part of the United States, that 
the government thereof, will use its influence and best endeavors 
to prevail on the Chickasaw nation of Indians, to agree to the 
following boundary between that nation and the Cherokees, to the 



134 



CHEROKEES. 



southward of the Tennessee river, viz. beginning at the mouth of 
Caney creek, near the lower part of the Muscle Shoals, and to run 
up the said creek to its head, and in a direct line from thence to 
the Flat Stone or Rock, the old corner boundary. 

But it is understood by the contracting parties, that the United 
States do not engage to have the aforesaid line or boundary estab- 
lished, but only to endeavor to prevail on the Chickasaw nation 
to consent to such a line as the boundary between the two nations. 

Art. 4. It is further agreed on the part of the United States, 
that the claims which the Chickasaws may have to the two tracts 
reserved by the first article of this convention on the north side of 
the Tennessee river, shall be settled by the United States in such 
manner as will be equitable, and will secure to the Cherokees the 
title to the said reservations. 

Done at the place, and on the day and year first above written.* 

Henry Dearborn, l. s. 

Double Head, his x mark, l. s. 

James Vanu, his x mark, l. s. 

Tallotiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Chulioa, his x mark, l. s. 

Sour Mush, his x mark, l. s. 

Turtle at home, his x mark, l. s. 

Katihu, his x mark, ii. s. 

John McLemore, his x mark, l. s. 

Broom, his x mark, l. s. 

John Jolly, his x mark, l. s. 

John Lowry, his x mark, l. s. 

Red Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Young Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Skeuha, his x mark, l. s. 

Sequechu, his x mark, l. s. 

Wm. Showry, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 
Return J. Meigs, John Smith, 

Benjamin Hawkins, Andrew Mc Clary, 

Daniel Smith, John McClarey, 

I certify the foregoing convention has been faithfully interpreted. 

CHARLES HICKS, Interpreter. 

* It does not appear by the treaty, that there is any place, day, or year, " first 
above written :" but the proclamation of the convention, by the President of the 
United States, declares that it was " concluded at the city of Washington, on the 
7th day of January, 1806." 



CHEROKEES, 



135 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 11, 1807. ] 

Elucidation of the convention of Washington, of the 1th of January, 

1806. 

Whereas, by the first article of a convention between the United 
States, and the Cherokee nation, entered into at the city of 
Washington, on the 7th day of January, one thousand eight 
hundred and six, it was intended on the part of the Cherokee 
nation, and so understood by the Secretary of War, the commis- 
sioner on the part of the United States, to cede to the United 
States all the right, title, and interest, which the said Cherokee 
nation ever had to a tract of country contained between the 
Tennessee river and the Tennessee ridge ; (so called;) which tract 
of country had, since the year one thousand seven hundred and 
ninety-four, been claimed by the Cherokees and the Chickasaws ; 
the eastern boundary whereof is limited by a line so to be run 
from the upper part of the Chickasaw Old Fields, as to include all 
the waters of Elk river, any thing expressed in said convention to 
the contrary notwithstanding. It is therefore now declared, by 
James Robertson and Return J. Meigs, acting under the authority 
of the executive of the United States, and by a delegation of 
Cherokee chiefs, of whom Eunolee, or Black Fox, the king or 
head chief of said Cherokee nation, acting on the part of and in 
behalf of said nation, is one, that the eastern limits of said ceded 
tract shall be bounded by a line so to be run from the upper end 
of the Chickasaw Old Fields, a little above the upper point of an 
island, called Chickasaw island, as will most directly intersect the 
first waters of Elk river, thence carried to the great Cumberland 
mountain, in which the waters of Elk river have their source, then 
along the margin of said mountain, until it shall intersect lands 
heretofore ceded to the United States, at the said Tennessee ridge. 
And in consideration of the readiness shown by the Cherokees to 
explain, and to place the limits of the land ceded by the said 
convention out of all doubt, and in consideration of their expenses 
in attending council, the executive of the United States will direct 
that the Cherokee nation shall receive the sum of two thousand 
dollars, to be paid to them by their agent, at such time as the said 
executive shall direct, and that the Cherokee hunters, as hath been 
the custom in such cases, may hunt on said ceded tract, until, by 
the fullness of settlers, it shall become improper. And it is hereby 
declared by the parties, that this explanation ought to be consi- 
dered as a just elucidation of the cession made by the first article 
of said convention. 



136 



OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 



Done at the point of departure of the line at the upper end of 
the island opposite to the upper part of the said Chickasaw 
Old Fields, the eleventh day of September, in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and seven. 

James Robertson, 
Return J. Meigs, 

Eunolee, or Black Fox, his x mark, 
Fauquitee, or Glass, his x mark, 
Fulaquokoko, or Turtle at home, his x mark, 
Richard Brown, his x mark, 
Sowolotoh, king's brother, his x mark, 

Witnesses present : 
Thomas Freeman, Thomas Orme. 



OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 

\ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 17, 1807. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at Detroit, this seventeenth day of JW 
vember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
seven, by William Hull, governor of the Territory of Michigan, 
and superintendent of Indian affairs, and sole commissioner of the 
United States, to conclude and sign a treaty or treaties, with the 
several nations of Indians northwest of the river Ohio, on the 
one part, and the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Ottawa, 
Chippewa, Wyandot, and Pattawatima nations'of Indians, on 
the other part. 

To confirm and perpetuate the friendship, which happily subsists 
between the United States and the nations aforesaid, to manifest 
the sincerity of that friendship, and to settle arrangements mutually 
beneficial to the parties ; after a full explanation and perfect under- 
standing, the following articles are agreed to, which, when ratified 
by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United States, shall be binding on them, and the respective 
nations of Indians. 

Art. 1. The sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the nations 
aforesaid, in consideration of money and goods, to be paid to the 
said nations, by the government of the United States, as hereafter 
stipulated ; do hereby agree to cede, and forever quit claim, and 
do, in behalf of their nations, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever 
quit claim unto the said United States, all right, title, and interest, 
which the said nations now have, or claim, or ever had, or claimed, 
in, or unto, the lands comprehended within the following described 
lines and boundaries : beginning at the mouth of the Miami river 
of the lakes, and running thence up the middle thereof, to the 



OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 



137 



mouth of the great Auglaize river, thence running due north, until 
it intersects a parallel of latitude, to be drawn from the outlet of 
lake Huron, which forms the river St. Clair; thence running 
northeast, the course that may be found will lead in a direct line 
to White Rock, in lake Huron, thence due east, until it intersects 
the boundary line between the United States and Upper Canada, 
in said lake, thence southwardly, following the said boundary line 
down said lake, through river St. Clair, lake St. Clair, and the 
river Detroit, into lake Erie, to a point due east of the aforesaid 
Miami river, thence west to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed on the part of the 
United States, as a consideration for the lands ceded by the nations 
aforesaid in the preceding article, that there shall be paid to the 
said nations, at Detroit, ten thousand dollars, in money, goods, 
implements of husbandry, or domestic animals, (at the option of 
the said nations, seasonably signified through the superintendent 
of Indian affairs residing with the said nations, to the Department 
of War,) as soon as practicable, after the ratification of the 
treaty by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United States ; of this sum, three thousand three hundred 
and thirty-three dollars thirty-three cents and four mills shall be 
paid to the Ottawa nation; three thousand three hundred and thirty- 
three dollars thirty-three cents and four mills to the Chippewa 
nation ; one thousand six hundred sixty-six dollars sixty-six 
cents and six mills to the Wyandot nation ; one thousand six 
hundred sixty-six dollars sixty-six cents and six mills to the Pat- 
tawatima nation ; and likewise an annuity forever, of two thousand 
four hundred dollars, to be paid at Detroit, in manner as aforesaid : 
the first payment to be made on the first day of September next, and 
to be paid to the different nations in the following proportions : 
eight hundred dollars to the Ottawas, eight hundred dollars to the 
Chippewas, four hundred dollars to the Wyandots, and four hun- 
dred dollars to such of the Pattawatimas as now reside on the 
river Huron of lake Erie, the river Raisin, and in the vicinity of 
the said rivers. 

Art. 3. It is further stipulated and agreed, if at any time here- 
after the said nations should be of the. opinion that it would be 
more for their interest, that the annuity aforesaid should be paid 
by instalments, the United States will agree to a reasonable com- 
mutation for the annuity, and pay it accordingly. 

Art. 4. The United States, to manifest their liberality and 
disposition to encourage the said Indians in agriculture, further 
stipulate to furnish the said Indians with two blacksmiths, one to 
reside with the Chippewas, at Saguina, and the other to reside 
with the Ottawas, at the Miami, during the term of ten years ; 
said blacksmiths are to do such work for the said nations, as shall 
be most useful to them. 

Art. 5. It is further agreed and stipulated, that the said Indian 
18 



138 OTTAWA S, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 



nations shall enjoy the privilege of hunting and fishing on the 
lands ceded as aforesaid, as long as they remain the property of 
the United States. 

Art. 6. It is distinctly to be understood, for the accommodation 
of the said Indians, that the following tracts of land within the 
cession aforesaid, shall be, and hereby are, reserved to the said 
Indian nations : one tract of land six miles square, on the Miami 
of lake Erie, above Roche de Boeuf, to include the village where 
Tondaganie (or the Dog) now lives. Also, three miles square on 
the said river, (above the twelve miles square ceded to the United 
States by the treaty of Greenville,) including what is called 
Presque Isle ; also, four miles square on the Miami bay, including 
the villages where Meshkemau and Waugau now live ; also, three 
miles square on the river Raisin, at a place called Macon, and 
where the river Macon falls into the river Raisin, which place is 
about fourteen miles from the mouth of said river Raisin ; also, 
two sections of one mile square each, on the river Rouge, at 
Seginsavin's village ; also, two sections of one mile square each, 
at Tonquish's village, near the river Rouge; also, three miles 
square on lake St. Clair, above the river Huron, to include 
Machonee's village ; also, six sections, each section containing 
one mile square, within the cession aforesaid, in such situations as 
the said Indians shall elect, subject, however, to the approbation 
of the President of the United States, as to the places of location. 
It is further understood and agreed, that whenever the reserva- 
tions cannot conveniently be laid out in squares, they shall be laid 
out in parallelograms, or other figures, as found most practicable 
and convenient, so as to contain the area specified in miles ; and 
in all cases they are to be located in such manner, and in such 
situations, as not to interfere with any improvements of the French 
or other white people, or any former cessions. 

Art. 7. The said nations of Indians acknowledge themselves 
to be under the protection of the United States, and no other 
power, and will prove by their conduct that they are worthy of so 
great a blessing. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Hull, and the sachems 
and war chiefs representing the said nations, have hereunto 
set their hands and seals. 

Done at Detroit, in the territory of Michigan, the day and year 
first above written. 

William Hull, l. s. 

chippewas, Peewanshemenogh, his x mark, l. s. 

•Mamaushegauta, or Bad Legs, his x mark, l. s. 
Pooquigauboawie, his x mark, l. s. 

Kiosk, his x mark, l. s. 

Poquaquet, or the Ball, his x mark, l. s. 

Segangewan, his x mark, l. s. 



0TTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, WYANDOTS, ETC. 



139 



Quitchonequit, or Big Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Quiconquish, his x mark, l. s. 
Puckenese, or the Spark of Fire, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Negig, or the Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Measita, his x mark, l. s. 

Macquettequet, or Little Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Nemekas, or Little Thunder, his x mark, l. s. 
Sawanabenase, or Pechegabua, or Grand 

Blanc, his x mark, l. s. 

Tonquish, his x mark, l. s. 

Miott, his x mark, l. s. 
Meuetugesheck, or the Little Cedar, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ottawa s, Aubauway, his x mark, l. s. 

Kawachewan, his x mark, l. s. 

Sawgamaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Ogouse, his x mark, l. s. 

Wasagashick, his x mark, l. s. 

pattawatimas, Toquish, his x mark, l. s. 

Noname, his x mark, l. s. 

Nawme, his x mark, l. s. 

Ninnewa, his x mark, l. s. 

Skush, his x mark, l. s. 

wyandots, Skahomet, his x mark, l. s. 

Miere, or Walk in the Water, his x mark, l. s. 

lyonayotha, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 
George McDougall, Chief Judge Ct. D. H. and D. 
C. Rush, Attorney General , 
Jacob Visger, Associate Judge of the B. Court, 
Jos. Watson, Secretary to the Legislature of Michigan, 
Abijah Hull, Surveyor for Michigan Territory, 
Harris H. Hickman, Counsellor at Law, 

Abraham Fuller Hull, Counsellor at Law and Secretary to the 
Commission, 



140 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 10, 1808. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at fort Clark, on the right 
bank of tJie Missouri, about five miles above the Fire Prairie, in 
the territory of Louisiana, the tenth day of November, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eight, between 
Peter Chouteau, esquire, agent for the Osage, and specially com- 
missioned and instructed to enter into the same, by his excellency 
Meriwether Lewis, governor and superintendent of Indian affairs 
for the territory aforesaid, in behalf of the United States of 
America, of the one part, and the chiefs and warriors of the 
Great and Little Osage, for themselves and their nations respec- 
tively, on the other part. 

Art. 1. The United States being anxious to promote peace, 
friendship, and intercourse, with the Osage tribes, to afford them 
every assistance in their power ; and to protect them from the 
insults and injuries of other tribes of Indians, situated near the 
settlements of the white people, have thought proper to build a 
fort on the right bank of the Missouri, a few miles above the Fire 
Prairie, and do agree to garrison the same with as many regular 
troops as the President of the United States may, from time to 
time, deem necessary for the protection of all orderly, friendly, and 
well disposed Indians of the Great and Little Osage nations who 
reside at this place, and who do strictly conform to, and pursue 
the counsels or admonitions of the President of the United States 
through his subordinate officers. 

Art. 2. The United States being also anxious that the Great 
and Little Osage, resident as aforesaid, should be regularly sup- 
plied with every species of merchandise, which their comfort may 
hereafter require, do engage to establish at this place, and perma- 
nently to continue at all seasons of the year, a well assorted store 
of goods, for the purpose of bartering with them, on moderate terms, 
for their peltries and furs. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to furnish, at this place, for 
the use of the Osage nations, a blacksmith, and tools to mend 
their arms and utensils of husbandry, and engage to build them a 
horse mill, or water mill ; also to furnish them with ploughs, and 
to build for the great chief of the Great Osage, and for the great 
chief of the Little Osage, a strong block house in each of their 
towns, which are to be established near this fort. 

Art. 4. With a view to quiet the animosities which at present 
exist between the inhabitants of the territory of Louisiana, and the 
Osage nations, in consequence of the lawless depredations of the 
latter, the United States do further agree to pay to their own citi- 
zens, the full value of such property as they can legally prove to 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



141 



have been stolen or destroyed by the said Osage, since the acqui- 
sition of Louisiana by the United States, provided the same does 
not exceed the sum of five thousand dollars. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the lands relinquished by the Great 
and Little Osage to the United States, as stipulated in the sixth 
article of this treaty, the United States promise to deliver at Fire 
Prairie, or at St. Louis, yearly, to the Great Osage nation, mer- 
chandise to the amount or value of one thousand dollars, and to 
the Little Osage nation, merchandise to the amount or value of 
five hundred dollars, reckoning the value of said merchandise at 
the first cost thereof, in the city or place in the United States 
where the same shall have been procured. 

And in addition to the merchandise aforesaid, the United States 
have, at and before the signature of these articles, paid to the Great 
Osage nation the sum of eight hundred dollars, and to the Little 
Osage nation the sum of four hundred dollars. 

Art. 6. And in consideration of the advantages which we 
derive from the stipulations contained in the foregoing articles, 
we, the chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little Osage, for our- 
selves and our nations respectively, covenant and agree with the 
United States, that the boundary line between our nations and the 
United States shall be as follows, to wit : Beginning at fort Clark, 
on the Missouri, five miles above Fire Prairie, and running thence 
a due south course to the river Arkansas, and down the same to 
the Mississippi, hereby ceding and relinquishing forever to the 
United States, all the lands which lie east of the said line, and 
north of the southwardly bank of the said river Arkansas, and all 
lands situated northwardly of the river Missouri. And we do 
further cede and relinquish to the United States forever, a tract 
of two leagues square, to embrace fort Clark, and to be laid oiT 
in such manner as the President of the United States shall think 
proper. 

Art. 7. And it is mutually agreed by the contracting parties, 
that the boundary lines hereby established shall be run and marked 
at the expense of the United States, as soon as circumstances or 
their convenience will permit ; and the Great and Little Osage 
promise to depute two chiefs from each of their respective nations, 
to accompany the commissioner or commissioners who may- be 
appointed on the part of the United States, to settle and adjust the 
said boundary line. 

Art. 8. And the United States agree, that such of the Great 
and Little Osage Indians as may think proper to put themselves 
under the protection of fort Clark, and who observe the stipula- 
tions of this treaty with good faith, shall be permitted to live and 
to hunt, without molestation, on all that tract of country west of the 
north and south boundary line on which they, the said Great and 
Little Osage, have usually hunted or resided : provided the same 
be not the hunting grounds of any nation or tribe of Indians in 



142 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



amity with the United States ; and on any other lands within the 
territory of Louisiana, without the limits of the white settlements, 
until the United States may think proper to assign the same as 
hunting grounds to other friendly Indians. 

Art. 9. Lest the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the said Indian nations, should be inter- 
rupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that 
for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation 
shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by 
the party injured to the other, by the said nations, or either of 
them, to the superintendent or other person appointed by the Pre- 
sident to the chiefs of the said nation ; and it shall be the duty of 
the said chiefs, upon complaints being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of 
the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; 
and in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be 
committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to either of said 
nations, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if 
found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had 
been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of 
the Great and Little Osage shall, to the utmost of their power, 
exert themselves to recover horses, or other property which may 
be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any 
individual or individuals of either of their nations ; and the property 
so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent, or 
other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the 
proper owner ; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs shall 
be ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, if 
sufficient proof can be adduced that such property was actually 
stolen by any Indian or Indians belonging to the said nation, or 
either of them, the superintendent, or other proper officer, may 
deduct from the annuity of the said nations, respectively, a sum 
equal to the value of the property which has been stolen. And 
the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians, of the 
said nations, respectively, a full indemnification for any horses or 
other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citi- 
zens : provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, 
and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by 
a citizen of the United States. And the said nations of the Great 
and Little Osage engage, on the requisition or demand of the Pre- 
sident of the United States, or of the superintendent, to deliver up 
any white man resident among them. 

Art. 10. The United States receive the Great and Little Osage 
nations into their friendship, and under their protection ; and the 
said nations, on their part, declare that they will consider themselves 
under the protection of no other power whatsoever ; disclaiming 
all right to cede, sell, or in any manner transfer, their lands to any 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



143 



foreign power, or to citizens of the United States, or inhabitants 
of Louisiana, unless duly authorized by the President of the United 
States to make the said purchase, or accept the said cession on 
behalf of the Government. 

Art. 11. And if any person or persons, for hunting or other 
purpose, shall pass over the boundary lines, as established by this 
treaty, into the country reserved for the Great and Little Osage 
nations, without the license of the superintendent or other proper 
officer, they, the said Great and Little Osage, or either of them, 
shall be at liberty to apprehend such unlicensed hunters or other 
persons, and surrender them, together with their property, but 
without other injury, insult, or molestation, to the superintendent 
of Indian affairs, or to the agent nearest the place of arrest, to be 
dealt with according to law. 

Art. 12. And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, that neither the Great nor Little Osage nation will ever, 
by sale, exchange, or as presents, supply any nation or tribe of 
Indians, not in amity with the United States, with guns, ammu- 
nitions, or other implements of war. 

Art. 13. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Peter Chouteau, commissioned 
and instructed as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the 
Great and Little Osage nation of Indians, have hereunto set 
their hands and affixed their seals. 

Done at fort Clark, the day above mentioned. 

P. Chouteau, l. s. 

E. B. Clemson, Capt. first Regiment Infantry, l. s. 

L. Lorimer, Lieut, first Regiment Infantry, l. s. 

Reazen Lewis, Sub-agent Indian Affairs, l. s. 

Papuisea, the grand chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 
Nichu Malli, the grand chief of the Little Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Voithe Voihe, the second chief of the Big Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Voithe Chinga, the second chief of the Little Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ta Voingare, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Osogahe, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Voichinodhe, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Voi Nache, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Voi Nonpache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 
Quihi Ramaki, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Voi Nache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 



144 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



Ponla Voitasuga, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Caygache, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahuroguesie, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Miaasa, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Manjaguida, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Mantsa, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Nicagaris, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Dogachinga, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Tavaingare, the little chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Tavainthere, the little chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Naguemani, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Nicanauthe, the war chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Chonmelase, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

Nenonbas, the war chief of the Little Osage, his x mark, l. s. 

The Pograngue, the war chief of the Big Osage, his x 

mark, l. s. 

The Cayque, warrior, L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Nonpevoite, do. B, 0., his x mark, l. s. 

Vesasache, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Tonchenanque, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Caygache, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Lihibi, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Grinache, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Ni Couil Bran, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Chonnonsogue, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Lisansandhe, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Mequaque, do. L. O. his X mark, l. s. 

Manhegare, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Megahe, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Meyhe, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Nudhetavoi do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Thecayque, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Voitasean, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Cahapiche, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Manhevoi, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Talechiga, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Pedhechiga, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Cheganonsas, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Nesaque, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Lolechinga, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Panevoiguanda, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Tavoinhihi, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Mithechinga, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Voidhenache, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Manquesi, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Chingavoisa, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 



CHEAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 145 

Talevoile, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. 8. 

Voiengran, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Scamani, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Nura Hague, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Me Chinga, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Pachigue, little chief, B. 0. his x mark, l. s e 

Rouda Nique, warrior, L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Ne Paste, do B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Voibisandhe, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Nehi Zanga, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Nehudhe, warrior, L. O. his x mark, L. s« 

The Pagranque, do. B. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Chahetonga, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Manguepee Mani, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Voi Balune, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Ponea Voitaniga, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s« 

Taslondhe, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Nendolagualui, warrior, B. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Manguepu Mani, L. O. his x mark, l. s* 

Ni Conii Bran, do. B. O. his x mark, X. s. 

Voi Bahe, do. L. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Onhehomani, do. B. O. his x mark, x. s. 

Nuranin, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s« 

Noguinilayque, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Nanlatoho, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s« 

Bashemindhe, do. B. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Savoi, do. L. 0. his x mark, x. s« 

Chouquemonnon, do. B. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Mandarihi, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s« 

Manilourana, do. B. 0. his x mark, L. s« 

Nequevoile, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s« 

Chonguehanga, do. B. 0. his x mark, x. s« 

Ponlachinga, do. L. 0. his x mark, X. s* 

Aguigueda, do. B. O. his x mark, L. s< 

Manjaguida, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s. 

Voidoguega, do. B. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

The Sindhe, do. L. O. his x mark, L. s« 

Ninchagari, do. B. 0. his x mark, x. s* 

Voihadani, do. L. 0. his x mark, x. s* 

Voigaspache, do. B. O. his x mark, L. s. 

Manyvoile, do. L. 0. his x mark, X. s. 

Quinihonigue, do. B. 0. his x mark, L. s« 

Nognithe Chinga, do. L. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Natanhi, do. B. O. his x mark, x« s. 

Miasa, do. L. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Ousabe, do. B. 0. his x mark, x. s. 

Voichinouthe, do. L. O. his x mark, x. s. 

Amanpasse, do. B. O. his x mark, x. ». 
19 



146 



GREAT AND LITTLE 0 SAGES, 



Cutsagabe, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s* 

Channahon, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Non Basocri, do. L. 0. his x mark, L. s. 

Voichougras, do. B. O. his x mark, l. s. 

Pedhechinga, do. L. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

Bassechinga, do. B. 0. his x mark, l. s. 

We, the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the band of Osages, 
residing on the river Arkansas, being a part of the Great Osage 
nation, having this day had the foregoing treaty read and explained 
to us, by his excellency Meriwether Lewis, esquire, do hereby 
acknowledge, consent to, and confirm all the stipulations therein 
contained, as fully and as completely as though we had been per- 
sonally present at the signing, sealing, and delivering the same 
on the 10th day of November, 1808, the same being the day on 
which the said treaty was signed, sealed, and delivered, as will 
appear by a reference thereto. 

In witness whereof, we have, for ourselves and our band of the 
Great Osage nation residing on the river Arkansas, hereunto 
set our hands and affixed our seals. 

Done at St. Louis, in the territory of Louisiana, this thirty-first 
day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and nine, and of the independence of the United 
States the thirty-fourth. 

Gresdanmanses, or Clermond, first chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Couchesigres, or Big Tract, second chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Tales, or Straiting Deer, son of Big Tract, his x mark, l. s. 
Aukickawakho, nephew of Big Tract, his x mark, l. s. 
Wachawahih, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahelagren, or Handsome Llair, his x mark, l. s. 

Hombahagren, or Fine Day, his x mark, l. s. 

Harachabe, or the Eagle, his x mark, l. s, 

Hrulahtie, or Pipe Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Tawangahuh, or Builder of Towns, his x mark, l. s. 

Honencache, or the Terrible, his x mark, l. s. 

Talahu, or Deer's Pluck, his x mark, l. s, 

Cahigiagreh, or Good Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Baughonghcheh, or Cutter, his x mark, l. s. 

Basonchinga, or Little Pine, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of us, and before signature attached to the original: 
John G. Comegys, Noel Mongrain Marque, Indian 

George Man, Interpreter, 
John W. Honey, Bazil Nassier Marque, Indian In- 

Samuel Solomon, jun. terpreter, 
John P. Gates, Interpreter, 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWA S, ETC. 



147 



CHIPPEWA S, OTTAWA S, ETC. 

[CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 25, 1808.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Brownstown, in the ter* 
ritory of Michigan, between William Hull, governor of the said 
territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner 
plenipotentiary of the United States of America, for concluding 
any treaty or treaties, which may be found necessary, with any 
of the Indian tribes northwest of the river Ohio, of the one party 
and the sachems, chiefs, and ivarriors of the Chippewa, Ottawa, 
Pattawatima, Wyandot, and Shawanee nation of Indians, of the 
other part. 

Art. 1. Whereas, by a treaty concluded at Detroit, on the 
seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and seven, a tract of land lying to the west 
and north of the river Miami, of lake Erie, and principally within 
the territory of Michigan, was ceded by the Indian nations to the 
United States ; and whereas the lands lying on the southeastern 
side of the said river Miami, and between said river, and the 
boundary lines established by the treaties of Greenville and fort 
Industry, with the exception of a few small reservations to the 
United States, still belong to the Indian nations, so that the United 
States cannot, of right, open and maintain a convenient road from 
the settlements in the State of Ohio to the settlements in the terri- 
tory of Michigan, nor extend those settlements so as to connect 
them ; in order therefore to promote this object, so desirable and 
evidently beneficial to the Indian nations, as well as to the United 
States, the parties have agreed to the following articles, which when 
ratified by the President of the United States, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be reciprocally binding. 

Art. 2. The several nations of Indians aforesaid, in order to 
promote the object mentioned in the preceding article, and in 
consideration of the friendship they bear towards the United States, 
for the liberal and benevolent policy which has been practised 
towards them by the government thereof, do hereby give, grant, 
and cede, unto the said United States, a tract of land for a road, of 
one hundred and twenty feet in width, from the foot of the rapids 
of the river Miami of lake Erie to the western line of the Connec- 
ticut Reserve, and all the land within one mile of the said road, on 
each side thereof, for the purpose of establishing settlements along 
the same; also, a tract of land, for a road only, of one hundred 
and twenty feet in width, to run southwardly from what is called 
Lower Sandusky, to the boundary line established by the treaty 
of Greenville, with the privilege of taking, at all times, such tim- 
ber and other materials from the adjacent lands, as may be neces- 
sary for making and keeping in repair the said road, with the 
bridges that may be required along the same. 



143 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC, 



Art. 3. It is agreed, that the lines embracing the lands given 
and ceded by the preceding article, shall be run in such directions 
as may be thought most advisable by the President of the United 
States, for the purposes aforesaid. 

Art. 4. It is agreed the said Indian nations shall retain the 
privilege of hunting and fishing on the lands given and ceded as 
above, so long as the same shall remain the property of the United 
States. 

Art. 5. The several nations of Indians aforesaid, do again ac- 
knowledge themselves to be under the protection of the United 
States, and of no other sovereign ; and the United States, on their 
part, do renew their covenant to extend protection to them accord- 
ing to the intent and meaning of stipulations in fcrmer treaties. 
Done at Brownstown, in the territory of Michigan, this 25th 
day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and eight, and of the independence of the United 
States of America the thirty-third. * 

William Hull, Commissioner, l. s. 

chippewas, Nemekas, or Little Thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Puckanese, or Spark of Fire, his x mark, l. s, 

Macquettequet, or Little Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Shimnanaquette, his x mark, L. s. 

ottawas, Kewachewan, his x mark, L. s. 

Tondagane, his x mark, l. s. 

PATTAWATIMAS, 



Mogau, his x mark. 



Wapmeme, or White Pigeon, his x mark, l. s. 
Mache, his x mark, l. s. 

wyandots, Miere, or Walk in the W T ater, his x mark, l. s. 

Iyonayotaha, or Joe, his x mark, l. s. 

Skahomet, or Black Chief, hisx mark, l. s. 

Adam Brown, L. s. 

shawanees, Makatewekasha, or Black Hoof, his x mark, l. s. 

Koitawaypie, or Col. Lewis, his x mark, l. s. 

Executed, after having been fully explained and understood, 
in presence of 

Reuben Attwater, Secretary of the Territory Michigan, 

James W T itherill, a Judge of Michigan Territory, 

Jacob Visger, Judge of the District Court, 

Jos. Watson, Secretary L. M. T. 

Wm. Brown, Whitmore Knaggs, * 

B. Campau, William Walker, I Sworn In- 

Lewis Bond, ) as to the Ottawa F. Duchonquet, j terpreters. 

A. Lyons, ) Chiefs, Samuel Saunders, 

Attest, Harris Hampden Hickman, 

Secretary to the Commissioner. 



DELAWARE S, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 



149 



DELAWARE S, PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 18C9. ] 

Ji treaty between the United States of America, and the tribes of 
Indians called the Delawares, Pattawatimas, Miamis, and Eel 
River Miamis. 

James Madison, President of the United States, by William 
Henry Harrison, governor and commander in chief of the Indiana 
territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and commissioner pleni- 
potentiary of the United States for treating with the said Indian 
tribes, and the sachems, head men, and warriors, of the Delaware, 
Pattawatima, Miami, and Eel River tribes of Indians, have agreed 
and concluded upon the following treaty; which when ratified by 
the said President, with the advice and consent of the Senate of 
the United States, shall be binding on said parties. 

Art. 1. The Miami and Eel River tribes, and the Delawares 
and Pattawatimas, as their allies, agree to cede to the United 
States all that tract of country which shall be included between 
the boundary line established by the treaty of fort Wayne, the 
Wabash, and a line to be drawn from the mouth of a creek 
called Racoon creek, emptying into the Wabash, on the southeast 
side, about twelve miles below the mouth of the Vermilion river, 
so as to strike the boundary line established by the treaty of 
Grouseland, at such a distance from its commencement, at the 
northeast corner of the Vincennes tract, as will leave the tract 
now ceded thirty miles w T ide at the narrowest place. And also all 
that tract which shall be included between the following bounda- 
ries, viz : Beginning at fort Recovery, thence southwardly along 
the general boundary line established by the treaty of Greenville, 
to its intersection with the boundary line established by the treaty 
of Grouseland ; thence along said line to a point, from which a 
line drawn parallel to the first mentioned line, will be twelve miles 
distant from the same, and along the said parallel line to its inter- 
section with a line to be drawn from fort Recovery, parallel to the 
line established by the said treaty of Grouseland. 

Art. 2. The Miamis explicitly acknowledge" the equal right of 
the Delawares with themselves to the country watered by the 
White river. But it is also to be clearly understood, that neither 
party shall have the right of disposing of the same without the 
consent of the others ; and any improvements which shall be made 
on the said land by the Delawares or their friends the Mochecans, 
shall be theirs forever. 

Art. 3. The compensation to be given for the cession made in 
the first article, shall be as follows, viz : to the Delawares, a per- 
manent annuity of five hundred dollars ; to the Miamis, a like an- 
nuity of five hundred dollars; to the Eel River tribe, a like annuity 



150 



DELAWARE S, PATTA WATIMA S, ETC. 



of two hundred and fifty dollars ; and to the Pattawatimas, a like 
annuity of five hundred dollars. 

Art. 4. All the stipulations made in the treaty of Greenville, 
relatively to the manner of paying the annuities, and the right of 
the Indians to hunt upon the land, shall apply to the annuities 
granted, and the land ceded, by the present treaty. 

Art. 5. The consent of the Wea tribe shall be necessary to com- 
plete the title to the first tract of land here ceded ; a separate con- 
vention shall be entered into between them and the United States, 
and a reasonable allowance of goods given them in hand, and a 
permanent annuity, which shall not be less than three hundred 
dollars, settled upon them. 

Art. 6. The annuities promised by the third article, and the 
goods now delivered to the amount of five thousand two hundred 
dollars, shall be considered as a full compensation for the cession 
made in the first article. 

Art. 7. The tribes who are parties to this treaty, being desirous 
of putting an end to the depredations which are committed by aban- 
doned individuals of their own color, upon the cattle, horses, &c. 
of the more industrious and careful, agree to adopt the following 
regulations, viz : when any theft or other depredation shall be 
committed by any individual or individuals of one of the tribes 
abovementioned, upon the property of any individual or individuals 
of another tribe, the chiefs of the party injured shall make appli- 
cation to the agent of the United States, who is charged with the 
delivery of the annuities of the tribe to which the offending party 
belongs, whose duty it shall be to hear the proofs and allegations 
on either side, and determine between them : and the amount of 
his award shall be immediately deducted from the annuity of the 
tribe to which the offending party belongs, and given to the person 
injured, or to the chief of his village for his use. 

Art. 8. The United States agree to relinquish their right to 
the reserve, at the old Ouroctenon towns, made by the treaty of 
Greenville, so far, at least, as to make no further use of it than for 
the establishment of a military post. 

Art. 9. The tribes who are parties to this treaty, being desi- 
rous to show their attachment to their brothers the Kickapoos, 
agree to cede to the United States the lands on the northwest side 
of the Wabash, from the Vincennes tract to a northwardly extension 
of the line running from the mouth of the aforesaid Racoon creek, 
and fifteen miles in width from the Wabash, on condition that the 
United States shall allow them an annuity of four hundred dollars. 
But this article is to have no effect unless the Kickapoos will agree 
to it. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and the 
sachems and war chiefs of the beforementioned tribes, have 
hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, at fort Wayne, 
this thirtieth of September, eighteen hundred and nine. 



DELAWARE S j PATTAWATIMAS, ETC. 



151 



DELAWARE S 



PATTAWATIMAS. 



MIAMIS, 



William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

Anderson, for Hockingpomskon, who is 

absent, his x mark, 
Anderson, his x mark, 
Petchekekapon, his x mark, 
The Beaver, his x mark, 
Captain Killbuck, his x mark, 

Winemac, his x mark, 
Five Medals, by his son, his x mark, 
Mogawgo, his x mark, 
Shissahecon, for himself and his brother 

Tuthinipee, his x mark, l. 
Ossmeet, brother to Five Medals, his x mark, l. 
Nanousekah, Penamo's son, his x mark, l. 
Mosser, his x mark, 
Chequinimo, his x mark, 
Sackanackshut, his x mark, 
Conengee, his x mark, 

Pucan, his x mark, l. s. 

The Owl, his x mark, l. s. 
Meshekenoghqua, or the Little Turtle, his 
x mark, 

Wapemangua, or the Loon, his x mark, 



l. s. 

L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 

L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 



EEL RIVERS. 



Silver Heels, his x mark, 
Shawapenomo, his x mark, 

Charley, his x mark, 
Sheshangomequah, or Swallow, his x mark 
The young Wyandot, a Miami of Elk Hart, 
his x mark, 

In presence of 

Peter Jones, Secretary to the Com- Stephen Johnston, 

missioner, 
John Johnson, Indian Agent, 
A. Heald, Capt. United States 

Army, 

A. Edwards, Surgeon's Mate, 
Ph. Ostrander, Lieut. U. S.Army, 
John Shaw, 



l. s. 
l. s. 

L. 8. 
L. s. 



L. S. 
L. S. 



L. S, 



J. Hamilton, Sheriff of Dear- 
born County, 
Hendrick Aupaumut, 



William Wells, 
John Conner, 
Joseph Barron, 
Abraham Ash, 



Sworn In* 
terpreters. 



152 



MIAMIS AND EEL RIVERS* 



MIAMIS AND EEL RIVERS, 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1809. ] 

A separate article entered into at fort Wayne, on the thirtieth day 
of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and nine, between William Henry Harrison, commissioner 
plenipotentiary of the United States for treating with the Indian 
tribes, and the sachems and chief warriors of the Miami and Eel 
River tribes of Indians, which is to be considered as forming part 
of the treaty this day concluded between the United States and 
the said tribes, and their allies the JDelawares and Pattawatimas. 

As the greater part of the lands ceded to the United States, by 
the treaty this day concluded, was the exclusive property of the 
Miami nation, and guaranteed to them by the treaty of Grouse- 
land, it is considered by the said commissioner, just and reasonable 
that their request, to be allowed some further and additional com- 
pensation, should be complied with. It is, therefore, agreed, 
that the United States shall deliver for their use in the course 
of the next spring, at fort Wayne, domestic animals to the 
amount of five hundred dollars, and the like number for the two 
following years, and that an armory shall be also maintained at 
fort Wayne, for the use of the Indians, as heretofore. It is also 
agreed, that if the Kickapoos confirm the ninth article of the 
treaty to which this is a supplement, the United States will allow 
to the Miamis a further permanent annuity of two hundred dollars, 
and to the Wea and Eel River tribes a further annuity of one 
hundred dollars each. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and 
the sachems and war chiefs of the said tribes, have hereunto 
set their hands and affixed their seals, the day and place 
abovementioned. 
William Henry Harrison, L. s. 

Charley, an Eel River, his x mark, l. s. 

Paean, his x mark, l. s* 

Sheshauqouoquah, or Swallow, an Eel River, his x mark, l. s. 
The young Wyandot, a Miami, or Elk Hart, his x mark, l. s. 
Shywahbeanomo, his x mark, L. s. 

MIAMIS. 

The Owl, his x mark, l. s. 

Wafremanqua, or the Loon, his x mark, L. s. 

Mushekeuoghqua, or the Little Turtle, his x mark, Lr a. 

Silver Heels, his x mark, L. s* 

In presence of 
Peter Jones, Secretary to the A. Edwards, 

Commissioner, William Wells, 

Joseph Barron, John Shaw. 



WEAS. 



153 



WEAS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 26, 1809-] 

A convention entered into at Vincennes, in the Indiana territory , 
between William Henry Harrison, commissioner plenipotentiary 
of the United States for treating with the Indian tribes northwest 
of the Ohio, and the Wea tribes. 

The said tribe, by their sachems and head warriors, hereby declare 
their full and free consent to the treaty concluded at fort Wayne, 
on the thirtieth ultimo, by the abovementioned commissioner, 
with the Delaware, Miami, Pattawatima, and Eel River tribes ; 
and also to the separate article entered into on the same day, with 
the Miami and Eel river tribes. And the said commissioner, on 
the part of the United States, agrees to allow the said tribe an 
additional annuity of three hundred dollars, and a present sum of 
fifteen hundred dollars, in consideration of the relinquishment 
made in the first article of said treaty ; and a further permanent 
annuity of one hundred dollars, as soon as the Kickapoos can be 
brought to give their consent to the ninth article of said treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and 
the sachems and head warriors of the said tribe, have here- 
unto set their hands and affixed their seds, this twenty- 
sixth day of October, eighteen hundred and nine. 



William H. Harrison, l. s. 

Jacco, his x mark, l. s. 

Shawanee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tosania, his x mark, l. s. 

Cohona, his x mark, l. s. 

Lapousier, his x mark, l. s. 

Pequia, his x mark, l. s. 

Quewa, or Negro Legs, his x mark, l. s. 

Alengua, his x mark, l. s. 

Chequia, or Little Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 



In the presence of 

Peter Jones, Secretary to the Commissioner, 

B. Parke, one of the Judges of the Indiana Territory, 

Thomas Randolph, A. G. of Indiana, 

Will. Jones, of Vincennes, 

Saml. W. Davis, Lt. Col. Ohio State, 

Shadrach Bond, jr. of the Illinois Territory, 

Joseph Barron, Sworn Interpreter. 

20 



154 



KICKAPOOS. 



KICKAPOOS. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 9, 1809. ] 

William Henry Harrison, governor of the Indiana territory, and 
commissioner plenipotentiary of the United States, for treating 
with the Indian tribes northwest of the Ohio, and the sachems 
and war chiefs of the Kickapoo tribe, on the part of the said 
tribe, have agreed to the following articles, which, when ratified 
by the President, by and with the advice of the Senate, shall be 
binding on said parties. 

Art. 1. The ninth article of the treaty concluded at fort Wayne 
on the thirtieth of September last, and the cession it contains, is 
hereby agreed to by the Kickapoos, and a permanent additional 
annuity of four hundred dollars, and goods to the amount of eight 
hundred dollars, now delivered, is to be considered as a full com- 
pensation for the said cession. 

Art. 2. The said tribe further agrees to cede to the United 
States all that tract of land which lies between the tract above 
ceded, the Wabash, the Vermilion river, and a line to be drawn 
from the north corner of the said ceded tract, so as to strike the 
Vermilion river at the distance of twenty miles in a direct line 
from its mouth. For this cession a further annuity of one hun- 
dred dollars, and the sum of seven hundred dollars in goods now 
delivered, is considered as a full compensation. But if the 
Miamis should not be willing to sanction the latter cession, and 
the United States should not think proper to take possession of 
the land without their consent, they shall be released from the 
obligation to pay the additional annuity of one hundred dollars. 

Art. 3. The stipulations contained in the treaty of Greenville, 
relatively to the manner of paying the annuity, and of the right 
of the Indians to hunt upon the land, shall apply to the annuity 
granted and the lands ceded by the present treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Henry Harrison, and 
the sachems and head war chiefs of the said tribe, have here- 
unto set their hands and affixed their seals, this ninth day of 
December, one thousand eight hundred and nine. 

William Henry Harrison, l. s, 

Joe Renard, Nemahson, or a Man on his Feet, his x mark, l. s. 

Knoshania, or the Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Wakoah, or Fox Hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Nonoah, or a Child at the Breast, his x mark, l. s. 

Moquiah, or the Bear Skin, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed in the presence of (the word " seven" in the second 
article being written upon an erasure ) 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 155 



Peter Jones, Secretary to the 

Commissioner, 
George Wallace, jun. Justice of 

Peace, K. 
Jno. Gibson, Secretary Indiana 

Territory, 
Will. Jones, Justice of Peace, 



E. Stout, Justice of Peace, 
Charles Smith, of Vincennes, 
Hyacinthe Lasselle, of Yin-* 
cennes, 

Dom. Lacroix, of Vincennes, 
Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARES, SHAWANEES, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 22, 1814. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship between the United States of 
America, and the tribes of Indians, called the Wyandots, Dela- 
wares, Shawanees, Senekas, and Miamis. 

The said United States of America, by William Henry Harri- 
son, late a major general in the army of the United States, and 
Lewis Cass, governor of the Michigan territory, duly authorized 
and appointed commissioners for the purpose, and the said tribes, 
by their head men, chiefs, and warriors, assembled at Greenville, 
in the State of Ohio, have agreed to the following articles : which, 
when ratified by the President of the United States, by and with 
the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, shall be binding 
,upon them and the said tribes : 

Art. 1. The United States and the Wyandots, Delawares, 
Shawanees, and Senekas, give peace to the Miami nation of In- 
dians, formerly designated as the Miami, Eel River, and Wea 
tribes ; they extend this indulgence also, to the bands of the 
Pattawatimas, which adhere to the grand sachem Tobinipee, and 
to the chief Onoxa ; to the Ottawas of Blanchard's creek, who 
have attached themselves to the Shawanees tribe, and to such of 
the said tribe as adhere to the chief called the Wing, in the neigh- 
borhood of Detroit, and to the Kickapoos, under the direction of 
the chiefs who sign this treaty. 

Art. 2. The tribes and bands abovementioned, engage to give 
their aid to the United States, in prosecuting the war against 
Great Britain and such of the Indian tribes as still continue hos- 
tile, and to make no peace with either, without the consent of the 
United States. 

The assistance herein stipulated for, is to consist of such a 
number of their warriors, from each tribe, as the President of the 
United States, or any officer having his authority therefor, may 
require. 

Art. 3. The Wyandot tribe, and the Senekas of Sandusky and 
Stoney creek, the Delaware and Shawanees tribes, who have pre- 
served their fidelity to the United States throughout the war, 
again acknowledge themselves under the protection of the said 



156 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S j SHAWANEES, ETC. 



States, and of no other power whatever, and agree to aid the 
United States in the manner stipulated for in the former article, 
and to make no peace but with the consent of said States. 

Art. 4. In the event of a faithful performance of the conditions 
of this treaty, the United States will confirm and establish all the 
boundaries between their lands, and those of the Wyandots, Dela- 
wares, Shawanees, and Miamis, as they existed previously to the 
commencement of the war. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, and the said 
head men, chiefs, and warriors, of the beforementioned tribes 
of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their 
seals. 

Done at Greenville, in the State of Ohio, this twenty-second 
day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and fourteen, and of the independence of the United 
States the thirty-ninth. 



William Henry Harrison, l. s. 

Lewis Cass, l. s. 

wyandots, Tarhe, or Crane, his x mark, l. s. 

Harroneyough, or Cherokee Boy, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Tearroneauou, or between the Legs, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Menoucou, his x mark, l. s/ 

Rusharra, or Stookey, his x mark, l. s. 

Senoshus, his x mark, l. s. 

Zashuona, or Big Arm, his x mark, l. s. 

Teanduttasooh, or Punch, his x mark, l. s. 

Tapuksough, or John Hicks, his x mark, l. s. 
Ronoinness, or Sky come down, his x mark, l. s. 

Teendoo, his x mark, l. s. 

Ronaiis, his x mark, l. s. 

Omaintsiarnah, or Bowyers, his x mark, l. s. 

Delaware s, Taiunshrah, or Charles, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiundraka, or John Bolesle, his x mark, l. s. 

Eroneniarah, or Shroneseh, his x mark, l. s. 
Kicktohenina, or Captain Anderson, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Lemottenuckques, or James Nanticoke, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Laoponnichle, or Baube, his x mark, l. s. 
Joon Queake, or John Queake, his x mark, l. s. 

Kill Buck, his x mark, l. s. 

Neachcomingd, his x mark, l. s. 

Montgomery Montawe, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Buck, his x mark, l. s. 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, SHAWANEES, ETC. 



157 



SHAWANEES, 



OTTAWAS, 



SENEKAS, 



MIAMIS. 



L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 

L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 



Hooque, or Mole, his x mark, 
Captain White Eyes, his x mark, 
Captain Pipe, his x mark, 
McDaniel, his x mark, 
Captain Snap, his x mark, 

Cutewecusa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, 
Tamenetha, or Butter, his x mark, 
Piaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, 
Pomtha, or Walker, his x mark, 
Shammonetho, or Snake, his x mark, 
Pemthata, or Turkey flying by, his x mark, 
Wethawakasika, or Yellow Water, his x 
mark, 

Quetawah, Sinking, his x mark, 
Sokutchemah, or Frozen, his x mark, 
Wynepuechsika, or Corn Stalk, his x mark, 
Chiachska, or captain Tom, his x mark, 
Quitawepeh, or captain Lewis, his x mark, 
Teawascoota, or Blue Jacket, his x mark, 
Tacomtequah, or Cross the water, his x 
mark, 

Watashnewa, or Bear's Legs, his x mark, l. 
Wapachek, or White Fisher, his x mark, l. 
Tootagen, or Bell, his x mark, 
Aughquanahquose, or Stumptail Bear, his 
x mark, 

Mcokenuh, or Bear King, his x mark, 

Coontindnau, or Coffee Houn, his x mark, 
Togwon, his x mark, 

Endosquiemnt, or John Harris, his x mark 
Cantareteroo, his x mark, 
Cuntahtentuhwa, or Big Turtle, his x mark, 
Renonnesa, or Wiping Stick, his x mark, 
Corachcoonke, or Reflection, or Civil 

John, his x mark, 
Coonautanahtoo, his x mark, 
Seeistahe, Black, his x mark, 
Tooteeandee, Thomas Brand, his x mark, 
Haneusewa, his x mark, 
Uttawuntus, his x mark, 
Lutauqueson, his x mark, 

Pecon, his x mark, 

Lapassine, or Ashenonquah, his x mark, 
Osage, his x mark, 
Natoweesa, his x mark, 
Meshekeleata, or the Big man, his x mark, 
Sanamahhonga,or Stone Eater, his x mark. 



s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 

s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 

s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 
s. 



L. S. 

s. 

S. 

s. 



158 



WYAND0TS, DELAWARE S j SHAWANEES, ETC. 



Neshepehtah, or Double Tooth, his x mark, l. s*- 



Metoosania, or Indian, his X mark, l. s. 

Chequia, or Poor Racoon, his x mark, l. sJ- 

Wapepecheka, his x mark, l. s. 

Chingomega Eboo, or Owl, his x mark, l. s. 
Kewesekong, or Circular Travelling, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Wapasabanah, or White Racoon, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Chekemetine, or Turtle's Brother, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Pocondoqua, or Crooked, his x mark, l. s. 
Chequeah, or Poor Racoon, a Wea, or 

Little Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 
Showilingeshua, or Open Hand, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Okawea, or Porcupine his x mark, l. s. 

Shawanoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma wans a, or Young Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Meshwawa, or Wounded, his x mark, l. s. 

Sangwecomya, or Buffaloe, his x mark, l. s. 

Pequia, or George, his x mark, l. s- 

Keelswa, or Sun, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabsea, or White Skin, his x mark, l. s. 

Wansepea, or Sunrise, his x mark, l. s. 

Angatoka, or Pile of Wood, his x mark, l. s. 

batta watima s , Toopinnepe, his x mark, l. s. 

Onoxa, or Five Medals, his x mark, l. s^ 

Metea, his x mark, l. s. 

Conge, or Bear's foot, his x mark, l. s, 

Nanownseca, his x mark, l. s. 
Chagobbe, or One who sees all over, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Meshon, his x mark, l. s. 

Penosh, his x mark, l. s. 

Checanoe, his x mark, l. s..- 

Neshcootawa, his x mark, l. s. 

Tonguish, his x mark, l. s. 

Nebaughkua, his x mark, l. s. 

Wesnanesa, his x mark, l. s. 

Chechock, or Crane, his x mark, l. s. 

Kepoota, his x mark,. l. s. 

Mackoota, or Crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Papeketcha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, l. s. 

kickapoos, Ketoote, or Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Makotanecote, or Black Tree, his x mark, l. s- 

Sheshepa, or Duck, his x mark, l. s. 



CREEKS. 



159 



Wapekonnia, or White Blanket, his x mark, l. s. 
Acooche, or the Man Hung, his x mark, l. s. 
Chekaskagalon, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of ( the words " and the Wyandots, Delawares, 
Shawanees, and Senekas," interlined in the first article be- 
fore signing ) 

James Dill, Secretary to the Commissioner 's, 
Jno. Johnston, Indian Agent , 
B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent , 

James J. Nisbet, Associate Judge of Court of Common Pleas, 

Preble County, 
Thos. G. Gibson, 
Antoine Boindi, 
Wm. Walker, 
William Connor, 
J. Bts. Chandonnai, 
Stephen Ruddeed, 
James Pelteir, 
Joseph Bertrand, 

Thos. Ramsey, Capt. 1st Rifle Regt., 
John Conner, 

John Riddle, Col. 1st Regt. Ohio Militia. 



Sworn Interpreters, 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 9, 1814. ] 

Articles of agreement and capitulation, made and concluded this 
ninth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and fourteen, 
between major general Andrew Jackson, on behalf of the President 
of the United States of America, and the chiefs, deputies, and 
warriors, of the Creek nation. 

Whereas an unprovoked, inhuman, and sanguinary war, waged 
by the hostile Creeks againsl the United States, hath been repel- 
led, prosecuted, and determined, successfully on the part of the 
said States, in conformity with principles of national justice and 
honorable warfare: and whereas, consideration is due to the recti- 
tude of proceeding dictated by instructions relating to the re-estab- 
lishment of peace : be it remembered, that, prior to the conquest 
of that part of the Creek nation, hostile to the United States, 
numberless aggressions had been committed against the peace, 
the property, and the lives, of citizens of the United States, and 
those of the Creek nation in amity with her, at the mouth of Duck 
river, fort Mimms, and elsewhere, contrary to national faith, and 
the regard due to an article of the treaty concluded at New York, 



160 



CREEKS. 



in the year 1790, between the two nations : that the United States, 
previous to the perpetration of such outrages, did, in order to 
insure future amity and concord between the Creek nation and 
the said States, in conformity with the stipulations of former trea- 
ties, fulfil, with punctuality and good faith, her engagements to 
the said nation : that more than two-thirds of the whole number 
of chiefs and warriors of the Creek nation, disregarding the genuine 
spirit of existing treaties, suffered themselves to be instigated to 
violations of their national honor, and the respect due to a part of 
their own nation, faithful to the United States and the principles of 
humanity, by impostors denominating themselves prophets, and 
by the duplicity and misrepresentation of foreign emissaries, 
whose governments are at war, open or understood, with the 
United States. Wherefore, 1st. The United States demand an 
equivalent for all expenses incurred in prosecuting the war to its 
termination, by a cession of all the territory belonging to the Creek 
nation, within the territories of the United States, lying west, 
south, and southeastwardly, of a line to be run and described by 
persons duly authorized and appointed by the President of the 
United States : beginning at a point on the eastern bank of the 
Coosa river, where the south boundary line of the Cherokee nation 
crosses the same ; running from thence down the said Coosa river, 
with its eastern bank, according to its various meanders, to a point 
one mile above the mouth of Cedar creek, at fort Williams, thence 
east two miles, thence south two miles, thence west, to the eastern 
bank of the said Coosa river, thence down the eastern bank thereof, 
according to its various meanders, to a point opposite the upper 
end of the great falls, (called by the natives Woetumka,) thence 
east, from a true meridian line, to a point due north of the Ofucs- 
kee, thence south, by a like meridian line, to the mouth of Ofucs- 
kee, on the south side of the Tallapoosa river, thence up the same, 
according to its various meanders, to a point where a direct course 
will cross the same, at the distance of ten miles from the mouth 
thereof, thence a direct line to the mouth of Summochico creek, 
which empties into the Chatahouchie river, on the east side thereof, 
below the Eufaulau town, thence east, from a true meridian line, 
to a point which shall intersect the line now dividing the lands 
claimed by the said Creek nation from those claimed and owned 
by the State of Georgia : provided, nevertheless, that where any 
possession of any chief or warrior of the Creek nation, who shall 
have been friendly to the United States during the war, and taken 
an active part therein, shall be within the territory ceded by these 
articles to the United States, every such person shall be entitled 
to a reservation of land within the said territory, of one mile square, 
to include his improvements, as near the centre thereof as may be, 
which shall inure to the said chief or warrior, and his descendants, 
so long as he or they shall continue to occupy the same, who shall 
be protected by, and subject to, the laws of the United States ; 



CREEKS. 



161 



but upon the voluntary abandonment thereof, by such possessor 
or his descendants, the right of occupancy or possession of said 
lands shall devolve to the United States, and be identified with 
the right of property ceded hereby. 

Art. 2. The United States will guaranty to the Creek nation, 
the integrity of all their territory eastwardly and northwardly 
of the said line, to be run and described as mentioned in the first 
article. 

Art. 3. The United States demand that the Creek nation aban- 
don all communication, and cease to hold any intercourse, with 
any British or Spanish post, garrison, or town ; and that they shall 
not admit among them any agent or trader, who shall not derive 
authority to hold commercial, or other intercourse with them, 
by license from the President or authorized agent of the United 
States. 

Art. 4. The United States demand an acknowledgment of the 
right to establish military posts and trading houses, and to open 
roads within the territory guarantied to the Creek nation by the 
second article, and a right to the free navigation of all its waters. 

Art. 5. The United States demand, that a surrender be imme- 
diately made, of all the persons and property taken from the citi- 
zens of the United States, the friendly part of the Creek nation, 
the Cherokee, Chickasaw, and Choctaw nations, to the respective 
owners ; and the United States will cause to be immediately 
restored to the formerly hostile Creeks, all the property taken from 
them since their submission, either by the United States, or by 
any Indian nation in amity with the United States, together with 
all the prisoners taken from them during the war. 

Art. 6. The United States demand the caption and surrender 
of all the prophets and instigators of the war, whether foreigners 
or natives, who have not submitted to the arms of the United 
States, and become parties to these articles of capitulation, if ever 
they shall be found within the territory guarantied to the Creek 
nation by the second article. 

Art. 7. The Creek nation being reduced to extreme want, and 
not at present having the means of subsistence, the United States, 
from, motives of humanity, will continue to furnish, gratuitously, 
the necessaries of life, until the crops of corn can be considered 
competent to yield the nation a supply, and will establish trading 
houses in the nation, at the discretion of the President of the 
United States, and at such places as he shall direct, to enable 
the nation, by industry and economy, to procure clothing. 

Art. 8. A permanent peace shall ensue from the date of these 
presents, forever, between the Creek nation and the United States, 
and between the Creek nation and the Cherokee, Chickasaw, and 
Choctaw nations. 

Art. 9. If, in running east from the mouth of Summochico 
creek, it shall so happen that the settlement of the Kinnards fall 
21 



162 



CREEKS. 



within the lines of the territory hereby ceded, then, and in that 
case, the line shall be run east, in a true meridian, to Kitchofoonee 
creek, thence, down the middle of said creek, to its junction with 
Flint river, immediately below the Oakmulgee town, thence up 
the middle of Flint river, to a point due east of that at which the 
above line struck the Kitchofoonee creek, thence east to the old 
line hereinbefore mentioned : to wit, the line dividing the lands 
claimed by the Creek nation from those claimed and owned by the 
State of Georgia. 

The parties to these presents, after due consideration, for them- 
selves and their constituents, agree to ratify and confirm the pre- 
ceding articles, and constitute them the basis of a permanent peace 
between the two nations ; and they do hereby solemnly bind them- 
selves, and all the parties concerned and interested, to a faithful 
performance of every stipulation contained therein. 

In testimony whereof, they have hereunto, interchangeably, set 
their hands and affixed their seals, the day and date above 
written. 

Andrew Jackson, Major Gen. ComoVg 1th Mil. Dist. l. s. 
Tustunnuggee Thlucco, speaker for the Upper Creeks, 



his x mark, l. s. 

Micco Aupoegau, of Toukaubatchee, his x mark, l. s. 
Tustunnuggee Hopoiee, speaker of the Lower Creeks, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Micco Achulee, of Cowetau, his x mark, l. s. 

William Mcintosh, jr. major of Cowetau, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskee Eneah, of Cussetau, his x mark, l. s. 

Faue Emautla, of Cussetau, his x mark, l. s. 
Toukaubatchee Tustunnuggee, of Hitchetee, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Noble Kinnard, of Hitchetee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hopoiee Hutkee, of Souwagoolo, his x mark, l. s. 
Hopoiee Hutkee, for Hopoie Yoholo, of Souwogoolo, 

his x mark, l. s. 
Folappo Haujo, of Eufaulau, on Chattohochee, his x 

mark, s. 

Pachee Haujo, of Apalachoocla, his x mark, l. s. 

Timpoeechee Bernard, captain of Uchees, his x mark, l. s. 

Uchee Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Yoholo Micco, of Kialijee, his x mark, l. s. 

Socoskee Emautla, of Kialijee, his x mark, l. s. 

Choocchau Haujo, of Woccocoi, his x mark, l. s. 

Esholoctee, of Nauchee, his x mark, l. s. 

Yoholo Micco, of Tallapoosa Eufaulau, his x mark, l. s. 

Stinthellis Haujo, of Abecoochee, his x mark, l. s. 

Ocfuskee Yoholo, of Toutacaugee, his x mark, l. s. 

John O'Kelly, of Coosa, l. s. 



PIANKESHAWS. 



163 



Eneah Thlucco, of Immookfau, his x mark, l. s. 

Espokokoke Haujo, of Wewoko, his x mark, l. s. 

Eneah Thlucco Hopoiee, of Talesee, his x mark, l. s. 

Efau Haujo, of Puccan Tallahassee, his x mark, l. s. 

Talessee Fixico, of Ocheobofau, his x mark, l. s. 
Nomatlee Emautla, or captain Isaacs, of Cousoudee, 

his x mark, l. s. 
Tuskegee Emautla, or John Carr, of Tuskegee, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Alexander Grayson, of Hillabee, his x mark, l. s. 

Lowee, of Ocmulgee, his x mark, l. s. 

Nocoosee Emautla, of Chuskee Tallafau, his x mark, l. s. 
William Mcintosh, for Hopoiee Haujo, of Ooseoo- 

chee, his x mark, l. s. 
William Mcintosh, for Chehahaw Tustunnuggee, of 

Chehahaw, his x mark, l- s. 
William Mcintosh, for Spokokee Tustunnuggee, of 

Otellewhoyonnee, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at fort Jackson, in presence of 

Charles Cassedy, Ming Sec'y, J. C. Warren, Assistant Agent 
Benjamin Hawkins, Agent for for Indian Affairs, 

Indian Affairs, George Mayfield, ) Public 

Return J. Meigs, A. C. nation, Alexander Curnels, > Interpre- 
Robert Butler, Adjutant Gen. George Lovett, ) ters. 

U. S. Army, 



PIANKESHAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 18, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded, between 
William Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Piankeshaw tribe or na- 
tion, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the 
other part. 

The parties being anxious of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same 
footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 



\ 



164 



PIANKESHAWS. 



Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the Piankeshaw tribe or nation. 

Art. 3. The contracting parties in the sincerity of mutual 
friendship, recognize, re-establish and confirm all and every treaty, 
contract or agreement, heretofore concluded between the United 
States and the said Piankeshaw tribe or nation. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined between 
the United States of America, and the said Piankeshaw tribe 
or nation : we, their underwritten commissioners and chiefs 
aforesaid, by virtue of our full powers, have signed this 
definitive treaty, and have caused our seals to be hereunto 
affixed. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, this eighteenth day of July, in the 
year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, 
and of the independence of the United States of America 
the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Xa-ma-noan, or the Axe, his x mark, l. s. 
La-mee-pris-jeau, or Sea- wolf, his x mark, l. s. 
Mon-sai-raa, or Rusty, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-pan-gia, or Swan, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-maing-sa, or the Fish, his x mark. l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Cyrus Edw r ards, 
missioners* 



Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, 
N. Boilvin, Agent, 
T. Paul, C. C. M. 
Maurice Blondeaux, 
John Hay, 

John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. 
Richard Chitwood, Maj. ML 
Wm. Irvine Adair, Capt. 
Meg. U. S. Inf. 



Sworn 
Interp'tfrs. 



3d 



Saml. Solomon, 
Jacques Mette, 
Louis Decouagne, 
John A. Cameron. 
F. Duchouquet, U. S. Interpre- 
ter, W. 

Louis Bufait, Indian Interpreter, 

J. Bts. Chandonnai, Interpreter, 

W. Knaggs, 

Antoine Bondi, 

Jean Bt. Massac, his x mark. 



POUT AW ATAMIES. 



165 



POUTAWATAMIES.. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 18, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JVinian Edwards, and August e Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part ; and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors of the Poutawatamie tribe or nation, 
residing on the river Illinois, on the part and behalf of the said 
tribe or nation, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same 
footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the 
following articles. 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Poutawatamie tribe or nation. 

Art. 3. The contracting parties hereby agree, promise and bind 
themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now in 
their hands (by what means soever the same may have come into 
their possession) to the officer commanding at fort Clarke, on the 
Illinois river, as soon as it may be practicable. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual 
friendship, recognize, re-establish and confirm, all and every treaty, 
contract and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United 
States, and the Poutawatamie tribe or nation. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the 
United States of America, and the said Poutawatamie tribe 
or nation, residing on the river Illinois : we, their under- 
written commissioners and chiefs aforesaid, by virtue of our 
full powers, have signed this definitive treaty, and have caused 
our seals to be hereunto affixed. Done at Portage des Sioux, 
this eighteenth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of 



the United States the fortieth. 

William Clark, x. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Sunawchewome, his x mark, l. s. 
Mucketepoke, or Black Partridge, his x mark, x. s. 

Neggeneshkek, his x mark, l. s.» 



166 



TEETONS. 



Chawcawbeme, his x mark, 
Bendegakewa, his x mark, 
Wapewy, or White Hair, his x mark, 
Outawa, his x mark, 



L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 



In the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Richard Chitwood, Major M. 

Wm. Irvine Adair, Capt. 3d 



mission, 
Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, 
N. Boilvin, Agent, 
T. Paul, C. M._ 
Maurice Blondeaux, 
Manuel Lisa, Agent, 
John Miller, Col. 3d Infantry 



RegH U. S. Infantry, 
Cyrus Edwards, 
Samuel Solomon, 
Jacques Mette, 
Louis Decouagne, 
John A. Camero, 



Sworn In- 
terpreters. 



TEETONS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 19, 1815.] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and the behalf of the said States, of the one part ; and 
the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Teeton tribe of In- 
dians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being 
placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing 
upon which they stood before the late war between the United 
States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- 
ally forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Teeton tribe, and the friendly relations 
that existed between them before the war, shall be and the same 
are hereby renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves, 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their 
aforesaid tribe to be under the protection of the United States of 
America, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 



SIOUX. 



167 



chiefs and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names, and affixed their seals this nineteenth 
day of July, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of 
the independence of the United States the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Eskatapia, the Player, his x mark, l. s. 

Tantanga, the True BufTaloe, his x mark, l. s. 

Mazamanie, the Walker in Iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Wanakagmamee, the Stamper, his x mark, l. s. 

Weechachamanza, the Man of Iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Ikmouacoulai, the Shooting Tiger, his x mark, l. s. 

Uakahincoukai, the Wind that Passes, his x mark, l. s. 
Washeejonjrtga, the Left-handed Frenchman, his x mark, l. s. 

Monetowanari, the Bear's Soul, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, 

mission, Maurice Blondeaux, 

John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, 

H. Dodge, Brig. Gen. Missouri Louis Decouagne, 

Militia, Louis Dorion, 

T. Paul, C. T. of the C. Cyrus Edwards, 

Manuel Lisa, Agent, John Hay. 



SIOUX. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 19, 1819. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors of the Sioux of the Lakes, on the part 
and behalf of their tribe, on the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being 
placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing 
upon which they stood before the late war between the United 
States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles. 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually 
forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 



168 



SIOUX, 



viduals composing the said tribe of the lakes, and all the friendly- 
relations that existed between them before the war, shall be and 
the same are hereby renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves, 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their 
aforesaid tribe to be under the protection of the United States, and 
of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names and affixed their seals this nineteenth day 
of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the 
fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Tatangamania, the Walking Buffaloe, his x mark, l. s. 
Haisanwee, the Horn, hisx mark, l. s. 

Aampahaa, the Speaker, his x mark, l. s. 

Narcesagata, the Hard Stone, his x mark, l. s. 

Haibohaa, the Branching Horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 

mission, and Indian Agent, 

John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. Maurice Blondeaux, 

T. Paul, C. T. of the C. Lewis Decouagne, 

Edmund Hall, Lt. late 28th Inf. Louis Dorion, 

J. B. Clark, Adj. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, 

Manuel Lisa, Agent, Jacques Mette, 

Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, John Hay. 



SIOUX. 

[CONCLUDED JULY 19, 1815.] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded betiueen Wil- 
liam Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part; and the chiefs 
and warriors of the Sioux of the river St. Peter, on the part and 
behalf of their said tribe, on the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being 
placed in all things and in every respect, on the same footing upon 



SIOUX. 



169 



which they stood before the late war between the United States and 
Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- 
ally forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
%e citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- 
duals composing the tribe of Sioux of the river St. Peter ; and all 
the friendly relations, that existed between them before the war, 
shall be, and the same are hereby, renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves and their 
tribe to be under the protection of the United States, and of no 
other power, nation or sovereign whatsoever. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names and affixed their seals, this nineteenth day 
of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the 
fortieth. 



Done at Portage des Sioux, in ike presence of 
R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, 



William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Enigmanee, that Flies as he Walks, his x mark, l. s. 

Wasoukapaha, the Falling Hail, his x mark, l. s. 

Champisaba, the Black War Club, his x mark, l. s. 

Manpinsaba, the Black Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Tatarnaza, the Iron Wind, hisx mark, l. s. 

Nankanandee, who puts his foot in it, his x mark, l. s. 



mission, 



J. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor and 



John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. 
H. Paul, a T. of the C. 
John T. Chunn, Brevet Major 



Indian Agent, 
Maurice Blondeaux, " 
Louis Decouagne, Sworn 
John A. Cameron, \ Interpre- 
Louis Dorion, ters. 
Jacques Matte, 



of the U. S. Army, 
Edmund Hall, Lieut, late 28th 



Infantry, 
Manuel Lisa, Agent. 



22 



170 



YANCTONS. 



YANCTONS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 19, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JYinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors of the Yancton tribe of Indians, on 
the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, and of being 
placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing upon 
which they stood before the late war between the United States 
and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury, or act of hostility, committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other shall be mutually 
forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Yancton tribe, and all the friendly 
relations, that existed between them before the war, shall be, and 
the same are hereby, renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under 
the protection of the United States of America, and of no other 
nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and 
affixed their seals, this nineteenth day of July, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the 



independence of the United States the fortieth. 

Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Monlori, or white bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Waskaijingo, or little dish, his x mark, l. s. 

Padamape, or panis sticker, his x mark, l. s. 

Chaponge, or musquitoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Mindalonga, partisan, or war chief, l. s. 

Weopaatowechashla, or sun set, l. s. 
Tokaymhominee, or the rock that turns, his x mark, l. s. 

Keonorunco, or fast flyer, his x mark, l. s. 

Mazo, or the iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Haiwongeeda, or one horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Mazehaio, or arrow sender, his x mark, l. s. 



MAHAS. 



171 



Done at the Portage des S 

R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, 

John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. 

H. Dodge, Brig. GenH Missouri 

Militia, 
Manuel Lisa, Agent, 
Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, 
Maurice Blondeaux, 



wx, in the presence of 

Jacques Mette, 

John A. Cameron, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the Commis. 

Louis Decouagne, 

Cyrus Edwards, 

Lewis Dorion, 

John Hay, Interpreter, 



MAHAS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 20, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors of the Mahas, on the part and behalf 
of said tribe or nation, on the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed, in all things, and in every respect, on the same 
footing upon which they stood before the late war between the 
United States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following 
articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually 
forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the tribe or nation of the Mahas, and all friendly 
relations, that existed between them before the war, shall be, and 
the same are hereby, renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe or nation, do hereby acknowledge themselves 
and their tribe or nation to be under the protection of the United 
States, and of no other nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the aforesaid tribe or nation, have here- 
unto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this twen- 
tieth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United 
States the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 



172 



KICKAPOOS. 



Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Oupaatanga, or the big elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Washcamanie, or the hard walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaaheeguia, or the old chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Waanowrabai, or the blackbird's grandson, his x mark, l. s, 

Osogagee, or the point maker, his x mark, l. s. 

Toireechee, or the cow's rib, his x mark, l. s. 

Manshaquita, or the little soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Pissinguai, or he who has no gall, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, in presence of 



R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, Thos. Forsyth, Indian Agent, 

John Miller, Col. 3d Inf. J. W. Johnson, Indian Agent, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Louis Decouagne, 

Edw. Hall, Lieut, late 28th Inf. Louis Dorion, 

John B. Clark, Adj. 3d Inf. John A. Cameron, 

Manuel Lisa, Agent, Jacques Mette. 



KICKAPOOS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 2, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between 
William Clark, JYinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the 
undersigned chiefs, warriors, and deputies of the Kickapoo tribe 
or nation, on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of 
the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same foot- 
ing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the fol- 
lowing articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties towards the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- 
duals composing the said Kickapoo tribe or nation. 

Art. 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and 
oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now 
in their hands (by what means soever the same may have come 
into their possession) to the officer commanding at fort Clarke, on 
the Illinois river, to be by him restored to their respective nations 
as soon as it may be practicable. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties in the sincerity of mutual friend- 
ship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm all and every treaty, con- 



WYANDOTS, DEL A WARE S ? SENEGAS, ETC. 173 

tract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United 
States and the Kickapoo tribe or nation. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs, warriors, and deputies of the said tribe, have hereunto 
subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this second day 
of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of the United 
States the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 
Pauwoatam, by his representative Kenepaso, or 

the bond prisoner, his x mark, l, s. 

Kiteta, or Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Kenepaso, or the bond prisoner, his x mark, l. s. 

Teppema, or persuader, his x mark, l. s. 

Cokecambaut, or elk looking back, his x mark, l. s. 

Peywaynequa, or bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Wettassa, or brave, his x mark, l. s. 

Weywaychecawbout, or meeter, his x mark, l. s. 

Autuppehaw, or mover, his x mark, l. s. 

Wesheown, or dirty face, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- John W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 
mission, and Indian Agent, 

T. A. Smith, Brig. Gen. XI. S. Maurice Blondeaux, 

Army, Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, 

D'l. Bissell, Brig. Gen. Samuel Brady, Lieut. 8th U. S. 

Stephen Byrd, Col. M. Jf. Inf. 

T. Paul, C. C. T. Joseph C. Brown, 

A. McNair, District Insp. . H. Battu, 

Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, Samuel Whiteside, Capt. Illinois 
Pierre Menard, Indian Agent, Militia. 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S, SENEKAS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 3, 1815. ] 

A treaty between the United States of America, and the Wyandot, 
Delaware, Seneca, Shawanoe, Miami, Chippewa, Ottawa and 
Potawatimie tribes of Indians, residing within the limits of the 
State of Ohio, and the territories of Indiana and Michigan. 
Whereas, the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatimie tribes of 
Indians, together with certain bands of the Wyandot, Delaware, 
Seneca, Shawanoe, and Miami tribes, were associated with Great 



174 



WYAND0TS, DELAWAR.ES, SENEGAS, ETC. 



Britain in the late war between the United States and that power, 
and have manifested a disposition to be restored to the relations 
of peace and amity with the said States ; and the President of the 
United States having appointed William Henry Harrison, late 
a major-general in the service of the United States, Duncan 
McArthur, late a brigadier in the service of the United States, 
and John Graham, esquire, as commissioners to treat with the 
said tribes ; the said commissioners and the sachems, head men 
and warriors of said tribes having met in council at the Spring 
Wells, near the city of Detroit, have agreed to the following 
articles, which, when ratified by the President, by and with the 
advice and consent of the Senate of the United States, shall be 
binding on them and the said tribes. 

Art. 1. The United States give peace to the Chippewa, 
Ottawa and Potawatimie tribes. 

Art. 2. They also agree to restore to the said Chippewa, 
Ottawa, and Potawatimie tribes, all the possessions, rights and 
privileges which they enjoyed, or were entitled to, in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and eleven, prior to the commencement 
of the late war with Great Britain, and the said tribes, upon their 
part, agree again to place themselves under the protection of the 
United States, and of no other power whatsoever. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the fidelity to the United States 
which has been manifested by the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, 
and Shawanoe tribes, throughout the late war ; and of the repent- 
ance of the Miami tribe, as manifested by placing themselves 
under the protection of the United States, by the treaty of Green- 
ville in eighteen hundred and fourteen, the said States agree to 
pardon such of the chiefs and warriors of said tribes, as may have 
continued hostilities against them until the close of the war with 
Great Britain, and to permit the chiefs of their respective tribes, 
to restore them ta the stations and property which they held 
previously to the war. 

Art. 4. The United States and the beforementioned tribes or 
nations of Indians, that is to say, the Wyandot, Delaware, Seneca, 
Shawanoe, Miami, Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatimies, agree to 
renew and confirm the treaty of Greenville, made in the year one 
thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, and all subsequent 
treaties to which they were, respectively, parties, and the same 
are hereby again ratified and confirmed in as full a manner as if 
they were inserted in this treaty. 

Done at Spring Wells, the eighth day of September, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and 
of the independence of the United States, the fortieth. 

In testimony whereof, they, the said commissioners, and the 
sachems, head men and warriors of the different tribes, have 
hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. 

+ William Henry Harrison, l. sv 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S j SENECAS, ETC. 



175 



Duncan McArthur, l. s. 

John Graham, l. s. 

wyandot Tarhee, or the crane, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Harrouyeou, or Cherokee boy, his x mark, l. s. 

Sanohskee, or long house, his x mark, l. s. 

Outoctutimoh, or cub, his x mark, l. s. 

Myecruh, or walk in the water, his x mark, l. s. 

Tyanumka, his x mark, l. s. 

Mymehamkee, or Barnett, his x mark, l. s. 

shawanoe Cutaweskeshah, or black hoof, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Nutsheway, or wolf's brother, his x mark, l. s. 

Tamenatha, or butler, his x mark, l. s. 

Shemenetoo, or big snake, his x mark, l. s. 

Outhowwaheshegath, or yellow plume, his x 
mark, 

Quatawwepay, or capt. Lewis, his x mark, l. s. 

Mishquathree, or capt. Reid, his x mark, l. s. 

Tecumtequah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ottawa Tontegenah, or the dog, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Tashcuygon, or McArthur, his x mark, l. s. 

Okemas, or little chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Nashkemah, his x mark, l. s. 

Watashnewah, his x mark, l. s. 

Onqunogesh, or ugly fellow, his x mark, l. s. 

Menitugawboway, or the devil standing, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Kelystum, or first actor, his x mark, l. s. 

ottawas Kemenechagon, or the bastard, his x mark, l. s. 

from Karbenequane, or the one who went in front, 

mackinack. his x mark, l. s. 

Ottawa from Mechequez, his x mark, l. s. 

GRAND RIVER. 

A winnebago Wassachum, or first to start the whites, his x 

from mark, l. s. 

MACKINACK. 

chippewa Papnescha, or turn round about, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Nowgeschick, or twelve o'clock, his x mark, l. s. 

Shamanetoo, or God Almighty, his x mark, l. s. 

Wissenesoh, his x mark, l. s. 

Cacheonquet, or big cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Pasheskiskaquashcum, l. s. 

Menactome, or the little fly, his x mark, l. s. 

Enewame, or crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Nauaquaoto, his x mark, l. s. 

Paanassee, or the bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Delaware Toctowayning, or Anderson, his x marie, l. s. 

chiefs. Lamahtanoquez, his x mark, l, s. 



176 



WYANDOTS, DELAWARE S , SENECAS, ETC. 



Matahoopan, his x mark, l. s. 

Aaheppan, or the buck, his x mark, l. s. 

Jim Killbuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Beaver, his x mark, l. s. 

McDonald, his x mark, l. s. 

seneca Tahummindoyeh, or between words, his x 

chiefs. mark, l. s. 

Yonundankykueurent, or John Harris, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Masomea, or Civil John, his x mark, l. s. 

Saccoraw^ahtah, or wiping stick, his x mark, l. s. 

potawatimie Topeeneebee, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Noungeesai, or five medals, his x mark, l. s. 

Naynauawsekaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Joeeonce, his x mark, l. s. 

Cocneg, his x mark, l. s. 

Ohshawkeebee, his x mark, l. s. 

Waineamaygoas, his x mark, l. s. 

Meeksawbay, his x mark, l. s. 

Mongaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Nawnawmee, his x mark, l. s. 

Chay Chauk, or the crane, his x mark, l. s. 

Wanaunaiskee, his x mark, l. s. 

Pashapow, his x mark, l. s. 

Honkemani, or the chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Neesscatimeneemay, his x mark, l. s. 

Ponngeasais, his x mark, l. s. 

Nounnawkeskawaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Chickawno, his x mark, l. s. 

Mitteeay, his x mark, l. s. 

Messeecawee, his x mark, l. s. 

Neepoashe, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaitchaynee, his x mark, l. s. 

Waymeego, or W. H. Harrison, his x mark, l. s. 

Louison, his x mark, l. s. 

Osheouskeebee, his x mark, l. s. 

miami Paean, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs. Singomesha, or the owl, his x mark, l. s. 

Totanag, or the butterfly, his x mark, l. s. 

Osage, or the neutral, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabsioung, or the white skin, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapaassabina, or white racoon, his x mark, l. s. 

Otteutaqua, or a blower of his breath, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Makatasabina, or black racoon, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapeshesa, or white appearance in the water, 

his x mark, l. s. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



177 



Motosamea, or Indian, his x mark, l. 

Shacanbe, his x mark, l. 

Shequar, or the poor racoon, his x mark, l. 

Cartanquar, or the sky, his x mark, l. 

Okemabenaseh, or the king bird, his x mark, l. 
Wapenaseme, or the collector of birds, his x mark, l. 

Mecinnabee, or the setting stone, his x mark, l. 

Annawba, his x mark, l. 

Mashepesheewingqua, or tiger's face, his x mark, l. 

Signed in the presence of 



A. L. Langhan, Secretary to the 

Commission, 
Lewis Cass, 

James Miller, Brig. Gen. U. S. A. 
Willoughby Morgan, Maj. U. S.A. 
A. B. Woodward, 
Hy. B. Brevoort, late Maj. 45th 

Infantry, 
John Bidder, Capt. U. S. Corps 

Artillery, 
James May, J. P. 
Peter Audrain, Reg. L. O. D. 
Jn. K. Walker, Wyandot Interpr^r, 



Francis Jansen, 

James Riley, Interpreter, 

William Kingg, 

Francois Mouton, 

John Kenzie, Interpreter, 

F. Duchouquet, U. S. Inter- 
preter, W. 

Louis Bufait, Indian Inter- 
preter, 

J. Bts. Chandonnai, Interpreter, 

W. Knaggs, 

Antoine Bondi, 

Jean Bt. Massac, his x mark- 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 12, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark, JYinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part ; and the 
undersigned king, chiefs and warriors of the Great and Little 
Osage tribes or nations, on part and behalf of their said tribes 
and nations, of the other part 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States, and the said tribes or nations, 
and of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the 
same footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed 
to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Osage tribes or nations, 
23 



.178 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



Art. 3. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual 
friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and every 
treaty, contract and agreement heretofore concluded between the 
United States, and the said Osage tribes or nations. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
king, chiefs, and warriors of the said tribes or nations have 
hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this 
twelfth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the independence of 
the United States the fortieth. 

Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s, 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Teshuhimga, or white hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Caygaywachepeche, or the bad chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Couchestawasta, or the one who sees far, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Gradamnsa, or iron kite, his x mark, l. s. 

Mahsa, his x mark, l. s. 

Wanougpacha, or he who fears not, his x mark, l. s. 
Hu.rate, the piper bird, his x mark, l, s, 

Wasabatougga, big bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Nekagahre, he who beats the men, his x mark, l. s. 
Mekewatanega, he who carries the sun, his x mark, l. s. 
Nangawahagea, his x mark, 

Kemanha, the wind racer of the Arkinsaw band, l. s. 
his x mark, l. s. 

the little Caggatanagga, the great chief, his x mark, l. s. 

osages. Nechoumanu, the walking rain r his x-mark, l. s. 

Watashinga, he who has done little, his x mark, l. s. 

Nehujamega, without ears, his x mark, l. s. 

Ososhingga, the little point, his x mark, l. s. 

Akidatangga, the big soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabesongge, his x mark, l. s. 

Nehreegnegawachepecha, his x mark, l. s. 

Grecnachee, he who arrives, his x mark, l. s. 

W ahadanoe, of the Missouri tribe, his x mark, l. s* 

Asooga, the little horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Mathagrhra, the cutter, his x mark, l. s. 

Bone at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Sec. of the Commission, Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 
Thomas Levers, Lieut. Col. and Indian Agent, 

Commanding 1st Regt. I. T. Maurice Blondeaux, 

P. Chouteau, Agent Osages, Samuel Solomon, ) T ntmrptpr ~ 

T. Paul, C. C. T. Noel Mograine, \ mmpiems ' 

James B. Moore, Capt. P. L. Chouteau, 

^Samuel Whiteside, Capt Daniel Converse, 3d. .Lieut. 



SACS OF THE MISSOURI. 



179 



SACS OF THE MISSOURI. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 13, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part ;. and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors of that portion of the Sac nation 
of Indians, now residing on the Missouri river, of the other part. 

Whereas the undersigned chiefs and warriors, as well as that 
portion of the nation which they represent, have at all times been 
desirous of fulfilling their treaty with the United States, with 
perfect good faith ; and for that purpose found themselves com- 
pelled since the commencement of the late war, to separate them- 
selves from the rest of their nation and remove to the Missouri 
river, where they have continued to give proofs of their friendship 
and fidelity ; And whereas the United States, justly appreciating 
the conduct of said Indians, are disposed to do them the most 
ample justice that is practicable ; the said parties have agreed to 
the following articles : 

Art. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves, 
and that portion of the Sacs which they represent, do hereby 
assent to the treaty between the United States of America, and the 
united tribes of Sacs and Foxes, which was concluded at St. Louis, 
on the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and 
four; and they moreover promise to do all in their power to 
re-establish and enforce the same. 

Art. 2. The said chiefs and warriors, for themselves and those 
they represent, do further promise to remain distinct and separate 
from the Sacs of Rock river, giving them no aid or assistance 
whatever, until peace shall also be concluded between the United 
States and the said Sacs of Rock river. 

Art. 3. The United States on their part promise to allow the 
said Sacs of the Missouri river, all the rights and privileges 
secured to them by the treaty of St. Louis before mentioned, and 
also, as soon as practicable, to furnish them with a just proportion 
of the annuities stipulated to be paid by that treaty ; provided they 
shall continue to comply with this and their former treaty. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
aforesaid chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their 
names and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of September, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
fifteen, and of the independence of the United States the 
fortieth. 



180 



FOXES. 



Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Shamaga, or the lance, his x mark, ' l. s. 

Weesaka, or the Devil, his x mark, l. s. 

Catchemackeseo, the big eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Chekaqua, or he that stands by the tree, his x mark, l. s. 

Kataka, or the sturgeon, his x mark, l. s. 

Mecaitch, or the eagle, his x mark, l. s* 

Neshota, or the twin, his x mark, l. s. 

Quashquammee, or the jumping fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Chagasort, or the blues' son, his x mark, l. s. 

Pecama, or the plumb, his x mark, l. s. 

Namachewana Chaha, or the Sioux, his x mark, l. s. 

Nanochaatasa, or the brave by hazard, l. s. 

Bone at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- Samuel Whiteside, Captain, 

mission, J. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 

Thomas Levers, Lieutenant Col. and Ind. Agent, 

commanding 1st Regt. L T. Maurice Blondeaux, 

P. Chouteau, Agent, Samuel Solomon, > T . , 

T. Paul, C. C. T. Noel Mograine, $ lnterp rSm 

James B. Moore, Captain, Daniel Converse, 3d Lieut. 



FOXES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 14, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark, JVznian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America,- on 
the part and behalf of the said States of the one part, and the 
undersigned king, chiefs and warriors of the Fox tribe or nation 
on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things and in every respect, on the same 
footing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Fox tribe or nation. 



FOXES. 



181 



Art. 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise 
and oblige themselves reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners 
now in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have 
come into their possession,) to the officer commanding at fort 
Clark, on the Illinois river, to be by him restored to their respective 
nations as soon as it may be practicable. 

Art. 4. The said Fox tribe or nation do hereby assent to, 
recognize, re-establish and confirm the treaty of St. Louis which 
was concluded on the third day of November, one thousand eight 
hundred and four, to the full extent of their interest in the same, 
as well as all other contracts and agreements between the parties ; 
and the United States promise to fulfil all the stipulations con- 
tained in the said treaty in favor of the said Fox tribe or nation. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
aforesaid king, chiefs and warriors of the Fox tribe or nation, 
aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals this fourteenth day of September, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the 



independence of the United States the fortieth. 

Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Pierremaskkin, the fox who walks crooked, his x mark, l. s. 

Muckkatawagout, black cloud, his x mark, l. s. 
Namasosanamet, he who surpasses all others, his x mark, l. s. 

Waapaca, his x mark, l. s. 

Mackkatananamakee, the black thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Pashechenene, the liar, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapasai, the white skin, his x mark, l. s. 

Catchacommu, big lake, his x mark, l. s. 

Malasenokama, the war chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Kechaswa, the sun, his x mark, l. s. 

Mataqua, the medical woman, his x mark, l. s. 

Paquampa, the bear that sits, his x mark, l. s. 

Aquoqua, the kettle, his x mark, l. s. 

Nemarqua, his x mark, l. s. 

Machenamau, the bad fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Pesotaka, the flying fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Mishecaqua, the hairy legs, his x mark, l. s. 

Capontwa, all at once, his x mark, l. s. 

Mowhinin, the wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Omquo, his x mark, l. s. 

Wonakasa, the quick riser, his x mark, l. s. 

Nauatawaka, the scenting fox, his x mark, l. s. 



182 



10 WAYS. 



Done at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 



R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- 



mission, 



Thomas Levens, Lt. Col. ComoVt 

1st Regt. I. T. 
P. Chouteau, Agent, 
T. Paul, C. C. T. 
James B. Moore, Captain, 



Samuel Whiteside, Captain, 
Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 

and I. Agent, 
Maurice Blondeaux, 
Samuel Solomon, ) j.^ 
Noel Mograine, ] lnWp rS ' 
Daniel Converse, 3d Lieut. 



IOWAYS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 16, 1815. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- 
signed king, chiefs, and warriors of the loway tribe or nation, 
on the part and behalf of the said tribe or nation, of the other 
part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United states, and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things and in every respect on the same foot- 
ing upon which they stood before the war, have agreed to the fol- 
lowing articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States and all the individuals com- 
posing the said loway tribe or nation. 

Art. 3. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and 
oblige themselves reciprocally, to deliver up all the prisoners now 
in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have come 
into their possession,) to the officer commanding at St. Louis, to 
be by him restored to their respective nations, as soon as it may 
be practicable. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties, in the sincerity of mutual 
friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and every treaty, 
contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the United 
States and the said loway tribe or nation. * 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 

and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 

aforesaid king, chiefs, and warriors, have hereunto subscribed 

their names and affixed their seals, this sixteenth day of Sep- 

* This appears to be the first treaty concluded with this tribe of Indians, under the 
name of loways. 



KANZAS. 



183 



Hember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 

and fifteen, and of the independence of the United States 
the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Wyingwaha, or hard heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Wongehehronyne, or big chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Wonehee, or the slave, his x mark, l. s. 

Hahraga, the forked horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Eniswahanee, the big axe, his x mark, l. s. 

Washcommanee, the great marcher, his x mark, l. s. 
Wyimppishcoonee, the ill-humoured man, his x mark, l. s. 

Ranoingga, the little pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wohomppee, the broth, his x mark, l. s. 

. Shongatong, the horse jockey, his x mark, l. s. 

Nahocheininugga, without ears, his x mark, l. s. 

Conja, the plumb, his x mark, l. s. 

Chahowhrowpa, the dew-lap, his x mark, l. s. 

Manuhanu, the great walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Chapee, the pine buffaloe, his x mark, l. s. 

Okugwata, the roller, his x mark, l. s. 

Ishtagrasa, grey eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at Portage des Sioux, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- Jno. W. Johnson, U. S. Factor 

mission, and IndianAgent, 

Dl. Bissel, Brig. Gen. Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, 

R. Paul, C. C. T. Maurice Blondeaux, 

Samuel Brady, Lieut. Louis Dorion, 

Geo. Fisher, Surgeon III. Regt. Dennis Julien, 
P. Chouteau, Agent, Jas. McCulloch, Capt. 



KANZAS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 28, 1815. ] 

A treaty cf peace and friendship made and concluded between Mi- 
nian Edwards and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners plenipoten- 
tiary of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of 
the said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors of the Kanzas tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of 
their said tribe, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being 
placed, in all things, and in every respect, upon the same footing 
upon which they stood before the late war between the United 
States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 



184 



KANZAS. 



Art. %. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other shall be mutually forgiven and 
forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Kanzas tribe, and all the friendly rela- 
tions that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the 
same are hereby renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under 
the protection of the United States of America, and of no other 
nation, power or sovereign whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said Ninian Edwards and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs aforesaid, 
have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, 
this twenty-eighth day of October, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, and of the indepen- 
dence of the United States the fortieth. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Cayezettanzaw, or the big chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Needapy, his x mark, l. s. 
Hazeware, or the buck elk running after the doe, his 

xmark, l. s. 

Wahanzasby, or the endless, his x mark, l. s. 

Cayebasneenzaw, or the little chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Manshenscaw, or the white plume, his x mark, l. s. 

Cayegettsazesheengaw, or the old chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Mocupamawny, or the walking cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Washanzare, his x mark, l. s. 

Ezashabe, his x mark, l, s. 
Kaehamony, or the floating down stream, his x mark, l. s. 

Opasheeza, his x mark, l. s. 

Karahsheenzaw, or the little crow, his xmark, l. s. 

Metanezaw, or the foolish robe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wehurasudze, or the red eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Necolebran, or he who can smell a man, his x mark, l. s. 

Mannanedze, his x mark, l. s. 

Watankezaw, his x mark, l. s. 
Taritchu, or the cow's rib. ' l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- G. H. Kennerly, 

mission, Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Taylor Berry, 

Ja. Kennerly, C. Indian Dept. Antoine Barada, ) j nterJ)reters 
Christian Witt, Paul Desjardins, ) F 

Gabriel S. Chouteau, Ensign M. M. 



CHEROKEES. 



185 



CHEROKEES. , 

[concluded march 22, 1816.] 

-Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington, 
on the twenty-second day of March, one thousand eight hundred 
and sixteen, between George Graham, being specially authorized 
by the President of the United States thereto, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, duly autho- 
rized and empowered by the said nation. 

Art. 1. Whereas the executive of the State of South Carolina, 
has made an application to the President of the United States to 
extinguish the claim of the Cherookee nation, to that part of their 
lands which lie within the boundaries of the said State, as lately 
established and agreed upon between that State and the State of 
North Carolina ; and as the Cherokee nation is disposed to comply 
with the wishes of their brothers of South Carolina, they have 
agreed and do hereby agree, to cede to the State of South Carolina, 
and forever quit claim to the tract of country contained within the 
following bounds, viz : Beginning on the east bank of the Chattuga 
river, where the boundary line of the Cherokee nation crosses the 
same, running thence with the said boundary line to a rock on the 
blue ridge, where the boundary line crosses the same, and which 
rock has been lately established as a corner to the States of North 
and South Carolina, running thence south, sixty-eight and a 
quarter degrees, west, twenty miles and thirty-two chains, to a 
rock on the Chattuga river, at the thirty-fifth degree of north 
latitude, another corner of the boundaries agreed upon by the 
States of North and South Carolina, thence down and with the 
Chattuga to the beginning. 

Art. 2. For and in consideration of the above cession, the 
United States promise and engage that the State of South Carolina 
shall pay to the Cherokee nation, or its accredited agent, the sum 
of five thousand dollars within ninety days after the President and 
Senate shall have ratified this treaty : Provided, that the Cherokee 
nation shall have sanctioned the same in council: and provided 
also that the executive of the State of South Carolina, shall 
approve of the stipulations contained in this article. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, have 
hereto set their hands and seals. 

George Graham, l. s. 

Colonel John Lowry, his x mark, l. s. 

Major John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Major Ridge, his x mark, l. s. 

24 



186 CHEROKEES. 

Richard Taylor, l. s, 

John Ross, l. s. 

Cheucunsene, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses present at signing and sealing : 

Return J. Meigs, Gid. Davis. 

Jacob Laub, 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED MARCH 22, 1816. ] 

Articles of a convention made and entered into between George 
Graham, specially authorized thereto by the President of the 
United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the 
Cherokee nation, duly authorized and empowered by the said 
nation. 

Art. 1. Whereas doubts have existed in relation to the northern 
boundary of that part of the Creek lands lying west of the Coosa 
river, and which were ceded to the United States by the treaty 
held at fort Jackson, on the ninth day of August, one thousand 
eight hundred and fourteen ; and whereas by the third article of 
the treaty, dated the 7th of January, one thousand eight hundred 
and six, between the United States and the Cherokee nation, 
the United States have recognized a claim on the part of the 
Cherokee nation to the lands south of the big bend of the 
Tennessee river, and extending as far west as a place on the 
waters of Bear creek, (a branch of the Tennessee river) known by 
the name of the Flat Rock, or stone : it is, therefore, now declared 
and agreed, that a line shall be run from a point On the west bank 
of the Coosa river, opposite to the lower end of the ten islands in 
said river, and above fort Strother, directly to the Flat Rock or 
stone, on Bear creek, (a branch of the Tennessee river:) which 
line shall be established as the boundary of the lands ceded by the 
Creek nation to the United States by the treaty held at fort Jackson 
on the ninth day of August, one thousand eight hundred and four- 
teen, and of the lands claimed by the Cherokee nation, lying west 
of the Coosa and south of the Tennessee rivers. 

Art. 2. It is expressly agreed, on the part of the Cherokee 
nation, that the United States shall have the right to lay off, open 
and have the free use of such road or roads, through any part of 
the Cherokee nation, lying north of the boundary line now estab- 
lished, as may be deemed necessary for the free intercourse 
between the States of Tennessee and Georgia, and the Mississippi 
territory. And the citizens of the United States shall freely navi- 
gate and use, as a highway, all the rivers and waters within the 
Cherokee nation. The Cherokee nation further agree, to establish 
and keep up, on the roads to be opened under the sanction of this 



CBEROKEES. 



18^ 



article, such ferries and public houses as may be necessary for the 
accommodation of the citizens of the United States. 

Art. 3. In order to preclude any dispute hereafter, relative to 
the boundary line now established, it is hereby agreed that the 
Cherokee nation shall appoint two commissioners to accompany 
the commissioners already appointed on the part of the United 
States, to run the boundary lines of the lands ceded by the Creek 
nation to the United States, while they are engaged in running 
that part of the boundary established by the first article of this 
treaty. 

Art. 4. In order to avoid unnecessary expense and delay, it is 
further agreed, that whenever the President of the United States 
may deem it expedient to open a road through any part of the 
Cherokee nation, in pursuance of the stipulations of the second 
article of this convention, the principal chief of the Cherokee 
nation, shall appoint one commissioner to accompany the commis- 
sioners appointed by the President of the United States, to lay off 
and mark the road ; and the said commissioner shall be paid by 
the United States. 

Art. 5. The United States agree to indemnify the individuals 
of the Cherokee nation for losses sustained by them in conse- 
quence of the march of the militia and other troops in the service 
of the United States, through that nation ; which losses have been 
ascertained by the agents of the United States to amount to twenty- 
five thousand five hundred dollars. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioner and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation, have 
hereunto set their hands and seals. Done at the city of 
Washington, this twenty-second day of March, one thousand 



eight hundred and sixteen, 

George Graham, l. s. 

Colonel John Lowry, his x mark, l. s. 

Major John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Major Ridge, his x mark, l. s. 

Richard Taylor, l. s. 

John Ross, l. s. 

Cheucunsene, his x mark, l, si 



Witnesses present at signing and sealing : 

Return J. Meigs, Gid. Davis. 

Jacob Laub, 



188 



SACS OF ROCK RIVER. 



SACS OF ROCK RIVER. 

[ CONCLUDED MAY 13, 1816. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark, JYinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Sacs of Rock river and 
the adjacent country, of the other part. 

Whereas by the ninth article of the treaty of peace, which was 
concluded on the twenty-fourth day of December, eighteen hun- 
dred and fourteen, between the United States and Great Britain, 
at Ghent, and which was ratified by the President, with the advice 
and consent of the Senate, on the seventeenth day of February, 
eighteen hundred and fifteen, it was stipulated that the said par- 
ties should severally put an end to all hostilities with the Indian 
tribes, with whom they might be at war, at the time of the ratifi- 
cation of said treaty ; and to place the said tribes inhabiting their 
respective territories, on the same footing upon which they stood 
before the war : Provided, they should agree to desist from all 
hostilities against the said parties, their citizens or subjects respec- 
tively, upon the ratification of the said treaty being notified to 
them, and should so desist accordingly. 

And whereas the United States being determined to execute 
every article of the treaty with perfect good faith, and wishing to 
be particularly exact in the execution of the article above alluded 
to, relating to the Indian tribes : The President, in consequence 
thereof, for that purpose, on the eleventh day of March eighteen 
hundred and fifteen, appointed the undersigned William Clark, 
governor of Missouri territory, Ninian Edwards, governor of Illi- 
nois territory, and Auguste Chouteau, esq. of the Missouri terri- 
tory, commissioners, with full power to conclude a treaty of peace 
and amity with all those tribes of Indians, conformably to the 
stipulations contained in the said article, on the part of the United 
States, in relation to such tribes. 

And whereas the commissioners, in conformity with their in- 
structions in the early part of last year, notified the Sacs of Rock 
river, and the adjacent country, of the time of the ratification of 
said treaty ; of the stipulations it contained in relation to- them ; 
of the disposition of the American government to fulfil those 
stipulations, by entering into a treaty with them, conformably 
thereto ; and invited the said Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent 
country, to send forward a deputation of their chiefs, to meet the 
said commissioners at Portage des Sioux, for the purpose of con- 
cluding such a treaty as aforesaid, between the United States and 
the said Indians, and the said Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent 



SACS OF ROCK RIVER. 



189 



country, having not only declined that friendly overture, but having 
continued their hostilities, and committed many depredations there- 
after, which would have justified the infliction of the severest 
chastisement upon them ; but having earnestly repented of their 
conduct, now imploring mercy, and being anxious to return to the 
habits of peace and friendship with the United States ; and the 
latter being always disposed to pursue the most liberal and humane 
policy towards the Indian tribes within their territory, preferring 
their reclamation by peaceful measures, to their punishment, by 
the application of the military force of the nation — Now therefore, 

The said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors, as aforesaid, for the purpose of restoring peace and 
friendship between the parties, do agree to the following articles : 

Art. 1. The Sacs of Rock river, and the adjacent country, do 
hereby unconditionally assent to recognize, re-establish, and con- 
firm the treaty between the United States of America and the united 
tribes of Sacs and Foxes, which was concluded at St. Louis, on the 
third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four ; as 
well as all other contracts and agreements, heretofore made between 
the Sac tribe or nation, and the United States. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to place the aforesaid Sacs 
of Rock river, on the same footing upon which they stood before 
the war ; provided they shall, on or before the first day of July 
next, deliver up to the officer commanding at cantonment Davis, 
on the Mississippi, all the property they, or any part of their tribe, 
have plundered or stolen, from the citizens of the United States, 
since they were notified, as aforesaid, of the time of the ratifica- 
tion of the late treaty between the United States and Great Britain. 

Art. 3. If the said tribe shall fail or neglect to deliver up the 
property aforesaid, or any part thereof, on or before the first day 
of July aforesaid, they shall forfeit to the United States all right 
and title to their proportion of the annuities which, by the treaty 
of St. Louis, were covenanted to be paid to the Sac tribe; and 
the United States shall forever afterwards be exonerated from the 
payment of so much of said annuities as, upon a fair distribution, 
would fall to the share of that portion of the Sacs who are repre- 
sented by the undersigned chiefs and warriors. 

Art. 4. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, unless the same shall be disapproved by the 
President and Senate of the United States, or by the President 
only : and in the mean time all hostilities shall cease from this 
date. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, Ninian Edwards, 
and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto 
set their hands and affixed their seals, this thirteenth day of 
May, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. 



190 



SACS OF ROCK RIVER, 



Wm. Clark, L. s 

Ninian Edwards, l. s 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s 

Anowart, or the One who speaks, his x mark, l. s 

Namawenanu, or Sturgeon Man, his x mark, l. s 

Nasawarku, or the Forks, his x mark, l. s 

Namatchesa, or the Jumping Sturgeon, his x mark, l. s 

Matchequawa, the Bad Axe, his x mark, l. s 

Mashco, or Young Eagle, his x mark, l. s 
Aquaosa, or a Lion coming out of the Water, his x 

mark, l. s 
Mucketamachekaka, or Black Sparrow Hawk, his x 

mark, l. s 

Poinaketa, or the Cloud that don't stop, his x mark, l. s 

Mealeseta, or Bad Weather, his x mark, l. s 

Anawashqueth, the Bad Root, his x mark, l. s 

Wassekenequa, or Sharp-faced Bear, his x mare, l. s 

Sakeetoo, or the Thunder that Frightens, his x mark l. s 

Warpaloka, or the Rumbling; Thunder, his x mark, l. s 
Kemealosha, or the Swari that flies in the rain, his x 

mark, l. s 

Pashekomack, or the Swan that flies low, his x mark, l. s 

Keotasheka, or the Running Partridge, his x mark, l. s 

Wapalamo, or the White Wolf, his x mark, l. s 
Caskupwa, or the Swan whose wings crack when he 

flies, his x mark, l. s 
Napetaka, or he who has a Swan's throat around his 

neck, his x mark, l. s 

Mashashe, or the Fox, his x mark, l. s 

Wapamukqua, or the White Bear, his x mark, l. s 

St. Louis, May 13th, 1816, Done in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- B. G. Tavar, 

mission, Charles Wm. Hunter, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Cerre, 

J. Bt. Caron, ) Inter reters ^ a ^ r0ix i 
Samuel Solomon, ) ^ ' Gayol de Guirano, 
Joshua N oyv ell, Judge Jldv.M.M. Boon Ingels, 



SIOUX* 



191 



SIOUX. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 1, 1816. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded between 
William Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on 
the part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors, representing eight bands of the 
Sioux, composing the three tribes called tlie Sioux of the Leaf, 
the Sioux of the Broad Leaf, and the Sioux who shoot in the 
Pine tops, on the part and behalf of their said tribes, of the other 
part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribes, and of being 
placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same footing 
upon which they stood before the late war between the United 
States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually 
forgiven and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States, and all the individuals com- 
posing the aforesaid tribes ; and all the friendly relations that 
existed between them before the war, shall be, and the same are 
hereby, renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their tribes respectively, do, by these presents, confirm to the 
United States all and every cession, or cessions, of land heretofore 
made by their tribes to the British, French, or Spanish government, 
within the limits of the United States or their territories ; and the 
parties here contracting do, moreover, in the sincerity of mutual 
friendship, recognize, re-establish, and confirm, all and every 
treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded between the 
United States and the said tribes or nations. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for 
themselves and their said tribes, do hereby acknowledge themselves 
to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other 
nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto 
subscribed their names and affixed their seals, this first day 
of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States the 
fortieth. 



192 



SIOUX. 



William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s, 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Tatamanee, the Marching Wind, his x mark, l. s. 
Warmadearwarup, the Man who looks at the Calumet Eagle, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Peneshon, his x mark, l. s. 

Kanggawashecha, or French Crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Eanggamanee, the Runner, his x mark, l. s. 

Tatangascartop, the Playing Buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 
Tatangamarnee, the Walking Buffalo, or Red Wing, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Warseconta, who shoots in the Pine tops, his x mark, l. s. 

Weeshto, the Shoulder, his x mark, l. s. 

Warmarnosa, the Thief, his x mark, l. s. 

Shutkaongka, the Bird on the Limb, his x mark, l. s. 

Shakaska, White Nails, his x mark, l. s. 

Shuskamanee, the Walking Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Manakohomonee, the Turning Iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Oocus, the Watchman, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahataka, the Humming Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Eaohungko, the Man who marches quick, his x mark, l. s. 

Medermee, the Muddy Lake, his x mark, l. s. 

Tataw^aka, the Medicine Wind, his x mark, l. s. 

Warshushasta, the Bad Hail, his x mark, l. s. 

Eoshark, the Belly- Ache, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuquaacundup, the Doctor, his x mark, l. s. 

Onudokea, the Fluttering Eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusarquarp, he that walks with a Cane, his x mark, l. s. 

Markpeasena, the Black Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 
Warksuamanee, the Man who is sick when he walks, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Otanggamanee, the Man with a strong voice, his x mark, l. s. 
Hungkrehearpee, or the Half of his Body Gray, his x mark, l. s. 

Warpearmusee, the Iron Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Etoagungamanee, the White Face, his x mark, l. s. 

Warchesunsapa, the Negro, his x mark, l. s. 

Ehaarp, the Climber, his x mark, l. s. 

Nahre, the Shifting Shadow, his x mark, l. s. 

Hapula, the fourth Son, his x mark, l. s. 

Marcawachup, the Dancer, his x mark, l. s. 

Shantanggaup, the Big Tree, his x mark, l. s. 

Shongkaska, the White Big-eared Dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Hasanee, the Buffalo with one Horn, his x mark, l. s. 
Narissakata, the Old Man who can hardly walk, his x mark, l. s. 

Aearpa, the Speaker, his x mark, l. s. 

Muckpeasarp, the Black Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 



WINNEBAGOES. 



Done at St. Louis, 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- 
mission, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the C. 

Wm. O. Allen, Captain United 
States Corps Artillery, 

H. S. Gejer, 

Joshua Nor veil, Judge Adv. M. M. 
N. Boilvin, Agent, 
Thomas Forsyth, L Agent, 



in the presence of 

Maurice Blondeaux, 
Henry Delorier, Interpreter, 
Pierre Lapointe, Interpreter, 
Samuel Solomon, Interpreter , 
Jacques Mette, Interpreter, 
Cere, 

Richard Cave, 
Willi Cave, 
Julius Pescay* 



WINNEBAGOES. 

[CONCLUDED JUNE 3, 1816.] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between Wil- 
liam Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Atcguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, on the 
part and behalf of the said States, of the one part, and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors of that portion of the Winnebago tribe 
or nation residing on the Ouisconsin river, of the other part. 

Whereas the undersigned chiefs and warriors, as well as that 
portion of the nation which they represent, have separated them- 
selves from the rest of their nation, and reside in a village on the 
Ouisconsin river, and are desirous of returning to a state of friendly 
relations with the United States, the parties hereto have agreed to 
the following articles: 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, committed by one or 
either of the contracting parties against the other, shall be mutu- 
ally forgiven and forgot ; and all the friendly relations that existed 
between them before the late war, shall be, and the same are hereby, 
renewed. 

Art. 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and those they represent, do, by these presents, confirm to the 
United States all and every cession of land heretofore made by 
their nation to the British, French, or Spanish government, within 
the limits of the United States, or their territories ; and also, all 
and every treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore concluded 
between the United States and the said tribe or nation, as far as 
their interest in the same extends. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for 
themselves and those they represent, do hereby acknowledge 
themselves to be under the protection of the United States, and of 
no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The aforesaid chiefs and warriors, for themselves and 
25 



194 



WINNEBAGOES. 



those they represent, do further promise to remain distinct and 
separate from the rest of their tribe or nation, giving them no aid 
or assistance whatever, until peace shall also be concluded between 
the United States and the said tribe or nation. 

Art. 5. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise, and 
oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all prisoners now in 
their hands (by what means soever the same may have come into 
their possession) to the officer commanding at Prairie du Chien, to 
be by him restored to the respective parties hereto, as soon as it 
may be practicable. 

In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names, and affixed their seals, this third day of 
June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and sixteen, and of the independence of the United States, 
the fortieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Choukeka, or Dekare, the Spoon, his x mark, l. s. 
Onunaka, or Karamanu, his x mark, l. s. 

Achahouska, the White Sky, his x mark, l. s. 

Chenapinka, the Good House, his x mark, l. s. 

Makamka, the Earth, his x mark, l. s. 

Wechoka, the Green Feather, his x mark, l. s. 

Shougkapar, the Dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Nekousaa, the Main Channel, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapanoneker, the Bear, his mark, l. s. 

Opwarchickwaka, the Rain, his x mark, l. s. 

Chepurganika, the little Buffalo Head, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the com- Maurice Blondeaux, I. Agent, 

mission, Henry Delorier, Interpreter, 

R. Paul, C. T. of the C. Pierre Lapointe, Interpreter, 

Wm. O. Allen, Captain U. S. Baptiste Pereault, Interpreter, 

Corps of Artillery, Samuel Solomon, Interpreter, 

N. Boilvin, Agent, Jacques Mette, Interpreter. 
Thomas Forsyth, I. Agent, 



WEAS AND KICKAPOOS. 195 



WEAS AND KICKAPOOS. 

[CONCLUDED JUNE 4, 1816.] 

Articles of a treaty made and entered into at fort Harrison, in the 
Indiana Territory , between Benjamin Parke, specially authorized 
thereto by the President of the United States, of the one part, 
and the tribes of Indians called the Weas and Kickapoos, by 
their chiefs and headmen, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The Weas and Kickapoos again acknowledge them- 
selves in peace and friendship with the United States. 

Aut. 2. The said tribe acknowledge the validity of, and declare 
their determination to adhere to, the treaty of Greenville, made in 
the year seventeen hundred and ninety-five, and all subsequent 
treaties which they have respectively made with the United States. 

Art. 3. The boundary line, surveyed and marked by the 
Unitad States, of the land on the Wabash and White rivers, ceded 
in the year eighteen hundred and nine, the said tribes do hereby 
explicitly recognize and confirm, as having been executed con- 
formably to the several treaties they have made with the United 
States. 

Art. 4. The chiefs and warriors of the said tribe of the Kicka- 
poos acknowledge that they have ceded to the United States all 
that tract of country which lies between the aforesaid boundary 
line on the north west side of the Wabash — the Wabash, the Ver- 
milion river, and a line to be drawn from the north west corner of 
the said boundary line, so as to strike the Vermilion river twenty 
miles in a direct line from its mouth, according to the terms and 
conditions of the treaty they made with the United States on the 
ninth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and nine. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, and the chiefs 
and head men of the said tribes, have hereunto set their hands 
and affixed their seals, at fort Harrison, in the Indiana territory, 
the fourth day of June, in the year of our Lord, one thousand 



eight hundred and sixteen. 

B. Parke. l. s. 

weas. Mesaupeekaunga, orGamlan, his x mark, l. s. 

Jacco, his x mark, l. s. 

Kesanguekamya, or Buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

Chequiha, or Little Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 
Mahquakouonga, or Negro Legs, his x mark, l. s . 

Pequaih, or George, his x mark, l. s. 

Kenokosetah, or Long Body, his x mark, l. s. 

Owl, (a Miami) his x mark, l. s. 

Mahchekeleatah, or Big Man, (a Miami,) his x 

mark, l. s. 



196 



OTTAWA S, CHIPPEWAS,, ETC. 



kickapoos, Sheshepah, or Little Duck, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaanehkaka, or Drunkard's Son, his x mark, l. s. 

Shekonah, or Stone, his x mark, l. s. 

Mahquah, or Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Penashee, or Little Turkey, his x mark, l. s. 

Mehtahkokeah, or Big Tree, his x mark, l. a. 

Mauquasconiah, or Big Tree, his x mark, L. s. 

Keetahtey, or Little Otter, his x mark, l. s. 

Nepiseeah, or Blackberry, his x mark, l. s. 
Pehsquonatah, or Blackberry Flower, his x mark, l. s. 

Tecumthena, or Track in Prairie, his x mark, l. s. 

Done in the presence of 

John L. McCollough, Secretary Henry Gilham, of Vincennes, 

to the commission, N. B. Baily, of Vincennes, 

John T. Chunn, Major, Com- G. C. Copp, 

manding Fort Harrison, Michael Brouillet, Interpreter, at 

Gab. I. Floyd, Lieutenant United Fort Harrison, 

States Army, Joseph Barron, sworn Interpre- 

Th. Me Call, of Vincennes, ter. 



OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 24, 1816. } 

A treaty of peace, friendship, and limits, made and concluded be- 
tween Ninian Edwards, William Clark, and Auguste Chouteau, 
commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States of America, 
on the pari and behalf of said States of the one part, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the united tribes of Ottawas, Chippawas, 
and Potawatomies, residing on the Illinois and Melwakee rivers, 
and their waters, and 071 the southtoestern parts of Lake Michigan, 
of the other part. 

Whereas a serious dispute has for some time past existed between 
the contracting parties relative to the right to a part of the lands 
ceded to the United States by the tribes of Sacs and Foxes, on 
the third day of November, one thousand eight hundred and four, 
and both parties being desirous of preserving a harmonious and 
friendly intercourse, and of establishing permanent peace and 
friendship, have, for the purpose of removing all difficulties, agreed 
to the following terms : 

Art. 1. The said chiefs and warriors, for themselves and the 
tribe they represent, agree to relinquish, and hereby do relinquish, 
to the United States, all their right, claim, and title, to all the land 
contained in the beforementioned cession of the Sacs and Foxes, 



OTTAWA S j CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



197 



which lies south of a due west line from the southern extremity of 
lake Michigan to the Mississippi river. And they moreover cede 
to the United States all the land contained within the following 
bounds, to wit : beginning on the left bank of the Fox river of 
Illinois, ten miles above the mouth of said Fox river ; thence run- 
ning so as to cross Sandy creek, ten miles above its mouth ; 
thence in a direct line, to a point ten miles north of the west end 
of the Portage, between Chicago creek, which empties into lake 
Michigan, and the river Depleines, a fork of the Illinois ; thence, 
in a direct line, to a point on lake Michigan, ten miles north- 
ward of the mouth of Chicago creek ; thence, along the lake, to 
a point ten miles southward of the mouth of the said Chi- 
cago creek ; thence, in a direct line, to a point on the Kanka- 
kee, ten miles above its mouth ; thence, with the said Kankakee 
and the Illinois river, to the mouth of Fox river, and thence to the 
beginning : Provided, nevertheless. That the said tribes shall be 
permitted to hunt and to fish within the limits of the land hereby 
relinquished and ceded, so long as it may continue to be the pro- 
perty of the United States. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid relinquishment and 
cession, the United States have this day delivered to said tribes a 
considerable quantity of merchandise, and do agree to pay them, 
annually, for the term of twelve years, goods to the value of one 
thousand dollars, reckoning that value at the first cost of the goods 
in the city or place in which they shall be purchased, without any 
charge for transportation ; which said goods shall be delivered to 
the said tribes at some place on the Illinois river, not lower down 
than Peoria. And the said United States do moreover agree to 
relinquish to the said tribes all the land contained in the aforesaid 
cession of the Sacs and Foxes, which lies north of a due west line, 
from the southern extremity of lake Michigan to the Mississippi 
river, except three leagues square at the mouth of the Ouisconsin 
river, including both banks, and such other tracts, on or near to the 
Ouisconsin and Mississippi rivers, as the President of the United 
States may think proper to reserve ; Provided, That such other 
tracts shall not in the whole exceed the quantity that would be 
contained in five leagues square. 

Art. 3. The contracting parties, that peace and friendship may 
be permanent, promise that in all things whatever, they will act 
with justice and correctness towards each other, and that they 
will, with perfect good faith, fulfil all the obligations imposed upon 
them by former treaties. 

In witness whereof, the said Ninian Edwards, William Clark, and 
Auguste Chouteau, commissioners aforesaid, and the chiefs 
and warriors of the aforesaid tribes, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-fourth 
day of August, one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and 
of the independence of the United States the forty-first 



198 



OTTAWA S, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



Ninian Edwards, l 

William Clark, l 

Auguste Chouteau, l 

Mucketeypokee, or Black Partridge, his x mark, l 
Sinnowchewone, by his brother Ignatius, his x mark, l 

Mucketepennese, or Black Bird, his x mark, l 

Bendegakewa, his x mark, l 

Pemasaw, or Walker, his x mark, l 

Ontawa, l 

Nangesay, alias Stout, his x mark, l 

Charnblee, his x mark, l 

Cacake, his x mark, l 

Shawanoe, his x mark, l 

Wapunsy, his x mark, l 

Cunnepepy, his x mark, l 

Wonesee, his x mark, l 

. Richeikeming, or Lake, his x mark, l 

Cabenaw, his x mark, l 

Opaho, his x mark, l 

Cowwesaut, his x mark, l 

Chekinaka, his x mark, l 

Macheweskeaway, his x mark, l 

Spanquissee, his x mark, l 

Ignatius, his x mark, l 

Takaonenee, his x mark, l 

Ottawonce, his x mark, l 

Tawwaning, or Trader, his x mark, l 

Cashshakee, his x mark, l 

Nigigwash, his x mark, l 

Sheshebungge, l 

Mowais, or Little Wolf, his x mark, l 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, P. Provenchere, Interpreter 
R. Graham, Indian Agent for the the Commissioners, 

Territory of Illinois, Maurice Blondeaux, Indian 

Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, Agent, 
J. Maul, Lieutenant 8th Regi- John Ruland. 



merit of Infantry, 



CKEROKEES. 



199 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 14, 1816. ] 

To perpetuate peace and friendship between the United States and 
Cherokee tribe or nation of Indians, and to remove all future 
causes of dissention which may arise from indefinite territorial 
boundaries, the President of the United States of Jlmerica, by 
major-general Jlndrew Jackson, general David Meriwether, and 
Jesse Franklin, esquire, commissioners plenipotentiary on the one 
part, and the Cherokee delegates on the other, covenant and agree 
to the following articles and conditions, which, when approved 
by the Cherokee nation, and constitutionally ratified by the go- 
vernment of the United States, shall be binding on all parties. 

Art. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established 
between the United States and Cherokee nation or tribe of Indians. 

Art. 2. The Cherokee nation acknowledge the following as 
their western boundary : South of the Tennessee river, commencing 
at camp Coffee, on the south side of the Tennessee river, which 
is opposite the Chickasaw Island, running from thence a due south 
course to the top of the dividing ridge between the waters of the 
Tennessee and Tombigbee rivers, thence eastwardly along said 
ridge, leaving the head waters of the Black Warrior to the right 
hand, until opposed by the west branch 'of Will's creek, down the 
east bank of said creek to the Coosa river, and down said river. 

Art. 3. The Cherokee nation relinquish to the United States 
all claim, and cede all title to lands lying south and west of the 
line, as described in the second article; and, in consideration of 
said relinquishment and cession, the commissioners agree to allow 
the Cherokee nation an annuity of six thousand dollars, to continue 
for ten successive years, and five thousand dollars, to be paid in 
sixty days after the ratification of the treaty, as a compensation for 
any improvements which the said nation may have had on the lands 
surrendered. 

Art. 4. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that 
the line, as described in the second article, shall be ascertained and 
marked by commissioners, to be appointed by the President of the 
United States ; that the marks shall be bold ; trees to be blazed on 
both sides of the line, and the fore and aft trees to be marked with 
the letters U. S.; that the commissioners shall be accompanied by 
two persons, to be appointed by the Cherokee nation, and that said 
nation shall have due and seasonable notice when said operation 
is to be commenced. 

Art. 5. It is stipulated that the Cherokee nation will meet 
general Andrew Jackson, general David Meriwether, and Jesse 
Franklin, esquire, in council, at Turkey's Town, Coosa river, on 
the 28th September, instant, there and then to express their appro- 



200 



CHEROKEES. 



bation, or not, of the articles of this treaty ; and if they do not 
assemble at the time and place specified, it is understood that the 
said commissioners may report the same as a tacit ratification, on 
the part of the Cherokee nation, of this treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and undersigned 
chiefs and delegates of the Cherokee nation, have hereto set 
their hands and seals. Done at the Chickasaw council house, 
this fourteenth day of September, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and sixteen. 

Andrew Jackson, 
D. Meriwether, 
J. Franklin, 
Toochalar, 
Oohulookee, 
Wososey, 
Gousa, 
Spring Frog, 
Oowatata, 



L. S. 


John Beuge, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


John Bawldridge, 


L. 


S. 


L. S. 


Sallocooke Fields, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


George Guess, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


Bark, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


Campbell, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


Spirit, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


Young Wolf, 


L. 


s. 


L. S. 


Oolitiskee. 


L. 


s. 


Witness. 







John Gordon, 
John Rhea, 

Thomas Wilson, Interpreter for 

the Cherokees, 
A. McCoy, Interpreter for the 

Cherokees. 



James Gadsden, Secretary to the 

Commissioners , 
Arthur P. Hayne, Inspector 

General, Division of the So uth, 
James C. Bronaugh, Hospital 

Surgeon, United States Army, 

Ratified at Turkey Town, by the whole Cherokee nation in 
council assembled. In testimony whereof, the subscribing 
commissioners of the United States, and the undersigned 
chiefs and warriors of the Cherokee nation, have hereto set 
their hands and seals, this fourth day of October, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen. 

Andrew Jackson, l. s. 

D. Meriwether, l. s. 

Path Killer, his x mark, l. s. 

The Glass, his x mark, l. s. 

Sour Mush, his x mark, l. s. 

Chulioa, his x mark, l. s. 

Dick Justice, his x mark, l. s. 

Richard Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

Bark, his x mark, l. s. 

The Boot, his x mark, l. s. 

Chickasawlua, his x mark, l. s. 

witness. 



James Gadsden, Secretary, 
Return J. Meigs, 



Richard Taylor, Interpreter, 
A. McCoy, Interpreter. 



CHICKASAWS. 



201 



CHICKASAWS. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1816.] 

To settle all territorial controversies, and to perpetuate that peace 
and harmony which has long happily subsisted between the United 
States and Chickasaw nation, the President of the United States 
of America, by Major General Andrew Jackson, General David 
Meriwether, and Jesse Franklin, esquire, on the one part, and the 
whole Chickasaw nation, in council assembled, on the other, have 
agreed on the following articles, which, when ratified by the Pre- 
sident, with the advice and consent of the Senate of the United 
States, shall be binding on all parties. 

Art. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established and 
perpetuated between the United States of America and Chickasaw 
nation. 

Art. 2. The Chickasaw nation cede to the United States (with 
the exception of such reservations as shall hereafter be specified) 
all right or title to lands on the north side of the Tennessee river, 
and relinquish all claim to territory on the south side of said river, 
and east of a line commencing at the mouth of Caney creek, run- 
ning up said creek to its source, thence a due south course to the 
ridge path, or commonly called Gaines' road, along said road south- 
westwardly to a point on the Tombigby river, well known by the 
name of the Cottongin port, and down the west bank of the Tom- 
bigby to the Choctaw boundary. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the relinquishment of claim, and 
cession of lands, made in the preceding article, the commissioners 
agree to allow the Chickasaw nation twelve thousand dollars per 
annum for ten successive years, and four thousand five hundred 
dollars to be paid in sixty days after the ratification of this treaty, 
into the hands of Levi Colbert, as a compensation for any improve- 
ments which individuals of the Chickasaw nation may have had 
on the lands surrendered ; that is to say, two thousand dollars for 
improvements on the east side of the Tombigby, and two thousand 
five hundred dollars for improvements on the north side of the 
Tennessee river. 

Art. 4. The commissioners agree that the following tracts of 
land shall be reserved to the Chickasaw nation : 

1. One tract of land for the use of Col. George Colbert and 
heirs, and which is thus described by said Colbert: "Beginning 
on the north bank of the Tennessee river, at a point that, running 
north four miles, will include a big spring, about half way between 
his ferry and the mouth of Cypress, it being a spring that a large 
cow-path crosses its branch near where a cypress tree is cut down ; 
thence westwardly to a point, four miles from the Tennessee river, 
26 



202 



CHICKASAWS. 



and standing due north of a point on the north bank of the river, 
three miles below his ferry on the Tennessee river, and up the 
meanders of said river to the beginning point. 

2. A tract of land, two miles square, on the north of the Ten- 
nessee river, and at its junction with Beach creek, for the use of 
Appassantubby and heirs. 

3. A tract of land, one mile square, on the north side of the 
Tennessee river, for the use of John McCleish and heirs, the said 
tract to be so run as to include ? the said McCleish's settlement and 
improvements on the north side of Buffalo creek. 

4. Two tracts of land, containing forty acres each, on the south 
side of Tennessee river, and about two and a half miles below the 
Cottongin port, on the Tombigby river, which tracts of land will 
be pointed out by Major Levi Colbert, and for the use of said 
Colbert and heirs. 

It is stipulated, that the above reservation shall appertain to the 
Chickasaw nation only so long as they shall be occupied, cultivated, 
or used, by the present proprietors or heirs ; and in the event of 
all, or either of said tracts of land, so reserved, being aban- 
doned by the present proprietors or heirs, each tract or tracts of 
land so abandoned, shall revert to the United States, as a portion 
of that territory ceded by the second article of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that 
the line on the south side of the Tennessee river, as described in 
the second article of this treaty, shall be ascertained and marked 
by commissioners to be appointed by the President of the United 
States ; that the marks shall be bold, trees to be blazed on both sides 
of the line, and the fore and aft trees to be marked with the letters 
U. S. That the commissioners shall be attended by two persons, 
to be designated by the Chickasaw nation, and that the said nation 
shall have due and seasonable notice when said operation is to be 
commenced. 

Art. 6. In consideration of the conciliatory disposition evinced 
during the negotiation of this treaty, by the Chickasaw chiefs and 
warriors, but more particularly as a manifestation of the friendship 
and liberality of the President of the United States, the commis- 
sioners agree to give, on the ratification of this treaty, to Chin- 
nubby, king of the Chickasaws, to Tishshomingo, William McGil- 
very, Arpasarshtubby, Samuel Seeley, James Brown, Levi Colbert, 
Ickaryoucullaha, George Pettagrove, Immartarharmicko, Chicka- 
saw chiefs, and to Malcum McGee, interpreter, one hundred and 
fifty dollars each, in goods or cash, as may be preferred ; and to 
Major William Glover, Col. George Colbert, Captain Rabbit, 
Hoparyeahoummar, Immoukelourshsharhoparyea, Hoparyeahoul- 
lartir, Tushkerhopoyyea, Hoparyeahoummar, jun. Immoukelushar- 
hopoyyea, James Colbert, Coweamarthlar, and Illachouwarhopo- 
yea, military leaders, one hundred dollars each ; and as a particular 
mark of distinction and favor for his long services and faithful 



CHICKASAWS. 



203 



adherence to the United States' Government, the commissioners 
agree to allow to General William Colbert an annuity of one hun- 
dred dollars, for and during his life. 

Art. 7. "Whereas the chiefs and warriors of the Chickasaw 
nation have found, from experience, that the crowd of pedlars, who 
are constantly traversing their nation, from one end to the other, is 
of a serious disadvantage to the nation ; that serious misunder- 
standings and disputes frequently take place, as well as frauds," 
which are often practised on the ignorant and uninformed of the 
nation ; therefore, it is agreed by the commissioners on the part of 
the government, and the chiefs of the nation, that no more licenses 
shall be granted by the agent of the Chickasaws to entitle any 
person or persons to trade or traffic merchandise in said nation ; 
and that any person or persons, whomsoever, of the white people, 
who shall bring goods and sell them in the nation contrary to this 
article, shall forfeit the whole of his or their goods, one half to the 
nation and the other half to the government of the United States ; 
in all cases where this article is violated, and the goods are taken 
or seized, they shall be delivered up to the agent, who shall hear 
the testimony, and judge accordingly." 

This article was presented to the commissioners by the chiefs 
and warriors of the Chickasaw nation, and by their particular soli- 
citation embraced in this treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and undersigned 
chiefs and warriors have set their hands and seals. 

Done at the Chickasaw council house, this twentieth day of 
September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 



dred and sixteen. 

Andrew Jackson, l. s. 

D. Meriwether, l. s. 

J. Franklin, l. s. 

Chinnubby, King, his x mark, l. s. 

Tishshomingo, his x mark, l. s. 

William McGilvery, his x mark, l. s. 

Arpasarhtubby, his x mark, l. s. 

Samuel Seeley, his x mark, l. s. 

James Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

Levi Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

Ickaryoucuttaha, his x mark, l. s. 

George Pettygrove, his x mark, l. s. 

Immartarharmicco, his x mark, l. s. 

Maj. Gen. Wm. Colbert, his x mark, l. 

Major William Glover, his x mark, l. s. 

Major George Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Rabbit, his x mark, l. s. 

Hopoyeahoummar, his x mark, l. s. 

Immouklusharhopoyea, his x mark, l. s. 



204 



CHOCTAWS. 



Hopoyeahoullarter, his x mark, l. s. 

Tushkarhopoyea, his x mark, l. s. 

Hopoyeahoummar, jr. his x mark, l. s. 

Immouklusharhopyea, his x mark, l. s. 

James Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

Coweamarthtar, his x mark, l. s. 

Illachouwarhopoyea, his x mark, l. s. 

Witness : 



James Gadsden, Secretary y Malcum McGee, 

William Cocke, James Colbert, Interpreter. 

John Rhea, 



CHOCTAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 24, 1816. ] 

A treaty of cession between the United States of America and the 
Choctaw nation of Indians. 

James Madison, President of the United States of America, by 
general John Coffee, John Rhea, and John McKee, esquires, com- 
missioners on the part of the United States, duly authorized for 
that purpose, on the one part, and the mingoes, leaders, captains, 
and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in general council assembled, 
in behalf of themselves and the whole nation, on the other part, 
have entered into the following articles, which, when ratified by 
the President of the United States, with the advice and consent of 
the Senate, shall be obligatory on both parties : 

Art. 1. The Choctaw nation, for the consideration hereafter 
mentioned, cede to the United States all their title and claim to 
lands lying east of the following boundary, beginning at the mouth 
of Ooktibbuha, the Chickasaw boundary, and running from thence 
down the Tombigby river, until it intersects the northern boundary 
of a cession made to the United States by the Choctaws, at Mount 
Dexter, on the 16th November, 1805. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cession, the United 
States engage to pay to the Choctaw nation the sum of six thou- 
sand dollars annually, for twenty years ; they also agree to pay 
them in merchandise, to be delivered immediately on signing the 
present treaty, the sum of ten thousand dollars. 

Done and executed in full and open council, at the Choctaw 
trading house, this twenty-fourth day of October, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and sixteen, and of 
the independence of the United States the forty-first. 

John Coffee, l. s. 

John Rhea, l. s, 



MENOMENEES. 



205 



John McKee, l. s 

Mushoolatubbee, his x mark, l. s 

Pooshamallaha, his x mark, l. s. 

Pukshunnubbu, his x mark, l. s. 

General Terror, his x mark, l. s. 

Choctaw Eestannokee, his x mark, l. s. 
General Humming Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Talking warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

David Folsom, l. s. 

Bob Cole, his x mark, l. s. 

Oofuppa, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoopoieeskitteenee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoopoieemiko, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoopoieethoma, his x mark, l. s. 



Witness : 

Tho. H. Williams, Secretary to M. Mackey, Interpreter, 

the Commission, Silas Dinsmoor, 

John Pitchlynn, Interpreter, R. Chamberlin, 
burner Broshear, Interpreter, 



MENOMENEES. 

[ CONCLUDED MARCH 30, 1817. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded by and 
between William Clark, JVinian Edwards, and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners on the pari and behalf of the United States 
of America, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors, deputed by the Menomenee tribe or nation of Indians, 
on the part and behalf of their said tribe or nation, of the other 
part. 

The parties, being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe or nation, and 
of being placed in all things, and in every respect, on the same 
footing upon which they stood before the late war, have agreed to 
the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury, or act of hostility, by one or either of 
the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually for- 
given and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States and all the individuals com- 
posing the said Menomenee tribe or nation. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, on the part and 
behalf of their said tribe or nation, do, by these presents, confirm 
to the United States all and every cession of land heretofore made 



206 



MENOMENEES. 



by their tribe or nation to the British, French, or Spanish govern- 
ment, within the limits of the United States, or their territories ; 
and also, all and every treaty, contract, and agreement, heretofore 
concluded between the said United States and the said tribe or 
nation. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties do hereby agree, promise and 
oblige themselves, reciprocally, to deliver up all prisoners now 
in their hands, (by what means soever the same may have come 
into their possession,) to the officer commanding at Prairie du 
Chien, to be by him restored to the respective parties hereto, as 
soon as it may be practicable. 

Art. 5. The undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, for 
themselves and those they represent, do hereby acknowledge them- 
selves to be under the protection of the United States, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the under- 
signed chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, have hereunto sub- 
scribed their names and affixed their seals, this thirtieth day 
of March, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and seventeen, and of the independence of the United 
States the forty-first. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s, 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Towanapee, Roaring Thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Weekay, the Calumet Eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Muequomota, the Fat of the Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Wacaquon, or Shomin, his x mark, l. s. 

Warbano, the Dawn, his x mark, l. s. 

Inemikee, Thunderer, his x mark, l. s. 

Lebarnaco, the Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Karkundego, his x mark, l. s. 

Shashamanee, the Elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Penoname, the Running Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- S. Gantt, Lieut. U. S. Army, 

missioners, C. M. Price, 

R. Graham, U. S. I. A. for Illi- Richard T. McKenney, 

nois Territory, Amos Kibbe, 

T. Harrison, Nathaniel Mills, 

Nimrod H. Moore, Samuel Solomon. 



OTTOES. 



207 



OTTOES. 

[concluded june 24, 1817.] 

Ji treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners on the 
part and behalf of the United States of America, of the one 
part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors, of the Ottoes tribe 
of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said tribe, of the 
other part. 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being 
placed, in all things, and in every respect, upon the same footing 
upon which they stood before the late war between the United 
States and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Ottoes tribe, and all the friendly rela- 
tions that existed between them before the war, shall be, and the 
same are hereby renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be 
under the protection of the United States of America, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs aforesaid, 
have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, 
this twenty-fourth day of June, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and seventeen, and of the indepen- 



dence of the United States the forty- first. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

ottoes, Chongatonga, Big Horse, his x mark, l. s. 

Histashone, Big Eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Mihahande, Eldest Daughter, his x mark, l. s. 

Kanseepa, the Kansee Head, his x mark, l. s, 

Montistonga, Pewter, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahagranga, Auguste, his x mark, l. s. 

Watokieka, the Runner, his x mark, l. s. 

Mantoeakiepa, Meeting of Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Achieya, Broken Arm, his x mark, l. s. 

Wathapayignet, the Small Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Mantoeignet, the Little Bow, his x mark, l. s. 



208 



PONCARARS. 



L. 



Wapontraska, White Nostrils, his x mark, 

missouries, Tarposta, Son of the Priest, his x mark, l. s. 

Kahhehpah, Crow Head, his x mark, l. s. 
Harahkraton, the Sparrow Hawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Tawequa, the Little Deer, his x mark, l. s. 

Chanohato, Buffalo Hump, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses present : 
Lewis Bissell, Acting Secretary , P. J. Nalsisor, 



Manuel Lisa, U. S. Ind. Ag. 
Benjamin O'Fallon, U. S. In- 

dian Agent, 
W. Suigely, 
Geo. G. Taylor, 
W. Tharp, 
Michl. E. Immell, 



Sam. Solomon, Interpreter, 
Stephen Julien, U. S. Indian 

Interpreter, 
Gabriel S. Chouteau, 2d Lieut. 
M. M. 

Joseph Lafleche, Interpreter, 
his x mark. 



PONCARARS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 2-5, 1817. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded between 
William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners on the part 
and behalf of the United States of America, of the one part, and 
the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Poncarar tribe of In- 
dians, on the part and of their said tribe of the other part 

The parties being desirous of re-establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and their said tribe, and of being 
placed, in all things and every respect, upon the same footing upon 
which they stood before the late war between the United States 
and Great Britain, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Poncarar tribe ; and all the friendly 
relations that existed between them before the war shall be, and the 
same are hereby renewed. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves and 
their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be under 
the protection of the United States of America, and of no other 
nation, power, or sovereign whatever. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed 
their names and affixed their seals, this twenty-fifth day of 



CHEROKEES. 



209 



June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
seventeen, and of the independence of the United States the 



forty-first. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Auguste Chouteau, l. s. 

Aquelaba, the Fighter, his x mark, l. s. 

Gradonga, Fork- tailed Hawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Shondagaha, Smoker, his x mark, l. s. 

Kihegashinga, Little Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Necawcompe, the Handsome Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Ahahpah, the Rough Buffalo Horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Showeno, the Comer, his x mark, l. s. 

Bardegara, he who stands fire, his x mark, l. s. 



Witnesses present : 

Lewis Bissel, acting Secretary to Dr. Wm. J. Clarke, 

the commissioners, B. Vasques, 

Manual Lisa, U. S. Indian Agent, Saml. Solomon, Interpreter, 

Benja. 0 'Fallon, U. S. Ind. AgH, Stephen Julien, U. S. Indian In- 
R. Graham, Indian Agent for terpreter, 

Illinois, Joseph Lafleche, Interpreter. 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 8, 1817. ] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at the Cherokee Agency, within the 
Cherokee nation, between major-general Andrew Jackson, Joseph 
McMinn, governor of the State of Tennessee, and general David 
Meriwether, commissioners plenipotentiary of the United States 
of America, of the one part, and the chiefs, head men, and 
warriors, of the Cherokee nation, east of the Mississippi river, 
and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Cherokees on the 
Arkansas river, and their deputies, John D. Chisholm and James 
Rodgers, duly authorized by the chiefs of the Cherokees on the 
Arkansas river, in open council, by written power of attorney, 
duly signed and executed, in presence of Joseph Sevier and 
William Ware. 

Whereas in the autumn of the year one thousand eight hundred 
and eight, a deputation from the Upper and Lower Cherokee 
towns, duly authorized by their nation, went on to the city of 
Washington, the first named to declare to the President of the 
United States their anxious desire to engage in the pursuits of 
agriculture and civilized life, in the country they then occupied, 
and to make known to the President of the United States the 
27 



210 



CHEROKEES. 



impracticability of inducing the nation at large to do this, and to 
request the establishment of a division line between the upper and 
lower towns, so as to include all the waters of the Hiwassee river 
to the upper town, that, by thus contracting their society within 
narrow limits, they proposed to begin the establishment of fixed 
laws and a regular government : The deputies from the lower 
towns to make known their desire to continue the hunter life, and 
also the scarcity of game where they then lived, and, under those 
circumstances, their wish to remove across the Mississippi river, 
on some vacant lands of the United States. And whereas the 
President of the United States, after maturely considering the 
petitions of both parties, on the ninth day of January, A. D. 
one thousand eight hundred and nine, including other subjects, 
answered those petitions as follows : " The United States, my 
children, are the friends of both parties, and, as far as can be 
reasonably asked, they are willing to satisfy the wishes of both. 
Those who remain may be assured of our patronage, our aid, and 
good neighborhood. Those who wish to remove, are permitted 
to send an exploring party to reconnoitre the country on the waters 
of the Arkansas and White rivers, and the higher up the better, 
as they will be the longer unapproached by our settlements, which 
will begin at the mouths of those rivers. The regular districts of 
the government of St. Louis are already laid off to the St. Francis. 

" When this party shall have found a tract of country suiting 
the emigrants, and not claimed by other Indians, we will arrange 
with them and you the exchange of that for a just portion of the 
country they leave, and to a part of which, proportioned to their 
numbers, they have a right. Every aid towards their removal, and 
what will be necessary for them there, will then be freely adminis- 
tered to them ; and when established in their new settlements, we 
shall still consider them as our children, give them the benefit of 
exchanging their peltries for what they will want at our factories., 
and always hold them firmly by the hand." 

And whereas the Cherokees, relying on the promises of the 
President of the United States, as above recited, did explore the 
country on the west side of the Mississippi, and made choice of 
the country on the Arkansas and White rivers, and settled them- 
selves down upon the United States lands, to which no other 
tribe of Indians have any just claim, and have duly notified the 
President of the United States thereof, and of their anxious desire 
for the full and complete ratification of his promise, and, to that 
end, as notified by the President of the United States, have sent 
on their agents, with full powers to execute a treaty, relinquishing 
to the United States all the right, title, and interest, to ail lands of 
right to them belonging, as part of the Cherokee nation, w T hich 
they have left, and which they are about to leave, proportioned to 
their numbers, including, with those now on the Arkansas, those 



CHEROKEES. 



211 



who are about to remove thither, and to a portion of which they 
have an equal right agreeably to their numbers. 

Now, know ye, that the contracting parties, to carry into full 
effect the before recited promises with good faith, and to promote 
a continuation of friendship with their brothers on the Arkansas 
river, and for that purpose to make an equal distribution of the 
annuities secured to be paid by the United States to the whole 
Cherokee nation, have agreed and concluded on the following 
articles, viz : 

Art. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the whole 
Cherokee nation, cede to the United States all the lands lying 
north and east of the following boundaries, viz : beginning at the 
high shoals of the Appalachy river, and running thence, along the 
boundary line between the Creek and Cherokee nations, west- 
wardly to the Chatahouchy river ; thence, up the Chatahouchy 
river, to the mouth of Souque creek ; thence, continuing with the 
general course of the river until it reaches the Indian boundary 
line, and, should it strike the Turrurar river, thence, with its 
meanders, down said river to its mouth, in part of the proportion 
of land in the Cherokee nation east of the Mississippi, to which 
those now on the Arkansas and those about to remove there are 
justly entitled. 

Art. 2. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the whole 
Cherokee nation, do also cede to the United States all the lands 
lying north and west of the following boundary lines, viz : Begin- 
ning at the Indian boundary line that runs from the north bank of 
the Tennessee river, opposite to the mouth of Hiwassee river, at a 
point on the top of Walden's ridge, where it divides the waters of 
the Tennessee river from those of the Sequatchie river ; thence, 
along the said ridge, southwardly, to the bank of the Tennessee 
river, at a point near to a place called the Negro Sugar Camp, 
opposite to the upper end of the first island above Running Water 
Town ; thence, westwardly, a straight line to the mouth of Little 
Sequatchie river ; thence, up said river to its main fork ; thence, 
up its northernmost fork to its source ; and thence, due west to the 
Indian boundary line. 

' Art. 3. It is also stipulated by the contracting parties, that a 
census shall be taken of the whole Cherokee nation, during the 
month of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and eighteen, in the following manner, viz : That the census of 
those on the east side of the Mississippi river, who declare their 
intention of removing, shall be taken by a commissioner appointed 
by the President of the United States, and a commissioner 
appointed by the Cherokees on the Arkansas river ; and the census 
of the Cherokees on the Arkansas river, and those removing there, 
and who, at that time, declare their intention of removing there, 
shall be taken by a commissioner appointed by the President of 



/ 



212 CHEROKEES. 

the United States, and one appointed by the Cherokees east of the 
Mississippi river. 

Art. 4. The contracting parties do also stipulate that the 
annuity due from the United States to the whole Cherokee nation 
for the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, is to be 
divided between the two parts of the nation in proportion to their 
numbers, agreeably to the stipulations contained in the third article 
of this treaty; and to be continued to be divided thereafter in 
proportion to their numbers; and the lands to be apportioned and 
surrendered to the United States agreeably to the aforesaid enu- 
meration, as the proportionate part, agreeably to their numbers, to 
which those who have removed, and who declare their intention to 
remove, have a just right, including these with the lands ceded in 
the first and second articles of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States bind themselves, in exchange for 
the lands ceded in the first and second articles hereof, to give to 
that part of the Cherokee nation on the Arkansas as much land on 
said river and White river as they have or may hereafter receive 
from the Cherokee nation east of the Mississippi, acre for acre, as 
the just proportion due that part of the nation on the Arkansas 
agreeably to their numbers ; which is to commence on the north 
side of the Arkansas river, at the mouth of Point Remove or 
BudwelPs Old Place ; thence by a straight line, northwardly, to 
strike Chataunga mountain, or the hill first above Shield's Ferry 
on White river, running up and between said rivers for comple- 
ment, the banks of which rivers to be the lines ; and to have the 
above line, from the point of beginning to the point on White 
river, run and marked, which shall be done soon after the ratifica- 
tion of this treaty; and all citizens of the United States, except 
Mrs. P. Lovely, who is to remain where she lives during life, 
removed from within the bounds as above named. And it is further 
stipulated, that the treaties heretofore between the Chrokee nation 
and the United States are to continue in full force with both parts 
of the nation, and both parts thereof entitled to all the immunities 
and privileges which the old nation enjoyed under the aforesaid 
treaties ; the United States reserving the right of establishing 
factories, a military post, and roads, within the boundaries above 
defined. 

Art. 6. The United States do also bind themselves to give to 
all the poor warriors who may remove to the western side of the 
Mississippi river, one rifle gun and ammunition, one blanket, and 
one brass kettle, or, in lieu of the brass kettle, a beaver trap, which 
is to be considered as a full compensation for the improvements 
which they may leave ; which articles are to be delivered at such 
point as the President of the United States may direct : and to aid 
in the removal of the emigrants, they further agree to furnish flat 
bottomed boats and provisions sufficient for that purpose : and to 
those emigrants whose improvements add real value to their lands, 



CHEROKEES. 



213 



the United States agree to pay a full valuation for the same, which 
is to be ascertained by a commissioner appointed by the President 
of the United States for that purpose, and paid for as soon after 
the ratification of this treaty as practicable. The boats and pro- 
visions promised to the emigrants are to be furnished by the agent 
on the Tennessee river, at such time and place as the emigrants 
may notify him of ; and it shall be his duty to furnish the same. 

Art. 7. And for all improvements which add real value to the 
lands lying within the boundaries ceded to the United States, by 
the first and second articles of this treaty, the United States do 
agree to pay for at the time, and to be valued in the same manner, 
as stipulated in the sixth article of this treaty ; or in lieu thereof, 
to give in exchange improvements of equal value which the 
emigrants may leave, and for which they are to receive pay. And 
it is farther stipulated, that all these improvements, left by the 
emigrants within the bounds of the Cherokee nation east of the 
Mississippi river, which add real value to the lands, and for which 
the United States shall give a consideration, and not so exchanged, 
shall be rented to the Indians by the agent, year after year, for the 
benefit of the poor and decrepit of that part of the nation east of 
the Mississippi river, until surrendered by the nation, or to the 
nation. And it is further agreed, that the said Cherokee nation 
shall not be called upon for any part of the consideration paid for 
said improvements at any future period. 

Art. 8. And to each and every head of any Indian family 
residing on the east side of the Mississippi river, on the lands that 
are now, or may hereafter be, surrendered to the United States, 
who may wish to become citizens of the United States, the United 
States do agree to give a reservation of six hundred and forty 
acres of land, in a square, to include their improvements, which 
are to be as near the centre thereof as practicable, in which they 
will have a life estate, with a reversion in fee simple to their 
children, reserving to the widow her dower, the register of whose 
names is to be filed in the office of the Cherokee agent, which 
shall be kept open until the census is taken as stipulated in the 
third article of this treaty. Provided, That if any of the heads of 
families, for whom reservations may be made, should remove 
therefrom, then, in that case, the right to revert to the United 
States. And provided further, That the land which may be 
reserved under this article, be deducted from the amount which 
has been ceded under the first and second articles of this treaty. 

Art. 9. It is also provided by the contracting parties, that 
nothing in the foregoing articles shall be construed so as to prevent 
any of the parties so contracting from the free navigation of all the 
waters mentioned therein. 

Art. 10. The whole of the Cherokee nation do hereby cede to 
the United States all right, title, and claim, to all reservations 
made to Doublehead and others, which were reserved to them by 



214 



CHEROKEES. 



a treaty made and entered into at the city of Washington, bearing 
date the seventh of January, one thousand eight hundred and six. 

Art. 11. It is further agreed that the boundary lines of the 
lands ceded to the United States by the first and second articles of 
this treaty, and the boundary line of the lands ceded by the United 
States in the fifth article of this treaty, is to be run and marked by 
a commissioner or commissioners appointed by the President of 
the United States, who shall be accompanied by such commis- 
sioners as the Cherokees may appoint ; due notice thereof to be 
given to the nation. 

Art. 12. The United States do also bind themselves to prevent 
the intrusion of any of its citizens within the lands ceded by the 
first and second articles of this treaty, until the same shall be 
ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, and duly 
promulgated. 

Art. 13. The contracting parties do also stipulate that this 
treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting parties 
so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the United 
States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of the 
United States. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, by and 
between the before recited contracting parties, we have, in 
full and open council, at the Cherokee Agency, this eighth 
day of July, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, 
set our hands and seals. 

Andrew Jackson, ) TT ., , , l. s. 

t . at nr f United States 

Joseph McMmn, V ^ . , l. s. 

t\ • ^ x Commis rs, 

D. Meriwether, ) ' l. s. 

Richard Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

Cabbin Smith, his x mark, l. s. 

Sleeping Rabbit, his x mark, l. s. 

George Saunders, his x mark, l. s. 

Roman Nose, his x mark, l. s. 

Currohe Dick, his x mark, l. s. 

John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

George Lowry, l. s. 

Richard Taylor, l. s. 

Walter Adair, l. s. 

James Brown, l. s. 

Kelachule, his x mark, l. s. 

Sour Mush, his x mark, l. s. 

Chulioa, his x mark, l. s. 

Chickasautchee, his x mark, l. s. 

The Bark of Chota, his x mark, l. s. 

The Bark of Hightower, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Half Breed, his x mark, l. s. 

Going Snake, his x mark, l. s. 



CHEROKEES. 



215 



Leyestisky, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Ch. Hicks, 


L. 


s. 


Young Davis, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Souanooka, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


The Locust, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Beaver Carrier, his x mark, 


L, 


s. 


Dreadful Water, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Cnyula, ms x mark, 


L. 


s. 


j a. iviaitin, 


L. 


s. 


John Mcintosh, his x mark, 


L. 


s, 


Katchee of Cowee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


VVIllLc IVldll JVlllcI, Xiio X liiaiK, 


L. 


s. 


Toochalar, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


The Glass, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Wassosee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John Jolly, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


The Gourd, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Spring Frog, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John D. Chisholm, 


L. 


s. 


James Rogers, 


L. 


s. 


Wawhatchy, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Attalona, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Kulsuttchee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tuskekeetchee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Chillawgatchee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John Smith, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Toosawallata, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


In presence of 







J. M. Glassel, Secretary to the James C. Bronaugh, Hospital 

Commission, Surgeon, U. S. Army, 

Thomas Wilson, Clerk to the Isham Randolph, Captain 1st 

Commissioners, Redoubtables, 

Walter Adair, Wm. Meriwether, 

John Speirs, Interpreter, his x Return J. Meigs, Agent C hero- 
mark, kee Motion. 

A. McCoy, Interpreter, 



216 WYANDOTS, SENEKAS, DEL A WARES, ETC. 



WYANDOTS, SENEKAS, DELA WARES, ETC. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1817.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at the foot of the Rapids 
of the Miami of lake Erie, between Lewis Cass and Duncan 
Mc Arthur, commissioners of the United States, with full power 
and authority to hold conferences, and conclude and sign a 
treaty or treaties with all or any of the tribes or nations of In- 
dians within the boundaries of the State of Ohio, of and con- 
cerning all matters interesting to the United States and the said 
nations of Indians, on the one part; and the sachems, chiefs, 
and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneka, Delaware, Shawanee, 
Pattiwatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa, tribes of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians, in consideration of the 
stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do 
hereby forever cede to the United States the lands comprehended 
within the following lines and boundaries : Beginning at a point 
on the southern shore of lake Erie, where the present Indian 
boundary line intersects the same, between the mouth of Sandusky 
bay and the mouth of Portage river ; thence, running south with 
said line, to the line established in the year one thousand seven 
hundred and ninety-five, by the treaty of Greenville, which runs 
from the crossing place above fort Lawrence to Loramie's store ; 
thence westerly, with the last mentioned line, to the eastern line 
of the reserve at Loramie's store ; thence, with the lines of said 
reserve, north and west, to the northwestern corner thereof ; thence 
to the northwestern corner of the reserve on the river St. Mary's, 
at the head of the navigable waters thereof ; thence, east, to the 
western bank of the St. Mary's river aforesaid ; thence, down on 
the western bank of the said river, to the reserve at fort Wayne ; 
thence, with the lines of the last mentioned reserve, easterly 
and northerly, to the north bank of the river Miami of lake 
Erie ; thence, down on the north bank of the said river, to the 
western line of the land ceded to the United States by the treaty 
of Detroit, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seven ; 
thence with the said line, south, to the middle of said Miami river, 
opposite the mouth of the Great Auglaize river ; thence, down the 
middle of said Miami river, and easterly with the lines of the tract 
ceded to the United States by the treaty of Detroit aforesaid, so 
far that a south line will strike the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. The Pattawatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of In- 
dians, in consideration of the stipulations herein made on the part 
of the United States, do hereby forever cede to the United States 
the land comprehended within the following lines and boundaries : 
Beginning where the western line of the State of Ohio crosses the 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 217 

river Miami of lake Erie, which is about twenty-one miles above 
the mouth of the Great Auglaize river ; thence, down the middle 
of the said Miami river, to a point north of the mouth of the Great 
Auglaize river ; thence, with the western line of the land ceded to 
the United States by the treaty of Detroit, in one thousand eight 
hundred and seven, north forty-five miles ; thence, west, so far that 
a line south will strike the place of beginning ; thence, south, to 
the place of beginning. 

Art. 3. The Wyandot, Seneca, Delaware, Shawanee, Pattawa- 
tima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians accede to the ces- 
sions mentioned in the two preceding articles. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the cessions and recognitions stipu- 
lated in the three preceding articles, the United States agree to 
pay to the Wyandot tribe, annually, forever, the sum of four thou- 
sand dollars, in specie, at Upper Sandusky : To the Seneca tribe, 
annually, forever, the sum of five hundred dollars, in specie, at 
Lower Sandusky : To the Shawanee tribe, annually, forever, the 
sum of two thousand dollars, in specie, at Wapaghkonetta : To 
the Pattawatima tribe, annually, for the term of fifteen years, the 
sum of one thousand three hundred dollars, in specie, at Detroit : 
To the Ottawa tribe, annually, for the term of fifteen years, the 
sum of one thousand dollars, in specie, at Detroit : To the Chip- 
pewa tribe, annually for the term of fifteen years, the sum of one 
thousand dollars, in specie, at Detroit : To the Delaware tribe, in 
the course of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, 
the sum of five hundred dollars, in specie, at Wapaghkonetta, but 
no annuity : And the United States also agree, that all annuities 
due by any former treaty to the Wyandot, Shawanee, and Delaware 
tribes, and the annuity due by the treaty of Greenville, to the 
Ottawa and Chippewa tribes, shall be paid to the said tribes, 
respectively, in specie. 

Art. 5. The schedule hereunto annexed, is to be taken and 
considered as part of this treaty ; and the tracts herein stipulated 
to be granted to the Wyandot, Seneca, and Shawanee tribes of 
Indians, are to be granted for the use of the persons mentioned 
in the said schedule, agreeably to the descriptions, provisions, and 
limitations, therein contained. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee 
simple, to Doanquod, Howoner, Rontondee, Tauyau, Rontayau, 
Dawatont, Manocue, Tauyaudautauson, and Haudauuwaugh, 
chiefs of the Wyandot tribe, and their successors in office, chiefs 
of the said tribe, for the use of the persons and for the purposes 
mentioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land twelve miles 
square, at Upper Sandusky, the centre of which shall be the 
place where fort Ferree stands ; and also a tract of one mile 
square, to be located where the chiefs direct, on a cranberry 
swamp, on Broken Sword creek, and to be held for the use of the 
tribe. 

28 



218 



WYAND0TS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, 
to Tahawmadoyaw, Captain Harris, Isahownusay, Joseph Tawg- 
you, Captain Smith, Coffee-house, Running About, and Wiping- 
stick, chiefs of the Seneca tribe of Indians, and their successors 
in office, chiefs of the said tribe, for the use of the persons men- 
tioned in the annexed schedule, a tract of land to contain thirty 
thousand acres, beginning on the Sandusky river, at the lower 
corner of the section hereinafter granted to William Spicer ; 
thence, down the said river, on the east side, with the meanders 
thereof at high-water mark, to a point east of the mouth of Wolf 
creek ; thence, and from the beginning, east, so far that a north 
line will include the quantity of thirty thousand acres aforesaid. 

The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, 
to Catewekesa or Black Hoof, Byaseka or Wolf, Pomthe or Wal- 
ker, Shemenetoo or Big Snake, Othawakeseka or Yellow Feather, 
Chakalowah or the Tail's End, Pemthala or John Perry, Wabepee 
or White Colour, chiefs of the Shawanee tribe, residing at Wapagh- 
konetta, and their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, 
residing there, for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed 
schedule, a tract of land ten miles square, the centre of which shall 
be the council house at Wapaghkonetta. 

The United States also agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, 
to Peeththa or Falling Tree, and to Onowaskemo or the Resolute 
Man, chiefs of the Shawanee tribes, residing on Hog Creek, and 
their successors in office, chiefs of the said tribe, residing there, 
for the use of the persons mentioned in the annexed schedule, a 
tract of land containing twenty-five square miles, which is to join 
the tract granted at Wapaghkonetta, and to include the Shawanee 
settlement on Hog creek, and to be laid off as nearly as possible 
in a square form. 

The United States also a gree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, 
to Quatawape or Captain Lewis, Shekaghkela or Turtle, Skilowa 
or Robin, chiefs of the Shawanee tribe of Indians residing at Lewis- 
town, and to Mesomea or Civil John, Wakawuxsheno or the 
White Man, Oquasheno or Joe, and Willaquasheno or When you 
are tired sit down, chiefs of the Seneca tribe of Indians residing at 
Lewistown, and to their successors in office, chiefs of the said 
Shawanee and Seneca tribes, for the use of the persons mentioned 
in the annexed schedule, a tract of land to contain forty-eight 
square miles, to begin at the intersection of the line run by Charles 
Roberts, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twelve, from 
the source of the Little Miami river to the source of the Sciota river, 
in pursuance of instructions from the commissioners appointed on 
the part of the United States, to establish the western boundary of the 
Virginia Military Reservation, with the Indian boundary line estab- 
lished by the treaty of Greenville, in one thousand seven hundred 
and ninety-five, from the crossings above fort Lawrence to Lora- 
mie's store, and to run from such intersection, northerly, with the 



WYANDOTS, SENEGAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 219 



first mentioned line, and westerly, with the second mentioned line, 
so as to include the quantity as nearly in a square form as practi- 
cable, after excluding the section of land hereinafter granted to 
Nancy Stewart. 

There shall also be reserved for the use of the Ottawa Indians, 
but not granted to them, a tract of land on Blanchard's fork of the 
Great Auglaize river, to contain five miles square, the centre of 
which tract is to be where the old trace crosses the said fork, and 
one other tract to contain three miles square, on the Little Auglaize 
river, to include Oquanoxa's village. 

Art. 7. And the said chiefs or their successors may, at any 
time they may think proper, convey to either of the persons men- 
tioned in the said schedule, or his heirs, the quantity secured thereby 
to him, or may refuse so to do. But the use of the said land shall 
be in the said person ; and after the share of any person is con- 
veyed by the chiefs to him, he may convey the same to any person 
whatever. And any one entitled by the said schedule to a portion 
of the said land, may, at any time, convey the same to any person, 
by obtaining the approbation of the President of the United States, 
or of the person appointed by him to give such approbation. And 
the agent of the United States shall make an equitable partition 
of the said share when conveyed. 

Art. 8. At the special request of the said Indians, the United 
States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to the persons here- 
inafter mentioned, all of whom are connected with the said Indians, 
by blood or adoption, the tracts of land herein described : 

To Elizabeth Whitaker, who was taken prisoner by the Wyan- 
dots, and has ever since lived among them, twelve hundred and 
eighty acres of land, on the west side of the Sandusky river, below 
Croghansville, to be laid off in a square form, as nearly as the mean- 
ders of the said river will admit, and to run an equal distance 
above and below the house in which the said Elizabeth Whitaker 
now lives. 

To Robert Armstrong, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, 
and has ever since lived among them, and has married a Wyandot 
woman, one section, to contain six hundred and forty acres of land, 
on the west side of the Sandusky river, to begin at the place called 
Camp Ball, and to run up the river, with the meanders thereof, 
one hundred and sixty poles, and from the beginning, down the 
river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and 
from the extremity of these lines west for quantity. 

To the children of the late William McColloch, who was killed 
in August, one thousand eight hundred and twelve, near Maugau- 
gon, and who are quarter-blood Wyandot Indians, one section, to 
contain six hundred and forty acres of land, on the west side of 
the Sandusky river, adjoining the lower line of the tract hereby 
granted to Robert Armstrong, and extending in the same manner 
with and from the said river. 



220 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELA WARES, ETC. 



To John Vanmeter, who was taken prisoner by the Wyandots, 
and who has ever since lived among them, and has married a 
Seneca woman, and to his wife's three brothers, Senecas, who 
now reside on Honey creek, one thousand acres of land, to begin 
north, forty-five degrees west, one hundred and forty poles from 
the house in which the said John Vanmeter now lives, and to run 
thence, south, three hundred and twenty poles, thence, and from the 
beginning, east for quantity. 

To Sarah Williams, Joseph Williams, and Rachel Nugent, late 
Rachel Williams, the said Sarah having been taken prisoner by 
the Indians, and ever since lived among them, and being the 
widow, and the said Joseph and Rachel being the children, of the 
late Isaac Williams, a half-blood Wyandot, one quarter section of 
land, to contain one hundred and sixty acres, on the east side of 
the Sandusky river, below Croghansville, and to include their im- 
provements at a place called Negro Point. 

To Catharine Walker, a Wyandot woman, and to John R. 
Walker, her son, who was wounded in the service of the United 
States, at the battle of Maugaugon, in one thousand eight hundred 
and twelve, a section of six hundred and forty acres of land each, 
to begin at the northwestern corner of the tract hereby granted to 
John Vanmeter and his wife's brothers, and to run with the line 
thereof, south, three hundred and twenty poles, thence, and from 
the beginning, west for quantity. 

To William Spicer, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, and 
has ever since lived among them, and has married a Seneca woman, 
a section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, begin- 
ning on the east bank of the Sandusky river, forty poles below the 
lower corner of said Spicer's cornfield, thence, up the river on the 
east side, with the meanders thereof, one mile, thence, and from 
the beginning, east for quantity. 

To Nancy Stewart, daughter of the late Shawanee chief Blue 
Jacket, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, 
on the Great Miami river below Lewistown, to include her present 
improvements, three quarters of the said section to be on the south- 
east side of the river, and one quarter on the northwest side 
thereof. 

To the children of the late Shawanee chief captain Logan, or 
Spamagelabe, who fell in the service of the United States during 
the late war, one section of land, to contain six hundred and forty 
acres, on the east side of the Great Auglaize river, adjoining the 
lower line of the grant of ten miles at Wapaghkonetta and the said 
river. 

To Anthony Shane, a half-blood Ottawa Indian, one section of 
land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the east side of 
the river St. Mary's, and to begin opposite the house in which 
said Shane now lives, thence, up the river, with the meanders 
thereof, one hundred and sixty poles, and from the beginning 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELA WARES, ETC. 



221 



clown the river, with the meanders thereof, one hundred and sixty 
poles, and from the extremity of the said lines east for quantity. 

To James McPherson, who was taken prisoner by the Indians, 
and has ever since lived among them, one section of land, to con- 
tain six hundred and forty acres, in a square form, adjoining the 
northern or western line of the grant of forty-eight miles at Lewis- 
town, at such place as he may think proper to locate the same. 

To Horonu, or the Cherokee Boy, a Wyandot chief, a section of 
land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, on the Sandusky 
river, to be laid off in a square form, and to include his improve- 
ments. 

To Alexander D. Godfroy and Richard Godfroy, adopted chil- 
dren of the Pattawatima tribe, and at their special request, one 
section of land, to contain six hundred and forty acres, in the 
tract of country herein ceded to the United States by the Pattawa- 
tima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes, to be located by them, the 
said Alexander and Richard, after the said tract shall have been 
surveyed. 

To Sawendebans, or the Yellow Hair, or Peter Minor, an adopted 
son of Tondaganie, or the Dog, and at the special request of the 
Ottawas, out of the tract reserved by the treaty of Detroit, in one 
thousand eight hundred and seven, above Roche de Bceuf, at the 
village of the said Dog, a section of land to contain six hundred 
and forty acres, to be located in a square form, on the north side 
of the Miami, at the W olf rapid. 

Art. 9. The United States engage to appoint an agent, to 
reside among or near the Wyandots, to aid them in the protection 
of their persons and property, to manage their intercourse with the 
government and citizens of the United States, and to discharge 
the duties which commonly appertain to the office of Indian agent; 
and the same agent is to execute the same duties for the Senecas 
and Delawares on the Sandusky river. And an agent for similar 
purposes, and vested with similar powers, shall be appointed, to 
reside among or near the Shawanees, whose agency shall include 
the reservations at Wapaghkonetta, at Lewistown, at Hog creek, 
and at Elanchard's creek. And one mile square shall be reserved 
at Malake for the use of the agent for the Shawanees. 

And the agent for the Wyandots and Senecas shall occupy such 
land in the grant at Upper Sandusky, as may be necessary for him 
and the persons attached to the agency. 

Art. 10. The United States engage to erect a saw-mill and a 
grist-mill, upon some proper part of the Wyandot reservation, for 
their use, and to provide and maintain a blacksmith for the use 
of theWyandots and Senecas, upon the reservation of the Wyan- 
dots, and another blacksmith for the use of the Indians at Wa- 
paghkonetta, Hog creek, and Lewistown. 

Art. 11. The stipulations contained in the treaty of Greenville, 
relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land hereby 



222 



WYANDOTS, SEXECAS, DELAWARE S . ETC, 



ceded, while it continues the property of the United States, shall 
apply to this treaty : and the Indians shall, for the same term, 
enjoy the privilege of making sugar upon the same land, commit- 
ting no unnecessary waste upon the trees. 

Art. 12. The United States engage to pay, in the course of the 
year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, the amount of the 
damages which were assessed by the authority of the Secretary of 
War, in favor of several tribes and individuals of the Indians, who 
adhered to the cause of the United States during the late war with 
Great Britain, and whose property was, in consequence of such 
adherence, injured or destroyed. And it is agreed, that the sums 
thus assessed shall be paid in specie, at the places, and to the 
tribes or individuals, hereinafter mentioned, being in conformity 
with the said assessment ; that is to say : 

To the Wyandots, at Upper Sandusky, four thousand three hun- 
dred and nineteen dollars and thirty-nine cents. 

To the Senecas, at Lower Sandusky, three thousand nine hun- 
dred and eighty-nine dollars and twenty-four cents. 

To the Indians at Lewis and Scoutashs towns, twelve hundred 
and twenty-seven dollars and fifty cents. 

To the Delawares, for the use of the Indians who suffered losses 
at Greentown and at Jerome's town, three thousand nine hundred 
and fifty-six dollars and fifty cents, to be paid at Wapaghkonetta. 

To the representatives of Hembis, a Delaware Indian, three 
hundred and forty- eight dollars and fiity cents, to be paid at Wa- 
paghkonetta. 

To the Shawanees, an additional sum of four hundred and twenty 
dollars, to be paid at Wapasrhkonetta. 

To the Senecas, an additional sum of two hundred and nineteen 
dollars, to be paid at Wapaghkonetta. 

Art. 13. And whereas the sum of two thousand five hundred 
dollars has been paid by the United States to the Shawanees, being 
one-half of five years 1 annuities due by the treaty of fort Industry, 
and whereas the Wyandots contend that the whole of the annuity 
secured by that treaty is to be paid to them, and a few persons of 
the Shawanee and Seneca tribes : now, therefore, the commis- 
sioners of the United States, believing that the construction given 
by the Wyandots to the said treaty is correct, engage that the 
United States shall pay to the said Wyandot tribe in specie, in the 
course of the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, the 
said sum of two thousand five hundred dollars. 

Art. 14. The United States reserve to the proper authority, the 
ris:ht to make roads through any part of the land granted or 
reserved by this treaty ; and also to the different agents, the right 
of establishing: taverns and ferries for the accommodation of travel- 
lers, should the same be found necessary. 

Art. 15. The tracts of land herein granted to the chiefs, for 
the use of the Wyandot, Shawanee, Seneca, and Delaware, In- 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



223 



dians, and the reserve for the Ottawa Indians, shall not be liable 
to taxes of any kind so long as such land continues the property 
of the said Indians. 

Art. 16. Some of the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattawatima 
tribes, being attached to the Catholic religion, and believing they 
may wish some of their children hereafter educated, do grant to 
the rector of the Catholic church of St. Anne of Detroit, for the 
use of the said church, and to the corporation of the college at 
Detroit, for the use of the said college, to be retained or sold, as 
the said rector and corporation may judge expedient, each, one 
half of three sections of land, to contain six hundred and forty 
acres, on the river Raisin, at a place called Macon ; and three 
sections of land not yet located, which tracts were reserved, for 
the use of the said Indians, by the treaty of Detroit, in one thou- 
sand eight hundred and seven ; and the superintendent of Indian 
affairs, in the territory of Michigan, is authorized, on the part of 
the said Indians, to select the said tracts of land. 

. Art. 17. The United States engage to pay to any of the Indians, 
the value of any improvements which they may be obliged to aban- 
don in consequence of the lines established by this treaty. 

Art. 18. The Delaware tribe of Indians, in consideration of the 
stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do here- 
by forever cede to the United States all the claim which they have 
to the thirteen sections of land reserved for the use of certain per- 
sons of their tribe, by the second section of the act of Congress, 
passed March the third, one thousand eight hundred and seven, 
providing for the disposal of the lands of the United States between 
the United States' Military Tract and the Connecticut Reserve, 
and the lands of the United States between the Cincinnati and 
Vincennes districts. 

Art. 19. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee 
simple, to Zeeshawau, or James Armstrong, and to Sanondoyou- 
rayquaw, or Silas Armstrong, chiefs of the Delaware Indians, 
living on the Sandusky waters, and their successors in office, chiefs 
of the said tribe, for the use of the persons mentioned in the 
annexed schedule, in the same manner, and subject to the same 
conditions, provisions, and limitations, as is hereinbefore provided 
for the lands granted to the Wyandot, Seneca, and Shawanee 
Indians, a tract of land, to contain nine square miles, to join the 
tract granted to the Wyandots, of twelve miles square, to be laid 
off as nearly in a square form as practicable, and to include Cap- 
tain Pipe's village. 

Art. 20. The United States also agree to grant, by patent, to 
the chiefs of the Ottawa tribe of Indians, for the use of the said 
tribe, a tract of land, to contain thirty-four square miles, to be laid 
out as nearly in a square form as practicable, not interfering with 
the lines of the tracts reserved by the treaty of Greenville on the 
south side of the Miami river of lake Erie, and to include Tush- 



224 



WYAND0TS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



quegan, or McCarty's village ; which tracts, thus granted, shall be 
held by the said tribe, upon the usual conditions of Indian reser- 
vations, as though no patent were issued. 

Art. 21. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Duncan McAr- 
thur, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, 
and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, Delaware, 
Pattawatima, Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, have 
hereunto set their hands, at the foot of the Rapids of the 
Miami of lake Erie, this twenty-ninth day of September, in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seven- 
teen. 

LEWIS CASS, 
DUNCAN Mc ARTHUR. 

In presence of 

Wm. Turner, Secretary to the W. Knaggs, Indian Agent, 
Commissioners, G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, 

John Johnson, Indian Agent, R. A. Forsyth, jr. Secretary In- 
B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent, dian Department. 

Sworn Interpreters. 

William Conner, Peter Ryley, 

H. W. Walker, Henry I. Hunt, 

John R. Walker, Jos. Vance, 

James- McPherson, Jonathan Leslie, 

F. Duchouquet, Alvan Coe, 

A. Shane, John Gunn, 

J. B. Beaugrand, C. L. Cass, Lieut. U. S. Army. 

cHiPPEWAS,Wasonnezo, his x mark, l. s. 

Okemance, or the Young Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Shinguax, or Cedar, his x mark, l. s. 

Kinobee, his x mark, l. s. 

Chinguagin, his x mark, l. s. 

Sheganack, or Black Bird, his x mark, l. s. 
Mintougaboit, or the Devil Standing, his x mark, l. s. 

Wastuau, his x mark, l. s. 

Penquam, his x mark, l. s. 

Chemokcomon, or American, his x mark, l. s. 

Papecumegat, his x mark, l. s. 

Matwaash, or Heard Fell Down, his x mark, l. s-. 

Potaquam, his x mark, l. s. 

Pensweguesic, the Jay Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Weabskewen, or the White Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Waynoce, his x mark, l. s. 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



225 



pattawatimas, Metea, his x mark, 

Wynemac, his x mark, 
Wynemakons, or the Front, his x mark, 
Ocheackabee, his x mark, 
Conge, his x mark, 
Wankeway, his x mark, 
Perish, his x mark, 
Tonguish, his x mark, 
Papekitcha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, 
Medomin, or Corn, his x mark, 
Saguemai, or Musketo, his x mark, 
Waweacee, or Full Moon, his x mark, 
Ninwichemon, his x mark, 
Missenonsai, his x mark, 
Waysagua, his x mark, 
Nannanmee, his x mark, 
Nannanseku, his x mark, 
Meanqueah, his x mark, 
Wawenoke, his x mark, 
Ashenekazo, his x mark, 
Nanemucskuck, his x mark, 



WYANDOTS, 



DEL A WARES, 



SHAWANEES, 



29 



Ashkebee, his x mark, 
Makotai, his x mark, 
Wabinsheway, White Elk, his x mark, 
Gabriel, or Cabiniai, his x mark, 
Waishit, his x mark, 
Naonquay, his x mark, 
Meshawgonay, his x mark, 
Nitchetash, his x mark, 
Skewbicack, his x mark, 
Chechalk, or Crane, his x mark, 

Dunquad, or Half King, his x mark, l. 

Runtunda, or War Pole, his x mark, l. 

Aronuc, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, l. 
T. Aruntue, or Between the legs, his x 

mark, l. 

D. Wottondt, or John Hicks, his x mark, l. 

T. Undetaso, or Geo. Punch, his x mark, l. 

Menonkue, or Thomas, his x mark, l. 

Undauwau, or Matthews, his x mark, l. 

Kithtuwheland, or Anderson, his x mark, l. 

Punchhuck, or Capt. Beaver, his x mark, l. 
Tahunqeecoppi, or Capt. Pipe, his x mark, l. s, 

Clamatonockis, his x mark, l. s. 

Aweallesa, or Whirlwind, his x mark, l. s, 

Cateweekesa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, l. s, 

Biaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, l. s, 



226 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELA WARES, ETC. 



Pomthe, or Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Shemenetu, or Big Snake, his x mark, l. s. 
Chacalowa, or Tail's End, his x mark, l. s. 
Pemthata, or Perry, his x mark, l. s. 

Othawakeska, or Yellow Feather, his x mark, l. s . 
Wawathethaka, or Capt. Reed, his x mark, l. s. 
Tecumtequa, his x mark, l. s. 

Quitewe, War Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Cheacksca, or Captain Tom, his x mark, l. s. 
Quitawepea, or Captain Lewis, his x mark, l. s. 

senecas, Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark, l. s. 

S acourewceghta , or Wiping Stick, his x mark, l. s . 

Shekoghkell, or Big Turtle, his x mark, l. s. 

Aquasheno, or Joe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wakenuceno, White Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Samendue, or Captain Sigore, his x mark, l. s. 

Skilleway, or Robbin, his x mark, l. s. 

Dasquoerunt, his x mark, l. s. 

ottawas, Tontagimi, or the Dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Misquegin, McCarty, his x mark, l. s. 

Pontiac, his x mark, l. s. 

Oquenoxas, his x mark, l. s. 

Tashmwa, his x mark, l. s. 

Nowkesick, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabekeighke, his x mark, l. s. 

Kinewaba, his x mark, l. s. 

Twaatum, his x mark, l. s. 

Supay, his x mark, l. s. 

Nashkema, his x mark, l. s. 

Kuwashewon, his x mark, l. s. 

Kusha, his x mark, l. s. 



Schedule referred to in the foregoing treaty ', and to be taken and 
considered as part thereof 

Three sections, to contain six hundred and forty acres each, are 
to be reserved out of the tract of twelve miles square to be granted 
to the Wyandots. One of the said sections is to be appropriated 
to the use of a missionary, one for the support of schools, and one 
for the support of mechanics, and to be under the direction of the 
chiefs. Two sections, of six hundred and forty acres each, are 
to be granted to each of the following persons, being the chief of 
the Wyandot tribe, and his six counsellors, namely : Doouquod, 
or half king; Routoudu, or Warpole : Tauyaurontoyou, or Be- 
tween the logs ; Dawatout, or John Hicks ; Manocue, or Thomas ; 
Tauyoudautansau, or George Punch ; and Hawdowuwaugh, or 
Matthews. 

And, after deducting the fifteen sections thus to be disposed of, 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



227 



the residue of the said tract of twelve miles square is to be equally 
divided among the following persons, namely : Hoocue, Roudoo- 
touk, Mahoma, Naatoua, Mautanawto, Maurunquaws, Naynu- 
hanky, Abrm. Williams, sen. Squautaugh, Tauyouranuta, Tahaw- 
quevouws, Dasharows, Trayhetou, Hawtooyou, Maydounaytove, 
Neudooslau, Deecalroutousay, Doutooyemaugh, Datoowawna, 
Matsayeaanyourie, James Ranken, Sentumass, Tahautoshowweda, 
Madudara, Shaudouaye, Shamadecsay, Sommodowot, Moautaau, 
Nawsottomaugh, Maurauskinquaws, Tawtoolowme, Shawdouyea- 
youro, Showweno, Dashoree, Sennewdorow, Toayttooraw, Maw- 
skattaugh, Tahawsnodeuyea, Haunarawreudee, Shauromou, Taw- 
yaurontoreyea, Roumelay, Nadocays, Carryumanduetaugh, Big- 
arms, Madonrawcays, Hauranoot, Syrerundash, Tahorowtsemdee, 
Roosayn, Dautoresay, Nashawtoomous, Skawduutoutee, Sanorow- 
sha, Nautennee, Youausha, Aumatourow, Ohoutautoon, Tawyou- 
gauwayou, Sootonteeree, Dootooau, Hawreewaucudee, Youra- 
hatsa, Towntoreshaw, Syuwewataugh, Cauyou, Omitztseshaw, 
Gausawaugh, Skashowayssquaw, Mawdovdoo, Narowayshaus, 
Nawcaty, Isuhowhayeato, Myatouska, Tauoodowma, Youhrco, 
George Williams, Oharvatoy, Saharossor, Isaac Williams, Squin- 
datee, Mayeatohot, Lewis Coon, Isatouque, or John Coon, Ta- 
waumanocay, or E. Wright, Owawtatuw, Isontraudee, Tomatsa- 
hoss, Sarrahoss, Tauyoureehoryeow, Saudotoss, Toworordu or 
Big Ears, Tauomatsarau, Tanoroudoyou or Two, Daureehau, 
Dauoreenu, Trautohauweetough, Yonrouquains or the widow of 
the Crane, Caunaytoma, Hottomorrow, Taweesho, Dauquausay, 
Toumon, Hoogaudoorow, Newdeetoutow, Dawhowhouk, Dau- 
shouteehawk, Sawaronuis, Norrorow, Tawwass, Tawareroons, 
Neshaustay, Toharratoregh, Taurowtotucawaa, Youshindauyato, 
Tauosanays, Sadowerrais, Isanowtowtouk or Fox Widow, Saura- 
toudo or William Zane, Hayannoise or Ebenezer Zane, Mawcas- 
harrow or widow McCullock, Susannah, Teshawtaugh, Baw-ews, 
Tamatarank, Razor, Rahisaus, Cadutore, Shawnetaurew, Tatra- 
row, Cuqua, Yourowon, Jauyounaoskra, Tanorawayout, Howcu- 
quawdorow, Gooyeamee, Dautsaqua, Maudamu, Sanoreeshoc, 
Hawleeyeatausay, Gearoohee, Matoskrawtouk, Dawweeshoe, 
Jawyourawot, Nacudseoranauaurayk, Youronurays, Scoutush 5 
Serroymuch, Hoondeshotch, Ishuskeah, Dusharraw, Ondewaus, 
Duyewtale, Roueyoutacolo, Hoonorowyoutacole, Hownorowduro, 
Nawanaunonelo, Tolhomanona, Ekiyamik, Tyyeahwkeunohale, 
Aushewhowole, Schowondashres, Mondushawquaw, Tayondra- 
kele, Giveriahes, Sootreeshuskoh, Suyouturaw, Tiudee, Tahorro- 
shoquaw, Irahkasquaw, Ishoreameusuwat, Curoueyottell, Noriyet- 
tetee, Siyarech, Testeatete. 

The thirty thousand acres for the Senecas upon the Sandusky 
river, is to be equally divided among the following persons, namely: 
Syuwausantau, Newwene, Joseph, Iseumetaugh, or Picking up a 
club, Orauhaotodee or Turn over, Taudaurous or Split the river, 



228 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



Tahowtoorains or Jo Smeech, Ismomduare, Yellow-bay, Dashow- 
rowramou or Drifting sand, Hauautounasquas, Hamyautuhow, 
Tahocayn, Howdautauyeao or King George, Standing Bones. 
Cyahaga, or Fisher, Suthemoore, Red Skin, Mentauteehoore, 
Hyanaskraman or Knife in his hand, Running About, John Smith, 
Carrying the Basket, Cauwauay or Striking, Rewauyeato or Car- 
rying the news, Half up the Hill, Trowyoudoys or G. Hunter, 
Spike Buck, Caugooshow or Clearing up, Mark on his Hip, Cap- 
tain Hams, Isetaune or Crying often, Tauneroyea or Two com- 
panies, Haudonwouays or Stripping the river, Isohauhasay or Tall 
chief, Tahowmandoyou, Howyouway or Paddling, Clouding up, 
Youwautowtoyou or Burnt his body, Shetouyouwee or Sweet foot, 
Tauhaugainstoany or Holding his hand about, Oharrowtodee or 
Turning over, Haucanmarout, Sarrowsauismatare or Striking- 
sword, Sadudeto, Oshoutoy or Burning berry, Hard Hickory, C.i> 
retscetau, Youronocay or Isaac, Youtradowwonlee, Newtauyaro, 
Tayouououte or Old foot, Tauosanetee, Syunout or Give it to her, 
Doonstough or Bunch on his forehead, Tyaudusout or Joshua 
Hendricks, Taushaushaurow or Cross the arms, Henry, Youway- 
dauyea or the Island, Armstrong, Shake the Ground, His Neck 
Down, Youheno, Towotoyoudo or Looking at her, Captain Smith, 
Tobacco, Standing Stone, Ronunais or Wiping stick, Tanduhatse 
or Large Bones, Hamanchagave, House Fly or Maggot, Rou- 
douma or Sap running, Big Belt, Cat Bone, Sammy, Taongauats 
or Round the point, Ramuye or Hold the Sky, Mentoududu, How- 
notant, Slippery Nose, Tauslowquowsay or Twenty wives, Hoo- 
gaurow or Mad man, CofTee-House, Long Hair. 

The tract of ten miles square at Wapaghkonetta is to be equally 
divided among the following persons, namely : The Black Hoof, 
Pompthe or Walker, Piaseka or Wolf, Shemenutu or Snake, Otha- 
wakeseka or Yellow Feather, Penethata or Perry, Chacalaway or 
the End of the tail, Quitawee or War chief, Sachachewa, Wasew- 
weela, Waseweela or Bright horn, Otharosa or yellow, Tepeto- 
seka, Caneshemo, Newabetucka, Cawawescucka, Thokutchema, 
Setakosheka, Topee or James Saunders, Meshenewa, Tatiape, 
Pokechaw, Alawaymotakah, Lallaway or Perry, Wabemee, Ne- 
mekoshee, Nenepemeshequa or Cornstalk, Sheshe, Shawabaghke, 
Naneskaka, Thakoska or David McNair, Skapakake, Shapoquata, 
Peapakseka, Quaghquona, Quotowame, Nitaskeka, Thakaska or 
Spy buck, Pekathekseka, Tewaskoota or James Blue Jacket, Ca- 
lawesa, Quaho, Kaketchheka or W. Perry, Swapee, Peekto or 
Davy Baker, Skokapowa or George McDougall, Chepakoso, She- 
may or Sam, Chiakoska or Captain Tom, General Wayne, Tha- 
way, Othawee, Weeasesaka or Captain Reed, Lewaytaka, Tego- 
shea or George, Shekacumskeka, Wesheshemo, Mawenatcheka, 
Quashke, Thaswa, Baptieste, Waywalapee, Peshequkame, Cha- 
kalakee or Tom, Keywaypee, Egotacumshequa, Wabepee, Aqua- 
shequa, Temotah, Nepaho, Takepee, Toposheka, Lathawanomo, 



WYAND0TS, SENECAS, DELAWARE S, ETC. 



229 



Sowaghkota or Yellow clouds, Meenkesheka, Asheseka, Ochip- 
way, Thapaeka, Chakata, Nakacheka, Thathouakata, Paytokothe, 
Pasleske, Shesheloo, Quanaqua, Kalkoo, Toghshena, Capowa, 
Ethowakosee, Quaquesha, Capea, Thakatcheway, The man going 
up hill, Magotha, Tecumtequa, Tetepakothe, Kekentha, Sheatwa, 
Shiabwasson, Koghkela, Akopee or a Heap of any thing, Lama- 
tothe, Kesha, Pankoor, Peitchthator or Peter, Metchepelah, Ca- 
pe ah, Showagame, Wawaleepesheeka, Meewensheka, Naneme- 
pahtoo or Trotter, Pamitchepetoo, Chalequa, Tetetee, Lesheshe, 
Nawabasheka or white feather, Skepakeskeshe, Tenakee, She- 
maka, Pasheto, Thiatcheto, Metchemetches, Chakowa, Lawath- 
ska, Potchetee or the Man without a tail, Awaubaneshekaw, Pata- 
coma, Lamakeshaka, Papashow, Weathaksheka, Pewaypee, Totah, 
Canaquah, Skepakutcheka, Welviesa, Kitahoe, Neentakoshe, 
Oshaishe, Chilosee, Quilaisha, Mawethaque, Akepee, Quelenee. 
The tract of five miles sqare, at Hog creek, is to be equally divided 
among the following persons, namely : Peeththa, Onowashim, 
Pematheywa, Wabekesheke, Leeso, Pohcawese, Shemagauashe, 
Nehquakahucka, Papaskootepa, Meamepetoo, Welawenaka, Pe- 
tiska, Ketuckepee, Lawitchetee, Epaumee, Chanacke, Jose, La- 
nawytucka, Shawaynaka, Wawatashewa, Ketaksosa, Shasheko- 
peah, Lakose, Quinaska. 

The tract of forty-eight square miles, including Lewistown, is 
to be equally divided among the following persons, namely : Sha~ 
wanees — Colonel Lewis, Polly Kizer, Theueteseepuah or Weed^ 
Calossete, Vamauweke, Wawcumsee, Skitlewa, Nayabepe, Wo- 
sheta, Nopamago, Vvillesque, Salock, Walathe, Silversmith, 
Siatha, Toseluo, Jemmy McDonald, Jackson, Mohawk Thomas, 
Silverheels, John, Wewachee, C as sic, Atshena, Frenchman, 
Squesenau, Goohunt, Manwealte, Walisee, Billy, Thawwame, 
Wopsquitty, Nay wale, Big Turtle, Nolawat, Nawalippa, Razor, 
Blue, Tick, Nerer, Falling Star, Hale Clock, Hisoscock, Essqua- 
seeto, Geore, Nuussome, Sauhanoe, Joseph, Scotowe, Battease^, 
Crow, Shilling, Scotta, Nowpour, Nameawah, Quemauto, Snife, 
Captain, Taudetoso, Sunrise, Sowget, Deshau, Little Lewis, 
Jacquis, Tonaout, Swaunacou, General, Cossaboll, Bald, Crooked 
Stick, Wespata, Newasa, Garter, Porcupine, Pocaloche, Woche- 
que, Sauquaha, Enata, Panther, Colesetos, Joe. Senecas — Civil 
John, Wild Duck, Tall Man, Molasses, Ash, Nahanexa, Tasauk, 
Agusquenah, Roughleg, Quequesaw, Playful, Hairlip, Tutinque, 
Hill nep e way atu ska , Tauhunsequa, Nynoah, Suchusque, Leemat- 
que, Treuse, Sequate, Caumecus, Scouneti, Tocondusque, Con- 
houdatwaco, Cowista, Nequatren, Cowhousted, Gillwas, Axtaea, 
Conawwehow, Sutteasee, Kiahoot, Crane, Silver, Bysaw, Cray- 
fish, Woollyhead, Conundahau, Shacosaw, Coindos, Hutchequa, 
Nayau, Conodose, Coneseta, Nesluauta, Owl, Couauka, Cocheco, 
Couewash, Sinnecouacheckowe or Leek. 

The tract of three miles square for the Delaware Indians, adjoin- 



230 



FIANKESHAWS. 



ing the tract of twelve miles square upon the Sandusky river, is 
to be equally divided among the following persons, namely : Cap- 
tain Pipe, Zeshauau or James Armstrong, Mahautoo or John 
Armstrong, Sanoudoyeasquaw or Silas Armstrong, Teorow or 
Black Raccoon, Hawdorouwatistie,.or Billy Montour, Buck Wheat, 
William Dondee, Thomas Lyons, Johnny Cake, Captain Wolf, 
Isaac Hill, John Hill, Tishatahoones or widow Armstrong, Aye- 
nucere, Hoomaurou or John Ming, Youdorast. 

LEWIS CASS, 
DUNCAN McARTHUR, 



Commissioners. 



PIANKESHAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 3, 1818.] 

Contract entered into under the authority of the United States, 
between governor Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, 
and Chekommia or Big River, principal chief of the Piankeshaws* 

This indenture, made this third day of January, 1818, between 
governor Thomas Posey, superintendent of Indian affairs, on the 
one part, and Chekommia or Big River, principal chief of the 
Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, acting as well in his own name, as 
in the name and behalf of the said Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, on 
the other part, witnesseth : 

Whereas, at a treaty held under the authority of the United 
States, with the chiefs and head men of the said Piankeshaw 
nation of Indians, at Vineennes, in the Indiana territory, the 27th 
day of August, 1084, and William Henry Harrison, governor of 
the Indiana territory, superintendent of Indian affairs, and com- 
missioner plenipotentiary of the United States, for concluding any 
treaty or treaties with said tribe, it w T as agreed by said William 
Henry Harrison, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of 
said tribe, on the other ; that the Piankeshaw tribe, for the con- 
sideration therein mentioned, should cede and relinquish to the 
United States forever, all that tract of country, which lies between 
the Wabash and the tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe, in the 
year one thousand eight hundred and three, and south of a line to 
be drawn from the northwest corner of Vincennes tract, northerly 
seventy-eight degrees west, until it intersects the boundary line 
which has heretofore separated the lands of the Piankeshaws from 
the said tract ceded by the Kaskaskia tribe. 

And it was also further agreed by the chiefs of the said Pianke- 
shaw tribe, on the one part, and the said William Henry Harrison, 
on the other part, that the said tribe should reserve to themselves, 
the right of locating a tract of two square miles, or twelve hundred 
and eighty acres : the fee of which is to remain with them forever. 



PIANKESHAWS. 



231 



And whereas the said Piankeshaw nation, being reduced in num- 
ber, and being unable to occupy the land reserved to them, by the 
treaty concluded between the chiefs of said tribe, and William 
Henry Harrison as aforesaid : therefore be it known, to all to whom 
these presents shall come, greeting : That the said Chekommia, 
commonly called Big River, principal chief and head man of the 
Piankeshaw tribe of Indians, as well in his own name and behalf 
of the said Piankeshaw tribe, for the consideration of one thousand 
dollars received to our full satisfaction, of governor Thomas Posey, 
superintendent of Indian affairs, and with full power and authority 
from the President of the United States, to act concerning the 
within named premises, have relinquished, and do by these pre- 
sents, cede and relinquish to the United States, all that tract of 
land two miles square, and containing twelve hundred and eighty 
acres, being the same tract which was reserved to us by the treaty 
concluded at Vincennes, as aforesaid, between governor William 
Henry Harrison, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of 
the said Piankeshaw nation, on the other. 

In testimony whereof, the said Thomas Posey, superintendent 
of Indian affairs, and Chekommia, principal chief, and repre- 
senting the said Piankeshaw tribe, have hereunto set their 
hands and affixed their seals. 

Done at Vincennes, this third day of January, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of 
the independence of the United States the forty-second. 

Th. Posey> l. s. 

Chekommia, or Big River, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and executed, in presence of 

John Law, Attorney at Law, Joseph Barron, Ind?n Interpreter, 
H. Lasselle, Macatamanguay, or Loon, a Wea 

Caleb Lownes, chief, his x mark. 

This may certify, that Chehommia, or Big River, who has 
signed the above, is principal chief and head man of the Pianke- 
shaw tribe, and with full power and authority from said tribe, to 
sign and execute the above contract, on behalf of said tribe. 

Macatamanguay, or Loon, a Wea chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Little Eyes, or Washington, a Wea chief, his x mark, l. s* 



232 



CREEKS. 



CREEKS . 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 22, 1818. ] 

A treaty of limits between the United States and the Creek nation 
of Indians, made and concluded at the Creek Agency, on Flint 
river, the twenty -second day of January, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. 

James Monroe, President of the United States of America, by 
David Brydie Mitchell, of the State of Georgia, agent of Indian 
affairs for the Creek nation, and sole commissioner, specially 
appointed for that purpose, on the one part, and the undersigned 
kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation, 
in council assembled, on behalf of the said nation, of the other 
part, have entered into the following articles and conditions, viz : 

Art. 1. The said kings, chiefs, head men, and warriors, do 
hereby agree, in consideration of certain sums of money to be 
paid to the said Creek nation, by the Government of the United 
States, as hereinafter stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, 
and do, in behalf of their said nation, hereby cede, relinquish, and 
forever quit claim, unto the United States, all right, title, and 
interest, which the said nation have, or claim, in or unto, the two 
following tracts of land, situate, lying, and being, within the 
following bounds ; that is to say : 1st. Beginning at the mouth of 
Goose creek, on the Alatamahau river, thence, along the line 
leading to the Mounts, at the head of St. Mary's river, to the point 
where it is intersected by the line run by the commissioners of the 
United States, under the treaty of fort Jackson, thence, along the 
said last mentioned line, to a point where a line, lea ving the same, 
shall run the nearest and a direct course, by the head of a creek 
called by the Indians Alcasalekie, to the Ocmulgee river, thence, 
down the said Ocmulgee river, to its junction with the Oconee, 
the two rivers there forming the Alatamahau ; thence, down 
the Alatamahau, to the first mentioned bounds, at the mouth 
of Goose creek. 2d. Beginning at the high shoals of the 
Appalachee river, and from thence, along the line designated 
by the treaty made at the city of Washington, on the four- 
teenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and fifteen, 
to the Ulcofouhatchie, it being the first large branch, or fork, 
of the Ocmulgee, above the Seven Islands ; thence up the 
eastern bank of the Ulcofouhatchie, by the water's edge, to where 
the path, leading from the high shoals of the Appalachie to the 
shallow ford on the Chatahochie, crosses the same ; and, from 
thence, along the said path, to the shallow ford on the Chata- 
hochie river ; thence, up the Chatahochie river, by the water's 
edge, on the eastern side, to Suwannee old town ; thence, by a 



CREEKS. 



233 



direct line, to the head of Appalachie ; and thence, down the 
same, to the first mentioned bounds at the high shoals of Appa- 
lachie. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
United States, as a full consideration for the two tracts of land 
ceded by the Creek nation in the preceding article, that there 
shall be paid to the Creek nation by the United States, within the 
present year, the sum of twenty thousand dollars, and ten thousand 
dollars shall be paid annually for the term of ten succeeding years, 
without interest ; making, in the whole, eleven payments in the 
course of eleven years, the present year inclusive ; and the whole 
sum to be paid, one hundred and twenty thousand dollars. 

Art. 3. And it is hereby further agreed, on the part of the 
United States, that, in lieu of all former stipulations relating to 
blacksmiths, they will furnish the Creek nation for three years 
with two blacksmiths and strikers. 

Art. 4. The President may cause any line to be run which 
may be necessary to designate the boundary of any part of both, 
or either, of the tracts of land ceded by this treaty, at such time, 
and in such manner, as he may deem proper. And this treaty 
shall be obligatory on the contracting parties as soon as the same 
shall be ratified by the Government of the United States. 

Done at the place, and on the day before written. 

D. B. MITCHELL. 



Tustunnugee Thlucco, his x mark, 


L. 


S* 


Tustunnugee Hopoie, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


William Mcintosh, 


L. 


s. 


Tuskeenchaw, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hopoie Haujo, his x mark, 
Cotchau Haujo, his x mark, 
Inthlanis Haujo, his x mark, 


Li 


Si 


Li 


s. 


L. 


Si 


Cowetau Micco, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


Cusselau Micco, his x mark, 


Li 


s. 


Eufaulu Micco, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


Hopoethle Hauja, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hopoie Hatkee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yoholo Micco, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tustunnugee, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


Fatuske Henehau, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yauhau Haujo, his x mark, 
Tuskeegee Emautla, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s 3 


Tustunnugee Hoithleloeo, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


Present : 







D. Brearly, Col. 1th Inf. M. Johnson, Lt. Corps of Art. 

Wm. S. Mitchell. Jlst. Agent, SI. Hawkins, > Inter- 

L A. C. N. George [G. L.]Lovet, \preters. 
29* 



234 



GRAND PAWNEES. 



GRAND PAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 13, 1818. ] 

A treaty of "peace and friendship, made and concluded by and 
between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of 
the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said 
States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors 
of the Grand Pawnee tribe, on the part and behalf of their said 
tribe, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of establishing peace and friendship 
between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the Grand Pawnee tribe. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be 
under the protection of the United States of America, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and the tribes they represent, do moreover promise and oblige 
themselves to deliver up, or cause to be delivered up, to the autho- 
rity of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each 
and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time 
hereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded 
between the said tribe and the said United States. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and 
warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names 
and affixed their seals, this eighteenth day of June, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, 
and of the independence of the United States the forty-second. 



Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Teratuewit, the Bald Eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Taheerish, the Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Petaperishta, Who wants to go to War, his x mark, l. s. 

Talawehouree, the Follower, his x mark, l. s. 

Tarraricarrawaa, the Grand Chief Big Hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Shinggacahega, his x mark, l. s. 

Aiuwechouoneeweeka, Chief of the Birds, his x mark, l. s. 

Islacapee, his x mark, l. s. 



GRAND PAWNEES* 



235 



Settulushaa, the Knife Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Shakororishshara, Chief of the Sun, his x mark, l. s. 

Tarraecarwaa, the Wild Cat, his x mark, l. s. 

Tarrarevetiishta, the Round Shield, his x mark, l. s. 

Arorishhara, the Warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Telawaheartcarookot, the Fighter, his x mark, l. s. 

Kagakereeouk, the Crow's Eye, his x mark, l. s. 
Latatorishhara, the Chief of the Shield, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 



R. Wash, Secretary to the Com- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, 

mission, Wm. Grayson, 

R. Paul, Col. M. M. I T. £[onore, Interpreter, 

John O'Fallon, R. R. Stephen Julian, U. S. Interp'r, 

Jno. Rutland, Sub-agent and Josiah Ramsey, 

Trans., fyc* Th. Robedout. 



PITAVIRATE NOISY PAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 19, 1818. ] 

A treaty of peace and friendship made and concluded by and 
between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of 
the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the said 
States, of the one part, and the undersigned, chiefs and warriors 
of the Pitaviraie JVoisy Pawnee tribe, on the part and behalf of 
their said tribe, of the other part. 

The parties being desirous of establishing peace and friendship 
between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed to the 
following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indi- 
viduals composing the said Noisy Pawnee tribe. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be 
under the protection of the United States of America, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and the tribe they represent, do moreover promise and oblige 
themselves to deliver up, or cause to be delivered up, to the 
authority of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) 
each and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time 
thereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded 
between the said Noisy Pawnee tribe and the said States. 



236 



PAWNEE REPUBLICS. 



In witness whereof, the said William Clark and Auguste 
Chouteau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and 
warriors aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names, 
and affixed their seals, this nineteenth day of June, in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
eighteen, and of the independence of the United States 



the forty-second. 

Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Taretuushta, the First in War, his x mark, l. s. 

Charuvaru, the Great Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Skalavalacharo, the only Grand Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Panukuhike, the Chief Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Ishtataveeirou, the Discoverer, his x mark, l. s. 

Taarakarukaishta, the Handsome Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Lecoutswaroushtu, the Buffaloe Doctor, his x mark, l. s. 

Tacacatahekou, the Running Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Kewatookoush, the Little Fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 



R. Wash, Sec. to the Commission, A. L. Papin, Interpreter, Inds., 

R. Paul, Col. M. M, C. Interp. L T. Honore, Ind. Interpreter, 

R. Graham, I. Agent, Illinois S. Julian, U. S. Ind. Interp V. 

Territory, Josiah Ramsey, 

Jno. O'Fallon, Capt. R. RegH. Wm. Grayson, 

Jno. Ruland, S. Jlgt, Trans, fyc. John Robedout. 



PAWNEE REPUBLICS. 

[concluded june 20, 1818.] 

A treaty of peace and friendship, made and concluded by and be* 
tween William Clark, and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners of 
the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the 
said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and war- 
riors of the Pawnee Republic, on the part and behalf of their 
tribe, of the other part. 

The parties, being desirous of establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed 
to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of 
the contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually for- 
given and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- 
duals composing the said Pawnee tribe. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 



PAWNEE MARHARS. 



237 



and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be 
under the protection of the United States of America, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign, whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and the tribe they represent, do moreover promise and oblige them- 
selves to deliver up, or to cause to be delivered up, to the authority 
of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) each and 
every individual of the said tribe who shall, at any time here- 
after, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded 
between the said Pawnee Republic and the said States. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors 
aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals, this twentieth day of June, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the 
independence of the United States the forty-second. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Petaheick, the Good Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Rarnleshare, the Chief Man, his x mark, l. s. 
Shernakitare, the First in the War Party, his x mark, l. s. 

Sheterahiate, the Partisan Discoverer, his x mark, l. s. 

Tearekatacaush, the Brave, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa, or the Elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Tetawiouche, Wearer of Shoes, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary of the Com- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, 

mission, J. T. Honore, Id. Interpreter, 

T. Paul, Col. M. M. C. Inter- S. Julian, U. S. Id. Interpreter, 

preter, Wm. Grayson, 

R. Graham, I. A. III. Ter. Josiah Ramsey, 

John 0 'Fallon, Copt. R. Regt. John Robedout. 

John Ruland, S. Agt. Trans'r. fyc, 



PAWNEE MARHARS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 22, 1818. ] 

A treaty of 'peace and friendship, made and concluded by and 
between, Williamj Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commissioners 
of the United States of America, on the part and behalf of the 
said States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs and war* 
riors of the Pawnee Marhar tribe, on the part and behalf of 
their said tribe of the other part. 

The parties, being desirous of establishing peace and friend- 
ship between the United States and the said tribe, have agreed 
to the following articles : 



238 



PAWNEE MARHARS. 



Art. 1. Every injury or act of hostility, by one or either of the 
contracting parties, against the other, shall be mutually forgiven 
and forgot. 

Art. 2. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the indivi- 
duals composing the said Pawnee tribe. 

Art. 3 The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be 
under the protection of the United States of America, and of no 
other nation, power, or sovereign whatsoever. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and the tribe they represnet, do moreover promise and oblige 
themselves to deliver up, or to cause to be delivered up, to the 
authority of the United States, (to be punished according to law,) 
each and every individual of the said tribe, who shall, at any time 
hereafter, violate the stipulations of the treaty this day concluded 
between the said Pawnee Marhar tribe and the said States. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, and Auguste Chou- 
teau, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors 
aforesaid, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals, this twenty-second day of June, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the 
independence of the United States the forty-second. 

Wm. Clark, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Tarahautacaw, White Bull, his x mark, l. s. 

Tearilari Sacki, Red Hawk, his x mark, l. s. 
Kakaletahaw, the Crow of other Nations, his x mark, l. s. 

Larapa Kouch, the Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Tahorou, the Gun Flint, his x mark, l. s. 

Letereeshar, the Knife Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Tearacheticktickspa, the Peace Maker, his x mark, l. s. 

Teakahore, the Divider of the Party, his x mark, l. s. 

Lahehozrashea, the Presence Striker, his x mark, l. s. 

Tarara, the Scalp Bearer, his x mark, ■ l. s. 

Teripakoo, the First of Soldiers, his x mark, l. s. 

Irarikau, the White Cow, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis, in the presence of 

Wash, Secretary to the Com- John Ruland, Sab-Agent, 

mission, trans'r, fyc. 

R. Graham, I. A. Illinois Ter- A. L. Papin, Interpreter, 

ritory, J. T . Honore, Indian Interpreter, 

John 0 'Fallon, Captain Rifle S. Julian, U. S. Indian Inter. 

Regiment, Wm. Grayson, 

R. Paul, Col. M. M. C. Inter- Josiah Ramsey, 

preter, John Robedout. 



QUAPAWS. 



239 



QUAPAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 24, 1818. ] 

A treaty of friendship , cession, and limits, made and entered into, 
this twenty -fourth day of August, eighteen hundred and eighteen , 
by and between William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, commis- 
sioners on the part and behalf of the United States, of the one 
part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Quapaw 
tribe or nation, on the part and behalf of their said tribe or nation, 
of the other part. 

Art. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe or nation, do hereby acknowledge themselves 
to be under the protection of the United States, and of no other 
state, power, or sovereignty, whatsoever. 

Art. 2. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe or nation, do hereby, for, and in consideration 
of, the promises and stipulations hereinafter named, cede and re- 
linquish to the United States, forever, all the lands within the 
following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the mouth of Arkansaw 
river ; thence, extending up the Arkansaw, to the Canadian fork, 
and up the Canadian fork to its source ; thence south, to Big Red 
river, and down the middle of that river, to the Big Raft ; thence, 
a direct line, so as to strike the Mississippi river, thirty leagues in 
a straight line, below the mouth of Arkansaw ; together with all 
their claims to land east of the Mississippi, and north of the Ar- 
kansaw river, included within the colored lines 1, 2, and 3, on the 
above map, with the exception and reservation following, that is to 
say : the tract of country bounded as follows : Begining at a point 
on the Arkansaw river, opposite the present post of Arkansaw, 
and running thence, a due southwest course, to the Washita river; 
thence, up that river, to the Saline fork; and up the Saline fork to 
a point, from whence a due north course would strike the Arkan- 
saw river at the little Rock ; and thence, down the right bank of 
the Arkansaw, to the place of begining : which said tract of land, 
last above designated and reserved, shall be surveyed and marked 
off, at the expense of the United States, as soon as the same can 
be done with convenience, and shall not be sold or disposed of, by 
the said Quapaw tribe or nation, to any individual whatever, nor to 
any State or nation, without the approbation of the United States 
first had and obtained. 

Art. 3. It is agreed, between the United States and the said 
tribe or nation, that the individuals of the said tribe or nation shall 
be at liberty to hunt within the territory by them ceded to the Uni- 
ted States, without hindrance or molestation, so long as they 



240 



QUAPAWS. 



demean themselves peaceably, and offer no injury or annoyance to 
any of the citizens of the United States, and until the said United 
States may think proper to assign the same, or any portion thereof, 
as hunting grounds to other friendly Indians. 

Art. 4. No citizen of the United Slates, or any other person, 
shall be permitted to settle on any of the lands hereby allotted to, 
and reserved for, the said Quapaw tribe or nation, to live and hunt 
on : yet it is expressly understood and agreed on, by, and between 
the parties aforesaid, that, at all times, the citizens of the United 
States shall have the right to travel and pass freely, without toll 
or exaction, through the Quapaw reservation, by such roads or 
routes as now are, or hereafter may be, established. 

Art. 5. Tn consideration of the cession and stipulations afore- 
said, the United States do hereby promise and bind themselves to 
pay and deliver to the said Quapaw tribe or nation, immediately 
upon the execution of this treaty, goods and merchandise to the 
value of four thousand dollars, and to deliver, or cause to be de- 
livered, to them, yearly, and every year, goods and merchandise 
to the value of one thousand dollars, to be estimated in the city 
or place, in the United States, where the same are procured or 
purchased. 

Art. 6. Lest the friendship which now exists between the 
United States and the said tribe or nation, should be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place ; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the 
party injured, to the other; by the tribe or nation aforesaid, to the 
governor, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, or some other person 
authorized and appointed for that purpose ; and by the governor, 
superintendent, or other person authorized, to the chiefs of the 
said tribe or nation. And it shall be the duty of the said tribe or 
nation, upon complaint being made, as aforesaid, to deliver up 
the person or persons, against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of 
the State or territory where the offence may have been committed; 
and, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be 
committed on any Indian or Indians, belonging to the said tribe or 
nation, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, if 
found guilty, punished in like manner as if the injury had been 
done to a white man. And it is further agreed, that the chiefs of 
the said tribe or nation shall, to the utmost of their power, exert 
themselves to recover horses, or other property, which may be 
stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any 
individual or individuals of the said tribe or nation ; and the pro- 
perty so recovered, shall be forthwith delivered to the governor, 
superintendent, or other person authorized to receive the same, 
that it may be restored to the proper owner, And in cases where 
the exertions of the chiefs shall be ineffectual in recovering the 



QUAPAWS. 



.241 



property stolen, as aforesaid, if sufficient proof can be obtained 
that such property was actually stolen by an Indian or Indians, 
belonging to the said tribe or nation, a sum, equal to the value of 
the property which has been stolen, may be deducted, by the United 
States, from the annuity of said tribe or nation. And the United 
States hereby guarantee to the individuals of the said tribe or nation, 
a full indemnification for any horse or horses, or other property, 
which may be taken from them by any of their citizens : Provided, 
the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient 
proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen or citizens 
of the United States. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate. 

William Clarke, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Krakaton, or the Dry Man, his x mark, l. s. 

Hradapaa, or the Eagle's Bill, his x mark, l. s. 

Mahraka, or Buck Wheat, his x mark, l. s. 

Honkadagni, his x mark, l. s. 

Wagonkedatton, his x mark, l. s. 

Hradaskamonmini, or the Pipe Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Patongdi, or the Approaching Summer, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehonka, or the Tame Buffaloe, his x mark, l. s. 

Hamonmini, or the Night Walker, his x mark, l. s. 
Washingteteton, or Mocking Bird's Bill, his x mark, l. s. 

Hontikani, his x mark, l. s. 

Tataonsa, or the Whistling Wind, his x mark, l. s. 

Mozatete, his x mark, l. s. 

Done at St. Louis in the presence of 

R. Wash, Secretary to the com- Joseph Bonne, Interpreter, 

mission, Julius Pescay, 

R. Paul, Col. M. M. C. I. Stephen Julian, U. S. Indian 
Jn. Ruland, Sub. Agent, fyc. Interpreter, 

R. Graham, Indian Agent, James Loper, 

M. Lewis Clark^ William P. Clark. 
J. T. Honore, Indian Interpreter, 



30 



242 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, ETC. 



WYANDOTS, SENEGAS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 17, 1818. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. Mary's in the State 
of Ohio, between Lewis Cass and Duncan McArthur, commis- 
sioners of the United States, with fall power and authority to 
hold conferences, and conclude and sign a treaty or treaties, with 
all or any of the tribes or nations of Indians within the bounda- 
ries of the State of Ohio, of and concerning all matters interesting 
to the United States and the said nations of Indians, and the sa- 
chems, chiefs and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, 
and Ottawa tribes of Indians ; being supplementary to the treaty 
made and concluded with the said tribes, and the Delaware, Pat- 
tawatima, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, at the foot of the 
Rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of 
September, in the year of our Lord one thousand, eight hundred 
and seventeen. 

Art. 1. It is agreed, between the United States and the parties 
hereunto, that the several tracts of land, described in the treaty to 
which this is supplementary, and agreed thereby to be granted by 
the United States to the chiefs of the respective tribes named 
therein, for the use of the individuals of the said tribes, and also 
the tract described in the twentieth article of the said treaty, 
shall not be thus granted, but shall be excepted from the cession 
made by the said tribes to the United States, reserved for the use 
of the said Indians, and held by them in the same manner as 
Indian reservations have been heretofore held. But [it] is further 
agreed, that the tracts thus reserved shall be reserved for the use of 
the Indians named in the schedule to the said treaty, and held by 
them and their heirs forever, unless ceded to the United States. 

Aiit. 2. It is also agreed that there shall be reserved for the use 
of the Wyandots, in addition to the reservations before made, fifty- 
five thousand six hundred and eighty acres of land, to be laid off 
in two tracts, the first to adjoin the south line of the section of six 
hundred and forty acres of land heretofore reserved for the Wyandot 
chief, the Cherokee Boy, and to extend south to the north line of 
the reserve of twelve miles square, at Upper Sandusky, and the 
other to join the east line of the reserve of twelve miles square, at 
Upper Sandusky, and to extend east for quantity. 

There shall also be reserved, for the use of the Wyandots resi- 
ding at Solomon's town, and on Blanchard's fork, in addition to 
the reservation before made, sixteen thousand acres of land, to be 
laid off in a square form, on the head of Blanchard's fork, the 
centre of which shall be at the Big Spring, on the trace leading 
from Upper Sandusky to fort Findlay ; and one hundred and sixty 
acres of land, for the use of the Wyandots, on the west side of 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, ETC. 



243 



the Sandusky river, adjoining the said river, and the lower line of 
two sections of land, agreed, by the treaty to which this is supple- 
mentary, to he granted to Elizabeth Whitaker. 

There shall also be reserved, for the use of the Shawanees, in 
addition to the reservations before made, twelve thousand eight 
hundred acres of land, to be laid off adjoining the east line of their 
reserve of ten miles square, at Wapaghkonetta ; and for the use 
of the Shawanees and Senecas, eight thousand nine hundred and 
sixty acres of land, to be laid off adjoining the west line of the 
reserve of forty-eight square miles at Lewistown. And the last 
reserve hereby made, and the former reserve at the same place, 
shall be equally divided by an east and west line, to be drawn 
through the same. And the north half of the said tract shall be 
reserved for the use of the Senecas who reside there, and the 
south half for the use of the Shawanees who reside there. 

There shall also be reserved for the use of the Senecas, in addi- 
tion to the reservations before made, ten thousand acres of land, 
to be laid off on the east side of the Sandusky river, adjoining the 
south line of their reservation of thirty thousand acres of land, 
which begins on the Sandusky river, at the lower corner of Wil- 
liam Spicer's section, and excluding therefrom the said William 
Spicer's section. 

Art. 3. It is hereby agreed that the tracts of land, which, by 
the eighth article of the treaty to which this is supplementary, are 
to be granted by the United States to the persons therein men- 
tioned, shall never be conveyed, by them or their heirs, without 
the permission of the President of the United States. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to pay to the Wyandots an 
additional annuity of five hundred dollars, forever; to the Shawa- 
nees, and to the Senecas of Lewistown, an additional annuity of 
one thousand dollars, forever ; and to the Senecas an additional 
annuity of five hundred dollars, forever ; and to the Ottawas an 
additional annuity of one thousand five hundred dollars, forever. 
And these annuities shall be paid at the places, and in the manner, 
prescribed by the treaty to which this is supplementary. 

Art. 5. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Duncan McAr- 
thur, commissioners as aforesaid, and the sachems, chiefs, 
and warriors, of the Wyandot, Seneca, Shawanee, and Ottawa 
tribes of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, 
in the state of Ohio, this seventeenth day of September, in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
eighteen. 

Lewis Cass, 
Duncan McArthur 



244 



WYANDOTS, SENECAS, ETC. 



ottawas, Keueaghbon, or Bald Eagle, his x mark? 

Peshekata, or Marked Legs, his x mark, 
Shwanabe, or Muskrat, his x mark, 
Toutogana, or The Dog, his x mark, 
Tushquagon, or McCarty, his x mark, 
Mushkema, his x mark, 

shawanees, Cuttewekasa, or Black Hoof, his x mark, 
Shemenetu, or Big Snake, his x mark, 
Biaseka, or Wolf, his x mark, 
Pomthe, or Walker, his x mark, 
Chacalawa, or Long Tail, his x mark, 
Pemthata, or Perry, his x mark, 
Red Man, or Capt. Reed, his x mark, 
Chiakeska, or Captain Tom, his x mark, 
Tecuntequa, or Elk in the Water, his x mark, 
Quitawepa, or Colonel Lewis, his x mark, 
Captain Pipe, his x mark, 
James Armstrong, his x mark, 

Metesheneiwa, or Bear's Man, his x mark, 
Oquenoxe, his x mark, 
Peneshaw, or Eagle, his x mark, 

Douquad, or Half King, his x mark, 
Rontondu, or War Pole, his x mark, 
Tuayaurontoyou, or Between the Logs, his x mark, 
Dauatout, or John Hicks his x mark, 
Horonu, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark, 
Teoudetosso, or George Punch, his x mark, 
Hawdoro, or Matthews, his x mark, 
Skoutous, his x mark, 
Quouqua, his x mark, 
senecas, Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark, 

Shekoghkell, or Big Turtle, his x mark, 
Waghkonoxie, or White Bone, his x mark, 
Tochequia, or Yellow Bone, his x mark, 
Captain Togone, his x mark, 
Cunneshohant, or Harris, his x mark, 
Tousonecta, or his Blanket Down, his x mark, 
Wiping Stick, his x mark. 

In presence of 



OTTOWAS. 



WYANDOT S. 



Wm. Turner, Secretary, 
John Johnston, Indian Agent, 
B. F. Stickney, Indian Agent, 
B. Parke, District Judge of In- 
diana, 

Jonathan Jennings, Governor of 
Indiana, 



Alexander Wolcott, jr., Indian 

Agent, Detroit, 
John Conner, 

J. T. Chunn, Major of Sd In- 
fantry, 

R. A. Forsyth, jr. Sec. Indian 
Dept. 



WYANDOTS. 



245 



Wm. P. Rathbone, Army Con- 
tractor. - 



G. M. Grosvenor, Captain 8th 
Infantry. 



Sworn Interpreters, 

Henry I. Hunt, 

John Kenzer, Sub Agent, 

F. Duchouquet, 

W. Knaggs, 



A. Shane, 
John B. Walker, 
L. Jouett, Indian 



Agent. 



WYANDOTS. 

X CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1818. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. Mary^s, in the 
Slate of Ohio, between Lewis Cass, commissioner of the United 
States, thereto specially authorized by the President of the United 
States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Wyandot tribe of 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians hereby cede to the 
United States all the right reserved to them in two tracts of land, 
in the territory of Michigan, one including the village called 
Brownstown, and the other the village called Maguagua, formerly 
in the possession of the Wyandot tribe of Indians, containing 
in the whole not more than five thousand acres of land ; which 
two tracts of land were reserved for the use of the said Wyandot 
tribe of Indians, and their descendants, for the term of fifty years, 
agreeably to the provisions of the act of Congress, passed Feb- 
ruary 28, 1809, and entitled, " An act for the relief of certain 
Alabama and Wyandot Indians." 

Art. 2. In consideration of the preceding cession, the United 
States will reserve, for the use of the said Wyandot Indians, 
sections numbered twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty- 
six; thirty -four, thirty-five, thirty-six, twenty-seven, and that 
.part of section numbered twenty-two, which contains eight acres, 
and lies on the south side of the river Huron, being in the fourth 
township, south of the base line, and in the ninth range east of 
the first meridian, in the territory of Michigan, and containing 
four thousand nine hundred and ninety-six acres; and the said 
tract of land shall be reserved for the use of the said Wyandot 
Indians, and their descendants, and be secured to them in the 
same manner, and on the same terras and conditions, as is pro- 
vided in relation to the Alabama Indians, by the first section of 
the beforementioned act of Congress, except that the said Wyan- 
dot Indians, and their descendants, shall hold the said land so 
long as they or their descendants shall occupy the same. 



246 



PEORIAS, KA SKA SKI AS, ETC. 



In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Wyandot 
tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, 
in the State of Ohio, this twentieth day of September, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. 

Lewis Cass, 

Ronesass, or Honas, his x mark, 
Haunsiaugh, or Boyer, his x mark, 
Ronaess, or Racer, his x mark, 
Ronioness, or Joseph, his x mark, 
Scoutash, his x mark, 
Dunquod, or Half King, his x mark, 
Aronne, or Cherokee Boy, his x mark. 
Taruntne, or Between the Logs, his x mark. 

In presence of 

R. A. Forsyth, jun. Secretary W. W. Walker, Interpreter, 

to the Commission, John Conner, 

John Johnston, Indian Agent, Wm. Turner. 
B. F. Stickney, S. L A. 



PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1818. ] 

A treaty made and concluded by and between JVinian Edwards and 
Auguste Chouteau, commissioners on the part and behalf of the 
United States of America, of the one part, and the under signed^ 
principal chiefs and warriors of the Peoria, Kaskaskia, Mitchi- 
gamia, Cahokia, and Tamarois, tribes of the Illinois nation of 
Indians, on tlie part and behalf of the said tribes, of the other 
part. 

Whereas, by the treaty made at Vincennes, on the thirteenth 
day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and three, between the United States, of the one part, and the 
head chiefs and warriors of the tribe of Indians commonly called 
the Kaskaskia tribe, but which was composed of, and rightfully 
represented, the Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois, 
tribes of the Illinois nation of Indians, of the other part, a certain 
tract of land was ceded to the United States, which was supposed 
to include all the land claimed by those respective tribes, but which 
did not include, and was not intended to include, the land which 
was rightfully claimed by the Peoria Indians, a tribe of the Illinois 
nation, who then did, and still do, live separate and apart from the 
tribes abovementioned, and who are not represented in the treaty 
referred to above, nor ever received any part of the consideration 



PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. 



247 



given for the cession of land therein mentioned : And whereas the 
said tribe of Peoria are now also disposed to cede all their land to 
the United States, and, for the purpose of avoiding any dispute 
with regard to the boundary of their claim, are willing to unite 
with the Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois, tribes, 
in confirming the cession of land to the United States, which was 
made by the treaty above referred to, and in extending the cession 
so as to include all the land claimed by those tribes, and them- 
selves, respectively. 

Art. 1. For which purpose the undersigned, head chiefs and 
warriors of the Peoria ? Kaskaskia, Mitchigamia, Cahokia, and 
Tamarois, tribes of the Illinois nation of Indians, for the considera- 
tions hereinafter mentioned, do hereby relinquish, cede, and 
confirm to the United States, all the land included within the 
following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the confluence of the 
Ohio and Mississippi rivers ; thence up the Ohio, to the mouth of 
Saline creek, about twelve miles below the mouth of the Wabash ; 
thence along the dividing ridge between the waters of said creek 
and the Wabash, to the general dividing ridge between the waters 
which fall into the Wabash and those which fall into the Kaskaskia 
river ; thence along the said ridge until it reaches the waters which 
fall into the Illinois river ; thence a direct line to the confluence 
of the Kankakee and Maple rivers ; thence down the Illinois river, 
to its confluence with the Mississippi, and down the latter to the 
beginning. 

Art. 2. It is mutually agreed, by the parties hereto, that all 
the stipulations contained in the treaty, above referred to, shall 
continue binding and obligatory on both parties. 

Art. 3. The United States will take the Peoria tribe, as w T ell 
as the other tribes herein abovementioned, under their immediate 
care and patronage, and will afford them a protection as effectual, 
against any other Indian tribes, and against all other persons what- 
ever, as is enjoyed by the citizens of the United States. And the 
said Peoria tribe do hereby engage to refrain from making war, or 
giving any insult or offence, to any other Indian tribe, or to any 
foreign nation, without first having obtained the approbation and 
consent of the United States. 

Art. 4. In addition to two thousand dollars worth of merchan- 
dise, this day paid to the abovementioned tribes of Indians, the 
receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, the United States promise 
to pay to the said Peoria tribe, for the term of twelve years, an 
annuity of three hundred dollars, in money, merchandise, or do- 
mestic animals, at the option of the said tribe ; to be delivered at 
the village of St. Genevieve, in the territory of Missouri. 

Art. 5. The United States agree to cede to the said Peoria 
tribe, six hundred and forty acres of land, including their village 
on Blackwater river, in the territory of Missouri ; provided that the 
said tract is not included within a private claim ; but should that 



%4S 



PEORIAS, KASKASKIAS, ETC. 



PEORIAS. 



be the case, then some other tract of equal quantity and value shall 
be designated for said tribe, at such place as the President of the 
United States may direct. And the said Peoria tribe hereby agree 
to accept the same, together with the presents now given them, 
and the annuity hereby promised them, as a full equivalent for all 
and every tract of land to which they have any pretence of right 
or title. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto 
subscribed their names and affixed their seals. Done at 
Edwardsville, in the State of Illinois, this twenty-fifth day 
of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and eighteen, and of the independence of the United 
States the forty-third. 

Ninian Edwards, l. s. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Waw Peeshawkawnan, Shield, his x mark, l. s. 
Wassawcosangaw, Shine, his x mark, l. s. 
Naynawwitwaw, Sentinel, his x mark, l. s. 
Wissineeaw, the Eater, his x mark, l. s. 

Rawmissawnoa, or Wind, his x mark, l. s. 
Pvlawressaw, or Knife, his x mark, l. s. 

Koongeepawtaw, his x mark, l. s, 

Batticy, or Baptist, his x mark, l. s, 

Keemawraneaw, or Seal, his x mark, l. s. 
Wecomawkawnaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Keeshammy, or Cut off a Piece, his x mark, l. s. 

Louis Jefferson Becouagne, his x mark, l.. s. 
Wawpamahwhawaw, or White Wolf, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Awrawmapingeaw, or Whale, his x mark, l. s, 
Keemawassaw, or Little Chief, his x mark, l. s„ 

Wackshinggaw, or Crooked Moon, his x 

mark, l. s.. 

Keetawkeemawwaw, or Andrew, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Manggonssaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Mooyawkacke, or Mercier, his x mark, l. s. 

Pemmeekawwattaw, or Henry, his x mark, l. s. 

Papenegeesawwaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Shopinnaw, or Pint, his x mark, l. s. 

Maysheeweerattaw, or Big Horn, his x 



KASKASKIAS. 



I T C H I G A M I A S . 



CAHOKIAS, 



mark, 



l. 



TAMAROIS. 



Mahkattamawweeyaw, Black Wolf, his x 

mark, l. 
Queckkawpeetaw, or Round Seat, his x 



mark, 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



249 



Pascal Cerre, Secretary 

Commissioners j 
Abraham Prickett, 
B. Stephenson, 
John McKee, 
Joseph Conway, 
Josias Randle, 
Ebenezer Baldwin, 
Reuben H. Walworth, 
William Swettaud, 
John Kain, 
R. Pulliam, 
John Gaither, 



presence of 

the N. Bucknett, 
Jacob Prickett, 
John Wilson, 
William P. McKee, 
James Watts, 
John Howard, 
Richard Brevoofield, 
Robert Bogue, 
James Mason, 
John Shinn, jun. 
John H. Randle, 
Edmund Randle. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 25, 1818. ] 

A treaty made and concluded by and between William Clark, 
governor of the Missouri Territory, superintendent of Indian 
affairs, and commissioner in behalf of the United States, of the 
one part ; and a full and complete deputation of considerate men, 
chiefs, and warriors, of all the several bands of the Great and 
Little Osage nation, assembled in behalf of their said nation, of 
the other part, have agreed to the following articles : 

Art. 1. Whereas, the Osage nations have been embarrassed by 
the frequent demands for property taken from the citizens of the 
United States, by war parties, and other thoughtless men of their 
several bands, (both before and since their war with the Cherokees,) 
and as the exertions of their chiefs have been ineffectual in recover- 
ing and delivering such property, conformably with the condition 
of the ninth article of a treaty entered into with the United States, 
at fort Clark, the tenth of November, one thousand eight hundred 
and eight; and as the deductions from their annuities, in con- 
formity to the said article, would deprive them of any for several 
years, and being destitute of funds to do that justice to the citizens 
of the United States which is calculated to promote a friendly 
intercourse, they have agreed, and do hereby agree, to cede to the 
United States, and forever quit claim to the tract of country 
included within the following bounds, to wit : Beginning at the 
Arkansaw river, at w T here the present Osage boundary line strikes 
the river at Frog Bayou ; then up the Arkansaw and Verdigris, to 
the falls of Verdigris river ; thence eastwardly to the said Osage 
boundary line, at a point twenty leagues north from the Arkansaw 
river ; and with that line to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. The United States, on their part, and in consideration 
of the above cession, agree, in addition to the amount which the 
30* 



250 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



Osage do now receive in money and goods, to pay their own 
citizens the full value of such property as they can legally prove 
to have been stolen or destroyed by the said Osage, since the year 
one thousand eight hundred and fourteen : provided the same does 
not exceed the sum of four thousand dollars. 

Art. 3. The articles now stipulated will be considered as 
permanent additions to the treaties now in force between the con- 
tracting parties, as soon as they shall have been ratified by the 
President of the United States of America, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate of the United States. 

In witness whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the considerate men and chiefs aforesaid, have 
hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed their seals, at 
St. Louis, this twenty-fifth day of September, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of 
the independence of the United States the forty-third. 



William Clark, 


L. 


S. 


Canlenonpe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voibatice, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Thebonache, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Chonqueauga, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voipoqua, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Mannansoudhe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nequivoire, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nantagregre, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Manshepogran, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pachique, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


1 acmdhe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voiletonchinga, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voisabevoiquanddague, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nanchache, his x mark, 
Thequalanan, his x mark, 


L. 


s- 


L. 


s. 


Theoucoudhe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nihecounache, his x mark, 


L. 


s« 


Voidenoche, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Conchestuvoilla, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Naquidatonga, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voitanigau, his x mark, 


L. 


s.. 


Huquevoire, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hurathi, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Houneagon, or the Gentleman, his x mark, 
Hoquithevoico, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Voiscaudhe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Thedocavoichipiche, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Voithevoihe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Mitaniga, his x mark, 
Thecanique, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Voibisonthe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



WEAS. 



251 



Nicananthevoire, his x mark, l. s. 

Honhonquecon, his x mark, l. s. 

Tanhemonny, his x mark, l. s. 

Sandhecaan, his x mark, l. s. 

Paheksaw, or the White Hairs, his x mark, l. s. 

Kohesegre, or the Great Tract, his x mark, l. s. 

Nichenmanee, or the Walking Rain, his x mark, l. s. 

Tadhesajaudesor, or the Wind, his x mark, l. s. 

Nihuedheque, or Sans Oreillez, his x mark, l. s. 

Caniquechaga, or the Little Chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Grinachie, or the Sudden Appearance, his x mark, l. s. 

Voinasache, or the Raised Scalp, his x mark, l. s. 

Dogachiga, his x mark, l. s. 

Tahechiga, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of 
Pierre Chouteau, Paul Loise, Interpreter Osage, 

Pierre Menard, Ind. Agent, J. T. Honore, Indian Interpfr. 
John Ruland, Sub-agent, Meriwether Lewis Clark. 

P. L. Chouteau, Interpreter, 



WEAS. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 2, 1818.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded, at St. Mary's, between 
the United States of America, by their commissioners, Jonathan 
Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin Parke, and the Wea tribe 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The said Wea tribe of Indians agree to cede to the 
United States all the lands claimed and owned by the said tribe, 
within the limits of the States of Indiana, Ohio, and Illinois. 

Art. 2. The said Wea tribe of Indians reserve to themselves 
the following described tract of land, viz : Beginning at the mouth 
of Racoon creek; thence, by the present boundary line, seven 
miles ; thence, northeasterly, seven miles, to a point seven miles 
from the Wabash river ; thence to the Wabash river, by a line 
parallel to the present boundary line aforesaid ; and thence, by the 
Wabash river, to the place of beginning : to be holden by the 
said tribe as Indian reservations are usually held. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to grant to Christmas Dageny 
and Mary Shields, formerly Mary Dageny, children of Mechin- 
quamesha, sister of Jacco, a chief of the said tribe, and their 
heirs, one section of land each ; but the land hereby granted shall 
not be conveyed or transferred to any person or persons, by the 
grantees aforesaid, or their heirs, or either of them, but with the 
consent of the President of the United States. 



252 



WEAS. 



Art. 4. The said Wea tribe of Indians accede to, and sanc- 
tion, the cession of land made by the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, 
in the second article of a treaty concluded between the United 
States and the said Kickapoo tribe, on the ninth day of December, 
one thousand eight hundred and nine. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the cession made in the foregoing 
articles of this treaty, the United States agree to pay to the said 
Wea tribe of Indians, one thousand eight hundred and fifty dollars 
annually, in addition to the sum of one thousand one hundred 
and fifty dollars, (the amount of their former annuity,) making 
a sum total of three thousand dollars ; to be paid in silver, by the 
United States, annually, to the said tribe, on the reservation 
described by the second article of this treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, 
and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Wea tribe of Indians, 
have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, in the State of 
Ohio, this second day of October, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. 

Jonathan Jennings, 

Lewis Cass, 

B. Parke, 

Jacco, his x mark, 

Shamana, his x mark, 

Shequiah, or Little Eyes, his x mark, 

Quema, or Young Man, his x mark, 

Pequiah, his x mark, 

Shingonsa, or Mink, his x mark, 

Shepaqua, or Leaves, his x mark. 

kickapoo Metagekoka, or Big Tree, his x mark, 
chiefs. Wako or Fox, his x mark. 

In presence of 

John Dill, Secretary to the Com- Joseph Barron, Interpreter, 

missioners, John T. Chunn, Major 3d In- 

William Turner, Secretary, fantry, 

John Johnson, Indian Agent, J. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry, 

William Prince, Indian Agent, Benedict Th. Flaget, Bishop of 

B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Bardstown. 
John Conner, 



PATTA WATIMAS. 



253 



PATTA WATIMAS. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 2, 1818.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at St. Mary's, in the State 
of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin 
Parke, commissioners of the United States, and the Pattawa- 
tima nation of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Pattawatima nation of Indians cede to the United 
States all the country comprehended within the following limits : 
Beginning at the mouth of the Tippecanoe river, and running up 
the same to a point twenty-five miles in a direct line from the 
Wabash river ; thence, on a line as nearly parallel to the general 
course of the Wabash river, as practicable, to a point on the 
Vermilion river, twenty-five miles from the Wabash river ; thence 
down the Vermilion river to its mouth ; and thence, up the Wabash 
river, to the place of beginning. The Pattawatimas also cede to 
the United States all their claim to the country south of the Wabash 
river. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to purchase any just claim 
which the Kickapoos may have to any part of the country hereby 
ceded below Pine creek. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to pay to the Pattawatimas a 
perpetual annuity of two thousand five hundred dollars in silver ; 
one half of which shall be paid at Detroit, and the other half at 
Chicago ; and all annuities which, by any former treaty, the 
United States have engaged to pay to the Pattawatimas, shall be 
hereafter paid in silver. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to grant to the persons named 
in the annexed schedule, and their heirs, the quantity of land 
therein stipulated to be granted ; but the land so granted shall 
never be conveyed by either of the said persons, or their heirs, 
unless by the consent of the President of the United States. 
In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, 
and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
sachems, chiefs, and warriors, of the Pattawatima tribe of 
Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, in the 
State of Ohio, this second day of October, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, and of the 
independence of the United States the forty.third. 

Jonathan Jennings, Meetenwa, his x mark, 

Lewis Cass, Scomack, his x mark, 

B. Parke, Chewago, his x mark, 

Tuthinepee, his x mark, Jowish, his x mark, 

Cheebaas, his x mark, Checalk, his x mark, 

Metamice, his x mark, Eshcam, his x mark, 

Winemakoos, his x mark, Pesotem, his x mark, 



254 



PATTA WATIMA S . 



Mescotnome, his x mark, 
Wabmeshema, his x mark, 
Shawano, his x mark, 
Chacapma, his x mark, 
Menomene, his x mark, 
Wogaw, his x mark, 
Metea, his x mark, 
Metchepagiss, his x mark, 
Nautchegno, his x mark, 
Osheochebe, his x mark, 
Keesis, his x mark, 
Conge, his x mark, 



Onoxas, his x mark, 
Petcheco, his x mark, 
Shepage, his x mark, 
Sheackackabe,his x mark, 
Peaneesh, his x mark, 
Macota, his x mark, 
Mona, or Moran, his x mark, 
Mocksa, his x mark, 
Nanouseka, his x mark, 
Wistea, his x mark, 
Mowa, or Black Wolf, his x 
mark. 



James Dill, 

Commissioners , 
William Turner, Secretary , 
Jno. Johnson, Indian Agent, 
B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. 
William Prince, Indian Agent, 
John Conner, 

William Conner, Interpreter, 



In presence of 

Secretary to the R. A. Forsyth, Secretary of In- 
dian Affairs, 
Isaac Burnett, 

Benedict Th. Flaget, Bishop of 

Bardstown, 
G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, 
John T. Chunn, Major 3d Inf. 
P. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry. 

Schedule referred to in the foregoing Treaty, 

There shall be granted to James Burnett, Isaac Burnett, Jacob 
Burnett, and Abraham Burnett, two sections of land each ; and 
to Rebecca Burnett and Isaac Burnett, one section of land each ; 
which said James, John, Isaac, Jacob, Abraham, Rebecca, and 
Nancy, are children of Cakimi, a Pattawatima woman, sister of 
Topinibe, principal chief of the nation ; and six of the sections 
herein granted, shall be located from the mouth of the Tippecanoe 
river, down the Wabash river, and the other six [five] sections 
shall be located at the mouth of Flint river. 

There shall be granted to Perig, a Pattawatima, chief, one 
section of land on the Flint river, where he now lives. There 
shall also be granted to Mary Chatalie, daughter of Neebosh, a 
Pattawatima chief, one section of land, to be located below the 
mouth of Pine river. 

JONATHAN JENNINGS, 
LEWIS CASS, 
B. PARKE. 



DELAWARE S. 



255 



DELAWARES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 3, 1818. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at St. Mary's, in the State 
of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin 
Parke, commissioners of the United States and the Delaware 
nation of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Delaware nation of Indians cede to the United 
States all their claim to land in the State of Indiana. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, the United 
States agree to provide for the Delawares a country to reside in, 
upon the west side of the Mississippi, and to guarantee to them 
the peaceable possession of the same. 

Art. 3. The United States also agree to pay the Delawares 
the full value of their improvements in the country hereby ceded : 
which valuation shall be made by persons to be appointed for 
that purpose by the President of the United States ; and to furnish 
the Delawares with one hundred and twenty horses, not to exceed 
in value forty dollars each, and a sufficient number of perogues, 
to aid in transporting them to the west side of the Mississippi ; 
and a quantity of provisions, proportioned to their numbers, and 
the extent of their journey. 

Art. 4. The Delawares shall be allowed the use and occupa- 
tion of their improvements, for the term of three years from the 
date of this treaty, if they so long require it- 

Art. 5. The United States agree to pay the Delawares a 
perpetual annuity of four thousand dollars ; which, together with 
all annuities which the United States, by any former treaty, 
engaged to pay to them, shall be paid in silver, at any place to 
which the Delawares may remove. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to provide and support a 
blacksmith for the Delawares, after their removal to the west side 
of the Mississippi. 

Art. 7. One-half section of land shall be granted to each of 
the following persons, namely : Isaac Wobby, Samuel Cassman, 
Elizabeth Petchaka, and Jacob Dick ; and one quarter of a sec- 
tion of land shall be granted to each of the following persons, 
namely, Solomon Tindell, and Benoni Tindell ; all of whom are 
Delawares; which tracts of land shall be located, after the country 
is surveyed, at the first creek above the old fort on White river, 
and running up the river ; and shall be held by the persons herein 
named, respectively, and their heirs ; but shall never be conveyed 
or transferred without the approbation of the President of the 
United States. 



256 



DEL A WARES. 



Art. 8. A sum not exceeding thirteen thousand three hundred 
and twelve dollars and twenty-five cents, shall be paid by the 
United States, to satisfy certain claims against the Delaware 
nation ; and shall be expended by the Indian agent at Piqua and 
fort Wayne, agreeably to a schedule this day examined and 
approved by the commissioners of the United States. 

Art. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on 
the contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, 
and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the Delaware nation of Indians, have 
hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, in the State of Ohio, 
this third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and eighteen. 

Jonathan Jennings, 
Lew. Cass, 
B. Parke, 

Kithteeleland, or Anderson, his x mark, 
Lapahnihe, or Big Bear, his x mark, 
James Nanticoke, his x mark, 
Apacahund, or White Eyes, his x mark, 
Captain Killbuck, his x mark, 
The Beaver, his x mark, 
Netahopuna, his x mark, 
Captain Tunis, his x mark, 
Captain Ketchum, his x mark, 
The Cat, his x mark 
Ben Beaver, his x mark, 
The War Mallet, his x mark, 
Captain Caghkoo, his x mark, 
The Buck, his x mark, 
Petchenanalas, his x mark, 
John Quake, his x mark, 
Quenaghtoothmait, his x mark, 
Little Jack, his x mark. 

In the presence of 

James Dill, Secretary to the John T. Chunn, Major 3d U. 

Commissioners, S. Infantry, 

William Turner, Secretary, J. Hackley, Capt. 3d Infantry, 

Jno. Johnston, Indian Agent, William Oliver, 

B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Hillary Brunot, Lieut. 3dlnfan- 
John Conner, try, 

William Conner, Interpreter, David Oliver, 

John Kinzie, Sub-Agent, R. A. Forsyth, Jr. Secretary In- 
G. Godfroy, Sub-Agent, dian Department. 



MIAMI S. 



257 



MIAMIS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 6, 1818. ] 

Jlrticles of a treaty made and concluded at St. Mary's, in the State 
of Ohio, between Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, and Benjamin 
Parke, commissioners of the United States, and the Miami nation 
of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Miami nation of Indians cede to the United States 
the following tract of country : Beginning at the Wabash river, 
where the present Indian boundary line crosses the same, near the 
mouth of Racoon creek ; thence, up the Wabash river, to the 
reserve at its head, near fort Wayne ; thence, to the reserve at fort 
Wayne ; thence, with the lines thereof, to the St. Mary's river ; 
thence, up the St. Mary's river, to the reservation at the portage ; 
thence, with the line of the cession made by the Wyandot nation 
of Indians to the United States, at the foot of the rapids of the 
Miami of lake Erie, on the 29th day of September, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen, to the reser- 
vation at Loramie's store ; thence, with the present Indian boun- 
dary line, to fort Recovery ; and, with the said line, following the 
courses thereof, to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following reservations, 
for the use of the Miami nation of Indians, shall be made : one 
reservation, extending along the Wabash river, from the mouth of 
Salamanie river to the mouth of Eel river, and from those points, 
running due south, a distance equal to a direct line from the mouth 
of Salamanie river to the mouth of Eel river. One other reserva- 
tion, of two miles square, on the river Salamanie, at the mouth of 
Atchepongqwaw T e creek. One other reservation, of six miles 
square, on the W T abash river, below the forks thereof. One other 
reservation, of ten miles square, opposite the mouth of the river 
A Bouette. One other reservation, of ten miles square, at the 
village on Sugar Tree creek. One other reservation, of two miles 
square, at the mouth of a creek, called Flat Rock, where the road 
to White river crosses the same. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee 
simple, to Jean Bapt. Richardville, principal chief of the Miami 
nation of Indians, the following tracts of land : Three sections of 
land, beginning about twenty-five rods below his house, on the 
river St. Mary's, near fort Wayne ; thence, at right angles with 
the course of the river, one mile ; and from this line, and the 
said river, up the stream thereof, for quantity. Two sections, upon 
the east side of the St. Mary's river, near fort Wayne, running 
€ast one mile with the line of the military reservation ; thence, 
from that line, and frem the river, for quantity. Two sections, 
on the Twenty-seven mile creek, where the road from St. Mary's 
31 



258 



MI AMIS, 



to fort Wayne crosses it, being one section on each side of said 
creek. Two sections on the left bank of the Wabash, commenc- 
ing at the forks and running down the river. 

The United States also agree to grant to each of the following 
persons, being Miami Indians by birth, and their heirs, the tracts 
of land herein described. 

To Joseph Richardville and Joseph Richardville, jun. two sec- 
tions of land, being one on each side of the St. Mary's river, and 
below the reservation made on that river by the treaty of Green- 
ville, in 1795. 

To Wemetche or the Crescent, one section, below and adjoining 
the reservation of Anthony Chesne, on the west side of the St. 
Mary's river, and one section immediately opposite, to Maculta- 
munqua or Black Loon. 

To Keenquatakqua or Long Hair, Aronzon or Twilight, Pecon- 
bequa or a Woman striking, Aughquamauda or Difficulty, and to 
Miaghqua or Noon, as joint tenants, five sections of land upon the 
Wabash river, the centre of which shall be the Wyandot village, 
below the mouth of Tippecanoe river. 

To Francis Godfroy, six sections of land, on the Salamanie river, 
at a place called La Petite Prairie. 

To Louis Godfroy, six sections of land, on the St. Mary's river, 
above the reservation of Anthony Shane. 

To Charley, a Miami chief, one section of land, on the west side 
of St. Mary's river, below the section granted to Pemetche or the 
Crescent. 

To the two eldest children of Peter Langlois, two sections of 
land, at a place formerly called Village du Puant, at the mouth of 
the river called Pouceaupichoux. 

To the children of Antoine Bondie, two sections of land, on 
the border of the Wabash river, opposite a place called l'Isle a 
l'Aille. 

To Francois Lafontaine and his son, two sections of land, ad- 
joining and above the two sections granted to Jean Bapt. Richard- 
ville, near fort Yv^ayne, and on the same side of the St. Mary's 
river. 

To the children of Antoine Rivarre, two sections of land, at 
the mouth of the Twenty-seven mile creek, and below the same. 

To Peter Langlois's youngest child, one section of land, oppo- 
site the Chipaille, at the Shawanee village. 

To Peter Labadie, one section of land, on the river St. Mary's, 
below the section granted to Charley. 

To the son of George Hunt, one section of land, on the west 
side of the St. Mary's river, adjoining the two sections granted to 
Francois Lafontaine and his son. 

To Meshenoqua or the Little Turtle, one section of land, on 
the south side of the Wabash, where the portage path strikes the 
same. 



MIAMIS. 



259 



To Josette Beaubien, one section of land on the left bank of 
the St. Mary's, above and adjoining the three sections granted to 
Jean Bapt. Richardville. 

To Ann Turner, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land on 
the northwest side of the Wabash river, to commence at the mouth 
of Fork creek, on the west bank of the said creek, and running 
up said creek one mile in a direct line, thence at right angles with 
this line, for quantity. 

To Rebecca Hackley, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land, 
to be located at the Munsee town, on White River, so that it shall 
extend on both sides to include three hundred and twenty acres 
of the Prairie, in the bend of the river, where the bend assumes 
the shape of a horse shoe. 

To William Wayne Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section 
of land at the mouth of the Fork creek, where the reservation for 
Ann Turner commences, running down the Wabash river on the 
northwest bank one mile ; thence, back one mile ; thence, east one 
mile, to the boundary line of the grant to Ann Turner. 

To Mary Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land at 
the mouth of Stoney creek, on the southeast side of the Wabash 
river, the centre of which shall be at the mouth of said creek, running 
with the meanders thereof, up and down the Wabash river, one 
half mile, and thence back for quantity. 

To Jane Turner Wells, a half-blooded Miami, one section of land, 
on the northwest side of the Wabash river, to commence on the 
west bank of said river, opposite the old lime kiln ; thence, down 
the said river one mile, and back for quantity. 

Art. 4. The Miami nation of Indians assent to the cession made 
by the Kickapoos to the United States, by the treaty concluded 
at Vincennes, on the ninth day of December, one thousand eight 
hundred and nine. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the cession and recognition afore- 
said, the United States agree to pay to the Miami nation of Indians, 
a perpetual annuity of fifteen thousand dollars, which, together 
with all annuities which, by any former treaty, the United States 
have engaged to pay to the said Miami nation of Indians, shall be 
paid in silver. 

The United States will cause to be built for the Miamis one 
grist-mill and one saw-mill, at such proper sites as the chiefs of 
the nation may select, and will provide and support one black- 
smith and one gunsmith for them, and provide them with such 
implements of agriculture as the proper agent may think neces- 
sary. 

The United States will also cause to be delivered, annually, to 
the Miami nation, one hundred and sixty bushels of salt. 

Art. 6. The several tracts of land which, by the third article 
of this treaty, the United States have engaged to grant to the per- 
sons therein mentioned, except the tracts to be granted to Jean 



260 



MI AM IS. 



Bapt. Richardville, shall never be transferred by the said persons 
or their heirs, without the approbation of the President of the 
United States. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall be obligator}- on the contracting 
parties after the same shall be ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, Lewis Cass, 
and Benjamin Parke, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the Miami nation of Indians, have 
hereunto set their hands, at St. Mary's, the sixth day of Oc- 
tober, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and eighteen. 

Jonathan Jennings, 
Lewis Cass, 
B. Parke, 

Peshawa, or Richardville, his x mark, 

Osas, his x mark, 

Ketauga, or Charley, his x mark, 

Metche Keteta, or Big Body, his x mark, 

Notawas, his x mark, 

Wapapeslea, his x mark, 

Tathtenouga, his x mark, 

Papskeecha, or Flat Belly, his x mark, 

Metosma, his x mark, 

Sasakuthka, or Sun, his x mark, 

Keosakunga, his x mark, 

Koehenna, his x mark, 

Sinamahon, or Stone Eater, his x mark, 

Cabma, his x mark, 

Ameghqua, his x mark, 

Xawaushea, his x mark. 

In presence of 

James Dill, Secretary to the Wm, Brunot, Lieut. 3d Infantry. 

Commissioners, Wm. P. Rathbone, Army Con- 

William Turner, Secretary, tractor, 
John Johnson, Indian Agent, Wm. Oliver, 
B. F. Stickney, S. I. A. Joseph Benson, Sworn Inter- 

John Kenzie, Sub- agent, preter, 
G. Godfroy, Sub-agent, Wm. Conner, Interpreter, 

John Conner, Antoine Pride, Interpreter. 

John F. Swan, Major 3d U. S. Infantry, 



CHICKASAWS, 261 



CHICKAS AWS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 19, 1818.] 

To settle all territorial controversies, and to remove all ground of 
corn-plaint or dissatisfaction, that might arise to interrupt the 
peace and harmony which have so long and so happily existed be- 
tween the United States of America and the Chickasaw nation of 
Indians, James Monroe, President of the said United States, by 
Isaac Shelby and Andrew Jackson, of the one part, and the whole 
Chickasaw nation, by their chiefs, headmen, and warriors, in full 
council assembled, of the other part, have agreed on the folloioing 
articles ; which, wh en ratified by the President and Senate of the 
United States of America, shall form a treaty binding on all 
parties. 

Art. 1. Peace and friendship are hereby firmly established and 
made perpetual, between the United States of America and the 
Chickasaw nation of Indians. 

Art. 2. To obtain the object of the foregoing article, the 
Chichasaw nation of Indians cede to the United States of America, 
(with the exception of such reservation as shall be hereafter men- 
tioned,) all claim or title which the said nation has to the land 
lying north of the south boundary of the State of Tennessee, 
which is bounded south by the thirty-fifth degree of north latitude, 
and which lands, hereby ceded, lie within the following boundaries, 
viz : Beginning on the Tennessee river, about thirty-five miles, by 
water, below Colonel George Colbert's ferry, where the thirty-fifth 
degree of north latitude strikes the same ; thence, due west, with 
said degree of north latitude, to where it cuts the Mississippi river 
at or near the Chichasaw Bluffs ; thence, up the said Mississippi 
river, to the mouth of the Ohio ; thence, up the Ohio river, to the 
mouth of Tennessee river ; thence, up the Tennessee river, to the 
place of beginning. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the relinquishment of claim and 
cession of lands in the preceding article, and to perpetuate the 
happiness of the Chickasaw nation of Indians, the commissioners 
of the United States, before named, agree to allow the said nation 
the sum of twenty thousand dollars per annum, for fifteen succes- 
sive years, to be paid annually ; and, as a further consideration for 
the objects aforesaid, and at the request of the chiefs of the said 
nation, the commissioners agree to pay captain John Gordon, of 
Tennessee, the sum of one thousand one hundred and fifteen dol- 
lars, it being a debt due by general William Colbert, of said nation, 
to the aforesaid Gordon ; and the further sum of two thousand 
dollars, due by said nation of Indians, to Captain David Smith, 
now of Kentucky, for that sum by him expended, in supplying 
-himself and forty-five soldiers from Tennessee,, in the year one 



262 



CHICKASAWS. 



thousand seven hundred and ninety-five, when assisting them (at 
their request and invitation,) in defending their towns against the 
invasion of the Creek Indians ; both which sums, (on the appli- 
cation of the said nation,) are to be paid within sixty days after 
the ratification of this treaty, to the aforesaid Gordon and Smith. 

Art. 4. The commissioners agree, on the further and particular 
application of the chiefs, and for the benefit of the poor and 
warriors of the said nation, that a tract of land, containing four 
miles square, to include a salt lick or springs, on or near the river 
Sandy, a branch of the Tennessee river, and within the land hereby 
ceded, be reserved, and to be laid off in a square or oblong, so 
as to include the best timber, at the option of their beloved chief 
Levi Colbert, and Major James Brown, or either of them, who are 
hereby made agents and trustees for the nation, to lease the said 
salt lick or springs, on the following express conditions, viz : For 
the benefit of this reservation, as before recited, the trustees or 
agents are bound to lease said reservation to some citizen or citi- 
zens of the United States, for a reasonable quantity of salt, to be 
paid annually to the said nation, for the use thereof ; and that, from 
and after two years after the ratification of this treaty, no salt, 
made at the works to be erected on this reservation, shall be sold 
within the limits of the same for a higher price than one dollar per 
bushel of fifty pounds weight ; on failure of which the lease shall 
be forfeited, and the reservation revert to the United States. 

Art. 5. The commissioners agree that there shall be paid to 
Oppassantubby, a principal chief of the Chickasaw nation, within 
sixty days after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of five hun- 
dred dollars, as a full compensation for the reservation of two miles 
square, on the north side of Tennessee river, secured to him and 
his heirs, by the treaty held with the said Chickasaw nation, on 
the twentieth day of September, 1816 ; and the further sum of 
twenty-five dollars to John Lewis, a half breed, for a saddle he 
lost while in the service of the United States ; and, to show the 
regard the President of the United States has for the said Chickasaw 
nation, at the request of the chiefs of the said nation, the commis- 
sioners agree that the sum of one thousand and eighty-nine dollars 
shall be paid to Maj. James Colbert, interpreter, within the period 
stated in the first part of this article, it being the amount of a sum 
of money taken from his pocket in the month of June, 1816, at 
the theatre in Baltimore : And the said commissioners, as a further 
regard for said nation, do agree that the reservations made to 
George Colbert and Levi Colbert, in the treaty held at the council 
house of said nation, on the twenty-sixth* day of September, 1816, 
the first to Col. George Colbert, on the north side of Tennessee 
river, and those to Maj. Levi Colbert, on the east side of the 
Tombigby river, shall enure to the sole use of the said Col. George 

* This should be the twentieth. There is no treaty with the Chickasaws of Sept, 
26, 1816. 



CHICKASAWS. 



263 



Colbert, and Major Levi Colbert, their heirs and assigns, forever, 
with their butts and bounds, as denned by said treaty, and agree- 
able to the marks and boundaries as laid off and marked by the 
surveyor of the United States, where that is the case ; and where 
the reservations have not been laid off and marked by a surveyor 
of the United States, the same shall be so done as soon after the 
ratification of this treaty as practicable, on the application of the 
reservees, or their legally appointed agent under them, and agree- 
ably to the definition in the before recited treaty. This agreement 
is made on the following express conditions : that the said land, 
and those living on it, shall be subject to the laws of the United 
States, and all legal taxation that may be imposed on the land or 
citizens of the United States inhabiting the territory where said 
land is situated. The commissioners further agree, that the reser- 
vation secured to John McCleish, on the north side of Tennessee 
river, by the before recited treaty, in consequence of his having 
been raised in the State of Tennessee, and marrying a white 
woman, shall enure to the sole use of the said John McCleish, his 
heirs and assigns, forever, on the same conditions attached to the 
lands of Col. George Colbert and Maj. Levi Colbert, in this 
article. 

Art. 6. The two contracting parties covenant and agree, that 
the line of the south boundary of the State of Tennessee, as de- 
scribed in the second article of this treaty, shall be ascertained and 
marked by commissioners appointed by the President of the 
United States ; that the marks shall be bold ; the trees to be blazed 
on both sides of the line, and the fore and aft trees marked IJ. S. ; 
and that the commissioners shall be attended by two persons, to be 
designated by the Chickasaw nation ; and the said nation shall 
have due and seasonable notice when said operation is to be com- 
menced. It is further agreed by the commissioners, that all 
improvements actually made by individuals of the Chickasaw 
nation, which shall be found within the lands ceded by this treaty, 
that a fair and reasonable compensation shall be paid therefor, to 
the respective individuals having made or owned the same. 

Art. 7. In consideration of the friendly and conciliatory dis- 
position evinced during the negotiation of this treaty, by the 
Chickasaw chiefs and warriors, but more particularly as a mani- 
festation of the friendship and liberality of the President of the 
United States, the commissioners agree to give, on the ratification 
of this treaty, to Chinnubby, king of the Chickasaw nation, to 
Teshuamingo, William McGilvery, Anpassantubby, Samual Seely, 
James Brown, Levi Colbert, Ickaryoucuttaha, George Pettygrove, 
Immartarharmicco, Chickasaw chiefs, and to Malculm McGee, 
interpreter to this treaty, each one hundred and fifty dollars, in cash; 
and to Major William Glover, Col. George Colbert, Hopoyeaha- 
ummar, Immauklusharhopoyea, Tushkarhopoye, Hopoyeahaum- 
mar, jun. Immauklusharhopyea, James Colbert, Coweamarthlar, 



264 



CHICKASAW S„ 



Illachouwarhopoyea, military leaders, one hundred dollars each - 
and do further agree, that any annuity heretofore secured to the 
Chickasaw nation of Indians, by treaty, to be paid in goods, shall 
hereafter be paid in cash. 

In testimony whereof the said commissioners, and undersigned 
chiefs and warriors, have set their hands and seals. Done at 
the treaty ground east of Old Town, this nineteenth day of 
October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and eighteen. 

Isaac Shelby, l. s. 

Andrew Jackson. l. s. 

Levi Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

Samuel Seely, his x mark, l. s. 

Chinnubby, King, his x mark,- l. s. 

Teshuamingo, his x mark, l. s. 

William McGilvery, his x mark, s. 

Arpasheushtubby, his x mark 7 l. s. 

James Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

Ickaryaucuttaha, his x mark, l. s. 

Georgo Petty grove, his x mark, l. s. 

Immartaharmico, his x mark, l. s. 

Major General William Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

Major William Glover, his x mark, l. s. 

Hopayakaummar, his x mark, l. s. 

Immouklusharhopoyea, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskaehopoyea, his x mark, l. s. 

Mopoyahaummar, jun. his x mark, l. s. 

Immaaklusharhopoyea, his x mark, l. s 

James Colbert, l. s. 

Cowemarthlar, his x mark, l. s<. 

Illackhanwarhopoyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Col. George Colbert, his x mark, l. s.. 

In the presence of 

Robert Butler, Jtdj. Gen, and Sec. Thos. H. Shelby, of Kentucky, 

Th. J. Sherburne, Agent for the R. K. Call, Capt. U. Army, 

Chickasaio nation of Indians, Benjamin Smith, of Kentucky, 

Malculm McGee, Interpreter, Richard I. Easter, A. D. Q. J\L 

his x mark, Gen. 

Martin Colbert, Ms. B. Winchester, 

J. C. Bronaugh, AssH. Inspec. W. B. Lewis. 

Gen.. S. JD.., 



CHEROKEES. 



265 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 27, 1819. ] 

Article of a convention made between John C. Calhoun, Secretary 
of War, being specially authorized therefor by the President of 
the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of 
the Cherokee nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered 
by said nation, at the city of Washington, on the twenty-seventh 
day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and nineteen. 

Whereas, a greater part of the Cherokee nation have expressed 
an earnest desire to remain on this side of the Mississippi, and 
being desirous, in order to commence those measures which they 
deem necessary to the civilization and preservation of their nation, 
that the treaty between the United States and them, signed the 
eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen, might, without 
further delay, or the trouble or expense of taking the census, as 
stipulated in the said treaty, be finally adjusted, have offered to 
cede to the United States a tract of country at least as extensive 
as that which they probably are entitled to under its provisions, 
the contracting parties have agreed to and concluded the follow- 
ing articles : 

Art. 1. The Cherokee nation cedes to the United States all of 
their lands lying north and east of the following lines, viz : Be- 
ginning on the Tennessee river, at the point where the Cherokee 
boundary with Madison county, in the Alabama territory, joins 
the same ; thence, along the main channel of said river, to the 
mouth of the Highwassee ; thence, along its main channel, to the 
first hill which closes in on said river, about two miles above 
Highwassee Old Town ; thence, along the ridge which divides 
the waters of the Highwassee and Little Tellico, to the Tennessee 
river, at Tallasee ; thence, along the main channel, to the junc- 
tion of the Cowee and Nanteyalee ; thence, along the ridge in the 
fork of said river, to the top of the Blue Ridge ; thence, along 
the Blue Ridge, to the Unicoy Turnpike Road; thence, by a 
straight line, to the nearest main source of the Chestatee ; thence, 
along its main channel, to the Chatahouchee ; and thence to the 
Creek boundary ; it being understood that all the islands in the 
Chestatee, and the parts of the Tennessee and Highwassee, (with 
the exception of Jolly's island in the Tennessee, near the mouth 
of the Highwassee,) which constitute a portion of the present 
boundary, belong to the Cherokee nation ; and it is also under- 
stood, that the reservations contained in the second article of the 
treaty of Tellico, signed the 25th October, eighteen hundred and 
five, and a tract equal to twelve miles square, to be located by 
commencing at the point formed by the intersection of the boun- 



266 



CHEROKEES. 



dary line of Madison county, already mentioned, and the north 
bank of the Tennessee river ; thence, along the said line, and up 
the said river twelve miles, are ceded to the United States, in 
trust for the Cherokee nation as a school fund ; to be sold by the 
United States, and the proceeds vested as is hereafter provided 
in the fourth article of this treaty; and also, that the rights vested 
in the Unicoy Turnpike Company, by the Cherokee nation, ac- 
cording to certified copies of the instruments securing the rights, 
and herewith annexed, are not to be affected by this treaty ; and 
it is further understood and agreed by the said parties, that the 
lands hereby ceded by the Cherokee nation, are in full satisfaction 
of all claims which the United States have on them, on account 
of the cession to a part of their nation who have or may hereafter 
emigrate to the Arkansaw; and this treaty is a final adjustment 
of that of the eighth of July, eighteen hundred and seventeen. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to pay, according to the sti- 
pulations contained in the treaty of the eighth of July, eighteen 
hundred and seventeen, for all improvements on lands lying within 
the country ceded by the Cherokees, which add real value to the 
land, and do agree to allow a reservation of six hundred and forty 
acres to each head of any Indian family residing within the ceded 
territory, those enrolled for the Arkansaw excepted, who choose 
to become citizens of the United States, in the manner stipulated 
in said treaty. 

Art. 3. It is also understood and agreed by the contracting 
parties, that a reservation, in fee simple, of six hundred and forty 
acres square, with the exception of Major Walker's, which is to 
be located as is hereafter provided, to. include their improvements, 
and which are to be as near the centre thereof as possible, shall 
be made to each of the persons whose names are inscribed on the 
certified list annexed to this treaty, all of whom are believed to 
be persons of industry, and capable of managing their property 
with discretion, and have, with few exceptions, made considerable 
improvements on the tracts reserved. The reservations are made 
on the condition, that those for whom they are intended shall no- 
tify, in writing, to the agent for the Cherokee nation, within six 
months after the ratification of this treaty, that it is their intention 
to continue to reside permanently on the land reserved. 

The reservation for Lewis Ross, so to be laid off as to include 
his house and out buildings, and ferry adjoining the Cherokee 
agency, reserving to the United States all the public property 
there, and the continuance of the said agency where it now is, 
during the pleasure of the government ; and Major Walker's, so 
as to include his dwelling house and ferry : for Major Walker an 
additional reservation is made of six hundred and forty acres 
square, to include his grist and saw mill ; the land is poor, and 
principally valuable for its timber. In addition to the above re- 
servations, the following are made, in fee simple; the persons 



CHEROKEES. 



267 



for whom they are intended not residing on the same : To 
Cabbin Smith, six hundred and forty acres, to be laid off in 
equal parts, on both sides of his ferry on Tellico, commonly called 
Blair's ferry ; to John Ross, six hundred and forty acres, to be 
laid off so as to include the Big Island in Tennessee river, being 
the first below Tellico — which tracts of land were given many 
years since, by the Cherokee nation, to them ; to Mrs. Eliza Ross, 
step daughter of Major Walker, six hundred and forty acres 
square, to be located on the river below and adjoining Major Walk- 
er's; to Margaret Morgan, six hundred and forty acres square, to 
be located on the west of, and adjoining, James Riley's reserva- 
tion ; to George Harlin, six hundred and forty acres square, to 
be located west of, and adjoining the reservation of Margaret 
Morgan ; to James Lowry, six hundred and forty acres square, to 
be located at Crow Mocker's old place, at the foot of Cumberland 
mountain ; to Susannah Lowry, six hundred and forty acres, to 
be located at the Toll Bridge on Battle Creek; to Nicholas Byers, 
six hundred and forty acres, including the Toqua Island, to be 
located on the north bank of the Tennessee, opposite to said 
Island. 

Art. 4. The United States stipulate that the reservations, and 
the tract reserved for a school fund, in the first article of this 
treaty, shall be surveyed and sold in the same manner, and on the 
same terms, with the public lands of the United States, and the 
proceeds vested, under the direction of the President of the United 
States, in the stock of the United States, or such other stock as 
he may deem most advantageous to the Cherokee nation. The 
interest or dividend on said stock, shall be applied, under his di- 
rection, in the manner which he shall judge best calculated to dif- 
fuse the benefits of education among the Cherokee nation on this 
side of the Mississippi. 

Art. 5. It is agreed that such boundary lines as may be neces- 
sary to designate the lands ceded by the first article of this treaty, 
may be run by a commissioner or commissioners, to be appointed 
by the President of the United States, who shall be accompanied 
by such commissioners as the Cherokees may appoint, due notice 
thereof to be given to the nation ; and that the leases which have 
been made under the treaty of the eighth of July, eighteen hundred 
and seventeen, of land lying within the portion of country reserved 
to the Cherokees, to be void ; and that all white people who have 
intruded, or may hereafter intrude, on the lands reserved for the 
Cherokees, shall be removed by the United States, and proceeded 
against according to the provisions of the act passed thirtieth 
March, eighteen hundred and two, entitled " An act to regulate 
trade and intercourse with the Indian tribes, and to preserve peace 
on the frontiers." 

Art. 6. The contracting parties agree that the annuity to the 
Cherokee nation shall be paid, two-thirds to the Cherokees east 



268 



CHEROKEES. 



of the Mississippi, and one-third to the Cherokees west of that 
river, as it is estimated that those who have emigrated, and who 
have enrolled for emigration, constitute one-third of the whole na- 
tion ; but, if the Cherokees west of the Mississippi object to this 
distribution, of which due notice shall be given them, before the 
expiration of one year after the ratification of this treaty, then the 
census, solely for distributing the annuity, shall be taken at such 
times, and in such manner, as the President of the United States 
may designate. 

Art. 7. The United States, in order to afford the Cherokees 
who reside on the lands ceded by this treaty, time to cultivate 
their crop next summer, and for those who do not choose to take 
reservations, to remove, bind themselves to prevent the intrusion 
of their citizens on the ceded land before the first of January next. 

Art. 8. This treaty to be binding on the contracting parties so 
soon as it is ratified by the President of the United States, by and 
w T ith the advice and consent of the senate. 

Done at the place, and on the day and year, above written. 

J. C. CALHOUN. 



Ch. Hicks, 
Jno. Ross, 
Lewis Ross, 
John Martin, 
James Brown, 
Geo. Lowry, 
Gideon Morgan, jr. 



Return J. Meigs, 
C. Van de venter, 



l. s. Cabbin Smith, his x mark, l. s. 

l. s. Sleeping Rabbit, his x 

l. s. mark, l. s. 

l. s. Small Wood, his x mark, l. s. 

l. s. John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

l. s. Currohee Dick, his x mark, l. s. 
l. s. 

Witnesses. 



Elias Earle, 
John Lowry. 



List of persons referred to in the 3d article of the annexed treaty. 



Richard Walker, within the char- 
tered limits of North Carolina. 
Yonah, alias Big Bear, do. 
John Martin, do. Georgia, 
Peter Lynch, do. do. 
Daniel Davis, do. do. 
George Parris, do. do. 
Walter S. Adair, do. do. 
Thomas Wilson, Alab. Ter. 
Richard Riley, do. do. 
James Riley, do. do. 
Edward Gunter, do. do. 
Robert McLemore, Tennessee, 
John Baldridge, do. do. 



his 



his 



Lewis Ross, Tennessee, 
Fox Taylor, do. do. 
Rd. Timberlake, do. do. 
David Fields, (to include 

mill,) do. 
James Brown, (to include 

field by the long pond,) 
William Brown, do. do. 
John Brown, Tennessee, 
Elizabeth Lowry, do. do. 
George Lowry, within the char 

tered limits of Tennessee, 
John Benge, do. do. 

Mrs. Eliz. Peck, do. do. 



CHEROKEES. 



269 



John Walker, Sr. Tennessee, 
John Walker, Jr. (unmarried,) do. 
Richard Taylor, do. do. 
John Mcintosh, do. do. 
James Starr, do. do. 

Samuel Parks, do. do. 
The Old Bark, (of Chota) do. 



No. of reservees within the limits 
of North Carolina, 2 
Georgia, 5 
Alabama Terr. 4 
Tennessee, 20 

Total No. of reservees, 31 



I hereby certify, that I am, either personally, or by information 
on which I can rely, acquainted with the persons before named, 
all of whom I believe to be persons of industry, and capable of 
managing their property with discretion, and who have, with few 
exceptions, long resided on the tracts reserved, and made con- 
siderable improvements thereon. 

RETURN J. MEIGS, 
Agent in the Cherokee nation. 

(Copy.) Cherokee Agency , Highwassee Garrison. 

We, the undersigned chiefs and counsellors of the Cherokees, 
in full counsel assembled, do hereby give, grant, and make over, 
unto Nicholas Byers and David Russell, who are agents in behalf 
of the States of Tennessee and Georgia, full power and authority 
to establish a Turnpike company, to be composed of them, the 
said Nicholas and David, Arthur Henly, John Lowry, Atto. and 
one other person, by them to be hereafter named, in behalf of the 
State of Georgia ; and the above named persons are authorized 
to nominate five proper and fit persons, natives of the Cherokees, 
who, together with the white men aforesaid, are to constitute the 
company ; which said company, when thus established, are hereby 
fully authorized by us, to lay out and open a road from the most 
suitable point on the Tennessee river, to be directed the nearest 
and best way to the highest point of navigation on the Tugolo 
river ; which said road, when opened and established, shall con- 
tinue and remain a free and public highway, unmolested by us, to 
the interest and benefit of the said company, and their successors, 
for the full term of twenty years, yet to come, after the same may 
be open and complete ; after which time, said road, with all its 
advantages, shall be surrendered up, and reverted in, the said 
Cherokee nation. And the said company shall have leave, and 
are hereby authorized, to erect their public stands, or houses of 
entertainment on said road, that is to say : one at each end, and 
one in the middle, or as nearly so as a good situation will permit; 
with leave also to cultivate one hundred acres of land at each end 
of the road, and fifty acres at the middle stand, with a privilege 
of a sufficiency of timber for the use and consumption of said 
stands. And the said Turnpike company do hereby agree to 
pay the sum of one hundred and sixty dollars yearly to the Chero- 
kee nation, for the aforesaid privilege, to commence after said road 



270 



CHEROKEES. 



L. 
L. 
L. 
£i. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L, 
L. 



is opened and in complete operation. The said company are to 
have the benefit of one ferry on Tennessee river, and such other 
ferry or ferries as are necessary on said road ; and, likewise, said 
company shall have the exclusive privilege of trading on said road 
during the aforesaid term of time. 

In testimony of our full consent to all and singular the above 
named privileges and advantages, we have hereunto set our 
hands and affixed our seals, this eighth day of March, eighteen 
hundred and thirteen. 
Outahelce, his x mark, l. s. Toochalee, 
Naire, above, his x mark, l. s. Chulio, 
Theelagathahee, his x Dick Justice, 

mark, l. s. Wausaway, 

The Raven, his x mark, l. s. Big Cabbin, 
Two Killers, his x mark, l. s. The Bark, 
Teeistiskee, his x mark, l. s. Nettle Carrier, 
John Boggs, his — mark, l. s. Seekeekee, 
Quotiquaskee,his — mark, l. s. John Walker, 
Currihee, Dick, his — Dick Brown, 

mark, l. s. Charles Hick, 

Ooseekee, his — mark, l. s. 

Witnesses present : 
Wm. L. Lovely, Assistant George Colville, 

Agent, James Carey, 

William Smith, Richard Taylor, 

The foregoing agreement and grant was amicably negotiated 
and concluded in my presence. 

RETURN J. MEIGS. 
I certify I believe the within to be a correct copy of the original. 

CHARLES HICKS. 

Washington City, March 1, 1819. 

Cherokee Agency, Jan. 6, 1817. 
We, the undersigned chiefs of the Cherokee nation, do hereby 
grant unto Nicholas Byers, Arthur H. Henly, and David Russell, 
proprietors of the Unicoy road to Georgia, the liberty of cultiva- 
ting all the ground contained in the bend on the north side of 
Tennessee river, opposite and below Chota Old Town, together 
with the liberty to erect a grist mill on Four Mile creek, for the 
use and benefit of said road, and the Cherokees in the neighbor- 
hood thereof ; for them, the said Byers, Henly, and Russell, to 
have and to hold the above privileges during the term of lease of 
the Unicoy road, also obtained from the Cherokees, and sanctioned 
by the President of the United States. 

In witness whereof, we hereunto affix our hands and seals, in 
presence of 

John Mcintosh, l. s. Path Killer, l. s. 

Charles Hicks, l. s. Tuchalar, l. s. 



| Interpreters, 



KICKAPOOS. 271 

The Gloss, l. s. Path Killer, jr. l. s. 

John Walker, l. s. Going Snake. l. s. 

Witness : 

Return J. Meigs, U. S. Agent. 

The above instrument was executed in open Cherokee council, 
in my office, in January, 1817. 

RETURN J. MEIGS. 

Cherokee Agency, 8th July, 1817. 

The use of the Unicoy road, so called, was for twenty years. 

RETURN J. MEIGS. 

I certify I believe the within to be a correct copy of the original. 

CH. HICKS. 

Washington City, March 1, 1819. 



KICKAPOOS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 30, 1819. ] 

JAMES MONROE, PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, 

To all and singular to whom these presents shall come, greeting : 

Whereas, a treaty was made and concluded between the United 
States of America and the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, at Edwards- 
ville, in the State of Illinois, on the thirtieth day of July, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and nineteen, by 
commissioners on the part of the said United States, and the prin- 
cipal chiefs and warriors of the said tribe of Indians, on the part 
and in behalf of the said tribe ; which treaty, having been com- 
municated to the Senate, was so far sanctioned by that body, that 
advice and consent was given to its ratification, upon condition 
that certain specified amendments should be made therein : And 
whereas, by a treaty, supplementary to, and amendatory of, the 
aforesaid treaty, made and concluded at St. Louis, in Missouri, 
by the same commissioners on the part of the United States, and 
the chiefs and warriors of the Kickapoo tribe, on the nineteenth 
day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty, the amendments designated have been effected, to the 
satisfaction of the Senate of the United States, as expressed in their 
resolution, of the twenty-ninth day of December now last past, 
referring the first mentioned treaty, without further act, to the 
President of the United States for ratification ; the said treaties 
being in the words following, to wit : 

A treaty made and concluded at Edwardsville, in the State of 
Illinois, between Auguste Chouteau and Benjamin Stephenson, 
commissioners on the part and behalf of the United States of 



272 



KICKAPOOS. 



America, of the one part, and the undersigned principal chiefs 
and warriors of the Kickapoo tribe of Indians, on the part and 
behalf of said tribe, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their said tribe, for, and in consideration of, the promises and 
stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede and relinquish to the 
United States forever, all their right, interest, and title, of, in, and 
to, the following tracts of land, viz: 

All their land on the southeast side of the Wabash river, includ- 
ing the principal village in which their ancestors formerly resided, 
consisting of a large tract to which they have had, from time imme- 
morial, and now have, a just right ; that they have never heretofore 
ceded, or otherwise disposed of, in any manner whatever. 

Also, all the land within the following boundaries, viz : Begin- 
ning on the Wabash river, at the upper point of their cession, 
made by the second article of their treaty at Vincennes, on the 
9th December, 1809 ; running thence northwestwardly to the 
dividing line between the States of Illinois and Indiana ; thence 
along said line to the Kankakee river ; thence with said river to 
the Illinois river ; thence down the latter to its mouth ; thence 
with a direct line to the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract, 
as recognized in the treaty with the Piankeshaw tribe of Indians 
at Vincennes, on the 30th December, 1805; and thence with the 
western and northern boundaries of the cessions heretofore made 
by the said Kickapoo tribe of Indians, to the beginning. Of which 
last described tract of land, the said Kickapoo tribe claim a large 
portion, by descent from their ancestors, and the balance by con- 
quest from the Illinois nation, and uninterrupted possession for 
more than half a century. 

Art. 2. The said tribe hereby confirm all their former treaties 
with the United States, and relinquish to them all claim to every 
portion of their lands which may have been ceded by any other 
tribe or tribes, and all and every demand which they might have 
had, in consequence of the second article of the treaty made with 
the Pottawattamy nation of Indians at St. Mary's, on the 2d 
October, 1818. 

Art. 3. The said tribe acknowledge themselves now to be, and 
promise to continue, under the protection of the United States of 
America, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign, whatever. 

Art. 4. The said tribe release the United States from all obli- 
gations imposed by any treaties heretofore made with them. 

Art. 5. The United States, in lieu of all former stipulations, 
and in consideration of cessions of land heretofore made by the 
said tribe, promise to pay them, at their town on the waters of the 
Osage river, two thousand dollars in silver, annually, for fifteen 
successive years. 

Art. 6. In considertion of the cession made by the aforesaid 



XICKAP00S. 



273 



tribe, in the first article of this treaty, the United States, in addi- 
tion to three thousand dollars worth of merchandise this day paid 
to the said tribe, hereby cede to them and their heirs forever, a 
certain tract of land lying in the territory of Missouri, and included 
within the following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the confluence 
of the rivers Pommes de Terre and Osage ; thence up said river 
Pommes de Terre, to the dividing ridge, which separates the 
waters of Osage and White rivers ; thence with said ridge and 
westwardly, to the Osage line ; thence due north with said line to 
Nerve creek ; thence down the same to a point due south of the 
mouth of White Clay, or Richard Creek ; thence north to the 
Osage river ; thence down said river to the beginning : Provided, 
nevertheless, That the said tribe shall never sell the said land 
without the consent of the President of the United States. 

Art, 7. The United States promise to guarantee to the said 
tribe the peaceable possession of the tract of land hereby ceded to 
them, and to restrain and prevent all white persons from hunting, 
settling, or otherwise intruding upon it. But any citizen or citizens 
of the United States, being lawfully authorized for that purpose, 
shall be permitted to pass and repass through the said tract, and 
to navigate the waters thereof, without any hindrance, toll, or 
exaction, from the said tribe. 

Art. 8. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said 
tribe to the tract of land hereby ceded to them, the United States 
will furnish them with two boats, well manned, to transport their 
property, from any point they may designate on the Illinois river, 
and some judicious citizen shall be selected to accompany them, 
in their passage through the white settlements, to their intended 
residence. 

Art. 9. The United States will take the said Kickapoo tribe 
under their care and patronage, and will afford them protection 
against all persons whatever, provided they conform to the laws 
of the United States, and refrain from making war, or giving any 
insult or offence to any other Indian tribe, or to any foreign nation, 
without first having obtained the approbation and consent of the 
United States. 

Art. 10. The said tribe, in addition to their above described 
cessions, do hereby cede and relinquish to the United States, 
generally, and without reservation, all other tracts of land to which 
they have any right or title on the left side of the Illinois and 
Mississippi rivers. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, have hereunto 
subscribed their names and affixed their seals. 
Done at Edwards ville, in the State of Illinois, this thirtieth day 
of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and nineteen, and of the independence of the United States 
the forty-fourth. 
32 



274 



KICKAPOOSr. 



Aug. Chouteau, l. s 

Ben. Stephenson, l. s 

Pemoatam, his x mark, l. s 
Little Thunder, by the White Elk, his x mark,, l. s 

Keetatta, his x mark, l. s 

Tecko, his x mark, l. s 

Weesoetee, his x mark, l. s 

Meekasaw, his x mark, l. s 

Neekawnakoa, his x mark, l. s 

Paean, by Petshekosheek, his x mark,. l. s 

Wawpeekonyaw, his x mark, l. s 

Peckoneea, his x mark, l. s 

Anckoaw, his x mark, l 



s. 

Namattsheekeeaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Sawkeema, his x mark, l. s. 

Wawpeepoaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Paneessa, his x mark, l. s. 

Pawkonasheeno, his x mark, l. s. 

Ankwiskkaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Shekoan, his x mark, l. s. 

Pasheeto, his x mark, l. s. 

Wawpackeshaw, his x mark, L. s. 

Awwatshee, his x mark, l. s. 

Mawntoho, his x mark, l. s. 

Keetshay, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered, in presence of the following witnesses : 
Pascal Cerre, Secretary to the Elbert Perry, 

Commissioners, Joseph Remington, 

Jacques Mette, Interpreter, J. L. Barton, 

Ninian Edwards, David Roach, 

John Dew, William Head, 

Thornton Peeples, John Lee Williams, 

Tellery Merrick, Wm. W. Hickman, 

Dan. D. Smith, Jacob Prickett, 

Isaac A. Douglass, James Watt, 

Edmund Randle, Joseph B. Lewis, 

Palemon H. Wenchester, Jona H. Pugh, 

N. Buckmaster, William P. McKee, 

Thomas Harcens, Stephen Johnson, 

Henry Head, Nathan Clampet, 

John Wilson, Reuben Hopkins, 

Joseph Doer, Joseph Newman « 



KICKAFOOS, 



275 



KICKAFOOS. 

[ concluded AUGUST 30, 1819. ] 

Jl treaty made and concluded by Benjamin Parke, a commissioner 
on the part of the United States of America, of the one part, and 
the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the tribe of Kickapoos of 
tfie Vermilion, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, 
agree to cede, and hereby relinquish, to the United States, all the 
lands which the said tribe has heretofore possessed, or which they 
may rightfully claim on the Wabash river or any of its waters. 

Art. 2. And to the end that the United States may be enabled 
to fix with the other Indian tribes a boundary between their 
respective claims, the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said 
tribe, do hereby declare that their rightful claim is as follows, viz : 
Beginning at the northwest corner of the Vincennes tract ; thence 
westwardly by the boundary established by a treaty with the 
Piankeshaws, on the thirtieth day of December, eighteen hundred 
and five, to the dividing ridge between the waters of the Embarras 
and the Little Wabash ; thence by the said ridge, to the source of 
the Vermilion river ; thence by the said ridge, to the head of Pine 
creek ; thence by the said creek, to the Wabash river ; thence by 
the said river, to the mouth of the Vermilion river, and thence by 
the Vermilion and the boundary heretofore established, to the 
place of beginning. 

Art. 3. The said chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said 
tribe, agree to relinquish, and they do hereby exonerate and dis- 
charge the United States from the annuity of one thousand dollars, 
to which they are now entitled. In consideration whereof, and of 
the cession hereby made, the United States agree to pay the said 
tribe two thousand dollars annually, in specie, for ten years ; 
which, together with three thousand dollars now delivered, is to 
be considered a full compensation for the cession hereby made, as 
also of all annuities, or other claims, of the said tribe, against the 
United States, by virtue of any treaty with the said United States. 

Art. 4. As the said tribe contemplate removing from the 
country they now occupy, the annuity herein provided for shall 
be paid at such place as may be hereinafter agreed upon between 
the United States and said tribe. 

Art. 5. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the 
contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the 
said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at fort Harrison, 



276 



CHIPPEWA Sc 



the thirtieth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and 
nineteen. 

B. Parke, 

Wagohaw, his x mark, 
Tecumcena, his x mark, 
Kaahna, his x mark, 
Macacanaw, his x mark, 
La Ferine, his x mark, 
Macatewaket, his x mark, 
Pelecheah, his x mark, 
Kechemaquaw, his x mark, 
Pacakinqua, his x mark. 

In the presence of 
John Law, Secretary to the Pierre Laplante, 

Commissioner, James C. Turner, 

William Prince, Indian Agent, Samuel L. Richardson, 
William Markle, Michael Brouillet, United States 

Andrew Brooks, Interpreter. 



CHIPPEWAS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 24, 1819. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Saginaw, in the terri- 
tory of Michigan, between the United States of America, by 
their commissioner, Lewis Cass, and the Chippewa nation of 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The Chippewa nation of Indians, in consideration of 
the stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do 
hereby, forever, cede to the United States the land comprehended 
within the following lines and boundaries : Beginning at a point 
in the present Indian boundary line, which runs due north from 
the mouth of the great Auglaize river, six miles south of the 
place where the base line, so called, intersects the same ; thence, 
west, sixty miles ; thence, in a direct line, to the head of Thun- 
der Bay river; thence, down the same, following the courses 
thereof, to the mouth; thence, northeast, to the boundary line 
between the United States and the British province of Upper 
Canada ; thence, with the same, to the line established by the 
treaty of Detroit, in the year one thousand eight hundred and 
seven ; thence, with the said line, to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following tracts of land 
shall be reserved for the use of the Chippewa nation of Indians. 

One tract, of eight thousand acres, on the east side of the 
river Au Sable, near where the Indians now live. 

One tract, of two thousand acres, on the river Mesagwisk. 



CHIPPEWAS. 



277 



One tract, of six thousand acres, on the north side of the river 
Kawkawling, at the Indian village. 

One tract, of five thousand seven hundred and sixty acres, 
upon the Flint river, to include Reaum's village, and a place 
called Kishkawbawee. 

One tract, of eight thousand acres, on the head of the river 
Huron, which empties into the Saginaw river, at the village of 
Otusson. 

One Island in the Saginaw Bay. 

One tract, of two thousand acres, where Nabobask formerly 
lived. 

One tract, of one thousand acres, near the island in the Sagi- 
naw river. 

One tract, of six hundred and forty acres, at the bend of the 
river Huron, which empties into the Saginaw river. 

One tract, of two thousand acres, at the mouth of Point Au- 
grais river. 

One tract, of one thousand acres, on the river Huron, at Me- 
noequet's village. 

One tract, of ten thousand acres, on the Shawassee river, at 
a place called the Big Rock. 

One tract, of three thousand acres, on the Shawassee river, at 
Ketchewaundaugenink. 

One tract, of six thousand acres, at the Little Forks on the 
Tetabawasink river. 

One tract, of six thousand acres, at the Black Bird's town, on 
the Tetabawasink river. 

One tract, of forty thousand acres, on the west side of the 
Saginaw river, to be hereafter located. 

Art. 3. There shall be reserved, for the use of each of the 
persons hereinafter mentioned and their heirs, which persons are 
all Indians by descent, the following tracts of land : 

For the use of John Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a 
Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres of land, begin- 
ning at the head of the first marsh above the mouth of the Sagi- 
naw river, on the east side thereof. 

For the use of Peter Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a 
Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres of land, begin- 
ning above and adjoining the apple trees on the west side of the 
Saginaw river, and running up the same for quantity. 

For the use of James Riley, the son of Menawcumegoqua, a 
Chippewa woman, six hundred and forty acres, beginning on the 
east side of the Saginaw river, nearly opposite to Campeau's 
trading house, and running up the river for quantity. 

For the use of Kawkawiskou, or the Crow, a Chippewa chief, 
six hundred and forty acres of land, on the east side of the Sagi- 
naw river, at a place called Menitegow, and to include, in the 
said six hundred and forty acres, the island opposite to the said 
place. 



278 



CHIPPEWAS. 



For the use of Nowokeshik, Metawanene, Mokifehenoqaa, 
Nondashemau, Petabonaqua, Messawwakut, Checbalk, Kitche- 
geequa, Sagosequa, Annoketoqua, and Tawcumegoqua, each, six 
hundred and forty acres of land, to be located at and near the 
grand traverse of the Flint river, in such manner as the President 
of the United States may direct. 

For the use of the children of Bokowtonden, six hundred and 
forty acres, on the Kawkawling river. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States agree to pay to the Chippewa nation of Indians, annually, 
forever, the sum of one thousand dollars in silver; and do also 
agree that all annuities due by any former treaty to the said tribe, 
shall be hereafter paid in silver. 

Art. 5. The stipulation contained in the treaty of Greenville, 
relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land ceded, 
while it continues the property of the United States, shall apply 
to this treaty; and the Indians shall, for the same term, enjoy the 
privilege of making sugar upon the same land, committing no 
unnecessary waste upon the trees. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to pay to the Indians the 
value of any improvements which they may be obliged to aban- 
don, in consequence of the lines established by this treaty, and 
which improvements add real value to the land. 

Art. 7. The United States reserve to the proper authority the 
right to make roads through any part of the land reserved by this 
treaty. 

Art. 8. The United States engage to provide and support a 
blacksmith for the Indians, at Saginaw, so long as the President 
of the United States may think proper, and to furnish the Chip- 
pewa Indians with such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ 
such persons to aid them in their agriculture, as the President may 
deem expedient. 

Art. 9. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Chippewa nation 
of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at Saginaw, in 
the territory of Michigan, this twenty-fourth day of Septem- 
ber, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
nineteen. 

Lewis Cass, Mocksonga, his x mark, 

Pakenosega, his x mark, Noukonwabe, his x mark, 

Kekenutchega, his x mark, Shingwalk, his x mark, 

Chimokemow, his x mark, Shingwalk, jun. his x mark, 

Kekenutchegun, his x mark, Wawaubequak, his x mark* 



CHIPPEWAS. 



279 



Pashkobwis, his x mark, 
Muskobenense, his x mark, 
Waubonoosa, his x mark, 
Wausaquanai, his x mark, 
Minequet, his x mark, 
Otauson, his x mark, 
Tussegua, his x mark, 
Mixabee, his x mark, 
Kitchewawashen, his x mark, 
Neebeenaquin, his x mark, 
Anueemaycounbeeme, his x 
mark, 

Onewequa, his x mark, 
Nayokeeman, his x mark, 
Peshquescum, his x mark, 
Muckcumcinau, his x mark, 
Kiteheenoting, his x mark, 
Waubeekeenew, his x mark, 
Pashkeekou, his x mark, 
May to, his x mark, 
Sheemaugua, his x mark, 
Kauguest, his x mark, 
Kitsheematush, his x mark, 
Aneuwayba, his x mark, 
Walkcaykeejugo, his x mark, 
Autowaynabee, his x mark, 
Nawgonissee, his x mark, 
Owenisham, his x mark, 
Wauweeyatam, his x mark, 
Shawshauwenaubais, his x 
mark, 

Gkooyousinse, his x mark, 
Ondottowauganc, his x mark, 
Amickoneena, his x mark, 
Kitcheonundeeyo, his x mark, 
Saugassauway, his x mark, 
Okeemanpeenaysee, his x mark, 
Minggeeseetay, his x mark, 
Waubishcan, his x mark, 
Peaypaymanshee, his x mark, 
Ocanauck, his x mark, 
Ogeebouinse, his x mark, 
Paymeenoting, his x mark, 
Naynooautienishkoari, his x 
mark, 

Kaujagonaygee, his x mark, 
Mayneeseno, his x mark, 
Kakagouryan, his x mark, 



Meewayson, his x mark, 
Wepecumgegut, his x mark, 
Markkenwuwbe, his x mark, 
Fonegawne, his x mark, 
Nemetetowwa, his x mark, 
Kishkaukou, his x mark, 
Peenaysee, his x mark, 
Ogemaunkeketo, his x mark, . 
Reaume, his x mark, 
Nowkeshuc, his x mark, 
Mixmunitou, his x mark, 
Wassau, his x mark, 
Keneobe, his x mark, 
Moksauba, his x mark, 
Mutch wetau, his x mark, 
Nuwagon, his x mark, 
Okumanpinase, his x mark, 
Meckseonne, his x mark, 
Paupemiskobe, his x mark, 
Kogkakeshik, his x mark, 
Wauwassack, his x mark, 
Misheneanonquet, his x mark, 
Okemans, his x mark, 
Nimeke, his x mark, 
Maneleugobwawaa, his x mark. 
Puckwash, his x mark, 
Waseneso, his x mark, 
Montons, his x mark, 
Kennewobe, his x mark, 
Aguagonabe, his x mark, 
Sigonak, his x mark, 
Kokoosh, his x mark, 
Pemaw, his x mark, 
Kawotoktame, his x mark, 
Sabo, his x mark, 
Kewageone, his x mark, 
Metewa, his x mark, 
Kawgeshequm, his x mark, 
Keyacum, his x mark, 
Atowagesek, his x mark, 
Mawmawkens, his x mark, 
Mamawsecuta, his x mark, 
Penaysewaykesek, his x mark, 
Kewaytinam, his x mark, 
Sepewan, his x mark, 
Shashebak, his x mark, 
Shaconk, his x mark, 
Mesnakrea, his x mark, 



280 



CHIPPEWAYS- 



Kitchmokooman, his x mark,. 
Singgok, his x mark, 
Maytwayaushing, his x mark, 
Saguhosh, his x mark, 
Saybo, his x mark, 
Obwole, his x mark, 

Witnesses 

John L. Leib, Secretary , 
D. G. Whitney, Assistant Sec'y. 
C. L. Cass, Copt. 3d Infantry, 
R. A. Forsyth, jun. Acting Com- 
missioner, 
Chester Root, Capt. U. S. Art'y. 
John Peacock, Lieut. 3d U. S. 

Infantry, 
G. Godfroy, Sub Agent, 
W. Knaggs, Sub Agent, 

William Tucky, ) « T , 
t • x> *'Jr* * Sworn mter- 
Lewis Beufort, 

John Hurson, 



preter. 



Paymusawtom, his x mark, 
Endus, his x mark, 
Aushetayawnekusa, his x mark ? 
Wawapenishik, his x mark, 
Omikou, his x mark, 
Leroy, his x mark. 

at signing: 

James V. S. Riley, 
B. Campau, 

John Hill, Army Contractor y 
J. Whipple, 
Henry I. Hunt > 
William Keith, 

A. E. Lacock, M. S. K- 
Richard Smyth, 

Louis Dequindre, 

B. Head, 
John Smyth, 
Conrad Ten Eyck. 



CHIPPEWAYS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 16, 1820 > ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Sault de St. Marie, 
in the territory of Michigan, between the United States, by their 
commissioner, Lewis Cass, and the Chippeway tribe of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Chippeway tribe of Indians cede to the United 
States the following tract of land : Beginning at the Big Rock, 
in the river St. Mary's, on the boundary line between the United 
States and the British Province of Upper Canada ; and running 
thence, down the said river, with the middle thereof, to the Little 
Rapid ; and, from those points, running back from the said river y 
so as to include sixteen square miles of land. 

Art. 2. The Chippeway tribe of Indians acknowledge to have 
received a quantity of goods in full satisfaction of the preceding 
cession. 

Art. 3. The United States will secure to the Indians a perpet- 
ual right of fishing at the falls of St. Mary 7 s, and also a place of 
encampment upon the tract hereby ceded, convenient to the fishing 
ground, which place shall not interfere with the defences of any 
military work which may be erected, nor with any private rights. 

Art. 4. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 



OTTAWA S AND CHIPPEWAS. 



281 



sent of the Senate thereof, shall be obligatory on the contracting 
parties. 

In witness whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the said Chippeway 
tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at the place 
aforesaid, this sixteenth day of June, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and twenty. 

Lewis Cass, 

Shingaubaywassin, his x mark, 
Kegeash, his x mark, 
Sagishewayoson, his x mark, 
Wayishkey, his x mark, 
Nenowaiskam, his x mark, 
Wasawaton, his x mark, 
Wemiguenacwanay, his x mark, 
Nabinois, his x mark, 
Macadaywacwet, his x mark, 
Shaiwabekaton, his x mark, 
Netaway, his x mark, 
Kaibayway, his x mark, 
Nawoquesequm, his x mark, 
Tawabit, his x mark, 
Augustin Bart, his x mark, 

Witnesses present. 

R. A. Forsyth, Secretary, Henry R. Schoolcraft, Mineral- 
Alex. Wolcott, jr. Indian Agent, ogist to the expedition, 

Chicago, James Duane Doty, 

D. B. Douglass, Capt. U. S. Charles C. Trowbridge, 

Engineers, Alex. R. Chase, 

iEneas Mackay, Lieut. Corps James Ryley, Sworn Interpre- 

Artillery, ter. 
John J. Pearce, Lieut. Artillery, 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 

[concluded july 6, 1820.] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at VArbre Croche, and 
Michilimackinac, in the Territory of Michigan, between the 
United States of America, by their commissioner, Lewis Cass, 
and the Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians. 
Art. 1. The Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians cede 
to the United States the St. Martin Islands in lake Huron, con- 
taining Plaster of Paris, and to be located under the direction of 
the United States. 



282 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



Art. 2. The Ottawa and Chippewa nations of Indians acknow- 
ledge to have this day received a quantity of goods in full satis- 
faction of the above cession. 

Art. 3. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- 
ties after the same shall be ratified by the President of the United 
States, and by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of the Ottawa and 
Chippewa nations of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, 
at Michilimackinac and L'Arbre Croche, in the territory of 
Michigan, this 6th day of July, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and twenty. 

Lewis Cass, 
' Skahjenini, his x mark, 
Pahquesegun, or Smoking Weed, his x 
mark, 

Chemogueman, or Big Knife, his x mark, 
Misesonguay, his x mark, 
Papametaby, his x mark, 
Ceitaw, his x mark, 



OTTAWA CHIEFS, 



Shawanoe, his x mark, 



Oninjuega, or Wing, Ottawa chief, his x 
mark, 

Cuddimalmese, or Black Hawk, Ottawa 
chief, his mark, 



Dionesau, his x mark, 



; Kojenoikoose, or Long, his x mark, 
Kenojekum, or Pike his x mark, 



Cachetokee, his x mark, 



CHIPPEWA 
CHIEFS. 



Jed. Morse, D. D. 
Gilbert Knapp, 
Richard C. Morse. 



Gimoewon, or Rain, his x mark, 
Chiboisquisegun, or Big Gun, his x mark, 
Skubinesse, or Red Bird, his x mark, 
Weashe, his x mark, 
Nebaguam, his x mark, 
Ainse, his x mark, 

Shaganash, or Englishman, his x mark. 

Witnesses present : 

H. G. Gravenant, Sworn Inter- 
preter, 

George Boyd, Indian Agent. 



KICKAPOOS. 



283 



KICKAPOOS. 

[concluded july 19, 1820; ratified January 13, 1821.] 

A treaty made and concluded by and between Jluguste Chouteau 
and Benjamin Stephenson, commissioners of the United States 
of America, on the part and behalf of the said States, of the 
one part, and the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Kickapoo 
tribe of Indians, on the part and behalf of their said nation, of 
the other part, the same being supplementary to, and amend- 
atory of, the treaty made and concluded at Edwardsville, on the 
30th July, 1819, between the United States and the said Kickapoo 
nation. 

Art. 1. It is agreed, between the United States and the 
Kickapoo tribe of Indians, that the sixth article of the treaty, to 
which this is supplementary, shall be, and the same is hereby, 
altered and amended, so as to read as follows, viz: 

In consideration of, and exchange for, the cession made by the 
aforesaid tribe, in the first article of this treaty, the United States, 
in addition to three thousand dollars' worth of merchandise, this 
day paid to the said tribe, hereby cede to the said tribe, to be by 
them possessed in like manner as the lands, ceded by the first 
article of this treaty by them to the United States, were possessed, 
a certain tract of land in the territory of Missouri, and included 
within the following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the confluence 
of the rivers Pommes de Terre and Osage ; thence, up said river 
Pommes de Terre to the dividing ridge which separates the waters 
of Osage and White rivers ; thence, with said ridge, and west- 
war dly, to the Osage line ; thence, due north with said line, to 
Nerve creek; thence, down the same, to a point due south of the 
mouth of White Clay, or Richard creek ; thence, north, to the 
Osage river ; thence, down said river, to the beginning. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors aforesaid, have hereunto 
subscribed their names and affixed their seals. 

Done at St. Louis, in the territory of Missouri, the 19th of 
July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty, and of the independence of the United States 



the forty-fifth. 

Aug. Chouteau, l. s. 

Ben. Stephenson, l. s. 

Pemoatam, his x mark, l. s. 

Quitattay, his x mark, l. s. 

Pawpaussapeeawaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Waysheeown, his x mark, l. s. 

Paywaneckway, his x mark, l. s. 



284 



KICKAPOOS. 



JVccdYVIldW, X IlldlK, 

Shee Sheep, his x mark, 


r 

Lit 


S • 


L. 


s , 


ivec&dwondw, ms x marK, 
Mawkwawteppa, his x mark, 


L. 


s . 


L. 


s . 


vv dyweLbiieecawpd w, nis x marK, 


L. 


s . 


Keeotay, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Wawponashee, his x mark, 

VV tiepUKUlIlccj Illo X IHctiKj 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


x dyaiicti&dw, ms x mdrK, 
Wawpee Konyaw, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Auckoaw, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


NoTlrtOT^hoD rll C? ~V oYMT- 
li dllldlLIlcc, Ills X IlldlK, 

Wakykapa, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


IVccUIlK-dKU y , Ills X IlldlK, 


L. 


s. 


Saw Koy, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


ii diiidtt oiiee iveed w, nis x marK, 


L. 


s. 


Keesasway, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ppmoatarn Ospprmn his v mark 


L. 


s « 


Wawpeepoaw, his x mark, 


L. 


So 


Mentowta, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pawpaw Keemene, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Sheekeemakow, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pawkonesheeno, his x mark, 


L 


s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered, in presence of the following witnesses , 

Pascal Cerre, Secretary to the Felix St. Vrain, 

Commissioners, G. P. Cerre, 

Jacques Mette, Interpreter, F. Simon, 

Jn. Ruland, Sub-Agent, Peter Didier, 

Th. Estes, T. Goddard, 

Geo. Y. Bright, Gl.Paul, 

J. Brand, R. Paul, Col. Mi. Mia. 

Mai. Detandebarat, Tho. T. Loury, 

Gabriel G. Chouteau, T. B. Mathurin, 

Henry P. Chouteau, B. Provinchere. 



WEAS. 



285 



WEAS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 11, 1820. ] 

A treaty made and concluded by Benjamin Parke, a commissioner 
for that purpose on the part of the United States, of the one part, 
and the chiefs, warriors, aud head men, of the Wea tribe of 
Indians, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, 
agree to cede, and they do hereby cede and relinquish, to the 
United States, all the lands reserved by the second article of the 
treaty between the United States and the said tribe, concluded at 
Saint Mary's, on the second day of October, eighteen hundred and 
eighteen. 

Art. 2. The sum of five thousand dollars, in money and goods, 
which is now paid and delivered by the United States, the receipt 
whereof the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the said tribe, do 
hereby acknowledge, is considered by the parties a full compen- 
sation for the cession and relinquishment above mentioned. 

Art. 3. As it is contemplated by the said tribe to remove from 
the Wabash, it is agreed that the annuity secured to the Weas 
by the treaty of Saint Mary's, above mentioned, shall hereafter be 
paid to them at Kaskaskia, in the State of Illinois. 

Art. 4. This treaty, as soon as it is ratified by the President 
and Senate of the United States, to be binding on the contracting 
parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, warriors, and head men, of 
the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at Vincennes, 
this eleventh day of August, eighteen hundred and twenty. 
B. Parke, 

Maquakononga, or Negro Legs, his x mark, 
Chequait, or Little Eyes, his x mark, 
Me Tacoshia, the Frenchman, his x mark, 
Gu Ta Shemi Tai, or Thunder, his x mark, 
Kenacosah Ta, or Long Body, his x mark, 
Wapou Kean, or Swan, his x mark, 
Laushepate Ta, or Two Teeth, his x mark, 
Meahanet, the Lean Man, his x mark, 
Chekolcah, the Dipper, his x mark, 
Ceholesehaquah, Bullet Mould, his x mark, 
Samaquah, Yellow Beaver, his x mark, 
Chasahwaha, or Rifle, his x mark, 
Go To paquah, or the Lone Tree, his x mark, 
Chikousah, or Mink, his x mark, 
Teche Pa Low, or Shirt, his x mark, 
Pa Lon Swa, Francis. 



286 



KICKAPOOS. 



In presence of 

John Law, Secretary to the W. E. Breading, 

Commissioner, E. Boudinot, 

William Prince, Indian Agent, Pr. Laplante, 
Nathl. Ewing, Michael Brouillet, U. S. Interp, 



KICKAPOOS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 5, 1820. ] 

Articles of a convention made and concluded between Benjamin 
Parke, a commissioner on the part of the United States, for that 
purpose, of the one part, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men 
of the tribe of Kickapoos of the Vermilion, of the other part. 

Art. 1. It is agreed that the annuity secured to the said tribe, 
by the treaty of the thirtieth of August, eighteen hundred and 
nineteen, shall hereafter be paid to the said tribe at Kaskaskias, 
in the State of Illinois. 

Art. 2. As the said tribe are now about leaving their settle- 
ments on the Wabash, and have desired some assistance to enable 
them to remove, the said Benjamin Parke, on behalf of the United 
States, has paid and advanced to the said tribe, two thousand 
dollars, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged ; which said 
sum of two thousand dollars is to be considered as an equivalent, 
in full, for the annuity due the said tribe by virtue of the aforesaid 
treaty, for the year eighteen hundred and twenty-one. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin Parke, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the 
said tribe, have hereunto set their hands, at Vincennes, the 
fifth day of September, eighteen hundred and twenty. 

B. Parke, Kechemaqua, his x mark, 

Wagohaw, his x mark, Paca Rinqua, her x mark, 

Tecumsena, his x mark, Katewah, his x mark, 

Pelecheah, his x mark, Nasa Reah, his x mark. 

In presence of 

William Prince, Indian Agent, George R. C. Sullivan, Fin- 
Samuel Jacobs, cennes Postmaster, 
R. S. Reynolds, Toussaint Dubois, 

Michael Brouillet, Interpreter. 



CHOCTAWS. 



287 



CHOCTAWS. 

['CONCLUDED OCTOBER IS, 1820. ] 

Jt treaty of friendship , limits, and accommodation, between the 
United States of America and the Choctaw nation of Indians, 
begun and concluded at the treaty ground, in said nation, near 
Doak's Stand, on the Natchez road. 

PREAMBLE. 

Whereas, it is an important object with the President of the 
United States, to promote the civilization of the Choctaw Indians, 
by the establishment of schools amongst them ; and to perpetuate 
them as a nation, by exchanging, for a small part of their land 
here, a country beyond the Mississippi river, where all, who live 
by hunting and will not work, may be collected and settled toge- 
ther : And whereas, it is desirable to the State of Mississippi, to 
obtain a small part of the land belonging to said nation ; for the 
mutual accommodation of the parties, and for securing the happi- 
ness and protection of the whole Choctaw nation, as well as pre- 
serving that harmony and friendship which so happily subsists 
between them and the United States, James Monroe, President of 
the United States of America, by Andrew Jackson, of the State of 
Tennessee, Major-General in the army of the United States, and 
General Thomas Hinds, of the State of Mississippi, commissioners 
plenipotentiary of the United States, on the one part, and the 
mingoes, head men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in full 
council assembled, on the other part, have freely and voluntarily 
entered into the following articles, viz : 

Art. 1. To enable the President of the United States to cany 
into effect the above grand and humane objects, the mingoes, head 
men, and warriors, of the Choctaw nation, in full council assem- 
bled, in behalf of themselves and the said nation, do, by these pre- 
sents, cede to the United States of America, all the land lying \ 
and being within the boundaries following, to wit : — Beginning 
on the Choctaw boundary, east of Pearl river, at a point due south 
of the White Oak spring, on the old Indian path ; thence, north 
to said spring ; thence, northwardly to a black oak, standing on 
the Natchez road, about forty poles eastwardly from Doak's fence, 
marked A. J. and blazed, with two large pines and a black oak 
standing near thereto, and marked as pointers ; thence, a straight 
line to the head of Black Creek, or Bouge Loosa ; thence, down 
Black Creek or Bouge Loosa to a small lake ; thence, a direct 
course, so as to strike the Mississippi one mile below the mouth 
of the Arkansas river; thence, down the Mississippi to our 
boundary ; thence, round and along the same to the beginning. 

Art. 2. For and in consideration of the foregoing cession, on 



288 



CHOCTAWS. 



the part of the Choctaw nation, and in part satisfaction for the 
same, the commissioners of the United States, in behalf of said 
States, do hereby cede to said nation, a tract of country west of 
the Mississippi river, situate between the Arkansas and Red river, 
and bounded as follows : — Beginning on the Arkansas river, where 
the lower boundary line of the Cherokees strikes the same ; thence, 
up the Arkansas to the Canadian Fork, and up the same to its 
source ; thence, due south to the Red river ; thence, down Red 
river, three miles below the mouth of Little river, which empties 
itself into Red river on the north side ; thence, a direct line to the 
beginning. 

Art. 3. To prevent any dispute upon the subject of the bounda- 
ries mentioned in the 1st and 2d articles, it is hereby stipulated 
between the parties, that the same shall be ascertained and dis- 
tinctly marked by a commissioner, or commissioners, to be ap- 
pointed by the United States, accompanied by such person as the 
Choctaw nation may select ; said nation having thirty days pre- 
vious notice of the time and place at which the operation will 
commence. The person so chosen by the Choctaws, shall act as 
a pilot or guide, for which the United States will pay him two 
dollars per day, whilst actually engaged in the performance of that 
duty. 

Art. 4. The boundaries hereby established between the Choc- 
taw Indians and the United States, on this side of the Mississippi 
river, shall remain without alteration until the period at which said 
nation shall become so civilized and enlightened as to be made citi- 
zens of the United States, and Congress shall lay off a limited 
parcel of land for the benefit of each family or individual in the 
nation. 

Art. 5. For the purpose of aiding and assisting the poor Indians, 
who wish to remove to the country hereby ceded on the part of the 
United States, and to enable them to do well and support their 
families, the commissioners of the United States engage, in behalf 
of said States, to give to each warrior a blanket, kettle, rifle gun, 
bullet moulds and nippers, and ammunition sufficient for hunting 
and defence, for one year. Said warrior shall also be supplied 
with corn to support him and his family, for the same period, and 
whilst travelling to the country above ceded to the Choctaw 
nation. 

Art. 6. The commissioners of the United States further cove- 
nant and agree, on the part of the said States, that an agent shall 
be appointed, in due time, for the benefit of the Choctaw Indians 
who may be permanently settled in the country ceded to them be- 
yond the Mississippi river, and, at a convenient period, a factor 
shall be sent there with goods, to supply their wants. A black- 
smith shall also be settled amongst them, at a point most conve- 
nient to the population ; and a faithful person appointed, whose 
duty it shall be to use every reasonable exertion to collect all the 



CHOCTAWS. 



289 



wandering Indians belonging to the Choctaw nation, upon the 
land hereby provided for their permanent settlement. 

Art. 7. Out of the lands ceded by the Choctaw nation to the 
United States, the commissioners aforesaid, in behalf of said States, 
further covenant and agree, that fifty-four sections of one mile 
square shall be laid out in good land, by the President of the 
United States, and sold, for the purpose of raising a fund, to be 
applied to the support of the Choctaw schools, on both sides of 
the Mississippi river. Three-fourths of said fund shall be appro- 
priated for the benefit of the schools here ; and the remaining 
fourth for the establishment of one or more beyond the Missis- 
sippi ; the whole to be placed in the hands of the President of the 
United States, and to be applied by him, expressly and exclu- 
sively, to this valuable object. 

Art. 8. To remove any discontent which may have arisen in 
the Choctaw nation, in consequence of six thousand dollars of their 
annuity having been appropriated annually, for sixteen years, by 
some of the chiefs, for the support of their schools, the commis- 
sioners of the United States oblige themselves, on the part of said 
States, to set apart an additional tract of good land, for raising a 
fund equal to that given by the said chiefs, so that the whole of 
the annuity may remain in the nation, and be divided amongst 
them. And in order that exact justice may be done to the poor 
and distressed of said nation, it shall be the duty of the agent to 
see that the wants of every deaf, dumb, blind, and distressed In- 
dian, shall be first supplied out of said annuity, and the balance 
equally distributed amongst every individual of said nation. 

Art. 9. All those who have separate settlements, and fall within 
the limits of the land ceded by the Choctaw nation to the United 
States, and who desire to remain where they now reside, shall be 
secured in a tract or parcel of land one mile square, to include 
their improvements. Any one who prefers removing, if he does 
so within one year from the date of this treaty, shall be paid their 
full value, to be ascertained by two persons, to be appointed by 
the President of the United States. 

Art. 10. As there are some who have valuable buildings on 
the roads and elsewhere upon the lands hereby ceded, should they 
remove, it is further agreed by the aforesaid commissioners, in be- 
half of the United States, that the inconvenience of doing so shall 
be considered, and such allowance made as will amount to an equi- 
valent. For this purpose, there shall be paid to the Mingo, Puckshe- 
nubbe, five hundred dollars ; to Harrison, two hundred dollars ; 
to captain Cobb, two hundred dollars ; to William Hays, twa 
hundred dollars ; to O'Gleno, two hundred dollars ; and to all 
others who have comfortable nouses, a compensation in the same 
proportion. 

Art. 11. It is also provided by the commissioners of the United 
States, and they agree in behalf of said States, that those Choctaw 
33 



290 



CHOC TAWS. 



chiefs and warriors, who have not received compensation for their 
services during the campaign to Pensacola, in the late war, shall 
be paid whatever is due them over and above the value of the 
blanket, shirt, flap, and leggins, which have been delivered to 
them. 

Art. 12. In order to promote industry and sobriety amongst all 
.classes of the red people, in this nation, but particularly the poor, 
it is farther provided by the parties, that the agent appointed to 
reside here, shall be, and he is hereby, vested with full power to 
seize and confiscate all the whiskey which may be introduced into 
said nation, except that used at public stands, or brought in by the 
permit of the agent, or the principal chiefs of the three districts. 

Art. 13. To enable the mingoes, chiefs, and head men, of the 
Choctaw nation, to raise and organize a corps of light-horse, con- 
sisting of ten in each distrcit, so that good order may be main- 
tained, and that all men, both white and red, may be compelled to 
pay their just debts, it is stipulated and agreed, that the sum of 
two hundred dollars shall be appropriated by the United States, for 
each district, annually, and placed in the hands of the agent, to 
pay the expenses incurred in raising and establishing said corps ; 
which is to act as executive officers, in maintaining good order, and 
compelling bad men to remove from the nation, who are not autho- 
rized to live in it by a regular permit from the agent. 

Art. 14. Whereas the father of the beloved chief Mushulatub- 
bee, of the lower towns, for and during his life, did receive from 
the United States the sum of one hundred and fifty dollars, annual- 
ly ; it is hereby stipulated, that his son and successor Mushulatubr 
Jbee, shall annually be paid the same amount during his natural life, 
to commence from the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 15. The peace and harmony subsisting between the Choc- 
taw nation of Indians and the United States, are hereby renewed, 
continued, and declared to be perpetual. 

Art. 16, These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory 
on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate of 
the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners plenipotentiary of the 
United States and the Mingoes, head men, and warriors, of 
the Choctaw nation, have hereunto subscribed their names 
and affixed their seals, at the pl?xe above written, this eigh^ 
teenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and twenty, and of the independence of the 
United States the forty-fifth. 

Andrew Jackson, 
Thomas Hinds, 

jnjedal mingoes, Puckshenubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Pooshawattaha, his x mark, l. s. 

Mushulatiibbee, his x mark, l. s. 



n . . L. S. 

Commissioners, 

' L. S. 



CHOCTAWS* £91 

chiefs and General Humming Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

warriors, James Hanizon, his x mark, l. s. 

Talking Warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Little Leader, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Bob Cole, his x mark, l. s. 

Red Fort, or Oolatahooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Choctawistonocka, his x mark, l. s. 

Oglano, his x mark, l. s. 

Chuleta, his x mark, l, s. 

John Frazier, his x mark, l. s. 

Oakchummia, his x mark,, l. s. 

Nockestona, his x mark, l. s. 

Chapahooma, his x mark, l. s, 

Onanchahabee, his x mark, l. s. 

Copatanathoco, his x mark, l. s. 

Atahobia, his x mark, h. s» 

Opehoola, his x mark, l. s. 

Chetantanchahubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Lapala, his x mark, l. s. 

Panchahabbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Chuckahicka, his x mark, l. s, 

Tallahomia, his x mark, l. 

Totapia, his x mark, l, s. 

Hocktanlubbee, his x mark, l. 

Tapawanchahubbee, his x mark, l. s„ 

Capt. Red Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Jerry Carney, his x mark, l. s, 

Chapanchahabbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tunnupnuia, his x mark, l. s, 

Ponhoopia, his x mark, l. s. 

Ticbehacubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Suttacanchihubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. William Beams, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain James Pitchlynn, l. s. 

Capt. James Garland, his x mark, l. s„ 

Tapanahomia, his x mark, l. s. 

Thlahomia, his x mark, l. s-. 

Tishotata, his x mark, l. s» 

Inoquia, his x mark, l. s. 

Ultetoncubbee, his x mark, l. s, 

Palochubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Jopannu, his x mark, l. 

Captain Joel H. Vail, l. s. 

Tapanastonahamia, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoopihomia, his x mark, s. 

Chelutabomia, his x mark, l. s, 

Tuskiamingo, his x mark, l. s, 

Young C aptain , his x isark, i- 



292 



CHOCTAWS- 



chiefs and Hakatubbee, his x mart, 

warriors, Tishoo, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt, Bobb, his x mark, l. s, 

Hopeanchahabee, his x mark,, l. s. 

Capt. Bradley, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Daniel M' Curtain, his x mark y l. s. 

Mucklisahopia, his x mark, l. s. 

Nuckpullachubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

George Turnbull, l. s. 

Captain Thomas M'Curtain, his X mark, l. s. 

Oakehonahooma, his x mark, l. s, 

GapL John Cairns, his x mark, l. s. 

Topenastonahooma, his x mark, l. s. 

Holatohamia, his x mark, l. s. 

Col. Boyer, his x mark, l. s. 

Holantachanshahubbee, his x mark ? l, s. 

Chuckahabbee, his x mark, s. 

Washaschahopia, his x mark, l. s. 

Chatamakaha, his x mark, l. s. 

Hapeahomia, his x mark, l. s, 

William Hay, his x mark, l, s. 

Captain Samuel Cobb, his x mark, l. s. 

Lewis Brashears, his x mark, l. s. 

Muckelehamia, his x mark, L, s. 

Capt. Sam. Magee, his x mark, l, s. 

Ticbehamia, hisx mark, l. s. 

Doctor Red Bird, his x mark,, l. s. 

Oontoola, his x mark, l, s, 

Pooshonshabbee, his x mark y l. s, 

Casania, his x mark, l. s. 

Joseph Nelson, his x mark,. l. s. 

Unahubbee, his x mark, s. 

Red Duck, his x mark, l. s. 

Muttahubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Ihokahatubbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Alex. Hamilton, l. s, 

Capt. Red Knife, his x mark y l. s. 

Shapahroma, hisx mark, l. s. 

Capt. Tonnanpoocha, his x mark ? l. s. 

Mechamiabbee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskanohamia, his x mark, l. s. 

Tookatubbetusea, his x mark, l. s. 

William Frye, his x mark, l. s. 

Greenwood Leflore, his x mark, l. s, 

Archibald MaGee, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt, Ben Burris, his x mark, l. s, 

Tusconohicca, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt, Lewis Perry, his x mark, l. s. 



■CREEKS-. 



293 



chiefs and Henekachubbee, his x mark, 

warriors, Tussashamia, his x mark, 

Capt Charles Durant, his x mark, 
Piare Durant, his x mark. 



l. s. 

L. S, 

ii. S.. 

L. S. 



Witnesses present at 

Saml. R. Overton, Secretary to 

the Commission, 
Eden Brashears, 
J. C. Bronaugh, Asst. Surg. 

Gen. S. D. U. S. Army, 
H. D. Downs, 
Wm. F. Gangent, 
Wm. M. Graham, 1st Lieut 

Corps of Artillery, 
Andrew J. Donelson, BrvH 2d 



sealing and signing : 

Lieut. Corps of Eng. and 
Aid-de-Camp to Gen. Jackson, 

P. A. Vandorn, 

John H. Esty, 

John Pitchlynn, XL S. Interpreter, 
M. Mackey, U. S. Interpreter, 
Edmund Falsome, Interpreter, X, 
James Hughes, 
Geo. Fisher, 
Jas. -Jackson, jr. 



CREEKS. 

'[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 8, 1821. ] 

Articles of a treaty entered into at the Indian Spring, in the Creek 
nation, by Daniel M. Forney, of the State of North Carolina, 
and David Meriwether, of the State of Georgia, specially ap- 
pointed for that purpose, on the part of the United States ; and 
the chiefs, head men, and warriors., of the Creek nation, in 
council assembled. 

Art, 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek na- 
tion, in behalf of the said nation, do, by these presents, cede to 
the United States all that tract or parcel of land, situate, lying, 
and being, east of the following bounds and limits, viz : Begin- 
ning on the east bank of Flint river, where Jackson's line crosses, 
running thence, up the eastern bank of the same, along the water's 
edge, to the head of the principal western branch ; from thence, 
the nearest and a direct line, to the Chatahooche river, up the 
eastern bank of the said river, along the water's edge, to the shal- 
low Ford, where the present boundary line between the State of 
Georgia and the Creek nation touches the said river : Provided, 
however, That, if the said line should strike the Chatahooche river, 
!)elow the Creek village Buzzard- Roost, there shall be a set-off 
made, so as to leave the said village one mile within the Creek 
nation ; excepting and reserving to the Creek nation the title and 
possession, in the manner and form specified, to all the land here- 
after excepted, viz : one thousand acres, to be laid off in a square, 
-so as to include the Indian Spring in the centre thereof ; as, also, 
six and forty acres on the western bank of the Oakmulgee .river, 



294 



CREEKS* 



so as to include the improvements at present in the possession of 
the Indian chief General Mcintosh. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated, by the contracting parties, that 
the title and possession of the following tracts of land shall con- 
tinue in the Creek nation so long as the present occupants shall 
remain in the personal possession thereof, viz : one mile square, 
each, to include as near as may be, in the centre thereof, the im- 
provements of Michey Barnard, James Barnard, Buckey Barnard, 
Cussena Barnard, and Efauemathlaw, on the east side of Flint 
river; which reservations shall constitute a part of the cession 
made by the first article, so soon as they shall be abandoned by 
the present occupants. 

Art. 3. It is hereby stipulated, by the contracting parties, that 
so long as the United States continue the Creek agency at its pre- 
sent situation on Flint river, the land included within the following 
boundary, viz : Beginning on the east bank of Flint river, at the 
mouth of the Boggy branch, and running out, at right angles, 
from the river, one mile and a half; thence up, and parallel with, 
the river, three miles ; thence, parallel with the first line, to the 
river ; and thence, down the river, to the place of beginning ; 
shall be reserved to the Creek nation for the use of the United 
States agency, and shall constitute a part of the cession made by 
the first article, whenever the agency shall be removed. 

Art. 4. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
United States, as a consideration for the land ceded by the Creek 
nation by the first article, that there shall be paid to the Creek na- 
tion, by the United States, ten thousand dollars in hand, the re- 
ceipt whereof is hereby acknowledged ; forty thousand dollars as 
soon as practicable after the ratification of this convention ; five 
thousand dollars, annually, for two years thereafter ; sixteen thou- 
sand dollars, annually, for five years thereafter ; and ten thousand 
dollars, annually, for six years thereafter ; making, in the whole, 
fourteen payments in fourteen successive years, without interest, 
in money or goods and implements of husbandry, at the option of 
the Creek nation, seasonably signified, from time to time, through 
the agent of the United States residing with said nation, to the 
Department of War. And, as a further consideration for said ces- 
sion, the United States do hereby agree to pay to the State of 
Georgia whatever balance may be found due by the Creek nation 
to the citizens of said State, whenever the same shall be ascer- 
tained, in conformity with the reference made by the commissioners 
of Georgia, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Creek 
nation, to be paid in five annual instalments, without interest, pro- 
vided the same shall not exceed the sum of two hundred and fifty 
thousand dollars ; the commissioners of Georgia executing to the 
Creek nation a full and final relinquishment of all the claims of the 
citizens of Georgia against the Creek nation, for property taken or 
destroyed prior to the act of Congress of one thousand eight 



CHEEKS. 



295 



hundred ^nd two, regulating the intercourse with the Indian 
tribes. 

Art. 5. The President of the United States shall cause the line 
to be run from the head of Flint river to Chatahooche river, and 
reservations made to the Creek nation to be laid off, in the manner 
specified in the first, second, and third articles of this treaty, at 
such time and in such manner as he may deem proper, giving time- 
ly notice to the Creek nation ; and this convention shall be obli- 
gatory on the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall have 
Seen ratified by the government of the United States. 

Done at the Indian Spring, this eighth day of January, A. D, 
eighteen hundred and twenty-one. 

D. M. Forney, £, s. 

D. Meriwether, l, s- 

Wm. Mcintosh, l. s. 

Tustunnugee Hopoie, his x mark 9 l. s. 

Efau Emauthlau, his x mark, %. s.. 

Holoughlan, or CoL Blue, his x mark, l. & 

Cussetau Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Sotetan Haujo, his x mark, l. s, 

Etomme Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Taskagee Emauthlau, his x mark, l. s» 

Tuckle Luslee, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuckte Lustee Haujo, his x mark, l. s. 

Cunepee Emauthlau, his x mark, l. s. 

Hethlepoie, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskeenaheocki, his x mark, l. s. 

Chaughle Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Isfaune Tustunnuggee Haujo, his x mark 3 l. s. 

Wau Thlucco Haujo, his x mark, l. s, 

Itchu Haujo, his x mark, l. s. 

Alabama Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s, 

Holoughlan Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Auhauluck Yohola, his x mark, l. s. 

Oseachee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s, 

Houpauthlee Tustunnuggee, his x mark 5 l. s. 

Nenehaumaughtoochie, his x mark, l. s. 

Henelau Tixico, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusekeagh Haujo, his x mark, l. s. 

Joseph Marshal, l. s. 

In presence of 

I. Mcintosh, ) n 9 v. William Cook, Secretary C. G. 
David Adams, V C 2f m 7 °J William Hambly, 
Daniel Newman, ) SI. Hawkins, ) Mervreters 

D. B. Mitchell, Agent for I. A. George Levett, \ merprem S ' 
William Meriwether, Secretary 

il s. a 



296 



CREEK SV 



CREEKS. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 8, 1S21.] 

Articles of agreement entered into, between the undersigned com- 
missioners^ appointed by the governor of the State of Georgia, 
for and on behalf of the citizens of the said State f and the chiefs r 
head men, and warriors, of the Creek nation of Indians. 

Whereas, at a conference opened and held at the Indian Spring,, 
in the Creek nation, the citizens of Georgia, by the aforesaid com- 
missioners, have represented that they have claims to a large 
amount against the said Creek nation of Indians r Now, in order 
to adjust and bring the same to a speedy and final settlement, it is 
hereby agreed by the aforesaid commissioners, and the chiefs, head, 
men, and warriors, of the said nation, that all the talks had upon 
the subject of these claims at this place, together with all claims 
on either side, of whatever nature or kind, prior to the act of Con- 
gress of one thousand eight hundred and two, regulating the in-- 
tercourse with the Indian tribes,, with the documents in support of 
them, shall be referred to the decision of the President of the 
United States, by Mm to be decided upon, adjusted, liquidated, 
and settled, in such manner, and under such rules, regulations, and 
restrictions, as he shall prescribe i Provided, however, if it should 
meet the views of the President of the United States, it is the 
wish of the contracting parties, that the liquidation and settlement 
of the aforesaid claims shall be made in the State of Georgia, at 
such place as he may deem most convenient for the parties inter- 
ested, and the decision and award, thus made and rendered, shall 
be binding and obligatory upon the contracting parties. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, 

this eighth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and 

twenty- one. 

J. Mcintosh, l. s. 

David Adams 1 , l. s» 

Daniel Newman, l. s. 

William Mcintosh', l. s. 

Tustunnuggee Hopoie, his x mark, l. s* 
Efau Emauthlau, his x mark, l. s„ 

Present, 

X). M. Forney, D. Meriwether. 



Whereas a treaty or convention has this day been made and' 
entered into, by and between the United States and the Creek na- 
tion, by the provisions of which the United States have agreed to- 
pay, and the commissioners of the State of Georgia have agreed, 



OTTAWA S j CHIPPEWAS, ETC* 



297 



to accept, for and on behalf of the citizens of the State of Georgia, 
having claims against the Creek nation, prior to the year one thou- 
sand eight hundred and two, the sum of two hundred and fifty 
thousand dollars : 

Now, know all men by these presents, that we, the undersigned, 
commissioners of the State of Georgia, for, and in consideration 
of, the aforesaid sum of two hundred and fifty thousand dollars, 
secured by the said treaty or convention to be paid to the State 
of Georgia, for the discharge of all bona fide and liquidated claims, 
which the citizens of the said State may establish against the 
Creek nation, do, by these presents, release, exonerate, and dis- 
charge, the said Creek nation from all and every claim and claims, 
of whatever description, nature, or kind, the same may be, which 
the citizens of Georgia now have, or may have had, prior to the 
year one thousand eight hundred and two, against the said nation. 
And we do hereby assign, transfer, and set over, unto the United 
States, for the use and benefit of the said Creek nation, for the con- 
sideration hereinbefore expressed, all the right, title, and interest, of 
the citizens of the said State, to all claims, debts, damages, and 
property, of every description and denomination, which the citizens 
of the said State have, or had, prior to the year one thousand 
eight hundred and two, as aforesaid, against the said Creek 
nation. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto affixed our hands and seals, 
at the Mineral Spring, in the said Creek nation, this eighth day 
of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-one. 

J. Mcintosh, l. s. 

David Adams, l. s. 

Daniel Newman, l. s. 

Present, 

D. M. Forney, D. B. Mitchell, Agent 

D. Meriwether, for Indian Affairs. 



OTTAWAS, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 

[concluded august 29, 1821.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Chicago, in the State of 
Illinois, between Lewis Cass and Solomon Sibley, commissioners 
of the United States, and the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwa- 
tima nations of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwatima, nations 
of Indians cede to the United States all the land comprehended 
within the following boundaries : Beginning at a point on the 
south bank of the river St. Joseph of lake Michigan, near the Pare 



298 



OTTAWA S j CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



aux Vaches, due north from Rum's village, and running thence 
south to a line drawn due east from the southern extreme of lake 
Michigan ; thence with the said line east to the tract ceded by the 
Pattiwatimas to the United States by the treaty of fort Meigs, in 
1817, if the said line should strike the said tract, but if the said 
line should pass north of the said tract, then such line shall be 
continued until it strikes the western boundary of the tract ceded 
to the United States by the treaty of Detroit in 1807, and from 
the termination of the said line, following the boundaries of former 
cessions, to the main branch of the grand river of lake Michigan, 
should any of the said lines cross the said river ; but if none of the 
said lines should cross the said river, then to a point due east of 
the source of the said main branch of the said river, and from such 
point due west to the source of the said principal branch, and 
from the crossing of the said river, or from the source thereof, as 
the case may be, down the said river, on the north bank thereof, 
to the mouth ; thence following the shore of lake Michigan to the 
south bank of the said river St. Joseph, at the mouth thereof, and 
thence with the said south bank to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid, there shall be reserved, for 
the use of the Indians, the following tracts : 

One tract at Mang-ach-qua village, on the river Peble, of six 
miles square. 

One tract at Mick-ke-saw-be, of six miles square. 

One tract at the village of Na-to-wa-se-pe, of four miles square. 

One tract at the village of Prairie Ronde, of three miles square. 

One tract at the village of Match-e-be-nash-she-wish, at the 
head of the Kekalamazoo river. 

Art. 3. There shall be granted by the United States to each of 
the following persons, being all Indians by descent, and to their 
heirs, the following tracts of land : 

To John Burnet, two sections of land. 

To James Burnet, Abraham Burnet, Rebecca Burnet, and Nancy 
Burnet, each one section of land ; which said John, James, Abra- 
ham, Rebecca, and Nancy, are children of Kaw-kee-me, sister of 
Top-ni-be, principal chief of the Pattiwatima nation. 

The land granted to the persons immediately preceding, shall 
begin on the north bank of the river St. Joseph, about two miles 
from the mouth, and shall extend up and back from the said river 
for quantity. 

To John B. La Lime, son of Noke-no-qua, one-half a section 
of land, adjoining the tract before granted, and on the upper side 
thereof. 

To Jean B. Chandonai, son of Chip-pe-wa-qua, two sections of 
land, on the river St. Joseph, above and adjoining the tract granted 
to J. B. La Lime. 

To Joseph Daze, son of Chip-pe-wa-qua, one section of land 
above and adjoining the tract granted to Jean B. Chandonai. 



OTTAWA S, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



299 



To Monguago, one-half a section of land, atMish-she-wa-ko-kink. 

To Pierre Moran or Peeresh, a Pattiwatima chief, one section 
of land, and to his children two sections of land, at the mouth of 
the Elk-heart river. 

To Pierre Le Clerc, son of Moi-qua, one section of land on the 
Elk-heart river, above and adjoining the tract granted to Moran 
and his children. 

The section of land granted by the treaty of St. Mary's, in 1818, 
to Peeresh or Perig, shall be granted to Jean B. Cicot, son of Pe- 
say-quot, sister of the said Peeresh, it having been so intended at 
the execution of the said treaty. 

To O-she-ak-ke-be or Benac, one-half of a section of land on 
the north side of the Elk-heart river, where the road from Chicago 
to fort Wayne first crosses the said river. 

To Me-naw-che, a Pattiwatima woman, one-half of a section of 
land on the eastern bank of the St. Joseph, where the road from 
Detroit to Chicago first crosses the said river. 

To Theresa Chandler or To-e-ak-qui, a Pattiwatima woman, 
and to her daughter Betsey Fisher, one section of land on the 
south side of the Grand river, opposite to the Spruce Swamp. 

To Charles Beaubien and Medart Beaubien, sons of Man-na- 
ben-a-qua, each one-half of a section of land near the village of 
Ke-wi-go-shkeem, on the Washtenaw river. 

To Antoine Roland, son of I-gat-pat-a-wat-a-mie-qua, one half 
of a section of land adjoining and below the tract granted to Pierre 
Moran. 

To William Knaggs, or Was-es-kuk-son, son of Ches-qua, one- 
half of a section of land adjoining and below the tract granted to 
Antoine Roland. 

To Madeline Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, a Pattiwatima 
woman, one section of land at the Pare aux Vaches, on the north 
side of the river St. Joseph. 

To Joseph Bertrand, junior, Benjamin Bertrand, Laurent Ber- 
trand, Theresa Bertrand, and Amable Bertrand, children of the 
said Madeline Bertrand, each one-half of a section of land at the 
portage of the Kankakee river. 

To John Riley, son of Me-naw-cum-a-go-quoi, one section of 
land, at the mouth of the river Au Foin, on the Grand River, and 
extending up the said river. 

To Peter Riley, the son of Me-naw-cum-e-go-qua, one section 
of land, at the mouth of the river Au Foin, on the Grand River, 
and extending down the said river. 

To Jean B. Le Clerc, son of Moi-qua, one-half of a section 
of land, above and adjoining the tract granted to Pierre Le Clerc. 

To Joseph La Framboise, son of Shaw-we-no-qua, one section 
of land upon the south side of the river St. Joseph, and adjoining 
on the upper side the land ceded to the United States, which said 
section was also ceded to the United States. 



300 



OTTAWA S j CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



The tracts of land herein stipulated to be granted, shall never 
be leased or conveyed by the grantees or their heirs to any persons 
whatever, without the permission of the President of the United 
States. And such tracts shall be located after the said cession is 
surveyed, and in conformity with such surveys as near as may be, 
and in such manner as the President may direct. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States engage to pay to the Ottawa nation, one thousand dollars 
in specie, annually forever, and also to appropriate annually, for 
the term of ten years, the sum of fifteen hundred dollars, to be 
expended as the President may direct, in the support of a black- 
smith, of a teacher, and of a person to instruct the Ottawas in 
agriculture, and in the purchase of cattle and farming utensils. 
And the United States also engage to pay to the Pattiwatima 
nation five thousand dollars in specie, annually, for the term of 
twenty years, and also to appropriate annually, for the term of 
fifteen years, the sum of one thousand dollars, to be expended as 
the President may direct, in the support of a blacksmith and a 
teacher. And one mile square shall be selected, under the direc- 
tion of the President, on the north side of the Grand River, and 
one mile square on the south side of the St. Joseph, and within 
the Indian lands not ceded, upon which the blacksmiths and 
teachers employed for the said tribes, respectively, shall reside. 

Art. 5. The stipulation contained in the treaty of Greenville, 
relative to the right of the Indians to hunt upon the land ceded 
while it continues the property of the United States, shall apply 
to this treaty. 

Art. 6. The United States shall have the privilege of making 
and using a road through the Indian country, from Detroit and fort 
Wayne, respectively, to Chicago. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent 
of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass and Solomon Sibley, 
commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and warriors of 
the said Ottawa, Chippewa, and Pattiwatima nations, have 
hereunto set their hands, at Chicago aforesaid, this 29th day 
of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and twenty-one. 

Lewis Cass, 
Solomon Sibley. 

ottawas, Kewagoushcum, his x mark, 

Nokawjegaun, his x mark, 
Kee-o-to-aw-be, his x mark, 
Ket-che-me-chi-na-waw, his x mark, 
Ep-pe-san-se, his x mark, 



OTTAWA S, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



301 



Kay-nee-wee, his x mark, 
Mo-a-put-to, his x mark, 
Mat-che-pee-na-che-wish, his x mark, 

chippewas, Met-tay-waw, his x mark, 
Mich-el, his x mark, 

pattiwatimas, To-pen-ne-bee, his x mark, 
Mee-te-ay, his x mark, 
Chee-banse, his x mark, 
Loui-son, his x mark, 
Wee-saw, his x mark, 
Kee-po-taw, his x mark, 
Shay-auk-ke-bee, his x mark, 
Sho-mang, his x mark, 
Waw-we-uck-ke-meck, his x mark, 
Nay-ou-chee-mon, his x mark, 
Kon-gee, his x mark, 
Shee-shaw-gan, his x mark, 
Aysh-cam, his x mark, 
Meek-say-mank, his x mark, 
May-ten- way, his x mark, 
Shaw-wen-ne-me-tay, his x mark, 
Francois, his x mark, 
Mauk-see, his x mark, 
Way-me-go, his x mark, 
Man-daw-min, his x mark, 
Quay-guee, his x mark, 
Aa-pen-naw-bee, his x mark, 
Mat-cha-wee-yaas, his x mark, 
Mat-cha-pag-gish, his x mark, 
Mongaw, his x mark, 
Pug-gay-gaus, his x mark, 
Ses-cobe-mesh, his x mark, 
Chee-gwa-mack-gwa-go, his x mark, 
Waw-seb-baw, his x mark, 
Pee-chee-co, his x mark, 
Quoi-quoi-taw, his x mark, 
Pe-an-nish, his x mark, 
Wy-ne-naig, his x mark, 
Onuck-ke-meck, his x mark, 
Ka-way-sin, his x mark, 
A-meck-kose, his x mark, 
Os-see-meet, his x mark, 
Shaw-ko-to, his x mark, 
No-shay-we-quat, his x mark, 
Mee-gwun, his x mark, 
Mes-she-ke-ten-now, his x mark, 
Kee-no-to-go, his x mark, 



302 



GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES. 



Wa-baw-nee-she, his x mark, 
Shaw-waw-nay-see, his x mark, 
Atch-wee-muck-quee, his x mark, 
Pish-she-baw-gay, his x mark, 
Waw-ba-saye, his x mark, 
Meg-ges-seese, his x mark, 
Say-gaw-koo-nuck, his x mark, 
Shaw-way-no, his x mark, 
Shee-shaw-gun, his x mark, 
To-to-mee, his x mark, 
Ash-kee-wee, his x mark, 
Shay-auk-ke-bee, his x mark, 
Aw-be-tone, his x mark. 

In presence of 

Alex. Wolcott, jr. Indian Agent, R. Montgomery, 

Jno. R. Williams, Ad ft Gen. Jacob B. Varnum, U. S. Factor 

M. Ma. John B. Beaubien, 

G. Godfroy, Indian Agent, Conrad Ten Eyck, 

W. Knaggs, Indian Agent, J. Whipley, 

Jacob Visget, George Miles, jun. 

Henry I. Hunt, Henry Connor, 

A. Phillips, Paymaster V. S. James Barnerd, 

Army, John Kenzie, Sub-Agent. 

The tract reserved at the village of Match-e-be-nash-she-wish, 
at the head of the Ke-kal-i-ma-zoo river, was by agreement to be 
three miles square. The extent of the reservation was accidentally 
omitted. 

LEWIS CASS, 
SOLOMON SIBLEY. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 31, 1822. ] 

Articles of a treaty entered into and concluded at the United States 
factory, on the M. Be Cigue Augt, by and between Richard 
Graham, agent of Indian affairs, authorized on the part of the 
United States for that purpose, and the chiefs, warriors, and 
head men, of the tribes of Great and Little Osage Indians, for 
themselves and their respective tribes, of the other part. 

Whereas, by the second article of the treaty made and entered 
into between the United States and the Great and Little Osage 
nations of Indians, concluded and signed at fort Clark, on the 
Missouri, on the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hun- 
dred and eight, it is stipulated that the United States shall establish 



GREAT AND LITTLE 0 SAGES. 



303 



at that place, and permanently continue, at all seasons of the year, 
a well assorted store of goods for the purpose of bartering with 
them on moderate terms for their peltries and furs : now we, the 
said chiefs, warriors, and head men, in behalf of our said tribes, 
for and in consideration of two thousand three hundred and twenty- 
nine dollars and forty cents, to us now paid in merchandise, out 
of the United States factory, by said Richard Graham, on behalf 
•of the United States, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, 
do exonerate, release, and forever discharge, the United States 
from the obligation contained in the said second article above men- 
tioned ; and the aforesaid second article is, from the date hereof, 
abrogated and of no effect. 

In witness whereof, the said Richard Graham and the chiefs, 
warriors, and head men, of the Great and Little Osage tribes, 
have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals, this 
thirty-first day of August, in the year of our Lord one thou- 



sand eight hundred and twenty- two. 

R. Graham, l. s. 
Pahuska, his x mark, or White Hair, head chief, B. 0. l s. 
Neshumoiny, his x mark, or Walk in Rain, head chief L. 0. l. s, 

Kahegewashinpisheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Soldier, his x mark, L. s. 

Cothistwoshko, his x mark, l. s. 

Tocathingah, his x mark, l. s. 

Towakaheh, his x mark, chief of the Crosse Cotte V. l. s. 

Kahegetankgah, his x mark, l. s. 

Urattheheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Thinggahwassah, his x mark, l. s. 

Onnyago, his x mark, l. s. 

Wonopasheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Kehegethingah, his x mark, L. s. 

Veheseheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Thunkemono, his x mark, , l. s. 
Ownakaheh, his x mark, * l. s. 

Wahchewahheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Grenatheh, his x mark, l. s. 

Neocheninkeh, his x mark, l. s. 

Tansvanhehe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wasabewangoudake, his x mark, l. s. 

Wathinsabbeh, his x mark, l. s. 

In 'presence of 

Paul Baillio, C. De La Croix, 

Robert Dimlap, 



304 



SACS AND FOXES. 



SACS AND FOXES. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 3, 1822.] 

Articles of a treaty entered into and concluded at fort Armstrong, 
by and between Thomas Forsyth, agent of Indian affairs, autho- 
rized on the part of the United States for that purpose, of the one 
part, and the chiefs, warriors, and head men, of the united Sac 
and Fox tribes, for themselves and their tribes, of the other part. 

Whereas, by the ninth article of the treaty made and entered 
into between the United States and the Sac and Fox tribes of 
Indians, concluded and signed at Saint Louis, in the district of 
Louisiana, on the third day of November, one thousand eight 
hundred and four, it is stipulated, in order to put a stop to the 
abuses and impositions which are practised upon the said tribes 
by the private traders, the United States will, at a convenient 
time, establish a trading house or factory, where the individuals of 
the said tribes can be supplied with goods at a more reasonable 
rate than they have been accustomed to procure them : Now, we, 
the said chiefs, warriors, and head men of the said tribes, for and 
in consideration of the sum of one thousand dollars to us, now paid 
in merchandise out of the United States factory, by said Thomas 
Forsyth, on behalf of the United States, the receipt whereof is 
hereby acknowledged, do exonerate, release, and forever discharge 
the United States from the obligation contained in the said ninth 
article above recited, and the aforesaid ninth article is, from the 
date hereof, abrogated and of no effect. 

In witness whereof, the said Thomas Forsyth, and the chiefs, 
warriors, and head men, of the Sac and Fox tribes, have 
hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals, this third 
day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty- two. 

Thomas Forsyth, United States Indian Agent, l. s. 



Pushee Paho, his x mark, l. s. 

Quash Quammee, his x mark, l. s. 

Nesowakee, his x mark, l. s. 

Keeocuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Wapulla, his x mark, l. s, 

Themue, his x mark, l. s. 

Mucathaanamickee, his x mark, l. s. 

Nolo, his x mark, l. s. 



In the presence of 

S. Burbank, Major U. S. Army, George Davenport, 

P. Craig, Assistant Surgeon Samuel C. Muir, 

United States Army, John Connelly, 
J. M. Baxley, Lt. bth Infantry Louis Betelle, Interpreter. 



JSENEKAS. 



305 



SENEKAS . 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 3, 1S23.] 

Jit a treaty held under the authority of the United States at Mos- 
cow, in the county of Livingston, in the State of Mew York, be- 
tween the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of the Seneka nation of 
Indians in behalf of said nation, and John Greig and Henry B. 
Gibson of Canandaigua in the county of Ontario; in the presence 
of Charles Carroll, esquire, commissioner appointed by the United 
States for holding said treaty, and ofJVathaniel Gorham, esquire, 
superintendent, in behalf of the State of Massachusetts. 

Know all men by these presents, that the said sachems, chiefs, 
and warriors, for and in consideration of the sum of four thousand 
two hundred and eighty- six dollars, lawful money of the United 
States, to them in hand paid by the said John Greig and Henry 
B. Gibson, at or immediately before the ensealing and delivery of 
these presents, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, 
have granted, bargained, sold, aliened, released, quit claimed and 
confirmed unto the said John Greig and Henry B. Gibson, and 
by these presents do grant, bargain, sell, alien, release, quit 
claim, and confirm, unto the said John Greig and Henry B. Gib- 
son, their heirs and assigns, forever, all that tract, piece or parcel 
of land commonly called and known by the name of the Gordeau 
reservation, situate, lying and being in the counties of Livingston 
and Genesee, in the State of New York, bounded as follows, that 
is to say : Beginning at the mouth of Steep Hill creek, thence due 
east, until it strikes the Old Path, thence south until a due west 
line will intersect with certain steep rocks on the west side of 
Genesee river, thence extending due west, due north, and due 
east, until it strikes the first mentioned bound, enclosing as much 
land on the west side as on the east side of the river, and contain- 
ing according to the survey and measurement made of the same 
by Augustus Porter, surveyor, seventeen thousand nine hundred 
and twenty-seven 137-160 acres, be the same more or less : ex- 
cepting nevertheless, and always reserving out of this grant and 
conveyance, twelve hundred and eighty acres of land, bounded as 
follows, that is to say ; on the east by Genesee river, on the 
south by a line running due west from the centre of the Big Slide 
so called, on the north by a line parallel to the south line and two 
miles distant therefrom, and . on the west by a line running due 
north and south, and at such a distance from the river as to in- 
clude the said quantity of twelve hundred and eighty acres and 
no more ; which said twelve hundred and eighty acres are fully 
and clearly understood, to remain the property of the said parties 



SENEKAS. 



of the first part, and their nation, in as full and ample a manner, 
as if these presents had not been executed : together with all and 
singular the rights, privileges, hereditaments, and appurtenances, 
to the said hereby granted premises belonging or in anywise ap- 
pertaining, and all the estate, right, title, and interest, whatsoever, 
of them the said parties of the first part, and of their nation, of, 
in, and to, the said tract of land above described, except as is 
above excepted. To have and to hold all and singular the above 
granted premises with the appurtenances, unto the said John 
Greig and Henry B. Gibson, their heirs and assigns, to the sole 
and only proper use, benefit, and behoof, of the said John Greig 
and Henry B. Gibson, their heirs and assigns forever. 

In testimony whereof, the parties to these presents have here- 
unto, and to three other instruments of the same tenor and 
date, one to remain with the United States, one to remain 
with the State of Massachusetts, one to remain with the Se- 
neka nation of Indians, and one to remain with the said John 
Greig and Hemy B. Gibson, interchangeably set their hands 
and seals, the third day of September, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty three. 



Saquiungarluchta, or Young King, his x mark, l. s. 

Karlundawana, or Pollard, his x mark, l. s. 

Sagouata, or Red Jacket, his x mark, l. s. 

Tishkaaga, or Little Billy, his x mark, l. s. 

Tywaneash, or Black Snake, his x mark, l. s. 

Kahalsta, or Strong, his x mark, l. s. 

Chequinduchque, or Little Beard, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuyongo, or Seneka White, his x mark, l. s. 

Onondaki, or Destroy Town, his x mark, l. s. 

Lunuchshewa, or War Chief, his x mark, l. s, 

Genuchsckada, or Stevenson, his x mark, l. s. 

Mary Jamieson, her x mark, l. s. 

Talwinaha, or Little Johnson, his x mark, l. s. 

Atachsagu, or John Big Tree, his x mark, l. s« 

Teskaiy, or John Pierce, his x mark, l. s. 

Teaslaegee, or Charles Cornplanter, his x mark, l. s. 

Teoncukaweh, or Bob Stevens, his x mark, l. s. 

Checanadughtwo, or Little Beard, his x mark, l. s. 

Canada, his x mark, l. s. 



Sealed and delivered in the presence of 

Nat. W. Howell, Jasper Parrish, 

Ch. Carroll, Horatio Jones. 

Done at a treaty held with the sachems, chiefs, and warriors of 
the Seneka nation of Indians at Moscow, in the county of 
Livingston and State of New York, on the third day of Sep- 



FLORIDA. 



307 



member, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, under 
the authority of the United States. In testimony whereof, I 
have hereunto set my hand and seal, the day and year afore- 
said, by virtue of a commission issued under the seal of the 
commonwealth of Massachusetts, bearing date the 31st day 
of August, A. D. 1815, pursuant to a resolution of the legis- 
lature of the said commonwealth, passed the eleventh day of 
March, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-one. 

N. GORHAM, Superintendent 

I have attended a treaty of the Seneka nation of Indians held 
at Moscow in the county of Livingston and State of New York, 
on the third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and twenty-three, when the within instrument 
was duly executed in my presence, by the sachems, chiefs, and 
warriors of the said nation, being fairly and properly understood 
and transacted by all the parties of Indians concerned, and de- 
clared to be done to their full satisfaction. I do therefore certify 
and approve the same. 

CH. CARROLL, Commissioner. 



FLORIDA. 

{CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 18, 1823 ; RATIFIED JANUARY 2, 1824.J 

JL treaty between the United States of America, and the Florida 
tribes of Indians, made and concluded on the eighteenth day of 
September, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, at 
camp, on Moultrie creek, in the territory of Florida, by com- 
missioners on the part of the United States,, and certain chiefs 
-and warriors of the said tribes, on the part and in behalf of the 
said tribes; which treaty is in the words following, to wit: 

Art, 1. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and their tribes, have appealed to the humanity, and thrown them- 
selves on, and have promised to continue under, the protection of 
the United States, and of no other nation, power, or sovereign ; 
and, in consideration of the promises and stipulations hereinafter 
made, do cede and relinquish all claim or title which they may 
have to the whole territory of Florida, with the exception of such 
district of country as shall herein be allotted to them. 

Art. 2. The Florida tribes of Indians will hereafter be concen- 
trated and confined to the following metes and boundaries : com- 
mencing five miles north of Okehumke, running in a direct line to 
a point five miles west of Setarky's settlement, on the waters of 
Amazura, (or Withlahuche river,) leaving said settlement two 



308 



FLORIDA. 



miles south of the line ; from thence in a direct line, to the south 
end of the Big Hammock, to include Chickuhate ; continuing in 
the same direction for five miles beyond the said Hammock — 
provided said point does not approach nearer than fifteen miles the 
sea coast of the Gulf of Mexico ; if it does, the said line will 
terminate at that distance from the sea coast ; thence south twelve 
miles ; thence in a south 30 dg. east direction, until the same shall 
strike within five miles of the main branch of the Charlotte river ; 
thence in a due east direction, to within twenty miles of the 
Atlantic coast ; thence north fifteen west for fifty miles, and from 
this last to the beginning point. 

Art. 3. The United States will take the Florida Indians under 
their care and patronage, and will afford them protection against 
all persons whatsoever : provided they conform to the laws of the 
United States, and refrain from making war, or giving any insult 
to any foreign nation, without having first obtained the permission 
and consent of the United States : And, in consideration of the 
appeal and cession made in the first article of this treaty, by the 
aforesaid chiefs and warriors, the United States promise to distri- 
bute among the tribes, as soon as concentrated, under the direction 
of their agent, implements of husbandry, and stock of cattle and 
hogs, to the amount of six thousand dollars, and an annual sum of 
five thousand dollars a year, for twenty successive years, to be 
distributed as the President of the United States shall direct, 
through the Secretary of War, or his superintendents and agent of 
Indian affairs. 

Art 4. The United States promise to guarantee to the said 
tribes the peaceable possession of the district of country herein 
assigned them, reserving the right of opening through it such 
roads as may, from time to time, be deemed necessary ; and to 
restrain and prevent all white persons from hunting, settling, or 
otherwise intruding upon it. But any citizen of the United States^ 
being lawfully authorized for that purpose, shall be permitted to 
pass and repass through the said district, and to navigate the 
waters thereof, without any hindrance, toll, or exaction from said 
tribes. 

Art. 5. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said 
tribes to the district of country allotted them, and, as a compensa- 
tion for the losses sustained, or the inconveniences to which they 
may be exposed by said removal, the United States will furnish 
them with rations of corn, meat, and salt, for twelve months, com- 
mencing on the first day of February next ; and they further agree 
to compensate those individuals w T ho have been compelled to 
abandon improvements on lands, not embraced within the limits 
allotted, to the amount of four thousand five hundred dollars, to be 
distributed among the sufferers, in a ratio to each, proportional to 
the value of the improvements abandoned. The United States 



FLORIDA. 



309 



further agree to furnish a sum, not exceeding two thousand dollars, 
to be expended by their agent, to facilitate the transportation of 
the different tribes to the point of concentration designated. 

Art. 6. An agent, sub-agent, and interpreter, shall be appointed, 
to reside within the Indian boundary aforesaid, to watch over the 
interests of said tribes ; and the United States further stipulate, as 
an evidence of their humane policy towards said tribes, who have 
appealed to their liberality, to allow for the establishment of a 
school at the agency, one thousand dollars per year for twenty 
successive years ; and one thousand dollars per year, for the same 
period, for the support of a gun and blacksmith, with the expenses 
incidental to his shop. 

Art. 7. The chiefs and warriors aforesaid, for themselves and 
tribes, stipulate to be active and vigilant in the preventing the 
retreating to, or passing through, of the district of country assigned 
them, of any . absconding slaves or fugitives from justice; and 
further agree to use all necessary exertions to apprehend and 
deliver the same to the agent, who shall receive orders to com- 
pensate them agreeably to the trouble and expenses incurred. 

Art. 8. A commissioner, or commissioners, with a surveyor, 
shall be appointed by the President of the United States, to run 
and mark, (blazing fore and aft the trees) the line as defined in the 
second article of this treaty, who shall be attended by a chief or 
warrior, to be designated by a council of their own tribe, and who 
shall receive, while so employed, a daily compensation of three 
dollars. 

Art. 9. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and tribes, having objected to their concentration within the limits 
described in the second article of this treaty, under the impression 
that the said limits did not contain a sufficient quantity of good 
land to subsist them, and for no other reason : it is therefore 
expressly understood between the United States and the aforesaid 
chiefs and warriors, that should the country embraced in the said 
limits, upon examination by the Indian agent and the commis- 
sioner, or commissioners, to be appointed under the 8th article of 
this treaty, be by them considered insufficient for the support of 
the said Indian tribes ; then the north line, as defined in the 2d 
article of this treaty, shall be removed so far north as to embrace 
a sufficient quantity of good tillable land. 

Art. 10. The undersigned chiefs and warriors, for themselves 
and tribes, have expressed to the commissioners their unlimited 
confidence in their agent, Col. Gad Humphreys, and their inter- 
preter, Stephen Richards, and, as an evidence of their gratitude 
for their services and humane treatment, and brotherly attentions 
to their wants, request that one mile square, embracing the im- 
provements of Enehe Mathla, at Tallahassee (said improvements 
to be considered as the centre) be conveyed, in fee simple, as a 



310 



FLOKE'Dtf-.- 



present to Col. Gad Humphreys. And they further request, that one 
mile square, at the Oehesee Bluffs, embracing Stephen Richards' 
field on said bluffs, be conveyed in fee simple, as a present to said 
Stephen Richards. The commissioners accord in sentiment with 
the undersigned chiefs and warriors, and recommend a compliance 
w T ith their wishes to the President and Senate of the United States;: 
but the disapproval, on the part of the said authorities, of this 
article, shall, in nowise, affect the other articles and stipulations 
concluded on in this treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners, William P. Duval, 
James Gadsden, and Bernard Segui, and the undersigned 
chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and 
affixed their seals. Done at camp, on Moultrie creek, in the 
territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of September, one 
thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, and of the inde- 
pendence of the United States the forty- eighth. 



William P. Duval, l. s. 

James Gadsden, l. s. 

Bernard Segui, l. s. 

Nea Mathla, his x mark, l. s. 

Tokose Mathla, his x mark, l. s. 
Ninnee Homata Tustenuky, his x mark, l. s. 

Miconope, his x mark, l. s. 

Nocosee Ahola, his x mark, l. s. 

John Blunt, his x mark, l. s. 

Otlemata, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskeeneha, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuski Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Econchatimico, his x mark,. l, s. 

Emoteley, his x mark, l. s.. 

Mulatto King., his x mark,, l. s.. 

Chocholohano, his x mark,, l. s- 

Ematlochee, his x mark, l. s. 

Wokse Holata, his x mark,, l. s~ 

Amathla Ho, his x mark, l. s. 

Holatefiscico, his x mark, l. s- 

Chefiscico Hajo, his x mark,. l. s. 

Lathloa Mathla, his x mark, l. s~ 

Senufky, his x mark, l. s. 

Alak Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Fahelustee Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Octahamico, his x mark, l.- s. 

Tusteneck Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Okoskee Amathla, his x mark, l. s. 

Ocheeny Tustenuky, his x mark, l- s» 



FLORIDA. 



311 



Phillip, his x mark, l. s. 

Charley Amathla, his x mark, l. s. 

John Hoponey, his x mark, l. s. 

Rat Head, his x mark, l. s. 

Holatta Amathla, his x mark, l. s. 

Foshatchimico, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered, in the presence of 



George Murray, Secretary to the 

Commission, 
G. Humphreys, Indian Agent, 
Stephen Richards, Interpreter, 
Isaac N. Cox, 

J. Erving, Capt. 4th Artillery, 



Harvey Brown, Lt. 4th ArtiPy, 
C, D'Espinville, Lt. 4th ArtiPy, 
Jno. B» Scott, Lt. 4th Artillery 
William Travers, 
Horatio S* Dexter, 



ADDITIONAL ARTICLE. 

Whereas, Nea Mathla, John Blunt, Tuski Hajo, Mulatto King, 
Emathlochee, and Econchatimico, six of the principal chiefs of 
the Florida Indians, and parties to the treaty to which this article 
has been annexed, have warmly appealed to the commissioners for 
permission to remain in the district of country now inhabited by 
them ; and, in consideration of their friendly disposition and past 
services to the United States, it is therefore stipulated between the 
United States and the aforesaid chiefs, that the following reserva- 
tions shall be surveyed and marked by the commissioner, or com- 
missioners, to be appointed under the 8th article of this treaty : 
For the use of Nea Mathla and his connexions, two miles square, 
embracing the Tuphulga village, on the waters of Rocky Comfort 
creek. For Blunt and Tuski Hajo, a reservation commencing oh 
the Apalachicola, one mile below Tuski Hajo's improvements, 
funning up said river four miles ; thence west two miles ; thence 
southerly, to a point two miles due west of the beginning ; thence 
east to the beginning point. For Mulatto King and Emathlochee, 
a reservation commencing on the Apalachicola, at a point to 
include Yellow Hair's improvements ; thence up said river for four 
miles ; thence west one mile ; thence southerly, to a point one mile 
west of the beginning ; and thence east to the beginning point. 
For Econchatimico, a reservation commencing on the Chatahoo- 
chie, one mile below Econchatimico's hous-e ; thence up said river, 
for four miles ; thence one mile west ; thence southerly, to a point 
one mile west of the beginning ; thence east to the beginning 
point. The United States promise to guarantee the peaceable 
possession of the said reservations, as defined, to the aforesaid 
chiefs and their descendants only, so long as they shall continue 
to occupy, improve, or cultivate, the same ; but in the event of the 
abandonment of all^ or either of the reservations, by the chief or 



312 



FLORIDA. 



chiefs, to whom they have been allotted, the reservation, or re- 
servations, so abandoned, shall revert to the United States, as 
included in the cession made in the first article of this treaty. It 
is further understood, that the names of the individuals remaining 
on the reservations aforesaid, shall be furnished by the chiefs in 
whose favor the reservations have been made, to the superintend- 
ent or agent of Indian affairs, in the territory of Florida ; and that 
no other individuals shall be received or permitted to remain within 
said reservations without the previous consent of the superin- 
tendent or agent aforesaid. And, as the aforesaid chiefs are 
authorized to select the individuals remaining with them, so they 
shall each be separately held responsible for the peaceable conduct 
of their towns, or the individuals residing on the reservations 
allotted them. It is further understood between the parties, that 
this agreement is not intended to prohibit the voluntary removal, 
at any future period, of all or either of the aforesaid "chiefs and 
their connexions, to the district of country south, allotted to the 
Florida Indians by the second article of this treaty, whenever 
either, or all may think proper to make such an election ; the 
United States reserving the right of ordering, for any outrage or 
misconduct, the aforesaid chiefs, or either of them, w T ith their 
connections, within the district of country south aforesaid. It is 
further stipulated by the United States, that of the six thousand 
dollars appropriated for implements of husbandry, stock, &c. iri 
the third article of this treaty, eight hundred dollars shall be dis- 
tributed, in the same manner, among the aforesaid chiefs and their 
towns ; and it is understood, that of the annual sum of five thou- 
sand dollars, to be distributed by the President of the United 
States, they will receive their proportion. It is further stipulated, 
that of the four thousand five hundred dollars, and two thousand 
dollars, provided for by the 5th article of this treaty, for the pay- 
ment for improvements and transportation, five hundred dollars 
shall be awarded to Nea Mathla, as a compensation for the im- 
provements abandoned by him, as well as to meet the expenses he 
will unavoidably be exposed to by his own removal, and that of 
his connections. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners, William P. Duval, 
James Gadsden, and Bernard Segui, and the undersigned 
chiefs and warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names 
and affixed their seals. Done at camp, on Moultrie creek, 
in the territory of Florida, this eighteenth day of September, 
one thousand eight hundred and twenty-three, and of the 
independence of the United States the forty-eighth. 

Wm. P. Duval, his x mark,, l. s. 

James Gadsden, l. s. 

Bernard Segui, i*. s. 



SOCKS AND FOXES. 



313 



Nea Mathla, his x mark, l. s. 

John Blunt, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuski Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Mulatto King, his x mark, l. s. 

Emathlochee, his x mark, l. s. 

Econchatimico, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, delivered, in presence of 

George Murray, Secretary to the G. Humphreys, Indian Agent, 
Commission, Stephen Richards, Interpreter. 

Ja. W. Ripley, 

The following statement shows the number of men retained by 
the chiefs who have reservations made them, at their respective 
villages : 

Number of men. 



Blount, ----- 43 

Cochran, - 45 

Mulatto King, 30 

Emathlochee, - 28 

Econchatimico, 38 

Nea Mathla, - - - 30 



Total, 214 



[Ratified, with the exception of the tenth article.] 



SOCKS AND FOXES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 4, 1824. ] 

To perpetuate peace and friendship between the United States and 
the Sock and Fox tribes or nations of Indians, and to remove all 
future cause of dissensions which may arise from undefined ter- 
ritorial boundaries, the President of the United States of Ame- 
rica, by William Clark, superintendent of Indian affairs, and 
sole commissioner specially appointed for that purpose, of the one 
part, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Sock and 
Fox tribes or nations, fully deputised to act for and in behalf 
of their said nations, of the other part, have entered into the fol- 
lowing articles and conditions , viz: 

Art. 1. The Sock and Fox tribes or nations of Indians, by their 
deputations in council assembled, do hereby agree, in considera- 
tion of certain sums of money, etc., to be paid to the said Sock 



314 



SOCKS AND FOXES. 



and Fox tribes, by the government of the United States, as here^ 
inafter stipulated, to cede and for ever quit claim, and do, in be^ 
half of their said tribes or nations, hereby cede, relinquish, and for 
ever quit claim, unto the United States, all right, title, interest, 
and claim, to the lands which the said Sock and Fox tribes have, 
or claim, within the limits of the State of Missouri, which are 
situated, lying, and being, between the Mississippi and Missouri 
rivers, and a line running from the Missouri, at the entrance of 
Kansas river, north one hundred miles to the northwest corner of 
the State of Missouri, and from thence east to the Mississippi. It 
being understood, that the small tract of land lying between the 
rivers Desmoin and the Mississippi, and the section of the above 
line between the Mississippi and the Desmoin, is intended for the 
Use of the half-breeds belonging to the Sock and Fox nations 
they holding it, however, by the same title, and in the same man- 
ner, that other Indian titles are held. 

Art. 2. The chiefs and head men who sign this convention, for 
themselves and in behalf of their tribes, do acknowledge the lands 
east and south of the lines described in the first article, so far as 
the Indians claimed the same, to belong to the United States, and 
that none of their tribes shall be permitted to settle or hunt upon 
any part of it, after the first day of January, 1826, without special 
permission from the superintendent of Indian Affairs. 

Art. 3. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
United States, as a full consideration for the claims and lands 
ceded by the Sock and Fox tribes in the first article, there shall 
be paid to the Sock and Fox nations, within the present year, one 
thousand dollars in cash, or merchandise ; and in addition to the 
annuities stipulated to be paid to the Sock and Fox tribes by a 
former treaty, the United States do agree to pay to the said Sock 
tribe, five hundred dollars, and to the Fox tribe five hundred dol- 
lars, annually, for the term of ten succeeding years ; and, at the 
request of the chiefs of the said Sock and Fox nations, the com- 
missioner agrees to pay to Maurice Blondeau, a half Indian of the 
Fox tribe, the sum of five hundred dollars, it being a debt due by 
the said nation to the aforesaid Blondeau, for property taken from 
him during the late war. 

Art. 4. The United States engage to provide and support a 
blacksmith for the Sock and Fox nations, so long as the President 
of the United States may think proper, and to furnish the said 
nations with such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ such 
persons to aid them in their agriculture, as the President may 
deem expedient. 

Art. 5. The annuities stipulated to be paid by the 3d article, 
are to be paid either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domes- 
tic animals, at the option of the aforesaid tribes, and when the 
said annuities or part thereof is paid in merchandise, it is to be 



SOCKS AND FOXES. 



315 



delivered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free 
from cost of transportation. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties so soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and consent 
of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Sock and Fox 
tribes of Indians as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands, 
at Washington City, this fourth day of August, in the year of 



our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-four. 

William Clark, l. s. 

socks, Pah-sha-pa-ha, or Stubbs, his x mark, l. s. 

Kah-kee-kai-maik, or All Fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Wash-kee-chai, or Crouching Eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Kee-o-kuck, or Watchful Fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Kah-kee-kai-maik, or All Fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Sah-col-o-quoit, or Rising Cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

foxes, Fai-mah, or the Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Ka-pol-e-qua, or White Nosed Fox, his x mark, l. s. 
Pea-mash-ka,ortheFox winding his horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Kee-sheswa, or the Sun, his x mark, l. s< 



Witnesses at signing : 

Thomas L. McKenney, Maurice Blondeau, 

Law. Taliaferro, Indian Agent at L. T. Honore, 

St* Peter's, Jno. W. Johnson, 

G, Wi Kennerly, Indian Agent, Meriwether Lewis Clark, 

A. BarOnet Vasques, Acting S. I. Noal Dashnay. 

A. and Int* 



316 



IOWAYS. 



IOWAYS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 4, 1824. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington 
on the fourth day of August, one thousand, eight hundred and 
twenty four, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian 
affairs, being specially authorized by the President of the United 
States thereto, and the undersigned chiefs and head men, of the 
Ioway tribe or nation, duly authorized and empowered by the 
said nation. 

Art. 1. The Ioway tribe or nation of Indians, by their depu- 
ties, Mah-hos-kah, (or White Cloud,) and Mah-ne-hah-nah, (or 
Great Walker,) in council assembled, do hereby agree, in consi- 
deration of a certain sum of money, etc., to be paid to the said 
Ioway tribe, by the Government of the United States, as herein- 
after stipulated, to cede and forever quit claim, and do, in behalf 
of their said tribe, hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim, 
unto the United States, all right, title, interest, and claim, to the 
lands which the said Ioway tribe have, or claim, within the State 
of Missouri, and situated between the Mississippi and Missouri 
rivers, and a line running from the Missouri, at the mouth or en- 
trance of Kanzas river, north one hundred miles, to the northwest 
corner of the limits of the State of Missouri, and, from thence, east 
to the Mississippi. 

Art. 2. It is hereby stipulated and agreed, on the part of the 
United States, as a full compensation for the claims and lands 
ceded by the Ioway tribe in the preceding article, there shall be 
paid to the said Ioway tribe, within the present year, in cash or 
merchandise, the amount of five hundred dollars ; and the United 
States do further agree to pay to the Ioway tribe, five hundred 
dollars, annually, for the term of ten succeeding years. 

Art. 3. The chiefs and head men who sign this treaty, for 
themselves, and in behalf of their tribe, do acknowledge that the 
lands east and south of the lines described in the first article, 
(which has been run and marked by Colonel Sullivan,) so far as 
the Indians claimed the same, to belong to the United States, and 
that none of their tribe shall be permitted to settle or hunt upon 
any part of it, after 1st day of January, one thousand eight hun- 
dred and twenty-six, without special permission from the superin- 
tendent of Indian affairs. 

Art. 4. The undersigned chiefs, for themselves, and all parts 
of the Ioway tribe, do acknowledge themselves and the said Ioway 
tribe, to be under the protection of the United States of America, 
and of no other sovereign whatsoever ; and they also stipulate, 
that the said Ioway tribe will not hold any treaty with any foreign 
powers, individual state, or with individuals of any state. 



QUAPAWS, 317 

Art. 5. The United States engage to provide and support a 
blacksmith for the Ioway tribe, so long as the President of the 
United States may think proper, and to furnish the said tribe with 
such farming utensils and cattle, and to employ such persons to 
aid them in their agriculture, as the President may deem expedient. 

Art. 6. The annuities stipulated to be paid by the second ar- 
ticle, to be paid either in money, merchandise, provisions, or do- 
mestic animals, at the option of the aforesaid tribe ; and when the 
said annuities, or any part thereof, is paid in merchandise, it is to 
be delivered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, 
free from cost of transportation. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Ioway tribe of 
Indians, as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands the day 
and year first before written. 
Wm. Clark, 

Ma-hos-kah, (White Cloud,) his x mark, 
Mah-ne-hah-nah, (Great Walker,) his x mark. 

Witnesses present : 
Thos. L. McKenney, 
G. W. Kennerly, Indian Agent, 
Law. Taliaferro, Indian Agent at St. Peter' 's, 
A. Baronet Vasques, Act. Sub. Agt. and Interpreter. 
Meriwether Lewis Clark, 
John W. Johnson, 
William P. Clark, 
William Radford. 



QUAPAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 15, 1824. ] 

Articles of a treaty between the United States of America and the 
Quapaw nation of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Quapaw nation of Indians cede to the United 
States of America, in consideration of the promises and stipula- 
tions hereinafter made, all claim or title which they may have to 
lands in the territory of Arkansas, comprised in the following 
boundaries, to wit : Beginning at a point on the Arkansas river, 
opposite to the Post of Arkansas, and running thence a due south- 
west course to the Ouachita river; and thence, up the same, to the 
Saline fork ; and up the Saline fork, to a point from whence a due 



QUAPAWS. 



northeast course will strike the Arkansas river at Little Rock ; 
and thence down the right (or south bank) of the Arkansas river 
to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession made in the first article 
of this treaty, by the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, the United 
States engage to pay to the four head chiefs of the Quapaw nation, 
the sum of five hundred dollars each, in consideration of the losses 
they will sustain by removing from their farms and improvements. 
The payment to be made at the time they receive their annuity for 
the year 1825. And, also, to the said nation, the sum of four 
thousand dollars, to be paid in goods, at the signing of this treaty. 
And the United States also engage to pay to the Quapaw nation, 
one thousand dollars in specie, annually, for the term of eleven 
years, in addition to their present annuity. 

Art. 3. The United States hereby guarantee to the said nation 
of Indians, the same right to hunt on the lands by them hereby 
ceded, as was guaranteed to them by a treaty concluded at St. 
Louis, on the 24th of August, 1818, between the said Quapaw 
nation of Indians and William Clark and Auguste Chouteau, com- 
missioners on the part of the United States. 

Art. 4. The Quapaw tribe of Indians will hereafter be con- 
centrated and confined to the district of country inhabited by the 
Caddo Indians, and form a part of said tribe. The said nation of 
Indians are to commence removing to the district allotted them, 
before the twentieth day of January, one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty- six. 

Art. 5. For the purpose of facilitating the removal of the said 
tribe, to the district of country allotted them, and as a compensa- 
tion for the losses sustained, and the inconveniences to which they 
may be exposed by said removal, the United States will furnish 
them with corn, meat, and salt, for six months, from the first day 
of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six. The 
United States further agree to furnish a sum not exceeding one 
thousand dollars, to be expended by their agent, to facilitate the 
transportation of the said tribe to the district of country herein 
assigned them. An agent, sub-agent, or interpreter, shall be ap- 
pointed to accompany said tribe, and to reside among them. 

Art. 6. From the cession aforesaid, there shall be reserved to 
James Scull, in consideration of a debt of seven thousand five 
hundred dollars, due to him from the Quapaw nation, and recog- 
nized in open council, two sections of land commencing on the 
Arkansas river, opposite to Mrs. Embree's, and running up and 
back from said river for quantity. And the United States guar- 
antee to the Quapaw nation the payment of the said debt of seven 
thousand five hundred dollars, either by the ratification of the grant 
made in this article, or by the payment of said amount in money, 
exclusive of the amount stipulated to be paid to the said nation by 
this treaty. 



QUA P AAV S. 



319 



Art. 7. There shall be granted by the United States, to the 
following persons, being Indians by descent, the following tracts 
of land : To Francois Imbeau, one quarter section of land, com- 
mencing at a point on the Arkansas river, opposite the upper end 
of Wright Daniel's farm, and thence, up and back from said river 
for quantity. To Joseph Duchassin, one quarter section of land, 
commencing at the lower corner of the quarter section granted to 
Francois Imbeau, and running down and back from said river for 
quantity. To Saracen, a half-breed Quapaw, eighty acres of land, 
to be laid off so as to include his improvement, where he now re- 
sides, opposite Vaugine's. To Batiste Socie, eighty acres of land, 
lying above and adjoining Saracen's grant. To Joseph Bonne, 
eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Socie's grant. To 
Baptiste Bonne, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining 
Joseph Bonne's grant. To Lewis Bartelmi, eighty acres of land 
lying above and adjoining Baptiste Bonne's grant. To Antoine 
Duchassin, eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Bar- 
telmi's grant. To Baptiste Imbeau, eighty acres of land, lying 
above and adjoining A. Duchassin's grant. To Francois Coupot, 
eighty acres of land, lying above and adjoining Baptiste Imbeau's 
grant. To Joseph Valliere, eighty acres of land, lying above and 
adjoining Francois Coupot's grant. All the said tracts of land 
shall be laid off, so as to conform to the lines of the United States 
surveys, and binding on the Arkansas river. 

Art. 8. This treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioner on the part of the United 
States, Robert Crittenden, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors of the said nation, have hereunto subscribed their 
names and affixed their seals. 
Done at Harrington's, in the territory of Arkansas, on the fifteenth 
day of November, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty-four, and of the independence of the United States 



the forty-ninth. 

Robert Crittenden, l. s. 

Commissioner on the part of the United States. 

Hackehton, his x mark, l. s. 

Tononseka, his x mark, l. s. 

Kiahhacketady, his x mark, l. s. 

Sarazen, his x mark, l. s. 

Kakapah, his x mark, l. s. 

Hunkahkee, his x mark, l. s. 

Wahtonbeh, his x mark, l. s. 

Hunkatugonee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hepahdagonneh, his x mark, l. s. 

W T ahehsonjekah, his x mark, l. s. 

Gratonjekah, his x mark, l. s. 



320 



CHOCTAWS. 



Watuhtezka, his x mark, l. s. 

Dohkuhnonjeshu, his x mark, l. s. 

Kahtahkonku, his x mark, l. s, 

Hakcrontenah, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and vntnessed in presence of 

Thomas W. Newton, Secretary D. Barber, S. Jlgt. to the Osages. 

to the Commission, Gordon Neil], 

Robert C. Oden, Lieut. Col. 2d Edmund Hogan, 

Regt. Arkansas Militia, Thomas W. Johnston, 

F. Farrelly, Adjutant Gen. of Antoine Barrague, 

Arkansas Militia, Etienne Vanyine, Interpreter, 

B. Harrington, Joseph Duchassin, Interpreter. 



CHOCTAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 20, 1825. ] 

Article of a convention made between John C. Calhoun, Secretary 
of War, being specially authorized therefor by the President of 
the United States, and the undersigned chiefs andhead men of the 
Choctaw nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by 
said nation, at the city of Washington, on the twentieth day of 
January, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty -five. 

Wheras, a treaty of friendship, and limits, and accommodation, 
having been entered into at Doake's Stand, on the eighteenth of 
October, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty, be- 
tween Andrew Jackson and Thomas Hinds, commissioners on the 
part of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Choc- 
taw nation of Indians ; and whereas, the second article of the 
treaty aforesaid provides for a cession of lands, west of the Mis- 
sissippi, to the Choctaw nation, in part satisfaction for lands ceded 
by said nation to the United States, according to the first article 
of said treaty : And whereas, it being ascertained that the cession 
aforesaid embraces a large number of settlers, citizens of the United 
States ; and it being the desire of the President of the United 
States to obviate all difficulties resulting therefrom, and also, to 
adjust other matters in which both the United States and the Choc- 
taw nation are interested : the following articles have been agreed 
upon, and concluded, between John C. Calhoun, Secretary of 
War, specially authorized therefor by the President of the United 
States, on the one part, and the undersigned delegates of the Choc- 
tow nation, on the other part : 

Art. 1. The Choctaw nation do hereby cede to the United 
States all that portion of the land ceded to them by the second 



CHOCTAW'S. '321 

article of the treaty of Doake Stand, as aforesaid, lying east of a 
line beginning on the Arkansas, one hundred paces east of fort 
Smith, and running thence, due south, to Red river : it being 
understood that this line shall constitute, and remain, the perma- 
nent boundary between the United States and the Choctaws ; and 
the United States agreeing to remove such citizens as may be 
settled on the west side, to the east side of said line, and prevent 
future settlements from being made on the west thereof. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States do hereby agree to pay the said Choctaw nation the sum of 
six thousand dollars, annually, forever ; it being agreed that the 
said sum of six thousand dollars shall be annually applied, for the 
term of twenty years, under the direction of the President of the 
United States, to the support of schools in said nation, and ex- 
tending to it the benefits of instruction in the mechanic and or- 
dinary arts of life ; when, at the expiration of twenty years, it is 
agreed that the said annuity may be vested in stocks, or otherwise 
disposed of, or continued, at the option of the Choctaw nation. 

Art. 3. The eighth article of the treaty aforesaid having pro- 
vided that an appropriation of lands shall be made for the purpose 
of raising six thousand dollars a year for sixteen years, for the use 
of the Choctaw nation ; and it being desirable to avoid the delay 
and expense attending the survey and sale of said land ; the United 
States do hereby agree to pay the Choctaw nation, in lieu thereof, 
the sum of six thousand dollars, annually, for sixteen years, to 
commence with the present year. And the United States further 
stipulate and agree to take immediate measures to survey and 
bring into market, and sell, the fifty-four sections of land set apart 
by the seventh article of the treaty aforesaid, and apply the pro- 
ceeds in the manner provided by the said article. 

Art. 4. It is provided by the ninth section of the treaty afore- 
said, that all those of the Choctaw nation who have separate 
settlements, and fall within the limits of the land ceded by said 
nation to the United States, and desire to remain where they now 
reside, shall be secured in a tract or parcel of land, one mile 
square, to include their improvements. It is, therefore, hereby 
agreed, that all who have reservations in conformity to said stipu- 
lation, shall have power, with the consent of the President of the 
United States, to sell and convey the same in fee simple. It is 
further agreed, on the part of the United States, that those Choc- 
taws, not exceeding four in number, who applied for reservations, 
and received the recommendation of the commissioners, as per 
annexed copy of said recommendation, shall have the privilege, 
and the right is hereby given to them, to select, each of them, a 
portion of land, not exceeding a mile square, any where within 
the limits of the cession of 1820, when the land is not occupied 
or disposed of by the United States ; and the right to sell and con- 
35 



322 



CHOCTAWS. 



vey the same, with the consent of the President, in fee simple, is 
hereby granted. 

Art. 5. There being a debt due by individuals of the Choctaw 
nation to the late United States trading house on the Tombigby, 
the United States hereby agree to relinquish the same ; the delega- 
tion, on the part of their nation, agreeing to relinquish their claim 
upon the United States, to send a factor with goods to supply the 
wants of the Choctaws west of the Mississippi, as provided for 
by the 6th article of the treaty aforesaid. 

Art. 6. The Choetaw nation having a claim upon the United 
States, for services rendered in the Pensacola campaign, and for 
which it is stipulated, in the 11th article of the treaty aforesaid, 
that payment shall be made, but which has been delayed for want 
of the proper vouchers, which it has been found, as yet, impossi- 
ble to obtain ; the United States, to obviate the inconvenience of 
further delay, and to render justice to the Choctaw warriors for 
their services in that campaign, do hereby agree upon an equita- 
ble settlement of the same, and fix the sum at fourteen thousand 
nine hundred and seventy-two dollars, fifty cents ; which, from the 
muster rolls, and other evidence in the possession of the third 
auditor, appears to be about the probable amount due, for the ser- 
vices aforesaid, and which sum shall be immediately paid to the 
delegation, to be distributed by them to the chiefs and warriors of 
their nation, who served in the campaign aforesaid, as may appear 
to them to be just. 

Art. 7. It is further agreed, that the fourth article of the treaty 
aforesaid, shall be so modified, as that the Congress of the United 
States shall not exercise the power of apportioning the lands, for 
the benefit of each family, or individual, of the Choctaw nation, 
and of bringing them under the laws of the United States, but 
with the consent of the Choctaw nation. 

Art. 8. It appearing that the Choctaws have various claims 
against the citizens of the United States, for spoliations of various 
kinds, but which they have not been able to support by the testi- 
mony of white men, as they were led to believe was necessary, the 
United States, in order to a final settlement of all such claims, do 
hereby agree to pay to the Choctaw delegation, the sum of two 
thousand dollars, to be distributed by them in such way, among 
the claimants, as they may deem equitable. It being understood 
that this provision is not to affect such claims as may be properly 
authenticated, according to the provision of the act of 1802. 

Art. 9. It is further agreed that, immediately upon the ratifi- 
cation of this treaty, or as soon thereafter as may be, an agent 
shall be appointed for the Choctaws west of the Mississippi, and 
a blacksmith be settled among them, in conformity with the stipu- 
lation contained in the 6th article of the treaty of 1820. 

Art. 10. The chief, Puck-she-nubbee, one of the members 
of the delegation, having died on his journey to see the President 



CREEKS. 



323 



and Robert Cole being recommended by the delegation as his suc- 
cessor, it is hereby agreed, that the said Robert Cole shall receive 
the medal which appertains to the office of chief, and, also, an 
annuity from the United States, of one hundred and fifty dollars 
a year, during his natural life, as was received by his predecessor. 

Art. 1 1 . The friendship heretofore existing between the United 
States and the Choctaw nation, is hereby renewed and perpetuated. 

Art. 12. These articles shall take effect, and become obliga- 
tory on the contracting parties so soon as the same shall be ratified 
by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said John C. Calhoun, and the said 
delegates of the Choctaw nation, have hereunto set their 
hands, at the city of Washington, the twentieth day of Janu- 
ary, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. 

J. C. Calhoun, Red Fort, his x mark, 

Mooshulatubbee, his x mark, Nittuckachee, his x mark, 

Robert Cole, his x mark, David Folsom, his x mark, 

Daniel McCurtain, his x mark, J. L. McDonald. 
Talking Warrior, his x mark, 

In presence of 

Thos. L. McKenney, John Pitchlynn, U. S. Interpreter. 

Hezekiah Miller, 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 12, 1825 — RATIFIED MARCH 7, 1825. ] 

Articles of a convention, entered into and concluded at the Indian 
Springs, between Duncan G. Campbell, and James Meriwether, 
commissioners on the part of the United States of America, duly 
authorized, and the chiefs of the Creek nation, in council assem- 
bled. 

Whereas, the said commissioners, on the part of the United 
States, have represented to the said Creek nation, that it is the 
policy and earnest wish of the General Government, that the seve- 
ral Indian tribes within the limits of any of the States of the Union 
should remove to territory to be designated on the west side of the 
Mississippi river, as well for the better protection and security of 
said tribes, and their improvement in civilization, as for the pur- 
pose of enabling the United States, in this instance, to comply 
with the compact entered into with the State of Georgia, on the 
twenty-fourth day of April, in the year one thousand eight hundred 
and two : And the said commissioners having laid the late mes* 



324 



CREEKS. 



sage of the President of the United States, upon this subject^, 
before a general council of said Creek nation, to the end that their 
removal might be effected upon terms advantageous to both parties : 

And whereas, the chiefs of the Creek towns have assented to the 
reasonableness of said proposition, and expressed a willingness to 
emigrate beyond the Mississippi, those of Tokaubatchee excepted: 

These presents therefore witness, that the contracting parties 
have this day entered into the following convention : 

Art. 1» The Creek nation cede to the United States all the 
lands lying within the boundaries of the State of Georgia, as 
defined by the compact hereinbefore cited, now occupied by said 
nation, or to which said nation have title or claim ; and also, all 
other lands which they now occupy, or to which they have title 
or claim, lying north and west of a line to be run from the first 
principal falls upon the Chatahoochie river, above Cowetau town ? 
to Ockfuskee Old Town, upon the Tallapoosa, thence to the falls 
of the Coosaw river, at or near a place called the Hickory Ground, 

Art. 2. It is further agreed between the contracting parties, 
that the United States will give, in exchange for the lands hereby 
acquired, the like quantity, acre for acre, westward of the Missis- 
sippi, on the Arkansas river, commencing at the mouth of the 
Canadian Fork thereof, and running westward between said rivers 
Arkansas and Canadian Fork, for quantity. But whereas said 
Creek nation have considerable improvements within the limits of 
the territory hereby ceded, and will moreover have to incur ex- 
penses in their removal, it is further stipulated, that, for the pur- 
pose of rendering a fair equivalent for the losses and inconve- 
niences which said nation will sustain by removal, and to enable 
them to obtain supplies in their new settlement, the United States 
agree to pay to the nation emigrating from the lands herein ceded, 
the sum of four hundred thousand dollars, of which amount there 
shall be paid to said party of the second part, as soon as practica- 
ble after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of two hundred 
thousand dollars. And as soon as the said party of the second 
part shall notify the Government of the United States of their 
readiness to commence their removal, there shall be paid the fur- 
ther sum of one hundred thousand dollars. And the first year 
after said emigrating party shall have settled in their new country, 
they shall receive of the amount first above named, the further sum 
of twenty-five thousand dollars. And the second year, the sum 
of twenty-five thousand dollars. And annually, thereafter, the 
sum of five thousand dollars, until the whole is paid. 

Art. 3. And whereas, the Creek nation are now entitled to 
annuities of thirty thousand dollars, each, in consideration of ces- 
sions of territory heretofore made, it is further stipulated, that 
said last mentioned annuities are to be hereafter divided in a just 
proportion between the party emigrating and those that may 
remain. 



CREEKS, 



325 



Art. 4, It is further stipulated, that a deputation from the said 
parties of the second part, may be sent out to explore the territory 
herein offered them in exchange ; and if the same be not accepta- 
ble to them, then they may select any other territory, west of the 
Mississippi, on Red, Canadian, Arkansas, or Missouri rivers — the 
territory occupied by the Cherokees and Choctaws excepted ; and 
if the territory so to be selected shall be in the occupancy of other 
Indian tribes, then the United States will extinguish the title of 
such occupants for the benefit of said emigrants. 

Art. 5. It is further stipulated, at the particular request of the 
said parties of the second part, that the payment and disbursement 
of the first sum herein provided for, shall be made by the present 
commissioners negotiating this treaty. 

Art. 6. It is further stipulated, that the payments appointed to 
be made, the first and second years, after settlement in the west, 
shall be either in money, merchandise, or provisions, at the option 
of the emigrating party. 

Art. 7. The United States agree to provide and support a 
blacksmith and wheelwright for the said party of the second part, 
and give them instruction in agriculture, as long, and in such man- 
ner as the President may think proper. 

Art. 8. Whereas, the said emigrating party cannot prepare for 
immediate removal, the United States stipulate for their protection 
against the encroachments, hostilities, and impositions of the 
whites, and of all others ; but the period of removal shall not 
extend beyond the first day of September, in the year eighteen 
hundred and twenty-six. 

Art. 9. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- 
ties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the consent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and head men of the Creek nation, have hereunto set 
their hands and seals, this twelfth day of February, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
five. 



Duncan G. Campbell, ) Commissioners on the part l. s. 
James Meriwether, ) of the United States. l. s. 

William Mcintosh, head chief of Cowetaits, l. s. 
Etommee Tustunnuggee, of Cowetau, his x mark, l. s. 

Holahtau, or Col. Blue, his x mark, l. s. 

Cowetau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Artus Mico, or Roby Mcintosh, his x mark, l. s. 

Chilly Mcintosh, l. s. 

Joseph Marshall, l. s. 

Athlan Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskenahah, his x mark, l. s. 



326 



CREEKS. 



Benjamin Marshall, l. s. 

Coccus Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Forshatepu Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Oethlamata Tustunnuggee, his x mark* s. 

Tallasee Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskegee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Foshajee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Emau Chuccolocana, his x mark, l. si 

Abeco Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s« 

Hijo Hajo, his x mark, l. s* 

• Thla Tho Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tomico Holueto, his x mark, l. s. 

Yah Te Ko Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

No cosee Emautla, his x mark, l. s. 

Col. Wm, Miller, Thleeatchca, his x mark, l. s. 

Abeco Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoethlepoga Tustunnuggee, his x mark, l. s. 

Hepocokee Emautla, his x mark, l. s. 

Samuel Miller, his x mark, l. s. 

Tomoc Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Charles Miller, his x mark, l. s. 

Tallasee Hoja, or John Carr, his x mark, l. s. 

Otulga Emautla, his x mark, l. s. 

Ahalaco Yoholo, of Cusetau, his x mark, l. s. 

Walucco Hajo, of New Yauco, his x mark, l. s. 

Cohausee Ematla, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Nineomau Tochee, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Konope Emautla, Sand Town, his x mark, l. s. 

Chawacala Mico, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Foctalustee Emaulta, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Josiah Gray, from Hitchatee, his x mark, l. s, 

William Kannard, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Neha Thlucto Hatkee, do. his x mark, l, s. 

Halathla Fixico, from Big Shoal, his x mark, l. s. 

Alex. Lasley, from Talledega, his x mark, l. s. 

Espokoke Hajo, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Emauthla Hajo, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Nincomatachee, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Chuhah Hajo, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Ene Ematla, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Atausee Hopoie, do. his x mark, l. s. 

James Fife, do. his x mark, l. s. 

Executed on the day as above written, in presence of 

John Crowell, Agent for Indian Wm. Meriwether, 

Affairs, Wm. Hambly, U. S. Interpreter. 

Wm. F. Hay, Secretary, 



CREEKS. 



327 



Whereas, by a stipulation in the treaty of the Indian Springs, 
in 1821, there was a reserve of land made to include the said In- 
dian Springs for the use of general William Mcintosh, be it there- 
fore known to all whom it may concern, that we, the undersigned 
chiefs and head men of the Creek nation, do hereby agree to relin- 
quish all the right, title, and control of the Creek nation, to the 
said reserve, unto him the said William Mcintosh and his heirs, 
forever, in as full and ample a manner as we are authorized to do. 



Big B. W. Warrior, l. s. 

Yoholo Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Little Prince, his x mark, l. s. 

Hopoie Hadjo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskehenahau, his x mark, l. s. 

Oakefuska Yohola, his x mark, l. s. 



John Crowell, Agent for Indian Affairs, l. s. 
July 25, 1825. 



Whereas, the foregoing articles of convention have been con- 
cluded between the parties thereto : And, whereas, the Indian 
chief, general William Mcintosh, claims title to the Indian Spring 
reservation (upon which there are very extensive buildings and 
improvements,) by virtue of a relinquishment to said Mcintosh, 
signed in full council of the nation : And whereas the said general 
William Mcintosh hath claim to another reservation of land on 
the Ocmulgee river, and by his lessee and tenant, is in possession 
thereof : 

Now these presents further witness, that the said general Wil- 
liam Mcintosh, and also the chiefs of the Creek nation, in council 
assembled, do quit claim, convey, and cede to the United States, 
the reservations aforesaid, for, and in consideration of, the sum of 
twenty-five thousand dollars, to be paid at the time and in the 
manner as stipulated, for the first instalment provided for in the 
preceding treaty. Upon the ratification of these articles, the pos- 
session of said reservations shall be considered as passing to the 
United States, and the accruing rents of the present year shall pass 
also. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, on the part of 
the United States, and the said William Mcintosh, and the 
chiefs of the Creek nation, have hereunto set their hands and 
seals, at the Indian Springs, this fourteenth day of February, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty-five. 

Duncan G. Campbell, l. s. 

James Meriwether, l. s. 

U. S. Commissioners. 



328 



GREAT AND LITTLE O SAGES, 



William Mcintosh, 


L. 


S„ 


Eetommee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Tuskegoh Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Cowetau Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Col. Wm. Miller, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Josiah Gray, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Nehathluceo Hatchee, his x mark,. 


L. 


s. 


Alexander Lasley, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


William Canard, his x mark. 


L. 





Witnesses at execution : 



Wm. F. Hay, Secretary, 

Wm. Hambly, United States Interpreter, 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 2, 1825 — RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825.] 

Articles of a treaty y made and concluded at St. Louis, in the State 
of Missouri, between William Clark, superintendent of Indian 
affairs, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the 
undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Great and 
Little Osage tribe of Indians, duly authorized and empowered 
by their respective tribes or nations. 

In order more effectually to extend to said tribes that protection 
of the Government so much desired by them, it is agreed as fol- 
lows : 

Art. 1. The Great and Little Osage tribes or nations do, here- 
by, cede and relinquish, to the United States, all their right, title, 
interest, and claim, to lands lying within the State of Missouri and 
territory of Arkansas, and to all lands lying west of the said State 
of Missouri and territory of Arkansas, north and west of the Red 
river, south of the Kansas river, and east of a line to be drawn 
from the head sources of the Kansas, southwardly through the 
Rock Saline, with such reservations, for such considerations, and 
and upon such terms, as are hereinafter specified, expressed, and 
provided for. 

Art. 2. Within the limits of the country, above ceded and re- 
linquished, there shall be reserved to, and for the Great and Little 
Osage tribes or nations, aforesaid, so long as they may choose to 
occupy the same, the following described tract of land : Beginning 
at a point due east of White Hair's village, and twenty-five miles 
west of the western boundary line of the State of Missouri, fronting 
on a north and south line, so as to leave ten miles north, and forty 
miles south, of the point of said beginning, and extending w T est, 
with the width of fifty miles, to the western boundary of the lands 
hereby ceded and relinquished by said tribes or nations ; which 



GREAT AND LITTLE 0SAGES. 



329 



said reservations shall be surveyed and marked, at the expense of 
the United States, and upon which, the agent for said tribes or 
nations, and all persons attached to said agency, as, also, such 
teachers and instructors, as the President may think proper to au- 
thorize and permit, shall reside, and shall occupy, and cultivate, 
without interruption or molestation, such lands as may be neces- 
sary for them. And the United States do, hereby, reserve to 
themselves, forever, the right of navigating, freely, all water courses 
and navigable streams, within, or running through, the tract of 
country above reserved to said tribes or nations. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession and relinquishment, 
aforesaid, the United States do, hereby, agree to pay to the said 
tribes or nations, yearly, and every year, for twenty years, from 
the date of these presents, the sum of seven thousand dollars, at 
their village, or at St. Louis, as the said tribes or nations may de- 
sire, either in money, merchandise, provisions, or domestic 
animals, at their option. And whenever the said annuity, or any 
part thereof, shall be paid in merchandise, the same is to be de- 
livered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free of 
transportation. 

Art. 4. The United States shall, immediately upon the ratifi- 
cation of this convention, or as soon thereafter as may be, cause 
to be furnished to the tribes or nations, aforesaid, six hundred 
head of cattle, six hundred hogs, one thousand domestic fowls, 
ten yoke of oxen, and six carts, with such farming utensils as the 
superintendent of Indian affairs may think necessary, and shall 
employ such persons to aid them in their agricultural pursuits, as to 
the President of the United States may seem expedient, and shall, 
also, provide, furnish, and support for them, one blacksmith, that 
their farming utensils, tools, and arms, may be seasonably repaired; 
and shall build, for each of the four principal chiefs, at their re- 
spective villages, a comfortable and commodious dwelling house. 

Art. 5. From the above lands ceded and relinquished, the 
following reservations, for the use of the half-breeds, hereafter 
named, shall be made, to w T it : One section, or six hundred and 
forty acres, for Augustus Clermont, to be located and laid off so 
as to include Joseph Rivar's residence, on the east side of the 
Neosho, a short distance above the Grand Saline, and not nearer 
than within one mile thereof ; one section for each of the following 
half-breeds: James, Paul, Henry, Rosalie, Anthony, and Amelia, 
the daughter of She-me-hun-ga, and Amelia, the daughter of 
Mi-hun-ga, to be located two miles below the Grand Saline, and 
extending down the Neosho, on the east side thereof ; and one 
section for Noel Mongrain, the son of Wa-taw-nagres, and for 
each of his ten children, Baptiste, Noel, Francis, Joseph, Mont- 
grain, Louis, Victoria, Sophia, Julia, and Juliet: and the like 
quantity for each of the following named grand children of the 
said Noel Montgrain, to wit: Charles, Francis, Louisson, and 



330 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



Wash, to commence on the Marias des Cygnes, where the west- 
ern boundary line of the State of Missouri crosses it at the fork of 
Mine river, and to extend up Mine river for quantity : one section 
for Mary Williams, and one for Sarah Williams, to be located on 
the north side of the Marias des Cygnes, at the Double creek, 
above Harmony ; one section, for Francis T. Chardon ; one sec- 
tion, for Francis C. Tayon ; one section, for James G. Chouteau; 
one section, for Alexander Chouteau ; one section, for Pelagie 
Antaya ; one section, for Celeste Antaya ; one section, for Joseph 
Antaya ; one section, for Baptiste St. Mitchelle, jr. ; one section, 
for Lewis St. Mitchelle ; one section, for Victoria St. Mitchelle ; 
one section, for Julia St. Mitchelle ; one section, for Francis St. 
Mitchelle ; one section, for Joseph Perra ; one section, for Susan 
Larine ; one section, for Marguerite Reneau ; one section, for 
Thomas L. Balio , and one section, for Terese, the daughter of 
Paul Louise ; which said several tracts are to be located on the 
north side of the Marias des Cygnes, extending up the river, above 
the reservations in favor of Mary and Sarah Williams, in the order 
in which they are herein above named. 

Art. 6. And also fifty-four other tracts, of a mile square each, 
to be laid off under the direction of the President of the United 
States, and sold, for the purpose of raising a fund to be applied 
to the support of schools, for the education of the Osage children, 
in such manner as the President may deem most advisable to the 
attainment of that end. 

Art. 7. Forasmuch as there is a debt due, from sundry indivi- 
duals of the Osage tribes or nations, to the United States trading 
houses, of the Missouri and Osage rivers, amounting, in the whole, 
to about the sum of four thousand one hundred and five dollars 
and eighty cents, which the United States do hereby agree to re- 
lease ; in consideration thereof, the said tribes or nations, do, 
hereby, release and relinquish their claim upon the United States, 
for regular troops to be stationed, for their protection, in garrison, 
at fort Clark, and, also, for furnishing of a blacksmith at that 
place, and the delivery of merchandise, at Fire Prairie, as is pro- 
vided for in the first, third, and fifth, articles of the treaty, con- 
cluded on the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred 
and eight. 

Art. 8. It appearing that the Delaware nation have various 
claims against the Osages, which the latter have not had it in their 
power to adjust, and the United States being desirous to settle, 
finally and satisfactory, all demands and differences between the 
Delawares and Osages, do hereby agree to pay to the Delawares, 
in full satisfaction of all their claims and demands against the 
Osages, the sum of one thousand dollars. 

Art. 9. With a view to quiet the animosities, which at present 
exist between a portion of the citizens of Missouri and Arkansas 
and the Osage tribes, in consequence of the lawless depredations 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



331 



of the latter, the United States do, furthermore, agree to pay, to 
their own citizens, the full value of such property, as they can le- 
gally prove to have been stolen or destroyed by the Osages, since 
the year eighteen hundred and eight, and for which payment has 
not been made under former treaties : Provided the sum to be paid 
by the United States does not exceed the sum of five thousand 
dollars. 

Art. 10. It is furthermore agreed on, by and between the par- 
ties to these presents, that there shall be reserved two sections of 
land, to include the Harmony Missionary establishment, and the 
mill, on their Marias des Cygnes : and one section, to include the 
missionary establishment, above the Lick on the west side of Grand 
river, to be disposed of as the President of the United States shall 
direct, for the benefit of said missions, and to establish them at 
the principal villages of the Great and Little Osage nations, 
within the limits of the country reserved to them by this treaty, 
and to be kept up at said villages, so long as said missions shall 
be usefully employed in teaching, civilizing, and improving, the 
said nation. 

Art. 11. To preserve and perpetuate the friendship now hap- 
pily subsisting between the United States and the said tribes or 
nations, it is hereby agreed, that the provisions contained in the 
ninth article of the treaty concluded and signed at fort Clark, on 
the tenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and eight, 
between the United States and the said tribes or nations, shall, in 
every respect, be considered as in full force and applicable to the 
provisions of this treaty, and that the United States shall take 
and receive into their friendship and protection, the aforesaid 
tribes or nations, and shall guarantee to them, forever, the right 
to navigate, freely, all water-courses, or navigable streams, within 
the tract of country hereby ceded, upon such terms as the same 
are or may be navigated by the citizens of the United States. 

Art. 12. It is further agreed, that there shall be delivered, as 
soon as may be, after the execution of this treaty, at the Osage 
villages, merchandise to the amount of four thousand dollars, first 
cost, in St. Louis ; and two thousand dollars in merchandise, be- 
fore their departure from this place ; and horses and equipage, to 
the value of twenty-six hundred dollars ; which, together with 
the sum of one hundred dollars, to be paid to Paul Louise, and 
the like sum to Baptiste Mongrain, in money, shall be in addition 
to the provisions and stipulations hereby above contained, in full 
satisfaction of the cession, herein before agreed on. 

Art. 13. Whereas, the Great and Little Osage tribes or nations 
are indebted to Augustus P. Chouteau, Paul Baillio, and William 
S. Williams, to a large amount, for credits given to them, which 
they are unable to pay, and have particularly requested to have 
paid, or provided for, in the present negotiation ; it is, therefore, 
agreed on, by and between the parties to these presents, that the 



332 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



United States shall pay to Augustus P. Chouteau, one thousand 
dollars ; to Paul Baillio, two hundred and fifty dollars, and to 
William S. Williams, two hundred and fifty dollars, towards the 
liquidation of their respective debts due from the said tribes or 
nations. 

Art. 14. These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory 
on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the deputation, chiefs, and head men, and 
warriors, of the Great and Little Osage nations of Indians, 
as aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands and seals, this 
second day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and twenty-five, and of the independence of 



the United States the forty-ninth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Clairmont, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahusca, or White Hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Chingawasa, or Handsome Bird, his x mark, l. s. 

W T asabaistanga, or Big Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Waharsachais, his x mark, l. s. 

Cochestawasea, or He that sees far, his x mark, l. s. 
Vanonpachais, or He that is not afraid, his x mark, l. s. 

Khigaischinga, or Little Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Wataniga, or Fool, his x mark, l. s. 

Jean Lafond, his x mark, l. s. 

Wachinsabais, or Black Spirit, his x mark, l. s. 

Hurachais, the W^ar Eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Huralu, his x mark, l. s. 

Manchuhonga, his x mark, l. s. 

Chongaishonga, his x mark, l. s. 

Tawangahais, his x mark, l. s. 

Ponkchinga, his x mark, l. s. 

Nicohibran, his x mark, l. s, 

Panimonpachais, his x mark, l. s. 

Wasissegaistango, or Big Broom, his x mark, l. s- 

Chonjaishengais, his x mark, l. s. 

Wabachequand, his x mark, l. s, 

Wastiagais, his x mark, l. s. 

Ishtassca, his x mark, l. s. 

Manchehamani, his x mark, l. s. 

Hangaquechais, his x mark, L, s. 

Hanhanmani, his x mark, l. s. 

Walutacest, his x mark, l. s. 

Niha, his x mark, l. s. 

Wanansonjais, his x mark, l. s. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



333 



Vagasidda, his x mark, L. s. 

Tawangahe, his x mark, l. s. 

Paigaismanie, or Big Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Tawagahais, or Town Maker, his x mark, l. s. 

Chongaismonnon, or Dog Thief, his x mark, l. s. 

Honiaigo, or Gentleman, his x mark, l. s. 

Hinchaacri, his x mark, l. l. 

Wakandaippahobi, his x mark, l. s. 

Saba, his x mark, l. s. 

Nasa, his x mark, l. s. 

Manchan, his x mark, l. s. 

Manchanginda, his x mark, l. s. 

little Nichumani, or Walking Rain, his x mark, l. s. 

osages. Nihuchaisningaiswachinpichais, his x mark, l. s. 

Waruhagais, his x mark, l. s. 

Mangaischis, his x mark, l. s. 

Mances'tpogran, his x mark, l. s. 

Nonbaaheri, his x mark, l. s. 

Howasabais, his x mark, l. s. 

Nehuchaisningaischinga, his x mark, l. s. 

Aquidachinga, his x mark, l. s. 

Sanjaiskanha, his x mark, l. s. 

Manpumahi, his x mark, l. s. 

Manhinonba, his x mark, l. s. 

Khigaiswachinpichais, or Missouri chief, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ostiehingais, his x mark, l. s. 

Hasachais, his x mark, l. s. 

Hanhanpac'est, his x mark, l. s. 

Manchaquida, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiessinjais, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses present : 

R. Wash, Secretary, L. T. Honorie, Interpreter, 

Edward Coles, Governor of II- F. A. Chardon, 

linois, Antonie Leclaire, Interpreter, 

A. McNair, Osage Agent, James Coleman, 

Pr. Chouteau, Paul Louise, his x mark, Inter - 
W. B. Alexander, Sub Indian preter, ( Osages,) 

Agent, William Milburn, 

Theodore Hunt, Noel Dashnay, Interpreter, 

Cerre, Mauchaugachau, his x mark, 

P. L. Chouteau, Sub Agent, Thepogrenque, his x mark. 



334 



KANZAS. 



KANZAS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 3, 1825 — RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of St. Louis, in 
the State of Missouri, between William Clark, superintendent of 
Indian Affairs, commissioner on the part of the United States of 
America, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors of 
the Kanzas nation of Indians, duly authorized and empowered by 
said nation. 

Art. 1. The Kanzas do hereby cede to the United States all 
the lands lying within the State of Missouri, to which the said nation 
have title or claim ; and do further cede and relinquish, to the said 
United States, all other lands which they now occupy, or to which 
they have title or claim, lying west of the said State of Missouri, 
and within the following boundaries : Beginning at the entrance 
of the Kanzas river into the Missouri river ; from thence north to 
the northwest corner of the State of Missouri ; from thence west- 
wardly to the Nodewa river, thirty miles from its entrance into the 
Missouri ; from thence to the entrance of the Big Nemahaw river 
into the Missouri, and with that river to its source ; from thence 
to the source of the Kanzas river, leaving the old village of the 
Pania Republic to the west ; from thence, on the ridge dividing 
the waters of the Kanzas river from those of the Arkansas, to the 
western boundary of the State line of Missouri, and with that line, 
thirty miles, to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservation 
for the use of the Kanzas nation of Indians shall be made, of a 
tract of land, to begin twenty leagues up the Kanzas river, and to 
include their village on that river ; extending west thirty miles in 
width, through the lands ceded in the first article, to be surveyed 
and marked under the direction of the President, and to such ex- 
tent as he may deem necessary, and at the expense of the United 
States. The agents for the Kanzas, and the persons attached to 
the agency, and such teachers and instructors as the President 
shall authorize to reside near the Kanzas, shall occupy, during his 
pleasure, such lands as may be necessary for them within this 
reservation. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession of land and relinquish- 
ments of claims, made in the first article, the United States agree 
to pay to the Kanzas nation of Indians, three thousand five hun- 
dred dollars per annum, for twenty successive years, at their vil- 
lages, or at the entrance of the Kanzas river, either in money, 
merchandise, provisions, or domestic animals, at the option of the 
aforesaid nation ; and when the said annuities, or any part there- 
of, is paid in merchandise, it shall be delivered to them at the first 
cost of the goods in Saint Louis, free of transportation. 

Art. 4. The United States, immediately upon the ratification 



KANZAS. 



335 



of this convention, or as soon thereafter as may be, shall cause to 
be furnished to the Kanzas nation, three hundred head of cattle, 
three hundred hogs, five hundred domestic fowls, three yoke of 
oxen, and two carts, with such implements of agriculture as the 
superintendent of Indian affairs may think necessary ; and shall 
employ such persons to aid and instruct them in their agriculture, 
as the President of the United States may deem expedient; and 
shall provide and support a blacksmith for them. 

Art. 5. Out of the lands herein ceded by the Kanzas nation to 
the United States, the commissioner aforesaid, in behalf of the 
said United States, doth further covenant and agree, that thirty- six 
sections of good land, on the Big Blue river, shall be laid out un- 
der the direction of the President of the United States, and sold 
for the purpose of raising a fund, to be applied, under the direction 
of the President, to the support of schools for the education of the 
Kanzas children within their nation. 

Art. 6. From the lands above ceded to the United States, 
there shall be made the following reservations, of one mile square, 
for each of the half-breeds of the Kanzas nation, viz : For Adel 
and Clement, the two children of Clement; for Josettee, Julie,- 
Pelagie, and Victoire, the four children of Louis Gonvil ; for Ma- 
rie and Lafleche, the two children of Baptiste Golvin ; for Laven- 
ture, the son of Francis Laventure ; for Elizabeth and Pierre Car- 
bonau, the children of Pierre Brisa; for Louis Joncas ; for Bazil 
Joncas ; for James Joncas ; for Elizabeth Datcherute, daughter of 
Baptiste Datcherute ; for Joseph Butler ; for William Rodgers ; 
for Joseph Cote ; for the four children of Cicili Compare, each 
one mile square ; and one for Joseph James, to be located on the 
north side of the Kanzas river, in the order above named, com- 
mencing at the line of the Kanzas reservation, and extending down 
the Kanzas river for quantity. 

Art. 7. With the view of quieting all animosities which may at 
present exist between a part of the white citizens of Missouri and 
the Kanzas nation, in consequence of the lawless depredations of 
the latter, the United States do further agree to pay to their own 
citizens, the full value of such property as they can legally prove to 
have been stolen or destroyed since the year 1815. Provided, the 
sum so to be paid by the United States shall not exceed the sum 
of three thousand dollars. 

Art. 8. And whereas, the Kanzas are indebted to Francis G. 
Choteau, for credits given them in trade, which they are unable to 
pay, and which they have particularly requested to have included 
and settled in the present treaty; it is, therefore, agreed on, by 
and between the parties to these presents, that the sum of five 
hundred dollars, towards the liquidation of said debt, shall be paid 
by the United States to the said Francis G. Choteau. y 

Art. 9. There shall be selected at this place such merchandise 
as may be desired, amounting to two thousand dollars, to be deli- 



336 



KANZAS. 



vered at the Kanzas river, with as little delay as possible ; and 
there shall be paid to the deputation now here, two thousand dol- 
lars in merchandise and horses, the receipt of which is hereby 
acknowledged ; which, together with the amount agreed on in the 
3d and 4th articles, and the provisions made in the other articles 
of the treaty, shall be considered as a full compensation for the 
cession herein made. 

Art. 10. Lest the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the said Indian nation should be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the 
party injured, to the other, by the said nation, to the superinten- 
dent, or other person appointed by the President, to the chiefs of 
said nation. And it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon 
complaints being made as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or 
persons against whom the complaint is made, to the end that he or 
they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the state or territory 
where the offence may have been committed ; and in like manner, 
if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any In- 
dian or Indians belonging to said nation, the person or persons so 
offending shall be tried, and, if found guilty, shall be punished in 
like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And 
it is agreed, that the chiefs of the Kanzas shall, to the utmost of 
their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property 
which may be stolen from any citizen or citizens of the United 
States, by any individual or individuals of the nation ; and the pro- 
perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the superintendent, 
or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to 
its proper owner ; and in cases where the exertions of the chiefs 
shall be ineffectual in recovering the property stolen as aforesaid, 
if sufficient proof can be adduced that such property was actually 
stolen by any Indian or Indians belonging to the said nation, the 
superintendent or other officer may deduct from the annuity of the 
said nation a sum, equal to the value of the property which has 
been stolen. And the United States hereby guarantee, to any 
Indian or Indians, a full indemnification for any horses or other 
property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens : 
Provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that 
sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen 
of the United States. And the said nation of Kanzas engage, on 
the requisition or demand of the President of the United States, 
or of the superintendent, to deliver up any white man resident 
amongst them. 

Art. 11. It is further agreed on, by and between the parties to 
these presents, that the United States shall forever enjoy the right 
to navigate freely all water-courses or navigable streams within the 
limits of the tract of country herein reserved to the Kanzas nation; 



KANZAS. 337 

and that the said Kanzas nation shall never sell, relinquish, or in 
any manner dispose of the lands herein reserved, to any other 
nation, person or persons whatever, without the permission of the 
United States for that purpose first had and obtained. And shall 
ever remain under the protection of the United States, and in 
friendship with them. 

Art. 12. The treaty shall take effect, and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President, by and with the consent and advice of the Senate of 
the United States 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the deputation, chiefs, head men, and warriors 
of the Kanzas nation of Indians, as aforesaid, have hereunto 
set their hands and seals, this third day of June, in the year 
of our Lord eighteen hundred and twenty-five, and of the 
independence of the United States of America the forty-ninth 
year. 

William Clark, l. s.« 

Nom-pa-wa-rah, or the White Plume, his x mark, l. s. 

Ky-he-ga-wa-ti-nin-ka, his x mark, or the Full Chief, l. s. 

Ky-he-ga-wa-che-he, his xmark, or the Chief of great valor, l. s, 
Ky-he-ga-shin-ga, his x mark, or the Little Chief, l. s. 

Ka-ba-ra-hu, his x mark, l. s. 

Me-chu-chin-ga, his x mark, or the Little White Bear, l. s. 
Hu-ru-ah-te, his x mark, or the Real Eagle, l. s. 

Ca-she-se-gra, his x mark, or the track that sees far, l. s. 

Wa-can-da-ga-tun-ga, his x mark, or the Great Doctor, l. s. 
O-pa-she-ga, his x mark, or the Cooper, l. s. 

Cha-ho-nush, his x mark, > l. s. 

Ma-he-ton-ga, his x mark, or the American, l. s* 

Witnesses present: 

R, Wash, Secretary, Jno. Simonds, Jr. 

W. B. Alexander, Sub Indian Sanderson Robert, 

Agent, L. T. Honore, U. S. Intfpr. 

John F. A. Sanford, William Milburn, 

G. C. Sibley, United States Baptis Ducherut, Interpreter for 

Commissioner, Kanzas, 

Baronet Vasquez, United States Paul Louise, his x mark, Osage 

S. Agent, Interpreter, 

Russel Farnham, Noel Dashnay, Interpreter, 

Jno. K. Walker, Ant. Le Claire. 



36 



PONCARARS. 



PONCARARS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 9, 1825 — RATIFIED FEB. 6, 1826. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore 
existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- 
sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Poncar tribe of Indians, the 
President of the United States of America, by brigadier- general 
Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin 
O 3 "Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially 
appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, 
and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the 
Poncar tribe of Indians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other 
part, have made and entered into the following articles and condi- 
tions, which, when ratified by the President of the United States, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding 
on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Poncar tribe of Indians, that 
they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, 
acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The 
said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all 
trade and intercourse with them, 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Poncar tribe 
of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and 
to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of 
kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the 
President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Poncar tribe shall 
be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Poncar tribe may be accommodated with 
such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, 
the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- 
course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : in 
consideration of which, the Poncar tribe bind themselves to extend 
protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the 
persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within 
the limits of the Poncar district of country. And the said Poncar 
tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not 
legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their 
district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they 
will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them 
to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs. 



PONCARARS. 



339 



or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt 
with according to law. And they further agree to give safe con- 
duct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United 
States to pass through their country ; and to protect, in their 
persons and property, all agents or other persons sent by the 
United States to reside temporarily among them. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Poncar tribe should not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place ; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to 
deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is 
made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to 
the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any rob- 
bery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or 
Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offend- 
ing shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like 
manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is 
agreed, that the chiefs of said Poncar tribe shall, to the utmost 
of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or other pro- 
perty, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of 
the United States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; 
and the property so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the 
agents or other person authorized to receive it, that it may be 
restored to the proper owner. And the United States hereby 
guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnifi- 
cation for any horses or other property which may be stolen from 
them by any of their citizens : provided, that the property so 
stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced 
that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States.. And 
the said Poncar tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the 
President of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up 
any white man resident among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation or tribe of Indians, not in amity with 
the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements 
of war. 

Done at the Poncar Village, at the mouth of White Paint 
creek, the first below the Qui Carre river, this 9th day of 
June, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United 
States the forty-ninth. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Poncar tribe, have hereunto set their hands and 
affixed their seals. 



340 



PONCARARS, 



H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, L. g. 

Benj. 0 'Fallon, U. S. Agent Indian Affairs, l. s,- 

Shu-de-gah-he, or He who makes Smoke, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-ca-da-bee, or Child Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-ha-nee-che, or He who hides something, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah, or The Hoe, his x mark, l. s. 

O-nam-ba-haa, or Lightning, his x mark, l. s. 

Ti-e-kee-ree, or Big Head with tangled hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-we-shu-shee, or The Brave, his x mark, l. s. 

Ou-de-cowee, or the one that has been wounded, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-ou-gree, or Prairie apple, his x mark, l. s. 

Woh-ge-a-mussee, or The flying iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Pee-la-ga, or Buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-buc-kee, or The bull that leads, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-ha-nega, or He that has no knife, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-shar-harree, or He that walks on land, his x mark, l. s. 
Mach-soueh-kee-na-pabee, or He that fears no bears, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ca-hee-tha-bee, or Black raven, his x mark, l. s. 

Gah-he-ga, or The relative of the Chiefs, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-hee-tapee, or He that stamps, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-ne-pa-shee, or One that knows, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses : 

H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

Army, Thos. P, Gwynn,ZiW. 1st Inf. 

S. W. Kearny, Br. Maj. 1st Inf. Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

D,Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 

G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. Regt. I. 

Agt. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

John Gale, Surgeon U. S.Army, Wm. L. Harris, 1st Inf. 

J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. R. M. Coleman, A. Surgeon U. 

Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th S. A. 

Regt. Inf. Wm. Gordon, 

S. MacRee, Lieut. 1st Inf. A. Langman, 

J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. V. X. Promo, 

Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. A. L. Langham, Sec. to the 

8, Wragg, Adj. 1st Regt. Inf. Commission. 



TETONSj YANCTONS, ETC. 



341 



TETONS, YANCTONS, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 22, 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. ] 

For the purposes of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore 
existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- 
sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies 
bands of the Sioux tribe of Indians, the President of the United 
States of America, by Brigadier- General Henry Atkinson, of 
the United States Army, and Major Benjamin 0^ Fallon, Indian 
agent, with full powers and authority, specially appointed and 
commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and the under- 
signed chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Teton, Yancton, and 
Yanctonies bands of the Sioux tribe of Indians, on behalf of said 
bands or tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the 
following articles and conditions, which, when ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Teton, Yancton and Yanctonies 
bands of Sioux Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits 
of the United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their 
protection. The said bands also admit the right of the United 
States to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the said Teton, 
Yancton, and Yanctonies bands of Sioux Indians into their friend- 
ship, and under their protection, and to extend to them, from time 
to time, such benefits and acts of kindness as maybe convenient, 
and seem just and proper to the President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Teton, Yancton, and 
Yanctonies bands shall be transacted at such place or places as 
may be designated and pointed out by the President of the United 
States, through his agents ; and none but American citizens, duly 
authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold 
intercourse with the said bands of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Teton, Yancton, and Yactonies bands maybe 
accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their ne- 
cessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and license 
traders to hold intercourse with said tribes or bands, under mild 
and equitable regulations : in consideration of which, the Teton, 
Yancton, and Yanctonies bands bind themselves to extend protec- 
tion to the persons and the property of the traders, and the persons 
legally employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits 
of their particular district of country. And the said Teton, Yanc- 
ton, and Yanctonies bands further agree, that if any foreigner or 
•otker person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall 



342 



TETONS, YANCTONSj ETC- 



come into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or 
other views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and de- 
liver him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent 
of Indian affairs, or to the nearest military post, to be dealt with 
according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to 
all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to 
pass through their country ; and to protect, in their persons and 1 
property, aU agents or other persons sent by the United States to 
reside temporarily among them. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Teton, Yaneton, and Yanctonies bands 
should not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is 
hereby agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private re- 
venge or retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints 
shall be made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent 
of Indian affairs, or other person appointed by the President ; and 
it shall be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made 
as aforesaid, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the 
complaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished 
agreeably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, 
if any robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any 
Indian or Indians belonging to said bands, the person or persons 
so offending shall be tried, and if found guilty shall be punished in 
like manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And 
it is agreed, that the chiefs of the said Teton, Yaneton, and Yanc- 
tonies bands shall, to the utmost of their power, exert themselves 
to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen or taken 
from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any individ- 
ual or individuals of said bands : and the property so recovered 
shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person author- 
ized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner., 
And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians 
of said bands, a full indemnification for any horses or other pro- 
perty which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens : 
provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that 
sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen 
of the United States. And the said Teton, Yaneton, and Yanc- 
tonies bands engage, on the requisition or demand of the President 
of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white 
man resident among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, their band or tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as 
presents, supply any nation, or tribe of Indians, not in amity with 
the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements 
of war. 

Done at fort Look-out, near the three rivers of the Sioux pass, 
this 22d day of June, A. D. 1825, and of the independence 
of the United States the forty-ninth.. 



TETON'S, YANCTON-S, ETC. 



343 



YANCTQNS, 



TETONS. 



In testimony whereof the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Teton, Yancton, and Yanctonies bands, of Sioux 
tribe, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Jtrmy, l. s-. 

Ben}. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Iff l. s 

Maw-too-sa-be-kia, the black bear, his x mark, l. s. 
Wacan-o-hi-gnan, the flying medicine, his x 
mark, 

Wah-ha-ginga, the little dish, his x mark, 
Cha-pon-ka, the musqueto, his x mark, 
Eta-ke-nus-ke-an, the mad face, his x mark, 
To-ka-oo, the one that kills, his x mark, 
O-ga-tee, the fork, his x mark, 
You-ia-san, the warrior, his x mark, 
Wah-ta-ken-do, the one who comes from war, 

his x mark, 
To-qui-in-too, the little soldier, his x mark, 
Ha-sas-hah, the Ioway, his x mark, 

Ta-tan-ka-gueni-sh-qui-gnan, the mad buffalo, 

his x mark, 
Mah-to-ken-do-ha-cha, the hollow bear, his 
x mark, 

E-gue-mon-wa-con-ta, the one that shoots at 

the tiger, his x mark, l. s-. 

Jai-kan-kan-e, the child chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Shawa-non, or O-e-te-kah, the brave, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Man-to-dan-za, the running bear, his x mark, l. s.- 
Wa-can-guela-sassa, the black lightning, his x 

mark, l. s. 
V/ a-be-la-wa-eon, the medicine war eagle, his 

x mark, l. s. 
"Cam-pes-cah-o-ran-co, the swift shell, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Eh-ra-ka-che-ka-la, the little elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-pe-a-mus-ka, the mad hand, his x mark, l. s. 

J-a-pee, the soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoo-wa-gah-hak, the broken leg, his x mark, l, s. 

Ce-cha-he, or the burnt thigh, his x mark, l. s. 

O-caw-see-non-gea, or the spy, his x mark, l. s. 
Ta-tun-ca-see-ha-hue-ka, the buffalo with the 

long foot, his x mark, l. s. 
Ah-kee-che-ha-che-ga-la, the little soldier, his 

x markj s. 



l. s. 



L. 



344 



SIOUNES AND OGALLALA S. 



In presence of 



A. L. Langham, Secretary to 

the Commission, 
H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. 

Army, 

S. W. Kearney, Br. Maj. 1st 
Inf. 

G. H. Kennedy, U. S. S. Ind. 
Agent, 

P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, 
Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th reg. 
Inf. 

R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st. Inf. 
J. Gantt, Captain 6th Inf. 
S. Mac Ree, Lieut, and Aid de 
camp, 

Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. 



B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. 
James W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 
Regt. 

S. Wragg, Ajt. 1st Regt. 

G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Regt. 
A. S. Miller, Lieut. 1st Inf. 

H. Swearingen, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf 
M, W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
George C. Hutter, Lt. 6th Inf 
J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
W T m. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army y 
D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army,,. 
R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Wm. Gordon, 

Jean Baptiste Dorion* 



SIOUNES AND OGALLALAS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 5, 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. J 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore 
existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis~ 
sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Sioune and Ogallala hands of the 
Sioux tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of 
America, by brigadier general Henry Atkinson, of the United 
States army, and major Benjamin OTallon, Indian agent, with 
full powers and authority, specially appointed and commissioned 
for that purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, 
head men, and warriors, of the said Sioune and Ogallala bands 
of Sioux Indians, on behalf of their bands, of the other part, have 
made and entered into the following articles and conditions, which, 
when ratified by the President of the United Slates, by and with 
the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both 
parties, to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Sioune ind Ogallala bands of 
Sioux Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the 
United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their pro- 
tection. The said bands also admit the right of the United States; 
to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Sioune and 
Ogallala bands of Sioux into their friendship, and under their pro- 
tection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits 



SIOUNES AND OGALLALAS. 



345 



and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and 
proper to the President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Sioune and Ogallala 
bands shall be transacted at such place or places as may be de- 
signated and pointed out by the President of the United States, 
through his agents; and none but American citizens, duly author- 
ized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold 
intercourse with said bands of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Sioune and Ogallala bands may be accommo- 
dated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities 
may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders 
to hold intercourse with said bands, under mild and equitable 
regulations : in consideration of which, the Sioune and Ogallala 
bands bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the 
property of the traders, and the persons legally employed under 
them, whilst they remain within the limits of their particular dis- 
trict of country. And the said Sioune and Ogallala bands further 
agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized 
by the United States, shall come into their district of country, for 
the purposes of trade or other views, they will apprehend such 
person or persons, and deliver him or them to some United States 
superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of 
the nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And 
they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be 
legally authorized by the United States to pass through their 
country ; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents 
or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily 
among them ; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, 
molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens who may be 
passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from 
thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Sioune and Ogallala bands should not 
be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, 
that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retalia- 
tion shall take place ; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, 
by the injured party, to the superintendent or agent of Indian af- 
fairs, or other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be 
the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, 
to deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is 
made, to the enci that he or they may be punished agreeably to 
the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any rob- 
bery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or 
Indians belonging to the said bands, the person or persons so of- 
fending shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like 
manner as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is 
agreed, that the chiefs of said Sioune and Ogallala bands shall, to 
the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or 



346 



SIOUNES AND OGALLALAS* 



other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or 
citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of 
said bands ; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith de- 
livered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that 
it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States 
hereby guarantee, to any Indian or Indians of said bands, a full in- 
demnification for any horses or other property which may be stolen 
from them by any of their citizens : provided, that the property 
stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced 
that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And 
the said Sioune and Ogallala bands engage, on the requisition or 
demand of the President of the United States, or of the agents, to 
deliver up any white man resident among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, that their bands will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at the mouth of the Teton river, this 5th day of July, A. 
D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States the 
fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Sioune and Ogallala bands, have hereunto set 
their hands, and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Jiff. l. s. 

siounes Wah-e-ne-ta, the Rushing Man, his x mark, l. s. 
chiefs, Cah-re-we-ca-ca, the Crow Feather, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-ra-sea, the White Swan, his x mark, l. s. 

Chan-dee, the Tobacco, his x mark, l. s. 

O-ke-ma, the Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Tow-cow-sa-no-pa, the Two Lance, his x mark, l. s* 
warriors, Chan-ta-wah-nee-cha, the No Heart, his x mark, l. s. 
He-hum-pee, the one that has a voice in his neck, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Num-cah-pay, the one that knocks down two, 
his x mark, l. s. 

ogallala Ta-tun-ca-nash-sha, the Standing Buffalo, his x 
chiefs, mark, l. s. 

He-a-long-ga, the Shoulder, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-to-weet-co, the Full White Bear, his x mark, l. s. 
Wa-na-re- wag-she-go, the GhostBoy, his x mark, l. s. 
warriors, Ek-hah-ka-sap-pa, the Black Elk, his x mark, l. s< 
Tah-tong-ish-nan-na, the One Buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 
Mah-to-ta-tong-ca, the Buffalo White Bear, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Nah-ge-nish-ge-ah, the Mad Soul, his x mark, l. s< 



SIOUNES AND OGALLALAS. 



347 



Siounes of the Fire-hearts band, who sign at Camp Hidden Creek, 
on the 12th July, 1825. 

chiefs, Chan-ta-pa-ta, the Fire-heart, his x mark, l. s. 
Wah-con-ta-moh-ee, the one that shoots as he 

walks, his x mark, l. s. 

Ke-ah-ash-sha-pa, the one that makes a noise 
as he flies, his x mark, l. s. 

Warriors, Mato-co-kee-pa, the one that is afraid of the 



White Bear, his x mark, 



l. s. 



Ho-ton-co-kee-pa, the one that is afraid of his 

Toice, his x mark, l. s, 

Wom-dish-ki-a-ta, the Spotted War Eagle, his 



x mark, 



L. S. 



Cha-3on-we-cha-ca-ta, the one that kills the buf- 
falo, his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-re-no-pa, the Two Ciows, his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-re-a-tun-ca, the Crow that sits down, his x 
mark, l. s. 

To-ke-a-we-cha-ca-ta, the one that kills first, his 
x mark, l. s. 



In the p7 

P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, 
John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, 
D. Ketchum, Major U. S. A. 
Levi Nute, Lieut. U. S. A. 
G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. 
M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Regt. 
Inf. 

Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 

Regt. I. 
R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 



*esence of 

R. M. Coleman, U. S. A, 
W. L. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
H. Leavenworth, CoL U. & 
Army, 

B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. 
S. Wragg, Adjt. 1st Regt. Inf. 
Wm. Day, Lieut. U. S. A. 

C. Pentland, Capt. 6th Inf. 
G. H. Kennedy, U. S. S. Ind. 

Agt. 

Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf. 



Witnesses io the signatures of the Fire-hearts band, as executed on 
the 12th July, 1825. 

A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com. P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, 



G. H. Kennedy, U. S. S. Ind. 
Agt. 

H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. 
Army, 

S. W. Kearny, Br. Maj. 1st Inf. 



R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. 
Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Regt, 
Inf. 

J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. 



348 



CHAYENNE. 



CHAYENNES. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 6, 1825 — RATIFIED FEB. 6, 1826. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore 
existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- 
sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Chayenne tribe of Indians, the 
President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general 
Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin 
0' "Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially 
appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, and 
the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the Chay- 
enne tribe of Indians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other part, 
have made and entered into the following articles and con- 
ditions ; which, when ratified by the President of the United 
States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be 
binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Chayenne tribe of Indians, that 
they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, ac- 
knowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said 
tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all 
trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Chayenne 
tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, 
and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of 
kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the 
President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Chayenne tribe shall 
be transacted at such place or places, as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Chayenne tribe may be accommodated with 
such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may de- 
mand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold 
intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : 
in consideration of which, the Chayenne tribe bind themselves to 
extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, 
and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain 
within the limits of their particular district of country. And the 
said Chayenne tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other 
person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come 
into their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other 
views, they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver 



CHAYENNES. 



349 



him or them to some United States superintendent, or agent of 
Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, 
to be dealt with according to law. And they further agree to give 
safe conduct to all persons who may be legally authorized by the 
United States to pass through their country, and to protect in their 
persons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United 
States to reside temporarily among them ; nor will they, whilst on 
their distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen 
or citizens, who may be passing from the United States to New 
Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Chayenne tribe should not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of 
the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, 
or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belong- 
ing to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, 
and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the in- 
jury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the 
chief of said Chayenne tribe, shall, to the utmost of their power, 
exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be 
stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by 
any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the property so 
recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person 
authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper 
owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian 
or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or 
other property which may be stolen from them by any of their 
citizens : provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, 
and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by 
a citizen of the United States* And the said Chayenne tribe en- 
gage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the United 
States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident 
among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, or tribe of Indians, not in amity with 
the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements 
of war. 

Done at the mouth of the Teton River, this sixth day of July, 
A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States 
the fiftieth. 



350 



CHAYENNES. 



In testimony thereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin 0 'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Chayenne tribe, have hereunto set their hands 
and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. hid. Aff. l. s. 

chiefs, Sho-e-mow-e-to-chaw-ca-we-wah-ca-to-we, or 

the wolf with the high back, his x mark, l. s. 

We-che- gal-la, or the Little Moon, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-ton-ca-pa, or the Buffalo Head, his x mark, l. s. 

J-a-pu, or the one who walks against the others, 
his x mark, l. s. 

warriors, Ta-ke-che-sca, or the White Deer, his x mark, l. s. 
Chah-pac-pah-ha, or the one that raises the War 

Club, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-ton-ca-hoo-oh-ca-la-eh-pa-ha, or the pile of 

Buffalo bones, his x mark, l. s, 

Ma-te-wash-e-na, or the Little White Bear, his x 

mark, l. s, 

Shong-ge-mon-e-to, or the Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 
Shong-ge-mon-e-to-e-ah-ca, or the running Wolf, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Nah-pa-ton-ca, or the Big Hand, his x mark, l. s. 
Oh-kee-che-ta, or the Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 
Tah-hi-o-ta, or the Lousy Man, his x mark, l. 3- 

In presence of 

G. H. Kennedy, U. S. S. hid. Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 

Agent, Reg. Inf. 

John Gale, Surgeon U. S. A. Wm. Armstrong;, Capt. 6th Re c 
D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. A. Inf. 

B. Riley, Capt. 6th Infantry, S. W. Kearny, Br. Maj. 1st I 
John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. H. Leavenworth, Bt. Col. C 

C. Pentland, Capt. 6th Inf. Inf. 

R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. J. V.Swearengen, Lieut. 1st In f, 

R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. 

G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. C. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf. 

R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. Wm. Day, Lieut. U. S. A. 

M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. S. W r ragg, Adj. 1st Reg. Inf. 

Levi Nute, Lieut. U. S. A. Thos. P. Gwynn, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. 



HUNKPAPAS. 



351 



HUNKPAPAS. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 16, 1825 — RATIFED FEB. 6, 1826. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- 
fore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or 
dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Hunkpapas band of the Sioux 
tribe of Indians, the President of the United States of America, 
by brigadier- general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, 
and major Benjamin 0"* Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers 
and authority, especially appointed and commissioned for that 
purpose, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, 
and warriors of the said Hunkpapas band of Sioux Indians, on 
behalf of their band, of the other part, have made and entered into 
the following articles and conditions ; which, when ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Hunkpapas band of Sioux In- 
dians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United 
States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. 
The said band also admit the right of the United States to regu- 
late all trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Hunkpapas 
band of Sioux into their friendship, and under their protection, 
and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts 
of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to 
the President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Hunkpapas band 
shall be transacted at such place or places as may be designated 
and pointed out by the President of the United States, through 
his agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by 
the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse 
with said band of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Hunkpapas band maybe accommodated with 
such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, 
the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- 
course with said band, under mild aud equitable regulations : in 
consideration of which, the Hunkpapas band bind themselves to 
extend protection to the persons and the property of the traders, 
and the persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain 
within the limits of their particular district of country. And the 
said Hunkpapas band further agree, that if any foreigner or other 
person, not legally authorized by the United States, shall come into 



352 



HUNKPAPAS. 



their district of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, 
they will apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or 
them to some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian 
affairs, or to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be 
dealt with according to law\ And they further agree to give safe 
conduct to all persons who maybe legally authorized by the United 
States to pass through their country, and to protect in their per- 
sons and property all agents or other persons sent by the United 
States to reside temporarily among them. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Hunkpapas band should not be interrupt- 
ed by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for 
injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the 
party injured, to the superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the 
end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the law T s of the 
United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or 
murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to 
said band, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and, 
if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injurj- 
had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs 
of said Hunkpapas band shall, to the utmost of their power, exert 
themselves to recover horses or other property, which maybe stolen 
or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any 
individual or individuals of said band ; and the property so re- 
covered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person 
authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper 
owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian 
or Indians of said band, a full indemnification for any horses or 
other property which may be stolen from them by any of their 
citizens : provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, 
and that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by 
a citizen of the United States. And the said Hunkpapas band 
engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the 
United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man re- 
sident among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their band will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation or tribe of Indians, not in amity w T iththe 
United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of war. 

Done at the Auricara Village, this sixteenth day of July, A. D. 
1825, and of the independence of the United States the fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson, 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war* 



HI CAE AS* 



353 



riors of the Hunkpapas tribe of Indians, have hereunto set 
their hands and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. hid. Aff. l. s. 

Mato-che-gal-lah, Little White Bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Cha-sa-wa-ne-che, the one that has no name, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-hah-nee-ah, the one that scares the game, his x mark, l. s. 

Taw-ome-nee-o-tah, the Womb, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-to-wee-tah, the White Bear's face, his x mark, l. s. 

Pah-sal-sa, the Auricara, his x mark, l. s. 

Ha-hah-kus-ka, the White Elk, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

A. L. Langham, Sec. to the John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. 

Commission, J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. A. D. Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, 

V. Wilson, U S. S. hid. Agt. Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 
G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. hid. Regt. I. 

Agt. Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf. 

John Gale, Surgeon U. S.Army, Levi Nute, Lieut. U. & Army, 

R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. Colin Campbell 



RIC ARAS. 

I CONCLUDED JULY 18, 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. ] 

To put an end to an unprovoked hostility on the part of the Ricara 
tribe of Indians against the United States, and to restore harmony 
between the parties, the President of the United States, by briga- 
dier general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and 
major Benjamin O 5 "Fallon, Indian agent, commissioners duly ap- 
pointed and commissioned to treat with the Indian tribes beyond 
the Mississippi river, give peace to the said Ricara tribe ; the 
chiefs and warriors thereof having first made suitable concessions 
for the offence. And for the purpose of removing all further 
or future cause of misunderstanding as respects trade and friendly 
intercourse between the parties, the above named commissioners 
on the part of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors of the Ricara tribe of Indians on the part of said tribe, 
have made and entered into the following articles and conditions, 
which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by and 
with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both 
parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace be- 
tween the United States and the Ricara tribe of Indians ; and a 
37 



354 



RICARAS. 



friendly intercourse shall immediately take place between the 
parties. 

Art. 2. It is admitted by the Ricara tribe of Indians, that they 
reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknowledge 
their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe also 
admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and in- 
tercourse with them. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to receive the Ricara tribe of 
Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to 
extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- 
ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- 
sident of the United States, 

Art. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Ricara tribe shall be 
transacted at such place or places as may be designated and pointed 
out by the President of the United States, through his agents ; 
and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the United . 
States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with said 
tribe of Indians. 

Art. 5. That the Ricara tribe maybe accommodated with such 
articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the 
United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse 
with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : in conside- 
ration of which, the Ricara tribe bind themselves to extend pro- 
tection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the 
persons legally employed under them, while they remain within 
the limits of their district of country. And the said Ricara tribe 
further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally au- 
thorized by the United States, shall come into their district of 
country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- 
hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some 
United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the 
commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according 
to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons 
who may be legally authorized by the United States to pass through 
their country, and to protect in their persons and property all 
agents or other persons sent by the United States to reside tem- 
porarily among them. 

Art. 6. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Ricara tribe, shall not be interrupted by 
the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for injuries 
done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall take 
place ; but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the party- 
injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or other 
person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty of the 
said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver up 
the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to the 
end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws of the 



RICARAS. 



355 



United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence, or 
murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to 
said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if 
found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had 
been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of 
the said Ricara tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert 
themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be 
stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, 
by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the property so 
recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person 
authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper owner. 
And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians 
of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other property 
which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens : provided, 
that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient 
proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the 
United States. And the said Ricara tribe engage, on the requisi- 
tion or demand of the President of the United States, or of the 
agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. 

Art. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as presents, 
supply any nation, tribe, or bands of Indians, not in amity with 
the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements 
of war. 

Done at the Ricara village, this eighteenth day of July, A. D. 
1825, and of the independence of the United States the 
fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors of the Ricara tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their 
hands and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Jlrmy, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt Ind. Jiff. l. s. 

CHIEFS. 

Stan-au-pat, the bloody hand, his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-car-we-ta, the little bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Scar-e-naus, the skunk, his x mark, l. s. 

Chan-son-nah, the fool chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Chan-no-te-ne-na, the chief that is afraid, his x mark, l. s. 

Coon-ca-ne-nos-see, the bad bear, his x mark, l. s. 

warriors. 

En-hah-pe-tar, the two nights, his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-ca-ne-show, the crow chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Pah-can- wah, the old head, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-ta-an, the light in the night, his x mark, l. s. 



356 



MANDANS. 



Hon-eh-cooh, the buffalo that urinates and smells it, his x 

mark, l* s> 

Ta-hah-son, the lip of the old buffalo, his x mark, l. s, 

Coo-wooh-war-e-scoon-hoon, the long haired bear, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ne-sha-non-nack, the chief by himself, his x mark, l. s, 

Ah-ree-squish, the buffalo that has horns, his x mark, l. s. 

Ou-cous-non-nair, the good buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

Nack-sa-nou-wees, the dead heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Pah-too-car-rah, the man that strikes, his x mark, l. s. 

Toon-high-ouh, the man that runs, his x mark, l. s.. 

Car-car- wee-as, the heart of the crow, his x mark, l. s. 

In the presence of 



A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com- 
mission, 

H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. A. 
S. W. Kearny, Bt. Maj. 1st Inf. 
D. Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army, 
Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Reg.. 
Inf. 

B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. 
John Gantt, Capt, 6th Inf. 

G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. 
R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. 
W. S. Harney, Lt. 1st Inf. 
John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. 
R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. 
S. Wragg, Adjt. 1st Reg. Inf 



S. Mac Ree, Lieut. A. de Camp y 
R. Holmes, Lt. 6th Inf. 
R. H. Stuart, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lt. 1st 

Regt. L 
Levi Nute, Lt. U. & A. 
W. L. Harris, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. 

Agt. 

P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agt. 

Antoine Garreau, his x mark, 
Interpreter, 

Joseph Garreau, his x mark, In- 
terpreter, 

Pierre Garreau, his x mark. 



MANDANS. 

[concluded july 30, 1825 — ratified February 6, 1828.] 

Whereas, acts of hostility have been committed by some restless men 
of the Mandan tribe of Indians, upon some of the citizens of the 
United States : therefore, to put a stop to any further outrages 
of the sort ; and to establish a more friendly understanding be- 
tween the United States and the said Mandan tribe, the President 
of the United States, by Henry Atkinson, brigadier-general of 
the United States army, and major Benjamin C Fallon, Indian 
agent, commissioners duly appointed and commissioned to treat 
with the Indian tribes beyond the Mississippi river, forgive the 
offences which have been committed ; the chiefs and warriors hav- 
ing first made satisfactory explanations touching the same. And 
for the purpose of removing all future cause of misunderstanding 



MANDANS. 



357 



as respects trade and friendly intercourse between the parties, the 
above named commissioners on the part of the United States, and 
the undersigned chiefs and warriors of the Mandan tribe of 
Indians on the part of said tribe, have made and entered into 
the following articles and conditions, ivhich, when ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties — 
to wit : 

Art. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace be- 
tween the United States and the Mandan tribe of Indians ; and a 
friendly intercourse shall immediately take place between the 
parties. 

Art. 2. It is admitted by the Mandan tribe of Indians, that 
they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- 
ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe 
also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and 
intercourse with them. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to receive the Mandan tribe of 
Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to 
extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- 
ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- 
sident of the United States. 

Art. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Mandan tribe shall 
be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 5. That the Mandan tribe may be accommodated with 
such articles cf merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, 
the United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- 
course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : in 
consideration of which, the Mandan tribe bind themselves to extend 
protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the 
persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within 
the limits of their district of country. And the said Mandan tribe 
further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally 
authorized by the United states, shall come into their district of 
country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- 
hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some 
United States superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the 
commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with accord- 
ing to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all 
persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to 
pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and 
property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to 
reside temporarily among them. 



358 



MANDANSv 



Art. 6. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Mandan tribe, shall not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaint shall be made by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to de- 
liver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, 
to the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws 
of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, vio- 
lence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians 
belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be 
tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if 
the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that 
the chiefs of the said Mandan tribe shall, to the utmost of their 
power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which, 
may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United 
States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the pro- 
perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other 
person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper 
owner. And the United States hereby guaranty to any Indian or 
Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other 
property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens : 
provided, that the property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that 
sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen 
of the United States. And the said Mandan tribe engage, on the 
requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of 
the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. 

Art. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at the Mandan Village, this thirtieth day of July, A. D, 
1825, and of the independence of the United States the 
fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners, Henry Atkinson and 
Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the Man- 
dan tribe of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed 
their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Brig. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s, 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agent Indian Affairs, l. s, 

chiefs. 

Mat-sa-to-pas-lah-hah-pah,the chiefs of four men, his x mark, l. s* 
San-jah-mat-sa-eta, the wolf chiefs, his x mark, l. s, 



•MANDANS* 



359 



Ah-ra-na-shis, the one that has no arm, his x mark, l. s. 

Bot-sa-a-pa, the color of the wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Con-ke-sheesse, the good child, his x mark, l. s, 
Lah-pa-see-ta-re-tah,the hear that does not walk, his x mark, L. s, 

Par-res-kah-cah-rush-ta, the little crow, his x mark, l. s, 

warriors — 1st Village. 

Obah-chash, the broken leg, his x mark, l. s. 

La-pet-see-to-a-pus, the four bears, his x mark, l. s. 
Sah-cou-ga-rah-lah-pet-see, the bird of the bears, his x mark, l. s. 

She-ca-aga-mat-sa-et-see, the little young man that is a 

chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Kee-re-pee-ah-pa-rush, the neck of the buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

Bo-si-e-ree-bees, the little wolf that sleeps, his x mark, l. s. 

2d Village. 

San-jah-ca-ho-ka, the wolf that lies, his x mark, L- s, 

Ede-shu-bee, the fat of the paunch, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-res-ca-a-huss, the band of crows, his x mark, l. s. 

Ba-rah-rah-ca-tah, the broken pot, his x mark, l. s. 

Me-ra-pa-sha-po, the five beavers, his x mark, l. s, 

Bout-sa-ca-ho-ka, the crouching prairie wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

In the presence of 



A. L. Langham, Secretary to the 
Commission, 

H. Leavenworth, Colonel U. S. 
Army, 

S. W. Kearny, Bt. Maj. 1st Inf. 
I). Ketchum, Maj. U. S. Army, 

B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. 

P. Wilson, U. S. S. Ind. Agent, 
S. Mac Ree, Lieut. A. Camp, 
R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. 
G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. 
John Gantt, Capt 6th Inf. 
Thomas Noel, Lieut 6th Inf. 
R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
•J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
Jas. W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 1st 

RegH I. 
■Levi Nute, Lieut 6th Inf. 



S. Wragg, Adj. 1st Regt Inf. 
M, W. Batman, Lieut 6th Inf 
Thomas P. Gwynne, Lieut. 1st 

Infantry, 
George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th 

Infantry, 
William Day, Lieut. 1st Inf 
John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. 
R. M. Coleman, A. Surg. U. 

S. A. 

W. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf 
J. C. Culbertson, 
G. H. Kennedy, U. S. S. Ind. 
Agent, 

A. S. Miller, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Colin Campbell, 
Touissant Chaboneau, his x 
mark, Interpreter. 



360 



BELANTSE-ETEAS. 



BELANTSE-ETEA, OR MINNETAREE S, 

[concluded july 30, 1825 — ratified February 6, 1826,] 

Whereas, acts of hostility have been committed, by some restless men 
of the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians, upon some 
of the citizens of the United States : therefore, to put a stop to 
any further outrages of the sort, and to establish a more friendly 
understanding between the United States and the said Belantse- 
etea or Minnetaree tribe, the President of the United States, by 
Henry Atkinson, brigadier general of the United States army, 
and major Benjamin 0"* Fallon, Indian agent, commissioners duly 
appointed and commissioned to treat with the Indian tribes beyond 
the Mississippi river, forgive the offences which have been com- 
mitted, the chiefs and warriors having first made satisfactory 
explanations touching the same. And for the purpose of remov- 
ing all f uture cause of misunderstanding, as respects trade and 
friendly intercourse between the parties, the above named commis- 
sioners, on the part of the United States, and the undersigned 
chiefs and warriors of the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of 
Indians, on the part of said tribe, have made and entered into 
the following articles and conditions ; which, when ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice 
and consent of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties — - 
to wit: 

Art. 1. Henceforth there shall be a firm and lasting peace 
between the United States and the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree 
tribe of Indians ; and a friendly intercourse shall immediately take 
place between the parties. 

Art. 2. It is admitted by the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe 
of Indians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the 
United States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their pro- 
tection. The said tribe also admit the right of the United States 
to regulate all trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to receive the Belantse-etea or 
Minnetaree tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their 
protection, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits 
and acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and 
proper to the President of the United States. 

Art. 4. All trade and intercourse with the Belantse-etea or 
Minnetaree tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may 
be designated and pointed out by the President of the United 
States, through his agents ; and none but American citizens, duly 
authorized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold 
intercourse with said tribe of Indians. 



BELANTSE-ETEAS. 



361 



Art. 5. That the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe may be 
accommodated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their 
necessities may demand, the United States agree to admit and 
license traders to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and 
equitable regulations : in consideration of which, the Belantse-etea 
or Minnetaree tribe bind themselves to extend protection to the 
persons and the property of the traders, and the persons legally 
employed under them, whilst they remain within the limits of their 
district of country. And the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree 
tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally 
authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of 
country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- 
hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some 
United States "superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the 
commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with according 
to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons 
who may be legally authorized by the United States to reside tem- 
porarily among them. 

Art. 6. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe, shall 
not be interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby 
agreed, that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or 
retaliation shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be 
made, by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of In- 
dian affairs or other person appointed by the President ; and it shall 
be the duty of the said chiefs, upon complaint being made as afore- 
said, to deliver up the person or persons against whom the com- 
plaint is made, to the end that he or they may be punished, agree- 
ably to the laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any 
robbery, violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or 
Indians belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending 
shall be tried, and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner 
as if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, 
that the chiefs of the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe shall, to 
the utmost of their power, exert themselves to recover horses or 
other property, which may be stolen or taken from any citizen or 
citizens of the United States, by any individual or individuals of 
said tribe ; and the property so recovered shall be forthwith deli- 
vered to the agents or other person authorized to receive it, that 
it may be restored to the proper owner. And the United States 
hereby guarantee to any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full 
indemnification for any horses or other property which may be 
stolen from them by any of their citizens : Provided, that the 
property so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof 
is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United 
States. And the said Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe engage, 
on the requisition or demand of the President of the United 



362 



BELANTSE-ETEAS. 



States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident 
among them. 

Art. 7. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at the Lower Mandan Village, this thirtieth day of July, 
A. D. 18.25, and of the independence of the United States the 
fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners, Henry Atkinson and 
Benjamin 0 'Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the said 
Belantse-etea or Minnetaree tribe of Indians, have hereunto 



set their hands and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'FaUon, U. S. Agent, hid. Aff. l. s. 

CHIEFS. 

Shan-sa-bat-say-e-see, the wolf chief, his x mark, l. s. 

E-re-ah-ree, the one that make the road, his x mark, l. s. 

Pas-ca-ma-e-ke-ree, the crow that looks, his x mark, l. s. 
E-tah-me-nah-ga-e-she, the guard of the red arrows, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Alah-shu-ca-lah-pah-see, the dog bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Oh-sha-lah-ska-a-tee, his x mark, l. s. 

Kah-re-pe-shu-pe-sha, the black buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 
Ah-too-pah-she-pe-sha, the black mocasins, his x mark, l. s. 
Mah-buk-sho-ok-oe-ah, the one that carries the snake, his x 

mark, l. s. 

warriors. 

At-ca-chis, the black lodges, his x mark, l. s. 

rSah-rah-ah-a-pa, the color of the hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-ta-e-she-as, the wicked cow, his x mark, l. s. 

Kee-re-pee-ah-too, the buffalo head, his x mark, l. s. 

Lah-pa-ta-see-e-ta, the bear's tail, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-ta-lah-kee, the white cow, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-sha-re-te-ah, the big thief, his x mark, l. s. 

Bo-sah-nah-a-me, the three wolves, his x mark, l. s. 

San-jah-oe-tee, the wolf that has no tail, his x mark, l. s. 

Sa-ga-e-ree-shus, the finger that stinks, his x mark, l. s. 

Me-a-cah-ho-ka, the woman that lies, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-mah-a-ta, the missouri, his X mark, l. s, 

E-sha-kee-te-ah, the big fingers, his x mark, l. s* 

Mah-shu-kah-e-te-ah, the big dog, his x mark, l. s. 



CROWS. 



363 



Be-ra-ka-ra-ah, the rotten wood, his x mark, 
E-ta-ro-sha-pa, the big brother, his x mark, 

In the presence of: 



l. s. 
l. s. 



A. L. Langham, Secretary to the 
Commission, 

H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. A. 

G. H. Kennerly, U. S. Sub-In- 
dian Agent, 

John Gale, Surgeon, U. S. A. 

D. Ketchum, Major, U. S. A. 

John Gantt, Captain, 6th Inf. 

Wm. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. 

R. B. Mason, Captain 1st Inf. 

Jas. W. Kingbury, Lt. 1st R. Inf. 

R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 



W. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
Levi Nute, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
B. Riley, Captain 6th Inf. 
R. M. Coleman, A. Surg. U. S. 
Army, 

George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th I. 

Colin Campbell, 

P. Wilson, U. S. Sub-Ind. Agt 

Touissant Chaboneau, Interpre- 
ter, his x mark, 

S. W. Kearny, Bt. Maj. 1st Inf. 

Wm. Armstrong, Capt. 6th Reg. 
Inf. 



\ 



CROWS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 4> 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto* 
fore existed, as also to remove all f uture cause of discussion or 
dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Crow tribe of Indians, the 
President of the United States of America, by brigadier- general 
Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin 
C Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, specially 
appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the one part, 
and the undersigned chiefs, head men and warriors of the Crow 
tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the other part, have 
made and entered into the following articles and conditions ; 
which, when ratified by the President of the United States, by 
and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall be binding 
on both parties— to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Crow tribe of Indians that they 
reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- 
ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe 
also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and 
intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Crow tribe of 
Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to 
extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- 



364 



CROWS. 



ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the 
President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Crow tribe shall be 
transacted at such place or places as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Crow tribe may be accommodated with such 
articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the 
United States agree to admit and license traders to hold inter- 
course with said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : in 
consideration of which, the Crow tribe bind themselves to extend, 
protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the 
persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within 
the limits of their district of country. And the said Crow tribe 
further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not legally 
authorized by the United States, shall come into their district of 
country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will appre- 
hend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to some 
United States superintendent or agent of Indian afTairs, or to the 
commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with accord- 
ing to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct to all 
persons who may be legally authorized by the United States to 
pass through their country, and to protect in their persons and 
property all agents or other persons sent by the United States to 
reside temporarily among them ; and that they will not, whilst on 
their distant excursions, molest or interrupt airy American citizen 
or citizens, who may be passing from the United States to New 
Mexico, or returning from thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Crow tribe, should not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for 
injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against wdiom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of 
the United States. And in like manner, if any robbery, violence, 
or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging 
to the said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, 
and if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as if the 
injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the 
chiefs of said Crow T tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert 
themselves to recover horses or other property, which may be 



CROWS. 



365 



stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, 
by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the property so 
recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person 
authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper 
owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or 
Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other 
property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens : 
provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that 
sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen 
of the United States. And the said Crow tribe engage, on the 
requisition or demand of the President of the United States, or of 
the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among them. 

Art. 6, And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as presents, 
supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity with the 
United States, with guns, ammunition, or other implements of 
war. 

Done at the Mandan Village, this fourth day of August, A. D. 
1825, and of the independence of the United States the 
fiftieth. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin 0 'Fallon, and the chiefs and warriors of the 
said tribe, have hereunto set their hands and affixed their 
seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Jiff. l. s. 

CHIEFS. 

E-she-huns-ka, or the long hair, his x mark, l. s. 

She-wo-cub-bish, one that sings bad, his x mark, l. s. 

Har-rar-shash, one that rains, his x mark, l. s. 

Chay-ta-pah-ha, wolf's paunch, his x mark, l. s. 

Huch-che-rach, little black dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Mali-pitch, bare shoulder, his x mark, l. s. 

Esh-ca-ca-mah-hoo, the standing lance, his x mark, l. s. 

Che-rep-con-nes-ta-chea, the little white bull, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-mah-shay-she-ra, the yellow big belly, his x mark, l. s. 

Co-tah-bah-sah, the one that runs, his x mark, l. s. 

Bah-cha-na-mach, the one that sits in the pine, his x mark, l. s. 
He-ran-dah-pah, the one that ties his hair before, his x mark, l. s. 

Bes-ca-bar-ru-sha, the dog that eats, his x mark, l. s. 
Nah-puch-kia, the little one that holds the stick in his mouth, 

his x mark, l. s. 
Bah-da-ah-chan-dah, the one that jumps over every person, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Mash-pah-hash, the one that is not right, l. s. 



366 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



In pret 

A. L. Langham, Secretary to the 

Commission, 
H. Leavenworth, Col. U. S. 

Army, 

S. W. Kearny, Br. Major 1st 

Infantry, 
D. Ketchum, Major U. S. Army, 
R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st Inf. 
G. C. Spencer, Capt. 1st Inf. 
John Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. 
Thos. P. Gwymie, Lt. 1st Inf. 
S. MacRee, Lt. and Aid-de- 

Camp, 

Thomas Noel, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
William L. Harris, 1st Inf. 
John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. 



ice of 

J. V. Swearingen, Lt. 1st Inf. 
R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
M. W. Batman, Lt. 6th Inf. 
R. M. Coleman, U. S. A. 
J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
Win. Day, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
G. H. Kennerly, U. S. Indian 

Agent, 
B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. 
Wm. S. Harney, Lieut. 1st Inf. 
James W. Kingsbury, Lieut. 

1st Regiment, Inf. 
George C. Hutter, Lt. 6th Inf. 
Wm. Armstrong, Captain 6th 

Regiment Infantry. 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 10, 1825 — RATIFIED MAY 3, 1826. ] 

Whereas, the Congress of the United States of America being anxi- 
ous to promote a direct commercial and friendly intercourse be- 
tween the citizens of the United States and those of the Mexican 
Republic, and, to afford protection to the same, did, at their last 
session, pass an act, which was approved the 3d March, 1825, 
u to authorize the President of the United States to cause a road 
to be marked out from the western frontier of Missouri to the 
confines of New Mexico," and which authorizes the President of 
the United States to appoint commissioners to carry said act of 
Congress into effect, and enjoins on the commissioners, so to be 
appointed, that they first obtain the consent of the intervening 
tribes of Indians, by treaty, to the marking of said road, and to 
the unmolested use thereof to the citizens of the United States 
and of the Mexican Republic ; and Benjamin H. Reeves, Geo. C. 
Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners duly appointed as 
aforesaid, being duly and fully authorized, have this day met the 
chiefs and head men of the Great and Little Osage nations, who 
being all duly authorized to meet and negotiate with the said 
commissioners upon the premises, and being specially met for that 
purpose, by the invitation of said commissioners, at the place called 
the Council Grove, on the river JVee-o-zho, one hundred and sixty 
miles southwest from Fort Osage ; have, after due deliberation 



GREAT AND LITTLE OSAGES. 



367 



and consultation, agreed to the following treaty, which is to be 
considered binding on the said Great and Little Osages, from 
and after this day : 

Art. 1. The chiefs and head men of the Great and Little 
Osages, for themselves and their nations, respectively, do consent 
and agree that the commissioners of the United States shall and 
may survey and mark out a road, in such manner as they may 
think proper, through any of the territory owned or claimed by the 
said Great and Little Osage nations. 

Art. 2. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further agree 
that the road authorized in article 1, shall, when marked, be for- 
ever free for the use of the citizens of the United States and of the 
Mexican Republic, who shall at all times pass and repass thereon, 
without any hindrance or molestation on the part of the said Great 
and Little Osages. 

Art. 3. The chiefs and head men aforesaid, in consideration of 
the friendly relations existing between them and the United States, 
do further promise, for themselves and their people, that they will, 
on all fit occasions, render such friendly aid and assistance as may 
be in their power, to any of the citizens of the United States, or of 
the Mexican Republic, as they may at any time happen to meet 
or fall in with on the road aforesaid. 

Art. 4. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further con- 
sent and agree that the road aforesaid shall be considered as ex- 
tending to a reasonable distance on either side, so that travellers 
thereon may, at any time, leave the. marked track, for the purpose 
of finding subsistence and proper camping places. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the privileges granted by the chiefs 
of the Great and Little Osages in the three preceding articles, the 
said commissioners on the part of the United States, have agreed 
to pay to them, the said chiefs, for themselves and their people, 
the sum of five hundred dollars ; which sum is to be paid them as 
soon as may be, in money or merchandise, at their option, at such 
place as they may desire. 

Art. 6. And the said chiefs and head men as aforesaid, acknow- 
ledge to have received from the commissioners, aforesaid, at and 
before the signing of this- treaty, articles of merchandise to the 
value of three hundred dollars ; which sum of three hundred dol- 
lars, and the payment stipulated to be made to the said Osages in 
article 5, shall be considered, and are so considered by said chiefs, 
as full and complete compensation for every privilege herein 
granted by said chiefs. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin H. Reeves, George C. 
Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners as aforesaid, and 
the chiefs and head men of the Great and Little Osage tribes 
of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at Coun- 



368 



GREAT AND LITTLE 0 SAGES. 



cil Grove, this tenth day of August, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. 

B. H. Reeves, l. s. 

G. C. Sibley, l. s. 

Thomas Mather, l. s. 

Pa-hu-sha, (white hair,) head chief of the G. 0., his x mark, l. s. 
Ca-he-ga-wa-tonega, (foolish chief,) head chief of the L. 0., 

his x mark, l. s. 
Shin-gawassa, (handsome bird,) chief of the G. O., his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ta-ha-mo-nee, (swift walker,) chief L. 0., his x mark, l. s, 
Ca-he-ga-wash-im-pee-she, (bad chief,) chief G. 0., his x 

mark, l. s. 

Wee-ho-je-ne-fare, (without ears,) chief L. 0., his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-he-ga-shinga, (little chief,) chief G. 0., his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-bur-cou, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Maw-sho-hun-ga, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-lo-gah, (Owl,) warrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Maw-she-to-mo-nee, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Che-he-kaw, w T arrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-ha-wa-she-tun-ga, warrior Great Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Ho-no-posse, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-kun-chee, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

Pwa-ne-no-push-re, warrior Little Osages, his x mark, l. s. 

In the presence of 

Archibald Gamble, Secretary, Singleton Vaughn, 
Jos. C. Brown, Surveyor, Benjamin Jones, 

W. S. Williams, Int. Bradford Barbie, 

Stephen Cooper, Hendley Cooper, 

Samuel Givens, John M. Walker, 

Richard Brannan, Joseph Davis, 

Garrison Patrick, George West, 

Daniel J. Bahan, Thomas Adams, 

I. R. Walker, James Brotherton. 



KANZAS. 



369 



KANZAS. 

[concluded august 16, 1825 — ratified may 3, 1826.] 

Whereas, the Congress of the United States of America, being anxi- 
ous to promote a direct commercial and friendly intercourse be- 
tween the citizens of the United States and those of the Mexican 
Republic, and, to afford protection to the same, did, at their last 
session, pass an act^ which was approved the 3d of March, 1825, 
6 Ho authorize the President of the United States to cause a road 
to be marked out from the Western frontier of Missouri to the 
confines of JVew Mexico," and which authorizes the President 
of the United States to appoint commissioners to carry said act 
of Congress into effect, and enjoins on the commissioners, so to 
be appointed, that they first obtain the consent of the intervening 
tribes of Indians, by treaty, to the marking of said road, and to the 
unmolested use thereof to the citizens of the United States and of 
the Mexican Republic ; and Benjamin H. Reeves, Geo. C. Sibley, 
and Thomas Mather, being duly appointed commissioners as afore- 
said, and being duly and fully authorized, have this day met the 
chiefs and head men of the Kanzas tribe of Indians, who, being all 
duly authorized to meet and negotiate with the said commissioners 
upon the premises , and being specially met for that purpose, by the 
invitation of said commissioners, on the Sora Kanzas Creek, two 
hundred and thirty miles southwestwardly from Fort Osage ; have, 
after due deliberation and consultation, agreed to the following 
treaty, which is to be considered binding on the said Kanzas In- 
dians, from and after this day : 

Art. 1. The chiefs and head men of the Kanzas nation, or tribe 
of Indians, for themselves and their nation, do consent and agree 
that the commissioners of the United States shall, and may, survey 
and mark out, a road, in such manner as they may think proper, 
through any of the territory owned or claimed by the said Kanzas 
tribe or nation of Indians. 

Art. 2. The chiefs and head men, as aforesaid, do further agree 
that the road authorized in article 1, shall, when marked, be for- 
ever free for the use of the citizens of the United States and of the 
Mexican Republic, who shall at all times pass and repass thereon, 
without any hindrance or molestation on the part of the said Kan- 
zas Indians. 

Art. 3. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, in consideration 
of the friendly relations existing between them and the United 
States, do further promise, for themselves and their people, that 
they will, on all fit occasions, render such friendly aid and assist- 
ance as may be in their power, to any of the citizens of the United 
States, or of the Mexican Republic, as they may at any time hap- 
pen to meet or fall in with on the road aforesaid. 
38 



KANZAS. 



Art. 4. The chiefs and head men as aforesaid, do further con- 
sent and agree that the road aforesaid shall be considered as extend- 
ing to a reasonable distance on either side, so that travellers thereon 
may, at any time, leave the marked track for the purpose of find- 
ing subsistence and proper camping places. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the privileges granted by the chiefs of 
Kanzas tribe in the three preceding articles, the said commissioners, 
on the part of the United States, have agreed to pay to them, the 
said chiefs, for themselves and their people, the sum of five hun- 
dred dollars ; which sum is to be paid them as soon as may be, in 
money or merchandise, at their option, at such place as they may 
desire. 

Art. 6. And the said chiefs and head men, as aforesaid, acknow- 
ledge to have received from the commissioners aforesaid, at and 
before the signing of this treaty, articles of merchandise to the 
value of three hundred dollars ; which sum of three hundred dol- 
lars, and the payment stipulated to be made to the said Kanzas in 
article 5, shall be considered, and are so considered by said chiefs, 
as full and complete compensation for every privilege herein granted 
by said chiefs. 

In testimony whereof, the said Benjamin H. Reeves, George 
C. Sibley, and Thomas Mather, commissioners as aforesaid, 
and the chiefs and head men of the Kanzas tribe or nation 
of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and seals, on the 
Sora Kanzas Creek aforesaid, this sixteenth day of August, in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
five. 

B. H. Reeves, l. s. 

G. C. Sibley, l. s. 

Thomas Mather, l. s. 

Shone-gee-ne-gare — the great chief of the Kanzas nation — 

his x mark, l. s, 

Ke-hea-bash-ee — eldest son of the great chief, (a warrior 

and leader,) his x mark, l. s, 

Hu-ra-soo-gee, (the red eagle,) a chief and warrior, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Opa-she-ga, (the unready,) a warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Nun- gee- saggy, (the hard heart,) a warrior and counsellor, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Nee-a-ke-shall — a chief, brother of the great chief, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Ee-be-seen-gee — a warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-rig-ni-ne-gare — a warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Hah-ee-see-she (white plume's deputy,) warrior, his x 

mark, L. s. 

Nee-ha-wash-in-tun-ga (the passionate,) warrior, his x mark, L. s. 
Has-ska-mo-nee (white horns that walk,) warrior, his x 

mark, l. s. 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



371 



To-ka-mee-ra (the scalper,) warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Mee-ra-ta-mo-nee (the midway walker,) warrior, his x mark, l. s. 
JMo-nee-ra-ta (he who walks off,) chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Mo-she-ha-mo-nee (the ridge walker,) warrior, his x mark, l, s. 
Saw-nee- wah-ree (the striker of three,) warrior, his x mark, l. s f 



In presence of 



Archibald Gamble, Secretary, 
Jos. G. Brown, Surveyor, 
W. S. Williams, Interpreter, 
Stephen Cooper, 
Daniel T. Bahan, 
Benjamin Robertson, 
David Murphy, 
Singleton Vaughn, 
John M, Walker, 



Andrew Broaddies, 
Benjamin Jones, 
Hendley Cooper, 
James Wells, 
Joseph R. Walker, 
Samuel Givens, 
James Brotherton, 
Harvy Clark. 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC, 

[concluded august 19, 1825 — ratified February 6, 1826.] 

The United States of America have seen with much regret, that 
wars have for many years been carried on between the Sioux and 
the Chippewas, and more recently between the confederated tribes 
of Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux; and also between the Ioways 
and Sioux ; which, if not terminated, may extend to the other 
tribes, and involve the Indians upon the Missouri, the Mississippi, 
and the Lakes, in general hostilities. In order, therefore, to pro- 
mote peace among these tribes, and to establish boundaries among 
them and the other tribes who live in their vicinity, and thereby to 
remove all causes of future difficulty , the United States have invited 
the Chippewa, Sac and Fox, Menominie, loway, Sioux, Winne- 
bago, and a portion of the Ottawa, Chippewa, and Potawatomie 
tribes of Indians living upon the Illinois, to assemble together, and 
in a spirit of mutual conciliation to accomplish these objects ; and 
to aid therein, have appointed William Clark and Lewis Cass, 
commissioners on their part, who have met the chiefs, warriors, 
and representatives of the said tribes, and portion of tribes, at 
Prairie des Chiens, in the territory of Michigan, and after full 
deliberation, the said tribes, and portion of tribes, have agreed 
with the United States, and with one another, upon the following 
articles : 

Art. 1. There shall be a firm and perpetual peace between 
the Sioux and Chippewas ; between the Sioux and the confed- 
erated tribes of Sacs and Foxes ; and between the Ioways and 
the Sioux. 



372 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



Art. 2. It is agreed between the confederated tribes of the 
Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux, that the line between their re- 
spective countries shall be as follows : Commencing at the mouth 
of the Upper Ioway river, on the west bank of the Mississippi, 
and ascending the said Ioway river, to its left fork ; thence up 
that fork to its source ; thence crossing the fork of Red Cedar 
river, in a direct line to the second or upper fork of the Desmoines 
river ; and thence in a direct line to the lower fork of the Calumet 
river ; and down that river to its juncture with the Missouri river. 
But the Yancton band of the Sioux tribe, being principally inter- 
ested in the establishment of the line from the forks of the Des- 
moines to the Missouri, and not being sufficiently represented to 
render the definitive establishment of that line proper, it is 
expressly declared that the line from the forks of the Desmoines 
to the forks of the Calumet river, and down that river to the 
Missouri, is not to be considered as settled until the assent of the 
Yancton band shall be given thereto. And if the said band should 
refuse their assent, the arrangement of that portion of the boundary 
line shall be void, and the rights of the parties to the country 
bounded thereby, shall be the same as if no provision had been 
made for the extension of the line west of the forks of the Des- 
moines. And the Sacs and Foxes relinquish to the tribes in- 
terested therein, all their claim to land on the east side of the 
Mississippi river. 

Art. 3. The Ioways accede to the arrangement between the 
Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux; but it is agreed between the 
Ioways and the confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes, that 
the Ioways have a just claim to a portion of the country between 
the boundary line described in the next preceding article, and 
the Missouri and Mississippi ; and that the said Ioways, and 
Sacs and Foxes, shall peaceably occupy the same, until some 
satisfactory arrangement can be made between them for a division 
of their respective claims to country. 

Art. 4. The Ottoes not being represented at this council, and 
the commissioners for the United States being anxious that jus- 
tice should be done to all parties, and having reason to believe 
that the Ottoes have a just claim to a portion of the country 
upon the Missouri, east and south of the boundary line dividing 
the Sacs and Foxes and the Ioways, from the Sioux, it is agreed 
between the parties interested therein, and the United States, that 
the claim of the Ottoes shall not be affected by any thing herein 
contained ; but the same shall remain as valid as if this treaty had 
not been formed. 

Art. 5. It is agreed between the Sioux and the Chippewas, 
that the line dividing their respective countries shall commence 
at the Chippewa river, half a day's march below the falls ; and 
from thence it shall run to Red Ceder river, immediately below 
the falls ; from thence to the St. Croix river, which it strikes at a 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



373 



Splaee called the Standing Cedar, about a day's paddle in a canoe-, 
above the lake at the mouth of that river ; thence passing between 
two lakes called by the Chippewas " Green Lakes," and by the 
Sioux " the lakes they bury the Eagles in," and from thence to 
the Standing Cedar, that "the Sioux Split ;" thence to Rum river, 
crossing it at the mouth of a small creek called Choaking creek, 
a long day's march from the Mississippi ; thence to a point of 
woods that projects into the prairie, half a day's march from the 
Mississippi ; thence in a straight line to the mouth of the first 
river which enters the Mississippi on its west side above the mouth 
of Sac river; thence ascending the said river (above the mouth 
of Sac river) to a small lake at its source ; thence in a direct line 
to a lake at the head of Prairie river, which is supposed to enter 
the Crow-wing river on its south side ; thence to Otter-tail lake 
Portage ; thence to said Otter-tail lake, and down through the 
middle thereof to its outlet ; thence in a direct line, so as to 
strike Buffalo river half way from its source to its mouth, and 
down the said river to Red river, thence descending Red river to 
the mouth of Outard or Gcose creek: The eastern boundary of 
the Sioux commences opposite the mouth of Ioway river, on the 
Mississippi, runs back two or three miles to the bluffs, follows the 
bluffs, crossing Bad Axe river, to the mouth of Black river, and 
from Black river to half a day's march below the falls of the 
Chippewa river. 

Art. 6. It is agreed between the Chippewas and Winnebagoes, 
so far as they are mutually interested therein, that the southern 
boundary line of the Chippewa country shall commence on the 
Chippewa river aforesaid, half a day's march below the falls of 
that river, and run thence to the source of Clear Water river, a 
branch of the Chippewa ; thence south to Black river ; thence to 
a point where the woods project into the meadows, and thence to 
the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin. 

Art. 7. It is agreed between the Winnebagoes and the Sioux, 
Sacs and Foxes, Chippewas and Ottawas, Chippewas and Pota- 
watomies of the Illinois, that the Winnebago country shall be 
bounded as follows : South easterly by Rock river, from its source 
near the Winnebago lake, to the Winnebago village, about forty 
miles above its mouth ; westerly by the east line of the tracts, 
lying upon the Mississippi, herein secured to the Ottawa, Chip- 
pewa and Potawatomie Indians of the Illinois ; and also by the high 
bluff, described in the Sioux boundary, and running north to 
Black river ; from this point the Winnebagoes claim up Black 
river, to a point due west from the source of the left fork of the 
Ouisconsin ; thence to the source of the said fork, and down the 
same to the Ouisconsin ; thence down the Ouisconsin to the por^ 
tage, and across the portage to Fox river; thence down Fox 
river to the Winnebago lake, and to the grand Kan Kanlin, in* 
eluding in their claim the whole of Winnebago lake ; but, for the 



374 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



causes stated in the next article, this line from Black river must 
for the present be left indeterminate. 

Art. 8. The representatives of the Menominies, not being 
sufficiently acquainted with their proper boundaries to settle the 
same definitively, and some uncertainty existing in consequence 
of the cession made by that tribe upon Fox river and Green Bay, 
to the New York Indians, it is agreed between the said Menominie 
tribe, and the Sioux, Chippewas, Winnebagoes, Ottawa, Chip- 
pewa and Potawatomie Indians of the Illinois, that the claim of 
the Menominies to any portion of the land within the boundaries 
allotted to either of the said tribes, shall not be barred by any 
stipulation herein ; but the same shall remain as valid as if this 
treaty had not been concluded. It is, however, understood that 
the general claim of the Menominies is bounded on the north 
by the Chippewa country, on the east by Green Bay and lake 
Michigan, extending as far south as Millawaukee river, and on 
the west they claim to Black river. 

Art. 9. The country secured to the Ottawa, Chippewa and 
Potawatomie tribes of the Illinois, is bounded as follows : Be- 
ginning at the Winnebago village, on Rock river, forty miles 
from its mouth, and running thence down the Rock river to a 
line which runs from lake Michigan to the Mississippi, and 
with that line to the Mississippi, opposite to Rock Island ; 
thence up that river to the United States reservation, at the 
mouth of the Ouisconsin ; thence with the south and east lines 
of the said reservation to the Ouisconsin ; thence, southerly, 
passing the heads of the small streams emptying into the Missis- 
sippi, to the Rock river at the Winnebago village. The Illinois 
Indians have also a just claim to a portion of the country bounded 
south by the Indian boundary line aforesaid, running from the 
southern extreme of lake Michigan, east by lake Michigan, 
north by the Menominie country, and north-west by Rock river. 
This claim is recognised in the treaty concluded with the said 
Illinois tribes at St. Louis, August 24, 1816, but as the Milla- 
waukee and Manetoowalk bands are not represented at this council, 
it cannot be now definitively adjusted. 

Art. 10. All the tribes aforesaid acknowledge the general 
controlling power of the United States, and disclaim all depen- 
dence upon, and connection with, any other power. And the 
United States agree to, and recognise, the preceding boundaries, 
subject to the limitations and restrictions before provided. It 
being, however, well understood that the reservations at Fever 
river, at the Ouisconsin, and St. Peters, and the ancient settle- 
ments at Prairie des Chiens and Green Bay, and the land properly 
thereto belonging, and the reservations made upon the Missis- 
sippi, for the use of the half breeds, in the treaty concluded 
with the Sacs and Foxes, August 24, 1824, are not claimed by 
either of the said tribes. 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



375 



Art. 11. The United States agree, whenever the President 
may think it necessary and proper, to convene such of the tribes, 
either separately or together, as are interested in the lines left unset- 
tled herein, and to recommend to them an amicable and final 
adjustment of their respective claims, so that the work, now 
happily begun, may be consummated. It is agreed, however, 
that a council shall be held with the Yancton band of the Sioux, 
during the year 1826, to explain to them the stipulations of this 
treaty, and to procure their assent thereto, should they be disposed 
to give it, and also with the Ottoes, to settle and adjust their title 
to any of the country claimed by the Sacs, Foxes, and loways. 

Art. 12. The Chippewa tribe being dispersed over a great 
extent of country, and the chiefs of that tribe having requested 
that such portion of them as may be thought proper, by the go- 
vernment of the United States, may be assembled in 1826, upon 
some part of lake Superior, that the objects and advantages of 
this treaty may be fully explained to them, so that the stipulations 
thereof may be observed by the warriors, the commissioners of 
the United States assent thereto, and it is therefore agreed that a 
council shall accordingly be held for these purposes. 

Art. 13. It is understood by all the tribes, parties hereto, that 
no tribe shall hunt within the acknowledged limits of any other 
without their assent ; but it being the sole object of this arrange- 
ment to perpetuate a peace among them, and amicable relations 
being now restored, the chiefs of all the tribes have expressed a 
determination cheerfully to allow a reciprocal right of hunting on 
the lands of one another, permission being first asked and obtained, 
as before provided for. 

Art. 14. Should any causes of difficulty hereafter unhappily 
arise between any of the tribes, parties hereunto, it is agreed that 
the other tribes shall interpose their good offices to remove such 
difficulties ; and also that the government of the United States 
may take such measures as they may deem proper, to effect the 
same object. 

Art. 15. This treaty shall be obligatory on the tribes, parties 
hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States, 
from and after its ratification by the government thereof. 

Done, and signed, and sealed, at Prairie des Chiens, in the terri- 
tory of Michigan, this nineteenth day of August, one thousand 
eight hundred and twenty-five, and of the independence of 



the United States the fiftieth. 

William Clark, l. s. 

Lewis Cass, l. s. 

sioux, Wa-ba-sha, x or the leaf, l. s. 

Pe-tet-te x Corbeau, little crow, l. s. 

The Little x of the Wappitong tribe, l. s. 

Tartunka-nasiah x Sussitong, l. s. 



376 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC 



Sleepy Eyes, x Sossitong, l. s* 

Two faces x do l. s,- 

French Crow x Wappacoota, l. s. 

Kee-jee x do l. s. 

Tar-se-ga x do l. s. 

Wa-ma-de-tun-ka x black dog, l. s» 
Wan-na-ta x Yancton, or he that charges 

on his enemies, l. s. 

Red Wing x l. g-„ 

Ko-ko-ma-ko x l. s. 

Sha-co-pe x the Sixth > l. s> 

Pe-ni-si-on x l. s. 

Eta-see-pa x Wabasha's band, l. s. 
Wa-ka-u-hee,x Sioux band, rising thunder, l. s. 

The Little Crow, x Sussetong, l. s. 
Po-e-ha-pax Me-da-we-con-tong, or eagle 

head, l. s. 
Ta-ke-wa-pa x Wappitong, or medicine 

blanket, l. s, 

Tench-ze-part, x his bow, l. s. 

Masc-pu-lo-chas-tosh, x the white man, l. s. 

Te-te-kar-munch, x the buffalo man, l. s. 

Wa-sa-o-ta x Sussetong, or a great of hail, l. s. 

Oeyah-ko-ca, x the crackling tract, l. s. 

Mak-to-wah-ke-ark, x the bear, l. s. 

winnebag-oes, Les quatres jambes, x l. s. 

Carimine, x the turtle that walks-, l. s. 

De-ca-ri, x l. s* 

Wan-ca-ha-ga, x or snake's skin, l. s. 

Sa-sa-ma-ni, x l. s. 

Wa-non-che-qua, x the merchant, l. s. 

Chon-que-pa, x or dog's head, l. s. 

Cha-rat-chon, x the smoker, l. s. 

Ca-ri-ca-si-ca, x he that kills the crow, l. s-. 

Watch-kat-o-que, x the grand canoe, l. s. 

Ho-wa-mick-a, x the little elk, l. s. 

menominees, Ma-can-me-ta, x medicine bear, l. s- 
Chau-wee-nou-mi-tai, x medicine south 

wind, l. s.- 

Char-o-nee, x l. s. 

Ma-wesh-a, x the little wolf, l. s. 

A-ya-pas-mis-ai, x the thunder that turns, l. s. 

Cha-ne-pau, x the riband, l. s. 

La-me-quon, x the spoon, l. s, 

En-im-e-tas, x the barking wolf, l. s. 

Pape-at, x the one just arrived, l. s. 

O-que-men-ce, x the little chief, l, s. 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWASj ETC. 



377 



chippewas, Shinguaba x W'Ossin, 1st chief of the 

Chippewa nation, Sault St. Marie, l. s. 

Gitspee x Jiauba, 2d chief, l. s. 
Gitspee x Waskee, or le boeuf of la 

pointe lake Superior, l. s. 
Nain-a-boozhu, x of la pointe lake Su- 
perior, L. S. 
Monga, x Zid or loon's foot of Fond du 

Lac, l. s. 

Weescoup, x or sucre of Fond du Lac, l. s. 

Mush-Koas, x or the elk of Fond du Lac, l. s. 

Nau-bun x Aqeezhik, of Fond du Lac, l. s. 
Kau-ta-waubeta, x or broken tooth of 

Sandy lake, l. s. 
Pugisaingegen, x or broken arm of Sandy 

lake, l. s. 
Kwee-weezaishish, x or gross guelle of 

Sandy lake, l. s. 
Ba-ba-see-kundade, x or curling hair of 

Sandy lake, l. s. 
Paashineep, x or man shooting at the mark 

of Sandy lake, l. s. 

Pu-ga-a-gik, x the little beef, Leech lake, l. s. 

Pee-see-ker, x or buffalo, St. Croix band, l. s. 

Nau-din, x or the wind, St. Croix band, l. s. 

Nau-quan-a-bee, x of Mille lac, l. s. 
Tu-kau-bis-hoo, x or crouching lynx of 

Lac Courte Oreille, l. s. 

The Red Devil, x of Lac Courte Oreille, l. s. 

The Track, x of Lac Courte Oreille, l. s. 
Ne-bo-na-bee, x the mermaid Lac Courte 

Oreille, l. s. 

Pi-a-gick, x the single man St. Croix, l. s. 
Pu-in-a-ne-gi, x, or the hole in the day, 

Sandy lake, l. s. 
Moose-o-mon-e, x plenty of elk, St. Croix 

band, l. s. 
Nees-o-pe-na, x or two birds of Upper 

Red Cedar lake, l. s. 

Shaata, x the pelican of Leech lake, l. s. 
Che-on-o-quet, x the great cloud of Leech 

lake, l. s. 
I-au-ben-see, x the little buck of Red 

lake, l. s. 

Kia-wa-tas, x the tarrier of Leech lake, l. s. 
Mau-ge-ga-bo, x the leader of Leech 

lake, l. s. 

Nan-go-tuck, x the flame of Leech lake, l. s. 



378 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



Nee-si-day-sish, x the sky of Red lake, l. s. 
Pee-chan-a-nim,xstripedfeatherof Sandy 

lake, l. s. 

White Devil, x of Leech lake, l. s. 
Ka-ha-ka, x the sparrow, Lac Courte 

Oreille, l. s. 

I-au-be-ence, x little buck of Rice lake, l. s. 

Ca-ba-ma-bee, x the assembly of St Croix, l. s. 
Nau-gau-nosh, x the forward man lake 

Flambeau, l. s. 
Caw-win-dow, x he that gathers berries 

of Sandy Lake, l. s. 

On-que-ess, the mink, lake Superior, l. s. 

Ke-we-ta-ke-pe, x all round the sky, l. s. 

The-sees, x l. s. 

Ottawa s, Chaboner, x or Chambly, l. s. 

Shaw-fau-wick, x the mink, l. s. 

potawatomies, Ignace, x l. s. 

Ke-o-kuk, x l. s. 

Che-chan-quose, x the little crane, l. s. 

Taw-wa-na-nee, x the trader, l. s. 

sacs, Na-o-tuk, x the stabbing chief, l. s. 

Pish-ken-au-nee, x all fish, l. s. 

Po-ko-nau-qua, x or broken arm, l. s. 

Wau-kau-che, x eagle nose, l. s. 

Quash-kaume, x jumping fish, l. s. 

Ochaach, x the fisher, l. s. 

Ke-o-kuck, x the watchful fox, l. s. 

Skin-gwin-ee-see, the x ratler, l. s. 

Was-ar-wis-ke-no, x the yellow bird, l. s. 

Pau-ko-tuk, x the open sky, l. s. 
Au-kaak-wan-e-suk, x he that vaults on 

the earth, l. s. 

Mu-ku-taak-wan-wet, x l. s. 

Mis-ke-bee, x the standing hair, l. s. 

foxes, Wan-ba-law, x the playing fox, l. s. 

Ti-a-mah, x the bear that makes the rocks 

shake, l. s. 

Pee-ar-maski, x the jumping sturgeon, l. s. 
Shagwa-na-tekwishu, x the thunder that 

is heard all over the world, l. s. 

Mis-o-win, x moose deer horn, l. s. 

No-ko-wot, x the down of the fur, l. s. 
Nau-sa-wa-quot, x the bear that sleeps 

on the forks, l. s. 

Shin-quin-is, x the ratler, l. s. 



SIOUX, CHIPPEWAS, ETC. 



379 



O-lo-pee-aau, x or Mache-paho-ta, the 

bear, l. s. 

Keesis, x the sun, l. s. 

No-wank, x he that gives too little, l. s. 

Kan-ka-mote, x l. s. 

Neek-waa, x l. s. 

Ka-tuck-e-kan-ka, x the fox with a 

spotted breast, , l. s. 

Mock-to-back-sa-gum, x black tobacco, l. s. 

Wes-kesa, x the bear family, l. s. 

ioways, Ma-hos-ka, x the white cloud, l. s. 

Pumpkin, x l. s. 

Wa-ca-nee, x the painted medicine, l. s. 

Tar-no-mun, x a great many deer, l. s. 

Wa-hoo-ga, x the owl, l. s. 

Ta-ca-mo-nee, x the lightning, l. s. 

Wa-push-a, x the man killer, l. s. 

To-nup-he-non-e, x the flea, l. s. 

Mon-da-tonga, x l. s. 

Cho-wa-row-a, x l. s. 

WITNESSES : 

Thomas Biddle, Secretary, ' Marvien Blondau, 

R. A. McCabe, Capi. 6th Inf. David Bailey, 

R. A. Forsyth, James M'llvaine, Lieut. U. S, 

N. Boilvin, U. S. Ind. Agt. Army, 

C. C. Trowbridge, Sub Ind. Law. Taliaferro, Ind. Agent for 

Agt. Upper Mississippi, 

Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. S. Ind. John Holiday, 

Agt. William Dickson, 

B. F. Harney, Surg. U. S. A. S. Campbell, U. S. Interpreter, 
W. B. Alexander, Sub Ind. J. A. Lewis, 

Agent, William Holiday, 

Thomas Forsyth, Agent Indian Dunable Denejlevy, 

Affairs, Bela Chapman. 



380 



OTTOES AND MISSOURIS* 



OTTOES AND MISSOURIS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 26, 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826.] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has heretofore 
existed^ as also to remove all future cause of discussion or dis- 
sension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Ottoe and Missouri tribe of 
Indians, the President of the United States of America, by bri- 
gadier general Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and 
major Benjamin 0' "Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and 
authority, specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose , 
of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe of Indians, on behalf 
of their tribe, of the other part, have made and entered into the 
following articles and conditions, which, ivhen ratified by the 
President of the United Stales, by and with the advice and consent 
of the Senate, shall be binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Ottoe and Missouri tribe of In- 
dians, that they reside within the territorial limits of the United 
States, acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. 
The said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate 
all trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Ottoe and Mis- 
souri tribe of Indians into their friendship, and under their protec- 
tion, and to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and 
acts of kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper 
to the President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Ottoe and Missouri 
tribe shall be transacted at such place or places as may be desig- 
nated and pointed out by the President of the United States, 
through his agents ; and none but American citizens, duly autho- 
rized by the United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold inter- 
course WTth said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Ottoe and Missouri tribe may be accommo- 
dated with such articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities 
may demand, the United States agree to admit and license traders 
to hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regula- 
tions : in consideration of which, the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe 
bind themselves to extend protection to the persons and the pro- 
perty of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, 
whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of 
country. And the said Ottoe and Missouri tribe further agree, that 
if any foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the 
United States, shall come into their district of country, for the pur- 
poses of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or 
persons, and deliver him or them to some United States superin- 



OTTOES AND MISSOURIS. 



381 



tendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the 
nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And 
they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be 
legally authorized by the United States to pass through their 
country ; and to protect, in their persons and property, all agents 
or other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily 
among them ; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, 
molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens who may be 
passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from 
thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Ottoe and Missouri tribe should not be 
interrupted by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, 
that for injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retalia- 
tion shall take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, 
by the party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian 
affairs, or other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be 
the duty of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to 
deliver up the person or persons against whom the complaint is 
made, to the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the 
laws of the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, 
violence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians 
belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be 
tried, and if found guilty shall be punished in like manner as if the 
injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the 
chiefs of said Ottoe and Missouri tribe shall, to the utmost of their 
power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which 
may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United 
States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the pro- 
perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other 
person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the pro- 
per owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian 
or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or 
other property which may be stolen from them by any of their citi- 
zens : provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and 
that sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a 
citizen of the United States. And the said Ottoe and Missouri 
tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the President of the 
United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resi- 
dent among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at Fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this 26th day of Sep- 
tember, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United 
States the fiftieth. 



382 



OTTOES AND MISSOURIS, 



In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Ottoe and Missouri tribe, have hereunto set their 
hands, and affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agent Ind, Jiff. l. s. 

Ish-na-wong-ge^ge-he, the only chief, his x mark, x. s. 

Me-ha-hun-jah, the big female, his x mark, l. s. 

Shunk-co-pe, his x mark, l. s. 

Sho-mon-e-ka-sa, the prairie wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Wong-ge-ge-he, the chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-zob-e-ing-ge, the little black bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Eho-che-nung-a, the mad man, his x mark, l. s. 

E-ke-shaw-mon-ne, the walking bear, his x mark, l. s. 
Waw-ne-sung-e, the one who bears down, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-ro-ne-sa, the bullet, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-do-ke-ga, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-paw-si-ae, his x mark, l. s. 

Taw-ing-ee, the little deer, his x mark, l. s. 

Gray-tan-in-ca, the sparrow hawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Raw-no- way-braw, the broken pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

Non-jah-ning-e, the no heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Mon-to-ing-ge, the little white bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Mosk-ca-gaw-ha, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

A. L. Langham, Secretary to the Levi Nute, Lieut, 6th Inf. 

Commission, M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

A. R. Woolley, Lieut. Col. U. A. Richardson, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
S. A. J. Nichols, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

B. Riley, Capt. 6th Inf. G. H. Crosman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 
J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. 
John Gale, SurgeonU. S. Army, Agent, 

Wm. N. WicklifTe, Lieut. U. W. W. Eaton, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

S. A. Michael Burdeau, his x mark, 
G. W. Folger, Lieut. 6th U. S. Maha Interpreter. 

Inf. William Rogers. 
J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. 



PAWNEES. 383 



PAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1825 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 6, 1826. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship which has hereto- 
fore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or 
dissension, as it respects trade and friendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Pawnee tribe of Indians, the 
President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general 
Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benja- 
min 0' Fallon, Indian agent, with fall powers and authority, 
specially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the 
one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men and ivarriors of 
said Pawnee tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of the 
other part, have made and entered into the following articles and 
conditions; which, when ratified by the President of the United 
States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, shall 
be binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Pawnee tribe of Indians, that 
they reside within the territorial limits of the United States, 
acknowledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The 
said tribe also admit the right of the United States to regulate all 
trade and intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Pawnee tribe 
of Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and 
to extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of 
kindness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the 
President of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Pawnee tribe shall 
be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Pawnee tribe may be accommodated with 
such articles of merchandize, etc. as their necessities may de- 
mand, the United States agree to admit and license traders to 
hold intercourse with said tribe, under mild and equitable regula- 
tions : in consideration of which, the said Pawnee tribe bind 
themselves to extend protection to the persons and the property 
of the traders, and the persons legally employed under them, 
whilst they remain within the limits of their particular district of 
country. And the said Pawnee tribe further agree, that if any 
foreigner or other person, not legally authorized by the United 
States, shall come into their district of country, for the purposes 
of trade or other views, they will apprehend such person or per- 



384 



PAWNEES. 



sons, and deliver him or them to some United States superinten- 
dent or agent of Indian affairs, or to the commandant of the 
nearest military post, to be dealt with according to law. And 
they further agree to give safe conduct to all persons who may be 
legally authorized by the United States to pass through their 
country, and to protect in their persons and property all agents or 
other persons sent by the United States to reside temporarily 
among them; nor will they, whilst on their distant excursions, 
molest or interrupt any American citizen or citizens, who may be 
passing from the United States to New Mexico, or returning from 
thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Pawnee tribe, shall not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for in- 
juries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President; and it shall be the duty 
of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished, agreeably to the laws 
of the United States. And in like manner, if any robbery, vio- 
lence, or murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians 
belonging to said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall 
be tried, and, if found guilty, shall be punished in like manner as 
if the injury had been done to a white man. And it is agreed, 
that the chiefs of said Pawnee tribe shall, to the utmost of their 
power, exert themselves to recover horses or other property, which 
may be stolen or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United 
States, by any individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the pro- 
perty so recovered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or 
other person authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to 
the proper owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to 
any Indian or Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any 
horses or other property which may be stolen from them by any 
of their citizens : provided, that the property stolen cannot 
be recovered, and that sufficient proof is produced that it was 
actually stolen by a citizen of the United States. And the said 
Pawnee tribe engage, on the requisition or demand of the Presi- 
dent of the United States, or of the agents, to deliver up any 
white man resident among them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this thirtieth day of Sep- 
tember, A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United 
States the fiftieth. 



PAWNEES. 385 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin O'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors, of the Pawnee tribe, have hereunto set their hands and 
affixed their seals. 

H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s. 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Affairs, l. s- 

Esh-ca-tar-pa, the bad chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Shar-co-ro-la-shar, the sun chief, his x mark, l. s. 

La-cota-ve-co-cho-la-shar, the eagle chief, his x mark, l. s. 

La-tah-carts-la-shar, the war eagle chief, his x mark, l. s. 

La-ta-le-shar, the knife chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Scar-lar-la-shar, the man chief, his x mark, l. s. 

La-ke-tar-la-shar, the partizan chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Lark-tar-bo-ra-la-shar, the pipe chief, his x mark, l. s. 
Esh-ca-tar-pa, the bad chief, republican band, his x mark, l. s« 

Oo-rouch-la-shar, the bear chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-sha-o-ah-lah-co, the dog chief, his x mark, l. s. 
La-ho-rah-sha-rete, the man who strikes men, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-rah-re-tah-coh-sha, the singing crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Lah-ro-wah-go, the hill chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-rah-re-tah-nash, the big horse stealer, his x mark, l. s. 

La-shar-pah-he, the tranquil chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-re-cah-rah-co-chu, the mad elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-lah-re-ta-ret, the partizan that strikes and carries his 

bird on his back, his x mark, L. s. 

Ta-lah-re-we-tail, the crow that strikes, his x mark, l. s. 

Lo-lah-re-wah, the horse stealer who suffers his prize to be 

retaken, his x mark, l. s* 

Ta-hah-lah-re-esh-lah, the handsome bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-sho-cole, the rotten foot, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-shar-o-ca-tah-co, the poor man, his x mark, l. s. 
Cha-nuck-cah-lah, the partizan that strikes, his x mark, l. l. 

Ta-lah-we-cah-wah-re, the man that is always at war, his 

x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

A. L. Langham, Sec. to the Com. R. Holmes, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

A. R. Woolley,!,*. Col. U. S. A. M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

John Gale, Surg. U. S. A. J. Nichols, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

John Gantt, Capt 6th Inf. W. W. Eaton, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

S. MacRee, A. de Camp. G.H.Kennerly,J7.& S.Ind.Agt. 

Thomas Noel, Adj. 6th Reg. A. L. Papin, 

J. Rogers, Lieut. 6th Inf. William Rodgers. 



39 



386 



MAHAS. 



MAHAS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 6, 1825 RATIFIED. FEBRUARY 6 } 1326. ] 

For the purpose of perpetuating the friendship ivhich has hereto- 
. fore existed, as also to remove all future cause of discussion or 
dissension, as it respects trade and f riendship between the United 
States and their citizens, and the Maha tribe of Indians, the 
President of the United States of America, by brigadier-general 
Henry Atkinson, of the United States army, and major Benjamin 
0' "Fallon, Indian agent, with full powers and authority, spe- 
cially appointed and commissioned for that purpose, of the 
one part, and the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors, 
of the said Maha tribe of Indians, on behalf of their tribe, of 
the other part, have made and entered into the following articles 
and conditions, which, when ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, 
shall be binding on both parties — to wit : 

Art. 1. It is admitted by the Maha tribe of Indians, that they 
reside within the territorial limits of the United States, acknow- 
ledge their supremacy, and claim their protection. The said tribe 
also admit the right of the United States to regulate all trade and 
intercourse with them. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to receive the Maha tribe of 
Indians into their friendship, and under their protection, and to 
extend to them, from time to time, such benefits and acts of kind- 
ness as may be convenient, and seem just and proper to the Pre- 
sident of the United States. 

Art. 3. All trade and intercourse with the Maha tribe shall 
be transacted at such place or places as may be designated and 
pointed out by the President of the United States, through his 
agents ; and none but American citizens, duly authorized by the 
United States, shall be admitted to trade or hold intercourse with 
said tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. That the Maha tribe may be accommodated with such 
articles of merchandise, etc. as their necessities may demand, the 
United States agree to admit and license traders to hold intercourse 
with the said tribe, under mild and equitable regulations : in con- 
sideration of which, the Maha tribe bind themselves to extend 
protection to the persons and the property of the traders, and the 
persons legally employed under them, whilst they remain within 
the limits of their particular district of country. And the said 
Maha tribe further agree, that if any foreigner or other person, not 
legally authorized by the United States, shall come into their district 
of country, for the purposes of trade or other views, they will 
apprehend such person or persons, and deliver him or them to 
some United States superintendent, or agent of Indian affairs, or 



MAHAS. 



387 



to the commandant of the nearest military post, to be dealt with 
according to law. And they further agree to give safe conduct 
to all persons who may be legally authorized by the United States 
to pass through their country; and to protect, in their persons 
and property, all agents or other persons sent by the United States 
to reside temporarily among them ; nor will they, whilst on their 
distant excursions, molest or interrupt any American citizen or 
citizens who may be passing from the United States to New Mexico, 
or returning from thence to the United States. 

Art. 5. That the friendship which is now established between 
the United States and the Maha tribe should not be interrupted 
by the misconduct of individuals, it is hereby agreed, that for 
injuries done by individuals, no private revenge or retaliation shall 
take place, but instead thereof, complaints shall be made, by the 
party injured, to the superintendent or agent of Indian affairs, or 
other person appointed by the President ; and it shall be the duty 
of said chiefs, upon complaint being made as aforesaid, to deliver 
up the person or persons against whom the complaint is made, to 
the end that he or they may be punished agreeably to the laws of 
the United States. And, in like manner, if any robbery, violence or 
murder, shall be committed on any Indian or Indians belonging to 
said tribe, the person or persons so offending shall be tried, and if 
found guilty shall be punished in like manner as if the injury had 
been done to a white man. And it is agreed, that the chiefs of 
said Maha tribe shall, to the utmost of their power, exert them- 
selves to recover horses or other property, which may be stolen 
or taken from any citizen or citizens of the United States, by any 
individual or individuals of said tribe ; and the property so re- 
covered shall be forthwith delivered to the agents or other person 
authorized to receive it, that it may be restored to the proper 
owner. And the United States hereby guarantee to any Indian or 
Indians of said tribe, a full indemnification for any horses or other 
property which may be stolen from them by any of their citizens: 
provided, that the property stolen cannot be recovered, and that 
sufficient proof is produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen 
of the United States. And the said Maha tribe engage, on the 
requisition or demand of the President of the United States, 
or of the agents, to deliver up any white man resident among 
them. 

Art. 6. And the chiefs and warriors, as aforesaid, promise and 
engage, that their tribe will never, by sale, exchange, or as pre- 
sents, supply any nation, tribe, or band of Indians, not in amity 
with the United States, with guns, ammunition, or other imple- 
ments of war. 

Done at fort Atkinson, Council Bluffs, this 6th day of October, 
A. D. 1825, and of the independence of the United States 
the fiftieth. 



388 



SHAWANEES. 



In testimony whereof, the said commissioners, Henry Atkinson 
and Benjamin 0 'Fallon, and the chiefs, head men, and war- 
riors of the Maha tribe, have hereunto set their hands, and 
affixed their seals. 



H. Atkinson, Br. Gen. U. S. Army, l. s, 

Benj. O'Fallon, U. S. Agt. Ind. Iff. l. s. 

Opa-ton-ga, the big elk, his x mark, l. s, 
Oho-shin-ga, the man that cooks little in a small kettle, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Wash-ca-ma-nee, the fast walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Shon-gis-cah, the white horse, his x mark, l. s. 

We-du-gue-noh, the deliberator, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-shing-ga-sabba, the black bird, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-noh-ga, the buffaloe bull, his x mark, l. s. 

Esh-sta-ra-ba, , his x mark, l. s* 

Ta-reet-tee, the side of a buffaloe, his x mark, l. s, 

Sa-da-ma-ne, he that arrives, his x mark, l. s^ 

Mo-pe-ma-nee, the walking cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Momee-shee, he who lays on the arrows from the number 

that pierce him, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-sha-ke-ta, the soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Te-sha-va-gran, the door of the lodge, his x mark, l. s. 



In presence of 

A. L. Langham, Secretary to M. W. Batman, Lieut. 6th Inf. 

the Commission, G. H. Kennerly, U. S. S. Ind. 

A. R. Woolley, Lt. Col. U. S. A. Agt 

J. Gantt, Capt. 6th Inf. Michael Burdeau, his x mark y 

John Gale, Surgeon U. S. Army, Interpreter, 
George C. Hutter, Lieut. 6th Inf. William Rodgers* 



S HA WANEES . 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 7, 1825 — RATIFIED DECEMBER 30, 1825. ] 

Articles of a convention made between William Clark, superinten- 
dent of Indian affairs, and the undersigned chiefs and head men 
of the Shawanee nation of Indians, residing within the State of 
Missouri, duly authorized and empowered by said nation, at the 
city of St. Louis, on the seventh day of JYovember, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-Jive. 

Whereas, the Shawanee Indians were in possession of a tract of 
land near Cape Geredeau, in the State of Missouri, settled under 
a permission from the Spanish government, given to the said 



SHAWANEES. 



389 



Shawanees and Delawares by the Baron De Carondelet, on the 
4th day of January, 1793, and recorded in the office of Recorder 
of Land Titles at St. Louis, containing about (25) twenty-five 
miles square, which said tract of land was abandoned by the De- 
lawares, in the year 1815 ; and from which the said Shawanees, 
under an assurance of receiving other lands in exchange, did re- 
move, after having made valuable and lasting improvements on 
the same, which were taken possession of by the citizens of the 
United States : And it being the desire of the United States 
fully to indemnify said tribe for all losses and injuries sustained 
by them by reason of such removal : the following articles have 
been agreed upon, between William Clark, superintendent of In- 
dian affairs, specially authorized on the one part, and the under- 
signed delegates of the Shawanee tribe, residing within the 
State of Missouri, on the other part : 

Art. 1. The Shawanee tribe do, hereby, cede and relinquish 
to the United States all their claim, interest, and title, to the lands 
on which they settled, near Cape Geredeau, under an authority of 
the Spanish Government, as aforesaid, situate, lying, and being, 
between the river St. Come and Cape Geredeau, and bounded on 
the east by the Mississippi, and westwardly by White Water. 

Art. 2. It is further agreed by the contracting parties, that in 
consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United States do, hereby, 
agree to give to the Shawanee tribe of Indians, within the State of 
Missouri, for themselves, and for those of the same nation, now 
residing in Ohio, who may hereafter emigrate to the west of the 
Mississippi, a tract of land equal to fifty (50) miles square, situ- 
ated west of the State of Missouri, and within the purchase lately 
made from the Osages, by treaty bearing date the second day of 
June, 1825 ; and within the following boundaries : Commencing 
at a point (2) two miles north-west of the south-west corner of the 
State of Missouri ; from thence, north, (25) twenty-five miles ; 
thence, west, (100) one hundred miles ; thence, south, (25) 
twenty-five miles; thence, east, (100) one hundred miles, to the 
place of beginning. But, whereas, the said Shawanee tribe had 
valuable and lasting improvements within the tract of land hereby 
ceded, and moreover will have to incur expenses in their removal, 
it is further stipulated, that, for the purpose of rendering a fair 
equivalent for the losses and inconveniences which said tribe will 
sustain by removal, and to enable them to obtain supplies in their 
new settlements, the United States agree to pay to the tribe emi- 
grating from the lands herein ceded, the sum of fourteen thousand 
dollars, which amount shall be paid to said party of the second 
part, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty ; five 
thousand dollars of which amount shall be furnished in domestic 
animals, implements of husbandry, and provisions, as soon as the 
said tribe remove upon the lands assigned them. 

Art. 3. It is further stipulated, that a deputation of the said 



390 



SHAWANEE S, 



parties of the second part may be sent to explore the lands as* 
signed to them in the preceding article ; and if the same be not 
acceptable to them, upon an examination of the same, which 
shall be had, and made known to the superintendent of Indian af- 
fairs at St. Louis, on or before April next, who shall, in lieu 
thereof, assign to them an equal quantity of land, to be selected 
on the Kansas river, and laid off either south or north of that river, 
and west of the boundary of Missouri, not reserved or ceded to 
any other tribe. 

Art. 4. It appearing that the Shawanee Indians have various 
claims against the citizens of the United States to a large amount, 
for spoliations of various kinds, but which they have not been 
able to support by the testimony of white men ; the United States, 
in order to a final settlement of all such claims, do hereby agree 
to pay to the Shawanee nation, the sum of (11,000) eleven thou- 
sand dollars, to be distributed by them in such way as may be 
deemed equitable ; and to support and keep a blacksmith for their 
use, on the lands hereby assigned, for the term of five years, or as 
long as the President may deem advisable ; and it is further sti- 
pulated, that the United States shall furnish for the use of the 
Shawanees, the tools necessary for the blacksmith's shop, and 
(300) three hundred pounds of iron annually, to be furnished at 
the expense of the United States. 

Art. 5. The friendship heretofore existing between the United 
States and the Shawanee nation, is hereby renewed and perpetu- 
ated. 

Art. 6. These articles shall take effect, and become obligatory 
on the contracting parties, so soon as the same shall be ratified by 
the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
of the United S tates. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Clark, and the said de- 
legates of the Shawanee nation, have hereunto set their hands,, 
at the city of St. Louis, the seventh day of November, one 
thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. 

William Clark, 

Wawelainni, his x mark, 

Kishkalwa, his x mark, 

Maywathekeha, his x mark, 

Capt. Reed, or Pathecoussa, his x mark, 

Nelawachika, his x mark, 

Waquiwais, his x mark, 

Napawita, his x mark, 

Pepamousse, his x mark, 

Pemitacamchika, his x mark, 

Peter Cornstalk, or Wyawimon, interp. his x mark,, 
Quamapea, his x mark, 
Pelmetachemo, his x mark. 



CREEKS. 



391 



Witnesses present : 

A. McNair, U. S. Indian Agent, L. Valle, 

R. Graham, U. S. Indian Agent, John B. Saipy, 

Pierre Menard, Sub Ind. Agent, Quatwapea, or Col. Lewis, his 

John Campbell, Sub Ind. Agent, x mark, 

W. B. Alexander, Sub Ind. Agt. Wysaosheka, his x mark. 

John F. A. Sandford, 



CREEKS. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 24, 1826— RATIFIED APRIL 22, 1826. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at the city of Washington, this twenty- 
fourth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
six, between James Barbour, Secretary of War, thereto specially 
authorized by the President of the United States, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Creek nation of Indians, who 
have received full power from the said nation, to conclude and 
arrange all the matter herein provided for. 

Whereas, a treaty was concluded at the Indian Springs, on the 
twelfth day of February last, between commissioners on the part 
of the United States, and a portion of the Creek nation, by which 
an extensive district of country was ceded to the United States : 

And whereas, a great majority of the chiefs and warriors of the 
said nation have protested against the execution of the said treaty, 
and have represented that the same was signed on their part by 
persons having no sufficient authority to form treaties or to make 
cessions, and that the stipulations in the said treaty are, therefore, 
wholly void : 

And whereas, the United States are unwilling that difficulties 
should exist in the said nation, which may eventually lead to an 
intestine war, and are still more unwilling that any cessions of 
land should be made to them, unless with the fair understanding 
and full assent of the tribe making such cession, and for a just 
and adequate consideration, it being the policy of the United 
States, in all their intercourse with the Indians, to treat them justly 
and liberally, as becomes the relative situation of the parties : 

Now, therefore, in order to remove the difficulties which have 
thus arisen, to satisfy the great body of the Creek nation, and to 
reconcile the contending parties into which it is unhappily divided, 
the following articles have been agreed upon and concluded, be- 
tween James Barbour, Secretary of War, specially authorized as 
aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men representing the Creek 
nation of Indians : 

Art. 1. The treaty concluded at the Indian Springs, on the 
twelfth day of February, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 



392 



CREEKS. 



five, between commissioners on the part of the United States and 
the said Creek nation of Indians, and ratified by the United 
States on the seventh day of March, one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty- five, is hereby declared to be null and void, to every 
intent and purpose whatsoever ; and every right and claim arising 
from the same is hereby cancelled and surrendered. 

Art. 2. The Creek nation of Indians cede to the United 
States all the land belonging to the said nation in the State of 
Georgia, and lying on the east side of the middle of the Chata- 
hoochy river. And, also, another tract of land lying within the 
said State, and bounded as follows : Beginning at a point on the 
western bank of the said river, forty-seven miles below the point 
where the boundary line between the Creeks and Cherokees strikes 
the Chatahoochy river, near the Buzzard's Roost, measuring the 
said distance in a direct line, and not folio wing the meanders of 
the said river ; and from the point of beginning, running in a 
direct line to a point in the boundary line between the said Creeks 
and the Cherokees, thirty miles west of the said Buzzard's Roost, 
thence to the Buzzard's Roost, and thence with the middle of the 
said river to the place of beginning. 

Art. 3. Immediately after the ratification of this treaty, the 
United States agree to pay to the chiefs of the said nation, the sum 
of two hundred and seventeen thousand six hundred dollars, to be 
divided among the chiefs and warriors of the said nation. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to pay to the said nation an 
additional perpetual annuity of twenty thousand dollars. 

Art. 5. The difficulties wdiich have arisen in the said nation, 
in consequence of the treaty of the Indian Springs, shall be ami- 
cably adjusted, and that portion of the Creek nation who signed 
that treaty shall be admitted to all their privileges, as members of 
the Creek nation, it being the earnest wish of the United States, 
without undertaking to decide upon the complaints of the respec- 
tive parties, that ail causes of dissatisfaction should be removed. 

Art. 6. That portion of the Creek nation, known as the friends 
and followers of the late General William Mcintosh, having inti- 
mated to the Government of the United States their wish to re- 
move west of the Mississippi, it is hereby agreed, with their assent,, 
that a deputation of five persons shall be sent by them, at the ex- 
pense of the United States, immediately after the ratification of 
this treaty, to examine the Indian country west of the Mississippi, 
not within either of the States or territories, and not possessed by 
the Choctaws or Cherokees. And the United States agree to pur- 
chase for them, if the same can be conveniently done upon reasona- 
ble terms, wherever they may select, a country, whose extent 
shall, in the opinion of the President, be proportioned to their num- 
bers. And if such purchase cannot be thus made, it is then agreed 
that the selection shall be made where the President may think 
proper, just reference being had to the wishes of the emigrating 
party. 



CREEKS. 



393 



Art. 7. The emigrating party shall remove within twenty-four 
months, and the expense of their removal shall be defrayed by the 
United States. And such subsistence shall also be furnished 
them, for a term not exceeding twelve months after their arrival 
at their new residence, as, in the opinion of the President, their 
numbers and circumstances may require. 

Art. 8. An agent, or sub- a gent, and interpreter, shall be ap- 
pointed to accompany and reside with them. And a blacksmith 
and wheelwright shall be furnished by the United States. Such 
assistance shall also be rendered to them in their agricultural 
operations, as the President may think proper. 

Art. 9. In consideration of the exertions used by the friends 
and followers of Gen. Mcintosh to procure a cession at the In- 
dian Springs, and of their past difficulties and contemplated re- 
moval, the United States agree to present to the chiefs of the 
party, to be divided among the chiefs and warriors, the sum of 
one hundred thousand dollars, if such party shall amount to three 
thousand persons, and in that proportion for any smaller number. 
Fifteen thousand dollars of this sum to be paid immediately after the 
ratification of this treaty, and the residue upon their arrival in the 
country west of the Mississippi. 

Art. 10. It is agreed by the Creek nation, that an agent shall 
be appointed by the President, to ascertain the damages sustained 
by the friends and followers of the late General Mcintosh, in con- 
sequence of the difficulties growing out of the treaty of the In- 
dian Springs, as set forth in an agreement entered into with Gene- 
ral Gaines, at the Broken Arrow, and which have been done con- 
trary to the laws of the Creek nation ; and such damages shall be 
repaired by the said nation, or the amount paid out of the annuity 
due to them. 

Art. 11. All the improvements, which add real value to any 
part of the land herein ceded, shall be appraised by commission- 
ers, to be appointed by the President; and the amount thus ascer- 
tained shall be paid to the parties owning such improvements. 

Art. 12. Possession of the country herein ceded shall be yielded 
by the Creeks on or before the first day of January next. 

Art. 13. The United States agree to guarantee to the Creeks 
all the country, not herein ceded, to which they have a just claim, 
and to make good to them any losses they may incur in conse- 
quence of the illegal conduct of any citizen of the United States 
within the Creek country. 

Art. 14. The President of the United States shall have au- 
thority to select, in some part of the Creek country, a tract of land, 
not exceeding two sections, where the necessary public buildings 
may be erected, and the persons attached to the agency may reside. 

Art. 15. Wherever any stream, over which it may be neces- 
sary to establish ferries, forms the boundary of the Creek country, 
the Creek Indians shall have the right of ferriage from their own 



394 



CREEKS. 



land, and the citizens of the United States from the land to which 
the Indian title is extinguished. 

Art. 16. The Creek chiefs may appoint three commissioners 
from their own people who shall be allowed to attend the run- 
ning of the lines west of the Chatahoochy river, and whose ex- 
penses while engaged in this duty, shall be defrayed by the United 
States. 

Art. 17. This treaty, after the same has been ratified by the 
President and Senate, shall be obligatory on the United States 
and on the Creek nation. 

In testimony whereof, the said James Barbour, Secretary of 
War, authorized as aforesaid, and the chiefs of the said 
Creek nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, at 
the City of Washington, the day and year aforesaid. 

James Barbour, Apauly Tustunnuggee, his x 

O-poth-le Yoholo, his x mark, mark, 

John Stidham, his x mark, Coosa Tustunnuggee, his x 

Mad Wolf, his x mark, mark, 

Menawee, his x mark, Nahetluc Hopie, his x mark, 

Tuskeekee Tustunnuggee, his x Selocta, his x mark, 

mark, Ledagi, his x mark, 

Charles Cornells, his x mark, Yoholo Micco, his x mark. 
Timpoochy Barnard, his x mark, 

In presence of 

Thomas L. McKenney, John Ridge, Secretary Creek 

Lewis Cass, Delegation, 
John Crowell, Agent for I. A. David Vann. 
Hezekiah Miller, 

SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE 

To the Creek treaty of twenty -fourth January r , 1826. 

Whereas, a stipulation in the second article of the treaty of the 
twenty-fourth day of January, 1826, between the undersigned, 
parties to said treaty, provides for the running of a line u be- 
ginning at a point on the western bank of the Chatahoochy river, 
forty-seven miles below the point where the boundary line between 
the Creeks and Cherokees strikes the said river, near the Buzzara's 
Roost, measuring the said distance in a direct line, and not follow- 
ing the meanders of the said river, and from the point of begin- 
ning, running in a direct line to a point in the boundary line be- 
tween the said Creeks and the Cherokees, thirty miles west of the 
said Buzzard's Roost, thence to the Buzzard's Roost, and thence 
with the middle of said river to the place of beginning:" And 
whereas, it having been represented to the party to the said treaty 
in behalf of the Creek nation, that a certain extension of said^ 
lines might embrace in the cession all the lands which will be found 



CREEKS. 



395 



to lie within the chartered limits of Georgia, and which are owned 
by the Creeks, the undersigned do hereby agree to the following 
extension of said lines, viz : In the place of " forty-seven miles," 
as stipulated in the second article of the treaty aforesaid, as the 
point of beginning, the undersigned agree that it shall be fifty 
miles, in a direct line below the point designated in the second 
article of said treaty ; thence running in a direct line to a point in 
the boundary line between the Creeks and Cherokees, forty- 
five miles west of said Buzzard's Roost, in the place of " thirty 
miles," as stipulated in said treaty ; thence to the Buzzard's 
Roost, and thence to the place of beginning — it being understood 
that these lines are to stop at their intersection with the boundary 
line between Georgia and Alabama, wherever that may be, if that 
line shall cross them in the direction of the Buzzard's Roost, at 
a shorter distance than it is provided they shall run; and provided, 
also, that if the said dividing line between Georgia and Alabama, 
shall not be reached by the extension of the two lines aforesaid, 
the one three, and the other fifteen miles, they are to run and ter- 
minate as defined in this supplemental article to the treaty afore- 
said. 

It is hereby agreed, in consideration of the extension of said 
lines, on the part of the other party to the treaty aforesaid, in be- 
half of the United States, to pay to the Creek nation, immediately 
upon the ratification of said treaty, the sum of thirty thousand 
dollars. 

In witness whereof, the parties aforesaid have hereunto set their 
hands and seals, this thirty-first day of March, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred twenty-six. 



James Barbour, 


L. 


S. 


Opothle Yoholo, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


John Stidham, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Mad Wolf, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tuskeekee Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yoholo Micco, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Menawee, his x mark, 
Charles Cornells, his x mark, 
Apauly Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Coosa Tustunnuggee, his x mark, 


L- 


s. 


Nahetluc Hopie, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Selocta, his x mark, 
Timpoochy Barnard, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Ledagi, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



In presence of 

Thomas L. McKenney, David Vann, 

John Crowell, Agent for I. A. Wm. Hambly. 
John Ridge, Secretary , 



396 



CHIPPEWAS. 



CHIPPEWAS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 5, 1826 — RATIFIED* FEBRUARY 7, 1827.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the Fond duLac qf lake 
Superior, this fifth day of August, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, between Lewis Cass 
and Thomas L. McKenney, commissioners on the part of the 
United States, and the Chippewa tribe of Indians. 

Whereas, a treaty was concluded at Prairie du Chien in 
August last, by which the war, which has been so long carried on, 
to their mutual distress, between the Chippewas and Sioux, was 
happily terminated by the intervention of the United States ; and 
whereas, owing to the remote and dispersed situation of the 
Chippewas, full deputations of their different bands did not attend 
at Prairie du Chien, which circumstance, from the loose nature of 
the Indian government, would render the treaty of doubtful obli- 
gation, with respect to the bands not represented ; and whereas, at 
the request of the Chippewa chiefs, a stipulation was inserted in 
the treaty of Prairie du Chien, by which the United States agreed 
to assemble the Chippewa tribe upon lake Superior during the 
present year, in order to give full effect to the said treaty, to ex- 
plain its stipulations, and to call upon the whole Chippewa tribe, 
assembled at their general council fire, to give their formal assent 
thereto, that the peace which has been concluded may be rendered 
permanent, therefore — 

Art. 1. The chiefs and warriors of the Chippewa tribe of Indi- 
ans hereby fully assent to the treaty concluded in August last at 
Prairie du Chien, and engage to observe and fulfil the stipulations 
thereof. 

Art. 2. A deputation shall be sent by the Chippewas to the 
treaty to be held in 1827, at Green Bay, with full power to ar- 
range and fix the boundary line between the Chippewas and the 
Winnebagoes and Menomonees, which was left incomplete by the 
treaty of Prairie du Chien, in consequence of the non-attendance 
of some of the principal Menomonee chiefs. 

Art. 3. The Chippewa tribe grant to the Government of the 
United States the right to search for, and carry away, any metals 
or minerals from any part of their country. But this grant is not 
to affect the title of the land, nor the existing jurisdiction over it. 

Art. 4. It being deemed important that the half-breeds, scattered 
through this extensive country, should be stimulated to exertion 
and improvement by the possession of permanent property and 
fixed residences, the Chippewa tribe, in consideration of the affec- 
tion they bear to these persons, and of the interest which they 
feel in their welfare, grant to each of the persons described in the 

* With the exception of the 4th and 5th articles. 



CHIPPEWAS. 



397 



schedule hereunto annexed, being half-breeds and Chippewas, by 
descent, and it being understood that the schedule includes all of 
this description who are attached to the Government of the 
United States, six hundred and forty acres of land, to be located, 
under the direction of the President of the United States, upon 
the islands and shore of the St. Mary's river, wherever good land 
enough for this purpose can be found ; and as soon as such loca- 
tions are made, the jurisdiction and soil thereof are hereby ceded. 
It is the intention of the parties, that, where circumstances will 
permit, the grants be surveyed in the ancient French manner, 
bounding not less than six arpens, nor more than ten, upon the 
river, and running back for quantity ; and that where this cannot 
be done, such grants be surveyed in any manner the President 
may direct. The locations for Oshauguscodaywayqua and her 
descendants shall be adjoining the lower part of the military reser- 
vation, and upon the head of Sugar Island. The persons to 
whom grants are made shall not have the privilege of con- 
veying the same, without the permission of the President. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the poverty of the Chippewas, and 
of the sterile nature of the country they inhabit, unfit for cultiva- 
tion, and almost destitute of game, and as a proof of regard on 
the part of the United States, it is agreed that an annuity of two 
thousand dollars, in money or goods, as the President may direct, 
shall be paid to the tribe, at the Sault St. Marie. But this an- 
nuity shall continue only during the pleasure of the Congress of the 
United States. 

Art. 6. With a view to the improvement of the Indian youths, 
it is also agreed, that an annual sum of one thousand dollars shall 
be appropriated to the support of an establishment for their educa- 
tion, to be located upon some part of the St. Mary's river, and 
the money to be expended under the direction of the President ; 
and for the accommodation of such school, a section of land is 
hereby granted. But the payment of the one thousand dollars 
stipulated for in this article, is subject to the limitation described 
in the preceding article. 

Art. 7. The necessity for the stipulations in the fourth, fifth 
and sixth articles of this treaty could be fully apparent, only from 
personal observation of the condition, prospects, and wishes of 
the Chippewas, and the commissioners were therefore not specifi- 
cally instructed upon the subjects therein referred to ; but seeing 
the extreme poverty of these wretched people, finding them almost 
naked and starving, and ascertaining that many perished during 
the last winter, from hunger and cold, they were induced to insert 
these articles. But it is expressly understsod and agreed, that 
the fourth, fifth, and sixth articles, or either of them, may be re- 
jected by the President and Senate, without affecting the validity 
of the other articles of the treaty. 



398 



CHIPPEWAS. 



Art. 8. The Chippewa tribe of Indians fully acknowledge the 
authority and jurisdiction of the United States, and disclaim all 
connection with any foreign power, solemnly promising to reject 
any messages, speeches, or councils, incompatible with the interests 
of the United States, and to communicate information thereof to 
the proper agent, should any such be delivered or sent to them. 

Art. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President and Senate of the United States, shall be obligator)' on 
the contracting parties. 

Done at the Fond du Lac of lake Superior, in the territory of 
Michigan, the day and year above written, and of the inde- 
pendence of the United States the fifty-first. 

Lewis Cass, 

Thos. L. McKenney, 

st. mary's, Shingauba Wassin, his x mark, 

Shewaubeketoan, his x mark, 
Wayishkee, his x mark, 
Sheegud, his x mark. 

Peezhickee, his x mark, 
No den, his x mark, 
Nagwunabee, his x mark, 
Kaubemappa, his x mark, 
Chaucopee, his x mark, 
Jaubeance, his x mark, 
Ultauwau, his x mark, 
Myeengunsheens, his x mark, 
Moasomonee, his x mark, 
Muckuday peenaas, his x mark, 
Sheeweetaugun, his x mark. 



RIVER ST. CROIX, 



LA POINTE. 



OTTOWAY L, 

LAC DE FLAM- 
BEAU, 



ONTONAGON, 



VERMILION LAKE 



Peexhickee, his x mark, 
Keemeewun, his x mark, 
Kaubuzoway, his x mark, 
Wyauweenind, his x mark, 
Peekwaukwotoansekay, his x mark. 

Paybaumikoway, his x mark. 

Gitshee Waubeeshaans, his x mark, 
Moazonee, his xmark, 
Gitshee Migeezee, his x mark, 
Mizhauquot, his x mark. 

Keeshkeetowug, his x mark, 
Peenaysee, his x mark, 
Mautaugumee, his x mark, 
Kweeweezaisish, his x mark. 

Attickoans, his x mark, 
Gyutsheeininee, his x mark, 
Jaukway, his x mark, 



CHIPPEWAS. 



399 



ONTONAGON, 



SNAKE RIVER, 



LAC DE FLAMBEAU, 

RAINY LAKE, 
SANDY LAKE, 



FOND DU LAC, 



Madwagkunageezhigwaab, his x mark, 
Jaukogeezhigwaishkun, his x mark, 
Neezboday, his x mark, 
Nundocheeais, his x mark, 
Ogeemaugeegid, his x mark, 
Anneemeekees, his x mark. 

Kauwaishkung, his x mark, 
Mautaugumee, his x mark. 

Waymittegoash, his x mark, 
Iskquagwunaabee, his x mark, 
Meegwunaus, his x mark. 

Pamoossay, his x mark, 
Maytaukooseegay, his x mark. 
Aanubkumigishkunk, his x mark. 

Osaumemikee, his x mark, 
Gitshee Waymirteegooast, his x mark, 
Paashuninleel, his x mark, 
Wauzhuskokok, his x mark, 
Nitumogaubowee, his x mark, 
Wattap, his x mark. 
Shingoop, his x mark, 
Monetogeezisoans, his x mark, 
Mongazid, his x mark, 
Manetogeezhig, his x mark, 
Ojaimeemauson, his x mark, 
Miskwautais, his x mark, 
Naubunaygerzhig, his x mark, 
Unnauwaubundaun, his x mark, 
Pautaubay, his x mark, 
Migeesee, his x mark. 

Waubishkeepeenaas, his x mark, 
Tweeshtweeshkeeway, his x mark, 
Kundekund, his x mark, 
Oguhbayaunuhquotwaybee, his x mark, 
Paybaumausing, his x mark, 
Keeshkeemun, his x mark. 
river de corbeau, Maugugaubowie, his x mark, 
Pudud, his x mark, 
Naugdunosh, his x mark, 
Ozhuskuckoen, his x mark, 
Waubogee, his x mark, 
Sawbanosh, his x mark, 
Keewayden, his x mark, 
Gitsheemeewininee, his x mark, 
Wynunee, his x mark, 
Obumaugeezhig, his x mark, 



ONTONAGON, 



400 



CHIPPEWAS. 



river de corbeau, Payboumidgeewung, his x mark, 
Maugeegaubou, his x mark, 
Paybaumogeezhig, his x mark, 
Kaubemappa, his x mark, 
Waymittegoazhu, his x mark, 
Oujupenaas, his x mark, 
Madwayossin, his x mark. 

In presence of: 

A. Edwards, Secretary to the E. A. Brush, 

Commission, Daniel Dingley, 

E. Boardman, Capt. command- A. Morrison, 

ing Detachment, B. Champman, 

Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States Henry Connor, 

Indian Agent, W. A. Levake, 

Z. Pitcher, Assistant Surgeon, J. 0. Lewis. 

J. B. Kingsbury, Lieut. 2d Inf. 

SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE. 

As the Chippewas who committed the murder upon four Ameri- 
can citizens, in June, 1824, upon the shores of Lake Pepin, are 
not present at this council, but are far in the interior of the coun- 
try, so that they cannot be apprehended and delivered to the pro- 
per authority before the commencement of next summer ; and, as 
the commissioners have been specially instructed to demand the 
surrender of these persons, and to state to the Chippewa tribe the 
consequence of suffering such a flagitious outrage to go unpunished, 
it is agreed, that the persons guilty of the beforementioned murder 
shall be brought in, either to the Sault St. Marie, or Green Bay, 
as early next summer as practicable, and surrendered to the pro- 
per authority ; and that, in the mean time, all further measures on 
the part of the United States, in relation to this subject, shall be 
suspended. 

Lewis Cass, 

Thomas L. McKenney. 



Representing the bands to whom 1 
the persons guilty of the mur- 
der belong, for themselves and 
the Chippewa tribe. 



Gitshee Meegeesee, his x mark, 
Metaukoosegay, his x mark, 
Ouskunzheema, his x mark, 
Keenesteno, his x mark. 



Witnesses : 

A. Edwards, Secretary to the Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States 
Commission, Indian Agent, 

E. Boardman, Capt. command- Henry Connor, Interpreter, 
ing detachment, 



CHIPPEWAS. 



401 



Schedule referred to in the preceding Treaty : 

To Oshauguscodaywagqua, wife of John Johnson, esq., to each 
of her children, and to each of her grand children, one section. 

To Saugemauqua, widow of the late John Baptiste Cadotte, and 
to her children, Louisa, Sophia, Archangel, Edward, and Polly, 
one section each. 

To Keneesequa, w T ife of Samuel Ashman, and to each of her 
children, one section. 

To Teegaushau, wife of Charles H, Oakes, and to each of her 
children, one section. 

To Thomas Shaw, son of Qbimetunoqua, and to his wife Mary, 
being also of Indian descent, each one section. 

To Fanny Levake, daughter of Meeshwauqua, and to each of 
her children, one section. 

Obayshaunoquotoqua, wife of Francis Goolay, Jim., one section. 

To Omuckackeenee, wife of John Holiday, and to each of her 
children, one section. 

To Obimegeezhigoqua, wife of Joseph Du Chene, Jun., and to 
each of her children, one section. 

To Monedoqua, wife of Charles Cloutier, one section. 

To Susan Yarus, daughter of Odanbitogeezhigoqua, one section. 

To Henry Sayer and John Sayer, sons of Obemau-unoqua, each 
one section. 

To each of the children of John Tanner, being of Chippewa 
descent, one section. 

To Wassidjeewunoqua, and to each of her children, by George 
Johnston, one section. 

To Michael Cadotte, senior, son of Equawaice, one section. 

To Equaysayway, wife of Michael Cadotte, senior, and to each, 
of her children living within the United States, one section. 

To each of the children of Charlotte Warren, widow of the late 
Truman A. Warren, one section. 

To Mary Chapman, daughter of Equameeg, and wife of Bela 
Chapman, and to each of her children, one section. 

To Saganoshequa, wife of John H. Fairbanks, and to each of 
her children, one section. 

To Shaughunomonee, wife of William Morrison, and to each of 
her children, one section. 

To each of the children of the late Ingwaysuh, wife of Joseph 
Cote, one section. 

To each of the children of Angelique Cote, late wife of Pierre 
Cote, one section. 

To Pazhikwutoqua, wife of William Aitken, and to each of her 
children, one section. 

To Susan Davenport, grand-daughter of Misquabunoqua, and 
wife of Ambrose Davenport, and to each of her children, one section. 

To Waubunequa, wife of Augustin Belanger, and to each of her 
children, one section. 
40 



402 



CHIPPEWA sr. 



To Charlotte Louisa Morrison, wife of Allan Morrison, and 
daughter of Manitowidjewung, and to each of her children, one 
section. 

To each of the children of Eustace Roussain, by Shauwunaubu- 
noqua, Wauwaussumoqua, and Payshaubunoqua, one section. 

To Isabella Dingley, wife of Daniel Dingley, and daughter of 
Piinegeezhigoqua, and to each of her children, one section. 

To George Birkhead, being a Chippewa by descent, one section. 

To Susan Conner, wife of Thomas Conner, and daughter of 
Pimegeeshigoqua, and to each of her children, one section. 

To the children of George Ermatinger, being of Shawanee ex- 
traction, two sections collectively. 

To Ossinahjeeunoqua, wife of Michael Cadotte, junior, and to 
each of her children, one section. 

To Minedemoeyah, wife of Pierre Duvernay, one section. 

To Ogeemaugeezhigoqua ? wife of Basil Boileau, one section. 

To Wauneaussequa, wife of Paul Boileau, one section. 

To Kaukaubesheequa, wife of John Baptiste Corbeau, one 
section. 

To John Baptiste Du Chene, son of Pimegeizhigoqua, one 
section. 

To each of the children of Ugwudaushee, by the late Truman A. 
Warren, one section. 

To William Warren, son of Lyman M. Warren, and Mary 
Cadotte, one section. 

To Antoine, Joseph, Louis, Chalot, and Margaret Charette, 
children of Equameeg, one section. 

To the children of Francois Butcher, by Waussequa, each one 
section. 

To Angelique Brabent, daughter of Waussegundum, and wife of 
Alexis Brabent, one section. 

To Odishqua, of Sault St. Marie, a Chippewa, of unmixed blood, 
one section. 

To Pamidjeewung, of Sault St. Marie, a Chippewa, of unmixed 
blood, one section. 

To Waybossinoqua, and John J. Wayishkee, children of Way- 
ishkee, one section. 

LEWIS CASS, 
THOS. L. McKENNEY. 



POTAWATAMIES. 



403 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 16, 1S26 — ^RATIFIED FEBRUARY 7, 1827.] 

~ Articles of a treaty made and concluded near the mouth of the 
Mississinowa, upon the Wabash, in the State of Indiana, this 
sixteenth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and twenty-six, between Lewis Cass, James B. 
Ray, and John Tipton, Commissioners on the part of the United 
States, and the chiefs and warriors of the Potawatamie tribe of 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the United 
States their right to all the land within the following limits : Be- 
ginning on the Tippecanoe river, where the northern boundary of 
the tract ceded by the Potawatamies to the United States by the 
treaty of St. Mary's, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and eighteen, intersects the same ; thence in a direct line, 
to a point on Eel river, half way between the mouth of the said 
river and Pierish^s village ; thence up Eel river, to Seek's village, 
near the head thereof ; thence in a direct line, to the mouth of a 
creek emptying into the St. Joseph's of the Miami, near Metea's 
village ; thence up the St. Joseph's, to the boundary line between 
the States of Indiana and Ohio ; thence south to the Miami ; 
thence up the same, to the reservation at fort Wayne ; thence 
with the lines of the said reservation, to the boundary established 
by the treaty with the Miamies, in one thousand eight hundred and 
eighteen ; thence with the said line, to the Wabash river ; thence 
with the same river, to the mouth of the Tippecanoe river ; and 
thence with the said Tippecanoe river, to the place of beginning. 
And the said tribe also cede to the United States, all their right to 
land within the following limits : Beginning at a point upon lake 
Michigan, ten miles due north of the southern extreme thereof; 
running thence due east, to the land ceded by the Indians to the 
United States by the treaty of Chicago ; thence south with the 
boundary thereof, ten miles ; thence west to the southern extreme 
of lake Michigan ; thence with the shore thereof, to the place of 
beginning. 

Art. 2. As an evidence of the attachment which the Potawata- 
mie tribe feels towards the American people, and particularly to the 
soil of Indiana, and with a view to demonstrate their liberality, 
and benefit themselves by creating facilities for travelling and 
increasing the value of their remaining country, the said tribe do 
hereby cede to the United States, a strip of land commencing at 
lake Michigan, and running thence on the Wabash river, one 
hundred feet wide for a road, and also one section of good land 
contiguous to the said road, for each mile of the same, and also 



404 



POTAWATAMIE S » 



for each mile of a road from the termination thereof, through 
Indianapolis to the Ohio river, for the purpose of making a road 
aforesaid from lake Michigan, by the way of Indianapolis, to some 
convenient point on the Ohio river. And the general assembly of 
'the State of Indiana shall have a right to locate the said road, and 
to apply the said sections, or the proceeds thereof, to the making 
of the same, or any part thereof; and the said grant shall be at 
their sole disposal, 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cessions in the first article, the 
United States agree to pay to the Potawatamie tribe, an annuity 
of two thousand dollars in silver, for the term of twenty-two years, 
and also to provide and support a blacksmith for them at some 
convenient point ; to appropriate, for the purposes of education, 
the annual sum of two thousand dollars, as long as the Congress 
of the United States may think proper, to be expended as the 
President may direct ; and also to build for them a mill sufficient 
to grind corn, on the Tippecanoe river, and to provide and support 
a miller ; and to pay them annually one hundred and sixty bushels 
of salt ; all of which annuities herein specified shall be paid by the 
Indian agent at fort Wayne. 

Art. 4. The commissioners of the United States have caused 
to be delivered to the Potawatamie tribe, goods to the value of 
thirty thousand five hundred and forty-seven dollars and seventy- 
one cents in goods, in consideration of the cessions in the first 
article of this treaty. Now, therefore, it is agreed that if this treaty 
should be ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, 
the United States shall pay to the persons named in the schedule 
this day transmitted to the War Department, and signed by the 
commissioners, the sums affixed to their names respectively, for 
goods furnished by them, and amounting to the said sum of thirty 
thousand five hundred and forty-seven dollars and seventy-one 
cents, and also to the persons who may furnish the said further 
sum, the amount of nine hundred dollars thus furnished. And it 
is also agreed that payment for all these goods shall be made by 
the Potawatamie tribe out of their annuity, if this treaty should not 
be ratified by the United States. 

Art. 5. The Potawatamie tribe being anxious to pay certain 
claims existing against them, it is agreed, as a part of the consi- 
deration for the cessions in the first article, that these claims which 
are stated in a schedule this day signed by the commissioners, and 
transmitted to the W 7 ar Department, and amounting to the sum of 
nine thousand five hundred and seventy-three dollars — [shall be 
paid by the United States.] 

Art. 6. The United States agree to grant to each of the persons 
named in the schedule hereunto annexed, the quantity of land 
therein stipulated to be granted ; but the land so granted shall never 
be conveyed by either of the said persons, or their heirs, without 
-ihe consent of the President of the United States ; and it is also 



POTA WATAMIE S, 



405 



understood that any of these grants may be expunged from the 
schedule by the President or Senate of the United States, without 
affecting any other part of the treaty. 

Art. 7. The Potawatamie Indians shall enjoy the right of hunt- 
ing upon any part of the land hereby ceded, as long as the same 
shall remain the property of the United States. 

Art. 8. The President and Senate of the United States may 
reject any article of this treaty, except those which relate to the 
consideration to be paid for the cessions of the land ; and such 
rejection shall not affect any other part of the treaty. 

Art. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President and Senate, shall be binding upon the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and 
John Tipton, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and 
warriors of the said Potawatamie tribe have hereunto set their 
hands, at the Wabash, on the sixteenth day of October, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-six, 
and of the independence of the United States the fifty-first 

Lewis Cass, John Tipton. 

J. Brown Ray, 

CHIEFS. 



Topenibe, his x mark, 
Gebaus, his x mark, 
Toisoe, his x mark, 
Metea, his x mark, 
Aubenaube, his x mark, 
Ashkom, his x mark, 
Penashshees, his x mark, 
Pecheco, his x mark, 
Waupaukeeno, his x mark, 
Pashpo, his x mark, 
Kasha, his x mark, 
Pierish, his x mark, 
Penamo, his x mark, 
Nasawauka, his x mark, 
Mauxa, his x mark, 
Makose, his x mark, 
Shaupatee, his x mark, 
Noshaweka, his x mark, 
Menauquet, his x mark, 
Wimeko, his x mark, 
Saukena, his x mark, 
Kepeaugun, his x mark, 
Menomonie, his x mark, 
Shokto, his x mark, 
Shapeness, his x mark, 
Motiel, his x mark, 



Jekose, his x mark, 
Nequoquet, his x mark, 
Waubonsa, his x mark, 
Was au shuck, his x mark, 
Shaauquebe, his x mark, 
Psakauwa, his x mark, 
Kaukaamake, his x mark, 
Shekomak, his x mark, 
Makasess, his x mark, 
No-ne, his x mark, 
Shepshauwano, his x mark, 
Mesheketeno, his x mark, 
Squawbuk, his x mark, 
Maunis, his x mark, 
Jequaumkogo, his x mark, 
Kewaune, his x mark, 
Ahnowawausa, his x mark, 
Louison, his x mark, 
Washeone, his x mark, 
Shakauwasee, his x mark, 
Paskauwesa, his x mark, 
Nauksee, his x mark, 
Mukkose, his x mark, 
Chechaukkose, his x mark, 
Louison, his x mark, 
Meshekaunau, his x mark. 



406 



POTAWATAMIE S„ 



Kauk, his x mark, Menno, his x mark y 

Ackkushewa, his x mark, Showaukau, his x markr ? , 

Mukkose, his x mark, Kaukaukshee, his x mark, 

Shaquinon, his x mark, Pashshepowo, his x mark, 

Waupsee, his x mark, Mowekatso, his x mark. 

Done in presence of 

William Marshall, Secretary to D. G. Jones, 

the Commisssion, Samuel Hanna, Member of the' 
J. M. Ray, Assistant Secretary Legislature, 

to the Commission, Martin M. Ray, Member of the 
Jno. Ewing, Senator, State of Legislature, 

Indiana, James Conner, Interpreter, 

Benj. B. Kercheval, Sab-agent, James Foster, 

William Conner, Interpreter, James Gregory, Senator, of Ind, 

Joseph Barron, Interpreter, O. L. Clark, 

Henry Conner, Interpreter, C. W, Ewing, 

Josiah F. Polk, J. D. Dorsey, 

Felix Hinchman, Lewis G, Thompson. 
Isaac McCoy, 

Schedule of grants referred to in the foregoing Treaty. 

To Abraham Burnett, three sections of land ; one to be located 
at and to include Wynemac's village, the centre of the line on the 
Wabash to be opposite that village, and running up and down the 
river one mile in a direct line, and back for quantity ; the two other 
sections, commencing at the upper end of the Prairie, opposite the 
mouth of the Passeanong creek, and running down two miles in a 
direct line, and back, for quantity. 

To Nancy Burnett, Rebecca Burnett, James Burnett, and Wil- 
liam Burnett, each one section of land, to be located under the di- 
rection of the President of the United States ; which said Abraham, 
Nancy, Rebecca and James, are the children, and the said William 
is the grand-child of Kaukeama, the sister of Topenibe, the prin- 
cipal chief of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. 

To Eliza C. Kercheval, one section on the Miami river, com- 
mencing at the first place where the road from fort Wayne to De- 
fiance strikes the Miami on the north side thereof, about five miles 
below fort Wayne, and from that point running half a mile down 
the river, and half a mile up the river, and back for quantity. 

To James Knaggs, son of the sister of Okeos, chief of the river 
Huron Potawatamies, one-half section of land upon the Miami, 
where the boundary line between Indiana and Ohio crosses the same- 

To the children of Joseph Barron, a relation of Richardville r 
principal chief of the Miamies, three sections of land, beginning- 
at the mouth of Eel river, running three miles down the Wabash 
in a direct line, thence back for quantity. 

To Zachariah Cicott, who is married to an Indian woman, one 



POTAWATAMIE S. 



407 



section of land, below and adjoining Abraham Burnett's land, and 
to be located in the same way. 

To Baptiste Cicott, Sophi Cicott, and Emelia Cicott, children 
of Zachariah Cicott, and an Indian woman, one-half section each, 
adjoining and below the section granted to Zachariah Cicott. 

To St. Luke Bertrand and Julia Ann Bertrand, children of Mad- 
eline Bertrand, a Potawatamie woman, one section of land, to be 
located under the direction of the President of the United States. 

To the children of Stephen Johnson, killed by the Potawatamie 
Indians, one-half section of land, to be located under the direction 
of the President of the United States. 

To each of the following persons, Indians by birth, and who are 
now, or have been, scholars in the Carey Mission School, on the 
St. Joseph's, under the direction of the Rev. Isaac McCoy, one 
quarter section of land, to be located under the direction of the 
President of the United States; that is to say : Joseph Bourissa, 
Noaquett, John Jones, Nuko, Soswa, Manotuk, Betsey Ash, 
Charles Dick, Susanna Isaacs, Harriet Isaacs, Betsey Plummer, 
Angelina Isaacs, Jemima Isaacs, Jacob Corbly, Konkapot, Celicia 
Nimham, Mark Bourissa, Jude Bourissa, Annowussau, Topenibe, 
Terrez, Sheshko, Louis Wilmett, Mitchel Wilmett, Lezett Wil- 
mett, Esther Baily, Roseann Bailey, Eleanor Bailey, Quehkna, 
William Turner, Chaukenozwoh, Lazarus Bourissa, Achan Bou- 
rissa, Achemukquee, Wesauwau, Peter Moose, Ann Sharp, Joseph 
Wolf, Misnoqua, Pomoqua, Wymego, Cheekeh, Wauwossemoqua, 
Meeksumau, Kakautmo, Richard Clements, Louis M'Neff, Shosh- 
qua, Nscotenama, Chikawketeh, Mnsheewoh, Saugana, Msonk- 
qua, Mnitoqua, Okutcheek, Naumi G. Browning, Antoine, St. 
Antoine, Mary ; being in all fifty-eight. 

To Jane Martin and Betsey Martin, of Indian descent, each one 
section of land, to be located under the direction of the President 
of the United States. 

To Mary St. Combe, of Indian descent, one quarter section of 
land, to be located under the direction of the President of the 
United States. 

To Francois Dequindre, of Indian descent, one section of land, 
to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. 

To Baptiste Jutreace, of Indian descent, one-half section of land, 
to be located under the direction of the President of the United States. 

To John B. Bourie, of Indian descent, one section of land, to be 
located on the Miami river, adjoining the old boundary line below 
fort Wayne. 

To Joseph Parks, an Indian, one section of land, to be located 
at the point where the boundary line strikes the St. Joseph's, near 
Metea's village. 

To George Cicott, a chief of the Potawatamies, three sections 
and a half of land ; two sections and a half of which to be located 
on the Wabash, above the mouth of Crooked creek, running two 



408 



MIAMI S. 



miles and a half up the river, and back for 'quantity, and the 
remaining section at the falls of Eel river, on both sides thereof. 

To James Conner, one section of land ; to Henry Conner, one 
section, and to William Conner, one section ; beginning opposite 
the upper end of the Big island, and running three miles in a direct 
line down the Wabash, and back for quantity. 

To Hyacinth Lassel, two sections of land, to be located under 
the direction of the President of the United States. 

To Louison, a half Potawatamie, two sections of land, to be 
located under the direction of the President of the United States. 

LEWIS CASS, 
J, BROWN RAY, 

October 16,1826. JOHN TIPTON. 

[Ratified w T ith the exception of the following words, in the second 
article : " And the General Assembly of the State of Indiana shall 
have a right to locate the said road, and to apply the said sections, 
or the proceeds thereof, to the making of the same, or any part 
thereof ; and the said grant shall be at their sole disposal ;" and 
with the understanding that the meaning of the fifth article is, that 
the money therein mentioned shall be paid by the United States to 
the individuals named in the schedule therein referred to.] 



MIAMI S. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 23, 1826 — RATIFIED JANUARY 24, 1827.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded , near the mouth of the Mis- 
sissinewa, upon the Wabash, in the State of Indiana, this twenty- 
third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-six, between Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and 
John Tipton, commissioners on the part of the United States, and 
the chiefs and warriors of the Miami tribe of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Miami tribe of Indians cede to the United States 
all their claim to land in the State of Indiana, north and west of 
the W T abash and Miami rivers, and of the cession made by the said 
tribe to the United States, by the treaty concluded at St. Mary's, 
October 6, 1818. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations, 
for the use of the said tribe, shall be made : 

Fourteen sections of land at Seek's village ; 

Five sections for the Beaver, below and adjoining the preceding 
reservation ; 

Thirty-six sections at Flat Belly's village ; 

Five sections for Little Charley, above the old village, on the 
north side of Eel river ; 

One section for Laventure's daughter, opposite the islands, about 
fifteen miles below fort Wayne ; 



MIAMIS. 



409 



One section for Chapine, above, and adjoining Seek's village; 
Ten sections at the White Racoon's village ; 
Ten sections at the mouth of Mud creek, on Eel river, at the old 
village ; 

Ten sections at the forks of the Wabash ; 

One reservation commencing two miles and a half below the 
mouth of the Mississinewa, and running up the Wabash five miles, 
with the bank thereof, and from these points running due north to 
Eel river. 

And it is agreed, that the State of Indiana may lay out a canal 
or a road through any of the reservations ; and for the use of a canal, 
six chains along the same are hereby appropriated. 

Art. 3. There shall be granted to each of the persons named 
in the schedule hereunto annexed, and to their heirs, the tracts of 
land therein designated ; but the land so granted shall never be 
conveyed without the consent of the President of the United States. 

Art. 4. The commissioners of the United States have caused 
to be delivered to the Miami tribe goods to the value of $31,040 53, 
in part consideration for the cession herein made; and it is agreed, 
that if this treaty shall be ratified by the President and Senate of 
the United States, the United States shall pay to the persons, 
named in the schedule this day signed by the commissioners, and 
transmitted to the War Department, the sums affixed to their names 
respectively, for goods furnished by them, and amounting to the 
sum of $31,040 53. And it is further agreed, that payment for 
these goods shall be made by the Miami tribe out of their annuity, 
if this treaty be not ratified by the United States. 

And the United States further engage to deliver to the said 

t? CD 

tribe, in the course of the next summer, the additional sum of 
$26,259 47 in goods. 

And it is also agreed, that an annuity of thirty-five thousand dol- 
lars, ten thousand of which shall be in goods, shall be paid to the 
said tribe in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
seven ; and thirty thousand dollars, five thousand of which shall be 
in goods, in the year one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
eight; after which time, a permanent annuity of twenty-five thou- 
sand dollars shall be paid to them, as long as they exist together 
as a tribe ; which several sums are to include the annuities due by 
preceding treaties to the said tribe. 

And the United States further engage to furnish a wagon and 
one yoke of oxen for each of the following persons, namely : Joseph 
Richardville, Black Racoon, Flat Belly, White Racoon, Francois 
Godfroy, Little Beaver, Mettosanea, Seek, and Little Huron ; and 
one wagon and a yoke of oxen for the band living at the forks of 
the Wabash. 

And also to cause to be built a house, not exceeding the value of 
six hundred dollars, for each of the following persons, namely : 
Joseph Richardville, Francois Godfroy, Louison Godfroy, Francis 



410 



MIAMIS. 



Lafontaine, White Racoon, La Gros, Jean B. Richard ville, Flat 
Belly, and Wau-we-as-see. 

And also to furnish the said tribe with two hundred head of 
cattle, from four to six years old, and two hundred head of hogs ; 
and to cause to be annually delivered to them, two thousand pounds 
of iron, one thousand pounds of steel, and one thousand pounds 
of tobacco. 

And to provide five laborers to work three months in the year, 
for the small villages, and three laborers to work three months in 
the year, for the Mississinewa band. 

Art. 5. The Miami tribe being anxious to pay certain claims 
existing against them, it is agreed, as a part of the consideration 
for the cession in the first article, that these claims, amounting to 
$7,727 47, and which are stated in a schedule this day signed by 
the commissioners, and transmitted to the War Department, shall 
be paid by the United States, 

Art. 6. The United States agree to appropriate the sum of two 
thousand dollars annually, as long as Congress may think proper, 
for the support of poor infirm persons of the Miami tribe, and for 
the education of the youth of the said tribe ; which sum shall be 
expended under the direction of the President of the United States. 

Art. 7. It is agreed, that the United States shall purchase of 
the persons, named in the schedule hereunto annexed, the land 
therein mentioned, which was granted to them by the treaty of St. 
Mary's, and shall pay the price affixed to their names respectively; 
the payments to be made when the title to the lands is conveyed 
to the United States. 

Art. 8. The Miami tribe shall enjoy the right of hunting upon 
the land herein conveyed, so long as the same shall be the pro- 
perty of the United States. 

Art. 9. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate, shall be binding upon the United States. 
In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, James B. Ray, and 
John Tipton, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs and 
warriors of the said Miami tribe, have hereunto set their 
hands, at the Wabash, on the twenty-third day of October, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty-six, and of the independence of the United States the 
fifty-first. 

Lewis Cass, Seek, his x mark, 

J. Brown Ray, Mee-se-qua, his x mark, 

John Tipton. Nota-wen-sa's Son, his x mark, 

chiefs. La-from-broise, his x mark, 

Wau-wa-aus-see, his x mark, Nego-ta-kaup-wa, his x mark, 
Flat Belly, his x mark, Osage, his x mark, 

La Gros, his x mark, Metto-sa-nea, his x mark, 

White Racoon, his x mark, Little Beaver, his x mark, 

Black Loon, his x mark, Black Racoon, his x mark, 



MIAMI S. 



411 



Ohin-quin-sa, his x mark, 
Jamas Abbot, his x mark, 
Lon-gwa, his x mark, 
Little Wolf, his x mark, 
Pun-ge-she-nau, his x mark, 
Wonse-pe-au, his x mark, 
Francois Godfroy, his x mark, 
Joseph Richardville, his x 

mark, 
Francis Lafontaine, 
Wau-no-sa, his x mark, 
White Skin's Son, or the Popu- 
lar, his x mark, 



Cha-pine, his x mark, 
Pe-che-wau, or Jean B. Rich- 
ardville, his x mark, 
Chin-go-me-shau, his x mark, 
Little Sun, his x mark, 
W. Shin-gan-leau, his x mark, 
Louis Godfroy, his x mark, 
Ou-sane-de-au, his x mark, 
Me-chane-qua, his x mark, 
Un-e-cea-sa, his x mark, 
She-qua-hau, his x mark, 
Chin-qua-keau, his x mark, 
Charley's Son, his x mark. 



Done in presence of 



William Marshall, Secretary to 

the Commission, 
J. M. Ray, Assistant Secretary 

to the Commission, 
Ben. B. Kercheval, Sub- Agent, 
Wm. Conner, Interpreter, 
Joseph Barron, 
C. W. Ewing, 
J. B. Boure, Interpreter, 
James Foster, 



John Ewing, Senator, State of 
Indiana, 

James Gregory, Senator, State of 
Indiana, 

Martin M. Ray, Representative, 
Indiana, 

Sam. Hanna, Representative, In- 
diana, 

George Hunt, 

0. L. Clark. 



Schedule of grants referred to in the foregoing treaty, Article 3d. 

To John B. Richardville, one section of land, between the 
mouth of Pipe creek and the mouth of Eel river, on the north side 
of the Wabash, and one section on the northwest side of the St, 
Joseph, adjoining the old boundary line ; also, one-half section on 
the east side of the St. Joseph's, below Cha-po-tee's village. 

To John B. Boure, one section on the north side of the St. Jo- 
seph, including Chop-patee village. 

To the wife and children of Charley, a Miami chief, one section 
where they live. 

To Ann Hackley and Jack Hackley, one section each, between 
the Maumee and the St. Joseph's rivers. 

To the children of Maria Christiana De Rome, a half blood 
Miami, one section between the Maumee and the St. Joseph's. 

To Ann Turner, alias Hackley, Rebecca Hackley, and Jane S. 
W r ells, each one-half section of land, to be located under the direc- 
tion of the President of the United States. 

To John B. Richardville, one section of land upon the north side 
of the Wabash, to include a large spring nearly opposite the mouth 
of Pipe creek. 

To Francois Godfroy, one section above and adjoining said last 
sjant to J. B. Richardville. 



412 



CHIPPEWAY3, MENOMONIES, ETC. 



To Louison Godfroy, one section above and adjoining the grant 
to Francois Godfroy. 

To Francis Lafontaine, one section above and adjoining the 
grant to Louison Godfroy. 

To John B. Richard ville, junior, one section on the Wabash, 
below and adjoining the reservation running from the Wabash to 
Eel river. 

To Joseph Richardville, one section above and adjoining the 
reservation running from the Wabash to Eel river. 

To La Gros, three sections, where he now lives, and one section 
adjoining the Cranberry in the Portage prairie. 

A quarter section of land to each of the following persons, 
namely: Charles Gouin, Purri Gouin, and Therese Gouin, to be 
located under the direction of the President of the United States. 

Two sections of land at the old town on Eel river, to be reserved 
for the use of the Metchinequa. 

LEWIS CASS, 
J. BROWN RAY, 
October 23d, 1826. JOHN TIPTON. 



CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, AND WINNEBAGOES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 11, 1827 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 3, 1829.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the Butte des Morts, on 
Fox river, in the Territory of Michigan, between Lewis Cass 
and Thomas L. McKenney, commissioners on the part of the 
United States, and the Chippeway, Menornonie, and Winnebago 
tribes of Indians. 

Art. 1. Whereas, the southern boundary of the Chippeway 
country, from the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin easterly, was 
left undefined by the treaty concluded at Prairie du Chien, August 
19, 1825, in consequence of the non-attendance of some of the 
principal Menornonie chiefs ; and, whereas, it was provided by 
the said treaty, that, whenever the President of the United States 
might think proper, such of the tribes, parties to the said treaty, 
as might be interested in any particular line, should be convened, 
in order to agree upon its establishment : 

Therefore, in pursuance of the said provision, it is agreed 
between the Chippeways, Menomonies, and Winnebagoes, that 
the southern boundary of the Chippeway country shall run as fol- 
lows, namely : From the Plover Portage of the Ouisconsin, on a 
northeasterly course, to a point on Wolf river, equidistant from the 
Ashawano and Post lakes of said river ; thence, to the falls of the 
Pashaytig river of Green Bay; thence, to the junction of the 
Neesau Kootag or Burnt- wood river, with the Menornonie; thence, 
to the big island of the Shoskinaubic or Smooth Rock river; 



CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, ETC, 



413 



thence, following the channel of the said river to Green Bay, 
which it strikes between the little and the great Bay de Noquet, 

Art. 2. Much difficulty having arisen from the negotiations 
between the Menomonie and Winnebago tribes and the various 
tribes and portions of tribes of Indians of the State of New York, 
and the claims of the respective parties being much contested, as 
well with relation to the tenure and boundaries of the two tracts, 
claimed by the said New York Indians, west of lake Michigan, as 
to the authority of the persons who signed the agreement on the 
part of the Menomonies, and the whole subject having been fully 
examined at the council this day concluded, and the allegations, 
proofs, and statements, of the respective parties having been 
entered upon the journal of the commissioners, so that the same 
can be decided by the President of the United States ; it is agreed 
by the Menomonies and Winnebagoes, that so far as respects their 
interest in the premises, the whole matter shall be referred to the 
President of the United States, whose decision shall be final. And 
the President is authorized, on their parts, to establish such 
boundaries between them and the New York Indians as he may 
consider equitable and just. 

Art. 3. It being important to the settlement of Green Bay, that 
definitive boundaries should be established between the tract 
claimed by the former French and British governments, and the 
lands of the Indians, as well to avoid future disputes as to settle 
the question of jurisdiction. It is therefore agreed between the 
Menomonie tribe and the United States, that the boundaries of the 
said tracts, the jurisdiction and title of which are hereby acknow- 
ledged to be in the United States, shall be as follows, namely : — 
Beginning on the shore of Green Bay, six miles due north from 
the parallel of the mouth of Fox river, and running thence in a 
straight line, but with the general course of the said river, and six 
miles therefrom to the intersection of the continuation of the west- 
erly boundary of the tract at the Grand Kaukaulin, claimed by 
Augustin Grignion ; thence, on a line with the said boundary to 
the same ; thence, with the same to Fox river ; thence, on the 
same course, six miles ; thence, in a direct line to the southwestern 
boundary of the tract, marked on the plan of the claims at Green 
Bay, as the settlement at the bottom of the bay ; thence, with the 
southerly boundary of the said tract to the southeasterly corner 
thereof; and thence with the easterly boundary of the said tract 
to Green Bay. Provided, that if the President of the United 
States should be of opinion that the boundaries thus established 
interfere with any just claims of the New York Indians, the 
President may then change the said boundaries in any manner he 
may think proper, so that the quantity of land contained in the 
said tract be not greater than by the boundaries herein defined. 
And provided also, That nothing herein contained shall be con- 



414 



CHIPPEWAYS, MENOMONIES, ETC. 



strued to have any effect upon the land claims at Green Bay ; but 
the same shall remain as though this treaty had not been formed. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the liberal establishment of the 
boundaries as herein provided for, the commissioners of the United 
States have this day caused to be distributed among the Indians, 
goods to the amount of fifteen thousand six hundred and eighty- 
two dollars, payment for which shall be made by the United 
States. 

Art. 5. The sum of one thousand dollars shall be annually 
appropriated for the term of three years ; and the sum of fifteen 
hundred dollars shall be annually thereafter appropriated as long 
as Congress think proper, for the education of the children of the 
tribes, parties hereto, and of the New York Indians, to be expended 
under the direction of the President of the United States. 

Art. 6. The United States shall be at liberty, notwithstanding 
the Winnebagoes are parties to this treaty, to pursue such measures 
as they may think proper for the punishment of the perpetrators of 
the recent outrages at Prairie du Chien, and upon the Mississippi, 
and for the prevention of such acts hereafter. 

Art. 7. This treaty shall be obligatory after its ratification by 
the President and the Senate of the United States. 

Done at the Butte des Morts, cm Fox river, in the Territory of 
Michigan, this eleventh day of August, 1827. 
Lewis Cass, 
Thomas L. McKenney. 

chippeways, Shinguaba Wossin, his x mark, 
Wayishkee, his x mark, 
Sheewanbeketoan, his x mark, 
Mozobodo, his x mark, 
Gitshee Waubezhaas, his x mark, 
Moazoninee, his x mark, 
Mishaukewett, his x mark, 
Monominee Cashee, his x mark, 
Attikumaag, his x mark, 
Umbwaygeezhig, his x mark, 
Moneeto Penaysee, his x mark, 
Akkeewaysee, his x mark, 
Sheegad, his x mark, 
Wauwaunishkau, his x mark, 
Anamikee Waba, his x mark, 
Ockewazee, his x mark. 

menomonies, Oskashe, his x mark, 

Josette Caron, his x mark, 
Kominikey, jun. his x mark, 
Kimiown, his x mark, 
Kominikey, sen. his x mark, 
Keshiminey, his x mark, 



POTTAWATAMIES. 



415 



menomonies, Woiniss-atte, his x mark, 
Powoiysnoit, his x mark, 
Manbasseaux, his x mark, 
Myanmechetnabewat, his x mark, 
Pemabeme, his x mark, 
Kegisse, his x mark, 
L'Espagnol, his x mark, 
Kichiaemtort, his x mark, 
Hoo Tshoop, (or four legs,) his x mark, 
Tshayro-tshoan Kaw, his x mark, 
Karry-Man-nee, (walking turtle,) his x mark, 
Sau-say-man-nee, his x mark, 
Maunk-hay-raith, (tatood breast,) his x mark ? 
Shoank Skaw, (white dog,) his x mark, 
Shoank-tshunksiap, (black wolf,) his x mark, 
Kaw-Kaw-say-kaw, his x mark, 
Wheank-Kaw, (big duck,) his x mark, 
Shoank- ay-paw-kaw, (dog head,) his x mark., 
Sar-ray-num-nee, (walking mat,) his x mark, 
Waunk-tshay-hee-sootsh, (red devil,) his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-hoa-noa-nick, (little snake,) his x mark, 
Kaw-nee-shaw, (white crow,) his x mark. 

Witnesses : 

Philip B. Key, Secretary, R. A. Forsyth, 

E. Boardman, Captain 2d U. S. S. Conant, 

Infantry, E. A. Brush, 

Henry R. Schoolcraft, U. States Jn. Bpt. Fcois Fauvel, Clergy- 
Indian Agent, man, 

Henry B. Brevoort, U. S. I. Agt. Jesse Miner, 

Thomas Rowland, Henry Conner, Interpreter, 

D. G. Jones, John Kinzie, Jun. 

Note — The above treaty was ratified with the proviso, " That the said treaty 
shall not impair or affect any right or claim which the New York Indians, or mj of 
them, have to the lands, or any of the lands, mentioned in the said treaty." 



POTTAWATAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 19, 1827 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 23, 1829. ] 

A treaty between the United Slates and the Pottawatamie tribe of 

Indians. 

In order to consolidate some of the dispersed bands of the Pot- 
tawatamie tribe in the territory of Michigan at a point removed 
from the road leading from Detroit to Chicago, and as far as prac- 
ticable from the settlements of the whites, it is agreed that the 
following tracts of land, heretofore reserved for the use of the said 
tribe, shall be, and they are hereby, ceded to the United States : 

Two sections of land on the river Rouge at Seginsairn's village. 



416 



POTTAWATAMIES. 



Two sections of land at Tonguish's village, near the river 
Rouge. 

That part of the reservation at Macon on the river Raisin, which 
yet belongs to the said tribe, containing six sections, excepting 
therefrom one-half of a section where the Pottawatamie chiei Mo- 
ran resides, which shall be reserved for his use. 

One tract at Mang-ach-qua village, on the river Peble, of six 
miles square. 

One tract at Micesawbe, of six miles square. 

One tract at the village of Prairie Ronde, of three miles square. 

One tract at the village of Match-e-be-nash-she-wish, at the 
head of the Kekalamazoo river, of three miles square ; which tracts 
contain in the whole ninety -nine sections and one-half section of 
land. 

And, in consideration of the preceding cession, there shall be re- 
served for the use of the said tribe, to be held upon the same 
terms on which Indian reservations are usually held, the following 
tracts of land : 

S'ections numbered five, six, seven and eight, in the fifth town- 
ship, south of the base line, and in the ninth range west of the 
principal meridian in the territory of Michigan. 

The whole of the filth township, south, in the tenth range, west, 
not already included in the Nottawa Sape reservation. 

Sections numbered one, two, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, 
twenty-three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, thirty-five, 
and thirty-six, in the fifth township, south, and eleventh range, 
west. 

The whole of the fourth township, south, in the ninth range, 
west. 

Sections numbered eight, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen, twenty, 
twenty-nine, thirty, thirty-one, and thirty-two, in the fourth town- 
ship, south, and ninth range, west. 

Sections numbered one, two, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, 
twenty- three, twenty-four, twenty-five, twenty-six, thirty-five and 
thirty-six, in the fourth township, south, and eleventh range west. 

Which tracts of land will form a continuous reservation, and 
contain ninety-nine sections. 

After this treaty shall be ratified by the President and Senate, 
the same shall be obligatory on the United States and the said 
. tribe of Indians. 

In testimony whereof, Lewis Cass, commissioner on the part of 
the United States, and the chiefs and w T arriors of the said 
tribe, have hereunto set their hands at St. Joseph, in the ter- 
ritory of Michigan, this nineteenth day of September, A. D. 
one thousand eight hundred and twenty-seven. 

Lewis Cass, 
Mixs-a-bee, his x mark, 



CREEKS.. 



417 



Shee-ko-maig, or marsh fish, his x mark, 
Pee-nai-sheish, or little bird, his x mark, 
Kne-o-suck-o-wah, his x mark, 
Mais-ko-see, his x mark, 
A-bee-ta-que-zic, or half day, his x mark, 
Ko-jai-waince, his x mark, 
Sa-kee-maus, his x mark, 

Mitch-e-pe-nain-she-wish, or bad bird, his x mark, 
Ma-tsai-bat-to, his x mark, 
Ne-kee-quin-nish-ka, his x mark, 
Wa-kai-she-maus, his x mark, 
Peerish Moran, his x mark, 
Mee-she-pe-she-wa-non, his x mark, 
O-tuck-quen, his x mark, 
Que-quan, his x mark, 
Wai-sai-gau, his x mark, 
O-kee-yau, his x mark, 
Me-shai-wais, his x mark. 

In presence of 

John L. Leib^ G, W. Silliman, 

R. A. Forsyth, James J. Godfroy, 

Benj. B. Kercheval, Joseph Bertrand, 

Isaac McCoy, T, T. Smith. 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 15, 1827 — RATIFIED MARCH 4, 1828. ] 

Articles of agreement made and concluded at the Creek agency, on 
the fifteenth day of November, one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty-seven, between Thomas L. McKenney and John Crowell, 
in behalf of the United States, of the one part, and Little Prince 
and others, chief and head men of the Creek nation, of the other 
part. 

Whereas, a treaty of cession was concluded at Washington 
city in the District of Columbia, by James Barbour, Secretary of 
War, of the one part, and Opothleoholo, John Stidham, and 
others, of the other part, and which treaty bears date the twenty- 
fourth day of January, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
six ; and whereas, the object of said treaty being to embrace a 
cession by the Creek nation, of all the lands owned by them within 
the chartered limits of Georgia, and it having been the opinion of 
the parties, at the time when said treaty was concluded, that all, 
or nearly all, of said lands were embraced in said cession, and by 
the lines as denned in said treaty, and the supplemental article 
thereto ; and whereas it having been since ascertained that the 
41 



418 



CREEKS. 



said lines in said treaty, and the supplement thereto, do not em- 
brace all the lands owned by the Creek nation within the chartered 
limits of Georgia, and the President of the United States having 
urged the Creek nation further to extend the limits as denned in 
the treaty aforesaid, and the chiefs and head men of the Creek 
nation being desirous of complying with the wish of the President 
of the United States, therefore, they, the chiefs and head men 
aforesaid, agree to cede, and they do hereby cede to the United 
States, all the remaining lands now owned or claimed by the 
Creek nation, not heretofore ceded, and which, on actual survey, 
may be found to lie within the chartered limits of the State of 
Georgia. 

In consideration whereof, and in full compensation for the above 
cession, the undersigned, Thomas L. McKenney, and John Cro- 
well, in behalf of the United States, do hereby agree to pay ta 
the chiefs and head men of the Creek nation aforesaid as soon as 
may be after the approval and ratification of this agreement, in the 
usual forms, by the President and Senate of the United States, 
and its sanction by a council of the Creek nation, to be imme- 
diately convened for the purpose, or by the subscription of such 
names, in addition to those subscribed to this instrument, of 
chiefs and head men of the nation, as shall constitute in the act of 
the Creek nation — the sum of twenty-seven thousand four hundred 
and ninety-one dollars. 

It is further agreed by the parties hereto, in behalf of the United 
States, to allow, on account of the cession herein made the addi- 
tional sum of fifteen thousand dollars, it being the understanding 
of both the parties, that five thousand dollars of this sum shall be 
applied, under the direction of the President of the United States, 
towards the education and support of Creek children at the school 
in Kentucky, known by the title of the u Choctaw Academy" and 
under the existing regulations ; also, one thousand dollars towards 
the support of the Withington, and one thousand dollars towards 
the support of the Asbury stations, so called, both being schools 
in the Creek nation, and under regulations of the Department of 
War ; two thousand dollars for the erection of four horse mills, to 
be suitably located under the direction of the President of the 
United States ; one thousand dollars to be applied to the purchase 
of cards and wheels, for the use of the Creeks, and the remaining 
five thousand dollars, it is agreed, shall be paid in blankets and 
other necessary and useful goods, immediately after the signing 
and delivery of these presents. 

In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands 
and seals, this fifteenth day of November, one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-seven. 

Thomas L. McKenney, l. s. 

John Crowell, l. s. 



CREEKS. 



419 



Little Prince, his x mark, l. s. 

Epau-emathla, his x mark, l. s. 

Timpouchoe Burnard, his x mark, l. s. 

Hathlan Haujo, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-juoke Yau-holo, his x mark, l. s. 

Cassetaw Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 
Luther Blake, Secretary, Whitman C. Hill, 

Andrew Hami]l, Thomas Crowell. 

Whereas, the above articles of agreement and cession were 
entered into at the Creek agency on the day and date therein 
mentioned, between the Little Prince, the head man of the nation, 
and five other chiefs, and Thomas L. McKenney and John Cro- 
well, commissioners on the part of the United States, for the 
cession of all the lands owned or claimed by the Creek nation, 
and not heretofore ceded, and which, on actual survey, may be 
found to lie within the chartered limits of the State of Georgia, and 
which said agreement was made subject to the approval and rati- 
fication by the President and Senate of the United States, and 
the approval and sanction of the Creek nation, in general council 
of the said nation. 

Now, these presents witnesseth, that we, the undersigned, 
chiefs and head men of the Creek nation in general council con- 
vened, at Wetumph, the third day of January, one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-eight, have agreed and stipulated with John 
Crowell, commissioner on the part of the United States, for and 
in consideration of the additional sum of five thousand dollars, to 
be paid to us in blankets, and other necessary articles of clothing, 
immediately after the signing and sealing of these presents, to 
sanction, and by these presents do hereby approve, sanction, and 
ratify, the abovementioned and foregoing articles of agreement 
and session. 

In witness whereof, the parties have hereunto set their hands 
and seals, the day and date above mentioned. 

John Crowell, l. s. Arthlau Hayre, his x mark, l. s. 

Broken Arrow Town. Cowetaw Micco, his x 

Little Prince, his x mark, l. s. mark, l. s. 

Tuskugu, his x mark, l. s. Oswichu Town. 

Cotche Hayre, his x mark, l. s. Halatta Tustinuggu, his x 



Cusetau Town. 



mark, l. s. 



^ USMAU AUW ^- Octiatchu Emartla, his x 

lukcnenaw, his x mark, l. s. mar ^ L g 

Epi Emartla, his x mark, l. s. Charles' Emartla, his x 

Oakpushu Yoholo, his x mark ^ L< s< 



mark, 



l. s. 



Uchee Town. 



Cowetau Town. Timpoeche Barned, his x 

NeahThleuco, his x mark, l. s. mark, l. s« 



420 



CREEKS, 



lichee Tustinuggu, his x 

mark, l. s. 

William Barnard, his x 



TuCKABATCHU TOWN, 

Tustmuggu Thlucco, by 



mark. 



proxy, 



l. s. 



Hitchetee Town. 

Neah Emartla, his x mark, l. s. 
Hitchelu Emarda, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Car Emartla, his x mark, l. s. 

Che-anhun Town. 
Tuskehemau, his x mark, l. s. 
Oabe Tustinuggu, his x 

mark, l. s. 

LitefFHargo, his x mark, l. s. 

Tallawa Thlucco Town. 
Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Ementla Thlucco, his x 

mark, L. s. 

Neah Thlucco, his x mark, l. s. 

Suoculo Town. 

John Stedham, his x mark, l. s. 
Neah Micco, his x mark, l. s. 
Neah Thlucco Yoholo, his 
x mark, l. s. 

Ufala Town. 
Tushatche Emartla, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Tustinuggu Harge, his x 

mark, l. s, 

Capitche Tustinuggu, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Oakete-ac-stuee Town. 

Tuskeheneau, hisx mark, l. s. 

Halchuchubb Town. 

Coosa Micco, his x mark, l. s. 
Tuskahatche Hayre, his x 
mark, l. s. 

We-kiwa Town. 

Charlo Hargo, his x mark, l. s. 
Hallatta Tustinuggu, his 
x mark, l. s. 



l. s, 

Micco Paccah, his x mark, l. s. 
Tuckahatche Micco, his x 

mark, l. s, 

Arcliu Oacne Ementla, his 
x mark, l. s, 

Clewalla Town. 
Tustinuggu Ementla, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Tuskabachu Fixico, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Latla Micco, his x mark, l. s. 

Upper Eufalla Town. 

Tustinik Cochocone, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Holatta Fixico, his x 
mark, l. s. 

Oakpuskee Town. 

Tuskugu Hayo, his x 

mark, l. s> 

Ementla, his x mark, l. * 

Tallasee Town. 

Chosh Harge, his x mark, l. s. 
Archieco Town. 

Hapaie Fixico, hisx mark, l. s. 
Cametau Tuskehenau, his 
x mark, l. s. 

Tallesee Hatchu Town. 
Oakpuske Yoholo, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Latta Hayre, his x mark, l. s. 

Quaasada Town. 

Tustinuggu Chopco, his x 
mark, l. s. 

Nocosu Ementla, his x 
mark, l. s, 

Micco Hayre, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuskugu Town. 

Oza Hayo, his x mark, l. s. 
Osaw Hayo, his x mark, l. s. 



EEL RIVERS. 



421 



Tomasa Town. Chawaccola Hatchu Town. 

. „ , Coe E. Hayo, his x mark, l. s. 

Colitchu Ementla, his x Powas Yoholo, his x mark, l, s. 

mark ' L * s> Ema Hayre, his x mark, l. s. 

In 'presence of 

Luther Blake, Secretary, Benjamin Marshall, ) j . , 

Andrew Hamill 5 Paddy Carr, ) * 

Enoch Johnson, Joseph Marshall, 

Thomas Croweli, John Winslett. 



EEL RIVERS. 

[CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 11, 1828 — RATIFIED MAY 7, 1828. J 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the Wyandot village, near 
the Wabash in the State of Indiana, between John Tipton, com- 
missioner for that purpose, on the part of the United States, and 
the chiefs, head men and warriors, of the Eel river, or Thornton 
party of Miami Indians. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Eel river or 
Thornton party of Miami Indians, agree to cede, and by these pre- 
sents do cede, and relinquish to the United States all their right, 
title, and claim to a reservation of land about ten miles square, at 
their village on Sugartree creek in Indiana, which was reserved to 
said party by the second article of a treaty between commissioners 
of the United States and the Miami nation of Indians, made and 
entered into at St. Mary's in the State of Ohio, on the sixth day 
of October, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. 

It is understood and agreed on by said Indians, that they will 
not burn or destroy the houses or fences on said reservation, and 
that they will leave them in as good condition as they now are ; 
and remove to the five mile reservation on Eel river by the fifteenth 
day of October next. 

Art. 2. The commissioner of the United States has delivered 
to said party of Indians, goods to the value of two thousand dol- 
lars, in part consideration for the cession herein made ; and it is 
agreed that in case this treaty should be ratified by the President 
and Senate of the United States, that the United States shall pay 
said party an additional sum of eight thousand dollars in goods 
next summer, build twelve log-houses, ten on the five mile reser- 
vation, and two on the Wabash ; clear and fence forty acres of land 
on the five mile reservation ; furnish them one wagon and two yoke 
of oxen ; furnish two hands to work three months in each year for 
two years ; five hundred dollars worth of provisions delivered on 
the Wabash ; furnish them five horses, five saddles, and five bridles. 

Provided, however, that if this treaty should not be ratified by 
the President and Senate of the United States, that said party agree 



422 



EEL RIVERS. 



to pay for the goods this day received, two thousand dollars, to he 
deducted from their annuity for this present year. 

Art. 3. At the request of the Indians, and in part consideration 
for the cession aforesaid, the United States agree to pay to Peter 
Langlois, one thousand dollars in silver, and three thousand dol- 
lars in goods next summer, for provisions and goods heretofore 
delivered to said party. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to appropriate one thousand 
dollars per year for five years, and longer if Congress think proper, 
to be applied under the direction of the President, to the education 
of the youths of the Miami nation. 

Art. 5. It is distinctly understood and agreed on by and between 
the contracting parties, that the President and Senate may, if they 
think proper, modify or expunge from this treaty, the fourth article, 
without affecting any other of its provisions. 

Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the 
contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said John Tipton, commissioner as 
aforesaid on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head 
men, and warriors, of said party, have hereunto set their hand 
and seals at the Wyandot village, near the Wabash, this ele- 
venth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and twenty-eight. 

John Tipton, Commissioner. l. s. 

Ne go ta kaup wa, his x mark, l. s. 

Shaw po to se aw, his x mark, l. s. 

Ntah ko ke aw, his x mark, l. s. 

Aw waw no zaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaw koaw ma kau to aw, his x mark ? l. s. 

Aw sawn zaw gaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Shin go aw zaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Oh zau ke at tau, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw paw ko se aw, his x mark,. l. s. 

Mack kon zaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Man je ne ki ah, his x mark, l. s. 

Naw waw pawm awn daw, his x mark, l. s- 

Ne ah law naun daw, his x mark, l. s. 

Ke pah naw mo aw, his x mark, l, s. 

Ke we kau law, his x mark, l. s. 

Pierrish Constant, his x mark, l. s. 

Aw wawn saw peau, his x mark, l. s. 

Attest: Walter Wilson, Secre- Saml. Hanna, 

tary to the Commissioner > Allen Hamilton, 
J. B. Duret, Jordan Vigus, 

Joseph Barron, ) T , . Pierre Langly, 

J. B^Boure, \ Joseph g 

Calvin Fletcher, 



CHEROKEES. 



423 



CHEROKEES . 

[ CONCLUDED MAY 6, 1828 — RATIFIED MAY 28, 1828. ] 

Articles of a convention concluded at the city of Washington this 
sixth day of May , in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-eight, between James Barbour, Secretary of 
War, being especially authorized therefor by the President of the 
United States, and the undersigned chiefs and head men of tJie 
Cherokee nation of Indians, west of the Mississippi, they being 
duly authorized and empowered by their nation. 

Whereas, it being the anxious desire of the government of the 
United States to secure to the Cherokee nation of Indians, as well 
those now living within the limits of the territory of Arkansas, as 
those of their friends and brothers who reside in States east of the 
Mississippi, and who may wish to join their brothers of the west, 
a permanent home, and which shall, under the most solemn guaran- 
tee of the United States, be and remain theirs forever — a home 
that shall never, in all future time, be embarrassed by having ex- 
tended around it the lines, or placed over it the jurisdiction of a 
territory or State, nor be pressed upon by the extension, in any 
way, of any of the limits of any existing territory or State ; and, 
whereas, the present location of the Cherokees in Arkansas being 
unfavorable to their present repose, and tending, as the past 
demonstrates, to their future degradation and misery ; and the 
Cherokees being anxious to avoid such consequences, and yet not 
questioning their right to their lands in Arkansas, as secured to 
them by treaty, and resting also upon the pledges given them by 
the President of the United States, and the Secretary of War, of 
March, 1818, and 8th October, 1821, in regard to the outlet to 
the west, and as may be seen on referring to the records of the 
War Department, still being anxious to secure a permanent home, 
and to free themselves and their posterity from an embarrassing 
connexion with the territory of Arkansas, and guard themselves 
from such connexions in future ; and, whereas, it being important 
not to the Cherokees only, but also to the Choctaws, and in regard 
also to the question which may be agitated in the future respecting 
the location of the latter, as well as the former, within the limits 
of the territory or State of Arkansas, as the case may be, and their 
removal therefrom ; and to avoid the cost which may attend nego- 
tiations to rid the territory or State of Arkansas whenever it may 
become a State, of either, or both of those tribes, the parties hereto 
do hereby conclude the following articles, viz : 

Art. 1. The western boundary of Arkansas shall be, and the 
same is hereby denned, viz : A line shall be run, commencing on 



424 



CHEROKEES. 



Red river, at the point where the eastern Choctaw line strikes said 
river, and run due north with said line to the river Arkansas, 
thence in a direct line to the southwest corner of Missouri. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to possess the Cherokees, and 
to guarantee it to them forever, and that guarantee is hereby so- 
lemnly pledged, of seven millions of acres of land, to be bounded 
as follows, viz : Commencing at that point on Arkansas river, 
where the eastern Choctaw boundary line strikes said river, and 
running thence with the western line of Arkansas, as defined in 
the foregoing article, to the southwest corner of Missouri, and 
thence with the western boundary line of Missouri till it crosses 
the waters of Neasho, generally called Grand river, thence due 
west to a point from which a due south course will strike the pre- 
sent northwest corner of Arkansas territory, thence continuing due 
south, on and with the present western boundary line of the terri- 
tory to the main branch of Arkansas river, thence down said river 
to its junction with the Canadian river, and thence up and between 
the said rivers Arkansas and Canadian, to a point at which a line 
running north and south from river to river, will give the aforesaid 
seven millions of acres. In addition to the seven millions of acres 
thus provided for and bounded, the United States further guarantee 
to the Cherokee nation a perpetual outlet, west, and a free and 
unmolested use of all the country lying west of the western 
boundary of the above described limits, and as far west as the 
sovereignty of the United States, and their right of soil extend. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to have the lines of the above 
cession run without delay, say not later than the first of October 
next, and to remove immediately after the running of the eastern 
line from the Arkansas river to the southwest comer of Missouri, 
all white persons from the west to the east of said line, and also 
all others, should there be any there, who may be unacceptable to 
the Cherokees, so that no obstacles arising out of the presence of 
a white population, or a population of any other sort, shall exist to 
annoy the Cherokees — and also to keep all such from the west of 
said line in future. 

Art. 4. The United States moreover agree to appoint suitable 
persons whose duty it shall be, in conjunction with the agent, to 
value all such improvements as the Cherokees may abandon in 
their removal from their present homes to the district of country as 
ceded in the second article of this agreement, and to pay for the 
same immediately after the assessment is made, and the amount 
ascertained. It is further agreed that the property and improve- 
ments connected with the agency, shall be sold under the direction 
of the agent, and the proceeds of the same applied to aid in the 
erection, in the country to which the Cherokees are going, of a 
grist and saw mill for their use. The aforesaid property and 
improvements are thus defined : Commence at the Arkansas river 
opposite William Stinnett's, and run due north one mile, thence 



CHEROKEES. 



425 



due east to a point from which a due south line to the Arkansas 
river would include the Chalybeate, or Mineral Spring, attached 
to or near the present residence of the agent, and thence up said 
river (Arkansas) to the place of beginning. 

Art. 5. It is further agreed that the United States, in conside- 
ration of the inconvenience and trouble attending the removal, and 
on account of the reduced value of a great portion of the lands 
herein ceded to the Cherokees, as compared with that of those in 
Arkansas which were made theirs by the treaty of 1817, and con- 
vention of 1819, will pay to the Cherokees, immediately after their 
removal, which shall D3 within fourteen months of the date of this 
agreement, the sum of fifty thousand dollars ; also an annuity for 
three years, of two thousand dollars, towards defraying the cost 
and trouble which may attend upon going after and recovering their 
stock which may stray into the territory in quest of the pastures 
from which they may be driven — also, eight thousand seven hun- 
dred and sixty dollars, for spoliations committed on them, (the 
Cherokees,) which sum will be in full of all demands of the kind 
up this date, as well those against the Osages, as those against 
citizens of the United States ; this being the amount of the claims 
for said spoliations, as rendered by the Cherokees, and which are 
believed to be correctly and fairly stated. Also, one thousand 
two hundred dollars for the use of Thomas Graves, a Cherokee 
chief, for losses sustained in his property, and for personal suffer- 
ing endured by him when confined as a prisoner, on a criminal, 
but false accusation ; also, five hundred dollars for the use of 
George Guess, another Cherokee, for the great benefits he has 
conferred upon the Cherokee people, in the beneficial results which 
they are now experiencing from the use of the alphabet discovered 
by him, to whom also in consideration of his relinquishing a valua- 
ble saline, the privilege is hereby given to locate and occup}' 
another saline on Lee's creek. It is further agreed by the United 
States, to pay two thousand dollars annually to the Cherokees for 
ten years, to be expended under the direction of the President of 
the United States in the education of their children, in their own 
country, in letters and the mechanic arts ; also, one thousand 
dollars towards the purchase of a printing press and types to aid 
the Cherokees in the progress of education, and to benefit and 
enlighten them as a people, in their own and our language. It is 
agreed further, that the expense incurred other than that paid by 
the United States in the erection of the buildings and improve- 
ments, so far as that may have been paid by the benevolent society 
who have been, and yet are, engaged in instructing the Cherokee 
children, shall be paid to the society, it being the understanding 
that the amount shall be expended in the erection of other buildings 
and improvements for like purposes, in the country herein ceded 
to the Cherokees. The United States relinquish their claim due 



426 



CHEROKEES. 



by the Cherokees to the late United States factory, provided the 
same does not exceed three thousand five hundred dollars. 

Art. 6. It is moreover agreed, by the United States, whenever 
the Cherokees may desire it, to give them a set of plain laws, 
suited to their condition — also, when they may wish to lay off 
their lands, and own them individually, a surveyor shall be sent 
to make the surveys at the cost of the United States. 

Art. 7. The chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation afore- 
said, for and in consideration of the foregoing stipulations and 
provisions, do hereby agree, in the name and behalf of their 
nation, to give up, and they do hereby surrender, to the United 
States, and agree to leave the same within fourteen months, as 
hereinbefore stipulated, all the lands to which they are entitled in 
Arkansas, and which were secured to them by the treaty of 8th 
January, 1817, and the convention of the 27th February, 1819. 

Art. 8. The Cherokee nation, west of the Mississippi, htving, 
by this agreement, freed themselves from the harassing and ruinous 
effects consequent upon a location amidst a white population, and 
secured to themselves and their posterity, under the solemn sanc- 
tion of the guarantee of the United States as contained in this 
agreement, a large extent of unembarrassed country ; and that 
their brothers yet remaining in the States may be induced to join 
them and enjoy the repose and blessings of such a state in the 
future, it is further agreed, on the part of the United States, that 
to each head of a Cherokee family now residing within the char- 
tered limits of Georgia, or of either of the States, east of the 
Mississippi, who may desire to remove west, shall be given, on 
enrolling himself for emigration, a good rifle, a blanket, and kettle, 
and five pounds of tobacco ; (and to each member of his family 
one blanket,) also, a just compensation for the property he may 
abandon, to be assessed by persons to be appointed by the President 
of the United States. The cost of the emigration of all such shall 
also be borne by the United States, and good and suitable ways 
opened, and provisions procured for their comfort, accommodation, 
and support, by the way, and provisions for twelve months after 
their arrival at the agency ; and to each person, or head of a 
family, if he take along with him four persons, shall be paid 
immediately on his arriving at the agency and reporting himself 
and his family, or followers, as emigrants and permanent settlers, 
in addition to the above, provided he and they shall have emigrated 
from within the chartered limits of the State of Georgia, the sum 
of fifty dollars, and this sum in proportion to any greater or less 
number that may accompany him from within the aforesaid char- 
tered limits of the State of Georgia. 

Art. 9. It is understood and agreed by the parties to this con- 
vention, that a tract of land, two miles wide and six miles long, 
shall be, and the same is hereby, reserved for the use and benefit 
of the United States, for the accommodation of the military force 



CHEROKEES. 



42? 



which is now, or which may hereafter be, stationed at fort Gibson, 
on the Neasho, or Grand river, to commence on said river half a 
mile below the aforesaid fort, and to run thence due east two miles, 
thence northwardly six miles, to a point which shall be two miles 
distant from the river aforesaid, thence due west to the said river, 
and down it to the place of beginning. And the Cherokees agree 
that the United States shall have and possess the right of estab- 
lishing a road through their country for the purpose of having a 
free and unmolested way to and from said fort. 

Art. 10. It is agreed that Captain James Rogers, in considera- 
tion of his having lost a horse in the service of the United States, 
and for services rendered by him to the United States, shall be 
paid, in full for the above, and all other claims for losses and ser- 
vices, the sum of five hundred dollars. 

Art. 11. This treaty to be binding on the contracting parties 
so soon as it is ratified by the President of the United States, by 
and with the advice and consent of the Senate. 

Done at the place, and on the day and year above written. 



James Barbour, l. s. 

CHIEFS OF THE DELEGATION I 

Black Fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Graves, his x mark, l. s. 

George Guess* l. s. 

Thomas Maw,* l. s. 

George Marvis,* l. s. 

John Looney,* l. s. 

John Rogers, l. s. 

J. W. Flawey, Counsellor of Bel. l. s. 



witnesses : 

Thos. L. McKenney, D. Brown, Secretary Cherokee 

James Rogers, Interpreter, Delegation, 

D. Kurtz, Pierye Pierya, 

H. Miller, E. W. Duval, U. S. Agent, $c. 

Thomas Murray, 

Ratified with the following proviso : 

" Provided, nevertheless, that the said convention shall not be 
so construed as to extend the northern boundary of the £ perpetual 
outlet west,' provided for and guaranteed in the second article of 
said convention, north of the thirty-sixth degree of north latitude, 
or so as to interfere with the lands assigned, or to be assigned, 
west of the Mississippi river, to the Creek Indians who have 
emigrated, or may emigrate, from the States of Georgia and 
Alabama, under the provisions of any treaty or treaties heretofore 

* Written by the signers in their language, and in the characters now in use 
among them, as discovered by George Guess. 



428 



CHEROKEES. 



concluded between the United States and the Creek tribe of In- 
dians ; and provided further, That nothing in the said convention 
shall be construed to cede or assign to the Cherokees any lands 
heretofore ceded or assigned to any tribe or tribes of Indians, by 
any treaty now existing and in force, with any such tribe or tribes." 



Department of War, > 
31s* May, 1828. \ 

To the Hon. Henry Clay, 

Secretary of State : 

Sir: I have the honor to transmit, herewith, the acceptance of 
the terms, by the Cherokees, upon which the recent convention 
with them was ratified. You will have the goodness to cause 
the same to be attached to the treaty, and published with it. 

I have the honor to be, very resectfully, your obedient servant, 

SAM'L. L. SOUTHARD. 



Council Room, Williamson's Hotel, > 
Washington, May 31st, 1828. \ 
To the Secretary of War, 

Washington City : 

Sir: The undersigned, chiefs of the Cherokee nation, west of 
the Mississippi, for and in behalf of said nation, hereby agree to, 
and accept of, the terms upon which the Senate of the United 
States ratified the convention, concluded at Washington on the 
sixth day of May, 1828, between the United States and said 
nation. 

In testimony whereof, they hereunto subscribe their names and 
affix their seals. 

Thomas Graves, his x mark, l. s. 

George Maw, his x mark, l. s. 

George Guess, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Marvis, his x mark, l. s. 

John Rogers, l. s. 

Signed and sealed in the presence of 
Thomas Murray, E. W. Duval, U. S. Agent, fyc. 

James Rogers, Interpreter, 



WINNEBAGOES, POTAWATAMIES, ETC. 



429 



WINNEBAGOES, POTAWATAMIES, ETC. 

[concluded august 25, 1828 — ratified January 7, 1829.] 

The Government of the United States having appointed Com- 
missioners to treat with the Sac, Fox, Winnebago, Potawatamie, 
Ottawa, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, for the purpose of ex- 
tinguishing their title to land within the State of Illinois, and the 
Territory of Michigan, situated between the Illinois river and the 
lead mines on Fever river, and in the vicinity of said lead mines, 
and for other purposes ; and it having been found impracticable, 
in consequence of the lateness of the period when the instructions 
were issued, the extent of the country occupied by the Indians, and 
their dispersed situation, to convene them in sufficient numbers to 
justify a cession of land on their part ; and the chiefs of the Win- 
nebago tribe, and of the united tribes of the Potawatamies, Chip- 
pewas, and Ottawas, assembled at Green bay, having declined at 
this time to make the desired cession, the following temporary ar- 
rangement, subject to the ratification of the President and Senate 
of the United States, has this day been made, between Lewis Cass 
and Pierre Menard, Commissioners of the United States, and the 
said Winnebago tribe, and the united tribes of Potawatamie, Chip- 
pewa, and Ottawa, Indians, in order to remove the difficulties 
which have arisen in consequence of the occupation, by white 
persons, of that part of the mining country which has not been 
heretofore ceded to the United States. 

Art. 1. It is agreed that the following shall be the provisional 
boundary between the lands of the United States and those of the 
said Indians : The Ouisconsin river, from its mouth to its nearest 
approach to the Blue Mounds ; thence southerly, passing east of 
the said mounds, to the head of that branch of the Pocatolaka 
creek which runs near the Spotted Arm's village ; thence with the 
said branch to the main forks of Pocatolaka creek ; thence south- 
easterly, to the ridge dividing the Winnebago country from that of 
the Potawatamie, Chippewa, and Ottawa tribes ; thence southerly, 
with the said ridge, to the line running from Chicago to the Mis- 
sissippi, near Rock island. And it is fully understood, that the 
United States may freely occupy the country between these boun- 
daries and the Mississippi river, until a treaty shall be held with 
the Indians for its cession ; which treaty, it is presumed, will be 
held in the year 1829. But it is expressly understood and agreed, 
that if any white persons shall cross the line herein described, and 
pass into the Indian country, for the purpose of mining, or for any 
other purpose whatever, the Indians shall not interfere with nor 
molest such persons, but that the proper measures for their removal 
shall be referred to the President of the United States. In the 
mean time, however, it is agreed, that any just compensation to 



430 



WINNEBAGOES, POTAWATAMIES, ETC. 



which the Indians may be entitled for any injuries committed by 
white persons on the Indian side of the said line, shall be paid to 
the said Indians at the time such treaty may be held. It is also 
agreed by the Indians that a ferry may be established over the 
Rock river, where the fort Clark road crosses the same ; and, also, 
a ferry over the same river at the crossing of the Lewiston road. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to pay to the Winnebago. 
Potawatamie, Chippewa, and Ottawa Indians, the sum of twenty 
thousand dollars, in goods, at the time and place when and where 
the said treaty may be held ; which said sum shall be equitably 
divided between the said tribes, and shall be in full compensation 
for all the injuries and damages sustained by them, in consequence 
of the occupation of any part of the mining country by white per- 
sons, from the commencement of such occupation until the said 
treaty shall be held. Excepting, however, such compensation as 
the Indians may be entitled to, for any injuries hereafter committed 
on their side of the line hereby established. 

In testimony whereof, the said commissioners and the chiefs of 
the said tribes have hereunto set their hands at Green bay, in 
the territory of Michigan, this 25th day of August, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight. 

Lewis Cass, 
Pierre Menard. 

WINNEBAGOES. 

Nan-kaw, or wood, his x mark, 
Hoan-kaw, or chief, his x mark, 
Hoo-waun-ee-kaw, or little elk, his x mark, 
Tshay-ro-tshoan-kaw, or smoker, his x mark, 
Haump-ee-man-ne-kaw, or he who walks by day, his x mark, 
Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, his x mark, 
Morah-tshay-kaw, or little priest, his x mark, 
Kau-ree-kau-saw-kaw, or white crow, his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-haw-kaw, or snake skin, his x mark, 
Man-ah-kee-tshump-kaw, or spotted arm, his x mark, 
Wee-no-she-kaw, his x mark, 
Tshaw-wan-shaip-shootsh-kaw, his x mark, 
Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, (senior) his x mark, 
Nau-soo-ray-risk-kaw, his x mark, 
Shoank-tshunsk-kaw, or black wolf, his x mark, 
Wau-tshe-roo-kun-ah-kaw, or he who is master of the lodge, his 
x mark, 

Kay-rah-tsho-kaw, or clear weather, his x mark, 
Hay-ro-kaw-kaw, or he without horns, his x mark, 
Wau-kaum-kam, or snake, his x mark, 
Kan-kaw-saw-kaw, his x mark, 
Man-kay-ray-kau, or spotted earth, his x mark, 
Thaun-wan-kaw, or wild cat, his x mark, 



POTAWATAMIES. 



431 



Span-you-kaw, or Spaniard, his x mark, 
Shoank-skaw-kaw, or white dog, his x mark, 
Nee-hoo-kaw, or whirlpool, his x mark, 
Nath-kay-saw-kaw, or fierce heart, his x mark, 
Wheank-kaw, or duck, his x mark, 

Saw-waugh-kee-wau, or he that leaves the yellow track, his x 
mark, 

Sin-a-gee-wen, or ripple, his x mark, 
Shush-que-nau, his x mark, 
Sa-gin-nai-nee-pee, his x mark, 
Nun-que-wee-bee, or thunder sitting, his x mark, 
O-bwa-gunn, or thunder turn back, his x mark, 
Tusk-que-gun, or last feather, his x mark, 
Maun-gee-zik, or big foot, his x mark, 
Way-meek-see-goo, or wampum, his x mark, 
Meeks-zoo, his x mark, 

Pay-mau-bee-mee, or him that looks over, his x mark. 

Witnesses present : 

W. B. Lee, Secretary C. Chouteau, 
H. J. B. Brevoort, U. S. Indian Peter Menard, jun., Indian Sub- 
Agent, Agent, 

R. A. Forsyth, Henry Gratiot, 

Jno. H. Kinzie, Pierre Paquet, Winnebago In- 
John Marsh, terpreter, 

E. A. Brush, J. Ogee, Potawatamie Interpre- 
G. W. Silliman, ter. 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1828 — RATIFIED JANUARY 7, 1829. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the Missionary estab- 
lishment upon the St. Joseph, of Lake Michigan, in the Territory 
of Michigan, this 20th day of September, in the year of our 
Lord one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, between 
Lewis Cass and Pierre Menard, commissioners on the part of 
the United States and the Potawatamie tribe of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the United 
States the tract of land included within the following boundaries: 

1st. Beginning at the mouth of the St. Joseph, of lake Michigan, 
and thence running up the said river to a point on the same river, 
halfway between La-vache-qui-pisse and Macousin village; thence 
in a direct line, to the nineteenth mile tree, on the northern boun- 
dary line of the State of Indiana ; thence with the same west to 
lake Michigan ; and thence with the shore of the said lake, to the 
place of beginning. 



432 



POTAWATAMIES. 



2d. Beginning at a point on the line rim in 1817, due east from 
the southern extreme of lake Michigan, which point is due south 
from the head of the most easterly branch of the Kankekee river, 
and from that point running south ten miles ; thence in a direct 
line, to the northeast corner of Flatbelly's reservation ; thence to 
the northwest corner of the reservation at Seek's village ; thence 
with the lines of the said reservation and of former cessions, to the 
line between the States of Indiana and Ohio ; thence with the 
same to the former described line, running due east from the 
southern extreme of lake Michigan ; and thence with the said line, 
to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cessions aforesaid, there shall be 
paid to the said tribe an additional permanent annuity of two thou- 
sand dollars ; and also an additional annuity of one thousand 
dollars for the term of twenty years ; goods to the value of thirty 
thousand dollars shall be given to the said, tribe, either imme- 
diately after signing this treaty, or as soon thereafter as they can 
be procured ; an additional sum of ten thousand dollars in goods, 
and another of five thousand dollars in specie shall be paid to them 
in the year 1829. 

The sum of seven thousand five hundred dollars shall be ex- 
pended for the said tribe, under the direction of the President of 
the United States, in clearing and fencing land, erecting houses, 
purchasing domestic animals and farming utensils, and in the 
support of laborers to work for them. 

Two thousand pounds of tobacco, fifteen hundred weight of 
iron, and three hundred and fifty pounds of steel, shall be annually 
delivered to them. 

One thousand dollars per annum shall be applied for the pur- 
poses of education, as long as Congress may think the appropria- 
tion may be useful. 

One hundred dollars in goods shall be annually paid to To- 
pen-i-be, the principal chief of the said tribe, during his natural 
life. The blacksmith, stipulated by the treaty of Chicago to be 
provided for the term of fifteen years, shall be permanently sup- 
ported by the United States. 

Three laborers shall be provided during four months of the year, 
for ten years, to work for the band living upon the reservation 
south of the St. Joseph. 

Art. 3. There shall be granted to the following persons, all of 
whom are Indians by descent, the tracts of land hereafter men- 
tioned, which shall be located upon the second cession above 
described, where the President of the United States may direct, 
after the country may be surveyed, and to correspond with the 
surveys, provided that no location shall be made upon the Elk- 
heart prairie, nor within five miles of the same ; nor shall the tracts 
there granted be conveyed by the grantees, without the consent of 
the President of the United States. 



POTAWATAMIE S. 



433 



To Sah-ne-mo-quay, wife of Jean B. Dutrist, one half section 
of land. 

To Way-pe-nah-te-mo-quay, wife of Thomas Robb, one half 
section of iand. 

To Me-no-ka-mick-quay, wife of Edward McCarty, one half 
section of land. 

To Ship-pe-shick-quay, wife of James Wyman, one half section 
of land. 

To Assapo, wife of Antoine Gamiin, one half section of land. 
To Moahquay, wife of Richard Chabert, one half section of land. 
To Me-shaw-ke-to-quay, wife of George Cicot, two sections of 
land. 

To Mary Prejean, wife of Louis St. Combe, one section of land. 
To To-pe-naw-koung, wife of Peter Langlois, one section of 
land. 

To Au-bee-nan-bee, a Potawatamie chief, two sections of landi 

To Me-che-hee, wife of Charles Minie, a half section of land. 

To Louison, a Potawatamie, a reservation of one section, to in- 
clude his house and cornfield. 

To Kes-he-wa-quay, wife of Pierre F. Navarre, one section of 
Jand. 

To Benac, a Potawatamie, one section of land. 
To Pe-pene-way, a chief, one section of land. 
To Pierre Le Clair, one section of land. 

To Joseph Barron, a white man who has long lived with the 
Indians, and to whom they are much attached, two sections of 
land ; but the rejection of this grant is not to affect any other part 
of the treaty. 

To Betsey Ducharme, one half section of land. The section of 
land granted by the treaty of Chicago to Nancy Burnett, now 
Nancy Davis, shall be purchased by the United States, if the same 
can be done for the sum of one thousand dollars. 

To Madeleine Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, one section of 
land. 

Art. 4. The sum of ten thousand eight hundred and ninety-five 
dollars shall be applied to the payments of certain claims against the 
Indians, agreeably to a schedule of the said claims hereunto annexed. 

Art. 5. Circumstances rendering it probable that the missionary 
establishment now located upon the St. Joseph, may be compelled 
to remove west of the Mississippi, it is agreed that when they 
remove, the value of their buildings and other improvements shall 
be estimated, and the amount paid by the United States. But, as 
the location is upon the Indian reservation, the commissioners are 
unwilling: to assume the responsibility of making this provision 
absolute, and therefore its rejection is not to affect any other part 
of the treaty. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall be obligatory, after the same has been 
ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. 

42 



434 



POT AWAT AMIES » 



In testimony whereof, the commissioners, and' the chiefs an#' 
warriors of the said tribe have hereunto set their hands, g$ 
the place and upon the day aforesaid- 



Pee-shee-wai, his x mark, 
O-kee-au, his x mark, 
Nau-kee-o-nuck, his x mark, 
Me-she-ken-ho, his x mark, 
Non-ai, his x mark, 
Wa-shais-skuck, his x mark. 
Pai-que-sha-bai, his x mark, 
Mix-a-mans, his x mark, 
Me-tai-was,. his x mark, 
Mis-qua-buck, his x mark, 
A-bee-tu-que-zuck, his x mark, 
Kee-ai-so-qua, his x mark, 
A-bee-tai-que-zuck, his x mark, 
Wau-shus-kee-zuck, his x mark, 
Kee-kee-wee-nus-ka,hisxmark, 
Nichee-poo-sick, his x mark, 
Wa-sai-ka, his x mark, 
Mee-quen, his x mark, 
Num-quai-twa, his x mark, 
Mee-kee-sis, his x mark, 
Sans-gen-ai, his x mark, 
Wish-kai, his x mark, 
She-she- gon, his x mark, 
Pee-pee-au, his x mark, 
O-tuck-quin, his x mark, 
Moo-koos, his x mark, 
Louison, his x mark, 
Pchee-koo, his x mark, 
Sha-wai-no-kuck, his x mark, 
Zo-zai, his x mark, 
Wai-za-we-shuck, his x mark, 
Me-chee-pee-nai-she-insh, his x 
mark, 

Com-o-zoo, his x mark, 
Je-bause, his x mark, 
Le Beeuf, his x mark. 

After the signature of the treaty r and at the request of the 
Indians, it was agreed, that of the ten thousand dollars stipulated 
to be delivered in goods, in 1829, three thousand dollars shall be 
delivered immediately, leaving seven thousand dollars in goods to 
be delivered in 1829.. 

The reservation of Pe. Langlois' wife to be located upon the 
north side of Eel river, between Peerish village and Louison's 
reservation- 



Lewis Cass, 
Pierre Menard, 
To-pen-e-bee,. his x mark., 
A-bee-na-bee, his x mark, 
Po-ka-gxm, his x mark, 
Ship-she- wa-non, his x mark, 
Quai-quai-ta, his x mark, 
Mixs-a-be, his x mark, 
Mo-sack, his x mark, 
Wa-ban-see, his x mark, 
Pe-nan-shies, his x mark, 
Mish-ko-see, his x mark, 
Moran, his x mark, 
Shaw-wa-nan-see, his x mark, 
Mank-see, his x mark, 
Shee-qua, his x mark y 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 
Louison, his x mark, 
Che-chalk-koos, his x mark r 
Pee-pee-nai-wa, his x mark, 
^Toc-conse, his x mark, 
Kaush-quaw, his x mark, 
Sko-mans, his x mark, 
Au-tiss, his x mark, 
Me-non-quet, his x mark, 
Sack-a-mans, his x mark, 
Kin-ne-kose, his x mark, 
No-shai-e-quon, his x mark, 
Pe-tee-nans, his x mark, 
Jo-saih, his x mark, 
Mo-teille, his x mark, 
Wa-pee-kai-non, his x mark, 
Pack-quin, his x mark, 
Pash-po-oo, his x mark, 
Mans-kee-os, his x mark, 
Wash-e-on-ause, 



CHlPPEWAS, OTTAWA S, ETC. 



435 



The reservation of Betsey Ducharme to be located at Louison's 
ran. 

Lewis Cass, 
Pierre Menard. 

Ratified, with the exception of the following paragraph in the 
third article : " To Joseph Barron, a white man, who has long 
lived with the Indians, and to whom they are much attached, two 
sections of land ; but the rejection of this grant is not to affect any 
other part of the treaty." 

Signed in the presence of 

Alex. Woleott, Indian Agent, D. G. Jones, 

John Tipton, Indian Agent, Walter Wilson, Major General 

Charles Noble, Sec. to Com'rs. Indiana Militia, 

A. Edwards, President of the Calvin Britain, 

Legislative Council, E. Reed. 
R. A. Forsyth, 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, AND POTAWATAMIES* 

t Concluded july 29, 1829— ratified January 2, 1830. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Prairie du Chien, in the 
territory of Michigan, between the United States of America, by 
their commissioners, general John McJYeil, colonel Pierre Menard, 
and Caleb Atwater, Esq., and the united nations of Chippewa, 
Ottawa, and Potawatamie Indians, of the waters of the Illinois^ 
Milwaukee, and Manitoouck rivers. 

Art. 1. The aforesaid nations of Chippewa, Ottawa, and Pota- 
watamie Indians, do hereby cede to the United States aforesaid., 
all the lands comprehended within the following limits, to wit : 
Beginning at the Winnebago village, on Rock river, forty miles 
from its mouth, and running thence down the Rock river, to a line 
which runs due west from the most southern bend of lake Michi- 
gan to the Mississippi river, and with that line to the Mississippi 
river opposite to Rock Island ; thence up that river, to the United 
States reservation at the mouth of the Ouisconsin ; thence with the 
south and east lines of said reservation, to the Ouisconsin river; 
thence southerly, passing the heads of the small streams emptying 
into the Mississippi, to the Rock river aforesaid, at the Winne- 
bago village, the place of beginning* And also, one other tract 
of land, described as follows, to wit : Beginning on the western 
shore of lake Michigan, at the northeast corner of the field of An- 
toine Ouitmette, who lives near Gross Pointe, about twelve miles 
north of Chicago ; thence running due west, to the Rock river 
aforesaid ; thence down the said river, to where a line drawn due 
west from the most southern bend of lake Michigan crosses said 
river ; thence east along said line, to the Fox river of the Illinois \ 



436 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 



thence along the northwestern boundary line of the cession of 1816, 
to lake Michigan ; thence northwardly along the western shore of 
said lake, to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the aforesaid cessions of land, the 
United States aforesaid agree to pay to the aforesaid nations of 
Indians the sum of sixteen thousand dollars annually, forever, in 
specie : said sum to be paid at Chicago. And the said United 
States further agree to cause to be delivered to said nations of 
Indians, in the month of October next, twelve thousand dollars' 
worth of goods as a present. And it is further agreed to deliver 
to said Indians at Chicago, fifty barrels of salt annually, forever ; 
and further, the United States agree to make permanent, for the 
use of the said Indians, the blacksmith's establishment at Chicago. 

Art. 3. From the cessions aforesaid there shall be reserved for 
the use of the undernamed chiefs and their bands, the following 
tracts of land, viz : 

For Wau-pon-eh-see, five sections of land at the Grand Bois, on 
Fox river of the Illinois, where Shaytee's village now stands. 

For Shab-eh-nay, two sections at his village, near the Paw-paw 
grove. For Awn-kote : , four sections at the village of Saw-meh- 
naug, on the Fox river of the Illinois. 

Art. 4. There shall be granted by the United States to each 
of the following persons, (being descendants from Indians,) the 
following tracts of land, viz : To Claude Laframboise, one section 
of land on the riviere aux Pleins, adjoining the line of the purchase 
of 1816. 

To Frangois Bourbonne, Jr., one section at the missionary 
establishment, on the Fox river of the Illinois. To Alexander 
Robinson, for himself and children, two sections on the riviere 
aux Pleins, above and adjoining the tract herein granted to Claude 
Laframboise. To Pierre Leclerc, one section at the village of the 
As-sim-in-eh-Kon, or Paw-paw grove. To Waish-kee-Shaw, a 
Potawatamie woman, wife of David Laughton, and to her child, 
one and a half sections at the old village of Nay-ou-Say, at or near 
the source of the riviere aux Sables of the Illinois. To Billy Cald- 
well, two and a half sections on the Chicago river, above and 
adjoining the line of the purchase of 1816. To Victoire Pothier, 
one half section on the Chicago river, above and adjoining the 
tract of land herein granted to Billy Caldwell. To Jane Miranda, 
one quarter section on the Chicago river, above and adjoining the 
tract herein granted to Victoire Pothier. To Madeline, a Pota- 
watamie woman, wife of Joseph Ogee, one section west of and 
adjoining the tract herein granted to Pierre Leclerc, at the Paw- 
paw grove. To Archange Ouilmette, a Potawatamie woman, 
wife of Antoine Ouilmette, two sections for herself and her chil- 
dren, on lake Michigan, south of and adjoining the northern 
boundary of the cession herein made by the Indians aforesaid to 
the United States. To Antoine and Frangois Leclerc, one section 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTAWAS, ETC. 



437 



each, lying on the Mississippi river, north of and adjoining the line 
drawn due west from the most southern bend of lake Michigan, 
where said line strikes the Mississippi river. To Mo-ah-way, one 
quarter section on the north side of and adjoining the tract herein 
granted to Waish-kee-Shaw. The tracts of land herein stipu- 
lated to be granted, shall never be leased or conveyed by the 
grantees, or their heirs, to any person whatever, without the per- 
mission of the President of the United States. 

Art. 5. The United States, at the request of the Indians afore- 
said, further agree to pay to the persons named in the schedule 
annexed to this treaty, the sum of eleven thousand six hundred 
and one dollars ; which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims 
brought by said persons against said Indians, and by them ac- 
knowledged to be justly due. 

Art. 6. And it is further agreed, that the United States shall, at 
their own expense, cause to be surveyed, the northern boundary 
line of the cession herein made, from lake Michigan to the Rock 
river, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this treaty, and 
shall also cause good and sufficient marks and mounds to be estab- 
lished on said line. 

Art. 7. The right to hunt on the lands herein ceded, so long as 
the same shall remain the property of the United States, is hereby 
secured to the nations who are parties to this treaty. 

Art. 8. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate thereof. 

In testimony whereof, the said John McNiel, Pierre Menard, 
and Caleb Atwater, commissioners as aforesaid, and the chiefs 
and warriors of the said Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawa- 
tamie nations, have hereunto set their hands and seals, at 
Prairie du Chein, as aforesaid, this twenty-ninth day of July, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and twen- 
ty-nine. 

John McNiel, ) l. s. 

Pierre Menard, > Coirim'rs. l. s. 
Caleb Atwater, ) l. s. 

Sin-eh-pay-nim, his x mark, l. s. 

Kawb-suk-we, his x mark, l. s. 

Wau-pon-eh-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Naw-geh-say, his x mark, l. s. 

Shaw-a-nay-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Naw-geh-to-nuk, his x mark, l. s. 
Meek-say-mauk, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaw-gaw-gay-shee, his x mark, l. s . 
Maw-geh-set, his x mark, l. s. 

Meck-eh-so, his x mark, l. s. 

Awn-kote, his x mark, l. s. 



438 



CHIPPEWAS 0TTAWAS, ETC 



Shuk-eh-nay-buk, his x mark, l. e>, 

Sho-men, his x mark, l. s. 

Nay-a-mush, his x mark, l. s. 

Pat-eh-ko-zuk, his x mark, l. s. 

Mash-kak-suk, his x mark, l. s. 

Pooh-kin-eh-naw, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-kay-zo, his x mark, l. s. 

Sou-ka-mock, his x mark, l. s. 

Chee-chee-pin-quay, his x mark, l. s. 

Man-eh-bo-zo, his x mark, l. s. 
Shah-way-ne-be-nay, his x mark, l. 

Kaw-kee, his x mark, l. s. 

To-rum, his x mark, l. s. 

Nah-yah-to-shuk, his x mark, l. s. 

Mee-chee kee-wis, his x mark, l. s. 

Es-kaw-bey-wis, his x mark, l. &. 

Wau-pay-kay, his x mark, l. s. 

Michel, his x mark, l. s. 

Nee-kon-gum, his x mark, l. s. 
Mes-quaw-be-no-quay, her x mark, l. s. 

Pe-i-tum, her x mark, l. s. 

Kay-wau, her x mark, l. s. 

Wau-kaw-ou-say, her x mark, l. g. 

Shem-naw, her x mark. l. s. 

In presence of 

Charles Hempstead, Sec. to the Henry Gratiot, 

Com. Richard Gentry, 

Alex. Wolcott, Indian Agent, John Messersmith, 
Jos. M. Street, Indian Agent, Wm. P. Smith, 
Thomas Forsyth, Indian Agent, C. Chouteau, 
Z. Taylor, Lt. Col. U. S. Army, James Turney, 
John H. Kinzie, Sub. Agent In- Jesse Benton, Jr., 

dian Affairs, J. L. Bogardus, 

R. B. Mason, Capt. 1st. Inf. Antoine Le Claire, Ind. Inierp, 
John Garland, Maj. U. S.Army, Jon. W. B. Mette, Ind. Interp, 
H. Dodge, Sogee, 
A. Hill,, John W, Johnson. 



WINNEBAGOES.. 439 



WINNEB AG O E S . 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 1, 1829 — RATIFIED* JANUARY 2, 1830. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the village of Prairie du 
Chien, Michigan Territory, on this first day of August, in the 
year one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine, between the 
United States of America, by their commissioners, General John 
M'Neil, Colonel Pierre Menard, and Caleb Atwater, Esq., for 
and on behalf of mid States, of the one part, and the nation of 
Winnebago Indians of the oilier part. 

Art. 1. The said Winnebago nation hereby forever cede and 
relinquish to the said United States all their right, title, and claim, 
to the lands and country contained in the following limits and 
boundaries, to wit : beginning on Rock river, at the mouth of the 
Pee-kee-tau-no or Pee-kee-tol-a-ka, a branch thereof ; thence, up 
the Pee-kee-tol-a-ka, to the mouth of Sugar creek ; thence, up the 
said creek, to the source of the eastern branch thereof ; thence, by 
a line running due north, to the road leading from the eastern blue 
mound, by the most northern of the four lakes, to the portage of 
the Wisconsin and Fox rivers ; thence, along the said road, to the 
crossing of Duck creek ; thence, by a line running in a direct course 
to the most southeasterly bend of lake Puck-a-way, on Fox river ; 
thence, up said lake and Fox river, to the portage of the Wiscon- 
sin ; thence, across said portage, to the Wisconsin river ; thence, 
down said river, to the eastern line of the United States reserva- 
tion at the mouth of said river, on the south side thereof, as des- 
cribed in the second article of the treaty made at St. Louis, on the 
twenty-fourth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and 
sixteen, with the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Potawatamies thence, 
with the lines of a tract of country on the Mississippi river, (se- 
cured to the Chippewas, Ottawas, and Potawatamies, of the Illi- 
nois, by the ninth article of the treaty made at Prairie du Chien, 
on the nineteenth day of August, in the year eighteen hundred and 
twenty-five,) running southwardly, passing the heads of the small 
streams emptying into the Mississippi to the Rock river, at the 
Winnebago village, forty miles above its mouth ; thence, up Rock 
river, to the mouth of the Pee-kee-tol-a-ka river, the place of 
beginning. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the above cession, it is hereby sti- 
pulated, that the said United States shall pay to the said Winnebago 
nation of Indians the sum of eighteen thousand dollars in specie., 
annually, for the period of thirty years ; which said sum is to be 
paid to said Indians at Prairie du Chien and Fort Winnebago, in 
proportion to the numbers residing within the most convenient dis- 



* With the exception of the sixth article. 



440 



WINNEBAGOES. 



tance of each place, respectively ; and it is also agreed, that the 
said United States shall deliver immediately to said Indians, as a 
present, thirty thousand dollars in goods ; and it is further agreed, 
that three thousand pounds of tobacco, and fifty barrels of salt, 
shall be annually delivered to the said Indians by the United States., 
for the period of thirty years ; half of which articles shall be de- 
livered at the agency at Prairie du Chien, and the other half at the 
agency of fort Winnebago. 

Art. 3. And it is further agreed between the parties, that the 
said United States shall provide and support three blacksmiths" 
shops, with the necessary tools, iron, and steel, for the use of the 
said Indians, for the term of thirty years ; one at Prairie du Chien, 
one at Fort Winnebago, and one on the waters of Rock river ; and 
furthermore, the said United States engage to furnish, for the use 
of the said Indians, two yoke of oxen, one cart, and the services 
of a man at the portage of the Wisconsin and Fox rivers, to con- 
tinue at the pleasure of the agent at that place, the term not to 
exceed thirty years. 

Art. 4. The United States (at the request of the Indians afore- 
said) further agree to pay to the persons named in the schedule 
annexed to this treaty, (and which forms part and parcel thereof,) 
the several sums as therein specified, amounting, in all, to the sum 
of twenty-three thousand five hundred and thirty-two dollars and 
twenty-eight cents ; which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims 
brought by said persons against said Indians, and by them 
acknowledged to be justly due. 

Art. 5. And it is further agreed, that, from the land herein- 
before ceded, there shall be granted by the United States to the 
persons herein named, (being descendants of said Indians,) the 
quantity of land as follows, to be located without the mineral 
country, under the direction of the President of the United States, 
that is to say : to Catharine Myott, one section ; to Michel St. Cjr 7 
son of Kee-no-kau, (a Winnebago woman,) one section ; to Mary. 
Ellen and Brigitte, daughters of said Kee-no-kau, each one section ; 
to Catharine and Olivier, children of Olivier Amelle, each . one 
section ; to Frangois, Therese, and Joseph, children of Joseph Thi- 
bault, each one section ; to Sophia, daughter of Joshua Palen, one 
section ; to Pierre Pacquette, two sections ; and to his two chil- 
dren, Therese and Moses, each one section ; to Pierre Grignon 
L'Avoine, Amable, Margaret, Genevieve, and Mariette. children 
of said Pierre, each one section; to Mauh-nah-tee-see, (a Winne- 
bago woman,) one section ; and to her eight children, viz : The- 
rese, Benjamin, James, Simeon, and Phelise Leciiyer, Julia and 
Antoine Grignon, and Alexis Peyet, each one section ; to John 
Baptiste Pascal, Margaret, Angelique, Domitille, Therese and Li- 
sette, children of die late John Baptiste Paquette, each one section ; 
to Madeline Brisbois, daughter of the late Michel Brisbois, jr., one 
section ; to Therese Gagnier and her two children, Frangois and 



WINNEBAGOES. 



441 



Louise, two sections ; to Mary, daughter of Luther Gleason, one 
section ; and to Theodore Lupen, one section ; all which aforesaid 
grants are not to be leased or sold by said grantees' to any person 
or persons whatever, without the permission of the President of 
the United States ; and it is further agreed, that the said United 
States shall pay to Therese Gagnier the sum of fifty dollars per 
annum for fifteen years, to be deducted from the annuity to said 
Indians, 

Art. 6. The said United States hereby agree (by the request of 
the said Indians) to appoint a sub-agent for them, to reside on the 
waters of Rock river, and also to continue the present sub-agency 
at fort Winnebago. But it is understoo I that the rejection of this 
article, by the Senate, is not to affect the validity of this treaty. 

Art. 7. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of 
the Senate thereof, shall be obligatory on the contracting parties. 
In testimony whereof, the said John McNiel, Pierre Menard, 
and Caleb Atwater, commissioners as aforesaid, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the said Winnebago nation of Indians, 
have hereunto set their hands and seals, at the time and place 



first herein above written. 

John McNiel, ) l. s. 

Pierre Menard, > Commissioners, l. s. 

Caleb Atwater, ) l. s. 

Hay-ray-tshon-sarp, black hawk, his x mark, l. s. 
Tshay-o-skaw-tsho-kaw, who plays with the ox, his x mark, l. s. 

Woank-shik-rootsh-kay, man eater, his x mark, l. s. 

Kau-rah-kaw-see-kan, crow killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Maunk-shaw-ka, white breast, his x mark, s. s. 

Hah-pau-koo-see-kaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Maun-kaw-kaw, earth, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-sheesh-kaw, broken arm, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-kaun-kaw, rattle snake, his x mark, l. s. 

Chey-skaw-kaw, white ox, his x mark, l. s, 

Nautch-kay-suck, the quick heart, his x mark, l. s. 
Wau-kaun-tshaw-way-kee-wen-kaw, whirling thunder, his 

x mark, l. s, 

Thoap-nuzh-ee-kaw, four who stand, his x mark, l. s. 

Hay-nah-ah-ratsh-kay, left handed, his x mark, l. s. 
Woan-knaw-hoap-ee-ne-kaw, big medicine man, his x mark, l. s. 

Pey-tshun-kaw, the crane, his x mark, l. s. 

Jarot, or Jarrot, his x mark, l. s. 

Thay-hoo-kau-kaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Kov-se-ray-kaw, his x mark, h. s. 

Nau-kaw-kary-maunie, wood, his x mark, l. s. 



Hee-tshah-wau-shaip-soots-kau, red war eagle, his x mark, l. s. 
Hee-tsha-wau-sharp-skaw-kau, white war eagle, his x mark, l. s. 
Tshu-o-nuzh-ee-kau, he who stands in the house, his x mark, l. s. 



442 



WINNEBAGOES. 



Wau-kaun-hah-kaw, snake skin, his x mark, 
Hoo-wau-noo-kaw, little elk, his x mark, 
Shoank-tshunk-saip-kau, black wolf, his x mark, 
Kay-rah-tsho-kau, clear sky, his x mark, 
Hee-tshaum-wau-kaw, wild cat, his x mark, 
Hoo-tshoap-kau, four legs, Jr., his x mark, 
Maunk-kay-ray-kau, crooked tail, his x mark, 
Wau-kaum-kaw, rattle snake, his x mark, 
Wau-tshee-roo-kun-o-kau, master of the lodge, his x mark, 
Menne-kam, the bear who scratches, his x mark, 
Waun-kaun-tshaw-zee-kau, yellow thunder, his x mark, 
Kay-ray-mau-nee, walking turtle, his x mark, 
Kaish-kee-pay-kau, his x mark, 



Ni-si-wau-roosh-kun, the be? 



r, his x mark, 



Kau-kau-saw-kaw, his x mark, 
Maun-tsha-nig-ee-nig, little white bear, his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-tsha-nee-kau, deaf thunder, his x mark, 
Chah-wau-saip-kau, black eagle, his x mark, 
Saun-tshah-mau-nee, his x mark, 
Maunee hat-a-kau, big walker, his x mark, 
Kaish-kee-pay-kau, his x mark. 

In presence of 

Sec. to Charles Chouteau, 



L. S> 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S-. 



Charles S. Hempstead 

the Com. 
Joseph M. Street, Ind. Agent, 
Thomas Forsyth, Ind. Agent, 
Alex. Wolcott, Ind. Agent, 
John H. Kenzie, Sub. Agt. Ind. 

Affairs, 

Z. Taylor, Lt. Col. U. S. Army, 
H. Dodge, 
A. Hill, 
Henry Gratiot, 

Wm. Beaumont, Sur. U. S. A. 

G. W. Garey, 

Richard Gentry, 

James Turner, 

Richard H. Bell, 

John W. Johnson, 

Wm. M. Read, 

G. H. Kennedy, 

R. Holmes, U. S. Army, 

John Dallam, 

J.R. B. Gardenier, Lt U. S. Inf. 



John Messersmith, 
John L. Chastain, 
Wm. D. Smith, 
Charles K. Henshaw, 
James B. Estis, 
Jesse Benton, Jr., 
Jacob Hambleton, 
John Quaill, 
John Garland, 
Henry Crossle, 
J. L. Bogardus, 
B. B. Kercheval, 
Luther Gleason, 
Pierre Paquet, his x mark, 

nebago Interpreter, 
J. Palen, 
Jacques Mette, 
Antoine Le Claire, 
Joge, 

M. Brisbois. 



Win- 



DELAWARE S. 



443 



DELAW ARES. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 3, 1829 — RATIFIED JANUARY 2, 1830. ] 

Articles of agreement made between John McElvain, thereto especi- 
ally authorized by the President of the United States , and the 
band of Delaware Indians, upon the Sandusky river, in the State 
of Ohio, for the cession of a certain reservation of land in the 
said State. 

Art. 1. The said band of Delaware Indians cede to the United 
States the tract of three miles square, adjoining the Wyandot re- 
servation upon the Sandusky river, reserved for their use by the 
treaty of the Rapids of the Maumee, concluded between the United 
States and the Wyandots, Seneca, Delaware, Shawanees, Pota- 
watamies, Ottawas, and Chippewa tribes of Indians, on the twenty- 
ninth day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and seventeen, and the said tribe of Delawares en- 
gage to remove to and join their nation on the west side of the Mis- 
sissippi, on the land allotted to them, on or before the first day of 
January next, at which time peaceable possession of said reserva- 
tion is to be given to the United States. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the stipulations aforesaid, it is 
agreed, that the United States shall pay to the said band the sum 
of three thousand dollars : two thousand dollars in hand, the receipt 
of which is hereby acknowledged by the undersigned chiefs of 
said tribe, and the remaining balance of one thousand dollars to be 
appropriated to the purchase of horses, clothing, provisions, and 
other useful articles, to aid them on their journey so soon as they 
are prepared to remove. 

In witness whereof, the said John McElvain, and the chiefs of 
the said band, have hereunto set their hands and seals at Lit- 
tle Sandusky, in the State of Ohio, this third day of August, 
in the year of our Lord' one thousand eight hundred and 
twenty-nine. 

John McElvain, l. s. 

Captain Pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

William Matacur, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Wolf, his x mark, l. g. 

Eli Pipe, his x mark, l. s. 

Solomon Joneycake, his x mark, i~ s. 

Joseph Armstrong, his x mark, l. s. 

George Williams, his x mark, l> gf. 

In presence of 

Nathaniel McLean, H. Barrett. 

Cornelius Wilson, 



444 



DELAWARES. 



DELA WARES . 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 24, 1829 — RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1831.] 
SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLE 

To the Delaware treaty, concluded at St. Mary's, in the State of 
Ohio, on the 3d of October, 1818. 

Whereas the foregoing treaty stipulates that the United States 
shall provide for the Delaware nation, a country to reside in, west 
of the Mississippi, as the permanent residence of their nation ; 
and whereas the said Delaware nation, are now willing to remove, 
on the following conditions, from the country on James's fork of 
White river in the State of Missouri, to the country selected in 
the fork of the Kansas and Missouri river, as recommended by 
the government, for the permanent residence of the whole Dela- 
ware nation ; it is hereby agreed upon by the parties, that the 
country in the fork of the Kansas and Missouri rivers, extending 
up the Kansas river, to the Kansas line, and up the Missouri river 
to Camp Leavenworth, and thence by a line drawn westwardly, 
leaving a space ten miles wide, north of the Kansas boundary 
line, for an outlet ; shall be conveyed and forever secured by the 
United States, to the said Delaware nation, as their permanent resi- 
dence : And the United States hereby pledges the faith of the 
government to guarantee to the said Delaware nation forever, the 
quiet and peaceable possession and undisturbed enjoyment of the 
same, against the claims and assaults of all and every other people 
whatever. 

And the United States hereby agrees to furnish the Delaware 
nation with forty horses, to be given to their poor and destitute 
people, and the use of six wagons and ox-teams, to assist the 
nation in removing their heavy articles to their permanent home ; 
and to supply them with all necessary farming utensils and tools 
necessary for building houses, &c. : and to supply them with pro- 
visions on their journey, and with one year's provisions after they 
get to their permanent residence ; and to have a grist and saw 
mill erected for their use, within two years after their complete 
removal. 

And it is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed upon by the 
parties, that for and in consideration of the full and entire relin- 
quishment by the Delaware nation of all claim whatever to the 
country now occupied by them in the State of Missouri, the 
United States shall pay to the said Delaware nation, an additional 
permanent annuity of one thousand dollars. 

And it is further stipulated that thirty-six sections of the best 
land within the limits hereby relinquished, shall be selected under 



BELA WARES. 



445 



the direction of the President of the United States, and sold for 
the purpose of raising a fund, to be applied under the direction 
of the President, to the support of schools for the education of 
Delaware children. 

It is agreed upon by the parties that this supplementary article 
shall be concluded in part only, at this time, and that a deputation 
of a chief, or warrior, from each town with their interpreter shall 
proceed with the agent to explore the country more fully, and if 
they approve of said country, to sign their names under ours, 
which shall be considered as finally concluded on our part ; and 
after the same shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the 
United States, shall be binding on the contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof the United States Indian agent, and the 
chiefs and warriors of the Delaware nation of Indians, have 
hereunto set their hands at Council camp, on James's fork of 
White river, in the State of Missouri, this 24th day of Sep- 
tember, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty-nine. 

Geo. Vashon, U. S. Indian Agent , 

Wm. Anderson, principal chief, his x mark, 

Capt. Paterson, 2nd chief, his x mark, 

Pooshies, or the cat, his x mark, 

Capt. Suwaunock, whiteman, his x mark, 

Jonny Quick, his x mark, 

John Gray, his x mark, 

George Guirty, his x mark, 

Capt. Beaver, his x mark, 

Naunotetauxien, his x mark, 

Little Jack, his x mark, 

Capt. Pipe, his x mark, 

Big Island, his x mark. 

Signed in presence of 

. James Connor, Delaware Inter- Anth'y Shane, Shawanee Inter- 
preter, preter. 

These last six chiefs and warriors having been deputed to 
examine the country, have approved of it, and signed their names 
at Council camp in the fork of the Kansas and Missouri river, 
on the 19th October, 1829. 

Nauochecaupauc, his x mark, 
Nungailautone, his x mark, 
James Gray, his x mark, 
Sam Street, his x mark, 
Aupaneek, his x mark, 
Outhteekawshaweat, his x mark. 



446 SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 

In presence of 

Anth'y Shane, Interpreter, Baptiste Peoria, Interpreter, 

James Conner, Interpreter, 

I hereby certify the above to be a true copy from the original 
in my possession, 

Geo. Vashon, U. S. Indian Agent. 
Indian Agency, near Kansas river, 24th October, 1829. 



SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 15, 1830— RATIFIED FEBRUARY 24, 1831.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded by William Clark, super* 
intendent of Indian Affairs, and Willoughby Morgan, colonel of 
the United States 1st regiment infantry, commissioners on behalf 
of the United Slates, on the one part, and the undersigned depu- 
tations of the confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes ; the 
Me daw ah- Kant on, Wahpacoola, Wahpeton, and Sissetong bands 
or tribes of Sioux; the Omahas, loways, Ottoes i and Miss ourias, 
on the other part. 

The said tribes being anxious to remove all causes which may 
hereafter create any unfriendly feeling between them, and being 
also anxious to provide other sources for supplying their wants 
besides those of hunting, which they are sensible must soon 
entirely fail them ; agree with the United States on the following 
articles : 

Art. 1. The said tribes cede and relinquish to the United 
States forever all their right and title to the lands lying within 
the following boundaries, to wit : Beginning at the upper fork of the 
Desmoines river, and passing the sources of the Little Sioux, and 
Floyds rivers, to the fork of the first creek which falls into the 
Big Sioux or Calumet on the east side ; thence, down said creek, 
and Calumet river to the Missouri river ; thence, down said Mis- 
souri river to the Missouri State line, above the Kansas ; thence, 
along said line to the northwest corner of the said State ; thence, 
to the high lands between the waters falling into the Missouri and 
Desmoines, passing on said high lands along the dividing ridge 
between the forks of the Grand river ; thence, along said high 
lands or ridge separating the waters of the Missouri from those of 
the Desmoines, to a point opposite the source of Boyer river ; and 
thence, in a direct line to the upper fork of the Desmoines, the place 
of beginning. But it is understood that the lands ceded and 
relinquished by this treaty, are to be assigned and allotted under 
the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes 
now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may 
locate thereon for hunting, and other purposes. 



SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 



447 



Art. 2. The confederated tribes of the Sacs and Foxes, cede 
and relinquish to the United States forever, a tract of country 
twenty miles in width, from the Mississippi to the Desmoines ; 
situate south, and adjoining the line between the said confederated 
tribes of Sacs and Foxes, and the Sioux ; as established by the 
second article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien of the nineteenth 
of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five. 

Art. 3. The Medawah-Kanton, Wah-pa-coota, Wahpeton, and 
Sisseton bands of the Sioux, cede and relinquish to the United 
States forever, a tract of country twenty miles in width, from the 
Mississippi to the Desmoines river, situate north, and adjoining the 
line mentioned in the preceding article. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the cessions and relinquishments 
made in the first, second, and third articles of this treaty, the 
United States agree to pay to the Sacs, three thousand dollars ; 
and to the Foxes, three thousand dollars ; to the Sioux of the 
Mississippi, two thousand dollars ; to the Yancton and Santie 
bands of Sioux, three thousand dollars ; to the Omahas, two thou- 
sand five hundred dollars; to the Ioways, two thousand five hun- 
dred dollars ; to the Ottoes and Missourias, two thousand five 
hundred dollars ; and to the Sacs of the Missouri river, five hun- 
dred dollars ; to be paid annually for ten successive years, at such 
place or places on the Mississippi or Missouri, as may be most 
convenient to said tribes, either in money, merchandise, or domes- 
tic animals, at their option ; and when said annuities or any por- 
tion of them shall be paid in merchandise, the same is to be deli- 
vered to them at the first cost of the goods at St. Louis, free of 
transportation. And the United States further agree to make to 
the said tribes and bands, the following allowances for the period 
of ten years, and as long thereafter as the President of the United 
States may think necessary and proper, in addition to the sums 
herein before stipulated to be paid them ; that is to say : To the 
bands of the Sioux mentioned in the third article, one blacksmith, 
at the expense of the United States, and the necessary tools ; 
also, instruments for agricultural purposes, and iron and steel to 
the amount of seven hundred dollars ; to the Yancton and Santie 
bands of Sioux, one blacksmith, at the expense of the United 
States, and the necessary tools ; also, instruments for agricultural 
purposes, to the amount of four hundred dollars ; to the Omahas, 
one blacksmith, at the expense of the United States, and the neces- 
sary tools ; also, instruments for agricultural purposes, to the 
amount of five hundred dollars ; to the Ioways an assistant black- 
smith, at the expense of the United States; also, instruments for 
agricultural purposes, to the amount of six hundred dollars ; to 
the Ottoes and Missourias, one blacksmith, at the expense of the 
United States, and the necessary tools ; also, instruments for agri- 
cultural purposes, to the amount of five hundred dollars ; and to 
the Sacs of the Missouri river, one blacksmith, at the expense of 



448 



SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 



the United States, and the necessary tools ; also, instruments for 
agricultural purposes, to the amount of two hundred dollars. 

Art. 5. And the United States further agree, to set apart three 
thousand dollars annually, for ten successive years, to be applied 
in the discretion of the President of the United States, to the 
education of the children of the said tribes and bands, parties 
hereto. 

Art. 6. The Yancton and Santie bands of the Sioux not being 
fully represented, it is agreed, that if they shall sign this treaty, 
they shall be considered as parties thereto, and bound by all its 
stipulations. 

Art. 7, It is agreed between the parties hereto, that the lines 
shall be run, and marked as soon as the President of the United 
States may deem it expedient. 

Art. 8. The United States agree to distribute between the 
several tribes, parties hereto, five thousand one hundred and thirty- 
two dollars' worth of merchandise, the receipt whereof, the said 
tribes hereby acknowledge ; which, together with the amounts 
agreed to be paid, and the allowances in the fourth and fifth arti- 
cles of this treaty, shall be considered as a full compensation for 
the cession and relinquishments herein made. 

Art. 9. The Sioux bands in council having earnestly solicited 
that they might have permission to bestow upon the half 
breeds of their nation, the tract of land within the following limits, 
to wit : Beginning at a place called the barn, below and near the 
village of the Red Wing Chief, and running back fifteen miles ; 
thence in a parallel line with Lake Pepin and the Mississippi, 
about thirty-two miles to a point opposite Beef or O-Bceuf river ; 
thence fifteen miles to the grand encampment opposite the river 
aforesaid : The United States agree to suffer said half breeds to 
occupy said tract of country ; they holding by the same title, and 
in the same manner that other Indian titles are held. 

Art. 10. The Omahas, loways and Ottoes, for themselves, and 
in behalf of the Yancton and Santie bands of the Sioux, having 
earnestly requested that they might be permitted to make some 
provision for their half breeds, and particularly that they might 
bestow upon them the tract of country within the following limits, 
to wit: Beginning at the mouth of the Little Ne-mohaw river, 
and running up the main channel of said river to a point which 
will be ten miles from its mouth in a direct line ; from thence in a 
direct line, to strike the Grand Ne-mohaw ten miles above its 
mouth, in a direct line (the distance between the two Ne-mohaws 
being about twenty miles) — thence down said river to its mouth ; 
thence up, and with the meanders of the Missouri river to the 
point of beginning, it is agreed that the half breeds of said tribes 
and bands may be suffered to occupy said tract of land ; holding 
it in the same manner, and by the same title that other Indian titles 
are held: but the President of the United States may hereafter 



SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 



449 



assign to any of the said half breeds, to be held by him or them 
in fee simple, any portion of said tract not exceeding a section, of 
six hundred and forty acres to each individual. And this provi- 
sion shall extend to the cession made by the Sioux in the preceding 
article. 

Art. 11. The reservation of land mentioned in the preceding 
article having belonged to the Ottoes, and having been exclusive- 
ly ceded by them ; it is agreed that the Omahas, the loways and 
the Yancton and Santie bands of Sioux shall pay out of their an- 
nuities to the said Ottoe tribe, for the period of ten years, three 
hundred dollars annually ; of which sum the Omahas shall pay 
one hundred dollars, the loways one hundred dollars, and the 
Yancton and Santie bands one hundred dollars. 

Art. 12. It is agreed that nothing contained in the foregoing 
article shall be so construed as to affect any claim, or right in 
common, which has heretofore been held by any tribes, parties to 
this treaty, to any lands not embraced in the cession herein made; 
but that the same shall be occupied and held by them as heretofore. 
Art. 13. This treaty, or any part thereof, shall take effect, and 
be obligatory upon the contracting parties, so soon as the same 
shall be ratified by the President of the United States, by and with 
the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, 

Done, and signed, and sealed at Prairie du Chien, in the Ter- 
ritory of Michigan, this fifteenth day of July, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty, and of the 



independence of the United States, the fifty-fifth. 

Wm. Claik, Sup. Ind. Affairs, ) l. s. 
Willoughby Morgan, Col. 1st > Commissioners^ 

Inf. U. S. A. . ) l. s. 

SACS. 

Mash-que-tai-paw, or red head, his x mark, l. s. 

Sheco-Calawko, or turtle shell, his x mark, l. s, 

Kee-o-cuck, the watchful fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Poi-o-tahit, one that has no heart, his x mark 3 l. s. 

Os-hays-kee, ridge, his x mark, l. s. 

She-shee-quanince, little gourd, his x mark, l. s, 

Q-saw- wish-canoe, yellow bird, his x mark, l. s. 

I-onin, his x mark, l. s. 

Am-oway, his x mark, l. s. 

Niniwow-qua-saut, he that fears mankind, his x mark, l. s„ 

Chaukee Manitou, the little spirit, his x mark l. s, 

Moso-inn, the scalp, his x mark, u s. 

Wapaw-chicannuck, fish of the white marsh, his x mark, l. s. 

Mesico, jic, his x mark, l. s, 

FOXES, 

Wapalaw, the prince, his x mark, & s, 
43 



SAGS ANI> FOXES, ETC 



Taweemin, strawberry, his x mark, l. s*. 

Pasha-sakay, son of Piemanschie, his x mark, l. s„ 

Keewausetie, he who climbs every where, his x mark, l. s. 

Naw-mee, his x mark, l. 

Appenioce, or the grand child, his x mark, l. s.. 

Waytee-mins, his x mark, l. s. 

Nawayaw-cosi, his x mark, l. s. 

Manquo-pwam, the bear's hip, (Morgan,) his x mark, l. s. 

Kaw-Kaw-Kee, the crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Mawcawtay-ee-quoiquenake, black neck, his x mark, l. s, 

Watu-pawnonsh, his x mark, l. s. 

Meshaw-nuaw-peetay, the large teeth, his x mark, l. s. 

Cawkee-Kamack, always fish, his x mark, l. s. 

Mussaw-wawquott, his x mark. l. s, 

SIOUX 

OF THE MISSISSIPPI, MED A WAK ANTON BAND. 

Wabishaw, or red leaf, his x mark, l. s. 

Tchataqua Manie, or little crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Waumunde-tunkar, the great calumet eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Taco-coqui-pishnee, he that fears nothing, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-coo-ta, that shoots arrows, his x mark, l. s. 

Pay-taw- whar, the fire owner, his x mark, l. s. 

Kaugh-Mohr, the floating log, his x mark, l. s. 

Etarz-e-pah, the bow, his x mark, l. s. 

Teeah-coota, one that fires at the yellow, his x mark, l. s. 

Toh-kiah-taw-kaw, he who bites the enemy, his x mark, l. s. 

Nasiumpah, or the early riser, his x mark, L, s. 

Am-pa-ta-tah-wah, his day, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-kee-ah-tunkar, big thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Tauchaw T -cadoota, the red road, his x mark, l. s. 

Tchaws-kesky, the elder, his x mark, jl. s. 

Mauzau-hautau, the grey iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Wazee-o-monie, the walking pine, his x mark, l. l. 

Tachaw T -cooash-tay, the good road, his x mark, l. s. 

"Kie-ank-kaw, the mountain, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-peau-mansaw, iron cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

E-taych-o-caw, half face, his x mark, l. s. 

Anoug-genaje, one that stands on both sides, his x mark, l. s. 

Hough-appaw, the eagle head, his x mark, l. s. 

Hooka-mooza, the iron limb, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoatch-ah-cadoota, the red voice, his x mark, l. s. 

Wat-chu-da, the dancer. l. s. 

WAH-PAH-COOTA BAND. 

Wiarh-hoh-ha, french crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Shans-konar, moving shadow, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-pe-hatar, the grey mane, his x mark, l. s. 



SACS AND FOXES, ETC. 



451 



Wahmedecaw-cahn-bohr, one that prays for the land, 

his x mark, l. s, 

Wah-con-de-kah-har, the one that makes the lightning, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Mazo-manie, or the iron that walks, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-kah-ke-a-munch, one that flies on the land, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Mauzau-haut-amundee, the walking bell, his x mark, l. s. 

Kah-hih, the Menominie, his x mark. l. s. 

SUSSITON BAND. 

Ete-tahken-bah, the sleeping eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Ho-toh-monie, groans when he walks, his x mark. l. s. 

OMAHAHS. 

Opau-tauga, or the big elk, his x mark, l. s. 

Chonques-kaw, the white horse, his x mark, l. s. 

Tessan, the white crow, his x mark, l. s. 

Ishtan-mauzay, iron-eye, chief's son, his x mark, l. s. 

Waw-shin-ga-sau-bais, black bird, his x mark, l. s. 
Waugh-pay-shan, the one who scalps but a small part from 

the crown of the head, his x mark, l. s. 

Au-gum-an, the chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Age-en-gaw, the wing, his x mark, l. s. 
Non-bau-manie, the one that walks double, his x mark, t. s. 

YVay-cosh-ton, the frequent feast giver, his x mark, l. s. 

Eh-que-naus-hus-kay, the second, his x mark, jl. s. 

Iosey, (the son of Kawsay,) his x mark. i» s. 

10 WAYS. 

Wassau-nie, or the medicine club, his x mark 5 l. s. 

Mauhoos Kan, white cloud, his x mark, l. &. 

Wo-hoompee, the broth, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-roh-na, a good many deer, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-nau-quash-coonie, without fear, his x mark, l. s. 

Pah-a-manie, one who walks on the snow, his x mark, l. s. 

Pie-kan-ha-igne, the little star, his x mark, l. s. 

Niayoo Manie, walking rain, his x mark, l. s. 

Nautah-hoo, burnt- wood, his x mark, l. s. 

Pai-tansa, the white crane, his x mark. l. s. 

OTTOES. 

I-atan, or Shaumanie-Cassan, or prairie wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Mehah-hun-jee, second daughter, his x mark, l. s. 

Wawronesan, the encircler, his x mark, l. 

Kansa-tauga, the big Kansas, his x mark, l. s. 

Noe-kee-sa-kay, strikes two, his x mark, l. s. 

Tchai-au-grai, the shield, his x mark, l. s. 

Mantoigne, the little bow, his x mark, L. 



452 



SAGS AND FOXES, ETC- 



Thee-rai-tchai-neehgrai, wolf-tail at the heel, his x mark, t. s , 

Oh-haw-kee-wano, that runs on the hills, his x mark, l. s. 

Rai-grai-a, speckled turtle, his x mark, l. s. 

Tchai-wah-tchee-ray, going by, his x mark, l. s. 

Krai-taunica, the hawk, his x mark, l. §. 

Mauto-a Kee-pah, that meets the bear, his x mark, l. s- 

Kai-wan-igne, little turtle, his x mark. l. s.. 

MISSOURIAS. 

Eh-shaw-manie, or the one who walks laughing, his x mark, l. s. 
Ohaw-tchee-ke-sakay, one who strikes the Little Osages, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Wamshe-katou-nat, the great man, his x mark, l. s. 

Shoug-resh-kay, the horse %, his x mark, l. s, 

Tahmegrai-Soo-igne, little deer's dung, his x mark. l. s. 

MISSOURI SACS. 

Sau-kis-quoi-pee, his x mark, l. s. 

She-she-quene, the gourd, his x mark, l, s. 

Nochewai-tasay, his x mark, l. s. 

Mash-quaw-siais, his x mark, l. s. 

Nawai-yak-oosee, his x mark, l. s. 
Wee-tay-main, one that goes with the rest, his x mark. l. s. 

The assent of the Yaneton and Santie Bands of Sioux, to the 
foregoing treaty is given. In testimony whereof, the chiefs, 
braves, and principal men of said bands have hereunto signed 
their names and acknowledge the same, at St, Louis, this 
13th October, 1830. 

YANCTON AND SANTIE BANDS OF SIGUXS. 

Matto-Sa-Becha, the black bear, his x mark, l. s„. 

Pa-con-okra, his x mark, l. s. 

Citta-eutapishna, he who dont eat buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

To-ki-e-ton, the stone with horns, his x mark, l. s,. 

Cha-pon-ka, or musquitoe, his x mark, l. s. 

To-ki-mar-ne, he that walks ahead, hisx mark, l. s,. 

Wock-ta-ken-dee, kills and comes back, his x mark 7 l. s~ 

Ha Sazza, his x mark, l. s. 

Chigga Wah-shu-she, little brave, his x mark, l. s.. 
Wah-gho-num-pa, cotton wood on the neck, his x mark, l. s. 

Zuyesaw, warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Tokun Ohomenee, revolving stone, his x mark,. l. s. 

Eta-ga-nush-kica, mad face, his x mark, l. s. 

Womendee Dooter, red war eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Mucpea A-har-ka, cloud elk, his x mark, l. s. 

To-ka-oh, wounds the enemy, his x mark, l. s - 
Pd-ta-sun eta womper, white buffalo with two faces, his x 

mark, l. s. 



SACS FOXES, ETC 



453 



Cha-tim-kia, sparrow hawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Ke-un-chun-ko, swift flyer, his x mark, l. s. 

Ti-ha-uhar, he that carries his horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Sin-ta-nomper, two tails, his x mark, l. s. 

Wo-con Cashtaka, the whipt spirit, his x mark^ l. s, 

Ta Shena Pater, fiery blanket, his x mark. l. s. 

In presence of 

Jno. Ruland, Secretary to the And. S. Hughes, Sub bid. Agt. 



Commission, 
Jon. L- Bean, S. Agt. 
Law Taliaferro, Ind. Agent at 

St. Peters, 
R. B. Mason, CapL 1st Inf. 
G. Loomis, Capt. 1st Inf. 
James Peterson, Lt. AdjL H. 

B. M. 33d. Regt. 
N. S. Harris, Lt. # Adjt. Regt. 

U. S. Inf. 
Henry Bainbridge, Lt U. S. 

Army, 

John Gale, Surg.. U. S. Army, 
J. Archer, Lt. U. S. Army, 
J. Dougherty, Ind. Agent, 
Thos. A. Davies, Lt. Inf. 
Wm. S. Williamson, Sub Ind. 
Agent, 



A. G. Baldwin, Lt. 3d Inf. 
David D. Mitchell, 
H. L. Donsman, 
Wynkoop Warner, 
Geo. Davenport, 
Wm. Hempstead, 
Benjamin Mills, 
Wm. H. Warfield, Lt. 3d Inf 
Sam. R. Throokmoor, 
John Connelly, 
Amos Farror, 

Antoine Le Claire, Inter, of 
Sacs and Foxes, 

Stephen Julian, U. S. Inierp. 

Jacques Mette, Int. 

Michel Berda, his x mark, Mo- 
how Inter. 

S. Campbell, U. S. Interpreter. 



Witnesses to the signatures of the Yancton and Santie bands of 
Sioux, at Fort Tecumseh, Upper Missouri, on the fourth day of 
September^ 1830. 

Wm. Gordon, Wm. Saidlau, 

James Archdale Hamilton, Jacob Halsey. 

David D. Mitchell, 

Witnesses present at the signing and acknowledgment of the 
Yancton and Santie Deputations. 

Jno. Ruland, Sec. to Comm'rs. William C. Heyward, U. S. A. 

Jon. L. Bean, Sub. Ind. Agt. D. J. Royster, U. S. Inf. 

for Upper Missouri, S amuel Kinney, U. S. A. 

Felix F. Wain, Lid. Agt. for Merewether Lewis Clark, 6th 

Sacs and Foxes, Regt. Inf. 

John F. A. Sanford, U, S. Jacques Mette, 

Ind. Agt 



454 



GHOCTAWS. 



CHOCTAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 27, 28,. 1830 — RATIFIED* FEBRUARY 24, 1831.. J 

A treaty of perpetual friendship, cession and limits entered into by 
John H. Eaton and John Coffee, for and in behalf of the Govern-* 
ment of the United States, and the mingoes, chiefs, captains, and 
warriors of the Choctaw nation, begun and held at Dancing 
Rabbit creek, on the fifteenth of September, in the year eighteen 
hundred and thirty, 

Whereas, the General Assembly of the State of Mississippi has 
extended the laws of said State to persons and property within the 
chartered limits of the same, and the President of the United; 
States has said that he cannot protect the Choctaw people from 
the operation of these laws : Now, therefore, that the Choctaws 
may live under their own laws in peace with the United States 
and the State of Mississippi, they have determined to sell- their 
lands east of the Mississippi, and have accordingly agreed to the 
following articles of treaty : 

Art. 1. Perpetual peace and friendship is pledged and agreed 
upon by and between the United States and the mingoes, chiefs,, 
and warriors of the Choctaw nation of red people ; and that this 
may be considered the treaty existing between the parties, all 
other treaties heretofore existing and inconsistent with the provi- 
sions of this are hereby declared null and void. 

Art. 2. The United States under a grant specially to be made 
by the President of the U S. shall cause to be conveyed to the 
Choctaw nation a tract of country west of the Mississippi river, in 
fee simple to them and their descendants, to inure to them while 
they shall exist as a nation and live on it : Beginning near fort 
Smith where the Arkansas boundary crosses the Arkansas river, 
running thence to the source of the Canadian fork, if in the limits 
of the United States, or to those limits ; thence due south to Red 
river, and down Red river to the west boundary of the territory 
of Arkansas ; thence north along that line to the beginning. The 
boundary of the same to be agreeably to the treaty made and 
concluded at Washington City, in the year 1825. The grant to 
be executed so soon as the present treaty shall be ratified. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the provisions contained in the 
several articles of this treaty, the Choctaw nation of Indians con- 
sent and hereby cede to the United States, the entire country 
they own and possess, east of the Mississippi river ; and they 
agree to remove beyond the Mississippi river, early as practicable,, 
and will so arrange their removal, that as many as possible of 
their people, not exceeding one half of the whole number, shall, 
depart during the falls of 1831 and 1832 ; the residue to follow 

* "With the exception of the preamble," 



CHOCTAWS. 



455 



during the succeeding fall of 1833 ; a better opportunity in this 
manner will be afforded the Government, to extend to them the 
facilities and comforts which it is desirable should be extended 
in conveying them to their new homes. 

Art. 4. The Government and people of the United States are 
hereby obliged to secure to the said Choctaw nation of red people 
the jurisdiction and government of all the persons and property 
that may be within their limits west, so that no Territory or State 
shall ever have a right to pass laws for the government of the Choc- 
taw nation of red people and their descendants ; and that no part of 
the land granted them shall ever be embraced in any territory or 
State ; but the United States shall forever secure said Choctaw 
nation from, and against, all laws except such as from time to 
time may be enacted in their own national councils, not inconsis- 
tent with the constitution, treaties, and laws of the United States ; 
and except such as may, and which have been enacted by Con- 
gress, to the extent that Congress under the constitution are re- 
quired to exercise a legislation over Indian affairs. But the Choc- 
taws, should this treaty be ratified, express a wish that Congress 
may grant to the Choctaws the right of punishing by their own 
laws, any white man that shall come into their nation, and in- 
fringe any of their national regulations. 

Art. 5. The United States are obliged to protect the Choctaws 
from domestic strife and from foreign enemies on the same princi- 
ples that the citizens of the United States are protected, so that 
whatever would be a legal demand upon the United States, for 
defence or for wrongs committed by an enemy on a citizen of the 
United States, shall be equally binding in favor of the Choctaws ; 
and in all cases where the Choctaws shall be called upon by a 
legally authorized officer of the United States, to fight an enemy, 
such Choctaw shall receive the pay and other emoluments which 
citizens of the United States receive in such cases : provided, no 
war shall be undertaken or prosecuted by said Choctaw nation but 
by declaration made in full council, and to be approved by the 
United States, unless it be in self defence against an open rebellion 
or against an enemy marching into their country, in which cases 
they shall defend, until the United States shall be advised thereof. 

Art. 6. Should a Choctaw, or any party of Choctaws commit 
acts of violence upon the person or property of a citizen of the 
United States, or join any war party against any neighboring tribe 
of Indians, without the authority in the preceding article ; and 
except to oppose an actual or threatened invasion or rebellion, 
such person so offending shall be delivered up to an officer of the 
United States, if in the power of the Choctaw nation, that such 
offender may be punished as may be provided in such cases, by 
the laws of the United States ; but if such offender is not within 
the control of the Choctaw nation, then said Choctaw nation shall 
not be held responsible for the injury done by said offender, 



456 



CH0CTAWS. 



Art. 7. All acts of violence committed upon persons and pro- 
perty of the people of the Choctaw nation either by citizens of the 
United States, or neighboring tribes of red people, shall be re- 
ferred to some authorized agent, by him to be referred to the Pre- 
sident of the United States, who shall examine into such cases and 
see that every possible degree of justice is done to said Indian 
party of the Choctaw nation. 

Art. 8. Offenders against the laws of the United States, or any 
individual State, shall be apprehended and delivered to any duly 
authorized person, where such offender may be found in the Choc- 
taw country, having fled from any part of the United States ; but 
in all such cases application must be made to the agent or chiefs, 
and the expense of his apprehension and delivery provided for and 
paid by the United States. 

Art. 9. Any citizen of the United States who may be ordered 
from the nation by the agent and constituted authorities of the 
nation, and refusing to obey, or return into the nation without the 
consent of the aforesaid persons, shall be subject to such pains and 
penalties as may be provided by the laws of the United States in 
such cases. Citizens of the United States travelling peaceably 
under the authority of the laws of the United States shall be under 
the care and protection of the nation. 

Art. 10. No person shall expose goods or other article for sale 
as a trader, without a written permit from the constituted authori- 
ties of the nation, or authority of the laws of the Congress of the 
United States, under penalty of forfeiting the articles ; and the con- 
stituted authorities of the nation shall grant no license except to 
such persons as reside in the nation and are answerable, to the laws 
of the nation. The United States shall be particularly obliged to 
assist to prevent ardent spirits from being introduced into the 
nation. 

Art. 11. Navigable streams shall be free to the Choctaws who 
shall pay no higher toll or duty than citizens of the United States. 
It is agreed further that the United States shall establish one or 
more post offices in said nation, and may establish such military 
post roads, and posts, as they may consider necessary. 

Art. 12. All intruders shall be removed from the Choctaw 
nation and kept without it. Private property to be always re- 
spected, and on no occasion taken for public purposes without 
just compensation being made therefor to the rightful owner. If 
an Indian unlawfully take or steal any property from a white man, 
a citizen of the United States, the offender shall be punished. And 
if a white man unlawfully take or steal any thing from an Indian, 
the property shall be restored and the offender punished. It is 
further agreed that when a Choctaw shall be given up to be tried 
for any offence against the laws of the United States, if unable to 
employ counsel to defend him, the United States will do it, that 
his trial may be fair and impartial. 



CHOCTAWS. 



457 



Art. 13. It is consented that a qualified agent shall be ap- 
pointed for the Choctaws every four years, unless sooner removed 
by the President ; and he shall be removed on petition of the con- 
stituted authorities of the nation, the President being satisfied there 
is sufficient cause shown. The agent shall fix his residence con- 
venient to the great body of the people ; and in the selection of an 
agent immediately after the ratification of this treaty, the wishes 
of the Choctaw nation on the subject shall be entitled to great 
respect. 

Art. 14. Each Choctaw head of a family, being desirous to 
remain and become a citizen of the States, shall be permitted to 
do so, by signifying his intention to the agent within six months 
from the ratification of this treaty, and he or she shall thereupon 
be entitled to a reservation of one section of six hundred and forty 
acres of land, to be bounded by sectional lines of survey; in like 
manner shall be entitled to one half that quantity for each unmar- 
ried child which is living with him over ten years of age ; and a 
quarter section to such child as may be under ten years of age, to 
adjoin the location of the parent. If they reside upon said lands, 
intending to become citizens of the States for five years after the 
ratification of this treaty in that case a grant in fee simple shall 
issue ; said reservation shall include the present improvement of „, 
the head of the family, or a portion of it. Persons who claim under 
this article shall not lose the privilege of a Choctaw citizen, but if 
they ever remove are not to be entitled to any portion of the Choc- 
taw annuity. 

Art. 15. To each of the chiefs in the Choctaw nation (to wit) 
Greenwood Leflore, Nutackachie, and Mushulatubbe, there is 
granted a reservation of four sections of land, two of which shall 
include and adjoin their present improvement, and the other two 
located where they please, but on unoccupied, unimproved lands, 
such sections shall be bounded by sectional lines, and with the 
consent of the President they may sell the same. Also to the three 
principal chiefs and to their successors in office there shall be paid 
two hundred and fifty dollars annually while they shall continue in 
their respective offices, except to Mushulatubbe, who, as he has an 
annuity of one hundred and fifty dollars for life under a former 
treaty, shall receive only the additional sum of one hundred dol- 
lars, while he shall continue in office as chief; and if in addition to 
this the nation shall think proper to elect an additional principal 
chief of the whole to superintend and govern upon republican 
principles, he shall receive annually for his services five hundred 
dollars, which allowance to the chiefs and their successors in 
office, shall continue for twenty years. At any time when in 
military service, and while in service by authority of the United 
States, the district chiefs under and by selection of the President 
shall be entitled to the pay of majors ; the other chief under the 
same circumstances shall have the pay of a lieutenant colonel. 



458 



CHOCTAWS. 



The Speakers of the three districts shall receive twenty-five dollars 
a year for four years each ; and the three secretaries, one to each of 
the chiefs, fifty dollars each for four years. Each captain of the 
nation, the number not to exceed ninety-nine, thirty-three from 
each district, shall be furnished upon removing to the west, with 
each a good suit of clothes and a broad sword as an outfit, and 
for four years commencing with the first of their removal, shall 
each receive fifty dollars a year, for the trouble of keeping their 
people at order in settling ; and whenever they shall be in military 
service by authority of the United States shall receive the pay of a 
captain. 

Art. 16. In wagons and with steamboats, as may be found 
necessary, the United States agree to remove the Indians to their 
new homes at their expense and under the care of discreet and 
careful persons, who will be kind and brotherly to them. They agree 
to furnish them with ample corn and beef, or pork, for themselves 
and families for twelve months after reaching their new homes. 
It is agreed further that the United States will take all their cat- 
tle, at the valuation of some discreet person to be appointed by the 
President, and the same shall be paid for in money after their ar- 
rival at their new homes ; or other cattle such as may be desired 
shall be furnished them, notice being given through their agent of 
their wishes upon this subject before their removal that time to 
supply the demand may be afforded. 

Art. 17. The several annuities and sums secured under former 
treaties to the Choctaw nation and people, shall continue as though 
this treaty had never been made. And it is further agreed that 
the United States in addition will pay the sum of twenty thousand 
dollars for twenty years, commencing after their removal to the 
west, of which, in the first year after their removal, ten thousand 
dollars shall be divided and arranged to such as may not receive 
reservations under this treaty. 

Art. 18. The United States shall cause the lands hereby ceded 
to be surveyed ; and surveyors may enter the Choctaw country for 
that purpose, conducting themselves properly and disturbing or im* 
terrupting none of the Choctaw people. But no person is to be 
permitted to settle within the nation, or the lands to be sold before 
the Choctaws shall remove. And for the payment of the several 
amounts secured in this treaty, the lands hereby ceded are to re- 
main a fund pledged to that purpose, until the debt shall be pro- 
vided for and arranged. And further it is agreed, that in the 
construction of this treaty wherever well founded doubt shall arise, 
it shall be construed most favorably towards the Choctaws. 

Art. 19. The following reservations of land are hereby admit- 
ted. To Colonel David Folsom four sections, of which two shall 
include his present improvement, and two maybe located elsewhere, 
on unoccupied, unimproved land. 



CHOCTAWS, 



459 



To I. Garland, Colonel Robert Cole, Tuppanahomer, John 
Pitchlynn, Charles Juzan, Johokebetubbe, Eaychahobia, Ofehoma, 
two sections, each to include their improvements, and to be bounded 
by sectional lines, and the same may be disposed of and sold with 
the consent of the President. And that others not provided for, 
may be provided for, there shall be reserved as follows : 

First. One section to each head of a family not exceeding forty 
in number, who during the present year, may have had in actual 
cultivation, with a dwelling-house thereon, fifty acres or more. 

Second. Three quarter sections after the manner aforesaid to each 
head of a family, not exceeding four hundred and sixty, as shall 
have cultivated thirty acres and less than fifty, to be bounded by 
quarter section lines of survey, and to be contiguous and adjoining. 

Third. One half section as aforesaid to those who shall have 
cultivated from twenty to thirty acres, the number not to exceed 
four hundred. 

Fourth. A quarter section as aforesaid to such as shall have 
cultivated from twelve to twenty acres, the number not to exceed 
three hundred and fifty, and one half that quantity to such as shall 
have cultivated from two to twelve acres, the number also not to 
exceed three hundred and fifty persons. Each of said class of cases „ 
shall be subject to the limitations contained in the first class, and 
shall be so located as to include that part of the improvement which 
contains the dwelling-house. If a greater number shall be found 
to be entitled to reservations under the several classes of this arti- 
cle, than is stipulated for under the limitation prescribed, then and 
in that case the chiefs separately, or together, shall determine the 
persons who shall be excluded in the respective districts. 

Fifth. Any captain, the number not exceeding ninety persons,, 
who, under the provisions of this article, shall receive less than a 
section, he shall be entitled to an additional quantity of half a sec- 
tion adjoining to his other reservation. The several reservations 
secured under this article, may be sold with the consent of the 
President of the United States ; but should any prefer it, or omit 
to take a reservation for the quantity he may be entitled to, the 
United States will on his removing pay fifty cents an acre, after 
reaching their new homes, provided, that before the first of January 
next they shall adduce to the agent, or some other authorized 
person to be appointed, proof of his claim and the quantity of it. 

Sixth. Likewise children of the Choctaw nation residing in the 
nation, who have neither father nor mother, a list of which, with 
satisfactory proof of parentage and orphanage being filed with agent 
in six months, to be forwarded to the War Department, shall be 
entitled to a quarter section of land, to be located under the di- 
rection of the President, and with his consent the same may be 
sold and the proceeds applied to some beneficial purpose for the 
benefit of said orphans. 

Art. 20. The United States agree and stipulate as follows : that 



460 



CHOCTAWS. 



for the benefit and advantage of the Choctaw people, and to im- 
prove their condition, there shall be educated, under the direction 
of the President and at the expense of the United States, forty 
Choctaw youths for twenty years. This number shall be kept at 
school, and as they finish their education others, to supply their 
places, shall be received for the period stated. The United States 
agree also to erect a council-house for the nation at some conve- 
nient central point, after their people shall be settled ; and a house 
for each chief, also a church for each of the three districts, to be 
used also as school-houses, until the nation may conclude to build 
others ; and for these purposes ten thousand dollars shall be appro- 
priated ; also, fifty thousand dollars, (viz.) twenty-five hundred 
dollars annually shall be given for the support of three teachers of 
schools for twenty years. Likewise there shall be furnished to the 
nation three blacksmiths, one for each district for sixteen years, 
and a qualified millwright for five years ; also, there shall be fur- 
nished the following articles : twenty-one hundred blankets ; to 
each warrior who emigrates, a rifle, moulds, wipers and ammuni- 
tion. One thousand axes, ploughs, hoes, wheels and cards, each ; 
and four hundred looms. There shall also be furnished one ton of 
iron and two hundred weight of steel annually to each district, for 
sixteen years. 

Art. 21. A few Choctaw warriors yet survive who marched 
and fought in the army with General Wayne, the whole number 
stated not to exceed twenty. These it is agreed shall hereafter, 
while they live, receive twenty-five dollars a year ; a list of 
them to be, early as practicable and within six months, made 
out, and presented to the agent to be forwarded to the War 
Department. 

Art. 22. The chiefs of the Choctaws have suggested that their 
people are in a state of rapid advancement in education and refine- 
ment, and have expressed a solicitude that they might have the 
privilege of a delegate on the floor of the House of Representatives 
extended to them. The commissioners do not feel that they can, 
under a treaty stipulation, accede to the request ; but at their de- 
sire present it in the treaty, that Congress may consider of and 
decide the application. 

Done, and signed, and executed by the commissioners of the 
United States, and the chiefs, captains, and head men of the 
Choctaw nation, at Dancing Rabbit creek, this 27th day of 
^ September, eighteen hundred and thirty. 

Jno. H. Eaton, l. s. Eyarhocuttubbee, his x 

Jno. Coffee, l. s. mark, l. s. 

Greenwood Leflore, l. s. Iyacherhopia, his x mark, l. s. 

Musholatubbee, his x Offahoomah, his x mark, l. s, 

mark, l. s. Archalater, his x mark, l. s. 

Nittucachee, his x mark, l. s. Onnahubbee, his x mark, l. s. 



CHOCTAWS. 



461 



XXOldl LcII10UIIid.il j 111b X 






X lolIlllUCulLUUUcc, lilo X 






mark ? 


L. 


S • 


mark, 

Jl UlIdllldLllcI , Illb X IIldlK, 


L. 


3 > 


ixopiauncnafluooec, nib x 






L. 


S. 


mark. 


Jj. 


o 

o • 


JulLLlc IcdQcl , Ilia X llldllv, 


L. 


s. 


/ icnf>miTirrn me v TT> 11 V !r 
/Li ISIIUlillilkilJ, lllo A llldiXv, 


T 


s . 


lY'raanjinttpv Ins v marlr 


T 

Xi • 


q 
o « 


v^dpidmlliaiKe, illb X IIldlK, 


L. 


s. 


Cowehoomah, his x mark, 


L. 


s . 


Tampc SJlriphl Vji q v marlr 

O dlllCo WJllIClU, lilo A. llldlxV, 


T 

Xl« 


s . 


TN Ha innpr l^is v marlr 

i lllCXlxlVyCl , lllo A llldixv, 


T 

Lit 


s ■ 


Pistiyubbee, his x mark, 


L. 


s . 


HIlIlLlllddld, Illb X IIldlK, 


L. 


s. 


Vnhalari lnpha huhhpp his y 






Artopilachubbee, his x 






mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 

ftminhornnnlinKiinhDO mo 
OIllipilcI lUlLIldllUUUt'C, 111b 


T 

Lit 


b • 


1— 1 a iiKnoo hlC "V YY1 O r ' r 

XXOlllUUtltJ, 111b X UldlK, 


Xi. 


s. 






XvOUtJIl \_/01c, Illcs X IIldlK, 
IVlOKcldltilldlllOpni, Illb X 


L. 


S t 


X llidlJv, 


T 

Li» 


o 

O a 






ll lLlcIIlOOIlldll, 111b X IIldlK., 

Oaklaryubbee, his x mark, 


Lit 


s. 


mark. 


T 


s« 


lit 


s. 


T.ptstiq iP prr-\r hie ~v marlr 
lJcWJa XCIJY, HIS X HldlK, 


La 


O 9 


X UxvUllllld, IllO A llldllv, 


T 

Lit 


Q 
O » 


xjlI lOIldIIldrSlu.UuG, Illb X 






xxipdldl, Illb X IIldlK, 


lit 


s. 


mark j 


L. 


S • 


6 — 1 A nAV r\ 1 C? "V YY\ O r XT' 

XXOlUt;!, Illb X IIldlK, 


Lit 


Sa 


TTotiPatnhbpp his y mark 

.1. I V/ 17 V. C£ L IX kj YJ \_. v . , XXXO A AXAtXlXV, 


L. 


s . 


rTonarmincrn bis v mark 

J. 1 w ^7 U 1 11111 i ^1 y XXXO - ^ XliCiXXV, 

1 or\QVn aa iti nn hi c? ~yr m 'i rlr 
XbpdlllUUHldll, Illb X IIldlK, 


lie 


s« 


Hoshahoomah, his x mark, 


L. 


s« 


lit 


s. 


Ohnallahonmah bis y 

vy xx ixcxxxcxxx uui cm. , 1110 






Tipbprhoomah bis v mark 

JL. IVj K/K^± liVUilXUll j XXXO j A. XXXCtlXVt 


Lit 


s« 


mark, 


L. 


s . 


f Pi g r> ?"kVi r\ 1 a rl* or l-i i o -v - vnorlr 
X IblxOIlUldl lt!I , Illb X IIldlK, 


Lit 


s. 


Joseph Kincaide, his x 






ft/I Q nOTroVPnll nnDD rll C "V 

IVldlldj dILIlUUUcti, Illb X 






mark, 

A rf r\r\ Lr hi no'f n e n nov hie "V 
xxl lOOKmuuclllSIlUdl , Illb X 


L. 


Sa 


mark, 


L. 


s. 






iTLiIdlldl, Illb X IIldlK, 


Li. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 




Nittahubbee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Metubbee, his x mark, 
Arsarkatubbee, his x mark. 


L. 


s. 


Tishononan his y mark 

J- lOllUUUUUll. XXXO j/V XXXCXXJV, 


L. 


s« 


T,. 


s. 


Warsharchahoomah, his x 






Tssatprhoomah bis y mark 

JL W O ( 1. L V . 1 11V/V/A1111.11* IllO XXXCtXXV 


T 

Xi. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


dhnhtahmatahah bis y 

V> 11\J IX LCXXX X1XCI LCXXXIAXX , XXXO J\- 






Isaac James, his x mark, 
Hopiaintushker, his x 


T , 


s. 


mark, 

nTiinniiDTiasbiibbpp bis y 


L. 


s. 










mark, 

A TOACnlrpriT>f>r nic "V mnrlr 
xxiy UbllKcIIllcI , Illb X IIldlK 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


T 

Jj» 


o 
o • 


L. 


s • 


filrr»r>nar\rpr nio y tt» a rlr 
CKOOlldl V ci , ills X illdlK, 




c 

o • 


SnprnntdT 1 nic v marlr 
kJllclllU Ldl , lllo A llldllv, 

TT r»T»i a iclrpi"ina nio ~v marlr 
XJ.UL/ldlolvCLllidj lllo A llldllv 

Thomas T^pflorp bis v 


Li. 


s» 


TTric nn r»rii a nic v ma rlr 
X AUoiillU Jjid, Hlo A. iiidixv, 


T 

Lj e 


o 
o • 


t 

I,. 


ba 


Warsharshahonia bis y 

1? CXX OXACLX OXXCtXAW L/XCX, xxxo ax 










mark, 

MoQrannnfiriQniinnpo nio "v 
lVidalSIluIIOIldllUuUcc, HIS A 




s. 


mark, 


lit 


s. 






A rrvrklrpr* n af ii nnpo nio "v 
iTLlIlOKcCIldLUUIJcc, lllo X 






mark, 


L. 


c 
is • 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


MicnQrvnnnoo mo v ma rlr 

lvxibiidi y uuuccj ins x main 


, L. 




Shokoperlukna, his x 






T)ampl TVTrf^iirta i n bis v 

J CX 11 IV,X 1TX\j \_y CIA L.CLAAX , XXXO A. 






mark 

llldl XV, 


L. 


S • 


mark, 


L« 


S • 


MAOn Ai*nAA>no h rii c ~v moi*l/ 

x osiiernooiiid.il, nib x marK 


,L. 


s. 


Tushkerharcho, his x 






Robert Folsom, his x 






mark, 


L. 


Q 
o • 


m a rlr 
llldllv, 

Arharvotubbee, his x 


T 

Lit 


Q 
Oa 


Hoktoontubbee, his x 










mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


Li. 




Nuknacrahookmarhee, his 




Kushonolarter, his x mark 
James Vaughan, his x 


? L. 


s. 


x mark, 


L. 


s. 






Mingo hoomah, his x mark 


,L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 





462 



CHOCTAWS. 



James Karnes, his x mark 


L. 


S. 


Phiplip, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Tishohakubbee, his x 






Meshameye, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


S. 


Ishteheka, his x mark, 


L-. 


s. 


Narlanalar, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Heshohomme, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pennasha, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John McKolbery, his x 






Inharyarker, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s . 


Motubbee, his x mark, 
Narharyubbee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Benjm. James, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Tikbachahambe, his x 






Ishmaryubbee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


James McKing, 

Lewis Wilson, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Aholiktube, his x mark, 


I i 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Walking Wolf, his x mark 


L. 


s. 


Istonarkerharcho, his x 






John Waide, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Big Axe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hohinshamartarher, his x 


L. 


s. 


Bob, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tushkochaubbee, his x 






Kinsulachubbee, his x 






mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ittabe, his x mark, 
Tishowakayo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Emarhinstubbee, his x 






L. 


s , 


mark, 

Gysalndalra, bm. his x 


L. 


s. 


Folehommo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 






John Garland, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Koshona, his x mark, 
Ishleyohamube, his x 


L. 


s. 


Thomas Wall, 


L. 


s. 






Sam. S. Worcester, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Jacob Folsom, 


L. 


s. 


Oklanowa, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


William Foster, 


L. 


s. 


Neto, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ontioerharcho, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


James Fletcher, his x mark 
Silas D. Pitchlynn, 


L. 


s. 


Hugh A. Foster, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Pierre Juzan, 


L. 


s. 


William Trahorn, his x 






Jno. Pitchlynn, jr. 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


David Folsom, 


L. 


s. 


Toshkahemmitto, his x 






Sholohommastube, his x 






mark, 

Tethetayo, his x mark, 
Emokloshahopie, his x 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Tesho, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 






Lauwechubee, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


?. 


Hoshehammo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tishoimita, his x mark, 


L. 


g. 


Ofenowo, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Thomas W. Foster, his x 






Ahekoche, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L« 


s. 


Kaloshoube, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Zadoc Brashears, his x 






Atoko, his x mark, 


Jj', 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ishtemeleche, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Levi Perkins, his x mark, 


L. 


r. 


Emthtohabe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Isaac Perry, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Silas D. Fisher, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ishlonocka Hoomah, his x 






Isaac Folsom, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hekatube, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hiram King, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Hakseche, his x mark, 
Jerry Carney, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ogla Enlah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Nultlahtubbee, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


John Washington, his x 






Tuska Hollattuh, his x 






mark, 


L. 


s. 


mark, 


L. 


s. 



CMOCTAWS. 



.463 



mark, 



Panshastubbee, his x mark, l. s. 
P, P. Pitchlynn, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Joel H. Nail, his x mark, l. s. 
Hopia Stonakey, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Kocohomma, his x mark, l. s. 
William Wade, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Panshstickubbee, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Holittankchahubbee, his x 

mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

E. Breathitt, Sec'ry to the Com- R. P. Currin 

mission, 
William Ward, Agt. for Choc- 

tavjs, 

John Pitchlyn, U. S. Interpreter, 
M. Mackey, U. S. Interpreter, 
Geo. S. Gaines, of Alabama, 



Kothoantchahubbee, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Eyarpulubbee, his x mark, l. s. 
Okentahubbe, his x mark, l. s, 
Living War Club, his x 



l. s. 



John Jones, his x mark, l. s. 
Charles Jones, his x mark, l. s. 
Isaac Jones, his x mark, l. s. 
Hocklucha, his x mark, l. s, 
Muscogee, his x mark, l, s, 
Eden Nelson, his x mark, l. s. 



Luke Howard, 
Sam. S. Worcester, 
Jno. N. Byrn, 
John Bell, 
Jno. Bond. 



Various Choctaw persons have been presented by the chiefs of 
the nation with a desire that they might be provided for, being 
particularly deserving, an earnestness has been manifested that 
provision might be made for them. It is, therefore, by the under- 
signed commissioners here assented to, with the understanding 
that they are to have no interest in the reservations which are di- 
rected and provided for under the general treaty to which this is 
a supplement. 

As evidence of the liberal and kind feelings of the President and 
Government of frhe United States, the commissioners agree to the 
request as follows, (to wit,) Pierre Juzan, Peter Pitchlynn, G. W. 
Harkins, Jack Pitchlynn, Israel Fulsom, Louis Leflore, Benjamin 
James, Joel H. Nail, Hopoynjahubbee, Onorkubbee, Benjamin 
Leflore, Michael Leflore, and Allen Yates and wife, shall be enti- 
tled to a reservation of two sections of land each, to include their 
improvement where they at present reside, w T ith the exception of 
the three first named persons and Benjamin Leflore, who are au- 
thorized to locate one of their sections on any other unimproved 
and unoccupied land, within their respective districts. 

Art. 2. And to each of the following persons there is allowed a 
reservation of a section and a half of land, (to wit,) James L. 
McDonald, Robert Jones, Noah Wall, James Campbell, G. Nel- 
son, Vaughn Brashears, R. Harris, Little Leader, S. Foster, J. 



464 



CHOCTAWS. 



Vaughn, L. Durans, Samuel Long, T. Magagha, Thos. Everge, 
Giles Thompson, Tomas Garland, John Bond, William Leflore, 
and Turner Brashears ; the two first named persons may locate one 
section each, and one section jointly on any unimproved and un- 
occupied land, these not residing in the nation ; the others are to 
include their present residence and improvement. 

Also, one section is allowed to the following persons, (to wit,) 
Middleton Mackey, Wesley Train, Choclehomo, Moses Foster, D, 
W. Wall, Charles Scott, Molly Nail, Susan Colbert, who was for- 
merly Susan James, Samuel Garland, Silas Fisher, D. McCurtain, 
Oaklahoma, and Polly Fillecuthey, to be located in entire sections 
to include their present residence and improvement, with the ex- 
ception of Molly Nail and Susan Colbert, who are authorized to 
locate theirs on any unimproved, unoccupied land. 

John Pitchlynn has long and faithfully served the nation in 
character of United States interpreter ; he has acted as such for 
forty years ; in consideration it is agreed, in addition to what has 
been done for him, there shall be granted to two of his children, 
(to wit,) Silas Pitchlynn and Thomas Pitchlynn, one section of 
land each, to adjoin the location of their father ; likewise to James 
Madison and Peter, sons of Mushulatubbee, one section of land 
each, to include the old house and improvement where their father 
formerly lived, on the old military road adjoining a large prairie. 

And to Henry Groves, son of the chief Natticache, there is one 
section of land given to adjoin his father's land. 

And to each of the following persons half a section of land is 
granted on any unoccupied and unimproved lands in the districts 
where they respectively livCj (to wit,) William Harkins, James D. 
Hamilton, William Juzan, Tobias Leflore, Jo Doke, Jacob Ful- 
som, P. Hays, Samuel Worcester, George Hunter, William Train, 
Robert Nail, and Alexander McKee. 

And there is given a quarter section of land each to Delila and 
her five fatherless children, she being a Choctaw woman residing 
out of the nation ; also, the same quantity to Peggy Trihan, another 
Indian woman residing out of the nation, and her two fatherless 
children ; and to the widows of Pushmilaha and Pucktshenubbee, 
who were formerly distinguished chiefs of the nation, and for their 
children, four quarter sections of land each, in trust for themselves 
and their children. 

All of said last mentioned reservations are to be located under 
and by direction of the President of the United States. 

Aut. 3. The Choctaw people, now that they have ceded their 
lands, are solicitous to get to their new homes early as possible, 
and accordingly they wish that a party may be permitted to pro- 
ceed this fall to ascertain whereabouts will be most advantageous 
for their people to be located. It is therefore agreed that three 
or four persons, (from each of the three districts,) under the gui- 
dance of some discreet and well qualified person or persons, may 



CHOCTAWS. 



465 



proceed during this fall to the west upon an examination of the 
country. For their time and expenses the United States agree to 
allow the said twelve persons two dollars a day each, not to ex- 
ceed one hundred days, which is deemed to be ample time to make 
an examination. If necessary, pilots acquainted with the country 
will be furnished when they arrive in the west. 

Art. 4. John Donly, of Alabama, who has several Choctaw 
grand children, and who for twenty years has carried the mail 
through the Choctaw nation, a desire by the chiefs is expressed 
that he may have a section of land, it is accordingly granted, to be 
located in one entire section, on any unimproved and unoccupied 
land. Allen Glover and George S. Gaines, licensed traders in the 
Choctaw nation, have accounts amounting to upwards of nine 
thousand dollars against the Indians, who are unable to pay their 
said debts without distressing their families : a desire is expressed 
by the chiefs that two sections of land be set apart to be sold, and 
the proceeds thereof to be applied tow r ard the payment of the afore- 
said debts. It is agreed that two sections of any unimproved and 
unoccupied land be granted to George S. Gaines, who will sell 
the same for the best price he can obtain, and apply the proceeds 
thereof to the credit of the Indians, on their accounts due to the 
beforementioned Glover and Gaines ; and shall make the application 
to the poorest Indian first. At the earnest and particular request 
of the chief, Greenwood Leflore, there is granted to David Haley 
one half section of land, to be located in a half section on any un- 
occupied and unimproved land, as a compensation for a journey to 
Washington City with despatches to the Government, and returning 
with others to the Choctaw nation. 

The foregoing is entered into, as supplemental to the treaty 
concluded yesterday. 

Done at Dancing Rabbit creek the 28th day of September, 1830. 
Jno. H. Eaton, l. s. Robert Cole, his x mark, l. s. 

Jno. Coffee, l. s. Hopiaunchahubbee, his x 

Greenwood Leflore, l. s. mark, l. s. 

Nittucachee, his x mark, l. s. David Folsom, l. s. 

Mushulatubbee, his x mark, l. s. John Garland, his x mark, l. s. 
OfFahoomah, his x mark, l. s. Hopiahoomah, his x mark, l. s. 
Eyarhoeuttubbee, his x Captain Thalko, his x mark, l. s. 

mark, l. s. Pierre Juzan, l. s. 

lyaeherhopia, his x mark, l. s. Immarstarher, his x mark, l. s. 
Holubbee, his x mark, l. s. Hoshimhamartar, his x 
Onarhubbee, his x mark, l. s. mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

E. Breathitt, Sec'y. to Corns. R. P. Currin, 
W. Ward, Agt.for Choctaws, Jno. W. Byrn, 
M. Mackey, U. S. Mr. Geo. S. Gaines. 

John Pitchlynn, U. S. Intr. 
44 



466 



MENOMONEES. 



MENOMONEES. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 8, 1831 — RATIFIED JULY 9, 1832.] 

Articles of agreement made and concluded at the city of Washing* 
ton, this eighth day of February , one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-one, between John H. Eaton, Secretary of War, and Sa- 
muel C. Stambaugh, Indian Agent at Green Bay, specially 
authorized by the President of the United States, and the under- 
signed chiefs and head men of the Menomonee nation of Indians, 
fully authorized and empowered by the said nation, to conclude 
and settle all matters provided for by this agreement. 

The Menomonee tribe of Indians, by their delegates in council, 
this day, define the boundaries of their country as follows, to wit : 

On the east side of Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago lake: 
Beginning at the south end of Winnebago lake ; thence, south- 
eastwardly to the Milwauky or Manawauky river; thence, down 
said river to its mouth at lake Michigan ; thence, north, along the 
shore of lake Michigan, to the mouth of Green Bay; thence, up 
Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago lake, to the place of begin- 
ning. And on the west side of Fox river, as follows : Beginning 
at the mouth of Fox river, thence down the east shore of Green 
Bay, and across its mouth, so as to include all the islands of the 
"Grand Traverse;" thence, westerly, on the highlands between 
the lake Superior and Green Bay, to the upper forks of the Meno- 
monee river; thence, to the Plover portage of the Wisconsin 
river ; thence, up the Wisconsin river, to the Soft Maple river ; 
thence, to the source of the Soft Maple river; thence, west to the 
Plume river, which falls into the Chippe way river ; thence, down 
said Plume river to its mouth ; thence, down the Chippeway river 
thirty miles ; thence, easterly to the forks of the Monoy river, 
which falls into the Wisconsin river; thence, down the said 
Monoy river to its mouth ; thence, down the Wisconsin river to 
the Wisconsin portage ; thence, across the said portage to the Fox 
river; thence, down Fox river to its mouth at Green Bay, or the 
place of beginning. 

The country described within the above boundaries, the Meno^ 
monees claim as the exclusive property of their tribe. Not yet 
having disposed of any of their lands, they receive no annuities 
from the United States: whereas their brothers the Potowato- 
mies on the south, and the Winnebagoes on the west, have sold a 
great portion of their country, receive large annuities, and are now 
encroaching upon the lands of the Menomonees. 7or the pur- 
poses, therefore, of establishing the boundaries of their country, 
and of ceding certain portions of their lands to the United States, 



MENOM0NEES, 



467 



in order to secure great and lasting benefits to themselves and 
posterity, as well as for the purpose of settling the long existing 
dispute between themselves and the several tribes of the New 
York Indians, who claim to have purchased a portion of their 
lands, the undersigned, chiefs and headmen of the Menomonee 
tribe, stipulate and agree with the United States, as follows : 

First. The Menomonee tribe of Indians declare themselves the 
friends and allies of the United States, under whose parental care 
and protection they desire to continue ; and although always pro* 
testing that they are under no obligation to recognise any claim of 
the New York Indians to any portion of their country; that they 
neither sold, nor received any value, for the land claimed by these 
tribes ; yet, at the solicitation of their Great Father, the President 
of the United States, and as an evidence of their love and venera- 
tion for him, they agree that such part of the land described, being 
within the following boundaries, as he may direct, may be set apart 
as a home to the several tribes of the New York Indians, who 
may remove to, and settle upon the same, within three years from 
the date of this agreement, viz : Beginning on the west side of 
Fox river, near the " Little Kackalin," at a point known as the 
" Old Mill Dam thence, northwest forty miles ; thence, north- 
east to the Oconto creek, falling into Green Bay ; thence, down 
said Oconto creek to Green Bay ; thence, up along Green Bay 
and Fox river to the place of beginning ; excluding therefrom all 
private land claims confirmed, and also the following reservation 
for military purposes : Beginning on the Fox river, at the mouth 
of the first creek above Fort Howard ; thence, north sixty-four 
degrees west to Duck creek ; thence, down said Duck creek to its 
mouth; thence, up and along Green Bay and Fox river to the 
place of beginning, The Menomonee Indians also reserve, for 
the use of the United States, from the country herein designated 
for the New York Indians, timber and firewood for the United 
States garrison, and as much land as may be deemed necessary 
for public highways, to be located by the direction, and at the 
discretion of the President of the United States. The country 
hereby ceded to the United States, for the benefit of the New York 
Indians, contains by estimation about five hundred thousand acres, 
and includes all their improvements on the west side of Fox river. 
As it is intended for a home for the several tribes of the New York 
Indians, who may be residing upon the lands at the expiration of 
three years from this date, and for none others, the President of 
the United States is hereby empowered to apportion the lands 
among the actual occupants at that time, so as not to assign to 
any tribe a greater number of acres than may be equal to one hun- 
dred for each soul actually settled upon the lands, and if, at the 
time of such apportionment, any lands shall remain unoccupied by 
any tribe of the New York Indians, such portion as would have 



468 



MEN&MONEESv 



belonged to said Indians, had it been occupied, shall revert to the 
United States. That portion, if any, so reverting, to be laid of! 
by the President of the United States. It is distinctly under- 
stood, that the lands hereby ceded to the United States for the 
New York Indians, are to be held by those tribes, under such te- 
nure as the Menomonee Indians now hold their lands, subject tc* 
such regulations and alteration of tenure, as Congress and the Pre- 
sident of the United States shall, from time to time, think proper 
to adopt. 

Second. For the above cession to the United States, for the 
benefit of the New York Indians, the United States consent to pay 
the Menomonee Indians, twenty thousand dollars ; five thousand 
to be paid on the first day of August next, and five thousand an-: 
nually thereafter; which sums shall be applied to the use of the 
Menomonees, after such manner as the President of the United 
States may direct. 

Third. The Menomonee tribe of Indians, in consideration of 
the kindness and protection of the Government of the United 
States, and for the purpose of securing to themselves and posterity y 
a comfortable home, hereby cede and forever relinquish to the 
United States, all their country on the southeast side of Winne- 
bago lake, Fox river, and Green Bay, which they describe in the 
following boundaries, to wit: Beginning at the south end of Win- 
nebago lake, and running in a southeast direction to Milwauky or 
Manawauky river ; thence,, down said river to its mouth ; thence, 
north, along the shore of lake Michigan, to the entrance of Green 
Bay ; thence, up and along Green Bay, Fox river, and Winnebago 
lake, to the place of beginning ; excluding , all private land claims, 
which the United States have heretofore confirmed and sanctioned. 
It is also agreed, that all the islands which lie in Fox river and 
Green Bay, are likewise ceded ; the wdiole comprising by estima- 
tion, two million five hundred thousand acres. 

Fourth. The following described tract of land, at present owned 
and occupied by the Menomonee Indians, shall be set apart, and 
designated for their future homes, upon which their improvements 
as an agricultural people are to be made: Beginning on the west 
side of Fox river, at the " Old Mill Dam," near the " Little 
Kackalin," and running up and along said river, to the Winnebago 
lake ; thence, along said lake to the mouth of Fox river ; thence, 
up Fox river to the Wolf river ; thence, up Wolf river to a point 
southwest of the west corner of the tract herein designated for the 
New York Indians ; thence, northeast to said west corner ; thence, 
southeast to the place of beginning. The above reservation beings 
made to the Menomonee Indians for the purpose of weaning them 
from their wandering habits, by attaching them to comfortable 
homes, the President of the United States, as a mark of affection 
for his children of the Menomonee tribe, will cause to be employed 



ME N'OM ONEES, 



469 



five farmers of established character for capacity, industry, and 
moral habits, for ten successive years, whose duty it shall be to 
assist the Menomonee Indians in the cultivation of their farms, and 
to instruct their children in the business and occupation of farming. 
Also, five females shall be employed, of like good character, for 
the purpose of teaching young Menomonee women, in the business 
of useful housewifery, during a period of ten years. The annual 
compensation allowed to the farmers, shall not exceed five hundred 
dollars, and that of the females three hundred dollars. And the 
United States will cause to be erected, houses suited to their con- 
dition, on said lands, as soon as the Indians agree to occupy them, 
for which ten thousand dollars shall be appropriated ; also, houses 
for the farmers, for which three thousand dollars shall be appro- 
priated ; to be expended under the direction of the Secretary of 
War. Whenever the Menomonees thus settle their lands, they 
shall be supplied with useful household articles, horses, cows, hogs, 
and sheep, farming utensils, and other articles of husbandry neces- 
sary to their comfort, to the value of six thousand dollars ; and 
they desire that some suitable device may be stamped upon such 
articles, to preserve them from sale or barter, to evil disposed white 
persons : none of which, nor any other articles with which the United 
States may at any time furnish them, shall be liable to sale, or be 
disposed of, or bargained, without permission of the agent. The 
whole to be under the immediate eare of the farmers employed to 
remain among said Indians, but subject to the general control of 
the United States Indian agent at Green Bay, acting under the 
Secretary of War. The United States will erect a grist and saw 
mill on Fox river, for the benefit of the Menomonee Indians, and 
employ a good miller, subject to the direction of the agent, whose 
business it shall be to grind the grain, required for the use of the 
Menomonee Indians, and saw the lumber necessary for building 
on their lands, as also to instruct such young men of the Menomo- 
nee nation, as desire to, and conveniently can, be instructed in the 
trade of a miller. The expenses of erecting such mills, and a 
house for the miller to reside in, shall not exceed six thousand dol- 
lars, and the annual compensation of the miller shall be six hun- 
dred dollars, to continue for ten years. And if the mills so erected 
by the United States can saw more lumber, or grind more grain, 
than is required for the proper use of said Menomonee Indians, the 
proceeds of such milling shall be applied to the payment of other 
•expenses occurring in the Green Bay agency, under the direction 
of the Secretary of War. 

In addition to the above provision made for the Menomonee In- 
dians, the President of the United States will cause articles of 
clothing to be distributed among their tribe at Green Bay, within 
six months from the date of this agreement, to the amount of eight 
thousand dollars ; and flour and wholesome provisions, to fbe 



47a 



MENOMONEES. 



amount of one thousand dollars — one thousand dollars to be paid 
in specie. The cost of the transportation of the clothing and pro- 
visions to be included in the sum expended. There shall also be 
allowed annually thereafter, for the space of twelve successive 
years, to the Menomonee tribe, in such manner and form as the 
President of the United States shall deem most beneficial and ad- 
vantageous to the Indians, the sum of six thousand dollars. As a 
matter of great importance to the Menomonees, there shall be one 
or more gun and blacksmith shops erected, to be supplied with a 
necessary quantity of iron and steel, which, with a shop at Green 
Bay, shall be kept up for the use of the tribe, and continued at the 
discretion of the President of the United States. There shall also 
be a house for an interpreter to reside in, erected at Green Bay, 
the expenses not to exceed five hundred dollars. 

Fifth. In the treaty of Butte des Morts, concluded in August, 
1827, an article is contained, appropriating one thousand five hun- 
dred dollars annually, for the support of schools in the Menomo- 
nee country. And the representatives of the Menomonee nation, 
who are parties hereto, require, and it is agreed to, that said appro- 
priation shall be increased five hundred dollars, and continued for 
ten years from this date, to be placed in the hands of the Secretary 
at War, in trust for the exclusive use and benefit of the Menomo- 
nee tribe of Indians, and to be applied by him to the education of 
the children of the Menomonee Indians, in such manner as he may 
deem most advisable. 

Sixth. The Menomonee tribe of Indians shall be at liberty to 
hunt and fish on the lands they have now ceded to the United 
States, on the east side of Fox river and Green Bay, with the same 
privileges they at present enjoy, until it be surveyed and offered 
for sale by the President ; they conducting themselves peaceably 
and orderly. The chiefs and warriors of the Menomonee nation, 
acting under the authority and on behalf of their tribe, solemnly 
pledge themselves to preserve peace and harmony between their 
people and the Government of the United States forever. They 
neither acknowledge the power nor protection of any other State 
or people. A departure from this pledge by any portion of their 
tribe, shall be a forfeiture of the protection of the United States 
Government, and their annuities will cease. In thus declaring" 
their friendship for the United States, however, the Menomonee 
tribe of Indians, having the most implicit confidence in their Great 
Father, the President of the United States, desire that he will, as 
a kind and faithful guardian of their welfare, direct the provisions 
of this compact to be carried into immediate effect. The Meno- 
monee chiefs request that such part of it as relates to the New 
York Indians, be immediately submitted to the representatives of 
their tribes. And if they refuse to accept the provision made for 
their benefit, and to remove upon the lands set apart for them, on 



MENOMONEES. 



471 



the west side of Fox river, that he will direct their immediate 
removal from the Menomonee country ; but if they agree to accept 
of the liberal offer made to them by the parties to this compact, 
then the Menomonee tribe as dutiful children of their Great Father, 
the President, will take them by the hand as brothers, and settle 
down with them in peace and friendship. 

The boundary, as stated and denned in this agreement, of the 
Menomonee country, with the exception of the cessions hereinbe- 
fore made to the United States, the Menomonees claim as their 
country; that part of it adjoining the farming country, on the west 
side of Fox river, will remain to them as heretofore, for a hunting 
ground, until the President of the United States, shall deem it 
expedient to extinguish their title. In that case, the Menomonee 
tribe promise to surrender it immediately, upon being notified of 
the desire of Government to possess it. The additional annuity 
then to be paid to the Menomonee tribe, to be fixed by the Presi- 
dent of the United States. It is conceded to the United States 
that they may enjoy the right of making such roads, and of esta- 
blishing such military posts, in any part of the country now occu- 
pied by the Menomonee nation, as the President at any time may 
think proper. 

As a farther earnest of the good feeling on the part of their 
Great Father, it is agreed that the expenses of the Menomonee 
delegation to the city of Washington, and of returning, will be paid, 
and that a comfortable suit of clothes will be provided for each ; 
also, that the United States will cause four thousand dollars to be 
expended in procuring fowling guns, and ammunition for them ; 
and likewise, in lieu of any garrison rations , hereafter allowed or 
received by them, there shall be procured and given to said tribe 
one thousand dollars worth of good and wholesome provisions an- 
nually, for four years, by which time it is hoped their hunting 
habits may cease, and their attention be turned to the pursuits of 
agriculture. 

In testimony whereof, the respective parties to this agreement 
have severally signed the same, this 8th February, 1831. 



John H. Eaton, l. s. 

S. C. Stambaugh, l. s. 

Kaush-kau-no-naive, grizzly bear, his x mark, l. s. 

A-ya-mah-taw, fish spawn, his x mark, l. s. 

Ko-ma-ni-kin, big wave, his x mark, l. s. 

Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, little wave, his x mark, l. s. 

O-ho-pa-shah, little whoop, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-ke-ne-pa-weh, earth standing, his x mark, l. s. 

Shaw-wan-noh, the south, his x mark, l. s. 

Mash-ke-wet, his x mark, l. s. 

Pah-she-nah-sheu, his x mark, l. s. 



472 



MENOMONEE S. 



Chi-mi-na-na-quet, great cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

A-na-quet-toa-peh, setting in a cloud, his x mark, l. s. 
Sha-ka-cho-ka-mo, great chief, his x mark. l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of 

R. A. Forsyth, ) T , , William Wilkins, of Pennsylva^ 

r< a n • i interpreters, . ' J 

C. A. Gngnon, J ^ ' ma, 

A. G. Ellis, Samuel Swartwout, of N.York,' 

Richard Pricket, U. S. Interpre- JohnT. Mason, Michigan, 

ter, his x mark, Rh. M. Johnson, Kentucky. 



SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES. 

Whereas, certain articles of agreement were entered into and 
concluded at the city of Washington, on the 8th day of February, 
instant, between the undersigned, commissioners on behalf of the 
United States, and the chiefs and warriors, representing the Meno- 
monee tribe of Indians, whereby a portion of the Menomonee 
country, on the northwest side of Fox river and Green Bay, was 
ceded to the United States, for the benefit of the New York In- 
dians, upon certain conditions and restrictions therein expressed : 
And whereas, it has been represented to the parties to that agree- 
ment, who are parties hereto, that it would be more desirable and 
satisfactory to some of those interested, that one or two immaterial 
changes be made in the first and sixth articles, so as not to limit 
the number of acres to one hundred for each soul who may be set- 
tled upon the land when the President apportions it, as also to make 
unlimited the time of removal and settlement upon these lands by 
the New York Indians, but to leave both these matters discretionary 
with the. President of the United States: 

Now, therefore, as a proof of the sincerity of the professions 
made by the Menomonee Indians, when they declared themselves 
anxious to terminate, in an amicable manner, their disputes with 
the New York Indians, and also as a further proof of their love and 
veneration for their great father, the President of the United States, 
the undersigned, representatives of the Menomonee tribe of Indians, 
unite and agree with the Commissioners aforesaid, in making and 
acknowledging the following supplementary articles a part of the 
former aforesaid agreement : 

First. It is agreed between the undersigned, commissioners on 
behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and warriors represent- 
ing the Menomonee tribe of Indians, that, for the reasons above 
expressed, such parts of the first article of the agreement, entered 
into between the parties hereto, on the eighth instant, as limits the 
removal and settlement of the New York Indians upon the lands 
therein provided for their future homes to three years, shall be 
altered and amended, so as to read as follows : That the President 
of the United States shall prescribe the time for the removal and 
settlement of the New York Indians upon the lands thus provided 



MENOMONEESi 



473 



for them ; and, at the expiration of such reasonable time, he shall 
apportion the land among the actual settlers, in such manner as he 
shall deem equitable and just. And if within such reasonable time, 
as the President of the United States shall prescribe for that pur- 
pose, the New York Indians shall refuse to accept the provisions 
made for their benefit, or having agreed, shall neglect or refuse to 
remove from New York, and settle on the said lands within the time 
prescribed for that purpose, that then, and in either of these events, 
the lands aforesaid shall be and remain the property of the United 
States, according to said first article, excepting so much thereof 
as the President shall deem justly due to such of the New York 
Indians as shall actually have removed to and settled on the said 
lands. 

Second. It is further agreed that the part of the sixth article of 
the agreement aforesaid, which requires the removal of those of the 
New York Indians, who may not be settled on the lands at the end 
of three years, shall be so amended as to leave such removal dis- 
cretionary with the President of the United States. The Meno- 
monee Indians having full confidence that in making his decision, 
he will take into consideration the welfare and prosperity of their 
nation. 

Done and signed at Washington, this 17th of February, 1831. 



John 11. Eaton, 


L. 


S; 


S. C. Stambaugh, 


L. 


S. 


Kaush-kau-no-naive, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


A-ya-mah-taw, his x mark, 
Ko-ma-ni-kin, his x mark, 


L. 


S* 


L. 


Ss 


Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


O-ho-pa-shah, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 


Ah-ke-ne-pa-weh, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Shaw-wan-noh, his x mark, 


L. 


S: 


Mash-ke-wet, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pah-she-nah-sheu, his x mark, 
Chi-mi-na-na-quet, his x mark, 


L. 




L. 


Si 


A-na-quet-to-a-peh, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Sha-ka-cho-ka-mo, his x mark, 


L. 


Si 



Signed in presence of 

R. A. Forsyth, John T. Mason, 

C. A. Grignon, P. G. Randolph, 

Law. L. V. Kleeck, A. G. Ellis. 

Ratified upon the conditions expressed in the proviso, contained 
in the resolution of the Senate, as follows : 

" Provided, That for the purpose of establishing the rights of 
the New York Indians on a permanent and just footing, the said 
treaty shall be ratified with the express understanding that two 
townships of land on the east side of the Winnebago lake, equal to 



474 



SENECAS. 



forty-six thousand and eighty acres shall be laid off, (to commence 
at some point to be agreed on,) for the use of the Stockbridge and 
Munsee tribes ; and that the improvements made on the lands 
now in the possession of the said tribes, on the east side of the 
Fox river, which said lands are to be relinquished, shall, after being 
valued by a commissioner to be appointed by the President of the 
United States, be paid for by the government : Provided, however, 
that the valuation of such improvements shall not exceed the sum of 
twenty-five thousand dollars : and that there shall be one township 
of land adjoining the foregoing, equal to twenty-three thousand 
and forty acres, laid off and granted for the use of the Brothertown 
Indians, who are to be paid by the government the sum of one thou- 
sand six hundred dollars for the improvements on the lands now in 
their possession, on the east side of Fox river, and which lands are 
to be relinquished by said Indians : Also, that a new line shall be 
run parallel to the southwestern boundary line, or course of the 
tract of five hundred thousand acres described in the first article of 
this treaty, and set apart for the New York Indians, to commence 
at a point on the west side of the Fox river, and one mile above 
the Grand Shute on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the 
said boundary line as established by the said first article, as shall 
comprehend the additional quantity ot two hundred thousand acres 
of land, on and along the west side of Fox river, without including 
any of the confirmed private land claims on the Fox river, and 
which two hundred thousand acres shall be a part of the five hun- 
dred thousand acres intended to be set apart for the Six Nations 
of the New York Indians and the St. Regis tribe ; and that an 
equal quantity to that which is added to the southwestern side 
shall be taken off from the northeastern side of the said tract, de- 
scribed in that article, on the Oconto creek, to be determined by 
a commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United 
States ; so that the whole number of acres to be granted to the Six 
Nations, and St. Regis tribe of Indians, shall not exceed the quan- 
tity originally stipulated by the treaty." 



SENECAS. 

[ CONCLUDED FEB. 28, 1831 — RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1831.} 

Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at the 
c ; ty of Washington, on the twenty -eighth day of February, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by 
and between James B. Gardiner, specially appointed commissioner 
on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the under- 
signed, principal chiefs and warriors of the Seneca tribe of In- 



SENECAS. 



475 



dians, residing on the Sandusky river in the State of Ohio, on 
the part of said tribe, of the other part ; for the cession of the 
lands noxo owned and occupied by the said tribe of Indians, lying 
on the waters of the Sandusky river, and situate within the terri- 
torial limits of the organized counties of Seneca and Sandusky , 
in said State of Ohio. 

Whereas, the tribe of Seneca Indians, residing on Sandusky 
river, in the State of Ohio, have earnestly solicited the President 
of the United States to negotiate with them, for an exchange of 
the lands, now owned and occupied by them, for lands of the 
United States, west of the river Mississippi, and for the removal 
and permanent settlement of said tribe : Therefore, in order to carry 
into effect the aforesaid objects, the following articles have been 
agreed upon : 

Art. 1. The Seneca tribe of Indians, in consideration of the 
stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do for- 
ever cede, release and quit claim to the United States, the lands 
granted to them, by patent, in fee simple, by the sixth section of 
the treaty, made at the foot of the Rapids of the Miami river of 
lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year 

1817, containing thirty thousand acres, and described as follows : 
" Beginning on the Sandusky river at the lower corner of the sec- 
tion granted to William Spicer ; thence down the river on the east 
side, with the meanders thereof at high water mark, to a point 
east of the mouth of Wolf creek ; thence, and from the begin- 
ning, east, so far that a north line will include the quantity of 
thirty thousand acres." And said tribe also cede, as aforesaid, 
one other tract of land, reserved for the use of the said Senecas, 
by the second article of the treaty, made at St. Mary's, in the 
State of Ohio, on the seventeenth day of September, in the year 

1818, which tract is described in said treaty as follows: "Ten 
thousand acres of land, to be laid off on the east side of the San- 
dusky river, adjoining the south side of their reservation of thirty 
thousand acres, which begins on the Sandusky river, at the lower 
corner of William Spicer's section, and excluding therefrom the 
said William Spicer's section :" making in the whole of this 
cession, forty thousand acres. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- 
going article, the United States agree to cause the said tribe of 
Senecas, consisting of about four hundred souls, to be removed in 
a convenient and suitable manner, to the western side of the Missis- 
sippi river ; and will grant them, by patent, in fee simple, as long 
as they shall exist as a nation and remain on the same, a tract of 
land, situate on, and adjacent to, the northern boundary of the 
lands heretofore granted to the Cherokee nation of Indians, and 
adjoining the boundary of the' State of Missouri ; which tract shall 
extend fifteen miles from east to west, and seven miles from north 



476 



SENECAS. 



to south, containing about sixty-seven thousand acres, be the same 
more or less ; for which the President of the United States shall 
cause letters patent to be issued, in due form of law, agreeably to 
the act of the last session of Congress. 

Art. 3. The United States will defray the expenses of the 
removal of the said Senecas and will moreover supply them with 
a sufficiency of wholesome provisions, to support them for one 
year, after their arrival at their new residence. 

Art. 4. Out of the first sales, to be made of the lands herein 
ceded by the Senecas, the United States will cause a grist mill, a 
saw mill, and a blacksmith shop to be erected on the lands herein 
granted to the Senecas, with all necessary tools, to be supported 
and kept in operation, at the expense of the United States, for the 
sole benefit of the said Senecas ; and for these purposes, the United 
States, will employ a miller and a blacksmith, for such term as 
the President of the United States, in his discretion, may think 
proper. 

Art. 5. As the Seneca Indians, on their removal, will stand in 
need of funds to make farms and erect houses ; it is agreed that 
the United States will advance them six thousand dollars, in lieu 
of the improvements which they have made on the lands herein 
ceded to the United States ; which sum shall be reimbursed from 
the sales of the lands ceded. An equitable distribution of this 
sum shall be made by the chiefs, with the consent of the tribe, in 
general council assembled, to such individuals of the tribe, as, 
having left improvements, may be properly entitled to receive the 
same. 

Art. 6. The live stock, farming utensils, and other chattel pro- 
perty, which the Senecas now own, and may not be able to take 
with them, shall be sold by some agent, to be appointed by the 
President ; and the proceeds paid to the owners of such property, 
respectively. 

Art. 7. The expenses of the chiefs, in coming to and remaining 
at Washington, and returning to Ohio, as Avell as the expenses and 
per diem pay of the native interpreter accompanying them, shall 
be paid by the United States. 

Art. 8. The United States will expose to public sale, to the 
highest bidders, at such time and in such manner as the President 
may direct, the tracts of land herein ceded by the Seneca Indians i 
And, after deducting from the proceeds of such sale, the minimum 
price of the public lands ; the cost of building the saw and grist 
mills and blacksmith shop for the Senecas ; the cost of surveying 
the lands ; and the sum of six thousand dollars, to be advanced in 
lieu of their present improvements : it is agreed that any balance 
which may remain, of the avails of the lands after sale as afore- 
said, shall constitute a fund for the future exigencies of the tribe, 
on which the Government of the United States consent and agree 



SENEGAS. 



477 



to pay to the chiefs of the nation, for the use and general benefit 
of the nation, annually, five per cent, on said balance, as an an<? 
nuity : And if, at any time hereafter, the Seneca chiefs, by and 
with the advice and consent of their tribe in general council as- 
sembled, shall make known to the President, their desire that the. 
fund, thus to be created, should be dissolved and given to the tribe : 
the President shall cause the same to be paid over to them, in 
such manner as he may direct ; provided he shall become satisfied 
of the propriety of so doing. 

Art. 9. It is agreed that any annuity, accruing to the Seftecas, 
by former treaties, shall be paid to them at their intended resi- 
dence, west of the Mississippi, under the direction of the Presi- 
dent. 

Art. 10. The United States hereby agree to give to the Senecas., 
as presents, one hundred rifles, as soon as practicable, and four 
hundred blankets, for the use of the tribe, to be delivered to them 
at such time and place as may be directed by the Secretary of 
War. Also fifty ploughs, fifty hoes and fifty axes, will be given 
to the tribe, as aforesaid, to assist them in commencing farming. 

Art. 11. The chiefs of the Senecas, being impressed with 
gratitude towards Henry C. Brish, their sub-agent, for his private 
advances of money and provisions, and numerous other acts of 
kindness towards them, as well as his extra services in coming 
with them to Washington ; and having expressed a wish that a 
quarter section of a hundred and sixty acres of the lands ceded by 
them, should be granted to him, in consideration thereof ; the 
same is hereby granted to him and his heirs to be located under 
the direction of the President of the United States. 

Art. 12. The lands granted by this agreement and convention 
to the Seneca tribe of Indians shall not be sold or ceded by them, 
except to the United States. 

Art. 13. It is communicated by the chiefs here, that, in coun- 
cil, before they left home, it was agreed by the tribe, that, for their 
services in coming to the city of Washington, each should receive 
one hundred dollars, to be paid by said tribe : At the request of 
said chiefs, it is agreed that the United States will advance the 
amount, to wit : five hundred dollars, to be hereafter reimbursed 
from the sale of their lands in Ohio. 

In testimony whereof, the parties respectively have this twenty- 
eighth of February signed the same and affixed their seals. 



James B. Gardiner, l. s. 

Comstick, his x mark, l. s„ 

Small Cloud Spicer, his x mark, l. s, 

Seneca Steel, his x mark, l, s. 

Hard Hickory, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Good Hunter, his x mark. l. s. 



478 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 



Signed in presence of 

Henry C. Brish, Sub-agent, Henry Toland, 
George Herron, Interpreter , P. G. Randolph. 
W. B. Lewis, 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 20, 1831 — RATIFIED APRIL 6, ]832. ] 

Articles of agreement and convention made and concluded at Lewis- 
town, in the county of Logan, and State of Ohio, on the twentieth 
day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred 
and thirty- one, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially 
appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and 
John McElvain, Indian agent for the Wyandots, Senecas and 
Shawnees, on the one part, and the undersigned principal chiefs 
and warriors of the mixed band of Senecas and Shawnee Indians 
residing at and around the said Lewistown, of the other part; 
for the cession of the lands now owned and occupied by said band, 
lying on the waters of the Great Miami river, and within the 
territorial limits of the organized county of Logan, in said Stale 
of Ohio. 

Whereas, the President of the United States, under the autho- 
rity of the act of Congress, approved May 28th, 1830, has ap- 
pointed a special commissioner to confer with the different Indian 
tribes residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, 
and to offer for their acceptance the provisions contained in the 
before recited act : And whereas, the mixed band or tribes of 
Seneca and Shawnee Indians, residing at and around Lewistown, 
in said State, have expressed their perfect assent to the conditions 
of said act, and their willingness and anxiety to remove west of 
the Mississippi river, in order to obtain a more permanent and 
advantageous home for themselves and their prosperity : There- 
fore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the folio w- 
ing articles have been agreed upon by the aforesaid contracting 
parties ; which, when approved by the President and ratified by the 
Senate of the United States, shall be mutually binding upon the 
United States and the said Seneca and Shawnee Indians. 

Art. I. The Seneca and Shawnee Indians, residing at and 
around Lewistown, in the State of Ohio, in consideration of the 
stipulations herein made on the part of the United States, do for- 
ever cede, release and quit claim to the United States, the lands 
granted to them by patent in fee simple by the sixth article of the 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 



479 



treaty made at the foot of the rapids of the Miami river of lake 
Erie, on the twenty-ninth day of September, in the year 1817, 
containing forty-eight square miles, and described in said treaty as 
follows : " Beginning at the intersection of the line run by Charles 
Roberts in the year one thousand eight hundred and twelve, from 
the source of the Little Miami river, to the source of the Scioto 
river, in pursuance of instructions from the commissioners ap-> 
pointed on the part of the United States, to establish the western 
boundary of the Virginia military reservation, with the Indian 
boundary line established by the treaty of Greenville, in one thou- 
sand seven hundred and ninety-five, from the crossings above Fort 
Lawrence to Loramie's store, and to run from such intersection, 
northerly, with the first mentioned line, so as to include the quan- 
tity as nearly in a square form as practicable, after excluding the 
section of land granted to Nancy Stewart." And the said Senecas 
and Shawnees also cede to the United States, in manner aforesaid, 
one other tract of land reserved for them by the second article of 
the treaty made at St. Mary's, in Ohio, on the seventeenth of 
September, in the year 1818, which tract is described in said treaty 
as follows : " Eight thousand nine hundred and sixty acres, to be 
laid off adjoining the west line of the reserve of forty-eight square 
miles at Lewiston." 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- 
going article, the United States agree to cause the said band of 
Senecas and Shawnees, consisting of about three hundred souls, 
to be removed in a convenient and suitable manner to the western 
side of the Mississippi river, and will grant by patent in fee simple 
to them and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a 
nation and remain on the same, a tract of land to contain sixty 
thousand acres, to be located under the direction of the President 
of the United States, contiguous to the lands granted to the 
Senecas of Sandusky by the treaty made with them at the city of 
Washington, on the 28th of February, 1831, and the Cherokee set- 
tlements ; the east line of said tract shall be within two miles of 
the west line of the lands granted to the Senecas of Sandusky, and 
the south line shall be within two miles of the north line of the 
lands held by the Cherokees ; and said two miles between the 
aforesaid lines, shall serve as a common pass- way between the 
beforementioned tribes to prevent them from intruding upon the 
lands of each other. 

Art. 3. The United States will defray the expense of the re- 
moval of the said Senecas and Shawnees, and will moreover supply 
them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions to sup- 
port them for one year after their arrival at their new residence. 

Art. 4. Out of the first sales to be made of the lands herein 
ceded by the said Senecas and Shawnees, the United States will 
cause a saw mill and a blacksmith shop to be erected on the lands 



480 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEE S. 



granted to the said Indians west of the Mississippi, with all neces- 
sary machinery and tools, to be supported and kept in operation 
at the expense of the United States, for the mutual and sole benefit 
of the said Senecas and the Shawnees ; and the United States will 
employ a blacksmith to execute the necessary work for the said 
Indians for such time as the President of the United States, in his 
discretion, may think proper. 

Art. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on 
the lands herein ceded, it is agreed that the United States shall 
advance to the said Senecas and Shawnees the sum of six thou- 
sand dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of lands herein ceded 
by them to the United States. A fair and equitable distribution 
of this sum shall be made by the chiefs of the said Senecas and 
Shawnees, with the consent of their tribes in general council as- 
sembled, to such individuals of the tribes as, having left improve- 
ments, may be properly entitled to the same. 

Art. 6. The live stock, farming utensils, and other chattel 
property which the said Senecas and Shawnees now own, and 
may not be able to carry with them, shall be sold under the super- 
intendence of some suitable person appointed by the Secretary of 
War, and the proceeds paid over to owners of such property 
respectively. 

Art. 7. The said Senecas and Shawnees shall be removed to 
their new residence under the care and protection of some compe- 
tent and proper person, friendly to them and acquainted with their 
habits, manners, and customs ; and the chiefs of the said tribes 
shall have the privilege of nominating such person to the Presi- 
dent, who, if approved of by him, shall have charge of their con- 
veyance. 

Art. 8. The United States will expose to public sale to the 
highest bidders, in the manner of selling the public lands, the 
tracts of land herein ceded by the Senecas and Shawnees ; and 
after deducting from the proceeds of such sale the sum of seventy 
cents per acre, exclusive of the cost of surveying the lands, the 
cost of the saw mill and blacksmith shop, and the sum of six 
thousand dollars to be advanced in lieu of the improvements on 
the ceded lands ; it is agreed that any balance which may remain 
of the lands after sale as aforesaid, shall constitute a fund for the 
future necessities of said tribes, on which the Government of the 
United States agree and consent to pay to the chiefs for the 
use and general benefit of the said tribes annually, five per cent, 
on the amount of the said balance as an annuity. Said fund to 
be continued during the pleasure of Congress, unless the chiefs 
of the said tribes, by and with the consent of the whole of their 
people in general council assembled, should desire that the fund 
thus to be created, should be dissolved and paid over to them, in 
which case the President shall cause the same to be paid over, if 



SENEGAS AND SHAWNEE S. 



481 



in his discretion he shall think the happiness and prosperity of 
said tribes would be promoted thereby. 

Art, 9. It is agreed that any annuities accruing to the said 
Senecas and Shawnees by former treaties shall be paid to them at 
their intended residence west of the Mississippi under the direc- 
tion of the President. 

Art. 10. In consideration of the former good conduct and 
friendly disposition of the aforesaid band of Senecas and Shaw- 
nees towards the American Government, and as an earnest of the 
kind feelings, and good wishes of their great father for the future 
welfare and happiness of themselves and their posterity, it is 
agreed that the United States will give them as presents, the fol- 
lowing articles, to wit : one hundred blankets, twenty ploughs, 
one hundred hoes, fifty axes, ten rifles, twenty sets of horse gears, 
and Russia sheeting sufficient to make forty tents ; the whole to 
be delivered to them as soon as practicable after their arrival at 
their new residence, except the blankets and the Russia sheeting 
for the tents, which shall be given at the time of their setting out 
on their journey ; all of said articles to be distributed by the 
chiefs according to the just claims and necessities of their people. 

Art. 11. The lands granted by this agreement and convention 
to the said band of Senecas and Shawnees, shall not be sold or 
ceded by them except to the United States. And the United 
States guarantee that said lands shall never be within the bounds 
of any State or Territory, nor subject to the laws thereof; and 
further, that the President of the United States will cause said 
tribes to be protected at their new residence against all interrup- 
tion or disturbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, or 
from any other person or persons whatever ; and he shall have the 
same care and superintendence over them in the country to which 
they design to remove, that he has heretofore had over them at 
their present place of residence. 

Art. 12. At the request of the chiefs of the Senecas and Shaw- 
nees, there is granted to James McPherson, one half section of 
land to contain three hundred and twenty acres, to be laid off in 
such part of the lands here ceded as he may select, so that the 
said half section shall adjoin the land heretofore donated to him 
near the southeast corner of that part of the lands herein ceded 
which was assigned to the Shawnees by the second article of the 
treaty made at St. Mary's, on the 17th of September, 1818. And 
this grant is made in consideration of the sincere attachment of 
the said chiefs and their people for the said James McPherson, 
who has lived among them and near them for forty years, and from 
whom they have received numerous and valuable services and 
benefits ; and also in consideration of the able and candid manner 
in which he has explained to the Indians the policy of the United 
States in regard to the future welfare and permanent settlement of 
the Indian tribes. 

45 



482 



SENEGAS AND SHAWNEE Sv 



Art. 13. At the request of the aforesaid chiefs, there is hereby 
granted to Henry H. McPherson, an, adopted son of their nation., 
a half section of land, to contain three hundred and twenty acres f 
to be added to a half section of land granted to him by the said 
chiefs on the 20th day of March, 1821, and approved by the 
President of the United States, which is to be so laid off as to 
enlarge the last mentioned grant to a square section. 

Art. 14, At the special request of the aforesaid chiefs, one 
quarter section of land, to contain one hundred and sixty acres, is 
hereby granted to Martin Lane their interpreter, who married a 
quarter blood Indian woman, and has lived a long time among 
the Senecas. The said quarter section is to be located under the 
direction of the President of the United States. 

Art. 15. It is understood and agreed by the present con- 
tracting parties, that the words, " the lands heretofore donated to 
him " in the twelfth section of this treaty, have direct and sole 
reference to a verbal donation heretofore made by the said Senecas 
and Shawnees to the said McPherson, and that the intention i& 
that this treaty should confirm the former as well as the latter 
grant, so that the said McPherson is entitled to one whole section 
to be located in the southeast corner of the Shawnee part of the 
lands herein ceded as aforesaid. 

In testimony hereof, the present contracting parties respectively 
have signed their hands, and affixed their seals, the day and 
year aforesaid, at Pleasant Plains, near Lewistowrij in the 



State of Ohio. 

James B. Gardiner, l. s>. 

John McElvain, l. s» 

Methomea, or Civil John, his x mark ? l. s, 

Skilleway, or Robbin, his x mark, l. s. 

Totala Chief, or John Young, his x mark, l. s, 

Pewyache, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, l. So. 

John Jackson, his x mark, l. s. 

Quashacaugh, or Little Lewis, his x markj l. s.. 

James McDonnell, his x mark, l. s. 

Honede, or Civil John's Son, his x mark, l. s. 

Run Fast, his x mark, l. s. 

Yankee Bill, his x mark, l. s. 

Cold Water, his x mark, l. s. 

John Sky, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of us r 

David Robb, Sub- Agent, Joseph Parks, his x mark, U. S~ 

James McPherson, U. S. Inter- Interpreter, 
preter, N. Z. McCulloch, 



SHAWNEES. 



483 



H. E. Spencer, D. M. Workman, 

Wm. Rianhard, R. Patterson, 

John Shelby, A. 0. Spencer, 

Alexander Thomson, Jas, Stewart, 

H. B. Strother, Stephen Giffin. 
Benj. S. Brown, 

I do hereby certify that each and every article of the foregoing 
convention and agreement, was carefully explained and fully in- 
terpreted by me to the chiefs, head men and warriors who have 
signed the same. 

Martin Lane, U. & Interpreter. l. s. 



SHAWNEES. 

{concluded august 8, 1831 — ratified april 6, 1832.] 

Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at 
Wapaghkonnetta, in the county of Allen, and State of Ohio, on 
the eighth day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner 
specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States , 
and John McElvain, Indian agent for the Wyandots, Senecas, 
and Shawnees residing in the State of Ohio, on the one part, 
and the undersigned, principal chiefs, headmen, and warriors, 
of the tribe of Shawnee Indians residing at Wapaghkonnetta and 
Hog creek, within the territorial limits of the organized county 
of Allen, in the State of Ohio. 

Whereas, the President of the United States under the authority 
of the act of Congress, approved May 28, 1830, has appointed a 
special commissioner to confer with the different Indian tribes' 
residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, and 
to offer for their acceptance the provisions of the before recited 
act ; And whereas, the said tribe or band of Shawnee Indians, 
residing at Wapaghkonnetta and on Hog creek in the said State, 
have expressed their perfect assent to the conditions of the said 
act, and their willingness and anxiety to remove west of the Mis- 
sissippi river, in order to obtain a more permanent and advanta- 
geous home for themselves and their posterity : Therefore, in 
order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the following arti- 
cles of convention have been agreed upon by the aforesaid con- 
tracting parties, which, when ratified by the President of the 
United States, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate 
thereof, shall be mutually binding upon the United States and the 
said Shawnee Indians. 



484 



SHAWNEES. 



Art. 1. The tribe or band of Shawnee Indians residing at 
Wapaghkonnetta and on Hog creek in the State of Ohio, in con- 
sideration of the stipulations herein made, on the part of the United 
States, do forever cede, release, and quit claim, to the United States 
the lands granted to them by patent in fee simple by the sixth 
section of the treaty made at the foot of the rapids of the Miami 
river of lake Erie, on the 29th day of September, in the year of 
our Lord 1817, containing one hundred and twenty-five sections 
or square miles, and granted in two reservations, and described in 
the said sixth section of the aforesaid treaty as follows : — " A tract 
of land ten miles square, the centre of which shall be the council 
house at Wapaghkonnetta," and " a tract of land containing 
twenty-five square miles, which is to join the tract granted at 
Wapaghkonnetta, and to include the Shawnee settlement on Hog 
creek, and to be laid off as nearly as possible in a square form 
which said two tracts or reservations of land were granted as 
aforesaid to the said Shawnee Indians by the patents signed by 
the Commissioner of the General Land Office, and certified by the 
Secretary of War, dated the 20th day of April, 1821. Also, one 
other tract of land, granted to the said Shawnees by the second 
article of the treaty made at St. Mary's in the State of Ohio, on 
the 17th day of September in the year 1818, and described therein 
as follows: " Twelve thousand eight hundred acres of land to be 
laid off, adjoining the east line of their reserve of ten miles square 
at Wapaghkonnetta;" making in the whole of the aforesaid ces- 
sions to the United States by the aforesaid Shawnees, one hun- 
dred and forty-five sections or square miles, which includes all the 
land now owned or claimed by the said band or tribe of Shawnees 
in the State of Ohio. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cessions stipulated in the fore- 
going article, the United States agree to cause the said tribe or 
band of Shawnees, consisting of about four hundred souls, to be 
removed in a convenient and suitable manner to the Western side 
of the Mississippi river, and will grant by patent in fee simple to 
them and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation 
and remain upon the same, a tract of land to contain one hundred 
thousand acres, to be located under the direction of the President 
of the United States, within the tract of land equal to fifty miles 
square, which was granted to the Shawnee Indians of the State of 
Missouri, by the second article of a treaty made at the city of Saint 
Louis in said State, with the said Shawnees of Missouri, by Wil- 
liam Clark, Superintendent of Indian Affairs, on the 7th day of 
November in the year 1825; and in which it is provided that the 
grant aforesaid shall be for the Shawnee tribe of Indians within 
the State of Missouri, "and for those of the same nation now resid- 
ing in Ohio, who may hereafter emigrate to the west of the Mis- 
sissippi but if there should not be a sufficiency of good land 



SHAWNEES. 



485 



unoccupied by the Shawnee Indians who have already settled on 
the tract granted as aforesaid by the said treaty of Saint Louis, 
then the tract of one hundred thousand acres, hereby granted to 
the said Shawnees of Ohio, parties to this compact, shall be loca- 
ted under the direction of the President of the United States on 
lands contiguous to the said Shawnees of Missouri, or on any 
other unappropriated lands within the district of country designed 
for the emigrating Indians of the United States. 

Art. 3. The United States will defray the expenses of the re- 
moval of the said band or tribe of Shawnees, and will moreover 
supply them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions, 
to support them for one year after their arrival at their new 
residence. 

Art. 4. Out of the first sales to be made of the lands herein 
ceded by the said Shawnees, the United States will cause a good 
and substantial saw mill, and a grist mill, built in the best manner, 
and to contain two pair of stones and a good bolting cloth, to be 
erected on the lands granted to the said Shawnees, west of the 
Mississippi ; and said mills shall be solely for their use and benefit. 
The United States will, out of the sales of ceded lands, as afore- 
said, cause a blacksmith shop, (to contain all the necessary tools,) 
to be built for the said Shawnees, at their intended residence, and 
a blacksmith shall be employed by the United States, as long as 
the President thereof may deem proper, to execute all necessary 
and useful work for said Indians. 

Art. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on 
the lands herein ceded, it is agreed that the United States shall 
advance to the said Shawnees (for the purpose of enabling them 
to erect houses and open farms at their intended residence) the sum 
of thirteen thousand dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of the 
lands herein ceded by them to the United States. A fair and equi- 
table distribution of this sum shall be made by the chiefs of the said 
Shawnees, with the consent of the people, in general council as- 
sembled, to such individuals of their tribes who have made improve- 
ments on the lands herein ceded, and may be properly entitled to 
the same. 

Art. 6. The farming utensils, live stock and other chattel pro- 
perty, which the said Shawnees now own, and may not be able to 
carry with them, shall be sold, under the superintendence of some 
suitable person, appointed by the Secretary of War for that pur- 
pose, and the proceeds paid over to the owners of such property 
respectively. 

Art. 7. The United States will expose to public sale to the 
highest bidder, in the manner of selling the public lands, the tracts 
of land herein ceded by the said Shawnees. And after deducting 
from the proceeds of such sales the sum of seventy cents per acre, 
exclusive of the cost of surveying, the cost of the grist mill, saw 



486 



SHAWNEE S. 



mill and blacksmith shop, and the aforesaid sum of thirteen thousand 
dollars, to be advanced in lieu of improvements; it is agreed that 
any balance, which may remain of the avails of the lands, after 
sale as aforesaid, shall constitute a fund for the future necessities 
of said tribe, parties to this compact, on which the United States 
agree to pay to the chiefs, for the use and general benefit of their 
people, annually, five per centum on the amount of said balance, 
as an annuity. Said fund to be continued during the pleasure of 
Congress, unless the chiefs of the said tribe, or band, by and with 
the consent of their people, in general council assembled, should 
desire that the fund thus to be created, should be dissolved and 
paid over to them ; in which case the President shall cause the 
same to be so paid, if, in his discretion, he shall believe the hap- 
piness and prosperity of said tribe would be promoted thereby. 

Art. 8. It is agreed that any annuities, accruing to the said 
band or tribe of Shawnees, by former treaties, shall be paid to 
them at their intended residence west of the Mississippi, under the 
direction of the President. 

Art. 9. In consideration of the good conduct and friendly dis- 
position of the said band of Shawnees towards the American 
Government, and as an earnest of the kind feelings and good 
wishes of the people of the United States, for the future welfare and 
happiness of the said Shawnees, it is agreed that the United 
States will give them, as presents, the following articles, to be 
fairly divided by the chiefs, among their people, according to their 
several neeessities, to wit : two hundred blankets, forty ploughs, 
forty set of horse gears, one hundred and fifty hoes, fifty axes, and 
Russia sheeting sufficient for fifty tents : the whole to be delivered 
to them, as soon as practicable, after their arrival at their new 
residence, except the blankets and Russia sheeting, which shall 
be given previously to their removal. 

Art. 10. The lands granted by this agreement and convention 
to the said band or tribe of Shawnees, shall not be sold nor ceded 
by them, except to the United States. And the United States 
guarantee that said lands shall never be within the bounds of any 
State or territory, nor subject to the laws thereof; and further, that 
the President of the United States will cause said tribe to be pro- 
tected at their intended residence, agdnst all interruption or dis- 
turbance from any other tribe or nation of Indians, or from any 
other person or persons whatever, and he shall have the same care 
and superintendence over them, in the country to wdiich they are 
to remove, that he has heretofore had over them at their present- 
place of residence. 

Art. 11. It is understood by the present contracting parties, 
that any claim which Francis Duchouquet may have, under former 
treaties, to a section or any quantity of the lands herein ceded to 
the United States, are not to be prejudiced by the present compact; 
but to remain as valid as before. 



SHAWNEE S. 



487 



Art. 12. In addition to the presents given in the ninth article 
of this convention, it is agreed that there shall also be given to 
the said Shawnees, twenty-five rifle guns, to be distributed in the 
manner provided in the said ninth article. 

Art. 13. At the request of the chiefs, there is granted to Jo- 
seph Parks, a quarter blooded Shawnee, one section of land, to 
-contain six hundred and forty acres, and to include his present im- 
provements at the old town near Wapaghkonnetta, in considera- 
tion of his constant friendship and many charitable and valuable 
services towards the said Shawnees : and at the request of the 
chiefs, it is also stipulated that the price of an average section of 
the lands herein ceded, shall be reserved in the hands of the Go- 
vernment, to be paid to their friends, the Shawnees, who now reside 
on the river Huron in the territory of Michigan, for the purpose 
of bearing their expenses, should they ever wish to follow the 
Shawnees of Wapaghkonnetta and Hog creek to their new resi- 
dence west of the Mississippi. 

Art. 14. At the request of the chiefs it is agreed that they shall 
be furnished with two cross-cut saws for the use of their tribe ; 
and also that they shall receive four grindstones annually, for the 
use of their people, to be charged upon the surplus fund, and they 
shall further receive, as presents, ten hand saws, ten drawing 
knives, twenty files, fifty gimblets, twenty augers of different sizes, 
ten planes of different sizes, two braces and bits, four hewing axes, 
two dozen scythes, five frows, and five grubbing hoes. 

In testimony whereof, the said James B. Gardiner, specially 
appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, 
and John McElvain, Indian agent as aforesaid, and the said 
chiefs, warriors and head men of the said Shawnees of Wa- 
paghkonnetta and Hog creek, have hereunto set their hands 
and seals at Wapaghkonnetta, this eighth day of August, in 
the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
one. 

James B. Gardiner, l. s. 

John McElvain, l. s. 

Lauloway, or John Perry, his x mark, l. s. 

Nolesimo, or Henry Clay, his x mark ? l. s. 

Peaghtucker, or McNear, his x mark, l. s„ 

P. H. Tha, his x mark, l. s. 

Wiwelipea, his x mark, l. s. 

Quarky, his x mark, l. s. 

Letho, his x mark, s. 
Naecimo, or little fox, his x mark, l. s. 

Pamothaway, or George Williams, his x mark, l. s. 
Squecawpowee, or Geo. McDougall, his x mark, l. s. 
JLawathtucker, or John Wolf, his x mark, l. s. 



488 



OTTOWAYS. 



Thothweillew, or bright horn, his x mark, l. s„ 
P. H. Thawtaw, or Peter Cornstock, his x mark, l. s.- 

Saucothcaw, or spy buck, his x mark, l. s. 

Chawwee, or , his x mark, l. s. 

Thawquotsaway, or big man, his x mark, l. s> 

Jakescaw, or Cap. Tom, his x mark, l. s. 

Quelenee, his x mark, l. s. 

Chissecaw, his x mark, l. s. 

Chupehecaw, or old big knife, his x mark, l. s. 

Be dee dee, or Big Jim, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed and sealed in presence of us, 

Wm. Walker, Sec. to the Com- Warpole, a Wyandot chief, his 

missioners, x mark, 

David Robb, Sub. Agent , Tashnewau, Ottoway chief, his 

John McLaughlin, x mark, 

Alexander Thompson, Francis Johnston, 

Henry Harvey, John Gunn, 

John Elliott, James S. Chewers, 

Amos Kenworthy, A. D. Kinnard, 

John Armstrong, Pay ton quot, Ottoway chief.. 

Jeremiah A. Dooley, his x mark, 

I hereby certify that the several articles in the foregoing treaty 
have been fairly interpreted and fully explained to the chiefs, head 
men and warriors of the Shawnee band or tribe, who have signed 
the same. 

Joseph Parks, his x mark, U. S. Interpreter. 



OTTOWAYS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST SO, 1S31 — RATIFIED APRIL 6, 1S32. ] 

Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded this 
thirtieth day of August, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty-one, by and between James B. Gardiner y 
specially appointed commissioner on the part of the United States, 
on the one part, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the 
band of the Ottoway Indians residing within the State of Ohio, 
on the other part, for a cession of the several tracts of land non- 
held and occupied by said Indians within said State, by reserva- 
tions made under the treaty concluded at Detroit on the Ytth day 
of November, 1807, and the treaty made at the foot of the ra- 
pids of the Miami river of Lake Erie, on the 29th of September, 
1817. 

Whereas, the President of the United States, under the autho- 
rity of the act of Congress, approved May 28, 1830, has appointed 



OTTOWAYS. 



489 



a special commissioner to confer with the different Indian tribes 
residing within the constitutional limits of the State of Ohio, and 
to offer for their acceptance the provisions of the before mentioned 
act : And whereas, the band of Ottoways residing on Blanchard's 
fork of the Great Auglaize river, and on the Little Auglaize river 
at Oquanoxa's village, have expressed their consent to the condi- 
tions of said act, and their willingness to remove west of the Mis- 
sissippi, in order to obtain a more permanent and advantageous 
home for themselves and their posterity : 

Therefore, in order to carry into effect the aforesaid objects, the 
following articles of convention have been agreed upon, by the 
aforesaid contracting parties, which, when ratified by the Presi- 
dent of the United States, by and with the consent of the Senate 
thereof, shall be mutually binding upon the United States and the 
aforesaid band of Ottoway Indians. 

Art. 1. The band of Ottoway Indians, residing on Blanchard's 
fork of the Great Auglaize river, and at Oquanoxa's village on the 
Little Auglaize river, in consideration of the stipulations herein 
made on the part of the United States, do forever cede, release, 
and quit claim, to the United States, the lands reserved to them 
by the last clause of the sixth article of the treaty made at the foot 
of the rapids of the Miami of the lake, on the 29th of September, 
1817 ; which clause is in the following words : " There shall be 
reserved for the use of the Ottoway Indians, but not granted to 
them, a tract of land on Blanchard's fork of the Great Auglaize 
river, to contain five miles square, the centre of which tract is to 
be where the old trace crosses the said fork ; and one other tract, 
to contain three miles square on the Little Auglaize river, to include 
Oquanoxa's village," making in said cession twenty-one thousand 
seven hundred and sixty acres. 

Art. 2. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band of Ot- 
toway Indians, residing at and near the places called Roche de 
Beeuf and Wolf rapids, on the Miami river of lake Erie, and within 
the State of Ohio, wishing to become parties to this convention, 
and not being willing, at this time, to stipulate for their removal 
west of the Mississippi, do hereby agree, in consideration of the 
stipulations herein made for them on the part of the United States^ 
to cede, release, and forever quit claim, to the United States the 
following tracts of land, reserved to them by the treaty made at 
Detroit, on the 17th day of November, 1807, to wit : the tract of 
six miles square above Roche de Bcevf, to include the village 
where Tondagonie (or Dog) formerly lived ; and also three miles 
square at the Wolf rapids aforesaid, which was substituted for the 
three miles square granted by the said treaty of Detroit to the said 
Ottoways, " to include Presque Isle" but which could not be 
granted as stipulated in said treaty of Detroit, in consequence of its 
collision with the grant of twelve miles square to the United States 
by the treaty of Greenville ; making, in the whole cession made by 



490 



OTTO WAYS. 



this article, twenty-eight thousand one hundred and fifty-seven 
acres, which is exclusive of a grant made to Yellow Hair, or Peter 
Minor, by the eighth article of the treaty at the foot of the rapids 
of Miami, on the 28th of September, 1817, and for which said 
Minor holds a patent from the General Land Office for 643 acres. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cessions made in the first article 
of this convention, the United States agree to cause the band of 
Ottoways residing on Blanchard's fork, and at Oquanoxa's village, 
as aforesaid, consisting of about two hundred souls, to be removed, 
in a convenient and suitable manner, to the western side of the 
Mississippi river ; and will grant, by patent in fee simple, to them 
and their heirs forever, as long as they shall exist as a nation, and 
remain upon the same, a tract of land to contain thirty-four thou- 
sand acres, to be located adjoining the south or west line of the 
reservation, equal to fifty miles square, granted to the Shawnees 
of Missouri and Ohio on the Kanzas river and its branches, by 
the treaty made at St. Louis, November 7th, 1825. 

Art. 4. The United States will defray the expense of the re- 
moval of the said band of Ottoways, and will moreover supply 
them with a sufficiency of good and wholesome provisions to sup- 
port them for one year after their arrival at their new residence. 

Art. 5. In lieu of the improvements which have been made on 
the lands ceded by the first article of this convention, it is agreed 
that the United States shall advance to the Ottoways of Blan- 
chard's fork and Oquanoxa's village, the sum of two thousand 
dollars, to be reimbursed from the sales of the lands ceded by the 
said first article. And it is expressly understood that this sum is 
not to be paid until the said Ottoways arrive at their new residence, 
and that it is for the purpose of enabling them to erect houses and 
open farms for their accommodation and subsistence in their new 
country. A fair and equitable distribution of this sum shall be 
made by the chiefs of the said Ottoways, with the consent of their 
people, in general council assembled, to such individuals of their 
band as may have made improvements on the lands ceded by the 
first article of this convention, and may be properly entitled to the 
same. 

Art. 6. The farming utensils, live stock, and other chattel pro- 
perty, which the said Ottoways of Blanchard's fork and Oquanoxa's 
village now own, shall be sold, under the superintendence of some 
suitable person appointed by the Secretary of War ; and the pro- 
ceeds paid to the owners of such property respectively. 

Art. 7. The United States will expose to sale to the highest 
bidder, in the manner of selling the public lands, the tracts ceded 
by the first article of this convention, and after deducting from 
the proceeds of such sales the sum of seventy cents per acre, ex- 
clusive of the cost of surveying, and the sum. of two thousand dol- 
lars advanced in lieu of improvements; it is agreed that the balance, 
or so much thereof as may be necessary, shall be hereby guarantied 



OTTO WAYS. 



491 



for the payment of the debts, which the said Ottoways of Blan- 
chard's fork and Oquanoxa's village may owe in the State of 
Ohio and the territory of Michigan, and agree to be due by them, 
as provided in the sixteenth article of this convention ; and any 
surplus of the proceeds of said lands, which may still remain, shall 
be vested by the President in Government stock, and five per cent, 
thereon shall be paid to the said Ottoways of Blanchard's fork 
and Oquanoxa's village, as an annuity during the pleasure of 
Congress. 

Art. 8. It is agreed that the said band of Ottoways of Blan- 
chard's fork and Oquanoxa's village shall receive, at their new 
residence, a fair proportion of the annuities due to their nation by 
former treaties, which shall be apportioned under the direction of 
the Secretary of War, according to their actual numbers. 

Art. 9. The lands granted by this agreement and convention 
to the said band of Ottoways, residing at Blanchard's fork and 
Oquanoxa's village, shall not be sold nor ceded by them, except 
to the United States. And the United States guarantee that said 
lands shall never be within the bounds of any State or territory, nor 
subject to the laws thereof ; and further, that the President of the 
United States will cause said band to be protected at their new 
residence, against all interruption or disturbance from any other 
tribe or nation of Indians, and from any other person or persons 
whatever : and he shall have the same care and superintendence 
over them in the country to which they design to remove, that he 
now has at their present residence. 

Art. 10. As an evidence of the good will and kind feelings of 
the people of the United States towards the said band of Ottoways 
of Blanchard's fork and Oquanoxa's village, it is agreed that the 
following articles shall be given them, as presents, to wit : eighty 
blankets, twenty-five rifle guns, thirty-five axes, twelve ploughs, 
twenty sets of horse gears, and Russian sheeting sufficient for tents 
for their whole band ; the whole to be delivered according to the 
discretion of the Secretary of War. 

Art. 11. In consideration of the cessions made in the second 
article of this convention by the chiefs, headmen, and warriors, of 
the band of Ottoways residing at Roche de Bceuf and Wolf rapids, 
it is agreed that the United States will grant to said band by patent 
in fee simple, forty thousand acres of land, west of the Mississippi, 
adjoining the lands assigned to the Ottoways of Blanchard's fork 
and Oquanoxa's village, or in such other situation as they may 
select, on the unappropriated lands in the district of country de- 
signed for the emigrating Indians of the United States. And 
whenever the said band may think proper to accept of the above 
grant, and remove west of the Mississippi, the United States 
agree that they shall be removed and subsisted by the Government 
in the same manner as is provided in this convention for their 
brethren of Blanchard's fork and Oquanoxa's village, and they 



492 



OTTOWAYS. 



shall receive like presents, in proportion to their actual numbers i 
under the direction of the Secretary of War. It is also understood 
and agreed that the said band, when they shall agree to remove 
west of the Mississippi, shall receive their proportion of the annui- 
ties due their nation by former treaties, and be entitled in every 
respect to the same privileges, advantages and protection, which 
are herein extended to their brethren and the other emigrating- 
Indians of the State of Ohio. 

Art. 12. The lands ceded by the second article of this conven- 
tion shall be sold by the United States to the highest bidder, in the 
manner of selling the public lands, and after deducting from the 
avails thereof seventy cents per acre, exclusive of the cost of sur- 
veying, the balance is hereby granted to discharge such debts of 
the Ottoways residing on the river and bay of the Miami of lake 
Erie, as they may herein acknowledge to be due, and wish to be 
paid. And whatever overplus may remain of the avails of said 
lands, after discharging their debts as aforesaid, shall be paid to 
them in money, provided they shall refuse to remove west of the 
Mississippi, and wish to seek some other home among their breth- 
ren in the territory of Michigan. But should the said band agree 
to remove west of the Mississippi, then any overplus which may 
remain to them, after paying their debts, shall be invested by the 
President, and five per centum paid to them as an annuity, as is 
provided for their brethren by this convention. 

Art. 13. At the request of the chiefs residing at Roche de Bozuf 
and Wolf rapids, it is agreed that there shall be reserved for the 
use of Wau-be-ga-kake (one of the chiefs) for three years only, 
from the signing of this convention, a section of land below and 
adjoining the section granted to and occupied by Yellow Hair, or 
Peter Minor ; and also there is reserved in like manner and for the 
term of three years, and no longer, for the use of Muck-qui-on-a, 
or Bearskin, one section and a half, below Wolf rapids, and to in- 
clude his present residence and improvements. And it is also 
agreed that the said Bearskin shall have the occupancy of a cer j 
tain small island in the Maumee river, opposite his residence; 
where he now raises corn, which island belongs to the United 
States, and is now unsold ; but the term of this occupancy is not 
guaranteed for three years ; but only so long as the President shall 
think proper to reserve the same from sale. And it is further un- 
derstood, that any of the temporary reservations made by this 
article, may be surveyed and sold by the United States, subject 
to the occupancy of three years, hereby granted to the aforesaid 
Indians. 

Art. 14. At the request of the chiefs of Roche de Bceuf and 
Wolf rapids, there is hereby granted to Hiram Thebeault (a half 
blooded Ottoway,) a quarter section of land, to contain one hun- 
dred and sixty acres, and to include his present improvements at 
the Bear rapids of the Miami of the lake. Also, one quarter sec- 



OTTOWAYS. 



493 



tion of land, to contain like quantity, to William McNabb, (a half 
blooded Otto way,) to adjoin the quarter section granted to Hiram 
Thebeault. In surveying the above reservations, no greater front 
is to be given on the river, that would properly belong to said 
quarter sections, in the common manner of surveying the public 
lands. 

Art. 15. At the request of the chiefs of Roche de Bceuf and 
Wolf rapids, there is granted to the children of Yellow Hair, or 
Peter Minor, one half section of land, to contain three hundred 
and twenty acres, to adjoin the north line of the section of land 
now held by said Peter Minor, under patent from the President of 
the United States, bearing date the 24th of November, 1827, and 
the lines are not to approach nearer than one mile to the Miami 
river of the lake. 

Art. 16. It is agreed by the chiefs of Blanchard's fork and 
Oquanoxa's village, and the chiefs of Roche de Bozuf and Wolf 
rapids, jointly, that they are to pay out of the surplus proceeds of 
the several tracts herein ceded by them, equal proportions of the 
claims against them by John E. Hunt, John Hollister, Robert A. 
Forsyth, Payne C. Parker, Peter Minor, Theodore E. Phelps, 
Collister Haskins, and S. and P. Carlan. The chiefs aforesaid 
acknowledge the claim of John E. Hunt to the amount of five 
thousand six hundred dollars ; the claim of Robert A. Forsyth to 
the amount of seven thousand five hundred and twenty-four dol- 
lars, in which is included the claims assigned to said Forsyth by 
Isaac Hull, Samuel Vance, A. Peltier, Oscar White, and Antoine 
Lepoint. They also allow the claim of Payne C. Parker to the 
amount of five hundred dollars ; the claim of Peter Minor to the 
amount of one thousand dollars ; the claim of Theodore E. Phelps to 
the amount of three hundred dollars ; the claim of Collister Haskins 
to the amount of fifty dollars, but the said Haskins claims fifty dol- 
lars more as his proper demand : and the claim of S. and P. Car- 
lan to the amount of three hundred and ninety-eight dollars and 
twenty-five cents. The aforesaid chiefs also allow the claim of 
Joseph Laronger to the amount of two hundred dollars, and the 
claim of Daniel Lakin to the amount of seventy dollars. Notwith- 
standing the above acknowledgments and allowances, it is ex- 
pressly understood and agreed by the respective parties to this 
compact, that the several claims in this article, and the items which 
compose the same, shall be submitted to the strictest scrutiny and 
examination of the Secretary of War, and the accounting officers 
of the Treasury Department, and such amount only shall be allowed 
as may be found just and true. 

Art. 17. On the ratification of this convention, the privileges 
of every description, granted to the Ottoway nation within the 
State of Ohio, by the treaties under which they hold the reserva- 
tions of land herein ceded, shall forever cease and determine. 
Art. 18. Whenever the deficiency of five hundred and eighty 



494 



OTTO WAYS. 



dollars, which accrued in the annuities of the Otto ways for 1830, 
shall be paid, the parties to this convention, residing on Blanchard's 
fork and Oquanoxa's village, shall receive their fair and equitable 
portion of the same, either at their present or intended residence. 

Art. 19. The chiefs signing this convention, also agree, in 
addition to the claims allowed in the sixteenth article thereof, that 
they owe John Anderson two hundred dollars ; and Francis Lavoy 
two hundred dollars. 

Art. 20. It is agreed that there shall be allowed to Nau-on- 
quai-que-zhick, one hundred dollars, out of the surplus fund accru- 
ing from the sales of the lands herein ceded, in consequence of his 
not owing any debts, and having his land sold, to pay the debts of 
his brethren. 

In testimony whereof, the aforesaid parties to this convention, 
have hereunto set their hands and seals at the Indian reserve 



James B. Gardiner, 
Ar-taish-nai-wau, his x mark, 
O-quai naas-a, his x mark, 
Os-cha-no, or Charlo, his x mark, 
Quacint, his x mark, 
Waw-ba-ga-cake, his x mark, 
Che-cauk, his x mark, 
Peton-o-quet, his x mark, 
Oshaw-wa-non, his x mark, 
Pe-nais-we, his x mark, 
Nau-qua-ga-sheek, his x mark, 
Pe-nais-won-quet, his x mark, 
Pe-she-keinee, his x mark, 
Cum-chaw, (Blanchard's fork,) his x mark, 
Cum-chaw, (Wolf rapids,) his x mark, 
Sus-sain, his x mark, 
Ca-ba-yaw, his x mark, 
O-sho-quene, his x mark, 
Muc-co-tai-pee-nai-see, his x mark, 
O-sage, his x mark, 
Pan-tee, his x mark, 
Me-sau-kee, his x mark, 
O-mus-se-nau, his x mark, 
Non-dai-wau, his x mark, 
E-au-vaince, his x mark, 

Signed and sealed in presence of 
Wm. Walker, Secy, to Commis- Henry Conner, Sub-Agent^ 

sioner, John Anderson, 

R. A. Forsyth, Sub. Jigt. oflnd. John McDouell, 

Jiff, Dan. B. Miller, 



L. 


S. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


S- 


L. 


8. 



WYANDOTS. 



495 



Levi S. Humphrey, Lambert Cauchois, 

James H. Forsyth, Geo. B. Knaggs, 

William Wilson, J. J. Godfroy. 

I do hereby certify that each article of the foregoing convention 
was fairly interpreted and fully explained by me to the chiefs,Jhead 
men, and warriors, who have signed the same. 

Henry Conner, Interpreter. 



WYANDOTS. 

[ CONCLUDED JANUARY 19, 1832 — RATIFIED APRIL 6, 1832.] 

Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at Mc- 
Cutcheonsville, Crawford county, Ohio, on the nineteenth day of 
January, 1832, by and between James B. Gardiner, specially ap- 
pointed commissioner on the part of the United States, and the 
chiefs, head men, and warriors, of the band ofWyandots, residing 
at the Big Spring, in said county of Crawford, and owning a 
reservation of sixteen thousand acres at that place. 

Whereas, the said band of Wyandots have become fully con- 
vinced that, whilst they remain in their present situation in the 
State of Ohio, in the vicinity of a white population, which is con- 
tinually increasing and crowding around them, they cannot pros- 
per and be happy, and the morals of many of their people will be 
daily becoming more and more vitiated ; and understanding that 
the Government of the United States is willing to purchase the 
reservation of land on which they reside, and for that purpose 
have deputed the said James B. Gardiner as a special commissioner 
to treat for a cession of the same ; therefore, to effect the aforesaid 
objects, the said chiefs, head men, and warriors, and the said James 
B. Gardiner, have this day entered into and agreed upon the 
following articles of convention. 

Art. 1. The band of Wyandots, residing at the Big Spring in 
the county of Crawford, in the State of Ohio, do hereby forever 
cede and relinquish to the United States, the reservation of six- 
teen thousand acres of land, granted to them by the second article 
of the treaty made at St. Mary's, on the seventeenth day of Sep- 
tember, eighteen hundred and eighteen, which grant is in the 
following words, to wit: "There shall be reserved for the use of 
the Wyandots, residing at Solomon's town and on Blanchard's 
fork, sixteen thousand acres of land, to be laid off in a square form, 
on the head of Blanchard's fork, the centre of which shall be at 
the Big Spring, on the road leading from Upper Sandusky to Fort 
Findlay." 



496 



WYANDOTS. 



Art. 2. The United States stipulate with the said band of 
Wyandots, that, as soon as practicable after the ratification of this 
treaty, the aforesaid tract of sixteen thousand acres shall be sur- 
veyed into sections and put into market and sold in the ordinary 
manner of selling the public lands of the United States ; and when 
the same shall be sold, or as soon as any part thereof shall be dis- 
posed of, (be the price received therefor more or less,) there shall 
be paid to the chiefs, head men, and warriors, signing this treaty, 
for the benefit of all the said band of Wyandots, the sum of one 
dollar and twenty-five cents per acre for each and every acre so 
sold or for sale. The said price shall be paid in silver, and in the 
current coin of the United States. 

Art. 3. For the improvements now made upon the said reser- 
vation, the United States agree to pay a fair valuation in money, 
according to the appraisement of Joseph McCutcheon, Esq., (or 
such person as the Secretary of War may depute for that purpose,) 
and an appraiser to be chosen by the said band of Wyandots. 
And in case the said appraisers shall not be able to agree upon 
any of their valuations, they shall call to their assistance some 
competent citizen of the county of Crawford. 

Art. 4. There shall be reserved for Roe-nu-nas, one of the 
oldest chiefs of said band, one-half section, to contain three hun- 
dred and twenty acres, and to include the improvements where he 
now lives. 

Art. 5. It is expressly understood between the present con- 
tracting parties, that the said band of Wyandots may, as they think 
proper, remove to Canada, or to the river Huron in Michigan, 
where they own a reservation of land, or to any place they may 
obtain a right or privilege from other Indians to go. 

Art. 6* It was expressly agreed before the signing of this 
treaty, that that part of the fifth article relating to the granting to 
the said band of Wyandots lands west of the Mississippi, and 
every other article in relation thereto, is wholly null and void, and 
of no effect. 

Art. 7. Inasmuch as the band of Wyandots, herein treating, 
have separated themselves from the Wyandots at Upper Sandusky 
and on the Sandusky plains, they ask of the General Government 
that there may be a special sub-agent and protector appointed for 
them whilst they remain in the State of Ohio, and they respect- 
fully recommend Joseph McCutcheon, Esq., of the county of Craw- 
ford, as a fit and proper person to act in such capacity; and that 
he may have the power to employ such interpreter as he may think 
proper in his intercourse with said band. 

The aforesaid articles of agreement shall be mutually binding 
upon the present contracting parties, when ratified by the Presi- 
dent of the United States, by and with the consent of the Senate, 
thereof. 

* After signing, it was mutually agreed to expunge this article. 



CREEKS. 



497 



J. B. Gardiner, l. s. 

Roe-nu-nas, his x mark, 
Bear-skin, his x mark, 
Shi-a-wa, or John Solomon, his 
x mark, 



John McLean, his x mark, 
MatthewGreyEyes, his x mark, 
Isaac Driver, his x mark, 
John D. Brown, 
Alex. Clarke. 



Done in presence of 

C.Clarke, Secretary to the Corn- John C. Dewit, 

missioner, Richard Reynolds, 

Joseph McCutcheon, J. P. in G. W. Sampson. 
the county of Crawford, Ohio, 

EXPLANATION. 

In the first draft of this treaty, provision was made for the re- 
moval of the band west of the Mississippi, but they refused to 
accept of a grant of land, or to remove there, and the articles 
having relation thereto were accordingly omitted. It was there- 
fore necessary to omit the sixth article ; and circumstances did not 
admit of time to remodel and copy the whole treaty. 

J„ B. GARDINER, Special Commissioner, etc. 



CREEKS. 

[ CONCLUDED MARCH 24, 1832 — RATIFIED APRIL 4, 1832.] 

Articles of a treaty, made at the city of Washington, between Lewis 
Cass, thereto specially authorized by the President of the United 
States, and the Creek tribe of Indians. 

Art. 1. The Creek tribe of Indians cede to the United States 
all their land, east of the Mississippi river. 

Art. 2. The United States engage to survey the said land as 
soon as the same can be conveniently done, after the ratification 
of this treaty, and when the same is surveyed to allow ninety prin- 
cipal chiefs of the Creek tribe to select one section each, and every 
other head of a Creek family to select one half section each, which 
tracts shall be reserved from sale for their use for the term of five 
years, unless sooner disposed of by them. A census of these per- 
sons shall be taken under the direction of the President, and the 
selections shall be made so as to include the improvements of each 
person within his selection, if the same can be so made, and if 
not, then all the persons belonging to the same town, entitled to 
selections, and who cannot make the same, so as to include their 
improvements, shall take them in one body in a proper form. And 
twenty sections shall be selected, under the direction of the Pre- 
sident for the orphan children of the Creeks, and divided and 
retained or sold for their benefit as the President may direct. Pro- 
46 



498 



CREEKS. 



vided, however, that no selections or locations under this treaty 
shall be so made as to include the agency reserve. 

Art. 3. These tracts may be conveyed by the persons selecting 
the same, to any other persons for a fair consideration, in such man- 
ner as the President may direct. The contract shall be certified by 
some person appointed for that purpose by the President, but shall 
not be valid till the President approves the same. A title shall 
be given by the United States on the completion of the payment. 

Art. 4. At the end of five years, all the Creeks entitled to these 
selections, and desirous of remaining, shall receive patents therefor 
in fee simple, from the United States. 

Art. 5. All intruders upon the country hereby ceded shall be 
removed therefrom in the same manner as intruders may be removed 
by law from other public land until the country is surveyed, and 
the selections made ; excepting, however, from this provision, 
those white persons who have made their own improvements, and 
not expelled the Creeks from theirs. Such persons may remain 
till their crops are gathered. After the country is surveyed and 
the selections made, this article shall not operate upon that part of 
it not included in such selections. But intruders shall, in the 
manner before described, be removed from these selections for the 
term of five years from the ratification of this treaty, or until the 
same are conveyed to white persons. 

Art. 6. Twenty-nine sections in addition to the foregoing may 
be located, and patents for the same shall then issue to those per- 
sons, being Creeks, to whom the same may be assigned by the 
Creek tribe. But whenever the grantees of these tracts possess 
improvements, such tracts shall be so located as to include the 
improvements, and as near as may be in the centre. And there 
shall also be granted by patent to Benjamin Marshall, one section 
of land, to include his improvements on the Chatahoochee river, to 
be bounded for one mile in a direct line along the said river, and 
to run back for quantity. There shall also be granted to Joseph 
Bruner, a colored man, one half section of land, for his services as 
an interpreter. 

Art. 7. All the locations authorized by this treaty, with the 
exception of that of Benjamin Marshall, shall be made in con- 
formity with the lines of the surveys ; and the Creeks relinquish all 
claim for improvements. 

Art. 8. An additional annuity of twelve thousand dollars shall 
be paid to the Creeks for the term of five years, and thereafter the 
said annuity shall be reduced to ten thousand dollars, and shall be 
paid for the term of fifteen years. All the annuities due to the 
Creeks shall be paid in such manner as the tribe may direct. 

Art. 9. For the purpose of paying certain debts due by the 
Creeks, and to relieve them in their present distressed condition, 
the sum of one hundred thousand dollars shall be paid to the Creek 
tribe, as soon as may be after the ratification hereof, to be applied 



CREEKS, 



499 



to the payment of their just debts, and then to their own relief, and 
to be distributed as they may direct, and which shall be in full 
consideration of all improvements. 

Art. 10. The sum of sixteen thousand dollars shall be allowed 
as a compensation to the delegation sent to this place, and for the 
payment of their expenses, and of the claims against them. 

Art. 11. The following claims shall be paid by the United 
States : 

For ferries, bridges, and causeways, three thousand dollars, 
.provided that the same shall become the property of the United 
States, 

For the payment of certain judgments obtained against the chiefs, 
eight thousand five hundred and seventy dollars. 

For losses for which they suppose the United States responsible, 
seven thousand seven hundred and ten dollars. 

For the payment of improvements under the treaty of 1826, one 
thousand dollars. 

The three following annuities shall be paid for life : 

To Tuske-hew-haw-Cusetaw, two hundred dollars. 

To the Blind Uchu King, one hundred dollars. 

To Neah Micco, one hundred dollars. 

There shall be paid the sum of fifteen dollars, for each person 
who has emigrated without expense to the United States, but the 
whole sum allowed under this provision, shall not exceed fourteen 
hundred dollars. 

There shall be divided among the persons, who suffered in con- 
sequence of being prevented from emigrating, three thousand 
dollars. 

The land hereby ceded shall remain as a fund from which all 
the foregoing payments, except those in the ninth and tenth articles, 
shall be paid. 

Art. 12. The United States are desirous that the Creeks 
should remove to the country west of the Mississippi, and join 
their countrymen there ; and for this purpose it is agreed, that as 
fast as the Creeks are prepared to emigrate, they shall be removed 
at the expense of the United States, and shall receive subsistence 
while upon the journey, and for one year after their arrival at their 
new homes : Provided, however, that this article shall not be con- 
strued so as to compel any Creek Indian to emigrate, but they 
shall be free to go or stay, as they please. 

Art. 13. There shall also be given to each emigrating warrior, 
a rifle, moulds, wiper, and ammunition, and to each family one 
blanket. Three thousand dollars, to be expended as the President 
may direct, shall be allowed for the term of twenty years, for 
teaching their children. As soon as half their people emigrate, 
one blacksmith shall be allowed them, and another when two- 
thirds emigrate, together with one ton of iron, and two hundred 



500 



SEMINOLES. 



weight of steel annually, for each blacksmith. These Blacksmiths? 
shall be supported for twenty years. 

Art. 14. The Creek country west of the Mississippi shall be 
solemnly guarantied to the Creek Indians, nor shall any State or 
territory ever have a right to pass laws for the government of such 
Indians, but they shall be allowed to govern themselves, so far as 
may be compatible with the general jurisdiction which Congress 
may think proper to exercise over them. And the United States 
will also defend them from the unjust hostilities of other Indians ; 
and will also as soon as the boundaries of the Creek country west 
of the Mississippi are ascertained, cause a patent or grant to be 
executed to the Creek tribe, agreeably to the third section of the 
act of Congress of May 2d, 1830, entitled " An act to provide foy 
an exchange of lands with the Indians, residing, in any of the 
States, or territories, and for their removal west of the Missis- 
sippi." 

Art. 15. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting 
parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Lewis Cass, and the undersigned 
chiefs of the said tribe, have hereunto set their hands at the 
city of Washington, this 24th day of March, A. D. 1832. 

Lewis Cass, 

Opothleholo, his x mark, 
Tuchebatcheehadgo, his x mark, 
Efiematla, his x mark, 
Tuchebatche Micco, his x mark, 
Tomack Micco, his x mark, 
William McGilvery, his x mark^ 
Benjamin Marshall. 



Samuel Bell, 
William R. King, 
John Tipton, 
William Wllkins, 
C. C. Clay, 
J. Speight, 



In the presence of 

Samuel W. Mardis, 
J. C. Isacks, 
John Crowell, A.- 
Benjamin Marshall, 
Thomas Carr, 
John H. Brodnax, 



Interpre- 
ters, 



SEMINOLES. 

[ CONCLUDED MAT 9, 1832 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. J 

The Seminole Indians, regarding with just respect the solici- 
tude manifested by the President of the United States for the 
improvement of their condition, by recommending a removal to a 
country more suitable to their habits and wants than the one they 
at present occupy in the territory of Florida, are willing that their 



SEMINOLES, 



501 



confidential chiefs, Jumper, Fuch-a-lus-ti-hadjo, Charley Emartla, 
Coi-had-jo, Holati-Emartla, Ya-ha-hadjo, Sam Jones, accompa- 
nied by their agent, major Phagan, and their faithful interpreter, 
Abraham, should be sent at the expense of the United States, as 
early as convenient, to examine the country assigned to the Creeks 
west of the Mississippi river ; and should they be satisfied with the 
character of that country, and of the favorable disposition of the 
•Creeks to reunite with the Seminoles as one people ; the articles 
of the compact and agreement, herein stipulated at Payne's land- 
ing on the Ochlawaha river, this ninth day of May, one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty-two, between James Gadsden, for and in 
behalf of the government of the United States, and the undersigned 
chiefs and head men, for and in behalf of the Seminole Indians, 
shall be binding on the respective parties. 

Art. 1. The Seminole Indians relinquish to the United States 
all claim to the land they at present occupy in the territory of 
Florida, and agree to emigrate to the country assigned to the 
Creeks west of the Mississippi river ; it being understood that an 
additional extent of territory, proportioned to their numbers, will 
be added to the Creek country, and that the Seminoles will be 
received as a constituent part of the Creek nation, and be re- 
admitted to all the privileges as a member of the same. 

Ae.t. 2. For and in consideration of the relinquishment of claim 
In the first article of this agreement, and in full compensation for 
all the improvements which may have been made on the lands 
thereby ceded, the United States stipulate to pay to the Seminole 
Indians, fifteen thousand four hundred (15,400) dollars, to be 
divided among the chiefs and warriors of the several towns, in a 
ratio, proportioned to their population, the respective proportions 
of each to be paid on their arrival in the country they consent to 
remove to ; it being understood that their faithful interpreters, 
Abraham and Cudjo, shall receive two hundred dollars each of the 
above sum, in full remuneration for the improvements to be aban- 
doned on the lands now cultivated by them. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to distribute as they arrive at 
their new homes in the Creek territory, west of the Mississippi 
river, a blanket and a homespun frock to each of the warriors, 
women, and children, of the Seminole tribe of Indians. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to extend the annuity for the 
support of a blacksmith, provided for in the sixth article of the 
treaty at Camp Moultrie for ten (10) years beyond the period 
therein stipulated ; and in addition to the other annuities secured 
under that treaty, the United States agree to pay the sum of three 
thousand (3,000) dollars a year for fifteen (15) years, commencing 
after the removal of the whole tribe ; these sums to be added to 
the Creek annuities, and the whole amount to be so divided, that 
lie chiefs and warriors of the Seminole Indians may receive their 



502 



SEMINOLES. 



equitable proportion of the same as members of the Creek con- 
federation. 

Art. 5. The United States will take the cattle belonging to the 
Seminoles at the valuation of some discreet person to be appointed 
by the President, and the same shall be paid for in money to the 
respective owners, after their arrival at their new homes ; or other 
cattle such as may be desired will be furnished them, notice being 
given through their agent of their wishes upon this subject before 
their removal, that time may be afforded to supply the demand. 

Art. 6. The Seminoles being anxious to be relieved from re- 
peated vexatious demands for slaves and other property, alleged 
to have been stolen and destroyed by them, so that they may 
remove unembarrassed to their new homes ; the United States 
stipulate to have the same property investigated, and to liquidate 
such as may be satisfactorily established, provided the amount 
does not exceed seven thousand (7,000) dollars. 

Art. 7. The Seminole Indians will remove within three (3) 
years after the ratification of this agreement, and the expenses of 
their removal shall be defrayed by the United States; and such 
subsistence shall also be furnished them, for a term not exceed- 
ing twelve (12) months after their arrival at their new resi- 
dence, as in the opinion of the President their numbers and 
circumstances may require ; the emigration to commence as early 
as practicable in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-three, 
(1833,) and with those Indians at present occupying the Big 
swamp, and other parts of the country beyond the limits as defined 
in the second article of the treaty concluded at Camp Moultrie 
creek, so that the whole of that proportion of the Seminoles may 
be removed within the year aforesaid, and the remainder of the 
tribe in about equal proportions, during the subsequent years of 
eighteen hundred and thirty-four and five, (1834 and 1335.) 

In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, and 
the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Seminole Indians, 
have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals. 
Done at camp at Payne's landing, on the Ocklawaha river in 
the territory of Florida, on this ninth day of May, one thou- 
sand eight hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence 
of the United States of America the fifty-sixth. 



James Gadsden, l. 

Holati Emartla, his x mark, l. s. 

Jumper, his x mark, l. s. 

Fuch-ta-lus-ta-Hadjo, his x mark, l. s. 

Charley Emartla, his x mark, l. 

Coa Hadjo, his x mark, l. s.. 

Ar-pi-uck-i, or Sam Jones, his x mark, l. s. 

Ya-ha Hadjo, his x mark, l. s.. 

Mico-Noha, his x mark, l. s. 



WINNEBAGOES. 



503 



Tokose-Emartla, or Jno. Hicks, his x mark, l. s. 



Cat-sha-Tusta-nuck-i, his x mark, l. s. 

Hola-at-a-Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Hitch-it-i-Mico, his x mark, l. s. 

E-ne-hah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ya-ha-emartla Chup-ko, his x mark, l. s. 

Moke-his-she-lar-ni, his x mark, l. s. 



Witnesses : 

Douglas Vass, Sec. to Corner. Cudjo, Interp'r* his x mark, 
John Phagan, Agent, Erastus Rogers, 

Stephen Richards, Interpreter , B. Joscan. 
Abraham, Interp\, his x mark, 



WINNEB A GOE S. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 15, 1832 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833.] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at Fort Armstrong, Rock 
Island, Illinois, between the United States of America, by their 
commissioners, major general Winfield Scott, of the United 
States army, and his excellency John Reynolds, governor of the 
State of Illinois, and the Winnebago nation of Indians, repre- 
sented in general council by the undersigned chiefs, headmen, and 
warriors. 

Art. 1. The Winnebago nation hereby cede to the United 
States, forever, all the lands, to which said nation have title or 
claim, lying to the south and east of the Wisconsin river, and the 
Fox river of Green Bay ; bounded as follows, viz : Beginning at 
the mouth of Pee-kee-tol-a-ka river ; thence, up Rock river to its 
source ; thence, with a line dividing the Winnebago nation from other 
Indians east of the Winnebago lake, to the Grande Chute ; thence, 
up Fox river to the Winnebago lake, and with the northwestern 
shore of said lake, to the inlet of Fox river; thence, up said river 
to lake Puckaway, and with the eastern shore of the same to its 
most southeasterly bend; thence, with the line of a purchase made 
of the Winnebago nation, by the treaty at Prairie du Chien, the 
first day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine, 
to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. In part consideration of the above cession, it is hereby 
stipulated and agreed, that the United States grant to the Winne- 
bago nation, to be held as other Indian lands are held, that part of 
the tract of country on the west side of the Mississippi, known, at 
present, as the Neutral Ground, embraced within the following 
limits, viz : Beginning on the west bank of the Mississippi river, 
twenty miles above the mouth of the Upper Ioway river, where 



504 



WINNEBAGOES. 



the line of the lands purchased of the Sioux Indians, as described 
in the third article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the fifteenth 
day of July one thousand eight hundred and thirty, begins ; thence, 
with said line, as surveyed and marked, to the eastern branch of 
the Red Cedar creek ; thence, down said creek, forty miles, in a 
straight line, but following its windings, to the line of a purchase, 
made of the Sac and Fox tribes of Indians, as designated in the 
second article of the before recited treaty; and thence, along the 
southern line of said last mentioned purchase, to the Mississippi, 
at the point marked by the surveyor, appointed by the President 
of the United States, on the margin of said river ; and thence, up 
said river, to the place of beginning. The exchange of the two 
tracts of country to take place on or before the first day of June 
next ; that is to say, on or before that day, all the Winnebagoes 
now residing within the country ceded by them, as above, shall 
leave the said country, when, and not before, they shall be al- 
lowed to enter upon the country granted by the United States, in 
exchange. 

Art. 3. But, as the country hereby ceded by the Winnebago 
nation is more extensive and valuable than that given by the United 
States in exchange ; it is further stipulated and agreed, that the United 
States pay to the Winnebago nation, annually, for twenty-seven 
successive years, the first payment to be made in September of the 
next year, the sum of ten thousand dollars, in specie ; which sum 
shall be paid to the said nation at Prairie du Chien, and Fort Win- 
nebago, in sums proportional to the numbers residing most conve- 
niently to those places respectively. 

Art. 4. It is further stipulated and agreed, that the United 
States shall erect a suitable building, or buildings, with a garden ? 
and a field attached, somewhere near Fort Crawford, or Prairie du 
Chien, and establish and maintain therein, for the term of twenty- 
seven years, a school for the education, including clothing, board, 
and lodging, of such Winnebago children as may be voluntarily 
sent to it : the school to be conducted by two or more teachers, 
male and female, and the said children to be taught reading, writ- 
ing, arithmetic, gardening, agriculture, carding, spinning, weaving, 
and sewing, according to their ages and sexes, and such other 
branches of useful knowledge as the President of the United States 
may prescribe : Provided, That the annual cost of the school shall 
not exceed the sum of three thousand dollars. And, in order that 
the said school may be productive of the greatest benefit to the 
Winnebago nation, it is hereby subjected to the visits and inspec- 
tions of his excellency the governor of the State of Illinois for the 
time being ; the United States general superintendents of Indian 
affairs ; of the United States agents who may be appointed to re- 
side among the Winnebago Indians, and of any officer of the 
United States army, who may be of, or above, the rank of major r 
Provided, That the commanding officer of Fort Crawford shall 



WINNEBAGOES. 



505 



make such visits and inspections frequently, although of an infe- 
rior rank. 

Art. 5. And the United States further agree to make to the 
said nation of Winnebago Indians the following allowances, for 
the period of twenty-seven years, in addition to the considerations 
hereinbefore stipulated ; that is to say : for the support of six 
agriculturists, and the purchase of twelve yokes of oxen, ploughs, 
and other agricultural implements, a sum not exceeding two thou- 
sand five hundred dollars per annum ; to the Rock river band of 
Winnebagoes, one thousand five hundred pounds of tobacco, per 
annum ; for the services and attendance of a physician at Prairie 
du Chien, and of one at Fort Winnebago, each, two hundred dollars 
per annum. 

Art. 6. It is further agreed, that the United States remove and 
maintain, within the limits prescribed in this treaty, for the occu- 
pation of the Winnebagoes, the blacksmith's shop, w T ith the neces- 
sary tools, iron, and steel, heretofore allowed to the Winnebagoes, 
on the waters of the Rock river, by the third article of the treaty 
made with the Winnebago nation, at Prairie du Chien, on the first 
day of August, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-nine. 

Art. 7. And it is further stipulated and agreed by the United 
States, that there shall be allowed and issued to the Winnebagoes, 
required by the terms of this treaty to remove within their new 
limits, soldiers' rations of bread and meat, for thirty days : Pro- 
vided, That the whole number of such rations shall not exceed 
sixty thousand. 

Art. 8. The United States, at the request of the Winnebago 
nation of Indians, aforesaid, further agree to pay, to the following 
named persons, the sums set opposite their names respectively, 
viz : 

To Joseph Ogee, two hundred and two dollars and fifty cents ; 
To William Wallace, four hundred dollars ; and 
To John Dougherty, four hundred and eighty dollars ; amount- 
ing, in all, to one thousand and eighty-two dollars and fifty cents, 
which sum is in full satisfaction of the claims brought by said per- 
sons against said Indians, and by them acknowledged to be justly 
due. 

Art. 9. On demand of the United States commissioners, it is 
expressly stipulated and agreed, that the Winnebago nation shall 
promptly seize and deliver up to the commanding officer of some 
United States military post, to be dealt with according to law, the 
following individual Winnebagoes, viz : Koo-zee-ray-Kaw, Moy- 
che-nun-Kaw, Tshik-o-ke-maw-kaw, Ah-hun-see-kaw, and Waw- 
zee-ree-kay-hee-wee-kaw, who are accused of murdering, or of 
being concerned in the murdering of certain American citizens, at 
or near the Blue mounds, in the territory of Michigan ; Nau-saw- 
nah-he-kaw, and Toag-ra-naw-koo-ray-see-ray-kaw, who are ac- 
cused of murdering, or of being concerned in murdering, one or 



506 



WINNEBAGOES. 



more American citizens, at or near Kellogg' s Grove, in the State 
of Illinois ; and also Waw-kee-aun-shaw and his son, who 
wounded, in attempting to kill, an American soldier, at or near 
lake Kosh-ke-nong, in the said territory; all of which offences 
were committed in the course of the past spring and summer. 
And till these several stipulations are faithfully complied with by 
the Winnebago nation, it is further agreed, that the payment of the 
annuity of ten thousand dollars, secured by this treaty, shall be 
suspended. 

Art. 10. At the special request of the Winnebago nation, the 
United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to the fol- 
lowing named persons, all of whom are Winnebagoes by blood, 
lands as follows : To Pierre Paquette, three sections ; to Pierre 
Paquette, junior, one section ; to Therese Paquette, one section ; 
and to Caroline Harney, one section. The lands to be designated 
under the direction of the President of the United States, within 
the country herein ceded by the Winnebago nation. 

Art. 11. In order to prevent misapprehensions that might dis- 
turb peace and friendship between the parties to this treaty, it is 
expressly understood that no band or party of Winnebagoes shall 
reside, plant, fish, or hunt, after the first day of June next, on ap- 
portion of the country herein ceded to the United States. 

Art. 12. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- 
ties, after it shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

Done at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, this fifteenth 
day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
two. 

Winfield Scott, 
John Reynolds. 

PRAIRIE DU CHIEN DEPUTATION. 

Tshee-o-mizh-ee-kaw, war chief, (Kar-ray-mau-nee,) his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-hah-kaw, or snake skin, (Day-kan-ray,) his x mark, 
Khay-rah-tshoan-saip-kaw, or black hawk, his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-kaw, or snake, his x mark, 
Sau-sau-mau-nee-kaw, or he who walks naked, his x mark, 
Hoantsh-skaw-skaw, or white bear, his x mark, 
Hoo-tshoap-kaw, or four legs, his x mark, 
Mau-hee-her-kar-rah, or flying cloud, son of dog head, his x mark, 
Tshah-shee-rah-wau-kaw, or he who takes the leg of a deer in his 

mouth, his x mark, 
Mau-kee-wuk-kaw, or cloudy, his x mark, 
Ho-rah-paw-kaw, or eagle head, his x mark, 
Pash-kay-ray-kaw, or fire holder, his x mark, 
Eezhook-hat-tay-kaw, or big gun, his x mark, 
Mau-wau-ruck, or the muddy, his x mark, 
Mau-shoatsh-kaw, or blue earth, his x mark, 



WINNEBAGOES. 



507 



W ee-tshah-un-kuk, or forked tail, his x mark, 
Ko-ro-ko-ro-hee-kaw, or bell, his x mark, 
Haun-heigh-kee-paw-kaw, or the night that meets, his x mark. 

FORT WINNEBAGO DEPUTATION. 

Hee-tshah-wau-saip-skaw-skaw, or white war eagle, De-kaw-ray, 
sr., his x mark, 

Hoo-wau-nee-kaw, or little elk, (orator,) one of the Kay-ra-men- 

nees, his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-tshah-hay-ree-kaw, or roaring thunder, four legs ne- 
phew, his x mark, 
Mau-nah-pey-kaw, or soldier, (black wolf's son,) his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-tshah-ween-kaw, or whirling thunder, his x mark, 
Wau-nee-ho-no-nik, or little walker, son of firebrand, his x mark, 
To-shun-uk-ho-no-nik, or little otter, son of sweet corn, his x 
mark, 

Tshah-tshun-hat-tay-kaw, or big wave, son of clear sky, his x 
mark. 

ROCK RIVER DEPUTATION. 

Kau-ree-kaw-see-kaw, white crow, (the blind,) his x mark, 
Wau-kaun-ween-kaw, or whirling thunder, his x mark, 
Mo-rah-tshay-kaw, or little priest, his x mark, 
Mau-nah-pey-kaw, or soldier, his x mark, 
Ho-rah-hoank-kaw, or war eagle, his x mark, 
Nautsh-kay-peen-kaw, or good heart, his x mark, 
Keesh-koo-kaw, his x mark, 
Wee-tshun-kaw, or goose, his x mark,' 
Wau-kaun-nig-ee-nik, or little snake, his x mark, 
Hoo-way-skaw, or white elk, his x mark, 
H ay - n o am p - k aw, or two horns, his x mark, 
Hauk-kay-kaw, or screamer, his x mark, 
Ee-nee-wonk-shik-kaw, or stone man, his x mark. 

Signed in presence of 



R. Bache, Capl. Ord., Secretary 

to the Commission, 
John H. Kinzie, Sab-Agt Indian 

Affairs, 
Abrm. Eustis, 

H. Dodge, Major U. S. Rangers, 
Alexr. R. Thompson, Major U. 

S. Army, 
William S. Harney, Capt. 1st In- 
fantry, 

E. Kirby, Paymaster U. States 

Army, 
Albion T. Crow, 



John Marsh, 

Pierre Paquette, Interpreter, his 
x mark, 

P. H. Gait, Assistant Adjutant 

General, 
S. W. Wilson, 
Benj. F. Pike, 

J. B. F. Russell, Capt Hh Inf. 
S. Johnson, Captain 2d Infantry, 
John Clitz, Adj. 2d Infantry, 
Jno. Pickell, Lieutenant 4th Ar- 
tillery, 

A. Drane, A. Q. U. S.A., 



508 



SACS AND FOXES. 



J. R. Smith, 1st Lieutenant 2d 

Infantry ; 
H. Day, Lieutenant 2d Infantry , 
William Maynadier, Lieutenant 

and A. D. C. 
P. G. Hambaugh, 
S. Burbank, Lieut. 1st Inf. 



J. H. Prentiss, Lieutenant 1st 
Artillery, 

E. Rose, Lieutenant od Artillery , 

L. J. Beall, Lieutenant 1st In- 
fantry, 

Antoine Le Claire. 



SACS AND FOXES. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 21 3 1832 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1S33.] 

Articles of a treaty of peace, f riendship, and cession, concluded at 
Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, between the United States 
of America, by their commissioners, major general Winfield 
Scott, of the United States army, and his excellency John Rey- 
nolds, governor of the State of Illinois, and the confederated 
tribes of Sac and Fox Indians, represented in general council, 
by the undersigned chiefs, head men, and warriors. 

Whereas, under certain lawless and desperate leaders, a for- 
midable band, constituting a large portion of the Sac and Fox 
nation, left their country in April last, and, in violation of treaties, 
commenced an unprovoked war upon unsuspecting and defence- 
less citizens of the United States, sparing neither age nor sex; and 
whereas, the United States, at a great expense of treasure, have 
subdued the said hostile band, killing or capturing ail its principal 
chiefs and warriors ; the said States, partly as indemnity for the 
expenses incurred, and partly to secure the future safety and tran- 
quillity of the invaded frontier, demand of the said tribes, to the 
use of the United States, a cession of a tract of the Sac and Fox 
country, bordering on said frontier, more than proportional to the 
numbers of the hostile band who have been so conquered and 
subdued. 

Art. 1. Accordingly, the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes 
hereby cede to the United States forever, all the lands to which 
the said tribes have title or claim, (with the exception of the re- 
servation hereinafter made,) included within the following bounds, 
to wit: "Beginning on the Mississippi river, at the point where 
the Sac and Fox northern boundary line, as established by the 
second article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the fifteenth 
of July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty, strikes said river ; 
thence, up said boundary line to a point fifty miles from the Mis- 
sissippi, measured on said line ; thence, in a right line to the 
nearest point on the Red Cedar of the loway, forty miles from 
the Mississippi river ; thence, in a right line to a point in the 
northern boundary line of the State of Missouri, fifty miles, mea- 



SACS AND FOXES. 



509 



sured on said boundary, from the Mississippi river ; thence, by 
the last mentioned boundary to the Mississippi river, and by the 
western shore of said river to the place of beginning. And the 
said confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes hereby stipulate and 
agree to remove from the lands herein ceded to the United States, 
on or before the first day of June next; and, in order to prevent 
any future misunderstanding, it is expressly understood, that no 
band or party of the Sac or Fox tribe shall reside, plant, fish, or 
hunt, on any portion of the ceded country after the period just 
mentioned. 

Art. 2. Out of the cession made in the preceding article, the 
United States agree to a reservation for the use of the said con- 
federated tribes, of a tract of land containing four hundred square 
miles, to be laid off under the direction of the President of the 
United States, from the boundary line crossing the Ioway river, 
in such manner that nearly an equal portion of the reservation 
may be on both sides of said river, and extending downwards, so 
as to include Ke-o-kuck's principal village on its right bank, 
which village is about twelve miles from the Mississippi river. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the great extent of the foregoing 
cession, the United States stipulate and agree to pay to the said 
confederated tribes, annually, for thirty successive years, the first 
payment to be made in September of the next year, the sum of 
twenty thousand dollars in specie. 

Art. 4. It is further agreed that the United States shall estab- 
lish and maintain within the limits, and for the use and benefit of 
the Sacs and Foxes, for the period of thirty years, one additional 
black and gunsmith shop, with the necessary tools, iron, and steel; 
and finally make a yearly allowance for the same period, to the 
said tribes, of forty kegs of tobacco, and forty barrels of salt, to 
be delivered at the mouth of the Ioway river. 

Art. 5. The United States, at the earnest request of the said 
confederated tribes, further agree to pay to Farnham and Daven- 
port, Indian traders at Rock Island, the sum of forty thousand 
dollars without interest, which sum will be in full satisfaction of 
the claims of the said traders against the said tribes ; and by the lat- 
ter, was, on the tenth day of July, one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-one, acknowledged to be justly due, for articles of necessity, 
furnished in the course of the seven preceding years, in an instru- 
ment of writing of said date, duly signed by the chiefs and head 
men of said tribes, and certified by the late Felix St. Vrain, 
United States agent, and Antoine Le Claire, United States inter- 
preter, both for the said tribes. 

Art. 6. At the special request of the said confederated tribes, 
the United States agree to grant, by patent, in fee simple, to 
Antoine Le Claire, interpreter, a part Indian, one section of land 
opposite Rock Island, and one section at the head of the first 



510 



SACS AND FOXES, 



rapids above said island, within the country herein ceded by the 
Sacs and Foxes. 

Art. 7. Trusting to the good faith of the neutral bands of Sacs 
and Foxes, the United States have already delivered up to those 
bands the great mass of prisoners made in the course of the war 
by the United States, and promise to use their influence to procure 
the delivery of other Sacs and Foxes, who may still be prisoners 
in the hands of a band of Sioux Indians, the friends of the United 
States ; but the following named prisoners of war, now in con- 
finement, who were chiefs and head men, shall be held as hostages 
for the future good conduct of the late hostile bands, during the 
pleasure of the President of the United States, viz : Muk-ka-ta- 
mish-a-ka-kaik (or Black Hawk) and his two sons ; Wau-ba-kee- 
shik (the Prophet) his brother and two sons ; Napope, We-sheet Io- 
way, Pamaho, and Cha-kee-pa-shi-pa-ho (the little stabbing chief. ) 

Art. 8. And it is further stipulated and agreed between the 
parties to this treaty, that there shall never be allowed in the con- 
federated Sac and Fox nation, any separate band or village, under 
any chief or warrior of the late hostile bands ; but that the rem- 
nant of the said hostile bands shall be divided among the neutral 
bands of the said tribes according to blood — the Sacs among the 
Sacs, and the Foxes among the Foxes. 

Art. 9. In consideration of the premises, peace and friendship 
are declared, and shall be perpetually maintained between the 
United States and the whole confederated Sac and Fox nation, 
excepting from the latter the hostages before mentioned. 

Art. 10. The United States, besides the presents, delivered at 
the signing of this treaty, wishing to give a striking evidence of 
their mercy and liberality, will immediately cause to be issued to 
the said confederated tribes, principally for the use of the Sac and 
Fox women and children, whose husbands, fathers, and brothers, 
have been killed in the late war, and generally for the use of 
the whole confederated tribes, articles of subsistence, as follows ; 
thirty-five beef cattle ; twelve bushels of salt ; thirty barrels of 
pork, and fifty barrels of flour; and cause to be delivered for the 
same purposes, in the month of April next, at the mouth of the 
lower Ioway, six thousand bushels of maize or Indian corn. 

Art. 11. At the request of the said confederated tribes, it is 
agreed that a suitable present shall be made to them on their 
pointing out to any United States agent, authorized for the pur- 
pose, the position or positions of one or more mines, supposed by 
the said tribes to be of a metal more valuable than lead or iron. 

Art. 12. This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the 
contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the 
President of the United States, by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Senate thereof. 

Done at Fort Armstrong, Rock Island, Illinois, this twenty- 
first day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand 



SACS AND FOXES. 



511 



eight hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence of the 
United States the fifty-seventh. 

Winfield Scott, 
John Reynolds. 

SACS, 

Kee-o-kuck, or he who has been every where, his x mark, 
Pa-she-pa-ho, or the stabber, his x mark, 
Pia-tshe-noay, or the noise maker, his x mark, 
Wawk-kum-mee, or clear water, his x mark, 
O-sow-wish-kan-no, or yellow bird, his x mark, 
Pa-ca-tokee, or wounded lip, his x mark, 
Winne-wun-quai-saat, or the terror of man, his x mark, 
Mau-noa-tuck, or he who controls many, his x mark, 
Wau-we-au-tun, or the curling wave, his x mark, 

FOXES. 

Wau-pel-la, or he who is painted white, his x mark, 
Tay-wee-mau, or medicine man, (strawberry,) his x mark, 
Pow-sheek, or the roused bear, his x mark, 
An-nau-mee, or the running fox, his x mark, 
Ma-tow-e-qua, or the jealous woman, his x mark, 
Me-shee-wau-quaw, or the dried tree, his x mark, 
May-kee-sa-mau-ker, or the wampum fish, his x mark, 
Chaw-co-saut, or the prowler, his x mark, 
Kaw-kaw-kee, or the crow, his x mark, 
Mau-que-tee, or the bald eagle, his x mark, 
Ma-she-na, or cross man, his x mark, 

Kaw-kaw-ke-monte, or the pouch, (running bear,) his x mark. 
Wee-she-kaw-k-a-skuck, or he who steps firmly, his x mark, 
Wee-ca-ma, or good fish, his x mark, 
Paw-qua-nuey, or the runner, his x mark, 
Ma-hua-wai-be, or the wolf skin, his x mark, 
Mis-see-quaw-kaw, or hairy neck, his x mark, 
Waw-pee-shaw-kaw, or white skin, his x mark, 
Mash-shen-waw-pee-tch, or broken tooth, his x mark, 
Nau-nah-que-kee-shee-ko, or between two days, his x mark 5 
Paw-puck-ka-kaw, or stealing fox, his x mark, 
Tay-e-sheek, or the falling bear, his x mark, 
Wau-pee-maw-ker, or the white loon, his x mark, 
Wau-co-see-nee-me, or fox man, his x mark. 

In presence of 

R. Bache, Cap. Ord. Sec. to the B. Riley, Maj. U* S. Army, 

Commission, H. Dodge, Major, 

Abrm. Eustis, W. Campbell) 

Alex. Cummings, Lt. CoL 2d Hy. Wilson, Maj. 4th U. S. 
Infantry, Inf. 

Alex. R. Thompson, Major U. Donald Ward, 

S.Army, Thos. Black Wolf, 



512 



APPALACHlCOLAS. 



Sexton G. Frazer, 

P. H. Gait, Ast. Adj. Gen. 

Benj. F. Pike, 

Wm. Henry, 

James Craig, 

John Aukeney, 

J. B. F. Russell, 

Isaac Chambers, 

John Clitz, Adj. Inf. 

John Pickell, Lieut. 4th Arty. 

A. G. Miller, Lt. 1st. Inf. 

Geo. Davenport, Asst. Q. Mas. 

Gen. III. Mil. 
A. Drane, 

iEneas Mackay, Capt. U. S. 
Army, 

J. R. Smith, 1st Lt. 2d Inf. 
Wm. Maynadier, Lt. and A. 
D. C. 

J. S. Gallagher, 1st Lt. A. C. S. 
N. B. Bennett, Lt. 3d Arty. 



Horatio A. Wilson Lt. 4th 
Arty. 

H. Day, LU 2d Infy. 
Jas. W. Penrose, Lt. 2d Infy. 
J. E. Johnston, Lt. 4th Arty. 
S. Burbank, Lt. 1st Infy. 
J. H. Prentiss, Lt. 1st Arty. 
L. J, Beall, Lt. 1st Infy. 
Addison Philleo, 
Thomas L. Alexander, Lt. 6th 
InfV> 

Horace Beale, Actg. Surg. U, 

S. Army, 
Oliver W. Kellogg, 
Jona Leighton, Actg. Surg. U. 

S. Army, 
Robt. C. Buchanan, Lt. 4th 

infy- 

Jas. S. Williams, Lt. 6th Infy, 

John W. Spencer, 

Antoine Le Claire, Interpreter, 



APPALACHICOLAS. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 11, 1832— RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1833.] 

The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and 
warriors, surrender to the United States, all their right, title and 
interest to a reservation of land made for their benefit, in the ad- 
ditional article of the treaty, concluded at camp Moultrie, in the 
territory of Florida, on the 18th of September, eighteen hundred 
and twenty-three, and which is described in said article, "as com- 
mencing on the Appalachicola, one mile below Tuski Hajo's im- 
provements, running up said river four miles, thence west two 
miles, thence southerly to a point due west of the beginning, 
thence east to the beginning point," and agree to remove with 
their warriors and families, now occupying said reservation, and 
amounting in all to (256) two hundred and fifty-six souls, to the 
west of the Mississippi river, beyond the limits of the States and 
territories of the United States of America. 

Art. 2. For, and in consideration of said surrender, and to meet 
the charges of a party to explore immediately the country west in 
search of a home more suitable to their habits than the one at 
present occupied, and in full compensation for all the expenses of 
emigration and subsistence for themselves and party : The United 
States agree to pay to the undersigned chiefs, and their warriors, 
thirteen thousand dollars ; three thousand dollars in cash, the re* 



CHICKASAWS* 



513 



ceipt of which is herewith acknowledged, and ten thousand dollars 
whenever they have completed their arrangements, and have com- 
menced the removal of their whole party. 

Art. 3. The undersigned chiefs, with their warriors and fami- 
lies, will evacuate the reservation of land surrendered by the first 
article of this agreement, on or before the first of November, eigh- 
teen hundred and thirty-three ; but should unavoidable circum- 
stances prevent the conclusion of the necessary preparatory arrange- 
ments by that time, it is expected that the indulgence of the 
Government of the United States will be reasonably extended 
for a term, not to exceed however another year. 

Art. 4. The United States further stipulate to continue to Blunt 
and Davy (formerly Tuski Hajo deceased) the chiefs of the towns 
now consenting to emigrate, their proportion of the annuity of five 
thousand dollars which they at present draw, and to which they 
are entitled under the treaty of camp Moultrie, so long as they 
remain in the territory of Florida, and to advance their propor- 
tional amount of the said annuity for the balance of the term 
stipulated for its payment in the treaty aforesaid, whenever they 
remove in compliance of the terms of this agreement. 
Tn testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in 
behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals. 

Done at Tallahasse, in the territory of Florida, this eleventh day 
of October one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and 
of the Independence of the United States the fifty-seventh. 

James Gadsden, Commissioner ', fyc. l. s. 

John Blunt, his x mark, l. s. 

O Saa-Hajo, or Davy, his x mark, l. s. 

Co-ha-thlock-co, or Cockrane, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses : 

Wm. P. Duval, Supt. R. Lewis, 

Stephen Richards, Interpreter, Tho. Brown, 

Robt. W. Williams, James D. Westcott, Jr. 



CHICKASAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 20, 1832— RATIFIED MARCH 1, 1833. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and entered into between Gen. John 
Coffee, being duly authorized thereto by the President of the 
United States, and the whole Chickasaw nation, in general council 
assembled, at the council house on Pontitock creek, on the twen- 
tieth day of October, 1832, 

The Chickasaw nation find themselves oppressed in their pre- 
sent situation, by being made subject to the laws of the States 
47 



514 



CHICKASAWS. 



in which they reside. Being ignorant of the language and laws* 
of the white man, they cannot understand or obey them. Rather 
than submit to this great evil, they prefer to seek a home in the 
west, where they may live and be governed by their own laws. 
And believing that they can procure for themselves a home, in a 
country suited to their wants and condition, provided they had 
the means to contract and pay for the same, they have determined 
to sell their country and hunt a new home. The President has 
heard the complaints of the Chickasaws, and like them believes 
they cannot be happy and prosper as a nation in their present 
situation and condition, and being desirous to relieve them from 
the great calamity that seems to await them, if they remain as they 
are, he has sent his commissioner Gen. John Coffee, who has 
met the whole Chickasaw nation in council, and after mature de- 
liberation, they have entered into the following articles, which 
shall be binding on both parties, when the same shall be ratified 
by the President of the United States, by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate. 

Art. 1. For the consideration hereinafter expressed, the Chick- 
asaw nation do hereby cede, to the United States, all the land 
which they own on the east side of the Mississippi river, including 
all the country where they at present live and occupy. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to have the whole country 
thus ceded, surveyed, as soon as it can be conveniently done, in 
the same manner that the public lands of the United States are 
surveyed in the States of Mississippi and Alabama, and as soon 
thereafter as may be practicable, to have the same prepared for 
sale. The President of the United States will then offer the 
land for sale at public auction, in the same manner and on the 
same terms and conditions as the other public lands, and such of 
the land as may not sell at the public sales shall be offered at 
private sale, in the same manner that other private sales are made 
of the United States lands. 

Art 3. As a full compensation to the Chickasaw nation, for 
the country thus ceded, the United States agree to pay over to 
the Chickasaw nation, all the money arising from the sale of the 
land which may be received from time to time, after deducting 
therefrom the whole cost and expenses of surveying and selling 
the land, including every expense attending the same. 

Art. 4. The President being determined that the Chickasaw 
people shall not deprive themselves of a comfortable home, in the 
country where they now are, until they shall have provided a 
country in the west to remove to, and settle on, with fair pros- 
pects of future comfort and happiness — It is therefore agreed to, 
by the Chickasaw nation, that they will endeavor, as soon as it 
may be in their power after the ratification of this treaty, to hunt 
out and procure a home for their people, west of the Mississippi 
river, suited to their wants and condition ; and they will continue 



CHICKASAWS. 



515 



to do so during the progress of the survey of their present country, 
as is provided for in the second article of this treaty. But should 
they fail to procure such a country to remove to and settle on, 
previous to the first public sale of their country here, then and in 
that event, they are to select out of the surveys a comfortable 
settlement for every family in the Chickasaw nation, to include 
their present improvements, if the land is good for cultivation, 
and if not, they may take it in any other place in the nation which 
is unoccupied by any other person. Such settlement must be 
taken by sections. And there shall be allotted to each family as 
follows, (to wit) : To a single man who is twenty-one years of 
age, one section — to each family of five and under that number 
two sections — to each family of six and not exceeding ten, three 
sections, and to each family over ten in number, four sections — 
and to families who own slaves, there shall be allowed, one sec- 
tion to those who own ten or upwards, and such as own under ten, 
there shall be allowed half a section. If any person shall now oc- 
cupy two places and wish to retain both they may do so, by taking 
a part at one place, and a part at the other, and where two or 
more persons are now living on the same section, the oldest occu- 
pant will be entitled to remain, and the others must move off to 
some other place, if so required by the oldest occupant. All of 
which tracts of land, so selected and retained, shall be held and 
occupied by the Chickasaw people, uninterrupted, until they shall 
find and obtain a country suited to their wants and condition. 
And the United States will guaranty to the Chickasaw nation the 
quiet possession and uninterrupted use of the said reserved tracts 
of land, so long as they may live on and occupy the same. And 
when they shall determine to remove from said tracts of land, the 
Chickasaw nation will notify the President of the United States 
of their determination to remove, and thereupon, as soon as the 
Chickasaw people shall remove, the President will proclaim the 
said reserved tracts of land for sale at public auction and at pri- 
vate sale, on the same terms and conditions as is provided for in 
the second article of this treaty, to sell the same, and the nett 
proceeds thereof to be paid to the Chickasaw nation, as is pro- 
vided for in the third article of this treaty. 

Art. 5. If any of the Chickasaw families shall have made 
valuable improvements on the places where they lived and re- 
moved from, on the reservation tracts, the same shall be valued 
by some discreet person, to be appointed by the President, who 
shall assess the real cash value of all such improvements, and also 
the real cash value of all the land within their improvements, 
which they may have cleared and actually cultivated at least one 
year in good farming order and condition. And such valuation 
of the improvements and the value of the cultivated lands as 
before mentioned, shall be paid to the person who shall have 
made the same. To be paid out of the proceeds of the sales of 



516 



CHICKASAWS. 



the ceded lands. The person who shall value such land and 
improvements, shall give to the owner thereof a certificate of the 
valuation, which shall be a good voucher for them to draw the 
money on, from the proper person, who shall be appointed to pay 
the same, and the money shall be paid, as soon as may be con- 
venient, after the valuation, to enable the owner thereof to pro- 
vide for their families on their journey to their new homes. The 
provisions of this article are intended to encourage industry, and 
to enable the Chickasaws to move comfortably. But least the 
good intended may be abused by designing persons, by hiring 
hands and clearing more land, than they otherwise would do for 
the benefit of their families — it is determined that no payment 
shall be made for improved lands, over and above one-eighth part 
of the tract allowed and reserved for such person to live on and 
occupy. 

Art. 6. The Chickasaw nation cannot receive any part of the 
payment for their land until it shall be surveyed and sold, there- 
fore in order to the greater facility in surveying and preparing the 
land for sale, and for keeping the business of the nation separate 
and apart from the business and accounts of the United States, it 
is proposed by the Chickasaws, and agreed to, that a surveyor 
general be appointed by the President, to superintend alone the 
surveying of this ceded country, or so much thereof as the Presi- 
dent may direct, who shall appoint a sufficient number of deputy 
surveyors, as may be necessary to complete the survey, in as short 
a time as may be reasonable and expedient. That the said sur- 
veyor general be allowed one good clerk, and one good draughts- 
man, to aid and assist him in the business of his office, in preparing 
the lands for sale. It is also agreed that one land office be estab- 
lished for the sale of the lands, to have one register and one re- 
ceiver of moneys, to be appointed by the President, and each 
register and receiver to have one good clerk to aid and assist them 
in the duties of their office. The surveyor's office, and the office 
of the register and receiver of money, shall be kept somewhere 
central in the nation, at such place as the President of the United 
States may direct. As the beforementioned officers, and clerks, 
are to be employed entirely in business of the nation, appertaining 
to preparing and selling the land, they will of course be paid out 
of the proceeds of the sales of the ceded lands. That the Chick- 
asaws may now understand as near as may be, the expenses that 
will be incurred in the transacting of this business — It is pro- 
posed and agreed to, that the salary of the surveyor general be 
fifteen hundred dollars a year, and that the register and receiver of 
moneys be allowed twelve hundred dollars a year each, as a full 
compensation for their services, and all expenses, except stationery, 
and postages on their official business, and that each of the clerks 
and draughtsman be allowed seven hundred and fifty dollars a 
year, for their services and all expenses. 



CHICKASAWS. 



517 



Art. 7. It is expressly agreed that the United States shall not 
grant any right of preference to any person, or right of occupancy 
in any manner whatsoever, but in all cases of either public or pri- 
vate sale, they are to sell the land to the highest bidder ; and also, 
that none of the lands be sold in smaller tracts than quarter sections 
or fractional sections, of the same size, as near as may be, until 
the Chickasaw nation may require the President to sell in smaller 
tracts. The chiefs of the nation have heard that at some of the 
sales of the United States lands, the people there present entered 
into combinations, and united in purchasing much of the land, at 
reduced prices, for their own benefit, to the great prejudice of the 
Government, and they express fears that attempts will be made to 
cheat them in the same manner, when their lands shall be offered 
at public auction. It is therefore agreed that the President will 
use his best endeavors to prevent such combinations, or any other 
plan or state of things which may tend to prevent the land selling 
for its full value. 

Art. 8. As the Chickasaws have determined to sell their country, 
it is desirable that the nation realize the greatest possible sum for 
their lands which can be obtained. It is therefore proposed and 
agreed to, that after the President shall have offered their lands for 
sale, and shall have sold all that will sell for the Government price, 
then the price shall be reduced, so as to induce purchasers to buy, 
who would not take the land at the Government minimum price ; 
and it is believed, that five years from and after the date of the first 
sale, will dispose of all the lands that will sell at the Government 
price. If, then, at the expiration of five years, as before mentioned, 
the Chickasaw nation may request the President to sell at such 
reduced price as the nation may then propose, it shall be the duty 
of the President to c6mply with their request, by first offering it at 
public, and afterwards at private sale, as in all other cases of selling 
public lands. 

Art. 9. The Chickasaw nation express their ignorance, and in- 
capacity to live and be happy under the State laws ; they cannot 
read and understand them, and therefore they will always need a 
friend to advise and direct them. And fearing at some day the 
Government of the United States may withdraw from them the 
agent under whose instructions they have lived so long and happy, 
they therefore request that the agent may be continued with them, 
while here, and wherever they may remove to and settle. It is the 
earnest wish of the United States Government to see the Chickasaw 
nation prosper and be happy, and so far as is consistent they will 
contribute all in their power to render them so-— therefore their re- 
quest is granted. There shall be an agent kept with the Chicka- 
saws as heretofore, so long as they live within the jurisdiction of 
the United States as a nation, either within the limits of the States 
where they now reside, or at any other place. And whenever the 
office of agent shall be vacant, and an agent to be appointed, the 



518 



CHICKASAW S. 



President will pay due respect to the wishes of the nation in se- 
lecting a man in all respects qualified to discharge the responsible 
duties of that office. 

Art. 10. Whenever the Chickasaw^ nation shall determine to 
remove from, and leave their present country, they will give the 
President of the United States timely notice of such intention, and 
the President will furnish them the necessary funds and means for 
their transportation and journey, and for one year's provisions, 
after they reach their new homes, in such quantity as the nation 
may require ; and the full amount of such funds, transportation, and 
provisions, is to be paid for out of the proceeds of the sales of the 
ceded lands. And should the Chickasaw nation remove from their 
present country before they receive money from the sale of the 
lands hereby ceded, then and in that case the United States shall 
furnish them any reasonable sum of money for national purposes, 
which may be deemed proper by the President of the United 
States ; which sum shall also be refunded out of the sales of the 
ceded lands. 

Art. 11. The Chickasaw nation have determined to create a 
perpetual fund for the use of the nation forever, out of the proceeds 
of the country now ceded away; and for that purpose they propose 
to invest a large proportion of the money arising from the sale of 
the land in some safe and valuable stocks, which will bring them 
in an annual interest or dividend, to be used for all national pur- 
poses, leaving the principal untouched, intending to use the inter- 
est alone. It is therefore proposed by the Chickasaws, and agreed 
to_, that the sum to be laid out in stocks as above mentioned shall 
be left with the Government of the United States, until it can be 
laid out under the direction of the President of the United States, 
by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, in such safe and 
valuable stock as he may approve of, for the use and benefit of the 
Chickasaw nation. The sum thus to be invested shall be equal to 
at least three-fourths of the whole nett proceeds of the sales of the 
lands ; and as much more as the nation may determine, if there 
shall be a surplus after supplying all the national grants. But it is- 
hereby provided, that if the reasonable wants of the nation shall 
require more than one-fourth of the proceeds of the sales of the 
land, then they may, by the consent of the President and Senate, 
draw from the Government such sum as may be thought reasona- 
ble, for valuable national purposes, out of the three-fourths reserved 
to be laid out in stocks. But if any of the moneys shall be thus 
drawn out of the sum first proposed, to be laid out on interest, the 
sum shall be replaced out of the first moneys of the nation which 
may come into the possession of the United States Government 
from the sale of the ceded lands, over and above the reasonable 
w r ants of the nation. At the expiration of fifty years from this date, 
if the Chickasaw nation shall have improved in education and ci- 
vilization, and become so enlightened as to be capable of managing 



CHICKASAWS. 



519 



so large a sum of money to advantage and with safety, for the be- 
nefit of the nation, and the President of the United States, with the 
Senate, shall be satisfied thereof, at that time, and shall give their 
consent thereto, the Chickasaw nation may then withdraw the 
whole, or any part of the fund now set apart, to be laid out in 
stocks, or at interest, and dispose of the same, in any manner that 
they may think proper at that time, for the use and benefit of the 
whole nation ; but no part of said fund shall ever be used for any 
other purpose than the benefit of the whole Chickasaw nation. In 
order to facilitate the survey and sale of the lands now ceded, and 
to raise the money therefrom as soon as possible for the foregoing 
purpose, the President of the United States is authorized to com- 
mence the survey of the land as soon as may be practicable, after 
the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 12. The Chickasaws feel grateful to their old chiefs for 
their long and faithful services, in attending to the business of the 
nation. They believe it a duty to keep them from want in their 
old and declining age ; with those feelings they have looked upon 
their old and beloved chief Tish-o-mingo, who is now grown old, 
and is poor and not able to live in that comfort which his valuable 
life and great merit deserve. It is therefore determined to give 
him, out of the national funds, one hundred dollars a year during 
the balance of his life, and the nation request him to receive it as 
a token of their kind feelings for him, on account of his long and 
valuable services. 

Our old and beloved Queen, Puc-caun-la, is now very old and 
very poor. Justice says the nation ought not to let her suffer in 
her old age ; it is therefore, determined to give her out of the na- 
tional funds fifty dollars a year during her life, the money to be put 
in the hands of the agent to be laid out for her support, under his 
direction, with the advice of the chiefs. 

Art. IS, The boundary line between the lands of the Chicka- 
saws and Choctaws has never been run or properly defined ; and 
as the Choctaws have sold their country to the United States, they 
now have no interest in the decision of that question. It is there- 
fore agreed to call on the old Choctaw chiefs, to determine the line 
to be run between the Chickasaws and their former country. The 
Chickasaws, by a treaty made with the United States at Franklin, 
in Tennessee, in August, 1830, declared their line to run as fol- 
lows, to wit : Beginning at the mouth of Oak-tibby-haw and run- 
ning up said stream to a point, being a marked tree, on the old 
Natches road, one mile southwardly from Wall's old place. Thence 
with the Choctaw boundary, and along it, westwardly through the 
Tunicha old fields, to a point on the Mississippi river about twenty- 
eight miles by water, below where the St. Francis river enters said 
stream on the west side. It is now agreed that the surveys of the 
Choctaw country which are now in progress, shall not cross the 
line until the true line shall be decided and determined ; which 



520 



CHICKASAWS. 



shall be done as follows : the agent of the Choctaws on the west 
side of the Mississippi shall call on the old and intelligent chiefs of 
that nation, and lay before them the line as claimed by the Chick- 
asaws at the Franklin treaty ; and if the Choctaws shall determine 
that line to be correct, then it shall be established and made the 
permanent line ; but if the Choctaws say the line strikes the Mis- 
sissippi river higher up said stream, then the best evidence which 
can be had from both nations, shall be taken by the agents of both 
nations, and submitted to the President of the United States for 
his decision ; and on such evidence, the President will determine 
the true line on principles of strict justice. 

Art. 14. As soon as the surveys are made, it shall be the duty 
of the chiefs, with the advice and assistance of the agent, to cause 
a correct list to be made out of all and every tract of land which 
shall be reserved for the use and benefit of the Chickasaw people, 
for their residence, as is provided for in the fourth article of this 
treaty ; which list will designate the sections of land which are set 
apart for each family or individual in the nation, showing the pre- 
cise tracts which shall belong to each and every one of them ; 
which list shall be returned to the register of the land office, and 
he shall make a record of the same, in his office, to prevent him 
from offering any of said tracts of land for sale, and also as evi- 
dence of each person's lands. All the residue of the lands will be 
offered by the President for sale. 

Ae.t. 15. The Chickasaws request that no persons be permitted 
to move in and settle on their country before the land is sold. It 
is therefore agreed, that no person whatsoever, who is not Chick- 
asaw, or connected with the Chickasaws by marriage, shall be per » 
mitted to come into the country and settle on any part of the ceded 
lands until they shall be offered for sale, and then there shall not 
be any person permitted to settle on any of the land which has not 
been sold at the time of such settlement ; and in all cases of a per- 
son settling on any of the ceded lands contrary to this express un- 
derstanding, they will be intruders, and must be treated as such, 
and put off of the lands of the nation. 

In witness of all and every thing herein determined, between the 
United States and the whole Chickasaw nation in general 
council assembled, the parties have hereunto set their hands 
and seals, at the council-house, on Pontitock creek, in the 
Chickasaw nation, on the twentieth day of October, one 



thousand eight hundred and thirty- two. 

John Coffee, l. s. 

Ish-te-ho-to-pa, [king,] his x mark, l. s. 

Tish-o-min-go, his x mark, l. s. 

Levi Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

George Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

William M' Gil very, his x mark, l. s. 

Samuel Sely, his x mark, l. s. 



CHICKASAWS. 



521 



To-pul-kah, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Isaac Albertson, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Em-ub-by, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pis-tah-lah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ish-tim-o-lut-ka, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


James Brown, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Xm-mah-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ish-ta-ha-chah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Lah-fin-hubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Shop-pow-me, his x mark, 
Nin-uck-ah-umba, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Im-mah-hoo-la-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Illup-pah-umba, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Pitman Colbert, 


L. 


s. 


Con-mush-ka-ish-kah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


James Wolfe, 


L. 


s. 


Bah-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


E. Bah-kah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Captain Thompson, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


New-berry, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Bah-ma-hah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John Lewis, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


X-yah-hou-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tok-holth-la-chah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Gke-lah-nah-nubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Xm-me-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Xn-kah-yea, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ah-sha-cubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Im-mah-ho-bah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Fit-chah-pla, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Unte-mi-ah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Oke-lah-hin-lubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


John Glover, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Bah-me-hubbe, his x mark, 
Ilush-tah-tah-ubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Un-ti-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Yum-mo-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Oh-ha-cubbe, his x mark, 
Ah-fah-mah, his x mark. 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Ah-ta-kin-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Ah-to-ko-wah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tah-ha-cubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Kin-hoi-cha, his x mark, 
Xsh-te-ah-tubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Chick-ah-shah-nan-ubbe, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Che-wut-ta-ha, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Fo-lut-ta-chah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


No-wo-ko, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



522 



CHICKASAWS. 



Win-in- a-pa, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-ta-ki-yu-ka-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-te-ko-shubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Tom-chick-ah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ei-o-che-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Nuck-sho-pubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Fah-lah-mo-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Co-chub-be, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Sely, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-sha-pi-a, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed and sealed in the presence of 

Ben. Reynolds, Indian Agent, George Wightman, of Miss. 

John L. Allen, Sub-agent, John Donley, Tenn. 

Nath. Anderson, Sec. to the D. S. Parrish, Tennessee, 

Cornmr. S. Daggett, Miss. 

Benj. Love, U. S. Interpreter, Wm. A. Clurm, 

Robert Gordon, Miss. G. W. Long. 



Articles supplementary to, and explanatory of, a treaty which was 
entered into on the 20th instant, between general John Coffee, on 
the part of the United States, and the whole Chickasaw nation in 
general council assembled. 

The fourth article of the treaty to which this is a supplement, 
provides that each Chickasaw family shall have a tract of land re- 
served for the use of the family, to live on and occupy, so long as 
the nation resides in the country where they now are. And the 
fifth article of the treaty provides that each family or individual 
shall be paid for their improvements and the value of their cleared 
lands, when the nation shall determine to remove and leave the 
said reserved tracts of land. It is now proposed and agreed to, 
that no family or person of the Chickasaw nation, who shall or 
may have tracts of land reserved for their residence while here, 
shall ever be permitted to lease any of said land to any person 
whatsoever, nor shall they be permitted to rent any of said land to 
any person, either white, red, or black, or mixed blood of either. 
As the great object of the nation is to preserve the land and tim- 
ber for the benefit of posterity, provided the nation shall continue 
to live here, and if they shall at any time determine to remove and 
sell the land, it will be more valuable, and will sell for more money, 
for the benefit of the nation, if the land and timber be preserved. 

It is also expressly declared by the nation, that whenever the 
nation shall determine to remove from their present country, that 
every tract of land so reserved in the nation, shall be given up and 



CHICKASAWS. 



523 



sold for the benefit of the nation* And no individual or family 
shall have any right to retain any of such reserved tracts of land 
for their own use, any longer than the nation may remain in the 
country where they now are. 

As the reserve tracts of land above alluded to will be the first 
choice of land in the nation, it is determined that the minimum 
price of all the reserved tracts shall be three dollars an acre, until 
the nation may determine to reduce the price, and then they will 
notify the President of their wishes, and the price to which they 
desire to reduce it. 

The chiefs still express fears that combinations may be formed 
at the public sales, where their reserved tracts of land shall be of- 
fered for sale, and that they may not be sold so high as they might 
be sold by judicious agents at private sale. They therefore sug- 
gest the propriety of the President determining on some judicious 
mode of selling the reserves at private sale. 

It is therefore agreed that the suggestion be submitted to the 
President, and if he and the chiefs can agree on a plan of a sale, 
different from the one proposed in the treaty to which this is a sup- 
plement, and which shall be approved of by both parties, then they 
may enter into such agreement, and the President shall then be 
governed by the same, in the sale of the reserved tracts of land, 
whenever they may be offered for sale. 

In the provisions of the fourth article of the treaty to which this 
is a supplement, for reserves to young men who have no families, 
it expresses that each young man who is twenty-one years of age, 
shall have a reserve. But as the Indians mature earlier than white 
men, and generally marry younger, it is determined to extend a 
reserve to each young man who is seventeen years of age. And 
as there are some orphan girls in the nation, or whose families do 
not provide for them, and also some widows in the same situation, 
it is determined, to allow to each of them a reservation of one sec- 
tion, on the same terms and conditions, in all respects, with the 
other reservations for the nation generally, and to be allowed to the 
same ages, as to young men. 

Colbert Moore and family have always lived in the Chickasaw 
nation, and he requests the liberty to continue with the nation. 
The chiefs and nation agree to his request, and they also agree to 
allow him and his family a reserve tract of land to live on and 
occupy in the same manner, and on the same terms and conditions 
as is provided for the Chickasaw families, in the nation generally, 
during his good behavior. 

The chiefs of the nation represent that they in behalf of the 
nation gave a bond to James Colbert for a debt due to him, of 
eighteen hundred and eleven dollars ninety-three and three-fourths 
cents principal, that James Colbert transferred said note to Robert 
Gordon, and that said note and the interest thereon is yet due and 
unpaid, and the said Robert Gordon has proposed to take a section 



524 



CHICKASAWS. 



of land for said note and interest up to this date. It is therefore 
agreed by the nation to grant him a section of land, to be taken 
any where in the nation, so as not to interfere with any reserve 
which has been provided as a residence for the Chickasaws, which 
shall be in full for said note and interest. 

The treaty to which this is a supplement provides that there 
shall be offices kept somewhere central in the nation, at such place 
as the President shall determine, for transacting the business of the 
nation in selling their lands, &c. It is now agreed to by the 
nation, that the President may select a section of land, or four 
quarter sections adjoining, at such place as he may determine 
agreeably to that provision of the treaty, to establish the said 
offices on, and for all the necessary uses thereto attached, and he 
is permitted to improve the said tract of land in any manner what- 
soever, but when it shall cease to be used for the purposes for 
which it is set apart — for offices, &c. — then the same shall be sold 
under the direction of the President, and the proceeds thereof shall 
be paid to the Chickasaw nation, after deducting therefrom the 
value of all the improvements on the land, which value shall be 
assessed by the President, and in no case shall it exceed one-half 
the sale of the land. 

The Chickasaw nation request the government to grant them a 
cross mail route through the nation as follows, one to pass from 
Tuscumbia in Alabama, by the agency, and by the place to be 
selected for the offices to be kept, and to P^ankin in Mississippi, on 
horse back, once a week each day. The other to run from Mem- 
phis in Tennessee, by the offices and to the Cotton Gin in 
Mississippi — to pass once a week each way. They conceive these 
mails would be useful to the nation, and indispensable to the car- 
rying on the business of the nation when the offices are established, 
but they would respectfully solicit the mails to be started as soon 
as possible, to open the avenues of information into their country. 

John Donley has long been known in this nation as a mail car- 
rier, he rode on the mails through our nation when a boy, and for 
many years after he was grown ; we think he understands that busi- 
ness as well if not better than any other man — and we should prefer 
him to carry our mails to any other person — and if he is given the 
contract the nation will set apart a section of land for his use while 
we remain here in this country, which section he may select with 
the advice of the chiefs any where that suits him best, so as not to 
interfere with any of the reserves, and he may use it in any manner 
to live on, or make such improvements as may be necessary for 
keeping his horses, or to raise forage for them. But when the 
nation shall move away and leave this country this tract of land 
must be sold for the benefit of the nation, in the same manner that 
the reserve tracts are sold, &c, and he is not to claim of the nation 
any pay for improving said tract of land. 

[The lease which was given to William B. Lewis, under the 



CHICKASAWS. 



525 



provisions of the treaty of the 19th October, 1818, was altered and 
renewed in a treaty which was signed at Franklin, in Tennessee, 
in August, 1830 — at which time Robert P. Currin, of Franklin, 
had become a partner with William B. Lewis. In said treaty at 
Franklin the said Lewis and Currin (having failed to obtain salt) 
agreed to pay the nation a sum of money as therein expressed, for 
the use of the land during the term of the lease, and also a small 
quantity of salt, as is also expressed — a part of the money was 
then paid to the nation in hand, with their obligation to pay the 
whole balance by instalments. But Mr. Currin, who seems now 
to be the sole owner of that contract, says he cannot pay us, 
because the government refuses to admit his title under the lease. 
Thus the nation is kept out of the money for the lease. Mr. Currin 
has addressed a line to Levi Colbert and James Brown, the agents 
for the Chickasaws in that business, and also one to Gen. Coffee, 
the United States commissioner, asking them to place his claim 
in a situation that he may have the use of the land, or that the 
government take the land and pay him for it at the government 
minimum price. The Chickasaw nation feel desirous to have the 
matter settled amicably, and they have no wish to violate their last 
contract — but as Robert P. Currin represents to the nation, that 
he is willing and desirous to settle it by the nation ceding the land 
to the government of the United States, upon the condition that 
they pay him for the land at the rate of one dollar and twenty-five 
cents an acre, to be paid in one year after the ratification of this 
treaty — We, the Chickasaw nation, do hereby cede the said re- 
serve tract of four miles square to the United States on the follow- 
ing terms and conditions — they shall pay for the land one dollar 
and twenty-five cents an acre, three-fourths of the amount to be 
paid to Robert P. Currin, which shall be in full for all his right 
and claim to said lands — and one-fourth to the Chickasaw nation, 
for their interest in changing the lease to a final sale forever. If 
this agreement is not approved of by Mr. Currin and ratified by 
the President and Senate, its rejection shall not affect the balance 
of this treaty.] 

, In witness of all and every thing herein determined between the 
United States and the whole Chickasaw nation, in general 
council assembled, the parties have hereunto set their hands 
and seals at the council house, on Pontitock creek, in the 
Chickasaw nation, on this twenty-second day of October one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. 



Jno. Coffee, l. s. 

Ish-te-ho-to-pa, his x mark, l. s. 

Tish-o-min-go, his x mark, l. s. 

Levi Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

George Colbert, his x mark, l. s. 

William McGilvery, his x mark, l. s. 



526 



CHICKASAWS. 



Samuel Sely, his x mark, l. s. 

To-pul-kah, his x mark, l. s. 

Isaac Albertson, his x mark, l. s. 

Im-mubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Pis-ta-la-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Xsh-tim-o-lut-ka, his x mark, l. s. 

James Brown, his x mark, l. s. 

Im-ma-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-ta-ha-cha, his x mark, l. s. 

Lah-fin-hubbe, his x mark, L. s. 

Shop-pow-we, his x mark, l. s. 

Nin-uck-ah-umba, his x mark, l. s. 

Im-mah-hoo-lo-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Il-lup-pah-umba, his x mark, l. s. 

Pitman Colbert, l. s. 

Con-nush-koish-kah, his x mark, l. s. 

James Wolf, l. s. 

Bah-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

E-bah-kah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Thompson, his x mark, l. s. 

New-berry, his x mark, l. s. 

Bah-me-hah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

John Lewis, his x mark, l. s. 

I-yah-hou-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Tok-holth-la-chah, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-nah-nubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Im-me-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

In-kah-yea, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Im-mah-ho-bah, his x mark, l. s. 

Fit-chah-ple, his x mark, l. s, 

Unte-mi-ah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-hin-lubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

John Glover, his x mark, l. s. 

Bah-me-hubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-to-ko-wah, his x mark, l. s. 

Hush-tah-tah-hubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Un-ti-ha-kah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Yum-me-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Oh-ha-cubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-fah-mah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-take-in-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-ha-cubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Kin-hoi-cha, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-te-ah-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Chick-ah-shah-nan-ubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Chee-wut-ta-ha, his x mark, l. s. 

Fo-lut-ta-chah, his x mark, l. s. 



POTAWATAMIES. 



527 



Mo-wo-ko, his x mark, l. s. 

Win-in-a-pa, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-shah-cubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-ta-ki-yu-ka-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-ta-ko-shubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Tom-ah-chich-ah, his x mark, l. s. 

Ehi-o-che-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Nuck-sho-pubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Fah-lah-mo-tubbe, his x mark, l. s. 

Co-chub-be, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Sely, his x mark, l. s. 

Oke-lah-sha-pi-a, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed and sealed in presence of 

Ben. Reynolds, Indian Agent, D. S. Parrish, 

John L. Allen, Sub-agent, S. Daggett, of Mississippi, 

Nath. Anderson, Sec. to Corner. Wm. A. Clurm, do. 

Benjamin Love, U. S. Interp. G. W. Long, 

Robt. Gordon, of Mississippi, W. D. King, 

George Wightman, John H. McKennie. 

John Donley, 

Ratified, with the exception of that portion of the supplementary 
and explanatory articles commencing with the words " the lease 
which was given," and ending with the words " its rejection shall 
not affect the balance of this treaty." And provided, that the 
sixth article be amended by inserting after " President," where 
that word occurs the first and third times, the words " by and with 
the advice and consent of the Senate." 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 20, 1832 — RATIFIED JANUARY 21, 1833. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Camp Tippecanoe, in 
the State of Indiana, this twentieth day of October, in the year 
of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, between 
Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and Marks Crume, commis- 
sioners on the part of the United States of the one part, and the 
chiefs and head men of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians of the 
Prairie and Kankakee, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The said Potawatamie tribe of Indians cede to the 
United States the tract of land included within the following 
boundary, viz : 

Beginning at a point on lake Michigan, ten miles southward of 
the mouth of Chicago river ; thence in a direct line, to a point on 
the Kankakee river, ten miles above its mouth ; thence with said 
river and the Illinois river, to the mouth of Fox river, being the 



528 



POTAWATAMIES. 



boundary of a cession made by them in 1816 ; thence with the 
southern boundary of the Indian territory, to the State line between 
Illinois and Indiana ; thence north with said line, to lake Michi- 
gan ; thence with the shore of lake Michigan, to the place of 
beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid the following tracts shall be 
reserved, to wit : 

Five sections for Shaw-waw-nas-see, to include Little Rock 
village. 

For Min-e-maung, one section, to include his village. 

For Joseph Laughton, son of Wais-ke-shaw, one section, and 
for Ce-na-ge-wine, one section, both to be located at Twelve Mile 
grove, or Na-be-na-qui-nong. 

For Claude Laframbroise, one section, on Thorn creek. 

For Maw-te-no, daughter of Francois Burbonnois, jun., one 
section, at Soldiers' village. 

For Catish, wife of Francis Burbonnois, sen., one section, at 
Soldiers' village. 

For the children of Wais-ke-shaw, two sections, to include the 
small grove of timber on the river above Rock village. 

For Jean B. Chevallier, one section, near Rock village ; and for 
his two sisters, Angelique and Josette, one half section each, 
joining his. 

For Me-she-ke-ten-o, two sections, to include his village. 

For Francis Le Via, one section, joining Me-she-ke-ten-o. 

For the five daughters of Mo-nee, by her last husband, Joseph 
Bailey, two sections. 

For Me-saw-ke-qua and her children, two sections, at Wais- 
us-kuck's village. 

For Sho-bon-ier, two sections, at his village. 

For Josette Beaubier and her children, two sections, to be lo- 
cated on Hickory creek. 

For Therese, wife of Joseph Laframbroise, one section ; and 
for Archange Pettier, one section, both at Skunk grove. 

For Mau-i-to-qua and son, one half section each ; for the chil- 
dren of Joseph Laframbroise, one section, at Skunk grove. 

For Washington Burbonnois, one section, joining his mother's 
reservation (Calish Burbonnois.) 

For Ah-be-te-kezhick, one section, below the State line on the 
Kaukakee river. 

For Nancy, Sally, and Betsy Countreman, children of En-do- 
ga, one section, joining the reserves near Rock village. 

For Jacque Jonveau, one section, near the reservation of Me- 
she-ke-ten-o. 

For Wah-pon-seh and Qua-qui-to, five sections each, in the 
Prairie near Rock village. 

The persons to whom the foregoing reservations are made, are 
all Indians and of Indian descent. 



POTAWATAMIES. 



529 



Art. 3. In consideration of the cession in the first article, the 
United States agree to pay to the aforesaid Potawatamie Indians 
an annuity of fifteen thousand dollars for the term of twenty years. 
Six hundred dollars shall be paid annually to Billy Caldwell, two 
hundred dollars to Alexander Robinson, and two hundred dollars 
to Pierre Le Clerc, during their natural lives. 

Art. 4. The sum of twenty-eight thousand seven hundred and 
forty-six dollars shall be applied to the payment of certain claims 
against the Indians, agreeably to a schedule of the said claims 
hereunto annexed. 

The United States further agree, to deliver to the said Indians 
forty-five thousand dollars in merchandise immediately after sign- 
ing this treaty ; and also the further sum of thirty thousand dollars 
m merchandise is hereby stipulated to be paid to them at Chicago 
in the year 1833. 

There shall be paid by the United States the sum of one thou- 
sand four hundred dollars to the following named Indians, for 
horses stolen from them during the late war, as follows, to wit : 



To Pe-quou-no, for two horses, eighty dollars, $ 80 

To Pa-ca-cha-be, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 
To Shaw-wa-nas-see, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Francis Sho-bon-nier, for three ditto, one hundred and 

twenty dollars, 120 
To Sho-bon-ier, or Cheval-ier, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Naw-o-kee, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Me-she-ke-ten-o, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Aun-take, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 
To Che-chalk-ose, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Naa-a-gue, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 
To Pe-she-ka-of-le-beouf, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Naw-ca-a-sho, for four ditto, one hundred and sixty 

dollars, 160 
To Nox-sey, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Ma-che-we-tah, for three ditto, one hundred and twenty 

dollars, 120 
To Masco, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Wah-pou-seh, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Waub-e-sai, for three ditto, one hundred and twenty 

dollars, 120 
To Chi-cag, for one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Mo-swah-en-wah, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To She-bon-e-go, one ditto, forty dollars, 40 
To Saw-saw-wais-kuk, for two ditto, eighty dollars, 80 



The said tribe having been the faithful allies of the United 
States during the late contest with the Sacs and Foxes, in con- 
sideration thereof, the United States agree to permit them to hunt 
and fish on the lands ceded, as also on the lands of the Govern- 

48 



530 



POTA WATAMIE S « 



ment on Wabash and Saugamore rivers, so long as the same shall 

remain the property of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners, and the chiefs, head 
men, and warriors of the said tribe, have hereunto set their 
hands, at the place and on the day aforesaid. 



Jonathan Jennings, 
John W. Davis, 
Marks Crume, 

Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, 
Shaw-wa-nas-see, his x mark, 
Wah-pon-seh, his x mark, 
Caw-we-saut, his x mark, 
Shab-e-neai, his x mark, 
Pat-e-go-shuc, his x mark, 
Aun-take, his x mark, 
Me-she-ke-ten-o, his x mark, 
Shay-tee, his x mark, 
Ce-na-je-wine, his x mark, 
Ne-swa-bay-o-sity, his x mark, 
Ke-wah-ca-to, his x mark, 
Wai-saw-o-ke-ah, his x mark, 
Chi-cag, his x mark, 
Te-ca-cau-co, his x mark, 
Chah-wee, his x mark, 
Mas-co, his x mark, 
Sho-min, his x mark, 
Car-bon-ca, his x mark, 
O-gouse, his x mark, 
Ash-ke-wee, his x mark, 
Ka-qui-tah, his x mark, 
She-mar- gar, his x mark, 
Nar-ga-to-nuc, his x mark, 
Puc-won, his x mark, 
Ne-be-gous, his x mark, 
E-to-wan-a-cote, his x mark, 
Quis-e-wen, his x mark, 
Wi-saw, his x mark, 
Pierish, his x mark, 



Cho- van-in, his x mark, 
Wash-is-kuck, his x mark, 
Ma-sha-wah, his x mark, 
Capt. Heeld, his x mark, 
Man-itoo, his x mark, 
Ke-me-gu-bee, his x mark, 
Pe-shuc-kee, his x mark, 
No-nee, his x mark, 
No-che-ke-se-qua-bee, his x 
mark, 

She-bon-e- go, his x mark, 
Mix-e-maung, his x mark, 
Mah-che-wish-a-wa, his x mark? 
Mac-a-ta-be-na, his x mark, 
Ma-che-we-tah, his x mark, 
Me-gis, his x mark, 
Mo-swa-en-wah, his x mark y 
Ka-che-na-bee, his x mark, 
Wah-be-no-say, his x mark y 
Mash-ca-shuc, his x mark, 
A-bee-shah, his x mark, 
Me-chi-ke-kar-ba, his x mark, 
Nor-or-ka-kee, his x mark, 
Pe-na-o-cart, his x mark, 
Quar-cha-mar, his x mark, 
Francois Cho-van-ier, his x 
mark, 

Ge-toc-quar, his x mark, 
Me-gwun, his x mark, 
Ma-sha-ware, his x mark, 
Che-co, his x mark, 
So-wat-so, his x mark, 
Wah-be-inin, his x mark. 



Signed in the presence of 

William Conner, Int. 
Thomas Hartzell, 
Meadore B. Beaubien, 
James Conner, 
Henry B. Hoffman. 



John Tipton, 

Th. Jo. Owen, V. S. Indian 

Agent, 
J. B. Beaubien, 
B. H. Laughton, Interpreter, 
G. S. Hubbard, Int. 

After the signing of this treaty, and at the request of the In- 
dians, three thousand dollars was applied to the purchasing of 



PGTAWATAMIES. 



531 



horses ; which were purchased and delivered to the Indians by 
our direction, leaving the balance to be paid in merchandise at 
this time, forty-two thousand dollars. 

Jonathan Jennings, } 
J. W. Davis, > Commissioners. 

Marks Crume, } 
It is agreed on the part of the United States, that the following 
claims shall be allowed, agreeably to the fourth article of the fore- 
going treaty, vdz : 

To Gurdon S. Hubbard, five thousand five hundred and seventy- 
three dollars. 

Samuel Miller, seven hundred and ninety dollars. 

John Bt. Bobea, three thousand dollars, 

Robert A. Kinzie, four hundred dollars. 

Jacque Jombeaux, one hundred and fifty dollars. 

Jacque Jombeaux, senior, fifteen hundred dollars. 

Medad B. Bobeaux, five hundred and fifty dollars. 

Noel Vasier, eighteen hundred dollars. 

Joseph Balies, twelve hundred and fifty dollars. 

Joseph Shawnier, one hundred and fifty dollars. 

Thomas Hartzell, three thousand dollars. 

Barnardus H. Lawton, three thousand five hundred dollars. 

George Walker, seven hundred dollars. 

Stephen J. Scott, one hundred dollars. 

Cole Weeks, thirty-eight dollars. 

Timothy B. Clark, one hundred dollars. 

George Pettijohn, fifty dollars. 

Thomas Forsyth, five hundred dollars. 

Antoine Le Clerc, fifty- five dollars. 

James B. Campbell, fifty- three dollars. 

John W. Blackstone, sixty dollars. 

Alexander Robinson, ninety-one dollars. 

Francis Bulbona, jr., one thousand dollars. 

John Bt. Chevalier, six hundred and sixty dollars. 

Joseph La Frombois, four hundred and forty-one dollars. 

Leon Bourasau, eight hundred dollars. 

Peter Menard, jr., thirty-seven dollars. 

Joseph Shoemaker, eighteen dollars. 

Tunis S. Wendell, one thousand dollars. 

F. H. Countraman, forty dollars. 

Samuel Morris, one hundred and forty dollars. 

William Conner, two thousand dollars. 

John B. Bourie, twelve hundred dollars. 

Jonathan Jennings, } 

J. W. Davis, > Commissioners. 

Marks Crume, ) 



532 



KICKAPOOS, 



KICKAPOOS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 24, 1832 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 13, 1S33. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the. 
county of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, this twenty -fourth 
day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, be- 
liveen William Clark, Frank J. Allen, and JV'athan Kouns, com- 
missioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, and 
the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Kickapoo tribe of In- 
dians, on behalf of said tribe, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The Kickapoo tribe of Indians, in consideration of the 
stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede to the United States 
the lands assigned to them by the treaty of Edwardsville, and 
concluded at St. Louis, the nineteenth day of July, eighteen hun- 
dred and twenty-two, and all other claims to lands within the 
State of Missouri. 

Art. 2. The United States will provide for the Kickapoo tribe 
a country to reside in, southwest of the Missouri river, as their 
permanent place of residence as long as they remain a tribe. And 
whereas, the said Kickapoo tribe are willing to remove on the 
following conditions, from the country ceded on Osage river, in 
the State of Missouri, to the country selected on the Missouri 
river, north of lands which have been assigned the Delawares ; it 
is hereby agreed, that the country within the following boundaries 
shall be assigned, conveyed, and forever secured, and is hereby so 
assigned, conveyed, and secured by the United States to the said 
Kickapoo tribe, as their permanent residence, viz : Beginning on 
the Delaware line, six miles westwardly of fort Leavenworth, 
thence with the Delaware line westwardly sixty miles, thence 
north twenty miles, thence in a direct line to the west bank of the 
Missouri, at a point twenty-six miles north of fort Leavenworth, 
thence down the west bank of the Missouri river, to a point six 
miles nearly northwest of fort Leavenworth^ and thence to the 
beginning. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession contained in the first 
article, the United States agree to pay to the Kickapoo tribe, within 
one year after the ratification of this treaty, an annuity for one year 
of eighteen thousand dollars ; twelve thousand dollars of which, at 
the urgent request of said Indians, shall be placed in the hands of 
the superintendent of Indian affairs at St. Louis, and be by him 
applied to the payment of the debts of the said tribe, agreeably to 
a schedule to be furnished by them to the said superintendent, 
stating, as far as practicable, for what contracted, and to whom 
due ; and the said superintendent shall, as soon as possible, after 
the said money comes into his hands, pay it over in a just appor- 



KICKAPOOS. 



533 



tionment, agreeably to their respective claims, to the creditors of 
the said tribe, as specified in the schedule furnished him. And 
should any balance remain in his hands after said apportionment 
and payment, it shall be by him paid over to the said Kickapoo 
tribe, for their use and benefit. 

Art. 4. The United States further agree to pay to the Kickapoo 
tribe, an annuity of five thousand dollars per annum, in merchan- 
dise, at its cost at St. Louis, or in money, at their option, for nine- 
teen successive years, commencing with the second year after the 
ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States will pay one thousand dollars an- 
nually for five successive years, for the support of a blacksmith 
and strikers, purchase of iron, steel, tools, &c, for the benefit of 
said tribe, on the lands hereby assigned them. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to pay thirty-seven hundred 
dollars for the erection of a mill and a church for the use of said 
tribe, on the aforesaid lands. 

Art. 7. The United States will pay five hundred dollars per 
annum, for ten successive years, for the support of a school, pur- 
chase of books, &c, for the benefit of said Kickapoo tribe, on the 
lands herein ceded to them. 

Art. 8. The United States agree to pay three thousand dollars 
for farming utensils, when such utensils may be required by said 
tribe, on their land. 

Art. 9. The United States will pay four thousand dollars for 
labor and improvements on the lands herein ceded said Kickapoos. 

Art. 10. The United States agree to pay four thousand dollars 
in cattle, hogs, and such other stock as may be required by the said 
tribe ; to be also delivered on their land. 

Art. 11. There shall be paid in merchandise and cash, to the 
Kickapoos now present, for the use and benefit of their tribe, six 
thousand dollars, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged ; 
which amount, together with the several stipulations contained in 
the preceding articles, shall be considered as a full compensation 
for the cession herein made by said Kickapoo tribe. The United 
States will furnish said Indians with some assistance when remov- 
ing to the lands hereby assigned them, and supply them with one 
year's provisions after their arrival on said lands. 

Art. 12. The United States agree to run and mark out the 
boundary lines of the lands hereby ceded to the said tribe, within 
three years from the date of the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 13. The said Indians agree to remove with as little delay 
as possible, to the land hereby ceded to them. 

Art. 14. The United States agree, at the particular request of 
the Kickapoos, that a deputation of their tribe shall be sent, with 
one or two of the commissioners, to view the lands hereby ceded 
to them, which deputation and commissioners jointly agreeing, 
shall have power to alter the boundary lines so as to make a se- 



534 



KIGKAPOOS^ 



lection of a body of land not exceeding twelve hundred square- 
miles, adjoining to, and lying between the Big Nemaha river and 
the Delaware lands, and of changing the lines of the land hereby 
ceded in the second article of this treaty, not exceeding half the 
front on the Missouri between the mouth of Big Nemaha and fort 
Leavenworth, so as to include a suitable site for a mill seat, should 
it be desired by said tribe and appear necessary to the commis- 
sioners. And it is understood, that if the commissioners, on 
viewing the land ceded in the second article of this treaty, shall 
find it of good quality, and sufficient for said tribe, then the afore- 
said second article to be as binding on the contracting parties, as 
if this article had not been inserted. 

Art. 15. This treaty to be binding when ratified by the Presi- 
dent and Senate of the United States., 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the un- 
dersigned chiefs, warriors and counsellors aforesaid, have 
hereunto subscribed their hands and affixed their seals, this 
twenty -fourth day of October, in the year of our Lord eighteen 
hundred and thirty-two, and of the independence of the United 
States, the fifty- seventh. 

Wm. Clark, f.. s~ 

Frank J. Allen, l. s. 

Nathan Kouns, l. s. 

Pa-sha-cha-hah, jumping fish, his x mark,, l. s- 

Ka-ana-kuck, the prophet, his x mark, l. s. 

Pemo-quoi-ga, rolling thunder, his x mark, l. s.. 

Pa-ana-wah-ha, elk shedding his hair, his x mark r l. s. 

Kick-a-poo-hor, Kickapoo, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-she-nah, elk, his x mark, e. s- 

Ma-cuta-we-she-kah, Hack fisher, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-eo-haw, grey fox, his x mark, l. s, 

Pah-ta-kah-quoi, striking woman, his x mark, l. s. 

Kitch-e-mah-quoi, big bear, his x mark, l. s^ 

Ata-noi-tucka, gobling turkey, his x mark, l. s. 

Kish-coe, guardian to Indians, his x mark, l, s„. 

Ka-te-wah, bald eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-poi-teck, son of prophet, his x mark,. l. 

Na-na-co-wah, the bear,, his x mark, l. s~ 

Pe-sha-ka-nah, the bear, his x mark, l. s.. 
Ah-nuck-quet-ta, the cloud, or black thunder, his x mark, l. s«. 

Note-ta-noi, wind, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-cutta-mah-qui, black loon, his x mark. l. s. 

Signed in presence of 

James Kemmly, Secretary 7 A. Shane, XI. S. Interpreter, 

Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. William Marshall, 

6th Infantry, Jacques Mette, U. S. Interp. 

Geo. Maguire, Indian Dept* Pierre Cadue, Intp. his x mark.. 



POTTAWATIMIES. 



535 



Supplemental article to the treaty with the Kickapoo tribe of In- 
dians, of the twenty-fourth October, one thousand eight hundred 
and thirty -two. 

The undersigned, commissioners on the part of the United 
States, and a deputation of Kickapoos, on the part of the Kicka- 
poo tribe of Indians, having visited the lands assigned to the said 
tribe by the second article of a treaty with the said tribe, con- 
cluded at Castor Hill, in the county of Saint Louis and State of 
Missouri, on the twenty-fourth day of October, one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty- two, and by authority of the powers vested in 
the said commissioners, and the said deputation, by the fourteenth 
article of the aforesaid treaty, have agreed that the boundary lines 
of the lands assigned to the Kickapoos, shall begin on the Dela- 
ware line, where said line crosses the left branch of Salt creek, 
thence down said creek to the Missouri river, thence up the Mis- 
souri river thirty miles when measured on a straight line, thence 
westwardly to a point twenty miles from the Delaware line, so as 
to include in the lands assigned the Kickapoos, at least twelve 
hundred square miles. 

Done at fort Leavenworth, this twenty-sixth day of November, 



one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two. 

Nathan Kouns, l. s. 

Frank J. Allen, l. s. 

Nam-a-co-wa-ha, the bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-sha-ka-nah, the bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-poi-haw, the man asleep, his x mark, l. s. 

Pam-a-saw T , or walker, his x mark, i>. s. 



Signed and sealed in presence of 

James Kemmly, Secretary, Winslow Turner, 

Wm. N. WicklifFe, Cap. 6th Inf. And. L. Hughes, & S. Indian 

J. Freeman, Lt. 6th. Infantry, Agent, 



POTTAWATIMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 26, 1832 — RATIFIED JANUARY 21, 18S3. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded on Tippecanoe river, in 
the State of Indiana, between Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, 
and Marks Grume, commissioners on the part of the United 
States, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Pottawa- 
iimie Indians, this twenty-sixth day of October, in the year 
eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors, aforesaid, agree 
to cede to the United States their title and interest to lands in the 



536 



POTTA WATIMIE S . 



State of Indiana, to wit : beginning at a point on Lake Michigan, 
where the line dividing the States of Indiana and Illinois inter- 
sects the same ; thence with the margin of said lake, to the in- 
tersection of the southern boundary of a cession made by the 
Pottawatimies, at the treaty of the Wabash, of eighteen hundred 
and twenty-six ; thence east, to the northwest corner of the ces- 
sion made by the treaty of St. Joseph's, in eighteen hundred and 
twenty-eight ; thence south ten miles ; thence with the Indian 
boundary line to the Michigan road ; thence south with said road 
to the northern boundary line, as designated in the treaty of 
eighteen hundred and twenty-six, with the Pottawatimies ; thence 
west with the Indian boundary line to the river Tippecanoe; 
thence with the Indian boundary line, as established by the treaty 
of eighteen hundred and eighteen, at St. Mary's, to the line divid- 
ing the States of Indiana and Illinois ; and thence north, with 
the line dividing the said States, to the place of beginning. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations 
are made, to wit : 

For the band of Aub-be-naub-bee, thirty-six sections, to in- 
clude his village. 

For the bands of Men-o-mi-nee, No-taw-kah, Muck-kah-tah- 
mo-way, and Pee-pin-oh-waw, twenty-two sections. 

For the bands of O-kaw-wause, Kee-waw-nay, and Nee-bosh, 
eight sections. 

For J. B. Shadernah, one section of land in the Door Prairie, 
where he now lives. 

For the band of Com-o-za, two sections. 

For the band of Mah-che-saw, two sections. 

For the band of Mau-ke-kose, six sections. 

For the bands of Nees-waugh-gee, and Quash-qua, three sec- 
tions. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States agree to pay to the Pottawatimie Indians, an annuity for 
the term of twenty years, of twenty thousand dollars ; and will 
deliver to them goods to the value of one hundred thousand dol- 
lars, so soon after the signing of this treaty as they can be pro- 
cured ; and a further sum of thirty thousand dollars, in goods, 
shall be paid to them in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- 
three, by the Indian agent at Eel river. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to pay the debts due by the 
Pottawatimies, agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed; amount- 
ing to sixty-two thousand four hundred and twelve dollars. 

Art. 5. The United States agree to provide for the Pottawati- 
mies, if they shall at any time hereafter wish to change their 
residence, an amount, either in goods, farming utensils, and such 
other articles as shall be required and necessary, in good faith, 
and to an extent equal to what has been furnished any other In- 



POTTA WATIMIE S . 



537 



dian tribe or tribes emigrating, and in just proportion to their 
numbers. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to erect a saw mill on their 
lands, under the direction of the President of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, John W. 
Davis, and Marks Crume, commissioners as aforesaid, and 
the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Pottawatimies, have 
hereunto set their hands at Tippecanoe river, on the twenty- 
sixth day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and 
thirty- two. 

Jonathan Jennings, 
John W. Davis, 
Marks Crume. 

Witness: Geo. B. Walker. 

Mo-tie-ah, his x mark, 
Muck-ka-tah-mo-way, his x 
mark, 

Mah-quaw-shee. his x mark, 
O-sheh-weh, his x mark, 



Louison, his x mark, 
Che-chaw-cose, his x mark, 
Banack, his x mark, 
Man-o-quett, his x mark, 
Kin-kosh, his x mark, 
Pee-shee-waw-no, his x mark, 
Min-o-min-ee, his x mark, 
Mis-sah-kaw-way, his x mark, 
Kee-waw-nay, his x mark, 
Sen-bo -go, his x mark, 
Che-quaw-ma-caw-co, his x 
mark, 

Muak-kose, his x mark, 
Ah-you-way, his x mark, 
Po-kah-kause, his x mark, 
So-po-tie, his x mark, 
Che-man, his x mark, 
No-taw-kah, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-kee, his x mark, 
Pec-pin-a-waw, his x mark, 
Ma-che-saw, his x mark, 
O-kitch-chee, his x mark, 
Pee-pish-kah, his x mark, 
Com-mo-yo, his x mark, 
Chick-kose, his x mark, 
Mis-qua-buck, his x mark, 

witnesses : 

William Marshall, Ind. Agent, J. B. Bourie, Interpreter, 
Henry Hoover, Secretary, 
H. Lasselle, Interpreter, 
E. V. Cicott, Sint. Interpreter, 

After the signing this treaty, and at the request of the Indians, 
five thousand one hundred and thirty-five dollars were applied to 



Mah-zick, his x mark, 
Queh-kah-pah, his x mark, 
Quash-quaw, his x mark, 
Louisor Perish, his x mark, 
Pam-bo-go, his x mark, 
Bee-yaw-yo, his x mark, 
Pah-ciss, his x mark, 
Mauck-co-paw-waw, his x 
mark, 

Mis-sah-qua, his x mark, 
Kawk, his x mark, 
Miee-kiss, his x mark, 
Shaw-bo, his x mark, 
Aub-be-naub-bee, his x mark, 
Mau-maut-wah, his x mark, 
O-ka-mause, his x mark, 
Pash-ee-po, his x mark, 
We-wiss-lah, his x mark, 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 
Waw-zee-o-nes, his x mark. 



J. B. Jutra, Sint. Interpreter, 
Edward McCartney, Interpreter, 
Luther Rice, Interpreter. 



538 



POTTAWATIMIES. 



the purchase of horses, which were purchased and delivered to 
them, under our direction, leaving ninety-four thousand eight hun- 
dred and sixty-five dollars to be paid in merchandise. 

Jonathan Jennings, 
John W. Davis, 
Marks Crume. 

It is agreed, that the United States will satisfy the claims men- 
tioned in the following schedule, as provided for in the fourth 
article of the foregoing treaty, viz : 

To Andrew Waymire, forty dollars. 

Zachariah Cicott, nine hundred and fifty dollars. 

H. Lasselle, senior, four thousand dollars. 

Silas Atchinson, two hundred and twenty dollars. 

Alexander McAllister, two hundred and twenty dollars. 

Walker and Davis, fifteen hundred dollars. 

Walker, Carter, & Co., five thousand six hundred dollars, 

Edward McCartney, one thousand dollars. 

F. R. Kintner, six hundred and twenty dollars. 
Joseph Trucky, one hundred dollars. 

J. Vigus & C. Taber, eight hundred and fifty dollars. 
James Burnit, six hundred dollars. 

Samuel Hanna, executor of Abraham Burnet, three hundred 

and fifty dollars. 
James Hickman, sixty dollars. 
William Scott, two hundred and fifty dollars. 
M. Harse, seventy dollars. 

Emmerson and Huntington, assignees of Willis Fellows, 

four thousand five hundred dollars. 
W. G. and G. W. Ewing, one thousand dollars. 
Peter Barron, seventeen hundred and sixty-six dollars. 
Hamilton & Taber, seven hundred and thirty-seven dollars. 
Skelton & Scott, six hundred and fifty dollars. 
Cyrus Taber, three hundred and fifty dollars. 

G. S. Hubbard, one thousand dollars. 
Moses Rice, one hundred dollars. 

John E. Hunt, three thousand two hundred and sixteen 
dollars. 

John Baldwin, one thousand dollars. 

Louis Drouillard, sixty-eight dollars. 

George Crawford, eighty dollars. 

Thomas Hall, forty dollars. 

John B. Duret, four hundred dollars. 

Anthony Gambin, three hundred dollars. 

Joseph Barron, seven hundred and ninety-six dollars. 

James H. Kintner, three hundred and fifty-seven dollars. 

John B. Bourie, five hundred dollars. 

Henry Ossum, nine hundred dollars. 



SHAWANOES AND DELAWARE S. 



539 



To Samuel Hanna, fifteen hundred dollars. 

Barnet & Hanna, three thousand five hundred dollars. 
Todd & Vigus, six thousand five hundred and thirteen dol- 
lars. 

Allen Hamilton, seven hundred dollars. 
W, G. and G. W. Ewing, three thousand dollars. 
George F. Turner, two hundred dollars. 
Peter Longlois, two thousand five hundred dollars. 
Thomas Robb, eight hundred and forty dollars. 
The estate of George Cicott, deceased, fifteen hundred 
dollars. 

George C. Spencer, one hundred and fifty-seven dollars. 
John T. Douglass, one hundred dollars. 
W. G. and G. W. Ewing, seven hundred and sixteen 
dollars. 

H. B. McKeen, six hundred dollars. 
Joseph Bertrand, senior, fifteen hundred dollars. 
George C. Spencer, three hundred dollars. 
Jesse Buzann, three hundred and sixteen dollars. 
Joseph Douglass, four hundred and fifty dollars. 
John Smith, four hundred and eighty dollars. 
Moses Barnett, eight hundred and forty-five dollars. 
Harrison Barnett, two hundred and sixty-seven dollars. 
Lot Bozarth, ninety dollars. 

Silas Atchison, two hundred and forty-four dollars. 
Harrison Barnett & Co., one hundred and seventy-eight 
dollars. 

James Elliott, one hundred and nineteen dollars. 
Alexander Smith, one hundred dollars. 
Walker, Carter, & Co., four hundred and four dollars. 
John Forsyth, amr. &c. of Thomas Forsyth, four hundred 

and seventy-three dollars. 
John Forsyth, six hundred dollars. 



SHAWANOES AND DELAWARES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 26, 1832 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833. J 

Articles of a treaty, made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the 
county of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, this twenty-sixth 
day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, 
between William Clark, Frank J. Allen, and JVathan Kouns, 
commissioners on the part of the United States, of the one part, 
and the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Shawanoes and 
Delawares, late of Cape Girardeau, in behalf of their respec- 
tive bands, of the other part. 

Whereas, parts of the Shawanoe and Delaware nation of In- 
dians did settle on lands near the town of Cape Girardeau, under 



540 



SHAWANOES AND DELAWARE S. 



a permission from the Spanish Government, given to said Shawa- 
noes and Delawares by the Baron de Carondelet, dated the fourth 
day of January one thousand seven hundred and ninety-three, on 
which lands the Delawares resided until the year one thousand eight 
hundred and fifteen, at which period, from various causes, it became 
necessary for them to remove, leaving their fields and improve- 
ments : And whereas, lands have been assigned to the said tribes 
by treaties, viz : with the Shawanoes of the seventh November 
one thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, and with the Dela- 
wares of the twenty-fourth September one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty-nine, in which last named treaty no compensation was 
made to the Delawares late of Cape Girardeau, for their improve- 
ments or for their loss of stock, &c, and it being the desire of the 
United States to indemnify the said Delawares for all losses and 
injuries by them sustained in consequence of such removal, the fol- 
lowing articles have been agreed upon by the contracting parties. 

Art. 1. The Delawares and Shawanoes late of Cape Girardeau, 
hereby cede and relinquish to the United States all their lands 
within the State of Missouri, and also all claims which they may 
have against the United States for loss of property and for im- 
provements which they have made up to the present time. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cession and relin- 
quishment, the United States agree to the following stipulations : 
There shall be paid and delivered to said Delawares as soon as 
possible after the ratification of this treaty, horned cattle, hogs, 
and other stock, to the amount of two thousand dollars. 

For assistance in breaking up ground, and enclosing the same, 
one thousand dollars. 

For pay of a person to attend their mill for five years, and for 
repairs of the same during the said period, two thousand five 
hundred dollars. 

For support of a school for three years, one thousand five hun- 
dred dollars. 

Art. 3. There shall be paid to the said Delawares on their 
lands in merchandise suited to their wants, at the St. Louis cost 
prices, after the ratification of this treaty, the sum of five thou- 
sand dollars. There shall also be paid them the further sum of 
twelve thousand dollars, to be placed, at the request of said In- 
dians, in the hands of the superintendent of Indian affairs at St. 
Louis, to be by him applied to the payment of debts which the 
said Delawares have acknowledged to be due by their nation, 
agreeably to a schedule presented in council, and which sum 
they wish paid to Menard & Valle of St. Genevieve, for the 
benefit of William Gillis and William Marshall. The sum of 
one thousand dollars is also paid them in merchandise and cash, 
the receipt of which latter sum (of one thousand dollars) is hereby 
acknowledged. 

Art. 4. To enable the Shawanoes who are parties to this 



SHAWANOES AND DELAWARE S« 



541 



treaty, to remove immediately all the bands of their tribe who are 
settled in the territory of Arkansas, to the lands assigned their 
nation on the Kansas river, the United States will pay them on 
the signing of this treaty, eight hundred dollars in cash, and four 
hundred dollars in clothing and horses, the receipt of which sums, 
amounting to twelve hundred dollars, is hereby acknowledged. 
And when they shall have removed to their lands, the further sum 
of five hundred dollars shall be paid them towards the expenses 
of said removal. The United States will moreover furnish the said 
Shawanoes with provisions on their land for one year after their 
removal, which, together with the preceding stipulations, will be 
considered in full of all their claims and demands against the 
United States, of whatever nature. 

Art. 5. This treaty to be obligatory on the contracting parties 
when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs, warriors, and counsellors aforesaid have 
hereunto subscribed their names and affixed their seals, at 
Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis aforesaid, the date 
first above written. 



William Clark, l. s. 

Frank J. Allen, l. s. 

Nathan Kouns, l. s. 

Meh-shay-quo-wha, his x mark? l. s. 

Nah-ko-min, his x mark, l. s. 

Ta-whe-la-len, his x mark, l. s. 

Capt. Ketchum, his x mark, l. s. 

Nonon-da-qomon, his x mark, l. s. 



SHAWANOES. 

Wah-wai-lainue, his x mark, l. s» 

La-lah-ow-che-ka, his x mark, l. s. 

Ki-ah-quah, his x mark, l. s, 

Pee-tah-lah-wah, his x mark, l. s. 

Shot Pouch, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 



J as. Kemmly, Sec^y. 
Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. 

6th Inf. 
Geo. Maguire, Indian Dept. 
Sam. L. McKenny, 
Pierre Menard, 
Alex'r. Charles, 



Pem-saw-taw, Capt. Perry, his 

x mark, 
A. Shane, U. S. Interp. 
Jacques Mette, U. S. Interp V. 
Geo. Catlin, 

Pierre Cadue, his x mark, In- 
ter p\. for Kickapoos and Pot* 
tawatamies* 



542 



POTOWATOMIES. 



Castor Hill, St. Louis county, Mo. ) 

October 31st, 1832. ] 
By an understanding had between the undersigned commis- 
sioners on the part of the United States and certain chiefs of the 
Delaware nation hereinafter named, and which was agreed to after 
the signing of the treaty with said tribe, it was stipulated by the 
said chiefs, and agreed to by the commissioners, that an annuity 
for life to Meshe Kowhay, or Patterson, first chief of the Dela- 
wares, Tah-whee-lalen, or Ketchum, captain of a band ; and 
Natcoming, also captain of a band, should be paid to each of 
them by the United States, of one hundred dollars. 

In testimony w T hereof, we have hereunto set our hands at Castor 
Hill, the date aforesaid. 

William Clark, 
Nathan Kouns, 
Frank J. Allen. 



POTOWATOMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 27, 1832 — RATIFIED JANUARY 21, 1833. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded on the Tippecanoe river, 
in the State of Indiana, on the twenty- seventh day of October, in 
the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and thirty-two, between 
Jonathan Jennings, John W. Davis, and Marks Crume, commis- 
sioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and war- 
riors of the Potowatomies, of the State of Indiana and Michigan 
Territory. 

Art. 1. The chiefs and w T arriors aforesaid cede to the United 
States their title and interest to lands in the States of Indiana and 
Illinois, and in the Territory of Michigan south of Grand river. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid, the following reservations 
are made, to wit : The reservation at Po-ca-gan's village for his 
band, and a reservation for such of the Potowatomies as are resi- 
dent at the village of Notta-we-sipa, agreeably to the treaties of 
the nineteenth of September, eighteen hundred and twenty-seven, 
and twentieth of September, 1828. 

For the band of Kin-Kash, four sections : 

For O-ca-chee, one section : 

For the band Mes-qua-buck, four sections, to include his vil- 
lage : 

For the band of Che-kase, four sections, to include his village: 
For the band of Che-Chaw-kose, ten sections, to include his 
village : 

For the Potowatomies, two sections, to include their mills on 
Tippecanoe river : 



POTOWATOMIES. 



543 



For the band of To-i-sas brother Me-mot-way, and Che-quam- 
na-ko, ten sections, to include their village : 
For the band of Ma-sac, four sections : 

For the band of Ash-kum and Wee-si-o-nas, sixteen sections, 
to include their village : 

For the band of Wee-sau, five sections of land, including one 
section granted to him by the treaty of eighteen hundred and 
twenty-eight, and to include his present residence. 

For the bands of Mo-ta and Men-o-quet, four sections each, to 
include their villages : 

For Be-si-ah, four sections. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to grant to each of the fol- 
lowing persons, the quantity of land annexed to their names, which 
lands shall be conveyed to them by patent : 

For Mon-i-taw-quah, daughter of Swa-gaw, one section, to in- 
clude Wi-me-gos village : 

For Wee-saw, three sections : 

For Po-quia, the sister of Jose, one section : 

For Ben-ack, eight sections : 

For Ursule Du-quin-dre, one section : 

For Ge-neir, one section : 

To To-pen-ne-bee, principal chief, one section : 

To Poch-a-gan, second chief, one section : 

To Pet-chi-co, two sections : 

To Sau-gana, one section : 

To Louis Barnett, one section : 

To Mam-qua, daughter of Sau-ga-na, one section : 

To Mish-a-wa, adopted daughter of Pit-e-chew, one section : 

To Kesis Chadana, one section : 

To Louis Chadana, one half section : 

To Charles Chadana, one half section : 

To John B. Chadana, one section : 

To Pierre Navarre's wife, one section : 

To John B. Ducharm, one section : 

To Mie-saw-bee, one quarter section : 

To Baptiste L. Clare, one half section : 

To Mary Lacomb's children, one half section : 

To Joseph Bertrand's, junior, children, one half section jointly ; 

To Francis Page, junior, one half section : 

To Alexander Rollane, a half blood, one half section : 

To Re-re-mo-sau, alias Panish, one section and one half sec- 
tion, on the McCou, on the river Raisin, in the Michigan Terri- 
tory, which was reserved to his use at St. Joseph's treaty, of eigh- 
teen hundred and twenty-eight: 

To Mary Nedeau, one quarter section : 

To Saw-grets, son of Pier Moran, one half section : 

To Isadore Mo-mence and Wa-be-ga, sons of Pier Morans, one 
quarter section each : 



544 



POTOWATOMIES. 



To Poch-a-gan's wife, one section : 

To Pet-qua and Kee-see, sons of Ma-kee-sa-be, one half sec- 
tion : 

To Pe-nem-chis, one half section : 
To Neu-a-tau-naut, one half section : 
To Francis de Jean, one section : 

To Mary Ann Ben-ack, wife of Edward McCartney, three sec- 
tions of land, to be located on the south side of the Turkey creek 
prairie : 

For Francis Besion, one half section : 

For Miss-no-qui, a chieftess, four sections : 

For Luther Rice, one quarter section : 

For Med-lin Aucharm, one quarter section : 

For Sheaupo Truckey, one section : 

For Ju-be Actrois, one section : 

For Ash-kum, two sections : 

For Pee-pees-kah, one section : 

For Po-ka-kause, one half section : 

For Nas-w T au-kee, one section : 

For Man-me-nass, one half section : 

For Paul Langlois, one half section : 

For Peter Langlois, junior, one half section : 

For Shaw-bo- wah-tuck, one quarter section : 

For Betsey Rousau, one quarter section : 

For John Davis, one half section: 

For Nancy Cicott, one quarter section : 

For Amelia Cicott, one quarter section : 

For Lazette Allen, one quarter section : 

For Polly Griffith, daughter of Ne-bosh, two sections : 

For Chop-y-tuck, or John Payne, one section : 

For Joe Borisau, one quarter section : 

For Quash-mau, one quarter section : 

For Mas-co, one quarter section : 

For Mis-sink-qu-quah, six sections : 

For Aub-e-naub-bee, ten sections : 

For Nee-kaw Dizzardee, one quarter section : 

For Mog-see, one half section : 

To Kaubee, one half section : 

To old Ann Mac-i-to, one half section : 

To old Wee-saw, one half section : 

To Pe-te-no-on, one half section : 

To Tou-se-qua, the wife of Joe Baily, one section : 

To Au-taw-co-num, daughter of the crane, one section \ 

To Sen-niss-quah, and her daughter Nancy, two sections : 

To James Burnett, one section : 

To To-gah, a Potowatomie woman, one quarter section : 
To Mary Ann Bruner, one quarter section. 
The foregoing reservations shall be selected, under the direction 



P0T0WATOMIES. 



545 



of the President of the United States, after the lands shall have 
been surveyed, and the boundaries to correspond with the public 
surveys. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, the United 
States will pay fifteen thousand dollars annually for twelve years ; 
thirty- two thousand dollars, in goods, will be paid as soon after 
the signing of these articles, as they can be procured, and ten 
thousand dollars, in goods, will be paid next spring, at Notta-wa- 
si-pa, and to be paid to that band, and pay their just debts, agree- 
ably to a schedule hereunto annexed, amounting to twenty thou- 
sand seven hundred and twenty-one dollars. 

The section of land granted by the treaty of St. Joseph to To- 
pe-nau-koung, wife of Peter Langlois, shall be purchased by the 
United States, if the same can be done for the sum of eight hun- 
dred dollars. 

The United States agree to appropriate, for the purposes of 
educating Indian youths, the annual sum of two thousand dollars, 
as long as the Congress of the United States may think proper, to 
be expended as the President may direct. 

This treaty shall take effect and be obligatory on the contracting 
parties, as soon as the same shall have been ratified by the Presi- 
dent of the United States, by and with the advice and consent of 
the Senate. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jonathan Jennings, John W. 
Davis, and Marks Crume, commissioners as aforesaid, and 
the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Potowatomies, have 
hereunto set their hands at Tippecanoe, on the twenty- seventh 
day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 

Jonathan Jennings, Marks Crume. 
J. W. Davis, 

To-pe-ne-be, his x mark, Mo-nis, his x mark, 

Po-ka-gou, his x mark, O-go-maw-be-tuk, his x mark, 

Sa-ga-nah, his x mark, Kaw-kaw-ke-moke, his x mark, 

Pe-che-co, his x mark, Ke-swah-bay, his x mark, 

We-is-saw, his x mark, Win-keese, his x mark, 

Che-shaw-gun, his x mark. To-posh, his x mark, 

Ghe-bause, his x mark, Kawk-moc-a-sin, his x mark, 
O-saw-o-wah-co-ne-ah, his x Sa-maw-cah, his x mark, 

mark, Ko-mack, his x mark, 

Mah-gah-guk, his x mark, O-guon-cote, his x mark, 

Sa-gue-na-nah, his x mark, Quis-sin, his x mark, 

Louison Burnet, his x mark, Chou-a-ma-see, his x mark, 
Shaw-wah-nuk-wuk, his x mark, Pat-e-ca-sha, his x mark, 

Mix-sau-bah, his x mark, Pe-nah-seh, his x mark, 

Ne-wah-ko-to, his x mark, Mix-e-nee, his x mark, 

Che-bah, his x mark, Pe-na-shee, his x mark, 

Wah-cose, his x mark, So-wah-quen, his x mark, 



546 



POTOWATOMIES. 



Ship-she-wa-no, his x mark, 
Kaw-kaw-bee, his x mark, 
O-ge-mah-caw-so, his x mark, 
Mash-kee, his x mark, 
Saw-ge-maw, his x mark, 
Nah-che-ke-zhie, his x mark, 
Mis-ke-qua-tah, his x mark, 
Now-o-le-naw, his x mark, 
Tuck-e-now, his x mark, 



Gib-e-nash-wish, his x mark, 
Louison, his x mark, 
Che-chaw-cose, his x mark, 
Bee-zaw-yo, his x mark, 
O-shah-yaw, his x mark, 
Ash-kam, his x mark, 
O -ketch- chee, his x mark, 
Weh-zee-oness, his x mark, 
Aub-bee-noub-bee, his x mark, 



Witness : 



G. A. Everts, 
Robert Simerwell, 
L. M. Taylor, 
Francis Comparret, 
E. N. Cicott, Sint. 
J. B. Baure, Sint. 

H. Lasselle, 
Henry Ossem. 



H. Hoover, Secretary, 
Th. J. V. Owen, U. S. Indian 

Agent, 
Marius Willet, 
J. Stewart, Sub-Agent, 
J. Bt, Chandonnais, 
J, E. Aunt, 
Peter Godfroy, 

After the signing of this treaty, and at the request of the In- 
dians, two thousand seven hundred dollars were applied to the 
purchasing of horses, which were purchased and delivered to the 
Indians under our direction, leaving the sum to be paid in mer- 
chandise, at this time, twenty-nine thousand three hundred dollars. 

Jonathan Jennings, } 

J. W. Davis, > Commissioners. 

Marks Crume, ) 

It is agreed, on the part of the United States, that the following 
claims shall be allowed, agreeably to the fourth article of the fore- 
going treaty, viz : 

To Erasmus Winslow, three hundred dollars, 

Squire Thompson, one hundred dollars, 

L. Johnson, three hundred and seventy-five dollars, 

Francis Comperret, two thousand four hundred and fifty dollars, 

lea Rice, fifteen hundred dollars, 

T. P. and J. J. Godfroy, two hundred and fifty dollars, 
Joseph Smith, twenty-six dollars, 
James Aveline, ninety-eight dollars, 
Edward Smith, forty-seven dollars, 
Gustavus A. Everts, two hundred dollars, 
Alexis Coquillard, five thousand one hundred dollars, 
Lathrop M. Taylor, two thousand two hundred and eighty 
dollars, 

Peter and J. J. Godfroy, three thousand five hundred dollars,, 
R. A. Forsyth, eighteen hundred dollars, 
Louis Dupuis, forty dollars, 

Timothy S. Smith, three hundred and ninety dollars, 



K A SKA SKI AS AND PEORIAS. 



547 



William Huff, one hundred dollars, 

Thomas Jones, two hundred and seventy-five dollars., 

Michael Cadieux, four hundred and ninety dollars, 

Arthur Patterson, nine hundred dollars, 

Samuel McGeorge, three hundred and fifty dollars, 

D. H. Colerick, one hundred and fifty dollars, 

James Connor, <one thousand dollars. 

Jonathan Jennings, ) 

J. W. Davis, V Commissioners. 

Marks Crume, j 



KASKASKIAS AND PEORIAS. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 27, 1832— rRATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833 ] 

Articles of a treaty made and entered into at Castor Hill, in the 
county of St. Louis, in the State of Missouri, this twenty- seventh 
day of October, one thousand eight hundred and Hhirty-two, 
between William Clark, Frank J. Allen and JVathan Kouns, 
commissioners on the part of the United States, on the one 
part ; and the Kaskaskia and Peoria tribes, which, with the 
.Michigamia, Cahokia, and Tamarois bands, now united with the 
two first named tribes, formerly composed the Illinois nation of 
Indians, of the other ,pmt. 

Whereas, the Kaskaskia tribe of Indians, and the bands afore- 
said united therewith, are desirous of uniting with the Peorias, 
(composed as aforesaid) on lands west of the State of Missouri, 
they have therefore for that purpose agreed with the commis- 
sioners aforesaid, upon the following stipulations : 

Art. 1. The Kaskaskia tribe of Indians and the several bands 
united with them as aforesaid, in consideration of the stipulations 
herein made on the part of the United States, do forever cede and 
release to the United States the lands granted to them forever by 
the first section of the treaty of Vincennes, of the 13th August, 
1803, reserving however to Ellen Decoigne, the daughter of their 
late chief, who has married a white man, the tract of land of about 
three hundred and fifty acres near the town of Kaskaskia, which 
was secured to the said tribe by the act of Congress of 3d March, 
1793. 

Art. 2. The Kaskaskia rtribe further relinquishes to the United 
States the permanent annuity of one thousand dollars which they 
receive under the 3d article of the aforesaid treaty, and their salt 
annuity due by treaty of Fort Wayne of 7th June, 1803. 

Art. 3. The Peoria tribe and the bands aforesaid, united there- 
with, cede and relinquish to the United States, all their claims t® 



548 



KASKASKIAS AND PEORIAS. 



land heretofore reserved by, or assigned to them in farmer treaties,, 
either in the State of Illinois or Missouri. 

Art. 4. The United States cede to the combined tribes of Kas- 
kaskias and Peorias, and the band aforesaid United with them, 
one hundred and fifty sections of land forever, or as long as they 
live upon it as a tribe, to include the present Peoria village west 
of the State of Missouri, on the waters of Osage river, to be 
bounded as follows, to wit : north by the lands assigned to the 
Shawanoes ; west, by the western line of the reservation made 
for the Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias ; and east by lands as- 
signed the Piankeshaws and Weas. 

Art. 5. In consideration of the foregoing cessions and relin- 
quishments, the United States agree to pay to the said united 
Kaskaskia and Peoria tribes (composed as aforesaid) an annuity 
of three thousand dollars for ten successive years, to be paid on 
the lands assigned them in common, either in money, merchan- 
dise, or domestic stock, at their option ; if in merchandise, to be 
delivered to them free of transportation. 

Art. 6. And whereas, the said Peoria tribe, and the bands 
united with them as aforesaid, assert in council, that they never 
understood the 5th article of the treaty of Edwardsville, of 25th 
September, 1825, as ceding to the United States their claims to 
lands in Missouri, on which they had been settled for a length of 
time previous to that treaty, and of which they had had posses- 
sion for more than sixty years, — and now demand an equivaleut 
for those claims. The commissioners, with a view of quieting 
forever the said claims, and all demands of whatever nature which 
said Peoria tribe and the several bands united therewith as afore- 
said, have against the government or citizens of the United States,, 
agree to pay, viz : — To the Peorias in common with the Kaskas- 
kias, the sum of sixteen hundred dollars, to the Kaskaskias 
for seven horses lost by them, and for salt annuities due to 
them by the treaty of Fort Wayne aforesaid, three hundred and 
fifty dollars ; to the Peorias alone, for improvements on the lands 
they moved from, two hundred and fifty dollars ; to the united 
Peorias and Kaskaskias, there shall be paid and delivered on 
their land as soon as practicable after the ratification of this 
treaty, cows and calves, and other stock, to the amouut of four 
hundred dollars, three iron bound carts, three yoke of oxen, and 
six ploughs. There shall also be built for said tribes, four log 
houses ; for breaking up ground and fencing the same, three 
hundred dollars ; for agricultural implements, iron, and steel, 
fifty dollars per annum for four years. There shall also be paid 
to the said united tribes, on the signing of this treaty, eight hun- 
dred dollars in goods suited to their wants. Assistance shall also 
be given the Kaskaskias in moving to their lands, and provisions 
for one year after their removal, to the amount of one thousand 
dollars. It is understood that any stipulations in this or the pre- 



MENOMINEE SL 



549 



ceding articles, for the benefit of the Peorias or Kaskaskias sepa- 
rately, or united, shall embrace, in either case, the bands before 
mentioned, united with either, or both tribes, as the case may be. 

Art. 7. In consideration of the stipulations contained in the 
preceding articles, the Peoria and Kaskaskia tribes and the bands 
of Michigamia, Cahokia and Tamarois Indians united with them, 
hereby forever cede and relinquish to the United States, their 
claims to lands within the States of Illinois and Missouri, and all 
■other claims of whatsoever nature which they have had or preferred 
against the United States or the citizens thereof, up to the signing 
of this treaty. 

Art. 8. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be obligatory on the 
contracting parties. 

Done at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis in the State of 
Missouri, the day and year above written, and of the inde- 
pendence of the United States the fifty-seventh. 

Wm. Clark, 
Frank J. Allen, 
Nathan Kouns. 

PEORIAS. 

Wah-pe-sha-ka-na, white skin, his x mark, 
Ken-mah-re-ne-ah, his x mark, 
Pa-kee-sha-ma, cutter, his x mark, 
Pa-me-kaw-wa-ta, man's track, his x mark, 
Al-le-ne-pe-sh-en-sha, his x mark. 

KASKASKIAS. 

Ke-mon-sah, little chief, his x mark, 
Wah-kah-pe-se-wah, round flyer, 
Wa-pe-sae, white, his x mark, 
Pe-me-ka-wai, man's track, his x mark. 

In presence of 

James Kemmly, Secretary, Pierre Menard, 

A. Shane, U. S. Interpreter, Wm. Radford, U. S. Navy, 

Jacques Mette, U. S, Inter- G. S. Rousseau, U. S. A. 

preter, Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut 
Jesse Oliver, 6th Inf. 



MENOMINEES. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 27, 1832 — RATIFIED MARCH 13, 1833.] 

Whereas, articles of agreement between the United States of 
America, and the Menominee Indians, were made and concluded 



550 



MENOMINEE ST. 



at the city of Washington, on the eighth day of February, A. 
one thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, by John H. Eaton 
and Samuel C. Stambaugh, commissioners on the part of the 
United States, and certain chiefs and head men of the Menominee 
nation, on the part of said nation ; to which articles, an addition 
or supplemental article was afterwards made, on the seventeenth 
day of February in the same year, by which the said Menominee 
nation agree to cede to the United States certain parts of their 
land ; and that a tract of country therein defined shall be set apart 
for the New York Indians. All which, with the many other stipu- 
lations therein contained, will more fully appear by reference to 
the same. Which said agreements thus forming a treaty ', were 
laid before the Senate of the United States during their then ses- 
sion, but were not at said session acted on by that body. Where- 
upon, a further agreement was on the fifteenth day of March, in the 
same year, entered into for the purpose of preserving the provi- 
sions of the treaty, made as aforesaid ; by which it was stipulated 
that the said articles of agreement, concluded as aforesaid, should 
be laid before the next Senate of the United States, at their en- 
suing session ; and if sanctioned and confirmed by them, that 
each and every article thereof should be as binding and obligatory 
upon the parties respectively, as if they had been sanctioned at 
the previous session. And whereas, the Senate of the United 
States, by their resolution of the twenty-fifth day of June, one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, did advise and consent to 
accept, ratify and confirm the same, and every clause and article 
thereof upon the conditions expressed in the proviso, contained in 
their said resolution, which proviso is as follows : " Provided that ? 
for the purpose of establishing the rights of the New York Indians, 
on a permanent and just footing, the said treaty shall be ratified, 
with the express understanding that two townships of land on the 
east side of Winnebago lake, equal to forty-six thousand and eighty 
acres, shall be laid off (to commence at some point to be agreed 
on) for the use of the Stockbridge and Munsee tribes; and that the 
improvements made on the lands now in the possession of the 
said tribes on the east side of the Fox river, which said lands are 
to be relinquished, shall, after being valued by a commissioner to 
be appointed by the President of the United States, be paid for 
by the Government : Provided, however, that the valuation of such 
improvements shall not exceed the sum of twenty-five thousand 
dollars. And that there shall be one township of land adjoining- 
the foregoing, equal to twenty-three thousand and forty acres, laid 
off and granted for the use of the Brothertown Indians, who are to be 
paid by the Government the sum of one thousand six hundred dol- 
lars for the improvements on the lands now in their possession, on 
the east side of Fox river, and which lands are to be relinquished 
by said Indians : also that a new line shall be run, parallel to the 
southwestern boundary line or course of the tract of five hundred 



MENOMINEES. 



551 



thousand acres, described in the first article of this treaty, and set 
apart for the New York Indians, to commence at a point on the 
west side of the Fox river, and one mile above the Grand Shute, 
on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the said boundary 
line as established by the said first article, as shall comprehend 
the additional quantity of two hundred thousand acres of land on 
and along the w r est side of Fox river, without including any of the 
confirmed private land claims on the Fox river ; and which two 
hundred thousand acres shall be a part of the five hundred thou- 
sand acres intended to be set apart for the Six Nations of the 
New York Indians and the St. Regis tribe ; and that an equal 
quantity to that which is added to the southwestern side shall be 
taken off from the northeastern side of the said tract described in 
that article, on the Oconto creek, to be determined by a commis- 
sioner to be appointed by the President of the United States ; so 
that the whole number of acres to be granted to the Six Nations, 
and St. Regis tribe of Indians, shall not exceed the quantity origi- 
nally stipulated by the treaty." And whereas, before the treaty 
aforesaid, conditionally ratified, according to the proviso to the 
resolution of the Senate, above recited, could be obligatory upon 
the said Menominee nation, their assent to the same must be had 
and obtained. 

And whereas, the honorable Lewis Cass, Secretary of the De- 
partment of War, by his letter of instructions of the eleventh day 
of September, A. D. 1832, did authorize and request George B. 
Porter, Governor of the Territory of Michigan, to proceed to Green 
Bay, and endeavor to procure the assent of the Menominees to the 
change proposed by the Senate, as above set forth, urging the 
necessity of directing his first efforts to an attempt to procure the 
unconditional assent of the Menominees to the said treaty, as rati- 
fied by the Senate. But should he fail in this object, that he would 
then endeavor to procure their assent to the best practicable terms, 
short of those proposed by the Senate, giving them to understand 
that he merely received such proposition as they might make, with 
a view to transmit it for the consideration of the President and the 
Senate of the United States. And if this course became neces- 
sary, that it would be very desirable that the New York Indians 
should also signify their acceptance of the modifications required 
by the Menominees. 

And whereas, in pursuance of the said instructions the said 
George B. Porter proceeded to Green Bay, and having assembled 
all the chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation, in council, 
submitted to them, on the twenty-second day of October, A. D. 
one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, the said proviso an- 
nexed to the resolution aforesaid of the Senate of the United States, 
for the ratification of the said treaty : and advised and urged on them 
the propriety of giving their assent to the same. And the said 
chiefs and head men having taken time to deliberate and reflect on 



552 



MENOMINEE S.- 



the proposition so submitted to them, and which they had been 
urged to assent to, did, in the most positive and decided manner, 
refuse to give their assent to the same. (The many reasons as- 
signed for this determination by them being reported in the jour- 
nal of the said commissioner, which will be transmitted with this 
agreement. ) 

And whereas, after failing in the object last stated, the said 
George B. Porter endeavored to procure the assent of the said chiefs 
and head men of the Menominee nation to the best practicable 
terms short of those proposed by the Senate of the United States ; 
and after much labor and pains, entreaty and persuasion, the said 
Menominees consented to the following, as the modifications which 
they would make, and which are reduced to writing, in the form 
of an agreement, as the best practicable terms which could be obtain- 
ed from them, short of those proposed by the Senate of the United 
States, which they had previously positively refused to accede to. 
And as the modifications so made and described, have been ac- 
ceded to by the New York Indians, with a request that the treaty 
thus modified might be ratified and approved by the President and 
the Senate of the United States, it is the anxious desire of the Me- 
nominees also, that the treaty, with these alterations, may be rati- 
fied and approved without delay, that they may receive the benefits 
and advantage secured to them by the several stipulations of the 
said treaty, of which they have so long been deprived. 

The following is the article of agreement made between the said 
George B. Porter , commissioner on the part of the United States, 
specially appointed as aforesaid, and the said Menominee nation, 
through their chiefs and head men, on the part of their nation. 

Art. 1. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee na- 
tion of Indians do not object to any of the matters contained in 
the proviso annexed to the resolution of the Senate of the United 
States, so far as the same relate to the granting of three townships 
of land on the east side of Winnebago lake, to the Stockbridge, 
Munsee, and Brothertown tribes ; to the valuation and payment for 
their improvements, etc. (ending with the words u and which lands 
are to be relinquished by said Indians.") They therefore assent 
to the same. 

Art. 2. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee nation of 
Indians, objecting to all the matters contained in the said proviso 
annexed to the resolution of the Senate of the United States, so 
far as the same relate to the running of a new line parallel to the 
southwestern boundary line or course of the tract of five hundred 
thousand acres, described in the first article of the treaty, and set 
apart for the New York Indians, to commence at a point on the 
southwestern side of Fox river, and one mile above the Grand 
Shute, on Fox river, and at a sufficient distance from the said 
boundary line, as established by the said first article, as shall com- 



MENOMINEE S. 



553 



prehend the additional quantity of two hundred thousand acres of 
land, on and along the west side of the Fox river, without includ- 
ing any of the confirmed private land claims, on the Fox river, to 
compose a part of the five hundred thousand acres intended to be 
set apart for the Six Nations of the New York Indians and St. 
Regis tribe, agree in lieu of this proposition, to set off a like quan- 
tity of two hundred thousand acres as follows : The said Menomi- 
nee nation hereby agree to cede for the benefit of the New York 
Indians along the southwestern boundary line of the present five 
hundred thousand acres described in the first article of the treaty 
as set apart for the New York Indians, a tract of land, bounded 
as follows : Beginning on the said treaty lint, at the old mill dam 
on Fox river, and thence extending up along Fox river to the 
little Rapid Croche ; from thence running a northwest course three 
miles ; thence on a line running parallel with the several courses 
of Fox river, and three miles distant from the river, until it will 
intersect a line running on the northwest course, commencing at 
a point one mile above the Grand Shute ; thence on a line running 
northwest, so far as will be necessary to include, between the said 
last line and the line described as the southwestern boundary line 
of the five hundred thousand acres in the treaty aforesaid, the quan- 
tity of two hundred thousand acres ; and thence running northeast 
untiJ it will intersect the line forming the southwestern boundary 
line aforesaid ; and from thence along the said line to the old mill 
dam, or place of beginning, containing two hundred thousand 
acres. Excepting and reserving therefrom the privilege of Charles 
A. Grignon, for erecting a mill on Apple creek, etc., as approved 
by the Department of War on the twenty-second day of April, one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-one, and all confirmed private 
land claims on the Fox river. The lines of the said tract of land 
so granted to be run, marked, and laid off without delay, by a com- 
missioner to be appointed by the President of the United States. 
And that in exchange for the above, a quantity of land equal to 
that which is added to the southwestern side shall be taken off 
from the northeastern side of the said tract, described in that arti- 
cle, on the Oconto creek, to be run, marked, and determined by 
the commissioner to be appointed by the President of the United 
States, as aforesaid, so that the whole number of acres to be granted 
to the Six Nations and St. Regis tribe of Indians, shall not exceed 
the quantity of five hundred thousand acres. 

Art. 3. The said chiefs and head men of the Menominee na- 
tion agree, that in case the said original treaty, made as aforesaid, 
and the supplemental articles thereto, be ratified and confirmed at 
the ensuing session of the Senate of the United States, with the 
modifications contained in. this agreement, that each and every 
article thereof shall be as binding and obligatory upon the parties 
respectively, as if they had been sanctioned at the times originally 
agreed upon. 



554 



Menominee s. 



In consideration of the above voluntary sacrifices of their inte* 
rest made by the said Menominee nation, and as evidence of the 
good feeling of their great father, the President of the United 
States, the said George B. Porter, commissioner as aforesaid, has 
delivered to the said chiefs, head men, and the people of the said 
Menominee nation here assembled, presents in clothing to the 
amount of one thousand dollars : five hundred bushels of corn, ten 
barrels of pork, and ten barrels of flour, etc* etc. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, 
at the Agency House, at Green Bay, this twenty- seventh 
day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-two* 

G. B. Porter, Commissioner of the U. S. l. s. 

Kausk-kan-no-naive, grizzly bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Osh-rosh, the brave, (by his brother fully empowered to act,) l. 
Osh-ke-e-na-neur, the young man, his x mark, l. s. 

A-ya-mah-ta, fish spawn, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-wait-enaw, rain, his x mark, l. s. 

Che-na-po-mee, one that is looked at, his x mark, l. s. 

Ko-ma-ni-kin, big wave, his x mark, l. s. 

Ke-shee-a-quo-teur, the flying cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Wain-e-saut, one who arranges the circle, (by his son, Wa- 

kee-che-on-a-peur,) his x mark, l. s. 

Ke-shoh, the sun, (by his son, A-pa-ma-chao, shifting cloud,) 

his x mark, l. s< 

Ma-concee-wa-be-no-chee, bear's child, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-bose, the rabbit, his x mark, l. s. 

Shaw-e-no-ge-shick, south sky, his x mark, l. s. 

Ac-camut, the prophet, his x mark, l. s. 

Mas-ka-ma-gee, his x mark, l. s, 

Sho-ne-on, silver, his x mark, l. s. 

Maw-baw-so, pale color, his x mark, l. s e 

Paw-a ko-neur, big soldier, (by his representative, Che-kaw- 

mah-kee-shen,) his x mark, l. s. 

Sealed and delivered, in the presence of 

George Boyd, U. S. Ind. Agent, Henry S. Baird, 

Charles A. Grignon, Interpreter, R. A. Forsyth, Paymaster U. 

Samuel Abbott, S. A. 

Joshua Boyer, Secretary, B. B. Kercheval, 

James M. Boyd, Ebenezer Childs. 

Richard Pricket, his x mark, Interpreter, 



MENOMINEE S j 



555 



APPENDIX. 

To all to whom these presents shall come, the undersigned, chiefs 
and head men of the sundry tribes of New York Indians, ( as set 
forth in the specifications annexed to their signatures,) send 
greeting: 

Whereas, a tedious, perplexing, and harrassing dispute and con- 
troversy have long existed between the Menominee nation of In- 
dians and the New York Indians, more particularly known as the 
Stockbridge, Munsee, and Brothertown tribes, the Six Nations and 
St. Regis tribe. The treaty made between the said Menominee 
nation, and the United States, and the conditional ratification 
thereof by the Senate of the United States, being stated and set 
forth in the within agreement, entered into between the chiefs and 
head men of the said Menominees, and George B. Porter, Gover- 
nor of Michigan, commissioner especially appointed, with instruc- 
tions referred to in the said agreement. And whereas, the under- 
signed are satisfied, and believe that the best efforts of the said 
commissioner were directed and used to procure, if practicable, 
the unconditional assent of the said Menominees to the change 
proposed by the Senate of the United States in the ratification of 
the said treaty, but without success. And whereas, the under- 
signed further believe that the terms stated in the within agreement 
are the best practicable terms, short of those proposed by the Sen- 
ate of the United States, which could be obtained from the said 
Menominees ; and being asked to signify our acceptance of the 
modifications proposed as aforesaid by the Menominees, we are 
compelled, by a sense of duty and propriety to say that we do 
hereby accept of the same. So far as the tirbes to which we be- 
long are concerned, we are perfectly satisfied, that the treaty 
should be ratified on the terms proposed by the Menominees. We 
further believe that the tract of land which the Menominees in the 
within agreement, are willing to cede, in exchange for an equal 
quantity on the northeast side of the tract of five hundred thousand 
acres, contains a sufficient quantity of good land, favorably and 
advantageously situated, to answer all the wants of the New York 
Indians and St. Regis tribe. For the purpose, then, of putting 
an end to strife, and that we may all sit down in peace and har- 
mony, we thus signify our acceptance of the modifications proposed 
by the Menominees : and we most respectfully request that the 
treaty, as now modified by the agreement this day entered into 
with the Menominees, may be ratified and approved by the Presi- 
dent and Senate of the United States. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, 
at the Agency House at Green Bay, this twenty- seventh day 
of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hun- 
dred and thirty- two. 



556 



PIANKESHAWS AND WEAS. 



G. B. Porter, Commissioner on behalf of the U. S. l. s. 

For, and on behalf of, the Stockbridges and Munsees. 

John Metoxen, l. s. 

John W. Quinny, l. s, 

Austin Quinny, l. s. 

Jacob Chicks, l. s. 

Robert Konkopa, his x mark, l. s. 

Thos. J. Hendrick, l. s. 

Benjamin Palmer, his x mark, l. s. 

Sampson Medyard, l. s. 

Capt. Porter, his x mark, l. s. 

For, and on behalf of ) the Brothertowns. 

William Dick, l. s. 

Daniel Dick, l. s. 

Elcanah Dick, his x mark, l. s. 

For, and on behalf of, the Six Jfations and St. Regis tribe. 

Daniel Bread, l. s. 

John Anthony Brant, his x mark, l. s. 

Henry Powles, his x mark, l. s. 

Nathaniel Neddy, his x mark, l. s. 

Cornelius Stevens, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Neddy, his x mark, l. s. 



Sealed, and delivered, in the presence of 

George Boyd, U. S. Indian Eben. Childs, 

Agent, Henry S. Baird, 

R. A. Forsyth, Paymaster U. Peter B. Grignon, 

S. A. Hanson Johnson, 

Charles A. Grignon, Interpreter, James M. Boyd, 

Samuel Abbott, Richard Pricket, his x mark, 

Joshua Boyer, Secretary, Interpreter. 

B. B. Kercheval, 



PIANKESHAWS AND WEAS. 

[CONCLUDED OCTOBER 29, 1832 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 12, 1833. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at Castor Hill, in the coun- 
ty of St. Louis, and State of Missouri, between William Clark, 
Frank J. Allen, and JVathan Kouns, commissioners on the part 
of the United States, of the one part, and the undersigned chiefs, 
warriors, and counsellors, of the Piankeshaw and Wea tribes of 
Indians, in behalf of their said tribes, of the other part. 
Art. 1. The undersigned chiefs, warriors, and considerate men, 

for themselves and their said tribes, for and in consideration of the 



PIANKESHAWS AND WEAS. 



557 



stipulations hereinafter made, do hereby cede and relinquish to the 
United States forever, all their right, title, and interest to and in 
lands within the States of Missouri and Illinois — hereby confirm- 
ing all treaties heretofore made between their respective tribes and 
the United States, and relinquishing to them all claim to every 
portion of their lands which may have been ceded by any portion 
of their said tribes. 

Art. 2. The United States cede to the Piankeshaw and Wea 
tribes, for their permanent residence, two hundred and fifty sections 
of land within the limits of the survey of the lands set apart for the 
Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias, bounded east by the western 
boundary line of the State of Missouri for fifteen miles ; north by 
the southern boundary of the lands assigned to the Shawanoes ; 
west by the lands assigned to the Peorias and Kaskaskias, and 
south by the southern line of the original tract surveyed for the 
Piankeshaws, Weas, and Peorias, said tract being intended to 
include the present villages of the said Piankeshaws and Weas. 

Art. 3. As a full equivalent to the said Piankeshaw tribe for 
their claim for salt annuities, for improvements on the lands they 
moved from within the State of Missouri, and for horses lost when 
moving, the United States agree to pay them after the ratification 
of this treaty, cattle, hogs, and such farming utensils as may be 
required by said tribe on their land, to the amount of five hundred 
dollars annually, for five years ; — the sum of seven hundred and 
fifty dollars will also be expended in assistance to said tribe in 
agriculture, and improvements on the land hereby ceded to them, 
together with the sum of two hundred dollars in merchandise and 
cash paid at the signing of this treaty, the receipt whereof is here- 
by acknowledged by said tribe. 

Art. 4. As a full equivalent to the Wea tribe, for the improve- 
ments made by them on the lands of the United States which they 
removed from, for horses lost in consequence of such removal, 
and for all other claims which they have preferred, the United 
States agree to pay them after the ratification of this treaty, cattle, 
hogs, and farming utensils on their land to the amount of five hun- 
dred dollars, together with two hundred dollars this day paid them 
in cash and merchandise, the receipt of which is hereby acknow- 
ledged. The United States will also afford some assistance to 
that part of the Wea tribe now residing in the State of Indiana, 
to enable them to join the rest of their tribe on the lands hereby 
assigned them, and will also furnish said portion of the tribe with 
provisions for one year after their arrival. 

Art. 5. The United States will also support a blacksmith's 
shop for five years at a convenient place between the lands hereby 
ceded the said Piankeshaws and Weas, and the lands assigned to 
the Kaskaskias and Peorias ; which shop is to be for the benefit 
of the said tribes of Piankeshaws, Weas, Peorias, and Kaskaskias, 
in common. 



558 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 



Art. 6. This treaty to be obligatory on the contracting parties, 
when ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. 

Done at Castor Hill, in the county of St. Louis, in the State of 
Missouri, this twenty-ninth day of October, in the year of our 
Lord eighteen hundred and thirty-two, and of the indepen- 
dence of the United States the fifty- seventh, 

Wm. Clark, 
Frank J. Allen, 
Nathan Kouns. 

WEAS. 

Wa-pon-ke-ah, swan, his x mark, 
Shin-ga-rea, diving duck, his x mark, 
Go-te-goh-pa, stands by himself, his x mark. 

PIANKESHAWS. 

Mah-son-shau, thunder, his x mark, 
Nah-he-comma, to do right, his x mark. 

Signed in presence of 

James Kemmly, Secretary , Pierre Menard, 

A. Shane, U. S. Interpreter, William Radford, U. S. Navy, 

Jacques Mette, U. S. Interpreter, G. S. Rousseau, U. S. A. 

Jesse Elder, Meriwether Lewis Clark, Lieut. 
Joseph Guion, 6th Infantry, 

Baptiste Peoria, his x mark, In- 
terpreter, 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 29, 1832 — RATIFIED MARCH 22, 1833. ] 

Articles of agreement, made and concluded at the Seneca agency, 
on the headwaters of the Cowskin river, this 29th day of Decem- 
ber, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-two, by and between Henry L. Ellsvwrth and John F* 
Schermerhorn, commissioners on behalf of the United States, and 
the chiefs and head men of the " United Nation " of the Senecas 
and Shawnee Indians, on behalf of said tribe or nation. 

Whereas, certain articles of agreement and convention were con- 
cluded at Lewistown, Ohio, on the 20th day of July, A. D. 1831, 
by and between the United States and the chiefs and warriors of 
the mixed band of the Senecas and Shawnee Indians, residing at 
or near Lewistown, in the State of Ohio : And whereas, by the 
2d article of said agreement, the United States stipulated and 
agreed, with said tribe, in the words following, to wit : "to grant 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 



559 



hy patent, in fee simple^ to them, and their heirs forever, as long as 
they shall exist as a nation and remain on the same, a tract of 
land, to contain sixty thousand acres, to be located under the 
direction of the President of the United States, contiguous to the 
lands granted to the Senecas and Sandusky, by the treaty made 
with them at the City of Washington, on the 28th of February, 
1831, and the Cherokee settlements — the east line of said tract 
shall be within two miles of the west line of the lands granted to 
the Senecas of Sandusky ; and the south line shall be within two 
miles of the north line of the lands held by the Cherokees — and 
said two miles between the aforesaid lines, shall serve as a com- 
mon pass-way between the beforementioned tribes, to prevent them 
from intruding upon the lands of each other." And the treaty 
aforesaid was ratified and confirmed by the President and Senate 
of the United States, on the 6th day of April, A. D. 1832: And 
whereas, the said mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees removed 
from their homes in Ohio to settle upon the lands assigned them 
west of the Mississippi, in pursuance of the provisions and stipu- 
lations of the treaty aforesaid : And whereas, the said Senecas 
from Sandusky, and the mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees, 
have lately formed a confederacy, and have expressed their anxiety 
to unite as one tribe or nation, to be called the " United Nation 
of Senecas and Shawnees," to occupy their land as tenants in 
common ; and have the whole of the country provided for them by 
the United States located on the east side of Ne-o-sho or Grand 
river, which runs through and now divides the same: For the pur- 
pose of affording a more convenient and satisfactory location to 
said United Nation, the parties aforesaid do, therefore, hereby 
stipulate and agree as follows : 

Art. 1. The United Tribe of Senecas and Shawnee Indians 
do hereby cede, relinquish, and forever quit claim to the United 
States, all the land granted to them on the west side of Ne-o-sho 
or Grand river, by treaties made respectively with the Senecas of 
Sandusky, and the mixed band of Senecas and Shawnees of 
Lewistown, Ohio, on the 20th day of July, 1831, and on the 28th 
day of February, 1831. 

Art. 2. In consideration of said lands, described and ceded as 
aforesaid, the United States will grant, by letters patent, to the 
tribe or nation of Indians aforesaid, in manner as hereinafter men- 
tioned, the following tract of land lying on the east side of Ne-o- 
sho or Grand river, viz : Bounded on the east by the west line of 
the State of Missouri ; south, by the present established line of 
the Cherokee Indians; west, by Ne-o-sho or Grand river; and 
north, by a line running parallel with said south line, and extending 
so far from the present north line of the Seneca Indians from San- 
dusky, as to contain sixty thousand acres, exclusive of the land 
now owned by said Seneca Indians, which said boundaries include, 
however, all the land heretofore granted said Senecas of Sandusky, 



560 



SENECAS AND SHAWNEES. 



on the east side of Grand river. And the United States will grant 
said tract of land, by two letters patent ; the north half, in quan- 
tity, to be granted to the mixed band of the Senecas and Shaw- 
nees of Ohio, and the south half to the Senecas from Sandusky, 
aforesaid: the whole to be occupied in common, so long as the 
said tribes or bands shall desire the same. The said patents shall 
be granted in fee simple ; but the lands shall not be sold or ceded 
without the consent of the United States. 

Art. 3. The United States, at the request of said " United 
Nation," agree to erect immediately a grist mill, a saw mill, and 
a blacksmith's shop, and furnish the necessary tools and machinery 
in anticipation of a re-imbursement from sales of land, ceded to 
the United States by the treaties aforesaid, of 28th of February, 
1831, and July 20th, 1831, and so far in fulfilment of the same. 

Art. 4. The United Nation of Senecas and Shawnees having 
presented a claim for money advanced by them for forage while 
removing to their new homes in the west, and for horses and other 
property lost on the journey, the United States, in order to a final 
settlement of such claim, agree to pay one thousand dollars, as 
follows, viz : six hundred dollars to the Seneca tribe of Indians 
from Sandusky ; and the sum of four hundred dollars to the Sene- 
cas and Shawnees from Lewistown, Ohio, to be distributed by 
their respective tribes among the claimants, as they may deem just 
and equitable ; and to be received by them in full payment and 
satisfaction of all the claims aforesaid. 

Art. 5. Nothing in these articles of agreement shall be con- 
strued to affect the respective rights of the Seneca tribe of In- 
dians from Sandusky, and the Senecas and Shawnees from Lewis- 
town, Ohio, as secured by existing treaties, except so far as said 
treaties are inconsistent with the provisions of the articles afore- 
said. 

Art. 6. This agreement or treaty shall be binding and obliga- 
tory upon the contracting parties from and after its ratification by 
the President and Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Henry L. Ellsworth and John F. 
Schermerhorn, commissioners, and the chiefs and head men of 
the United Nation of Seneca and Shawnee Indians, have here- 
unto signed their names and affixed their seals, on the day 



and year above written. 

Henry L. Ellsworth, l. s. 

John F. Schermerhorn, l. s. 

seneca Comstick, (first chief Seneca nation,) his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs, Seneca Steel, his x mark, l. s. 

Small Cloud Spicer, his x mark, l. s. 

George Curly Hair, his x mark, l. s. 

Tall Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Good Hunter, his x mark, l. s. 



CHEROKEES. 



561 



Hard Hickory, his x mark, l. s. 

Wiping Stick, his x mark, l. s. 

Seneca John, his x mark, l. s. 

John Johnson, his x mark, s. l. 

John Sky, his x mark, l. s« 

Isaac White, his x mark, l. s. 

Joseph Smith, his x mark, l. s. 

Captain Smith, his x mark, l. s. 

chiefs or Me-tho-mea, or Civil John, (first chief Senecas 

mixed band, and Shawnees,) his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-wy-a-che, his x mark, l. s. 

Skilleway or Robbin, his x mark, l. s. 

John Jackson, his x mark, l. s. 
Quash-acaugh or Little Lewis, his x mark, l. s. 

To-ta-la or John Young, his x mark, l. s. 

Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, l. s. 

Jemmy McDaniel, his x mark, l. s. 

Civil John's son, his x mark, l. s. 

Yankee Bill, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Ash, his x mark, l. s. 

Civil John's young son, his x mark, l. s. 



Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of us : 

S. C. Stambaugh, Secretary to George Herron, Seneca Inter- 
Commissioners, prefer, 
St. John F. Sane, Indian Agent, Baptiste Peoria, Shawnee Inter - 
Augt. A. Chouteau, preter. 
Wm. Young, 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 14, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. ] 

Articles of agreement and convention made and concluded at fort 
Gibson, on the Arkansas river on the 14th day of February, one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, by and between Mont- 
fort Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, and John F Schermerhorn, duly 
appointed commissioners on the part of the United States and the 
undersigned chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of In- 
dians west of the Mississippi, they being duly authorized and 
empowered by their nation. 

Whereas, articles of convention were concluded at the city of 
Washington, on the sixth day of May one thousand eight hundred 
and twenty-eight, between James Barbour, Secretary of War, be- 
ing specially authorized therefor by the President of the United 
States, and the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of 
50 



562 



CHEROKEE S , 



Indians west of the Mississippi, which articles of convention were 
duly ratified. And whereas, it was agreed by the second article 
of said convention as follows : "That the United States agree to 
possess the Cherokees, and to guaranty it to them forever, and that 
guarantee is solemnly pledged, of seven millions of acres of land, 
said land to be bounded as follows, viz : commencing at a point 
on Arkansas river, where the eastern Choctaw boundary line strikes 
said river, and running thence with the western line of Arkansas 
territory to the southwest corner of Missouri, and thence with the 
western boundary line of Missouri till it crosses the waters of Nea- 
sho, generally called Grand river, thence due west, to a point from 
which a due south course will strike the present northwest corner 
of Arkansas territory, thence continuing due south on and with 
the present boundary line on the west of said territory, to the main 
branch of Arkansas river, thence down said river to its junction 
with the Canadian, and thence up, and between said rivers, Ar- 
kansas and Canadian, to a point at which a line running north 
and south, from river to river, will give the aforesaid seven millions 
of acres, thus provided for and bounded. The United States fur- 
ther guaranty to the Cherokee nation a perpetual outlet west, and 
a free and unmolested use of all the country lying west of the west- 
ern boundary of the above described limits ; and as far west as the 
sovereignty of the United States and their right of soil extend. 
And whereas, there was to said articles of convention and agree- 
ment, the following proviso, viz : " Provided nevertheless, that 
said convention shall not be so construed as to extend the north- 
ern boundary of said perpetual outlet west, provided for and guar- 
antied in the second article of said convention, north of the thirty- 
sixth degree of north latitude, or so as to interfere with the lands 
assigned, or to be assigned, west of the Mississippi river, to the 
Creek Indians who have emigrated, or may emigrate, from the 
States of Georgia and Alabama, under the provision of any treaty, 
or treaties, heretofore concluded between the United States and 
the Creek tribe of Indians — and provided further, that nothing in 
said convention shall be construed to cede, or assign, to the 
Cherokees any lands heretofore ceded, or assigned, to any tribe 
or tribes of Indians, by any treaty now existing and in force, with 
any such tribe or tribes." And whereas, it appears from the 
Creek treaty, made with the United States, by the Creek nation, 
dated twenty-fourth day of January*, eighteen hundred and twenty- 
six, at the city of Washington ; that they had the right to select, 
and did select, a part of the country described within the bounda- 
ries mentioned above in said Cherokee articles of agreement — and 
whereas, both the Cherokee and Creek nations of Indians west of 
the Mississippi, anxious to have their boundaries settled in an 
amicable manner, have met each other in council, and, after full 
deliberation, mutually agreed upon the boundary lines between 
them — Now, therefore, the United States on one part, and the 



CHEROKEES. 



563 



chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians west of the 
Mississippi on the other part, agree as follows : 

Art. 1. The United States agree to possess the Cherokees, and 
to guaranty it to them forever, and that guarantee is hereby pledged, 
of seven millions of acres of land, to be bounded as follows, viz : 
Beginning at a point on the old western territorial line of Arkansas 
territory, being twenty -five miles north from the point, where the 
territorial lines crosses Arkansas river — thence running from said 
north point, south, on the said territorial line, to the place where 
said territorial line crosses the Verdigris river — thence down said 
Verdigris river, to the Arkansas river — thence down said Arkan- 
sas to a point, where a stone is placed opposite to the east or lower 
bank of Grand river at its junction with the Arkansas — thence 
running south, forty-four degrees west, one mile — thence in a 
straight line to a point four miles northerly from the mouth of the 
north fork of the Canadian — thence along the said four miles line 
to the Canadian — thence down the Canadian to the Arkansas — 
thence down the Arkansas, to that point on the Arkansas, where 
the eastern Choctaw boundary strikes said river ; and running 
thence with the western line of Arkansas territory as now defined, 
to the southwest corner of Missouri — thence along the western 
Missouri line, to the land assigned the Senecas ; thence, on the 
south line of the Senecas to Grand river ; thence, up said Grand 
river, as far as the south line of the Osage reservation, extended 
if necessary — thence up and between said south Osage line, ex- 
tended west if necessary, and a line drawn due west from the point 
of beginning, to a certain distance west, at which, a line running 
north and south, from said Osage line, to said due west line, will 
make seven millions of acres within the whole described bounda- 
ries. In addition to the seven millions of acres of land, thus pro- 
vided for, and bounded, the United States further guaranty to the 
Cherokee nation, a perpetual outlet west and a free and unmolested 
use of all the country lying west, of the western boundary of said 
seven millions of acres, as far west as the sovereignty of the United 
States and their right of soil extend — Provided, however, that if 
the saline, or salt plain, on the great western prairie, shall fall 
within said limits prescribed for said outlet, the right is reserved 
to the United States to permit other tribes of red men to get salt 
on said plain in common with the Cherokees — and letters patent 
shall be issued by the United States as soon as practicable for the 
land hereby guarantied. 

Art. 2. The Cherokee nation hereby relinquish and quit claim 
to the United States all the right, interest, and title which the 
Cherokees have, or claim to have in and to all the land ceded, or 
claimed to have been ceded to said Cherokee nation by said treaty 
of sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eight, 
and not embraced within the limits or boundaries fixed in this 



564 



CHEROKEE S. 



present supplementary treaty or articles of convention and agree- 
ment. 

Art. 3. The Cherokee nation, having particularly requested 
the United States to annul and cancel the sixth article of said 
treaty of sixth May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty-eighty 
the United States agree to cancel the same, and the same is hereby 
annulled. Said sixth article referred to is in the following words : 
" It is moreover agreed by the United States, when the Cherokees 
may desire it, to give them a plain set of laws, suited to their con- 
dition — also, when they may wish to lay off their lands and own 
them individually, a surveyor shall be sent to survey them at the 
expense of the United States. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the establishment of new bounda- 
ries in part, for the lands ceded to said Cherokee nation, and in 
view of the improvement of said nation, the United States will 
cause to be erected, on land now guarantied to the said nation, 
four blacksmith shops, one wagon-maker shop, one wheelwright 
shop, and necessary tools and implements furnished for the same ; 
together with one ton of iron, and two hundred and fifty pounds 
of steel, for each of said blacksmith shops, to be worked up for 
the benefit of the poorer class of red men belonging to the Cherokee 
nation — and the United States will employ four blacksmiths, one 
wagon-maker, and one wheelwright, to work in said shops respec- 
tively, for the benefit of said Cherokee nation ; and said materials 
shall be furnished annually, and said services continued, so long 
as the President may deem proper — and said United States will 
cause to be erected on said lands, for the benefit of said Chero- 
kees, eight patent railway corn mills, in lieu of the mills to be 
erected according to the stipulation of the fourth article of said 
treaty of sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
eight, from the avails of the sale of the old agency- 

Art. 5. These articles of agreement and convention are to be 
considered supplementary to the treaty before mentioned between 
the United States and the Cherokee nation west of the Missis- 
sippi, dated sixth of May, one thousand eight hundred and twenty- 
eight, and not to vary the rights of the parties to said treaty, any 
further than said treaty is inconsistent with the provisions of this 
treaty, now concluded, or these articles of convention and agree- 
ment. 

Art. 6. It is further agreed by the Cherokee nation, that one 
mile square shall be reserved and set apart from the lands hereby 
guarantied, for the accommodation of the Cherokee agency ; and 
the location of the same shall be designated by the Cherokee na- 
tion, in conjunction with the agent of the Government of the United 
States. 

Art. 7. This treaty, or articles of convention, after the same 
have been ratified by the President and Senate, shall be obligatory 
on the United States and said Cherokee nation. 



CREEKS. 



565 



In testimony whereof, the said Montfort Stokes, Henry L. Ells- 
worth, and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners as afore- 
said, and the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee nation 
aforesaid, have hereunto set their hands, at Fort Gibson on 
the Arkansas river, on the 14th day of February, one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty-three. 

Montfort Stokes, John Jolly, his x mark, 

Henry L. Ellsworth, Black Coat, his x mark, 

J. F. Schermerhorn, Walter Weller. 

PRINCIPAL CHIEFS. 

John Rogers, Preset Com. Glass, PresH Council. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in our presence : 

S. C. Stambaugh, Secfy Coin- Wilson Nesbitt, 

missioners, Peter A. Cams, 

M. Arbuckle, Col. 1th Inf. N. Young, Major U. S. Army, 

Geo. Vashon, Agent Cherokees W. Seawell, Lieut. 1th Inf. 

west. Wm. Thornton, Clk. Committee, 

Jno. Campbell, Agent Creeks, Charles Webber, Clk. Council. 

Alexander Brown, his x mark, ) T , , 

Jno.Hambly, ^Interpreters, 



CREEKS. 

{CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 14, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834.] 

Articles of agreement and convention, made and concluded at fort 
Gibson, between Montfort Stokes, Henry L. Ellsworth, and John 
F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on the part of the United States, 
and the undersigned chiefs and head men of the Muskogee or 
Creek nation of Indians, this 14th day of February, 1833, 

Whereas, certain articles of a treaty were concluded at the city 
of Washington, on the 24th day of January one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-six, by and between James Barbour, Secre- 
tary of War, on behalf of the United States, and the chiefs and 
head men of the Creek nation of Indians ; by which it is agreed 
that the said Indians shall remove to a country west of the Mis- 
sissippi river; and, whereas, the sixth article of said treaty pro- 
vides as follows : " that a deputation of five persons shall be sent 
by them, (the Creek nation,) at the expense of the United States, 
immediately after the ratification of the treaty, to examine the 
country west c-f the Mississippi, not within the limits of the States 
or territories, and not possessed by the Choctaws or Cherokees. 
And the United States agree to purchase for them, if the same can 
conveniently be done upon reasonable terms, wherever they may 
select, a country, whose extent shall, in the opinion of the Presi* 



566 



CREEKS, 



dent, be proportioned to their numbers. And if such purchase 
cannot be thus made, it is then agreed that the selection shall be 
made where the President may think proper, just deference being 
had to the wishes of the emigrating party." And whereas, the 
Creek Indians aforesaid, did send five persons as delegates to 
explore the country pointed out to them by their treaty, which 
delegates selected a country west of the Territory of Arkansas, 
lying and being along and between the Verdigris, Arkansas, and 
Canadian rivers ; and to the country thus selected, a party of the 
Creek Indians emigrated the following year. And whereas cer- 
tain articles of treaty or convention, were concluded at the city of 
Washington on the 6th day of May, A. D. one thousand eight 
hundred and twenty-eight, by and between James Barbour, Secre- 
tary of War, on behalf of the United States, and certain chiefs 
and head men of the Cherokee nation of Indians, by the second 
article of which convention, a country was assigned to the Chero- 
kee Indians aforesaid, including within its boundaries some of the 
lands previously selected and claimed by the Creek Indians, under 
their treaty aforesaid. And whereas, the President and Senate of 
the United States, for the purpose of protecting the rights se- 
cured to the Creek Indians by their treaty stipulations, and with 
a view to prevent collision and misunderstanding between the two 
nations, ratified and confirmed the Cherokee treaty, on the 28th 
day of May, 1828, with the following proviso, viz : Provided, 
nevertheless, that the said convention shall not be so construed 
as to extend the northern boundary of the perpetual outlet " west, 
provided for and guarantied in the second article of said conven- 
tion, north of the 36th deg. of north latitude, or so as to interfere 
with the lands assigned, or to be assigned, west of the Mississippi 
river to the Creek Indians, who have emigrated or may emigrate 
from the States of Georgia and Alabama, under the provisions of 
any treaty or treaties heretofore concluded between the United 
States and the Creek tribe of Indians. And provided further, that 
nothing in the said convention shall be construed to cede or assign 
to the Cherokees any lands heretofore ceded or assigned to any 
tribe or tribes of Indians, by any treaty now existing or in force, 
with any such tribe or tribes." And whereas the said proviso and 
ratification of the Cherokee treaty was accepted by the delegates 
of the nation, then at the city of Washington, as satisfactory to 
them, as is shown in and by their certain instrument in writing, 
bearing date the 31st day of May, 1828, appended to and pub- 
lished with their treaty aforesaid. But, afterwards, the Cherokees 
of Arkansas, and many of those residing east of the Mississippi 
at the time that treaty was concluded, removed to the country 
described in the second article of their treaty, and settled upon a 
certain portion of the land claimed by the Creek Indians under 
their treaty provisions and stipulations. And whereas difficulties 
and dissensions thus arose between the Cherokees and Creek 



CREEKS. 



567 



tribes about their boundary lines, which occasioned an appeal to 
the President of the United States for his interposition and final 
settlement of the question, which they were unable to settle be- 
tween themselves. And whereas the commissioners of the United 
States, whose names are signed hereto, in pursuance of the power 
and authority vested in them by the President of the United 
States, met the chiefs and head men of the Cherokee and Creek 
nations of Indians in council, on the 29th ultimo ; and after a full 
and patient hearing, and careful examination of all the claims, 
set up and brought forward by both the contending parties, they 
have this day effected an adjustment of all their difficulties, and 
have succeeded in defining and establishing boundary lines to 
their country west of the Mississippi, which have been acknow- 
ledged in open council, this day, to be mutually satisfactory to 
both nations. 

Now, therefore, for the purpose of securing the great objects 
contemplated by an amicable settlement of the difficulties hereto- 
fore existing between the Cherokee and Muskogee or Creek In- 
dians, so injurious to both parties ; and in order to establish 
boundary lines which will secure a country and permanent home 
to the whole Creek nation of Indians, including the Seminole 
nation, who are anxious to join them, the undersigned commis- 
sioners, duly authorized to act on behalf of the United States, 
and the chiefs and head men of the said Muskogee or Creek In- 
dians, having full power and authority to act for their people west 
of the Mississippi, hereby agree to the following articles : 

Art. 1. The Muskogee or Creek nation of Indians, west of 
the Mississippi, declare themselves to be the friends and allies of 
the United States, under whose parental care and protection they 
desire to continue ; and that they are anxious to live in peace and 
friendship, not only with their near neighbors and brothers, the 
Cherokees, but with all the surrounding tribes of Indians. 

Art. 2. The United States hereby agree, by and with the con- 
sent of the Creek and Cherokee delegates, this day obtained, that 
the Muskogee or Creek country west of the Mississippi, shall be 
embraced within the following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the 
mouth of the north fork of the Canadian river, and run northerly 
four miles ; thence running a straight line so as to meet a line 
drawn from the south bank of the Arkansas river opposite to the 
east or lower bank of Grand river, at its junction with the Ar- 
kansas, and which runs a course south, 44 deg. west, one mile, to 
a post placed in the ground ; thence along said line to the Arkan- 
sas, and up the same and the Verdigris river, to where the old 
territorial line crosses it ; thence along said line north to a point 
twenty-five miles from the Arkansas river where the old territorial 
line crosses the same ; thence running a line at right angles with 
the territorial line aforesaid, or west to the Mexico line ; thence 
along the said line southerly to the Canadian river or to the boundary 



568 



CREEKS. 



of the Choctaw country ; thence down said river to the place of 
beginning. The lines, hereby defining the country of the Musko- 
gee Indians on the north and east, bound the country of the Chero- 
kees along these courses, as settled by the treaty concluded this 
day between the United States and that tribe. 

Art. 3. The United States will grant a patent, in fee-simple, 
to the Creek nation of Indians for the land assigned said nation 
by this treaty or convention, whenever the same shall have been 
ratified by the President and Senate of the United States ; and 
the right thus guarantied by the United States shall be continued 
to said tribe of Indians, so long as they shall exist as a nation, 
and continue to occupy the country hereby assigned them. 

Art. 4. It is hereby mutually understood and agreed between 
the parties to this treaty, that the land assigned to the Muskogee 
Indians, by the second article thereof, shall be taken and con- 
sidered as the property of the whole Muskogee or Creek nation, 
as well of those now residing upon the land, as the great body of 
said nation who still remain on the east side of the Mississippi ; 
and it is also understood and agreed that the Seminole Indians of 
Florida, whose removal to this country is provided for by their 
treaty with the United States, dated May 9th, 1832, shall also have 
a permanent and comfortable home on the lands hereby set apart 
as the country of the Creek nation ; and they (the Seminoles) will 
hereafter be considered a constituent part of said nation, but are 
to be located on some part of the Creek country by themselves ; 
which location will be selected for them by the commissioners who 
have signed these articles of agreement or convention. 

Art. 5. As an evidence of the kind feelings of the United 
States towards the Muskogee Indians, and as a testimonial of the 
gratification with the present amicable and satisfactory adjustment 
of their difficulties with the Cherokees, experienced by the com- 
missioners, they agree, on behalf of the United States, to furnish 
to the Creek Indians west of the Mississippi, one blacksmith and 
one wheelwright or wagon-maker, as soon as they may be required 
by the nation, in addition to those already employed ; also to erect 
shops and furnish tools for the same, and supply the smith shops 
with one ton of iron, and two hundred and fifty pounds of steel 
each ; and allow the said Creek Indians, annually, for education 
purposes, the sum of one thousand dollars, to be expended under 
the direction of the President of the United States ; the whole of 
the above grants to be continued so long as the President may 
consider them conducive to the interest and welfare of the Creek 
Indians ; and the United States will also cause to be erected, as 
soon as conveniently can be done, four patent railway mills for 
grinding corn, and will immediately purchase for them, twenty- 
four cross-cut saws. It being distinctly understood, however, 
that the grants thus made to the Creek Indians by this article, are 



CREEKS. 



569 



intended solely for the use and benefit of that portion of the Creek 
nation, who are now settled west of the Mississippi. 

Art. 6. The United States agree that the improvements which 
the Creek Indians may be required to leave, in consequence of the 
boundary lines this day settled between their people and the Chero- 
kees, shall be valued with as little delay as possible, and a fair and 
reasonable price paid for the same by the United States. 

Art. 7. It is hereby agreed by the Creek nation, parties hereto, 
that if the saline or salt plains on the great western prairies, 
should come within the boundaries defined by this agreement, as 
the country of the Creek nation, then, and in that case the Presi- 
dent of the United States shall have the power to permit other friend- 
ly Indian tribes to visit said salt plains, and procure thereon, and 
carry away, salt sufficient for their subsistence, without hindrance 
or molestation from the said Creek Indians. 

Art. 8. It is agreed by the parties to this convention, that the 
country hereby provided for the Creek Indians shall be taken in 
lieu of, and considered to be the country provided or intended to 
be provided, by the treaty made between the United States and 
the Creek nation on the 24th day of January, 1826, under which 
they removed to this country. 

Art. 9. This agreement shall be binding and obligatory upon 
the contracting parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified and 
confirmed by the President and Senate of the United States. 

Done in open council, at fort Gibson, this 14th day of Feb- 
ruary, A. D. one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three. 
Montfort Stokes, l. s. 

Henry L. Ellsworth, l. s. 

J. F. Schermerhorn, l. s. 

Roly Mcintosh, his x mark, l. s. 

Fuss-hatchie Micoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Benj. Perryman, his x mark, L. s. 

Hospottock Harjoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Cowo-coogee, Maltha, his x mark, l. s. 

Holthimotty Tustonnucky, his x mark, l. s. 

Toatkah Haussie, his x mark, l. s. 

Istauchoggo Harjoe, his x mark, l. s. 

Chocoatie Tustonnucky, his x mark, l. s. 

Chiefs of Creek nation. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in our presence : 

S. C. Stambaugh, SecVy to Wilson Nesbitt, 

Comms. W. Seawell, Lieut. 1th Inf. 

M. Arbuckle, Colo. 1th Infy. Peter A. Cams, 

Jno. Campbell, Agt. Creeks, Jno. Hambly, Interpreter, 

Geo. Vashon, Agt. Cher, west, Alex. Brown, his x mark, Cher. 
N. Young, Major V. S. Army, Interpr. 



570 



OTTAWA S. 



OTTAWAS. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 18, 1833 — RATIFIED MARCH 22, 1833. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at Maumee, in the State of Ohio, on the 
eighteenth day of February, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty-three, between George B. Porter, com- 
missioner on the part of the United States, of the one part, and 
the undersigned chiefs and head men of the band of Ottawa In- 
dians, residing on the Indian reserves, on the Miami of lake 
Erie, and in the vicinity thereof representing the whole of said 
lands, of the other part. 

Whereas, by the twentieth article of the treaty concluded at the 
foot of the rapids of the Miami of lake Erie, on the twenty-ninth 
day of September, A. D. 1817, it is provided as follows : " The 
United States also agree to grant, by patent, to the chiefs of the 
Ottawa tribe of Indians for the use of the said tribe, a tract of land, 
to contain thirty-four square miles, to be laid out as nearly in a 
square form as practicable, not interfering with the lines of the tracts 
reserved by the treaty of Greenville, on the south side of the Miami 
river of lake Erie, and to include Tush-que-gan, or McCarty's vil- 
lage ; which tracts, thus granted, shall be held by the said tribe, 
upon the usual conditions of Indian reservations, as though no 
patent were issued." And whereas, by the sixth article of the 
treaty concluded at Detroit, on the seventeenth day of November, 
A. D. 1807, it is provided, for the accommodation of the Indians 
named in the treaty, that certain tracts of land, within the cession 
then made, should be reserved to the said Indian nations, among 
which is a reservation described as follows : " Four miles square 
on the Miami bay, including the villages where Meskeman and 
Waugan now live ;" which reservation was expressly made for the 
Ottawa tribe. By virtue of which stipulations and reservations the 
said band of Ottawas are now in the occupancy and enjoyment of 
the two tracts of land therein described ; and for the consideration 
hereinafter stated, have agreed to cede the same to the United 
States, and bind themselves to each and all of the articles and 
conditions which follow : 

Art. 1. The said Ottawa band cede to the United States all 
their land on each or either side of Miami river of lake Erie, or on 
the Miami bay, being all the lands mentioned, or intended to be 
included in the two reservations aforesaid, or to which they have 
any claim. No claim to be made for improvements. 

Art. 2. It is agreed that out of the lands hereby ceded, the fol- 
lowing reservations shall be made ; and that patents for each tract 
shall be granted by the United States to the individuals respective- 
ly, and their heirs, for the quantity hereby assigned to each, that 



OTTAWAS. 



571 



is to say : A tract of fifteen hundred and twenty acres shall be laid 
off at the mouth of the river, on the south side thereof, and to be 
so surveyed as to accommodate the following persons, for whose 
use, respectively, each tract hereinafter described is reserved : viz. 
Three hundred and twenty acres for Au-to-kee, a chief, at the mouth 
of the river, to include Presque isle ; eight hundred acres for Jac- 
ques, Robert, Peter, Antoine, Francis and Alexis Navarre, to in- 
clude their present improvements ; one hundred and sixty acres for 
Wa-say-on, the son of Tush-qua-guan, to include his father's old 
cabin : the remaining two hundred and forty acres to be set off in 
the rear of these two sections ; eighty acres thereof for Pe-tau, and 
if practicable, to include her cabin and field ; eighty acres more 
thereof for Che-no, a chief, above, or higher up the little creek ; 
and the other eighty acres thereof for Joseph le Cavalier Ranjard, 
in trust for himself and the legal representatives of Albert Ranjard, 
deceased. Also, the following tracts on the north side of said 
river : one hundred and sixty acres for Wau-sa-on-o-quet, a chief, 
to include the improvement where he now lives on Pike creek, and 
to front on the bay ; eighty acres for Leon Guoin and his children, 
adjoining the last and on the south side thereof; one hundred and 
sixty acres for Aush-cush and Ke-tuck-kee, chiefs, to be laid off 
on the north side of Ottawa creek, fronting on the same, and above 
the place where the said Aush-cush now lives ; one hundred and 
sixty acres for Robert A. Forsyth, of Maumee, to be laid off on 
each side of the turnpike road where half-way creek crosses the 
same ; and one hundred and sixty acres, fronting on the Maumee 
river, to include the place where Ke-ne-wau-ba formerly resided ; 
one hundred and sixty acres for John E. Hunt, fronting on the 
said river, immediately above and adjoining the last ; and also one 
hundred and sixty acres, to adjoin the former tract, on the turnpike 
road. The said tracts to be surveyed and set off under the di- 
rection of the President of the United States. 

The said Au-to-kee, Wa-say-on, Pe-tau-che-no, Wau-sa-on-o- 
quet, Aush-cush, and Ke-tuck-kee, being Indians, the lands hereby 
reserved for them are not to be alienated, without the approbation 
of the President of the United States. 

The said Leon Guoin has resided for a long time among these 
Indians, has subsisted them when they would otherwise have suf- 
fered, and they are greatly attached to him. They request that the 
grant be to him and his present wife, during their joint lives, and 
the life of the survivor, and to their children in fee. 

The said Jacques, Robert, Peter, Antoine, Francis and Alexis 
Navarre, have long resided among these Indians, intermarried with 
them, and been valuable friends. 

The said Albert Ranjard, deceased, had purchased land of them 
previous to the late war, upon which, before he died, he had paid 
them three hundred dollars, for which his family have never received 
any equivalent. 



572 



OTTAWAS. 



The reservations to the said Robert A. Forsyth and John E. 
Hunt, being at the especial request of the said band, in considera- 
tion of their long residence among them, and the many acts of 
kindness they have extended to them. 

Art. 3. In consideration of which, it is agreed that the United 
States shall pay to the said band of Indians the sum of twenty-nine 
thousand four hundred and forty dollars, to be, by direction of the 
said band, applied in extinguishment of their debts, in manner fol- 
lowing, that is to say ; to John Hollister and Company, seven 
thousand three hundred and sixty-five dollars, which includes other 
claims, directed by the said Indians to be by him paid, amounting 
to thirteen hundred and ninety-five dollars, as per schedule A, here- 
with ; to John E. Hunt, nine thousand nine hundred and twenty- 
nine dollars, which includes other claims, directed by the said In- 
dians to be by him paid, amounting to two thousand six hundred 
and seventy-five dollars and sixty-three cents, as per schedule B, 
herewith ; to Robert A. Forsyth, of Maumee, ten thousand eight 
hundred and ninety dollars, which includes other claims directed 
by the said Indians to be by him paid, amounting to four thousand 
four hundred and ten dollars, as per schedule C, herewith ; to Louis 
Beaufait, seven hundred dollars ; to Pierre Menard, four hundred 
dollars ; to John King, one hundred dollars ; to Louis King, fifty- 
six dollars. 

Within six months after payment by the United States of the 
said consideration money, the said Indians agree to remove from 
all the lands herein ceded. And it is expressly understood, that 
in the meantime no interruption shall be offered to the survey of the 
same by the United States. 

And whereas, the said band have represented to the said com- 
missioner, that under the treaty, as interpreted to them, entered 
into with John B. Gardiner, commissioner on the part of the United 
States, on the 30th day of August, 1831, for the cession of a part 
of their lands, there is due to them, jointly with that portion of the 
tribe that has emigrated, eighteen thousand dollars, and for which 
they have made claim. Whenever this deficiency shall be paid, it 
is agreed that out of said fund there shall be paid to Joseph Le- 
ronger, in full satisfaction of all his claim, four hundred dollars ; 
and to Pierre Menard, in like satisfaction, sixteen hundred dollars ; 
to Gabriel Godfroy, junior, in like satisfaction, two hundred dol- 
lars ; to Waubee's daughter, Nau-quesh-kum-o-qua, fifty dollars ; 
to Charles Leway or Nau-way-nes, fifty dollars ; to Dr. Horatio 
Conant, two hundred dollars, in full satisfaction of all his claim ; 
to Joseph F. Marsac, fifty dollars. 

This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the 
contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, and the under- 



SEMINOLES. 



573 



signed chiefs and head men 
set their hands, at Maumee, 
G. B. Porter, 

Wau-see-on-o-quet, his x mark, 
An-to-kee, his x mark, 
She-no, his x mark, 
Wau-be-gai-kek, his x mark, 
Shaw-wa-no, his x mark, 
Kee-tuk-kee, his x mark, 
Aush-cush, his x mark, 
No-ten-o, his x mark, 
Way-say-on, his x mark, 
Sas-sain, his x mark, 



of the said band, have hereunto 
the said day and year. 
Nau-qua-gai-shik, his x mark, 
O-sage, his x mark, 
Me-sau-kee, his x mark, 
Kin-je- way-no, his x mark, 
An-ne-qua-to, his x mark, 
Meesh-quet, his x mark, 
Sa-see-go-wa, his x mark, 
Pe-ton-o-quet, his x mark, 
Saw-ga-nosh, his x mark, 
Enne-me-kee, his x mark, 
Aish-qua-bee, his x mark. 



In presence of 



E. A. Brush, Sec'y. 

Kintzing Pritchette, 

Henry Conner, 

Louis Beaufait, 

James Jackson, Sub-agent 7 

John E. Hunt, 



Chs. C. P. Hunt, 
G. B. Knaggs, 
John Hollister, 
James H. Forsyth, 
J. D. Beaugrand. 



SEMINOLES. 

[concluded march 28, 1833 — ratified April 12, 1834.] 

Whereas, the Seminole Indians of Florida entered into certain 
articles of agreement with James Gadson, [Gadsden,] commis- 
sioner on behalf of the United States, at Payne's landing, on the 
9th day of May, 1832 : the first article of which treaty or agree- 
ment provides as follows : " The Seminole Indians relinquish to 
the United States all claim to the land they at present occupy in 
the territory of Florida, and agree to emigrate to the country as- 
signed to the Creeks, west of the Mississippi river ; it being under- 
stood that an additional extent of territory proportioned to their 
number will be added to the Creek country, and that the Seminoles 
will be received as a constituent part of the Creek nation, and be 
re-admitted to all the privileges as members of the same." And 
whereas, the said agreement also stipulates and provides, that a 
delegation of Seminoles should be sent, at the expense of the 
United States, to examine the country to be allotted them among 
the Creeks, and should this delegation be satisfied with the cha- 
racter of the country, and of the favorable disposition of the Creeks 
to unite with them as one people, then the aforementioned treaty 
would be considered binding and obligatory upon the parties. 
And whereas, a treaty was made between the United States and 
the Creek Indians west of the Mississippi, at fort Gibson, on the 
14th day of February, 1836, by which a country was provided for 



574 



SEMINOLES. 



the Seminoles in pursuance of the existing arrangements between 
the United States and that tribe. And whereas, the special dele- 
gation, appointed by the Seminoles on the 9th day of May, 1832, 
have since examined the land designated for them by the under- 
signed commissioners on behalf of the United States, and have 
expressed themselves satisfied with the same, in and by their letter, 
dated March, 1833, addressed to the undersigned commissioners. 

Now, therefore, the commissioners aforesaid, by virtue of the 
power and authority vested in them by the treaty made with the 
Creek Indians on the 14th of February, 1833, as above stated, 
hereby designate and assign to the Seminole tribe of Indians, for 
their separate future residence, forever, a tract of country lying 
between the Canadian river and the north fork thereof, and extend- 
ing west to where a line running north and south between the 
main Canadian and north branch, will strike the forks of Little 
river, provided said west line does not extend more than twenty- 
five miles west from the mouth of said Little river. And the 
undersigned Seminole chiefs, delegated as aforesaid, on behalf of 
their nation, hereby declare themselves well satisfied with the loca- 
tion provided for them by the commissioners, and agree that their 
nation shall commence the removal to their new home, as soon as 
the government will make arrangements for their emigration satis- 
factory to the Seminole nation. 

And whereas, the said Seminoles have expressed high confi- 
dence in the friendship and ability of their present agent, Major 
Phagan, and desire that he may be permitted to remove them to 
their new homes west of the Mississippi, the commissioners have 
considered their request, and cheerfully recommend Major Phagan 
as a suitable person to be employed to remove the Seminoles as 
aforesaid, and trust his appointment will be made, not only to 
gratify the wishes of the Indians, but as conducive to the public 
welfare. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners on behalf of the 
United States, and the delegates of the Seminole nation, have 
hereunto signed their names, this 28th day of March, A. D. 
1833, at fort Gibson. 

Montfort Stokes, 
Henry L. Ellsworth, 
John F. Schermerhorn. 

Seminole Delegates : 

John Hick, representing Sam Jones, his x mark. 

Holata Emartta, his x mark. 

Jumper, his x mark. 

Coi Hadgo, his x mark. 

Charley Emartta, his x mark. 

Ya-ha-hadge, his x mark. 

Ne-ha-tho-clo, representing Fuch-a-lusti-hadgo, his x mark. 
On behalf of the Seminole nation: 



QUAPAWS. 



575 



Read, and signed in our presence : 

S. C. Stambaugh, Sec. Com'rs. A. P. Chouteau, 

John Phagan, Agent, Enoch Steer, 

P. L. Chouteau, U. S. Indian Abraham, Seminole Interp, 
Agent for 0 sages, 



QUAPAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED MAY 13, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. ] 

Articles of agreement, or a treaty between the United States and 
the Quapaw Indians, entered into by John F. Schermerhorn, com- 
missioner of Indian affairs west, on the part of the United States, 
and the chiefs and warriors of the Quapaw Indians. 

Whereas, by the treaty between the United States and the Qua- 
paw Indians, concluded November 15th, 1824, they ceded to the 
United States all their lands in the Territory of Arkansas, and ac- 
cording to which they were " to be concentrated and confined to a 
district of country inhabited by the Caddo Indians, and form apart 
of said tribe And whereas, they did remove according to the 
stipulations of said treaty, and settled on the Bayou Treache, on 
the south side of Red river, on a tract of land given them by the 
Caddo Indians, but which was found subject to frequent inunda- 
tions on account of the raft on Red river, and where their crops 
were destroyed by the water, year after year, and which also proved 
to be a very sickly country, and where in a short time, nearly one- 
fourth of their people died : And whereas, they could obtain no 
other situation from the Caddoes, and they refused to incorporate 
them and receive them as a constituent part of their tribe as con- 
templated by their treaty with the United States, and as they saw 
no alternative but to perish if they continued there, or to return to 
their old residence on the Arkansas, they therefore chose the lat- 
ter : And whereas, they now find themselves very unhappily situ- 
ated, in consequence of having their little improvements taken 
from them by the settlers of the country ; and being anxious to 
secure a permanent and peaceable home, the following articles or 
treaty are agreed upon between the United States and the Quapaw 
Indians, by John F. Schermerhorn, commissioner of Indian affairs 
west, and the chiefs and warriors of said Quapaw Indians, this 
(13th) thirteenth day of May, 1833. 

Art. 1. The Quapaw Indians hereby relinquish and convey to 
the United States, all their right and title to the lands given them 
by the Caddo Indians, on the Bayou Treache of Red river. 

Art. 2. The United States hereby agree to convey to the Qua- 
paw Indians, one hundred and fifty sections of land, west of the 
State line of Missouri, and between the lands of the Senecas and 



576 



QUAPAWS. 



Shawnees, not heretofore assigned to any other tribe of Indians, 
the same to be selected and assigned by the commissioners of 
Indian affairs west, and which is expressly designed to be lieu 
of their location on Red river, and to carry into effect the treaty of 
1824, in order to provide a permanent home for their nation ; the 
United States agree to convey the same by patent, to them and 
their descendants as long as they shall exist as a nation, or con- 
tinue to reside thereon, and they also agree to protect them in their 
new residence, against all interruption or disturbance from any 
other tribe or nation of Indians, or from any other person or per- 
sons whatever. 

Art. 3. Whereas, it is the policy of the United States in all 
their intercourse with the Indians, to treat them liberally as well as 
justly, and to endeavor to promote their civilization and prosperi- 
ty, it is further agreed, that in consideration of the important and 
extensive cessions of lands made by the Quapaws to the United 
States, and in view of their present impoverished and wretched 
condition, they shall be removed to their new homes at the ex- 
pense of the United States, and that they will supply them with 
one year's provision from the time of their removal, which shall 
be as soon as they receive notice of the ratification of this treaty by 
the President and Senate of the United States. The United States 
will also furnish and deliver to them, after their arrival at their 
new homes, one hundred cows, one hundred breeding hogs, one 
hundred sheep, ten yokes of working cattle, twenty-five ploughs, 
one hundred axes, one hundred hoes, four ox carts, and one wa- 
gon, with all their necessary rigging, twenty iron hand corn-mills, 
tools of different descriptions, to the amount of two hundred dol- 
lars ; also, looms, wheels, reels, and wool cards, to the amount of 
two hundred dollars, one hundred blankets, fifty rifles, and five 
shot guns, all with flint locks, ten kegs of powder, and six hun- 
dred pounds of lead : The United States agree to provide a farmer 
to reside with them, and to aid and instruct them in their agricul- 
tural pursuits, and a blacksmith to do their necessary work, with 
a shop and tools, and iron, and steel, not exceeding one ton per 
year. The United States also agree to appropriate one thousand 
dollars per year, for education purposes, to be expended under the 
direction of the President of the United States ; the farmer and 
blacksmith, and the above appropriation for education purposes to 
be continued only as long as the President of the United States 
deems necessary for the best interests of the Indians. 

Art. 4. It is hereby mutually agreed upon between the parties 
respectively to this treaty, that in lieu of, and in full consideration 
of their present annuities, perpetual and limited, the United States 
will pay the debts of the Quapaw Indians, according to the an- 
nexed schedule, to the amount of four thousand one hundred and 
eighty dollars, provided they can be discharged in full for that 
amount. They will also expend to the amount of one thousand 



QUAPAWS. 



577 



'dollars, in hiring suitable laborers to build and aid them in erect- 
ing comfortable cabins and houses to live in ; and also that they 
will pay them annually two thousand dollars, for twenty years from 
the ratification of this treaty, and that out of said annuity there 
shall be allowed to their four principal chiefs, Hackatton, Sarras- 
san, Tonnonjinka, and Kaheketteda, and to their successors, each, 
in addition to their distributive share of said annuity, the sum of 
fifty dollars per year. 

Art. 5. It is hereby agreed and expressly understood, that this 
treaty is only supplementary to the treaty of 1824, and designed 
to carry into effect the views of the United States, in providing a 
permanent and comfortable home for the Quapaw Indians ; and 
also, that all the stock and articles furnished the Indians by the 
United States, as expressed in the fourth article, shall be under the 
care and direction of the agent and farmer of said tribe, to see that 
the same is not squandered or sold, or any of the stock slain by 
the Indians, until such time as the natural increase of the stock 
will warrant the same to be done without destroying the whole, 
and thus defeating the benevolent views of the Government in 
making this provision for them. 

Art. 6. The United States also agrees to employ an interpreter 
to accompany them on their removal, and the same to continue 
with them during the pleasure of the President of the United 
States. The above treaty shall be binding on the United States 
whenever ratified and approved by the President and Senate of the 
United States, 

John F. Schermerhorn, 
Hackatton chief, his x mark, 
Sarrasin chief, his x mark, 
Taunoujinka chief, his x mark, 
Kaheketteda chief, his x mark, 
Monehunka, his x mark, 
Kunkadaquene, his x mark, 
Wattekiane, his x mark, 
Hadaskamonene, his x mark, 
Hummonene, his x mark, 
Hikaguedotton, his x mark, 
Moussockane, his x mark. 

The above treaty was signed in open council, in the presence of 

"Richard M. Hannum, S. A. Frederick Saugrain, 

Antoine Barraque, John D. Shaw, 

James W. Walker, Joseph Duchasin, Interpreter. 



52 



578 



APPALACHICOLAS. 



The amount due from the Quapaw tribe of Indians to the following 



named persons ; 

Frederick Notrabe - - - $567 OO 

Joseph Dardene - 300 00 

Ignace Bogy 170 00 

Alexander Diekerson - - 28 00 

William Montgomery - - - 350 00 

Joseph Bonne . 30 00 

Joseph Duehasin - 30 00 

Baptiste Bonne - - - - 20 00 

Antoine Barraque - 2,235 00 

George B. Boyer ... 50 00 

Weylon King ~ ~ - - 400 00 



$4,180 00 



APPALACHICOLAS. 

[ CONCLUDED JUNE 18, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. ] 

The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and 
warriors, voluntarily relinquish all the privileges to which they are 
entitled as parties to a treaty, concluded at Camp Moultrie, on the 
18th- of September, 1823, and surrender to the United States all 
their right, title, and interest to a reservation of land, made for 
their benefit in the additional article of the said treaty, and which 
is described in the said article,, as commencing u on the Appa- 
lachicola, at a point to include Yellow Hare's improvements \ 
thence, up said river four miles ; thence, west one mile ; thence, 
southerly to a point one mile west of the beginning ; and thence, 
east, to the beginning point. " 

Art. 2. For, and in consideration of said cession, the United 
States agree to grant, and to convey in three [3] years by patent 
to Mulatto King or Vacapasacy ; and to Tustenuggy Hajo, head 
chiefs of Ematlochees town, for the benefit of themselves, sub- 
chiefs 7 and warriors, a section and a half of land to each ; or con- 
tiguous quarter and fractional sections, containing a like quantity 
of acres ; to be laid off hereafter under the direction of the Presi- 
dent of the United States, so as to embrace the said chiefs' fields 
and improvements, after the lands shall have been surveyed, and 
the boundaries to correspond with the public surveys ; it being 
understood, that the aforesaid chiefs may, with the consent, and 
under the advisement of the Executive of the territory of Florida, 
at any time previous to the expiration of the above three years, 
dispose of the said sections of land, and migrate to a country of 
their choice; but that should they remain on their lands, the 
United 1 States will,.so soon as Blunt's band, and the Seminoles 



APPALACHlCOLAS. 



579 



generally, have migrated, under the stipulations of the treaties con- 
cluded with them, withdraw the immediate protection hitherto 
extended to the aforesaid chiefs and warriors, and that they there- 
after become subject to the government and laws of the territory 
of Florida* 

Art. 3. The United States stipulate to continue to Mulatto 
King and Tustenuggy Hadjo, their sub-chiefs and warriors, their 
proportion of the annuity of [$5,000] five thousand dollars, to 
which they are entitled under the treaty of Camp Moultrie, so long 
as the Seminoles remain in the territory, and to advance their 
proportional amount of the said annuity for the balance of the term 
stipulated for its payment in the treaty aforesaid, whenever the 
Seminoles finally remove, in compliance with the terms of the treaty 
Concluded at Payne's Landing, on 9th May, 1832. 

Art. 4. If at any time hereafter, the chiefs and warriors, parties 
to this agreement, should feel disposed to migrate from the terri- 
tory of Florida, to the country allotted to the Creeks and Seminoles 
in Arkansas, should they elect to sell their grants of land as pro- 
vided for in the first article of the treaty, they must defray from the 
proceeds of the sales of said land, or from their private resources, 
all the expenses of their migration, subsistence, etc. ; but if they 
prefer, they may, by surrendering to the United States all the 
rights and privileges acquired under the provisions of this agree- 
ment, become parties to the obligations, provisions, and stipula- 
tions of the treaty concluded at Payne's Landing, with the Semi- 
noles on the 9th of May, 1832, as a constituent part of said tribe, 
and re-unite with said tribe in their new abode on the Arkansas. 
The United States, in that event, agreeing to pay [3,000] three 
thousand dollars for the reservation relinquished in the first article 
of this treaty, in addition to the rights and annuities the parties 
may acquire under the aforesaid treaty at Payne's Landing. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in 
behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names, and affixed 
their seals. 

Done at Pope's, Fayette county, in the territory of Florida, 
this eighteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-three, and of the independence of the United States, 



the fifty-eighth. 

James Gadsden, l. s. 
Mulatto King, or Vaeapachacy, his x mark, l. s. 

Tustenuggy Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Yellow Hare, his x mark, l, s. 

John Walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Yeo-lo-hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Cath-a-hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Lath-la-yahola, his x mark, L, s* 



580 



APPALACHICOLAS, 



Pa-hosta Tustenuckey, his x mark, l. s. 

Tuse-caia-hajo, his x mark, l. s, 

Witnesses : 

Wm. S. Pope, Sub- Agent, Joe Miller, Interp'r, his x mark, 

Robert Larance, Jim Walker, Inter, his x mark. 



The undersigned chiefs, for and in behalf of themselves and 
warriors, voluntarily relinquish all the privileges to which they 
are entitled as parties to a treaty concluded at Camp Moultrie, on 
the 18th of September, 1823, and surrender to the United States 
all their right, title, and interest to a reservation of land, made for 
their benefit in the additional article of the said treaty, and which 
is described in said article as " commencing on the Chattahoochie, 
one" mile below Econchatimico's house; thence, up said river 
four miles ; thence, one mile west ; thence, southerly to a point 
one mile west of the beginning ; thence, east to the beginning 
point." 

Art. 2. For, and in consideration of said cession, the United 
States agree to grant, and to convey in three [3] years, by patent, 
to Econchatimico, for the benefit of himself, sub-chiefs, and war- 
riors, three sections of land ; (or contiguous quarter and fractional 
sections, containing a like quantity of acres;) to be laid off here- 
after under the direction of the President of the United States, so 
as to embrace the said chief's fields, improvements, etc., after the 
lands shall have been surveyed, and the boundaries to correspond 
with the public surveys ; it being understood, that the aforesaid 
chief may, with the consent and under the advisement of the Exe- 
cutive of the territory of Florida, at any time previous to the ex- 
piration of the above three years, dispose of the said sections of 
land, and migrate to a country of their choice ; but that, should 
they remain on their lands, the United States will, so soon as 
Blunt's band, and the Seminoles generally, have migrated under 
the stipulations of the treaty concluded with them, withdraw the 
immediate protection hitherto extended to the aforesaid chief, his 
sub-chiefs, and warriors, and that they thereafter become subject 
to the government and laws of the territory of Florida. 

Art. 3. The United States stipulate to continue to Econchati- 
mico, his sub-chiefs, and warriors, their proportion of the annuity 
of [5,000] five thousand dollars, to which they are entitled under 
the treaty of Camp Moultrie, so long as the Seminoles remain in 
the territory, and to advance their proportional amount of said an- 
nuity, for the balance of the term stipulated for its payment in the 
treaty aforesaid, whenever the Seminoles finally remove, in com- 
pliance with the terms of the treaty concluded at Payne's Land- 
ing on 9th May, 1832. 



APPALACHICOLAS. 



581 



Art. 4. If, at any time hereafter, the chiefs and warriors, par- 
ties to this agreement, should feel disposed to migrate from the 
territory of Florida to the country allotted to the Creeks and Se- 
minoles in Arkansas ; should they elect to sell their grants of land, 
as provided for in the first article of this treaty, they must defray 
from the proceeds of the sales of said land, or from their private 
resources, all the expenses of their migration, subsistence, etc. ; 
but if they prefer, they may, by surrendering to the United 
States, all the rights and privileges acquired under the provisions 
of this agreement, become parties to the obligations, provisions, 
and stipulations of the treaty, concluded at Payne's Landing with 
the Seminoles, on the 9th May, 1832, as a constituent part of said 
tribe, and re-unite with said tribe in their new abode on the Ar- 
kansas, the United States, in that event, agreeing to pay [3,000] 
three thousand dollars for the reservation relinquished in the first 
article of this treaty ; in addition to the rights and immunities the 
parties may acquire under the aforesaid treaty at Payne's Landing, 

In testimony whereof, the commissioner, James Gadsden, in 
behalf of the United States, and the undersigned chiefs and 
warriors, have hereunto subscribed their names and affixed 
their seals. 

Done at Pope's, Fayette county, in the territory of Florida, 
this eighteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-three, and of the independence of the United States, 
the fifty- eighth. 

James Gadsden, l. s. 

Econ-chati-mico, his x mark, l. s. 

Billy Humpkin, his x mark, l. s, 

Kaley Senehah, his x mark, l. s. 

Elapy Tustenuckey, his x mark, l. s. 
Vauxey Hajo, his x mark, l. s. 

Fose-e-mathla, his x mark, l. s. 

Lath-la-n-cicio, his x mark, l. s. 

Witnesses : 

Wm. S. Pope, Sub- Agent, Joe Miller, his x mark, Interpr'r, 
Robert Larance, Jim Walker, his x mark; Interpr'r. 



582 



OTOES AND MISSOURIAS. 



OTOES AND MISSOURIAS. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 21, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. ] 

Articles of agreement and convention, made at the Otoe village on 
the river Platte, between Henry L. Ellsworth, commissioner, in 
behalf the United States, and the united bands of Otoes and 
Missourias, dwelling on the said Platte, this 21st day of Sep- 
tember, A. B. 1833. 

Art. 1. The said Otoes and Missourias, cede and relinquish to 
the United States all their right and title to the lands lying south 
of the following line, viz : Beginning, on the Little Neman aw 
river, at the northwest corner of the land reserved by treaty at 
Prairie du Chien, on the 15th July, 1830, in favor of certain half- 
breeds, of the Omahas, Ioways, Otoes, Yancton, and Santie bands 
of Sioux, and running westerly with said Little Nemahaw, to 
the head branches of the same ; and thence running in a due west 
line as far west as said Otoes and Missourias have, or pretend to 
have, any claim. 

Art. 2. The United States agree to continue the present 
annuity of twenty-five hundred dollars, granted by said treaty 
of Prairie du Chien, to said Otoes and Missourias, ten years 
from the expiration of the same, viz : ten years from 15th July, 1840. 

Art. 3. The United States agree to continue for ten years 
from said 15th July, 1840, the annuity of five hundred dollars, 
granted for instruments for agricultural purposes. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to allow annually five hun- 
dred dollars, for five years, for purposes of education, which sum 
shall be expended under the direction of the President, and con- 
tinued longer if he deems proper. The schools, however, shall be 
kept within the limit of said tribe or nation. 

Art. 5. The United States agree to erect a horse-mill for 
grinding corn, and to provide two farmers to reside in the nation, 
to instruct and assist said tribe, for the term of five years, and 
longer, if the President thinks proper. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to deliver to said Otoes and 
Missourias, one thousand dollars value in stock, which shall be 
placed in the care of the agent or farmer, until the President 
thinks the same can safely be intrusted to the Indians. 

Art. 7. It is expressly agreed and understood, that the stipula- 
tions contained in the 3d, 4th, 5th, and 6th articles, are not 
to be fulfilled by the United States, until the Otoes and Missou- 
rias shall locate themselves in such convenient agricultural dis- 
tricts as the President may think proper ; nor shall the payments 
be continued, if the Otoes and Missourias shall abandon such 



OTOES AND MISSOtKRIAS.. 



location as the President shall think best for their agricultural 
interests. 

Art. 7. The Otoes and Missourias declare their entire willing- 
ness lo abandon the chase for the agricultural life ; their desire 
for peace with all other tribes ; and therefore agree not to make 
war against any tribe with whom they now are, or shall be, at 
peace ; but should any difficulty arise between them and any 
other tribe, they agree to refer the matter in dispute to some 
arbiter whom the President shall appoint to adjust the same. 

Art. 9. The United States agree to deliver the said Otoes and 
Missourias the value of four hundred dollars in goods and mer- 
chandise ; which said Otoes and Missourias hereby acknowledge 
to have received. 

Art. 10. This convention or agreement, to be obligatory, when 
ratified by the President and Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners aforesaid, and the 
undersigned chiefs and warriors have hereunto subscribed 
their names, and affixed their seals, at the Otoe village on 
the said Platte river, the date first above written. 



Henry L. Ellsworth, l s. 

Jaton, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Kaw, his x mark, l. s.. 

The Thief, his x mark, l. s,. 

Wah-ro-ne-saw, his x mark, l. &. 

Rah-no-way-wah-ha-rah, his x mark P l. s. 

Gra-tah-ni-kah, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-skah[gah-ha, his x mark, l. s. 

Nan-cha-si-zay, his x mark, l. s. 

A-Sha-bahhoo, his x mark, l. s* 

Kah-he-ga, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-ne-min-nah, his x mark, l. s. 

Cha-wa-ehe-ra, his x mark, l. s~ 

Pa-che-ga-he, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-tcha-shing-a, his x mark^ l. s» 

Mon-to-ni-a, his x mark, *l. s. 

Ora-da-nia, his x mark, l. s~ 

Mock-shiga-tona, his x mark, l. s- 

Wah-nah-sha, his x mark, l. s. 

Wash-kah-money, his x mark, l. s. 

Cha-ah-gra, his x mark, l. s. 

To-he, his x mark :l. s, 

O-rah-kah-pe, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-a-ge-hi-ru-ga-rah, his x mark, l. s. 

O-ha-ah-che-gi-sug-a, his x mark, l. s. 

Ish-kah-tap-a, his x mark, l. s. 

Meh-say-wayj his x mark, I*. s. 



584 



CKIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



In presence of 

Edward A. Ellsworth, Sec. pro John T. Irving, jr. 

tern. J. D. Blanchard, 

Jno. Dougherty, Ind. Agt, Charlo Mobrien, his x mark., 

Ward S. May, M. D. Oloe, Interpreter. 
John Dunlop, 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, AND POTAWATAMIES . 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 26, 1833 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 21, 1835. ] 

Articles of a treaty made at Chicago , in the State of Illinois , on the 
twenty -sixth day of September , in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and thirty-three, between George B. Porter \ 
Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, commissioners on 
the part of the United States, on the one part, and the United Na- 
tion of Chippewa, Ottowa and Potawatamie Indians, of the other 
part, being fully represented by the chiefs and head men whose 
names are hereunto subscribed ; which treaty is in the following 
words, to wit : 

Art. 1. The said United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Po- 
tawatamie Indians, cede to the United States all their land along 
the western shore of lake Michigan, and betw T een this lake and the 
land ceded to the United States by the Winnebago nation, at the 
treaty of fort Armstrong, made on the 15th September, 1832 ; 
bounded on the north by the country lately ceded by the Menomi- 
nees, and on the south by the country ceded at the treaty of Prairie 
du Chien, made on the 29th July, 1829, supposed to contain about 
five millions of acres. 

Art. 2. In part consideration of the above cession, it is hereby 
agreed that the United States shall grant to the said United Nation 
of Indians, to be held as other Indian lands are held which have 
lately been assigned to emigrating Indians, a tract of country west 
of the Mississippi river, to be assigned to them by the President of 
the United States, to be not less in quantity than five millions of 
acres, and to be located as follows : Beginning at the mouth of 
Boyer's river, on the east side of the Missouri river ; thence, down 
the said river to the mouth of Naudoway river ; thence, due east to 
the west line of the State of Missouri ; thence, along the said State 
line to the northwest corner of the State ; thence, east along the 
said State line to the point where it is intersected by the western 
boundary line of the Sacs and Foxes ; thence, north along the said 
line of the Sacs and Foxes, so far as that when a straight line shall 
be run therefrom to the mouth of Boyer's river, (the place of be- 
ginning,) it shall include five millions of acres. And as it is the 
wish of the Government of the United States that the said nation 



CHXPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



585 



of Indians should remove to the country thus assigned to them as 
soon as conveniently can be done ; and it is deemed advisable on 
the part of their chiefs and head men that a deputation should visit 
the said country west of the Mississippi, and thus be assured that 
fall justice has been done, it is hereby stipulated that the United 
States will defray the expenses of such deputation, to consist of 
not more than fifty persons, to be accompanied by not more than 
five individuals, to be nominated by themselves, and the whole to 
be under the general direction of such officer of the United States 
Government as has been or shall be designated for the purpose. 
And it is further agreed, that as fast as the said Indians shall be 
prepared to emigrate, they shall be removed at the expense of the 
United States, and shall receive subsistence while upon the journey, 
and for one year after their arrival at their new homes. It being 
understood, that the said Indians are to remove from all that part 
of the land now ceded, which is within the State of Illinois, im- 
mediately on the ratification of this treaty, but to be permitted to 
retain possession of the country north of the boundary line of the 
said State, for the term of three years, without molestation or inter- 
ruption, and under the protection of the laws of the United States. 

Art. 3. And in further consideration of the above cession, it is 
agreed, that there shall be paid by the United States the sums of 
money hereinafter mentioned, to wit : One hundred thousand dol- 
lars, to satisfy sundry individuals in behalf of whom reservations 
were asked, which the commissioners refused to grant ; and also, 
to indemnify the Chippewa tribe who are parties to this treaty for 
certain lands along the shore of lake Michigan, to which they make 
claim, which have been ceded to the United States by the Me- 
nominee Indians : the manner in which the same is to be paid is 
set forth in schedule " A," hereunto annexed ; one hundred and 
fifty thousand dollars to satisfy the claims made against the said 
United Nation, which they have here admitted to be justly due, 
and directed to be paid, according to schedule " B," hereunto an- 
nexed ; one hundred thousand dollars to be paid in goods and pro- 
visions, a part to be delivered on the signing of this treaty, and the 
residue during the ensuing year ; two hundred and eighty thousand 
dollars to be paid in annuities of fourteen thousand dollars a year, 
for twenty years ; one hundred and fifty thousand dollars to be ap- 
plied to the erection of mills, farm-houses, Indian houses, and 
blacksmiths' shops, to agricultural improvements, to the purchase 
of agricultural implements and stock, and for the support of such 
physicians, millers, farmers, blacksmiths and other mechanics, as 
the President of the United States shall think proper to appoint ; 
seventy thousand dollars for purposes of education and the encour- 
agement of the domestic arts, to be applied in such manner as the 
President of the United States may direct. [The wish of the In- 
dians being expressed to the commissioners as follows : The United 
Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Potawatamie Indians, being de- 



586 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



sirous to create a perpetual fund for the purposes of education and 
the encouragement of the domestic arts, wish to invest the sum of 
seventy thousand dollars in some safe stock, the interest of which 
only is to be applied as may be necessary for the above purposes ; 
they therefore request the President of the United States to make 
such investment for the nation as he may think best. If, however, 
at any time hereafter, the said nation shall have made such ad- 
vancement in civilization, and have become so enlightened as, in 
the opinion of the President and Senate of the United States, they 
shall be capable of managing so large a fund with safety, they may 
withdraw the whole or any part of it.] Four hundred dollars a 
year to be paid to Billy Caldwell, and three hundred dollars a year 
to be paid to Alexander Robinson, for life, in addition to the an- 
nuities already granted them ; two hundred dollars a year to be 
paid to Joseph Lafromboise, and two hundred dollars a year to be 
paid to Shabehnay, for life ; two thousand dollars to be paid to 
Wau-pon-eh-see and his band, and fifteen hundred dollars to Awn- 
kote and his band, as the consideration for nine sections of land, 
granted to them by the 3d article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, 
of the 29th of July, 1829, which are hereby assigned and surren- 
dered to the United States. 

Art. 4. A just proportion of the annuity money, secured as 
well by former treaties as the present, shall be paid west of the 
Mississippi to such portion of the nation as shall have removed 
thither during the ensuing three years. After which time, the 
whole amount of the annuities shall be paid at their location west 
of the Mississippi. 

Art. 5. The reservation of two sections of land to Shab-eh-nay 
by the second clause of the third article of the treaty of Prairie du 
Chien, of the 29th July, 1829, shall be a grant in fee simple to 
him, his heirs and assigns forever, and all the individual reserva- 
tions of lands in the treaty concluded at Camp Tippecanoe, dated 
20th October, 1832, shall be considered as grants in fee simple to 
the persons to whom they are made, their heirs and assigns for- 
ever, and that the reservations in the said last mentioned treaty of 
one section of land, to be located at Twelve Mile Grove, or Na- 
be-na-qui-nong, " for Joseph Laughton, son of Waiske-shaw," 
and of two sections of land to include the small grove of timber, 
on the river above Rock village, " for the children of Waiske- 
shaw," shall be considered as grants in fee simple to their father, 
David Laughton, his heirs and assigns forever. That the reser- 
vation in said treaty of one section of land to be located at Sol- 
diers' village, for Maw-te-no, daughter of Francis Burbonnois, 
jun., shall be considered as a grant in fee simple to her father, the 
said Francis Burbonnois, jun., his heirs and assigns forever: and 
that the reservation in said treaty of one section of land to be 
located at Skunk Grove, for the children of Joseph La Framboise 
shall be considered as a grant in fee simple to the said Joseph La 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TT0WAS, ETC. 



587 



Framboise, his heirs and assigns forever. Provided that no sale of 
any of the said reservations shall be valid unless approved by the 
President of the United States. 

The fifth article has been inserted at the request of the said 
chiefs, who allege that the provisions therein contained were 
agreed to at the time of the making of the said treaties, but were 
omitted to be inserted, or erroneously put down. It is however 
distinctly understood that the rejection of said article by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States shall not vitiate this treaty. 

This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified by the Presi- 
dent and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the con- 
tracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. 
Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs 
and head men of the said nation of Indians, have hereunto 
set their hands at Chicago, the said day and year. 



G. B. Porter, 
Th. J. V. Owen, 
William Weatherford, 
To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, 
Sau-ko-noek, 

Che-che-bin-quay, his x mark, 
Joseph, his x mark, 
Wah-mix-i-co, his x mark, 
Ob-wa-qua-unk, his x mark, 
N-saw-way-quet, his x mark, 
Puk-quech-a-min-nee, his x 
mark, 

Nah-che-wine, his x mark, 
Ke-wase, his x mark, 
Wah-bou-seh, his x mark, 
Mang-e-sett, his x mark, 
Caw-we-saut, his x mark, 
Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, 
Pat-e-go-shuc, his x mark, 
E-to-wow-cote, his x mark, 
Shim-e-nah, his x mark, 
O-chee-pwaise, his x mark, 
Ce-nah-ge-win, his x mark, 
Shaw-waw-nas-see, his x mark, 
Shab-eh-nay, his x mark, 
Mac-a-ta-o-shic, his x mark, 
Squah-ke-zic, his x mark, 
Mah-che-o-tah-way,his x mark, 
Cha-ke-te-ah, his x mark, 
Me-am-ese, his x mark, 
Shay-tee, his x mark, 



Chis-in-ke-bah, his x mark, 
Mix-e-maung, his x mark, 
Nah-bwait, his x mark, 
Sen-e-bau-um, his x mark, 
Puk-won, his x mark, 
Wa-be-no-say, his x mark, 
Mon-tou-ish, his x mark, 
No-nee, his x mark, 
Mas-quat, his x mark, 
Sho-min, his x mark, 
Ah-take, his x mark, 
He-me-nah-wah, his x mark, 
Che-pec-co-quah, his x mark, 
Mis-quab-o-no-quah, his x 
mark, 

Wah-be-Kai, his x mark, 
Ma-ca-ta-ke-shic, his x mark, 
Sho-min, (2d.) his x mark, 
She-mah-gah, his x mark, 
O'Ke-mah-wah-ba-see, his x 

mark, 
Na-mash, his x mark, 
Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, 
Ah-cah-o-mah, his x mark, 
Quah-quah, tah, his x mark, 
Ah-sag-a-mish-cum,his x mark, 
Pa-mob-a-mee, his x mark, 
Nay-o-say, his x mark, 
Ce-tah-quah, his x mark, 
Ce-ku-tay, his x mark, 
Sauk-ee, his x mark, 



588 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



Kee-new, his x mark, 
Ne-bay-noc-scum, his x mark, 
Naw-bay-caw, his x mark, 
O'Kee-mase, his x mark, 
Saw-o-tup, his x mark, 
Me-tai-way, his x mark, 
Na-ma-ta-way-shuc, his x mark, 
Shaw-waw-nuk-wuk, his x 
mark, 

Nah-che-wah, his x mark, 
Sho-bon-nier, his x mark, 
Me-nuk-quet, his x mark, 

In presence of 



Ah-quee-wee, his x mark, 
Ta-cau-ko, his x mark, 
Me-shim-e-nah, his x mark, 
Wah-sus-kuk, his x mark, 
Pe-nay-o-cat, his x mark, 
Pay-maw-suc, his x mark, 
Pe-she-ka, his x mark, 
Shaw-we-mon-e-tay, his x 
mark, 

Ah-be-nab, his x mark, 
Sau-sau-quas-see, his x mark. 



Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary 

to Commission, 
E. A. Brush, 
Luther Rice, Interpreter, 
James Conner, Interpreter, 
John T. Schermerhorn, Com- 
missioner, etc. west. 
A. C. Pepper, S. A. R. P. 
Gho. Kercheval, Sub-agent, 
Geo. Bender, Major bth Regi. 
Inf. 

D. Wilcox, Capt. bth Regt. 
J. M. Baxley, Capt. bth Inf. 
R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. 

L. T. Jamison, Lieut. U. S. A. 

E. K. Smith, Lieut, bth Inf. 
P. Maxwell, Asst. Surgeon, 
J. Allen, Lieut, bth Inf. 

LP. Simonton, Lieut. U. S. A. 
George F. Turner, Asst. Sur- 
geon U. S. Army, 
Richd. J. Hamilton, 
Robert Stuart, 
Jona. McCarty, 



Daniel Jackson, of JYew York, 
J no. H. Kinzie, 
Robt. A. Kinzie, 
G. S. Hubbard, 
J. C. Schwarz, Adjt. Gen. M. 
M. 

Jn. B. Beaubrier, 
James Kinzie, 
Jacob Beeson, 
Saml. Humes Porter, 
Andw. Porter, 
Gabriel Godfrey, 

A. H. Arndt, 
Laurie Marsh, 
Joseph Chaunier, 
John Watkins, 

B. B. Kercheval, 
Jas. W. Berry, 
Wm. French, 
Thomas Forsyth, 
Pierre Menard, Fils, 
Edmd. Roberts, 
Geo. Hunt, 

Isaac Nash. 



SCHEDULE A. 

( Referred to in the treaty containing the sums payable to indi- 
viduals in lieu of reservations.) 

Jesse Walker, - $1500 

Henry Cleavland, 800 
Rachel Hall, ... 600 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



589 



Sylvia Hall, - $600 

Joseph Laframboise and children, - - 1,000 

Victoire Porthier and her children, - - 700 

Jean Bt. Miranda, 1 1-300 

Jane Miranda, [ For each of whom John \ - 200 

Rosetta Miranda, f H. Kinzie is trustee, j - 300 

Thomas Miranda, J J - 400 



Alexander Muller, Gholson Kercheval, trustee, - 800 

Paschal Muller, do do - 800 

Margaret Muller, - - - 200 

Socra Muller - 200 

Angelique Chevallier, 200 

Josette Chevallier, 200 

Fanny Leclare, (Captain David Hunter, trustee,) - 400 

Daniel Bourassa's children, - 600 

Nancy Contraman, ) ^ , ? , T -n ) 

e nl V, , 1 f t or each oi whom J. 13. f CAn 

Sally Contraman, > ri in-, > - oOO 

r> , J n , ' i Campbell is trustee, I 

Betsey Contraman, ) ) 

Alexis Laframbois, - 1,800 

Alexis Laframbois' children, - 200 

Mrs. Mann's children, - - 600 

Mrs. Mann, (daughter of Antoine Ouilmet,) - 400 
Geo. Turkey's children, (Fourtier,) Th. J. V. Owen, trustee, 500 

Jacques Chapeau's children, do do - 600 

Antonie Roscum's children, - 750 

Francois Burbonnais' sen. children, - - 400 

Francois Burbonnais' jun. children, - - 300 
John Bt. Cloutier's children, (Robert A. Kinzie, trustee,) 600 

Claude Laframboise' s children, - 300 

Antoine Ouilmet's children, - - - 300 

Josette Ouilmet, (John H. Kinzie, trustee,) - 200 

Mrs. Welsh, (daughter of Antoine Ouilmet,) - 200 

Alexander Robinson's children, - - 400 

Billy Caldwell's children, - - - 600 

Mo-ah-way, - - - 200 

Medare B. Beaubien, - - - 300 

Charles H. Beaubien, - 300 
John K. Clark's Indian children, (Richard J. Hamilton, 

trustee,) - - - 400 
Josette Juno and her children, - 1,000 
Angelique Juno, - 300 
Josette Beaubiens' children, ... 1,000 
Ma-go-que's child, (James Kinzie, trustee,) - 300 
Esther, Rosene and Eleanor Bailly, - - 500 
Sophia, Hortense and Therese Bailly, - - 1,000 
Rosa and Mary, children of Hoo-mo-ni-gah, wife of Ste- 
phen Mack, 600 
Jean Bt. Rabbu's children, - - 400 



590 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



Francis Chevallier's children, - - - §800 

Mrs. Nancy Jamison and child, - - 800 

Co-pah, son of Archange, * 250 

Martha Burnet, (Rt. Forsyth, trustee,) - - 1,000 

Isadore Chabert's child, (G. S. Hubbard, trustee,) - 400 

Chee-bee-quai, or Mrs. Allen, - 500 

Luther Rice and children, - 2,500 

John Jones, - 1,000 

Pierre Corbonno's children, - 800 

Pierre Chalipeaux's children, ■» 1,000 

Phoebe Treat and children, - - - 1,000 

Robert Forsyth, of St. Louis, Mo. - - 500 

Alexander Robinson, - 10,000 

Billy Caldwell, - 10,000 

Joseph Leframboise, - 300 

Nis noan see, (B. B. Kercheval, trustee,) - 200 

Margaret Hall, - 1,000 
James, William, David and Sarah, children of Margaret 

Hall, - » * 3,200 



Margaret Ellen Miller, Mont- 1 For each of whom ' 
gomery Miller, and Filly [ Richard J. Hamil- I 
Miller, grand-children of | ton, of Chicago, is p 
Margaret Hall, J trustee, 



Jean Letendre's children, ... 200 

Bernard Grignon, - - - 100 

Josette Polier, - 100 
Joseph Vieux, Jacques Vieux, Louis Vieux, Josette Vieux, 

each $100, - - - 100 

Angelique Hard wick's children, - - 1,800 

Joseph Bourassa and Mark Bourassa, - - 200 

Jude Bourassa and Therese Bourassa, - - 200 

Stephen Bourassa and Gabriel Bourassa, - - 200 

Alexander Bourassa and James Bourassa, - - 200 

Elai Bourassa and Jerome Bourassa, - - 200 

M. D. Bourassa, - 100 
Ann Rice, and her son, William M. Rice, and nephew, 

John Leib, - 1,000 

Agate Biddle and her children, - - 900 

Magdaline Laframbois and her son, - - 400 

Therese Schandler, - - - 200 

Joseph Dailly's son and daughter, Robert and Therese, 500 

Therese Lawe and George Lawe, - - 200 

David Lawe and Rachel Lawe, - - 200 

Rebecca Law and Maria Lawe, - - 200 

Polly Lawe and Jane Lawe, - 200 

Appotone Lawe, - - ■» - 100 

Angelique VieuX and Amable VieuX* - - 200 

Andre Vieux and Nicholas Vieux, * * 200 



CHIPFEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC* 



591 



Pierre Vieux and Maria Vieux, - - $200 

Madaline Thibeault, - - - - 100 

Paul Vieux and Joseph Vieux, - 200 

Susanne Vieux, - 100 

Louis Grignon and his son Paul, - - 200 

Paul Grignon, sen. and Amable Grignon, - 200 

Perish and Robert Grignon, - 200 

Catist Grignon and Elizabeth Grignon, - * 200 

Ursul Grignon and Charlotte Grignon, - - 200 

Louise Grignon and Rachel Grignon, * - 200 

Agate Porlier and George Grignon, - - 200 

Amable Grignon and Emily Grignon, - - 200 

Therese Grignon and Simon Grignon, - - 200 

William Burnett, (B, B. Kercheval, trustee,) - 1,000 

Shan-na-nees, - 400 

Josette Beaubien, - 500 
For the Chippewa, Ottawa, and Potawatamie students at 
the Choctaw Academy. The Hon. R. M. Johnson to 

be the trustee, - 5,000 

James and Richard J. Conner, - 700 

Pierre Duverney and children, - 300 
Joshua Boyd's children, (Geo. Boyd, Esq. to be trustee,) 500 

Joseph Baily, - . . 4 ? 000 

R. A. Forsyth, - 3,000 

Gabriel Godfroy, - 2,420 

Thomas R. Covill, - 1,300 

George Hunt, - - - 750 

James Kinzie, - 5,000 

Joseph Chaunier, - 550 

John and Mark Noble, - - - 180 

Alexis Provansalle, - - - 100 



One hundred thousand dollars, $100,000 



schedule b. 

(Referred to in the treaty containing the sums payable to indi- 
viduals on claims admitted to be justly due, and directed to be 



paid.) 

Brewster, Hogan & Co. $343 Oliver Emmell, $300 

John S. C. Hogan, 50 George Hollenbeck, 100 

Frederick H. Contraman, 200 Martha Gray, 78 

Brookfield & Bertrand, 100 Charles Taylor, 187 

R. E. Heacock, 100 Joseph Naper, 71 

George W. McClure, U. John Mann, ' 200 

S. A. 125 James Walker, 200 

David McKee, 180 John Blackston, 100 



592 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS 3 ETC. 



Harris & McCord, $175 

George W. Dole/ 133 

George Haverhill, 60 
Wm. Whistler, U. S. A. 1,000 

Squire Thompson, 100 

C. C. Trowbridge, 2,000 
Louis Druillard, 350 
Abraham Francis, 25 

D. R. Bearss & Co. 250 
Dr. E. Winslow, 150 
Nicholas Klinger, 77 
Joseph Porthier, 200 
Clark Hollenback, 50 
Henry Enslen, 75 
Robert A. Kinzie, 1,216 
Joseph Ogie, 200 
Thomas Hartzell, 400 
Calvin Britin, 46 
Benjamin Fry, 400 
Pierre F. Navarre, 100 
C. H. Chapman, 30 
James Kinzie, 300 
G. S. Hubbard, 125 
Jacque Jenveaux, 150 
John B. Du Charme, 55 
John Wright, 15 
James Galloway, 200 
William Marquis, 150 
Louis Chevalier, adm'r of 

J. B. Chevalier, dec'd, 112 

Solomon McCullough, 100 

Joseph Curtis, 50 

Edward E. Hunter, 90 

Rachel Legg, 25 

Peter Lamseet, 100 

Robert Beresford, 200 

G. W. & W. Laird, 150 

M. B. Beaubien, 440 

Jeduthan Smith, 60 

Edmund Weed, 100 
Philip Maxwell, U. S. A. 35 

Henry Gratiot, 116 

Tyler K. Blodgett, 50 

Nehemiah King, 125 

S. P. Brady, 188 

James Harrington, 68 

Samuel Ellice, 50 
Peter Menard, (Maumee,) 500 



John W. Anderson, $350 
David Bailey, 50 
Wm. G. Knaggs, 100 
John Hively, 150 
John B. Bertrand, sen. 50 
Robert A. Forsyth, 3,000 
Maria Kercheval, 3,000 
Alice Hunt, 3,000 
Jane C. Forsyth, 3,000 
John H. Kinzie, 5,000 
Ellen M. Wolcott, 5,000 
Maria Hunter, 5,000 
Robert A. Kinzie, 5,000 
Samuel Godfroy, 120 
John E. Schwarz, 4,800 
Joseph Loranger, 5,008 
H. B. and C. W. Hoffman 350 
Phelps & Wendell, 660 
Henry Johns, 270 
Benjamin C. Hoyt, 20 
John H. Kinzie, in trust 
for the heirs of Jos. Mi- 
randa, dec'd. 250 



Francis Burbonnais, senr. 500 
Francis Burbonnais, junr. 200 
R. A. Forsyth, in trust for 

Catherine McKenzie, 1,000 
James Laird, 50 
Montgomery Evans, 250 
Joseph Bertrand, jr. 300 
George Hunt, 900 
Benjamin Sherman, 150 
W. and F. Brewster, as- 
signees of Joseph Ber- 
trand, senr. 700 
John Forsyth, in trust for 
the heirs of Charles Pel- 



tier, dec'd, 


900 


William Hazard, 


30 


James Shirby, 


125 


Jacob Platter, 


25 


John B. Bourie, 


2,500 


B. B. Kercheval, 


1,500 


Charles Lucier, 


75 


Maik Beaubien, 


500 


Catharine Stewart, 


82 


Francis Mouton, 


200 


Dr. William Brown, 


40 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TT0WAS, ETC, 



:E. A. Forsyth, in trust for 

heirs of Charles Guion, $200 



Joseph Bertrand, senr. 652 

Moses Rice, 800 

James Conner, 2,250 

John B. Du Charme, 250 

Coquillard •.& Comparet, 5,000 

Richard J. Hamilton, 500 

Adolphus Chapin, 80 

John Dixon, 140 

Wm. Huff, 81 
Stephen Mack, in trust 
for the heirs of Stephen 

Mack, dec'd. 500 

Thomas Forsyth, 1,500 

Felix Fontaine, 200 

Jacques Mette, 200 

Francis Boucher, 250 

Margaret Helm, 2,000 

O. P. Lacy, 1,000 
Henry and Richard G, 

Connor, 1,500 

James W. Craig, 500 
R. A. Forsyth, (Maumee,) 1,300 

Antoine Peltier, do, 200 
R. A. Forsyth, in trust for 

Mau-se-on-o-quet, 300 

John E. Hunt, 1,450 

Payne C. Parker, 70 

Isaac Hull, 1,000 

Foreman Evans, 32 

Horatio N. Curtis, 300 

lea Rice, 250 

Thomas P. Quick, 35 

George B. Woodcox, 60 

John Woodcox, 40 

George B. Knaggs, 1,400 

Ebenezer Read, 100 

George Pomeroy, 150 

Thomas K. Green, 70 
William Mieure, in trust 

for Willis Fellows, 500 

Z. Cicott, 1,800 

John Johnson, 100 

Antoine Antilla, 100 

John Baldwin, 500 

Isaac G. Baily, 100 

James Cowea, 35 

52 



Joseph D. Lane, $50 

J, L. Phelps, 250 

Edmund Roberts, 50 

Augustus Bona, 60 

E. C. Winter & Co. 1,850 

Charles W. Ewing, 200 

Antoine Ouilmet, 800 



John Bt. Chandonai, (one 
thousand dollars of this 
sum to be paid to Rob- 
ert Stuart, agent of 
American Fur Com- 
pany, by the particular 
request of Jno. B. Chan- 



donai,) 2,500 
Lawrin Marsh, 3,290 
P. &. J. Godfrey, 2,000 
David Hull, 500 
Andrew Drouillard, 500 
Jacob Beeson & Co. 220 
Jacob Beeson, 900 
John Anderson, 600 
John Green, 100 
James B. Campbell, 600 
Pierre Menard, jun., in 
right of G. W. Camp- 
bell, 250 
George E. Walker, 1,000 
Joseph Thebault, 50 
Gideon Lowe, U. S. A. 160 
Pierre Menard, jun. 2,000 
John Tharp, 45 
Pierre Menard, jun., in 
trust for Marie Trem- 
ble, 500 
Henry B Stilman, 300 
John Hamblin, 500 
Francois Page, 100 
George Brooks, 20 
Franklin McMillan, 100 
Lorance Shellhouse, 30 
Martin G. Shellhouse, 35 
Peter Belair, 150 
Joseph Morass, 200 
John I. Wendell, 2,000 
A. T. Hatch, 300 
Stephen Downing, 100 
Samuel Miller, 100 



594 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TTOWAS, ETC. 



Moses Hardwick, $75 

Margaret May, 400 

Frances Felix, 1,100 

John B. Bourie, 500 

Harriet Ewing, 500 

Nancy Hedges, 500 

David Bourie, 500 

Caroline Ferry, 500 

Bowrie & Minie, 500 

Charles Minie, 600 

Francis Minie, 700 

David Bourie, 150 

Henry Ossum Read, 200 

Francoise Bezion, 2,500 

Dominique Rousseau, 500 

Hanna & Taylor, 1,570 

John P. Hedges, 1,000 

Francois Chobare, 1,000 

Isadore Chobare, 600 

Jacob Leephart, 700 

Amos Amsden, 400 

Nicholas Boilvin, 350 

Archibald Clybum, 200 
William Conner, (Michi- 

gan,) 70 

Tunis S. Wendall, 500 

Noel Vassuer, 800 



James Abbott, agent of 
the American Fur Com- 
pany, $2,30D 

Robert Stewart, agent of 
the American Fur Com- 



17,000 



pany, 

Solomon Ieauneau, 

John Bt. Beaubien 

Stephen Mack, junr 

John Lawe, 

Alexis Larose, 

Daniel Whitney, 

P. & A. Grignon, 

Louis Grignon, 

Jacques Vieux, 

Laframboise & Bourassa, 1,300 

Heirs of N. Boilvin, de- 
ceased, 

John K. Clark, 

William G.&G.W 
ing, 

Rums Hitchcock, 
Reed and Coons, 
B.H.Laughton, 
Rufus Downing, 
Charles Reed, 



Ew 



2,100 
250 
350 
3,000 
1,000 
1,350 
650 
2,000 
2,000 



1,000 
400 

5,000 
400 
200 

1,000 
500 
200 



$175,000 



The above claims have been admitted and directed to be paid, 
only in case they be accepted in full of all claims and demands 
up to the present date. 

G. B. Porter, 
Th. J. V. Owen, 
William Weatherford. 



Agreeably to the stipulations contained in the third article of the 
treaty, there have been purchased and delivered at the request of 
the Indians, goods, provisions, and horses, to the amount of sixty- 
five thousand dollars, (leaving the balance to be supplied in the 
year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, thirty-five thou- 
sand dollars.) 

As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under 
the direction of the said commissioners, and that the whole of the 
same have been received by the said Indians, the said George B. 
Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the 
undersigned chiefs and head men, on behalf of the said united 
nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, the twenty-seventh 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TT0WAS, ETC. 



595 



day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-three. 



G. B. Porter, 
Th. J. V. Owen, 
William Weatherford, 
Jo-pen-e-bee, his x mark, 
We-saw, his x mark, 
Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, 
Wai-saw-o-ke-ne-aw, his x 
mark, 

Ne-see-waw-bee-tuck, his x 
mark, 

Kai-kaw-tai-rnon, his x mark, 
Saw-ko-nosh, 



Tshee-Tshee- chin-be- quay, his 

x mark, 
Joseph, his x mark, 
Shab-e-nai, his x mark, 
Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, 
E-to-won-cote, his x mark, 
Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, 
Me-am-ese, his x mark, 
Wah-be-me-mee, his x mark, 
Shim-e-nah, his x mark, 
We-in-co, his x mark. 



In presence of 

Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secr'y* to Joseph Bertrand, junr. 

the Commission, Jno. H. Kinzie, 

R. A. Forsyth, U. S. Jt* James Conner, Interpreter, 

Madn. F> Abbott, J. E. Schwarz, AdjU Gen, 

Saml. Humes Porter, M. M. 
Andw. Porter, 



Articles supplementary to the treaty made at Chicago, in the State 
of Illinois, on the 26th day of September, one thousand eight hun* 
dred and thirty-three, between George B* Porter, Thomas J. V. 
Owen, and William Weatherford, commissioners on the part of the 
United States, of the one part, and the United JYdtion of Chip- 
pewa, Ottowa, and Potawatamie Indians, of the other part, con- 
cluded at the same place, on the twenty- seventh day of September, 
one thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, between the said 
commissioners, on the part of the United States, of the one part, 
and the chiefs and head men of the said United JYation of Indians, 
residing upon the reservations of land situated in the territory of 
Michigan, south of Grand river, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The said chiefs and head men cede to the United States, 
all their land situate in the territory of Michigan, south of Grand 
river, being the reservation at Notawasepe, of 4 miles square con- 
tained in the 3d clause of the 2d article of the treaty made at Chica- 
go, on the 29th day of August, 1821, and the ninety-nine sections 
of land contained in the treaty made at St. Joseph, on the 19th 
day of September, 1827 ; and also the tract of land on St. Joseph 
river, opposite the town of Niles, and extending to the line of the 
State of Indiana, on which the villages of To-pe-ne-bee and Po- 
kagon are situated, supposed to contain about forty-nine sections. 



596 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TT0WAS, ETC. 



Art. 2, In consideration of the above cession, it is hereby agreed 
that the said chiefs and head men and their immediate tribes, shall 
be considered as parties to the said treaty to which this is supple- 
mentary, and be entitled to participate in all the provisions therein 
contained, as a part of the United Nation ; and further, that there 
shall be paid by the United States the sum of one hundred thousand 
dollars, to be applied as follows : 

Ten thousand dollars, in addition to the general fund of one 
hundred thousand dollars contained in the said treaty, to satisfy 
sundry individuals in behalf of whom reservations were asked, 
which the commissioner refused to grant. The manner in which 
the same is to be paid being set forth in the schedule " A," here- 
unto annexed. 

Twenty-five thousand dollars, in addition to the sum of one 
hundred and fifty thousand dollars contained in the said treaty, to 
satisfy the claims made against all composing the United Nation 
of Indians, which they have admitted to be justly due, and directed 
to be paid according to schedule " B," to the treaty annexed. 

Twenty-five thousand dollars to be paid in goods, provisions, 
and horses, in addition to the one hundred thousand dollars con- 
tained in the treaty. 

And forty thousand dollars to be paid in annuities of two thou- 
sand dollars a year for twenty years, in addition to the two hundred 
and eighty thousand dollars inserted in the treaty, and divided into 
payments of fourteen thousand dollars a year. 

Art. 3. All the Indians residing on the said reservations in 
Michigan, shall remove therefrom within three years from this date, 
during which time they shall not be disturbed in their possession, 
nor in hunting upon the lands as heretofore. In the mean time, no 
interruption shall be offered to the survey and sale of the same by 
the United States. In case, however, the said Indians shall sooner 
remove, the Government may take immediate possession thereof. 

Art. 4. By the last clause of the 3d article of the treaty of St. 
Joseph, made on the 27th day of September, 1828, there is granted 
to Madeline Bertrand, wife of Joseph Bertrand, one section of land ; 
and as the same has not been located, it is requested by the said 
chiefs and head men that it shall be purchased by the United States. 
It is therefore agreed that the same shall be purchased by the United 
States, if it can be done, for the sum of eight hundred dollars; also, 
the reservation in the treaty, concluded at camp Tippecanoe, dated 
the 20th of October, 1832, to Me-saw-ke-qua and her children, of 
two sections of land at Waw-us-kuk's village, shall be considered 
as a grant in fee simple to the said Me-saw-ke-qua, her heirs and 
assigns forever ; provided that no sale of the same shall be valid, 
unless approved by the President of the United States. 

The 4th article has been inserted at the request of the said chiefs ; 
and as the individuals named are desirous of accompanying their 
friends on their removal to the west, it has been assented to by the 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC*. 



597 



commissioners, with the express understanding that the rejection 
of this article by the President and Senate of the United States, 
shall not vitiate the treaty. 

These supplementary articles, after the same shall have been 
ratified by the President and Senate of the United States, shall be 
binding on the contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said George B. Porter, Thomas J. V. 
Owen, and William Weatherford, and the undersigned chiefs 
and head men of the said United Nation of Indians, have 
hereunto set their hands at Chicago, the said day and year. 



G. B. Porter, 
Th. J. V. Owen, 
William Weatherford, 
To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, 
We-saw, his x mark, 
Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, 
Wai-saw-o-ko-ne-aw, his x 
mark, 

Po-ka-gon, his x mark, 
Kai-kaw-tai-mon, his x mark, 
Pe-pe-ah, his x mark, 
Ne-see-waw-bee-tuck, his x 
mark, 

Kitchee-bau, his x mark, 
Pee-chee-ko, his x mark, 
Nai-gaw-geucke, his x mark, 
Wag-maw-kan-so, his x mark, 
Mai-go-sai, his x mark, 
Nai-chee-wai, his x mark, 
Aks -puck-sick, his x mark, 
Kaw-kai-mai, his x mark, 
Mans-kai-sick, his x mark, 
Pam-ko-wuck, his x mark, 
No-taw-gai, his x mark, 
Kauk-muck-kisin, his x mark, 
Wee-see-mon, his x mark, 
Mo-so-ben-net, his x mark, 
Kee-o-kum, his x mark, 



Maatch-kee, his x mark, 
Kaw-bai-me-sai, his x mark, 
Wees-ke-qua-tap, his x mark, 
Ship-she-wuh-no, his x mark, 
Wah-co-mah-o-pe-tuk, his 3 
mark, 

Ne-so-wah-quet, his x mark, 
Shay-o-no, his x mark, 
Ash-o-nees, his x mark, 
Mix-i-nee, his x mark, 
Ne-wah-ox-sec, his x mark, 
Sauk-e-mau, his x mark, 
Shaw-waw-nuk-wuk, his x 

mark, 
Mo-rah, his x mark, 
Suk-see, his x mark, 
Quesh-a-wase, his x mark, 
Pat-e-go-to, his x mark, 
Mash-ke-oh-see, his x mark^ 
Mo-nase, his x mark, 
Wab-e-kaie, his x mark, 
Shay-oh-new, his x mark, 
Mo-gua-go, his x mark, 
Pe-qua-shuc, his x mark, 
A-muwa-noc-sey, his x mark, 
Kau-ke-che-ke-to, his x mark, 
Shaw-waw-nuk-wuk, his x 

mark. 



In presence of 



Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Sec* to the 

Commission, 
E. A. Brush, 
Luther Rice, Intr. 
James Conner, Interpreter, 
Joseph Bertrand, jr. Interpreter, 
Gho. Kercheval, Sub Lid. Agt. 



Geo, Bender, Major bth RegL 
Infy. 

D. Wilcox, Capt. bth Regt. 
J. M. Baxley, Capt. bth Infy, 
R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. 

L. T. Jamison, Lt. U. S. A. 

E. K. Smith, Lt bth Infy. 



598 



CHIPPEWAS, 0TT0WAS, ETC, 



J. L. Thompson, Lt. bth Inf. 
J. Allen, Lt. bthlnf. 
P. Maxwell, Asst. Surgeon U. 
S. A. 

Geo. F. Turner, Asst. Sur. U. 

S. Army, 
B. B. Kercheval, 
Thomas Forsyth, 
Daniel Jackson, of New York, 
J. E. Schwarz, Adjut. Gen. 

M. M. 
Robt. A. Kinzie, 
G. S. Hubbard, 



L. M. Taylor, 
Pierre Menard, fils, 
Jacob Beeson, 
Samuel Humes Porter, 
Edmd. Roberts, 
Jno. H. Kinzie, 
Jas. W. Berry, 
Gabriel Godfroy, jr. 
Geo. Hunt, 
A. H. Arndt, 
Andw. Porter, 
Isaac Nash, 
Richard J. Hamilton. 



SCHEDULE a A.' ? 

Referred to in the article supplementary to the treaty, containing 
the sums payable to individuals, in lieu of reservations of land. 



Po-ka-gon, - - - - - - $2,000 

Rebecca Burnett, ) ^ , t t> t , , c , ( 500 
Mary Burnett, j EdwarQ Brooks > tmstee I0r each > j 250 

Martha Burnett, (R. A. Forsyth, trustee,) - - 250 

Mad aline Bertrand, - 200 

Joseph Bertrand, junr. - 200 

Luke Bertrand, junr. ----- 200 

Benjamin Bertrand, ----- 200 

Lawrence Bertrand, ----- 200 

Theresa Bertrand, ----- 200 

Amable Bertrand, ----- 200 

Julianne Bertrand, ----- 200 

Joseph H. Bertrand, ----- 100 

Mary M. Bertrand, ----- 100 

M. L. Bertrand, ----- 100 

John B. Du Charme, ----- 200 

Elizabeth Du Charme, (R. A. Forsyth, trustee,) - 800 

George Henderson, - 400 

Mary Nado and children, - 400 

John Bt. Chandonai, - 1,000 
Charles Chandonai, > For each of whom R. A. For- ^ 400 
Mary Chandonai, \ syth is trustee,) ( 400 

Mary St. Comb and children, - 300 

Sa-gen-nais' daughter, - 200 

Me-chain, daughter of Pe-che-co, - 200 

Alexis Rolan, ----- 200 

Polly Neighbush, ----- 200 



CHIPPEWA S, 0TTOWA.S, ETC. 



599 



Francois Page's wife and daughter, - $200 
Pierre F. Navarre's children, - - - 100 

Jarmont (half breed,) - 100 



Ten thousand dollars, $10,000 



Agreeably to the stipulations contained in the articles supple- 
mentary to the treaty, there have been purchased and delivered at 
the request of the Indians, goods, provisions, and horses, to the 
amount of fifteen thousand dollars (leaving the balance to be 
supplied hereafter ten thousand dollars.) 

As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under 
the direction of the said commissioners, and that the whole of the 
same been received by the said Indians, and the said George B. 
Porter, Thomas J. V. Owen, and William Weatherford, and the 
undersigned chiefs and head men on behalf of the said United 
Nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands the twenty- 
seventh day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
eight hundred and thirty- three. 

G. B. Porter, Tshee-tshee-chin-ke-bequay, 
Th. J. V. Owen, his x mark, 

William Weatherford, Joseph, his x mark, 

To-pen-e-bee, his x mark, Shab-e-nai, his x mark, 

Wee-saw, his x mark, Ah-be-to-ke-Zhic, his x mark, 

Ne-kaw-nosh-kee, his x mark, E-to-wau-coto, his x mark, 
Wai-saw-o-ko-ne-aw, his x Shab-y-a-tuk, his x mark, 

mark, Me-am-ese, his x mark, 

Ne-see-waw-be-tuk,his x mark, Wah-be-me-mee, his x mark, 
Kai-kaw-tai-mon, his x mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, 
Saw-Ka-Nosh, his x mark, We-in-co, his x mark. 

In presence of 

Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary Joseph Bertrand, junr. 

to the Commission, Andw. Porter, 

E. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. J. E. Schwarz, Adj. Gent. M. 
John H. Kinzie, M. 

Madn. F. Abbott, James Conner, Interprt. 
Saml. Humes Porter, 



On behalf of the chiefs and head men of the United Nation of 
Indians who signed the treaty to which these articles are supple- 
mentary, we hereby, in evidence of our concurrence therein, become 
parties thereto. 

And, as since the signing of the treaty a part of the band re- 



600 



CHIBPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



siding on the reservations in the territory of Michigan, have- 
requested, on account of their religious creed, permission to 
remove to the northern part of the peninsula of Michigan, it is 
agreed that in case of such removal the just proportion of all 
annuities payable to them, under former treaties, and that arising 
from the sale of the reservation on which they now reside, shall be 
paid to them at I/arbre Croche.. 

Witness our hands, the said day and year. 

Saw-ka-nosh, his x mark, O-cheep-pwaise, his x mark, 

Che-ohe-bin-quay, his x mark, Maug-e-sett, his x mark, 

Ah-be-te-ke-zhic, his x mark, Shim-e-nah, his x mark, 

Shab-e-nay, his x mark, Ke-me-nah-wah, his x mark, 

In the presence of 

Wm. Lee D. Ewing, Secretary R. A. Forsyth, U. S. A. 

to the Commission, Saml. Humes Porter,: 

Jno. H. Kinzie, J. E. Schwarz,. ./id/Y. Genl.-M, 
Richd. J. Hamilton, M. 

Robert Stuart, James Conner,, Interpr. 

The commissioners certify that when these supplementary arti- 
cles were ready for signature, the original paper, of which the 
annexed is a copy, was presented by Messrs. Peter and James J. 
Godfroy, and the due execution of it was made satisfactorily 
appear to the commissioners, the subscribing witnesses, R. A. For- 
syth and Robert A. Kinzie, being present. The chiefs and head 
men present recognizing this as a reservation, it was agreed that 
it shall be considered in the same light as though the purport of 
the instrument had been inserted in the body of the treaty ; with 
the understanding that the rejection of it by the President and 
Senate of the United States shall not affect the validity of the 
treaty. 

G. B. Porter, 
Th. J. V. Owen, 
William W T eatherford.. 

(Copy of the instrument referred to in the above certificate.) 

Know all men by these presents, that we, the undersigned chiefs 
and young men, of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, living at 
Na-to-wa-se-pe, in the territory of Michigan, for and in considera- 
tion of the friendship and sundry services rendered to us by Peter 
and James J. Godfroy, we do hereby, by these presents, give, 
grant, alien, transfer, and convey unto the said Godfroys their 
heirs and assigns forever, one entire section of land, situate, lying, 
and being, on our reserve of Na-to-wa-se-pe, in the territory afore- 
sard, to be located by said Godfroys wherever on said reserve they 
shail think it more to their advantage and benefit. 

It is moreover the wishes of the undersigned chiefs and young 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



601 



men as aforesaid, that so soon as there shall be a treaty held 
between the United States and our said tribe of Pottawattamies, 
that our great father the President confirm and make good this 
our grant to them, and the said Godfroys, by issuing a patent 
therefor to them and to their heirs forever. In so doing our great 
father will accomplish the wishes of his children. Done at De- 
troit, this eighteenth day of May, A. D. one thousand eight hun- 
dred and thirty. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto signed, sealed, and set 
our hands and seals, the day and year last above written. 

Penenchese, his x mark, l. s. Na-wa-po-to, his x mark, l. s. 

Pit-goit-ke-se, his x mark, l. s. To-ta-gas, his x mark, l. s. 

Nah-o-te-nan, his x mark, l. s. Pierre Morin, alias Perish, his 
Ke-a-sac-wa, his x mark, l. s. x mark, l. s. 

Sko-paw-ka, his x mark, l. s. We-say-gah, his x mark, l. s. 
Ce-ce-baw, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of us : 

t3*l^' F°t^^- ? Witnesses to the signatures of Pierre Morin, 
Root. A. Kinzie, > ^ . , 1 & ^ T , ? 

G Godfroy ) as ^ ens "' anc * Vva-say-gah. 

Richard Godfroy, Francis Mouton. 



Chicago, Illinois, Oct. 1, 1834. 

Tho. J. V. Owen, Esq., ) 
U. S. Indian Agent. ) 

Father : Feeling a disposition to comply with the resolution 
of Senate of the United States, and the views of the Govern- 
ment in relation to an alteration in the boundaries of the country 
ceded to the United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Pattawa- 
tamie Indians at the treaty at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, 
concluded on the 26th and 27th days of September, 1833 : we 
therefore propose, as the chiefs of the said United Nation, and for 
and on their behalf, that we will accept of the following alteration 
in the boundaries of the said tract of country, viz : — Beginning 
at the mouth of Boyer's river ; thence down the Missouri river, 
to a point thereon ; from which a due east line would strike the 
northwest corner of the State of Missouri ; thence along the said 
east line, to the northwest corner of said State ; thence along the 
northern boundary line of the said State of Missouri, till it strikes 
the line of the lands of the Sac and Fox Indians : thence north- 
wardly along the said line to a point from which a west line would 
strike the sources of the Little Sioux river; thence along said west 
line, till it strikes the said sources of said river; thence down the said 
river to its mouth ; thence down the Missouri river, to the place 



602 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



of beginning : Provided, the said boundary shall contain five mil- 
lion of acres ; but should it contain more, then said boundaries 
are to be reduced so as to contain the said five millions of acres. 

And, in consideration of the alteration of said boundary we 
ask that ten thousand dollars should be paid to such commis- 
sioner, as shall be designated by us to receive the same west of 
Mississippi river, at such place on the tract of country ceded to 
the said United Nation as we may designate, and to be applied, as 
we may direct, for the use and benefit of the said nation. And 
the further sum of two thousand dollars to be paid to Gholson 
Kercheval, of Chicago, 111., for services rendered the said United 
Nation of Indians during the late war between the U. S. Govern- 
ment and the Sacs and Foxes ; and the further sum of one thou- 
sand dollars to George E. Walker, for services rendered the said 
United Nation, in bringing Indian prisoners from west of the Mis- 
sissippi river to Ottowa, Lasselle county, 111. for whose appearance 
at the circuit court of said county, said nation w T as bound. 

The foregoing propositions are made with the expectation, that 
with the exception of the alteration in the proposed boundary, and 
the indemnity herein demanded as an equivalent for said exchange, 
the whole of the treaty made and concluded at this place on the 
26th and 27th days of September, 1833, be ratified as made and 
concluded at that time, within the space of five months from the 
present date ; otherwise it is our wish that the whole of the said 
treaty should be considered as cancelled. 

In witness whereof, we, the undersigned chiefs of the said 
United Nation of Chippewa, Ottowa, and Pattawatamie In- 
dians, being specially delegated with power and authority to 
effect this negotiation, have hereto set our hands and seals, 
at Chicago, in the State of Illinois, on the first day of Oc- 



tober, A. D. 1834. 

R. Caldwell, l. s. 

Kee-tshee-zhing-ee-beh, his x mark, l. s. 

Tshee-tshee-beeng-guay, his x mark, l. s. 

Joseph, his x mark, l. s. 

Ob-ee-tah-kee-zhik, his x mark, l. s. 

Wau-bon-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Kay-kot-ee-mo, his x mark, l. s. 



In presence of 

Richd. J. Hamilton, J. Grant, jr. 

Jno. H. Kinzie, E. M. Owen, 

Dr. P. Maxwell, U. S. Army, J. M. Baxley, Capt. btk Inf. 

Ratified upon the conditions expressed in the resolutions of the 
Senate, passed May 22, 1834, and February 11, 1832, which 
conditions as contained in the first named resolution are as follows : 

" That the Senate do advise and consent to the ratification of 



CHIPPEWAS, OTTOWAS, ETC. 



603 



the treaty made on the 26th day of September, 1833, at Chicago, 
by George B. Porter, and others, commissioners on the part of 
the United States, and the United Nation of Chippewas, Otto- 
was, and Pottawatamies Indians, and the supplementary articles 
thereto, dated on the 27th day of September, 1833, with the fol- 
lowing amendments and provisions, to wit : 1st. amend the third 
article in schedule A, by striking out the word 6 ten ' and insert- 
ing the word five as to each of the sums to be paid to Billy Cald- 
well and Alexander Robinson ; so that the sum of five thousand 
dollars only will be paid to each of them, and the sum of ten thou- 
sand dollars, thus deducted, to be paid to the Indians. 2d. All 
the debts mentioned in schedule B, in the same article, and which 
are specified in exhibit E, to the report of the committee, to be 
examined by a commissioner to be appointed by the President, 
with the advice and consent of the Senate, and the individuals to 
be paid only the sums found by said commissioner, to have been 
justly due ; in no instance increasing the sum agreed to be paid ; 
and whatever sum is saved by deduction or disallowance of the 
debts in exhibit E, to be paid to the Indians, and the residue to 
the claimants respectively. 3d. Strike out article 5th in the 
treaty. 4th. Strike out article 4th in the supplementary articles : 
and provided, that the lands given to the said Indians, in exchange, 
in place of being bounded in the manner described in the treaty 
be so changed, that the first line shall begin at the mouth of 
Boyer's river, and run down the river Missouri to a point thereon, 
from which a line running due east will strike the northwestern 
corner of the State of Missouri ; from that point due east, till it 
strikes said northwestern corner ; then, along the northern boun- 
dary line of said State, till it strikes the line of the lands belonging 
to the Fox and Sac Indians; thence northwardly, so far as to 
make to the Indians full compensation for the quantity of land 
which will be thus taken from them on the southwestern part of 
the tract allowed them by the boundaries as at present described 
in the treaty ; and provided, further, that this alteration of boun- 
daries can be effected with the consent of the Indians. Also the 
said commissioner shall examine whether three thousand dollars, 
a part of the sum of seventeen thousand dollars, directed to be 
paid to Robert Stuart, agent of the American Fur Company, was 
to be paid and received in full discharge of all claims and demands 
which said company had against Gurdon S. Hubbard and James 
Kinzie ; and if he finds it was to "be so paid, that then the sum 
of fourteen thousand dollars, only, be paid, until said agent of 
said company give a receipt of all debts due, and demands which 
said company had against said Hubbard and Kenzie ; and, upon 
giving such receipt, that then the said sum of three thousand 
dollars be likewise paid to said agent." 

And those contained in the second named resolution are as 
follows : 



604 



PAWNEES, 



" That the Senate do advise and consent to the alteration pro* 
posed by the chiefs of the United Nation of Chippewa, Ottawa, 
and Pottawattamie Indians, concluded at Chicago, in the State of 
Illinois, on the first day of October, 1834, to the treaty concluded 
between the commissioners on the part of the United States and 
the chiefs of the said United Nation on the 26th of September, 
1833 : — it being expressly understood by the Senate that no other 
of the provisions of the resolution of the Senate of the 22d day 
of May, 1834, ratifying the said treaty, shall be affected, or in any 
manner changed, by the said proposed alteration of 1st October, 
1834, excepting the proposed alteration in the boundaries therein 
mentioned, and the sums of money therein stipulated to be paid." 



PAWNEES. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 9, 1833 — RATIFIED APRIL 12, 1834. ] 

Articles of agreement and convention made this ninth day of Octo- 
ber, A. D. 1833, at the Grand Pawnee village, on the Platte 
river, between Henry L. Ellsworth, commissioner in behalf of 
the United States, and the chiefs and head men of the four con- 
federated bands of Pawnees, viz : Grand Pawnees, Pawnee 
Loups, Pawnee Republicans, and Pawnee Tappaye, residing on 
the Platte and the Loup fork. 

Art. 1. The confederated bands of Pawnees aforesaid hereby 
cede and relinquish to the United States, all their right, interest, 
and title, in and to all the land lying south of the Platte river. 

Art. 2. The land ceded and relinquished hereby, so far as the 
same is not, and shall not be assigned to any tribe or tribes, shall 
remain a common hunting ground during the pleasure of the Pre- 
sident for the Pawnees and other friendly Indians, who shall be 
permitted by the President to hunt on the same. 

Art. 3. The United States, in consideration of said cession and 
for the purpose of advancing the welfare of the said Pawnees, 
agree to pay to said bands annually, for the term of twelve years, 
the sum of forty-six hundred dollars in goods, at not exceeding 
St. Louis prices, as follows, to the Grand Pawnees and Republi- 
can villages, each thirteen hundred dollars, and to the Pawnee 
Loups and Tappaye Pawnee villages, each one thousand dollars ; 
and said annuity to said Grand Pawnees, is in full remuneration 
for removal from the south to the north side of the Platte, and 
building again. 

Art. 4. The United States agree to pay to each of said four 
bands, for five years, the sum of five hundred dollars in agricul- 
tural implements ; and to be continued longer if the President 
thinks proper. 

Art. 5. The United States agree to allow one thousand dollars 



PAWNEES. 



605 



a year for ten years, for schools to be established for the benefit of 
said four bands, at the discretion of the President. 

Art. 6. The United States agree to furnish two blacksmiths 
and two strikers, with shop, tools and iron, for ten years, for said 
four bands, at an expense not exceeding two thousand dollars in 
the whole, annually. 

Art. 7. The United States agree to furnish each of said four 
tribes with a farmer for five years, and deliver to said farmers for 
the benefit of said nation, one thousand dollars value in oxen and 
other stock ; but said stock is not to be delivered into the hands 
of the said Pawnees, until the President thinks the same can be 
done with propriety and safety. 

Art. 8. The United States agree to erect for each of said four 
bands a horse-mill for grinding corn. 

Art. 9. The Pawnee nation renew their assurance of friendship 
for the white men, their fidelity to the United States, and their 
desire for peace with all neighboring tribes of red men. The Paw- 
nee nation therefore agree not to molest or injure the person or 
property of any white citizen of the United States wherever found, 
nor to make war upon any tribe, with whom said Pawnee nation 
now are, or may be at peace, but should any difficulty arise between 
said nation, and any other tribe, they agree to refer the matter in 
dispute to such arbiter as the President shall appoint to settle the 
same. 

Art. 10. It is agreed and understood that the United States 
shall not be bound to fulfil the stipulations contained in the fifth, 
seventh, and eighth articles, until said tribes shall locate them- 
selves in convenient agricultural districts, and remain in these 
districts the whole year, so as to give protection to the teachers, 
the farmers, stock and mill. 

Art. 11. The United States, desirous to show the Pawnees the 
advantages of agriculture, engage, in case the Pawnees cannot 
agree to remain to protect their domestic interest, to break up for 
each village, a piece of land suitable for corn and potatoes for one 
season, and should either village, at any time, agree to give the 
protection required, said village shall be entitled to the benefits 
conferred in said fifth, seventh, and eighth articles. 

Art. 12. In case the Pawnee nation will remain at home during 
the year, and give the protection specified, the United States agree 
to place twenty-five guns, with suitable ammunition, in the hands 
of the farmers of each village, to be used in case of an attack from 
hostile bands. 

Art. 13. The United States agree to deliver to said four bands 
collectively, on the execution of this treaty, the amount of sixteen 
hundred dollars in goods and merchandise, and the receipt of the 
same is hereby acknowledged by said bands. 

Art. 14. These articles of agreement and convention shall be 



606 



PAWNEES. 



obligatory and binding when ratified by the President and Senate 

of the United States. 

In testimony whereof the said Henry L. Ellsworth, commis- 
sioner, and the chiefs and head men of the four confederated 
bands of the Grand Pawnees, Pawnee Loups, Pawnee Re- 
publicans, and Tappaye Pawnees, have hereunto signed their 
names and affixed their seals on the day and year above 
written. 

Henry L. Ellsworth. 

GRAND PAWNEES. 

Shah-re-tah-riche, his x mark, l. s. 

Shon-gah-kah-he-gah, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-tah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-sha-kah-tah-kho, his x mark, l. s. 

PAWNEE REPUBLICANS. 

Blue Coat, his x mark, l. s. 

Lay-shah-rho-lah-re-ho-rho, his x mark, L. s. 

Ah-shah-lay-kah-sah-hah, his x mark, l. s. 

Lay-shah-ke-re-pahs-kay_, his x mark, l. s. 

TAPPAYE PAWNEES. 

Little Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Lah-ho-pah-go-lah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, l. s. 
Ah-ke-tah-we-he-kah-he-gay, his x mark, l. s. 
Skah-lah-lay-shah-rho, his x mark, l. s. 

PAWNEE LOUPS. 

Big Axe, his x mark, l. s. 

Middle Chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Spotted Horse, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Signed, sealed, and delivered in the presence of 

Edward A. Ellsworth, Sec. pro Ware S. May, M. D. 

tern, John Dunlop, 

Jno. Dougherty, Indian Agent, John T. Irving, jr. 

A. L. Papin, Lewis La Chapelle, Interpreter. 



CHICKASAWS, 



607 



CHICKASAWS. 

[concluded may 24, 1834— ratified* july 1, 1834.] 

Articles of convention and agreement proposed by the commissioners 
on the part of the United States, in pursuance of the request 
made, by the delegation representing the Chickasaw nation of 
Indians, and which have been agreed to. 

Art. 1. It is agreed that perpetual amity, peace, and friendship, 
shall exist between the United States and the Chickasaw nation 
of Indians. 

Art. 2. The Chickasaws are about to abandon their homes, 
which they have long cherished and loved : and though hitherto 
unsuccessful, they still hope to find a country, adequate to the 
wants and support of their people, somewhere west of the Missis- 
sippi, and within the territorial limits of the United States ; should 
they do so, the Government of the United States hereby consent 
to protect and defend them against the inroads of any other tribe 
of Indians ; and from the whites ; and agree to keep them without 
the limits of any State or territory. The Chickasaws pledge 
themselves never to make war upon any Indian people, or upon 
the whites, unless they are so authorized by the United States. 
But if war be made upon them, they will be permitted to defend 
themselves, until assistance be given to them by the United States, 
as shall be the case. 

Art. 3. The Chickasaws are not acquainted with the laws of 
the whites, which are extended over them; and the many 
intruders which break into their country, interrupting their rights 
and disturbing their repose, leave no alternative whereby restraint 
can be afforded, other than an appeal to the military force of the 
country, which they are unwilling to ask for, or see resorted to ; 
and therefore they agree to forbear such a request, for the preven- 
tion of this great evil, with the understanding, which is admitted, 
that the agent of the United States, upon the application of the 
chiefs of the nation, will resort to every legal civil remedy, ( at 
the expense of the United States,) to prevent intrusions upon the 
ceded country ; and to restrain and remove trespassers from any 
selected reservations, upon application of the owner of the same. 
And it is also agreed, that the United States will continue some 
discreet person as agent, such as they now have, to whom they 
can look for redress of wrongs and injuries which may be 
attempted against them ; and it is consented, that if any of their 
property be taken by persons of the United States, covertly or 
forcibly, the agent, on satisfactory and just complaint being made, 
shall pursue all lawful civil means, which the laws of the State 

* With the exception of the third article, in the supplementary articles. 



608 



CHICKASAWS. 



permit, in which the wrong is done, to regain the same, or to 
obtain a just remuneration ; and on failure or inability to procure 
redress, for the offended, against the offending party, payment for 
the loss sustained, on production of the record, and certificate of 
the facts, by the agent, shall be made by the United States ; but 
in all such cases, satisfactory proof, for the establishing of the 
claim, shall be offered. 

Art. 4. The Chickasaws desire to have within their own 
direction and control, the means of taking care of themselves. 
Many of their people are quite competent to manage their affairs, 
though some are not capable, and might be imposed upon by 
designing persons ; it is therefore agreed that the reservations 
hereinafter admitted, shall not be permitted to be sold, leased, or 
disposed of, unless it appear by the certificate of at least two of 
the following persons, to wit : Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa the King, Levi 
Colbert, George Colbert, Martin Colbert, Isaac Alberson, Henry 
Love, and Benj. Love, of which five have affixed their names to 
this treaty, that the party owning or claiming the same is capable 
to manage, and to take care of his or her affairs ; which fact, to 
the best of his knowledge and information, shall be certified by 
the agent; and furthermore, that a fair consideration has been 
paid ; and thereupon the deed of conveyance shall be valid, pro- 
vided the President of the United States, or such other person as 
he may designate, shall approve of the same, and endorse it on 
the deed ; which said deed and approval shall be registered at the 
place, and within the time, required by the laws of the State in 
which the land may be situated ; otherwise to be void. And 
where such certificate is not obtained, upon the recommendation 
of a majority of the delegation, and the approval of the agent, at 
the discretion of the President of the United States, the same 
may be sold ; but the consideration thereof shall remain as part of 
the general Chickasaw fund in the hands of the Government, 
until such time as the chiefs in council shall think it advisable to 
pay it to the claimant, or to those who may rightfully claim under 
said claimant, and shall so recommend it. And as the King, 
Levi Colbert, and the delegation, who have signed this agree- 
ment, and to whom certain important aud interesting duties per- 
taining to the nation are assigned, may die, resign, or remove, so 
that their people may be without the benefit of their services, it is 
stipulated, that as often as any vacancy happens, by death, resig- 
nation, or otherwise, the chiefs shall select some discreet person 
of their nation, to fill the occurring vacancy, who, upon a certifi- 
cate of qualification, discretion, and capability, by the agent, shall 
be appointed by the Secretary of War; whereupon he shall 
possess all the authority granted to those who are here named, 
and the nation will make to the person so appointed, such rea- 
sonable compensation, as they, with the assent of the agent and 



CHICKASAWS. 



609 



Secretary of the War may think right, proper, and reasonable to 
be allowed. 

Art. 5. It is agreed that the fourth article of the " treaty of 
Pontitock" be so changed, that the following reservations be 
granted in fee : To heads of families, being Indians, or having 
Indian families, consisting of ten persons and upwards, four sec- 
tions of land are reserved. To those who have five, and less 
than ten, persons, three sections. Those who have less than five, 
two sections. Also those who own more than ten slaves, shall 
be entitled to one additional section ; and those owning ten and 
less than ten, to a half section. These reservations shall be con- 
fined to the sections or fractional sections on which the party 
claiming lives, or to such as are contiguous or adjoining to the 
sections resided upon, subject to the following restrictions and 
conditions : 

Firstly, In cases where there are interferences arising, the 
oldest occupant or settler shall have the preference, or, 

Secondly. Where the land is adjudged unfit for cultivation by 
the agent, and three of the seven persons named in the fourth 
article above, the party entitled shall be, and is hereby, authorized 
to locate his claim upon other lands, which may be unappro- 
priated, and not subject to any other claim ; and where two or 
more persons insist upon the entry of the same unappropriated 
section or fractional section, the priority of right shall be deter- 
mined by lot ; and where a fractional section is taken, leaving a 
balance greater or less than the surveyed subdivision of a section, 
then the deficiency shall be made up, by connecting all the defi- 
ciencies so arising : and the register and receiver thereupon shall 
locate full or fractional sections, fit for cultivation, in the names 
respectively of the different persons claiming, which shall be held 
by them as tenants in common, according to the respective inte- 
rests of those who are concerned ; and the proceeds, when sold 
by the parties claiming, shall be divided according to the interests 
which each may have in said section or fractional section so 
located, or the same may be divided agreeably to quality or quan- 
tity. 

Art. 6. Also reservations of a section to each, shall be granted 
to persons, male and female, not being heads of families, who are 
of the age of twenty-one years and upwards, a list of whom, 
within a reasonable time, shall be made out by the seven persons 
herein before mentioned, and filed with the agent, upon whose 
certificate of its believed accuracy, the register and receiver shall 
cause said reservations to be located upon lands fit for curtivation> 
but not to interfere with the settlement rights of others. The 
persons thus entitled are to be excluded from the estimated num- 
bers contained in any family enumeration, as is provided for in 
the fifth article preceding ; and as to the sale, lease, or disposition 
of their reserves, they are to be subject to the conditions and 
53 



610 



CHICKASAWS. 



restrictions set forth in the fourth article. In these and in all 
other reserves where the party owning or entitled shall die, the 
interest in the same shall belong to his wife, or the wife and chil- 
dren, or to the husband, or to the husband and children, if there 
be any ; and in cases of death, where there is neither husband, 
wife, nor children left, the same shall be disposed of for the gene- 
ral benefit, and the proceeds go into the general Chickasaw fund. 
But where the estate, as is prescribed in this article, comes to the 
children, and having so come, either of them die, the survivor or 
survivors of them shall be entitled to the same. But this rule 
shall not endure longer than for five years, nor beyond the period 
when the Chickasaws may leave their present for a new home. 

Art. 7. Where any white man, before the date hereof, has 
married an Indian woman, the reservation he may be entitled to 
under this treaty, she being alive, shall be in her name, and no 
right of alienation of the same shall pertain to the husband, unless 
he divest her of the title, after the mode and manner that femes 
covertes usually divest themselves of title to real estate, that is, 
by the acknowledgments of the wife, which may be taken before 
the agent, and certified by him that she consents to the sale freely, 
and without compulsion from her husband, who shall at the same 
time certify that the head of such family is prudent, and compe- 
tent to take care of and manage his affairs ; otherwise the proceeds 
of said sale shall be subject to the provisions and restrictions con- 
tained in the fourth article of this agreement. Rights to reserva- 
tions as are herein, and in other articles of this agreement, secured, 
will pertain to those who have heretofore intermarried with the 
Chickasaws, and are residents of the nation. 

Art. 8. Males and females below the age of twenty-one years, 
whose father being dead, the mother again has married, or who 
have neither father nor mother, shall each be entitled to half a sec- 
tion of land, but shall not be computed as parts of families under 
the fifth article, the same to be located under the direction of the 
agent, and under the supervision of the Secretary of War, so as 
not to interfere with any settlement right. These lands may be 
sold upon a recommendation of a majority of the seven persons, 
heretofore named in this agreement, setting forth that it will prove 
advantageous to the parties interested ; subject, however, to the 
approval of the President, or such other person as he shall desig- 
nate. If sold, the funds arising shall be retained in the possession 
of the Government, or if the President deem it adviseable, they 
shall be invested in stocks for the benefit of the parties interested, 
if there be a sufficient sum to be invested, (and it can be invested,) 
until such persons marry or come of age, when the amount shall 
be paid over to those who are entitled to receive it, provided a 
majority of the seven persons, with the agent, shall certify, that in 
their opinion, it will be to their interest and advantage ; then, and 



CHICKASAWS, 



611 



in that case, the proceeds shall be paid over to the party or par- 
ties entitled to receive them. 

Art. 9. But in running the sectional lines, in some cases it will 
happen, that the spring and the dwelling house ; or the spring and 
the cleared land, or the cleared land and the dwelling house of 
settlers, may be separated by sectional lines, whereby manifest in- 
convenience and injury will be occasioned ; it is agreed, that when 
any of these occurrences arise, the party shall be entitled as parts 
and portions of his reservations, to the adjoining section or frac- 
tion, as the case may be, unless there be some older occupant, 
claiming a preference ; and in that event, the right of the party 
shall extend no farther than to give to the person, thus affected 
and injured, so much of his separated property, as will secure the 
spring ; also, where a sectional line shall separate any improve- 
ment, dwelling house, kitchen or stable, so much of the section 
which contains them, shall be added into the occupied section, as 
will secure them to their original owner ; and then, and in that 
case, the older occupant being deprived of preference, shall have 
his deficiency thus occasioned, made up to him by some fractional 
section, or after the mode pointed out in the latter part of the fifth 
article of this treaty. 

Art. 10. Reservations are admitted to the following persons, 
in addition to those which may be claimed under the fifth article 
of this treaty, to wit : Four sections to their beloved and faithful 
old chief Levi Colbert ; to George Colbert, Martin Colbert, Isaac 
Alberson, Henry Love, and Benj. Love, in consideration of the 
trouble they have had in coming to Washington, and of the fur- 
ther trouble hereafter to be encountered in taking care of the inte- 
rests of their people, under the provisions of this treaty, one sec- 
tion of land to each. Also, there is a fractional section, between 
the residence of George Colbert and the Tennessee river, upon 
which he has a ferry ; it is therefore consented, that said George 
Colbert shall own and have so much of said fraction, as may be 
contained in the following lines, to wit : Beginning near Smith's 
ferry, at the point where the base meridian line and the Tennessee 
river come in contact, — thence south so far as to pass the dwell- 
ing house, (and sixty yards beyond it,) within which is interred 
the body of his wife ; thence east to the river and down the same 
to the point of beginning. Also, there shall be reserved to him an 
island in said river, nearly opposite to this fraction, commonly 
called Colbert's Island. A reservation also of two sections is ad- 
mitted to Ish-ta-ho-ta-pa, the King of the Chickasaw nation. And 
to Min-ta-ho-yea, the mother of Charles Colbert, one section of 
land. Also one section, each, to the following persons : Im-mub- 
bee, Ish-tim-o-lut-ka, Ah-to-ho-woh, Pis-tah-lah-tubbe, Capt. 
Samuel Seley, and William McGilvery. To Col. Benj. Reynolds, 
their long tried and faithful agent, who has guarded their interests, 
and twice travelled with their people far west, beyond the Missis- 



612 



CHICKASAWS. 



sippi, to aid them is seeking and finding a home, there is granted 
two sections of land. Jointly to William Cooper and James Davis, 
lawyers of Mississippi, who have been faithful to the Indians, in 
giving them professional advice and legal assistance, and who 
are to continue to do so, within the States of Tennessee, Alabama, 
and Mississippi, while the Chickasaw people remain in said States, 
one section is granted. To Mrs. Marg't. Allen, wife of the sub- 
agent, in her own right, half a section. These reservations to 
Benj. Reynolds, William Cooper, James Davis, and Marg't. Allen, 
are to be located so as not to interfere with the Indian reserva- 
tions. 

Art. 11. After the reservations are taken and located, which 
shall be the case as speedily as may be after the surveys are com- 
pleted, of which the Register and Receiver shall give notice, the 
residue of the Chickasaw country shall be sold as public lands of 
the United States are sold, with this difference : the lands as sur- 
veyed shall be offered at public sale, at a price not less than one 
dollar and a quarter per acre ; and thereafter for one year, those 
which are unsold, and which shall have been previously offered at 
public sale, shall be liable to private entry and sale at that price ; 
thereafter, and for one year longer, they shall be subject to entry 
and private sale, at one dollar per acre ; thereafter, and during the 
third year, they shall be subject to sale and entry, at fifty cents per 
acre ; thereafter, and during the fourth year, at twenty-five cents 
per acre ; and afterwards at twelve and a half cents per acre. But 
as it may happen, in the fourth and after years, that the expenses 
may prove greater than the receipts, it is agreed, that at any time 
after the third year, the Chickasaws may declare the residue of 
their lands abandoned to the United States, and if so, they shall 
be thenceforth acquitted of all and every expense on account of 
the sale of the same. 

And that they may be advised of these matters, it is stipulated 
that the Government of the United States, within six months 
after any public sale takes place, shall advise them of the receipts 
and expenditures, and of balances in their favor; and also at 
regular intervals of six months, after the first report is made, will 
afford them information of the proceeds of all entries and sales. 
The funds thence resulting, after the necessary expenses of sur- 
veying and selling, and other advances which may be made, are 
repaid to the United States, shall from time to time be invested in 
some secure stocks, redeemable within a period of not more than 
twenty years ; and the United States will cause the interest, aris- 
ing therefrom, annually to be paid to the Chickasaws. 

Art. 12. When any portion of the country is fully surveyed, 
the President may order the same to be sold, but will allow six 
months, from the date of the first sale ; and three months' notice 
of any subsequent intended public sale, within which periods of 
time, those who can claim reservations, in the offered ranges of 



CHICKASAWS. 



613 



country, shall file their applications and entries with the Register 
and Receiver ; that the name of the owner or claimant of the same, 
may be entered and marked on the general plat, at the office, 
whereby mistakes in the sales may be avoided, and injuries be 
prevented. 

Art. 13. If the Chickasaws shall be so fortunate as to procure 
a home, within the limits of the United States, it is agreed, that 
with the consent of the President and Senate, so much of their 
invested stocks, as may be necessary to the purchase of a country 
for them to settle in, shall be permitted to them to be sold, or the 
United States will advance the necessary amount, upon a guaran- 
tee and pledge of an equal amount of their stocks ; also, as much 
of them may be sold, with the consent of the President and Senate, 
as shall be adjudged necessary for establishing schools, mills, 
blacksmiths' shops ; and for the education of their children ; and 
for any other needful purpose, which their situation and condition 
may make, and by the President and Senate be considered, neces- 
sary ; and on the happening of such a contingency, and informa- 
tion thereof being given of an intention of the whole or any portion 
of the nation to remove, the United States will furnish competent 
persons, safely to conduct them to their future destination, and 
also supplies necessary to the same, and for one year after their 
arrival at the west, provided the Indians shall desire supplies, to 
be furnished for so long a period ; the supplies so afforded, to be 
chargeable to the general Chickasaw account, provided the funds 
of said nation shall be found adequate to the expenses, which, 
under this and other articles of this agreement may be required. 

Art. 14. It is understood and agreed, that articles twelve and 
thirteen of the " treaty of Pontitock," of the twentieth day of 
October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and which 
was concluded with Gen. John Coffee, shall be retained ; all the 
o'ther articles of said treaty, inconsistent in any respect with the 
provisions of this, are declared to be revoked, Also so much of 
the supplemental treaty as relates to Colbert Moore ; to the bond 
of James Colbert transferred to Robert Gordon ; to the central posi- 
tion of the Land Office ; to the establishment of mail routes 
through the Chickasaw country ; and as it respects the privilege 
given to John Donely, be, and the same are declared to be in full 
force. 

Art. 15. By the sixth article of a treaty made with the Chicka- 
saw nation, by Andrew Jackson and Isaac Shelby, on the nine- 
teenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and eighteen, 
it was provided that a commissioner should be appointed, to mark 
the southern boundary of said cession ; now it is agreed that the 
line which was run and marked by the commissioner on the part 
of the United States, in pursuance of said treaty, shall be consi- 
dered the true line to the extent that the rights and interests of 
the Chickasaws are concerned, and no farther. 



614 



CHICKASAWS. 



Art. 16. The United States agree that the appropriation made 
by Congress, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
three, for carrying into effect " the treaty with the Chickasaws" 
shall be applicable to this, to be reimbursed by them ; and their 
agent may receive and be charged with the same, from time to 
time, as, in the opinion of the Secretary of War, any portion may 
be wanted for national purposes by the Chickasaws ; of which na- 
ture and character shall be considered their present visit to Wash- 
ington city. 

Done at the city of Washington, on the 24th day of May, one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-four. 

Jn. H. Eaton, Commissioner on the part of the U. S. 
George Colbert, his x mark, 
Isaac Albertson, his x mark, 

Martin Colbert, l. s. 

Henry Love, l. s. 

Benjamin Love, l. s. 

Witnesses : 



Charles F. Little, Secretary to 

Commissioner, 
Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent, 
G. W. Long, 
James Standefer, 



Thomas S. Smith, 
Saml. Swartwout, 
Wm. Gordon, 

F. W. Armstrong, C. Agent, 
John M. Millard. 



The undersigned, appointed by the Chickasaw nation of Indians 
in the two-fold capacity of a delegate and interpreter, hereby de- 
clares that in all that is set forth in the above articles of conven- 
tion and agreement, have been by him fully and accurately inter- 
preted and explained, and that the same has been approved by the 
entire delegation. 

May 24, 1834. 

BENJAMIN LOVE, Delegate and Interpreter. 

Charles F. Little, Secretary to Commissioner,, 
Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent. 



Articles supplementary to those concluded and signed by the United 
States commissioner, and the Chickasaw delegation, on the 24th 
day of May, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-four, which 
being agreed to by the President and Senate of the United States, 
are to stand as part of said treaty. 

Art. 1. It is represented that the old chiefs Levi Colbert and 
Isaac Albertson, who have rendered many and valuable services to 
their nation, desire on account of their health, to visit some water- 
ing place, during the present year, for recovery and restoration ; 



CHICKASAWS. 



615 



it is agreed that there be paid to the agent for these purposes, and 
to discharge some debts which are due and owing from the nation, 
the sum of three thousand dollars, out of the appropriation of one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, for carrying into effect 
the " treaty of Pontitock," which said sum so far as used is to be 
hereafter reimbursed to the nation, by said Levi Colbert and Isaac 
Albertson, and by the nation to the United States, as other ad- 
vances are to be reimbursed from the sale of their lands. 

Art. 2. The Chickasaw people express a desire that the Go- 
vernment shall, at the expense of the United States, educate some 
of their children, and they urge the justice of their application, on 
the ground that they have ever been faithful and friendly to the 
people of this country ; that they have never raised the tomahawk 
to shed the blood of an American, and have given up heretofore 
to their white brothers extensive and valuable portions of their 
country, at a price wholly inconsiderable and inadequate ; and 
from which the United States have derived great wealth and im- 
portant advantages ; therefore with the advice and consent of the 
President and Senate of the United States, it is consented, that 
three thousand dollars for fifteen years, be appropriated and ap- 
plied under the direction of the Secretary of War, for the educa- 
tion and instruction within the United States, of such children, 
male and female, or either, as the seven persons named in the treaty 
to which this is a supplement, and their successors, with the ap- 
proval of the agent, from time to time, may select and recommend. 

Art. 3. The Chickasaw nation desire to close finally, all the 
business they have on the east side of the Mississippi, that their 
great father may be no more troubled with their complaints, and 
to this end, they ask the Government to receive from them a tract 
of land, of four miles square, heretofore reserved under the fourth 
article of their " treaty of 1818," and to pay them within three 
months from the date of this arrangement, the Government price 
of one dollar and a quarter per acre, for said reserve ; and accord- 
ingly the same is agreed to, provided a satisfactory relinquishment 
of title from the parties interested, be filed with the Secretary of 
War, previous to said payment being made. 

Art. 4. Benj. Reynolds, agent at the time of paying their last 
annuity, had stolen from him, by a negro slave of the Chickasaws, 
a box containing one thousand dollars ; the chiefs of the Chicka- 
saw people satisfied of the fact, and hence unwilling to receive 
the last amount from their agent, ask, and it is agreed, that the 
sum so stolen and lost, shall be passed to the credit of their nation, 
by the United States, to be drawn on hereafter for their national 
purposes. 

Art. 5. The Chickasaw people are aware that one clerk is in- 
sufficient to the bringing of their lands early into the market ; and 
rather than encounter the delay which must ensue, they prefer the 
increased expense of an additional one. It is therefore stipulated 



616 



POTAWATTIMIES. 



that the President shall appoint another clerk, at the same annual 
compensation, agreed upon by the " treaty of Pontitock," who 
shall be paid after the manner prescribed therein. But whenever 
the President shall be of opinion that the services of any officer 
employed under this treaty, for the sale of lands, can be dispensed 
with, he will in justice to the Chickasaws, and to save them from 
unnecessary expenses, discontinue the w T hole, or such as can be 
dispensed with. 

Signed the 24th of May, 1834. 

Jn. H. Eaton, Commissioner on the part of the U. S. 

George Colbert, his x mark, 

Isaac Albertson, his x mark, 

Martin Colbert, l. s. 

Henry Love, l. s. 

Benjamin Love, l, s. 

Witnesses : 

Charles F. Little, Sec. to Com- Thomas S. Smith, 
missioner, Saml. Swartwout, 

Ben. Reynolds, Ind. Agent, Wm. Gordon, 
G. W. Long, F. W. Armstrong, C. Agent, 

James Standefer, John M. Millard. 



POTAWATTIMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 4, 1834 — RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp on lake Max- 
ee-nie-kue-kee, in the State of Indiana, between William Mar- 
shall, commissioner on the part of the United States, and Com- 
o-za, a chief of the Potawattimie tribe of Indians and his band, 
on the fourth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and 
thirty-four. 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to 
the United States, the two sections of land reserved for them by 
the second article of the treaty between the United States and the 
Potawattimie Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the 26th day of 
October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 

Art. 2. The above named chief and his band agree to yield 
peaceable possession of said sections within three years from the 
date of the ratification of said treaty of eighteen hundred and 
thirty- two. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the 
sum of four hundred dollars, in goods, at the signing of this treaty, 
and an annuity of four hundred dollars for one year, the receipt of 



POTAWATTAMIES. 



617 



which former sum of four hundred dollars in goods is hereby ac- 
knowledged. 

Art. 4. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from 
the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner, 
on the part of the United States, and the above named chief 
and head men, for themselves and their band, have hereunto 
subscribed their names, the day and year above written. 

William Marshall, Nee-so-aw-quet, his x mark, 

Com-o-za, his x mark, Paw-pee, his x mark. 

Ah-ke-pah-am-sa, his x mark, 

Witnesses : 

J. B. Duret, Sec. to Com, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 

Cyrus Taber, 



POTAWATTAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 10, 1834 — RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. ] 

Articles of a treaty , made and concluded at a camp on Tippecanoe 
river ) in the State of Indiana, between William Marshall, com- 
missioner on the part of the United States, and Muck Rose, a 
chief of the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, and his band, on the 
tenth day of December, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- 
four. 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to 
the United States, six sections of land reserved for them by the 
second article of the treaty between the United States and the 
Potawattamie Indians on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-sixth 
day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 

Art. 2. The above named chief and his band agree to yield 
peaceable possession of the said sections of land to the United 
States within three years from the date of the ratification of said 
treaty of eighteen hundred and thirty- two. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid the United 
States stipulate to pay to the above named chief and his band, 
four hundred dollars in goods at the signing of this treaty, and an 
annuity of one thousand dollars for two years, the receipt of which 
former sum of four hundred dollars in goods is hereby acknow- 
ledged. 

Art. 4, This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from the 
date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the United 
States. 



618 



POTAWATAMIES. 



In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner 
on the part of the United States, and the above named chief 
and his band, have hereunto subscribed their names the day 
and year above written. 

William Marshall, Sis-see-yaw, his x mark, 

Muck Rose, his x mark, Wau-pish-shaw, his x mark, 

Paw-tisse, his x mark, Koo-tah-waun-nay, his x mark. 

Witnesses : 



J. B. Duret, Secretary, 
Cyrus Taber, 

Henry Ossem, Interpreter, 
J. B. Boure, Interpreter, 



John B. Intrais, 

Joseph Barron, Principal I?itp. 

Jesse Vermilya. 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 16, 1834 — RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1835. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Potawatamie 
mills, in the State of Indiana, on the sixteenth day of December, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
four, between William Marshall, commissioner on the part of the 
United States, and the chiefs, and head men, and warriors of the 
Potawatamie Indians. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors aforesaid, agree 
to cede to the United States their title and interest to a reserva- 
tion made to them at the treaty on the Tippecanoe river, on the 
27th day of October, 1832, of two sections of land, to include their 
mills on said river. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States agree to pay the Potawatamie Indians, at the payment of 
their annuities in 1835, the sum of seven hundred dollars in cash, 
and pay their just debts agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed, 
amounting to nine hundred dollars. 

Art. 3. The miller provided for by the 3d article of the treaty 
with the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, on the sixteenth day of 
October, in the year eighteen hundred and twenty-six, is not to be 
supported by the United States, and to cease, from and after the 
signing of this treaty. 

Art. 4. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties, from 
the day of its ratification by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner 
on the part of the United States, and the chiefs, head men, 
and warriors of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, have here- 
unto subscribed their names, the day and year above written. 



POTAWATAMIES. 



619 



William Marshall, 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 
Ku-waw-nay, his x mark, 
Pash-po-ho, his x mark, 
Che-quawm-a-kaw-ko, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-kay, his x mark, 
Quaush-quaw, his x mark, 
Meno-quet, his x mark, 
Kin-koash, his x mark, 
No-law-kah, his x mark, 
Me-no-mi-nee, his x mark, 
Mas-kah-tah-mo-ah, his x mark, 
Pee-pis-kah, his x mark, 
Pam-bo-go, his x mark, 
Kaw-kawk-kay, his x mark, 
Wi-aw-koos-say, his x mark, 
Te-kam-a-say, his x mark, 
Sea-Coas, his x mark, 
Waw-paw-kue, his x mark, 
Mi-shaw-bo, his x mark, 
Te-quaw-kit, his x mark, 
W aw-pe-no-quah, his x mark, 
We-wus-sah, his x mark, 

0- kah-maul, his x mark, 

1- you-way, his x mark, 
Mat-chis-saw, his mark. 

Witnesses: 



J. B. Duret, Secretary, 

Cyrus Taber, 

J. B. Boure, Interpreter, 



Joseph Barron, Principal Inter- 
preter. 



It is agreed, that the United States will satisfy the claims men- 
tioned in the following schedule as provided for in the second 
article of the following treaty, viz : 

To J. B. Duret, four hundred dollars. 

To Cyrus Taber, one hundred dollars. 

To Ewing Walker and Co., three hundred dollars. 

To Cyrus Vigus, one hundred dollars. 



620 



POTAWATAMIES. 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[CONCLUDED DECEMBER 17, 1834 — RATIFIED MARCH 16, 1S35. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, 
Logansport, Indiana, between William Marshall, commissioner 
on the part of the United States, and Mota, a chief of the Pota- 
watamie tribe of Indians, and his band, on the 11th day of Decem- 
ber } in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-four. 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band, hereby cede lo 
the United States, the four sections of land reserved for them by 
the second article of the treaty between the United States and the 
Potawatamie Indians, on the twenty- seventh day of October, in 
the year eighteen hundred and thirty- two. 

Art. 2. The above named chief, and head men, and their band, 
do hereby agree to yield peaceable possession of said sections, and 
to remove, with their families, to a country provided for them by 
the United States, west of the Mississippi river, within three years 
or less from the date of the ratification of said treaty of eighteen 
hundred and thirty- two. 

Art. 3. The United States, in consideration of the cession, 
made in the first article of this treaty, do hereby stipulate to remove 
the above named chief, and head men, and their bands, to the new 
country provided for them, and to furnish them either goods, farm- 
ing utensils, or other articles necessary for them, agreeably to the 
provisions of the fifth article of the treaty of October twenty-sixth, 
eighteen hundred and thirty- two. 

Art. 4. The United States further stipulate to pay to the above 
named chief, and head men, and their bands, the sum of six hun- 
dred and eighty dollars in goods, at the signing of this treaty, 
and the further sum of six hundred dollars in cash at the payment 
of their annuities in 1835, the receipt of which former sum of 
(six hundred and eighty dollars in goods) is hereby acknow- 
ledged. 

Art. 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties, from 
the date of its ratification by the Senate of the United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said William Marshall, commissioner 
on the part of the United States, and the above named chief 
and head men, for themselves and their bands, have hereunto 
subscribed their names, the day and year above written. 

William Marshall, 
Mo-ta, his x mark, 
Ta-puck-koo-nee-nee, his x mark, 
Shah-yauc-koo-pay, his x mark, 
To-tauk-gaus, his x mark, 



CADDOES. 



621 



Poke-kee-to, his x mark, 
Waus-no-guen, his x mark, 
Ship-pe-she-waw-no, his x mark, 
Mtaw-mah, his x mark, 
Ship-pe-shick-quah, his x mark, 
Aw-sho-kish-ko-quah, his x mark, 
Pash-kum-ma-ko-quah, his x mark, 
Me-naun-quah, his x mark, 
Pee-nas-quah, his x mark, 
Mee-shah-ke-to-quah, his x mark, 
Waw-pe-shah-me-to-quah, his x mark, 
Mat-che-ke-no-quah, his x mark, 
Wau-waus-sa-mo-quah, his x mark, 
Saw-moke-quaw, his x mark. 

Witnesses : 

J. B. Duret, Secretary to Com- Jesse Vermilya, 

missioner, Joseph Barron, Interpreter. 



CADDOES. 

[ CONCLUDED JULY 1, 1835 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 2, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made at the Agency house in the Caddo nation, 
and State of Louisiana, on the first day of July, in the year of 
our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, between 
Jehiel Brooks, commissioner on the part of the United States, 
and the chiefs , head men, and warriors of the Caddo nation of 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation, 
agree to cede and relinquish to the United States all their land, 
contained in the following boundaries, to wit : Bounded on the west 
by the north and south line which separates the said United States 
from the Republic of Mexico, between the Sabine and Red rivers, 
wheresoever the same shall be defined and acknowledged to be by 
the two governments. On the north and east by the Red river, 
from the point where the said north and south boundary line shall 
intersect the Red river, whether it be in the territory of Arkansas 
or the State of Louisiana, following the meanders of the said river 
down to its junction with the Pascagoula bayou. On the south by 
the said Pascagoula bayou to its junction with the bayou Pierre 
by said bayou, to its junction with bayou Wallace by said bayou 
and lake Wallace to the mouth of the Cypress bayou ; thence, up 
said bayou to the point of its intersection with the first mentioned 
north and south line, following the meanders of the said water- 
courses ; but if the said Cypress bayou be not clearly definable, so 



622 



CADDOES. 



far then from a point, which shall be definable by a line due west 
till it intersects the said first mentioned north and south boundary 
line, be the content of land within said boundaries more or less. 

Art. 2. The said chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said 
nation, do voluntarily relinquish their possession to the territory 
of land aforesaid, and promise to remove at their own expense out 
of the boundaries of the United States, and the territories belong- 
ing and appertaining thereto, within the period of one year from 
and after the signing of this treaty, and never more return to live, 
settle, or establish themselves as a nation, tribe, or community of 
people within the same. 

Art. 3. In consideration of the aforesaid cession, relinquish- 
ment, and removal, it is agreed, that the said United States shall 
pay to the said nation of Caddo Indians, the sums in goods, horses, 
and money hereinafter mentioned, to wit: 

Thirty thousand dollars to be paid in goods and horses, as agreed 
upon, to be delivered on the signing of this treaty. 

Ten thousand dollars in money to be paid within one year from 
the first day of September next. 

Ten thousand dollars per annum, in money, for the four years 
next following, so as to make the whole sum paid and payable 
eighty thousand dollars. 

Art. 4. It is further agreed, that the said Caddo nation of In- 
dians, shall have authority to appoint an agent or attorney in fact, 
resident within the United States, for the purpose of receiving for 
them, from the said United States, all of the annuities stated in this 
treaty, as the same shall become due, to be paid to their said agent 
or attorney in fact, at such place or places within the said United 
States, as shall be agreed on between him and the proper officer of 
the Government of the United States. 

Art. 5. This treaty, after the same shall have been ratified and 
confirmed by the President and Senate of the United fetates, shall 
be binding on the contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Jehiel Brooks, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said 
nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed 
their seals at the place and on the day and year above written. 



J. Brooks, 


L. 


S. 


Tarshar, his x mark, 


L. 


S. 


Tsauninot, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Satiownhown, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tennehinun, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Oat, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tinnowin, his x mark, 
Chowabah, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


L. 


s. 


Kianhoon, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 


Tiatesum, his x mark, 


L. 


s. 



CADDOES. 



623 



Tehowawinow, his x mark, l. s. 

Tewinnum, his x mark, l. s. 

Kardy, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiohtow, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehowahinno, his x mark, l. s. 

Tooeksoach, his x mark, l. s. 

Tehowainia, his x mark, l. s. 

Sauninow, his x mark, l. s. 

Saunivoat, his x mark, l. s. 

Highahidock, his x mark, l. s. 

Mattan, his x mark, l. s. 

Towabinneh, his x mark, l. s. 

Aach, his x mark, l. s. 

Sookiantow, his x mark, l. s. 

Sohone, his x mark, l. s. 

Ossinse, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

T. J. Harrison, Capt. 3d Reg. D. M. Heard, M.B., Act. Assist. 

Inf. commanding detachment. Surgeon U. S. A. 
J. Bonnell, 1st Lieut. 3d Reg. Isaac Williamson, 

U. S. Inf. Henry Queen, 

J. P. Frile, Bvt. 2d Lieut. 3d John W. Edwards, Interpreter. 

Reg. U. S. Infantry, 

Agreeably to the stipulations in the third article of the treaty, 
there have been purchased at the request of the Caddo Indians, 
and delivered to them, goods and horses to the amount of thirty 
thousand dollars. 

As evidence of the purchase and delivery as aforesaid, under the 
direction of the commissioner, and that the whole of the same have 
been received by the said Indians, the said commissioner, Jehiel 
Brooks, and the undersigned, chiefs and head men of the whole 
Caddo nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands, and affixed 
their seals, the third day of July, in the year of our Lord one thou- 
sand eight hundred and thirty- five. 

J. Brooks, l. s. 

Tarshar, his x mark, l. s. 

Tsauninot, his x mark, l. s. 

Satiownhown, his x mark, l. s. 

Oat, his x mark, l. s. 

Ossinse, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiohtow, his x mark, l. s. 

Chowawanow, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

Larkin Edwards, John W. Edwards, Interpreter, 

Henry Queen, James Finnerty. 



624 



CADDOES. 



SUPPLEMENTARY ARTICLES. 

Articles supplementary to the treaty made at the^Igency house in 
the Caddo nation, and State of Louisiana, on the first day of 
July, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, between Jehiel 
Brooks, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the 
chiefs, head men, and warriors of the Caddo nation of Indians, 
concluded at tlie same place, and on the same day, between the 
said commissioner, on the part of the United States, and the 
chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said nation of Indians, to 
wit : 

Whereas, the said nation of Indians did, in the year one thou- 
sand eight hundred and one, give to one Francois Grappe, and to 
his three sons then born and still living, named Jacques, Domi- 
nique, and Belthazar, for reasons stated at the time, and repeated 
in a memorial which the said nation addressed to the President 
of the United States in the month of January last, one league of 
land to each, in accordance with the Spanish custom of granting 
land to individuals. That the chiefs and head men, with the 
knowledge and approbation of the whole Caddo people, did go 
with the said Francois Grappe, accompanied by a number of white 
men, who were invited by the said chiefs and head men to be 
present as witnesses, before the Spanish authorities at Natchito- 
ches ; and then, and there, did declare their wishes touching the 
said donation of land to the said Grappe, and his three sons, and 
did request the same to be written out in form, and ratified and 
confirmed by the proper authorities agreeably to law. 

And whereas, Larkin Edwards has resided for many years to 
the present time in the Caddo nation ; was a long time their true 
and faithful interpreter, and though poor he has never sent the red 
man away from his door hungry. He is now old and unable to 
support himself by manual labor, and since his employment as 
their interpreter has ceased, possesses no adequate means by which 
to live : Now, therefore, 

Art. 1. It is agreed that the legal representatives of the said 
Francois Grappe, deceased, and his three sons, Jacques, Domi- 
nique, and Belthazar Grappe, shall have their right to the said four 
leagues of land reserved to them and their heirs and assigns for- 
ever. The said land to be taken out of the lands ceded to the 
United States by the said Caddo nation of Indians as expressed 
in the treaty to which this article is supplementary. And the said 
four leagues of land shall be laid off in one body in the southeast 
corner of their lands ceded as aforesaid, and bounded by the Red 
river four leagues, and by the Pascagoula bayou one league, run- 
ning back for quantity* from each, so as to contain four square 
leagues of land, in conformity with the boundaries established and 
expressed in the original deed of gift, made by the said Caddo 



CADDOES. 



625 



nation of Indians to the said Frangois Grappe, and his three sons 
Jacques, Dominique, and Balthazar Grappe. 

Art. 2. And it is further agreed that there shall be reserved to 
Larkin Edwards, his heirs and assigns forever, one section of land, 
to be selected out of the land ceded to the United States by the 
said nation of Indians, as expressed in the treaty to which this 
article is supplementary, in any part thereof not otherwise appro- 
priated by the provisions contained in these supplementary ar- 
ticles. 

Art. 3. These supplementary articles, or either of them, after 
the same shall have been ratified and confirmed by the President 
and Senate of the United States, shall be binding on the con- 
tracting parties, otherwise to be void and of no effect upon the 
validity of the original treaty to which they are supplementary. 
In testimony whereof, the said Jehiel Brooks, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the chiefs, head men, and warriors of the said 
nation of Indians, have hereunto set their hands and affixed 
their seals at the place, and on the day and year above written. 



J. Brooks, l. s. 

Tarshar, his x mark, l. s. 
Tsauninot, his x mark, l. s. 
Satiownhown, his x mark, l. s. 
Tinnehinan, his x mark, l. s. 

l. s. 
l. s. 



Oat, his x mark, 
Tinnowin, his x mark 

Chowabah, his x mark, l. s. 

Kianhoon, his x mark, l. s. 

Tiatesun, his x mark, l. s. 
Tehowawinow, his x mark,L. s. 

Tewinnun, his x mark, l. s. 

Kardy, his x mark, l. s. 

In presence of 

T. J. Harrison, Capt. 3d RegH. D. M. Heard, M. D. Act. Ast 



Tiohtow, his x mark, l. 
Tehawahinno, his x mark, l. 
Toackooch, his x mark, 
Tchowainin, his x mark, 
Sanninow, his x mark, 
Sauninot, his x mark, 
Hiahidock, his x mark, 
Mattan, his x mark, 
Towahinnek, his x mark, 
Aach, his x mark, 
Soakiantow, his x mark, 
Sohone, his x mark, 
Ossinse, his x mark. 



s. 
s. 
l. s. 
l. s. 
l. s. 

L. S. 
L. S. 
L. S. 



com'g. detachH. 
J. Bonnell, 1st. Lieut. 3d. RegH. 

U. S. Inf. 
G. P. Field, BvH. 2d Lieut. 3d 
Reg. U. S. Inf. 



Surg'n. U. S. A. 
Isaac C. Williamson, 
Henry Queen, 

John W. Edwards, Interpreter. 



54 



626 



COMANCHE S ANJD WITCHETAWS, 



C 0 MAN C HE S AND WITCHETAWS. 

[ CONCLUDED AUGUST 24, 1835 — RATIFIED MAY 19, 1836. ] 

For the purpose of establishing and perpetuating peace and friend- 
ship between the United States of America and the Comanche and 
Witchetaw nations, and their associated bands or tribes of Indians, 
and between these nations or tribes, and the Cherokee, Musco- 
gee, Choctaw, Osage, Seneca, and Quapaw nations or tribes of 
Indians, the President of the United States has, to accomplish 

. this desirable object, and to aid therein, appointed governor M. 
Stokes, M. Arbuckle, brigadier general United States army, and 
F. W. Armstrong, acting superintendent western territory, com- 
missioners on the part of the United States ; and the said go- 
vernor M* Stokes and M. Arbuckle, brigadier general United 
States army, with the chiefs, and representatives of the Chero- 
kee, Muscogee, Choctaw, Osage, Seneca, and Quapaw nations 
or tribes of Indians, have met the chiefs, warriors, and represen- 
tatives of the tribes first above named at Camp Holmes, on the 
eastern border of the Grand Prairie, near the Canadian river, in 
the Muscogee nation, and after full deliberation, the said nations 
or tribes have agreed with the United States, and with one another 
upon the following articles : 

Art. 1. There shall be perpetual peace and friendship between 
all the citizens of the United States of America, and all the in- 
dividuals composing the Comanche and Witchetaw nations, and 
their associated bands or tribes of Indians, and between these na- 
tions or tribes, and the Cherokee, Muscogee, Choctaw, Osage, 
Seneca, and Quapaw nations or tribes of Indians. 

Art. 2. Every injury or act of hostility by one or either of the 
contracting parties on the other, shall be mutually forgiven and 
forever forgot. 

Art. 3. There shall be a free and friendly intercourse between 
all the contracting parties hereto, and it is distinctly understood 
and agreed by the Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their 
associated bands or tribes of Indians, that the citizens of the United 
States are freely permitted to pass and repass through their settle- 
ments or hunting ground without molestation or injury, on their 
way to any of the provinces of the Republic of Mexico, or re- 
turning therefrom, and that each of the nations, or tribes named 
in this article, further agree to pay the full value for any injury their 
people may do to the goods or property of the citizens of the 
United States taken or destroyed, when peaceably passing through 
the country they inhabit, or hunt in, or elsewhere. And the 
United States hereby guaranty to any Indian or Indians of either of 
the said Comanche or Witchetaw nations, and their associatedbands 



COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. 



627 



m tribes of Indians, a full indemnification for any horses or other 
property which may be stolen from them : Provided, that the pro- 
perty so stolen cannot be recovered, and that sufficient proof is 
produced that it was actually stolen by a citizen of the United 
States, and within the limits thereof. 

Art. 4. It is understood and agreed by all the nations or tribes 
of Indians parties to this treaty, that each and all of the said na- 
tions or tribes have free permission to hunt and trap in the great 
prairie, west of the Cross Timber, to the western limits of the 
United States. 

Art. 5. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- 
sociated bands or tribes of Indians, severally agree and bind them- 
selves to pay full value for any injury their people may do to the 
goods or other property of such traders as the President of the 
United States may place near to their settlements or hunting 
ground for the purpose of trading with them. 

Art. 6. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- 
sociated bands or tribes of Indians, agree, that in the event any 
of the red people belonging to the nations or tribes residing south 
of the Missouri river and west of the State of Missouri, not par- 
ties to this treaty, should visit their towns or be found on their 
hunting ground, that they will treat them with kindness and friend- 
ship, and do no injury to them in any way whatever. 

Art. 7. Should any difficulty hereafter unfortunately arise be- 
tween any of the nations or tribes of Indians, parties hereunto, 
in consequence of murder, the stealing of horses, cattle, or other 
cause, it is agreed that the other tribes shall interpose their good 
offices to remove such difficulties, and also that the government 
of the United States may take such measures as they may deem 
proper to effect the same object, and see that full justice is done to 
the injured party. 

Art. 8. It is agreed by the commissioners of the United States, 
that in consequence of the Comanche and Witchetaw nations and 
their associated bands or tribes of Indians having freely and wil- 
lingly entered into this treaty, and it being the first they have made 
with the United States or any of the contracting parties, that they 
shall receive presents immediately after signing, as a donation 
from the United States ; nothing being asked from these nations 
or tribes in return, except to remain at peace with the parties here- 
to, which their own good and that of their posterity require. 

Art. 9. The Comanche and Witchetaw nations and their as- 
sociated bands or tribes of Indians agree, that their entering into 
this treaty shall in no respect interrupt their friendly relations with 
the Republic of Mexico, where they all frequently hunt, and the 
Comanche nation principally inhabit ; and it is distinctly under- 
stood that the government of the United States desire that per- 
fect peace shall exist between the nations or tribes named in this 
article and the said republic. 



COMANCHE S AND WITCHETAWS. 



Art. 10. This treaty shall be obligatory on the nations or tribe? 
parties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United 
States, from and after its ratification by the Government thereof. 
Done, and signed, and sealed at Camp Holmes, on the eastern 
border of the Grand Prairie, near the Canadian river, in the 
Muscogee nation, this twenty-fourth day of August, one thou- 
sand eight hundred and thirty-five, and of the independence 
of the United States the sixtieth. 

Montfort Stokes, l. s. 

M. Arbuckle, Brigh\ GenH. XI. S. Army, l. s. 

COMANCHES. 

Ishacoly, or the wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Queenashano, or the war eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Tabaqueena, or the big eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Pohowetowshah, or the brass man, his x mark, l. s. 

Shabbakasha, or the roving wolf, his x mark,. l. s. 

Neraquassi, or the yellow horse, his x mark, l. s... 

Toshapappy, or the white hare, his x mark, i«, s. 

Pahohsareya, or the broken arm, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahkah, or the man who draws the bow, his x mark, l. s.. 

Witsitony, or he who sucks quick, his x mark, l. s. 

Leahwiddikah, or one who stirs up water, his x mark,. l.. s. 

Esharsotsiki, or the sleeping, wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Pahtrisula, or the dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Ettah, or the gun, his x mark, l. s. 
Tennowikah, or the boy who was soon a man, his x mark, l. s. 
Kumaquoi, or the woman who cuts buffalo meat, his x mark, l. s. 

Taqquanno, or the amorous man, his x mark, l. s. 

Kowa, or the stinking tobacco box, his x mark, l. s. 

Soko, or the old man, his x mark, l. s. 

WIT C H E TAW S . 

Kanostowah, or the man who don't speak, his x. mark, l.. s. 

Kosharokah, or the man who marries his wife twice, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Terrykatowatix, the riding chief, his x mark, l. s. 

Tahdaydy, or the traveller, his x mark, l. s. 

Hahkahpillush, or the drummer, his x mark, l. s. 

Lachkah, or the first man in four battles, his x mark, l. s. 

Learhehash, or the man who weans children too soon, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Lachhardich, or the man who sees things done in the wrong 

way, his x mark, l. s. 

Noccuttardaditch, or the man who tries to excel the head chief, 

his x mark, l. s. 

Katardedwadick, or the man who killed an enemy in the 

water, his x mark, s. 



COMANCHE'S AND WITCHETAWS-. 



629 



Losshah, or the twin, his x mark, l. s. 

Taytsaaytah, or the ambitious adulterer, his x mark, l. s. 

Tokaytah, or the summer, his x mark, l. s. 
Masshakratsatady, or the man with the dog skin cap, his x 

mark, l. s. 
Iiipsh, or the man with one side of his head shaved, his x 

mark, l. s- 

CHEROKEES. 

Dutch, his x mark, l. s. 

David Melton, his x mark, i~ s.. 

MUSCOGEE S> 

Roley Mcintosh, his x mark, l. s.. 

Chilly Mcintosh., l. s. 
Cho-co-te-tustoR-nogu or marshal of the Clio-eo-te clan, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Tus-ca-ne-ha, or the marshal, his x mark, l. s. 

Tusly Harjoe, or crazy town, his x mark, l. s. 

Alexander Lasley, his x mark, a*, s. 

.Neha Harjoe, or crazy marshal, his x mark, z*. s. 

Tustunucke Harjoe, or crazy warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Powes Emarlo, or marshal of Powes clan, his x mark-, l. s. 

Cosa Yehola, or marshal of Cosa clan, his x mark, l. s. 

Powes Yehola, or marshal of Powes clan, his x mark, l. s. 

Toma Yehola, or marshal of Toma clan, his x mark, l. s. 

Cosado Harjoe, or crazy Cosada, his x mark, l. s. 

$eha Harjoe, or crazy marshal, his x mark, l. s. 
Cosada Tustonnogee, or the Cosada warrior, his x mark, l. s. 
Octiyachee Yehola, or marshal of Octiyachee clan, his x mark, l. s. 
J^ulthcup Tustonnogee, or the middle warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Ufala Harjoe, or crazy Ufala, his x mark, l. s. 

Oholalixico, or a fox without a heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Joseph Miller, his x mark, l. s.. 

Samuel Brown, his x mark, l, s. 

Archi Kennard, his x mark, l. s. 

Towannay, or the slender man, his x mark, l. s. 

Saccasumky, or to be praised, his x mark, l. s. 

Siah Hardridge, his x mark, l. s- 

Warrior Hardridge, his x . mark, i~ s.. 

George Stedham, his x mark, l. s- 

Itchhas Harjoe, or crazy beaver, liis x mark, l. 

Itchofake Harjoe, or crazy deer's heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Satockhaky, or the broad side, his x mark, l. s. 

Semehechee, or hide it away, his x mark, l. s, 

Hoyane, or passed by, his x mark, l. &. 

Melola, or waving, his x mark, s. 

Mateter^ or the man who missed it, his x mark; l. s. 



630 



COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. 



Billy, his x mark, s. 

Tuskia Harjoe, or crazy brave, his x mark, l. s. 

Aussy, or the pursuer, his x mark, l. s. 

Tohoithla, or standing upon, his x mark, l. s. 

John Hambly, l. s. 

K. Lewis, l. s. 

John Wynn, l. s. 

David McKillap, l. s. 

CHOCTAWS. 

Musha-la-tubbee, or the man killer, his x mark, l. s> 

Na-tuck-a-chee, or fair clay, his x mark, l. s 

Par-chee-ste-cubbee, or the scalp-holder, his x mark, l. s. 

To-pi-a-chee-hubbee, or the painted face, his x mark, l. s. 

Ya-cha-a-o-pay, or the leader of the warriors, his x mark, l. s, 

Tus-qui-hola-tah, or the travelling warrior, his x mark, l. s. 

Tic-eban-jo-hubbee, or the first for war, his x mark, l. s» 

Nucke Stubbee, or the bullet that has killed, his x mark, l. s. 

Toqua, or what you say, his x mark, l. s. 

Po-sha-ma-stubbee, or the killer, his x mark, l. s. 

Nuck-ho-ma-harjoe, or the bloody bullet, his x mark, l. s. 

Thomas Mickie, his x mark, l. s. 

Halam-be-sha, or the bat, his x mark, l. s. 

Ok-chia, or life, his x mark, l. s. 

Tus-ea-homa-madia, or the red warrior, his x mark, l. s. 
Tun-up-me-a-moma, or the red man who has gone to war, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Par-homa, or the red hoop, his x mark, l. s. 
No-wah-ba, the man who kills the enemy when he meets 

him, his x mark, l. s. 

Hisho-he-meta, or a young waiter, his x mark, l. s. 
Cho-ma-la-tubbee, or the man who is sure his enemy is 

dead, his x mark, l. s. 

Hokla-no-ma, the traveller in the town, his x mark, l. s. 

William, his x mark, l. s. 
Neasho Nttbbee, he who knows where the enemy is killed, his 

x mark, l. s. 

Jim, his x mark, l. s. 

Eu-eck Harma, or the man who is never tired, his x mark, l. s. 

Nat-la Homa, or the bloody man, his x mark, l. s. 

Pia-o-sta, or to whoop four times, his x mark, l. s.. 
Pa-sha-oa-cubbee, or the man who puts his foot on the scalp, 

his x mark, l. s. 

La-po-na, or the man who killed the enemy, his x mark, . l. s. 

A-mo-na-tubbee, or lying in wait to kill, his x mark, l. s. 
A-fa-ma-tubbee, or the man who kills every thing he meets, 

his x mark, l. i. 



COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS. 



631 



OSAGES. 

Fah-ha-la, or the leaping deer, his x mark, l. s> 

Shone-ta-sah-ba, or the black dog, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-shin-pee-sha, or the wicked man, his x mark, l. s. 

Tun-wan-le-he, or the town mover, his x mark,1 l. s. 

Whoa-har-tee, or the war eagle, his x mark, l. s. > 

Me-tah-ne-gah, or the crazy robe, his x mark, l. s.^ 

Wah-she-sho-hee, or the smart spirit, his x mark, l. s. 

Ah-ke-tah, or the soldier, his x mark, l. s. 

Weir-sah-bah-sha, or the hidden black, his x mark, L. s. 

Ne-ko-jah, or the man hunter, his x mark, l. s. 

Hor-tea-go, or like night, his x mark, l. s* 

Wah-hah-tah-nee, or the fast runner, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-nah-shee, or the taker away, his x mark, l. s. 

Ces-sah-ba, or the man in black, his x mark, l. s. 

Es-kah-mar-ne, or the white horn, his x mark, l. s. 

Kou-sah-she-la, or walking together, his x mark, l. s. 

Tcha-to-kah, or the buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

O-ke-sah, or the man aside, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-she-wah-ra, or the stopper, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-ho-ba-shungee, or the idolater, his x mark, l. s. 
Tone-ba-wah-tcha-la, or hard to look at the sun rising, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Shoe-chem-mo-nee, or the elk whistler, his x mark, U s. 

Wash-kah-cha, or the tumbler, his x mark, l- s. 

Wah-ha, or the Pawnee chief's namesake, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-kee-bah-nah, or the hard runner, his x mark, l. s. 

War-tcha-sheen-gah, or the scalp-carrier, his x mark, l. s. 

O-shaun-ga-tun-ga, or the big path, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-hee-no-pee, or the bone necklace, his x mark, l, s. 
Lee-sap-kah-pee, or the man who missed his enemy, his x 

mark, l. s. 

Wah-to-ke-hak, or raw meat, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-wah-shee, or quick runner, his x mark, l. s. 

Kah-he-ka-saree, or chief killer, his x mark, l. s. 

O-lash-tah-ba, or plate-licker, his x mark, l- s c 

Ma-ne-nah-shee, or the walker, his x mark, l- s. 

Shaun-ga-mo-nee, or the fall chief, his x mark, L - I- 

Tee-sha-wah-ra, or dry grass, his x mark, h- s. 
Ne-kah-wah-shee-tun-gah, or the brave spirit, his x mark, L. s. 

SENECAS. 

Thomas Brant, his x mark, L « s 

Small Grout Spicer, his x mark, s 

Isaac, his x mark, L - s 

Mingo Carpenter, his x mark, L - s 

John Sky, his x mark, L - s 

Henry Smith, his x mark, L » s 



632 



COMANCHES AND WITCHETAWS.- 



Little Town Spicer, his x mark, l. g, 

Young Henry, his x mark, l. s ? 

Peter Pork, his x mark, l. s. 

William Johnston, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Bone, his x mark, L. s. 

Big Isaac, his x mark, l. s. 

Civil Jack, his x mark, l. s. 

Ya-ga-ha, or the water in the apple, his x mark, l. s. 

Cau-ya-que-neh, or the snow drift, his x mark, l. s. 

Ya-ta-ato, or the little lake, his x mark-, l. s. 

Douglass, his X mark, l. s. 

George Herring, his x mark, l. s. 

quapaws. 

Hi-ka-toa, or the dry man, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-ga-de-tone, or the maggot, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-to-va, or the spider, his x mark, l. s, 

Ca-ta-hah, or the tortoise, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-towa-wah-cota, or the dug out, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-go-dah-hou-kah, or the plume, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-com-pa, or the doctor of the nose, his x mark, l. s, 

Cas-sa, or the black tortoise, his x mark, l. s* 

Haw-tez-chee-ka, or the little cedar, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-so-goda-toah, or the hawk, his x mark, l. s, 

•Wa-ka-toa-nosa, or the standing man, his x mark, l. s. 

Motosa, or the black bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Mor-bre-tone, or the little hawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Mar-to-ho-ga, or the white bear, his x mark, l. s. 

To-se-ca-da, or he who shows his track, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-tah-ho-so, or the wind, his x mark, l. s. 

Hi-da-khe-da-sa, or the panther eagle, his x mark, l. s< 

O-tene-cah-chee-ka, or he who struck the enemy, his x mark, l. s. 

Me-ki-wah-kotah, or the star, his x mark, L* s. 

Ka-ti-mo-ne, or clear weather, his x mark, l. s. 

Vet-he-ka-ne, or thunder, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-to-sa-mo-ne, or the black freshet, his x mark^ t. s. 

In presence of 

R. B. Mason, Major of Dra- Thomas B. Ballard, 

goons, Augustine A. Chouteau, 

G- Birch, Major U. & Army, John Hambly, U. S. Interpreter 
Francis Lee, Captain 1th In- to the Creeks, 
fantry, George Herron, 
Samuel G. I. DeC amp, Surgeon, Leonard C. McPhail, AssH* 

W.- Seawell, Lieut, and Aid de Surgeon U. S. Army, 
Camp ; Sec'y to the Comm'rs, Robert M. French. 



C3BER0KEES; 



633 



CHEROKEES. 

[ CONCLUDED DECEMBER 29, 1835 — RATIFIED MAY 23, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty concluded at JYew Echota, in the State of Geor- 
gia^ on the 29th day of December, 1835, by general William Car- 
roll and John F. Schermerhorn, commissioners on the part of the 
United States, and the chiefs, head men, and people of the Che- 
rokee tribe of Indians. 

Whereas, the Cherokees are anxious to make some arrangements 
with the Government of the United States, whereby the difficulties 
they have experienced by a residence within the settled parts of 
the United States under the jurisdiction and laws of the State go- 
vernments may be terminated and adjusted ; and with a view to 
re-uniting their people in one body, and securing a permanent home 
for themselves and their posterity in the country selected by their 
forefathers, without the territorial limits of the State sovereignties, 
and where they can establish and enjoy a government of their 
choice, and perpetuate such a state of society as may be most con- 
sonant with their views, habits, and condition, and as may tend to 
their individual comfort and their advancement in civilization ; 

And whereas, a delegation of the Cherokee nation, composed of 
Messrs. John Ross, Richard Taylor, Danl. McCoy, Samuel Gun- 
ter, and William Rogers, with full power and authority to conclude 
a treaty with the United States, did, on the 28th day of February, 
1835, stipulate and agree with the Government of the United States 
to submit to the Senate to fix the amount which should be allowed 
the Cherokees for their claims and for a cession of their lands east 
of the Mississippi river, and did agree to abide by the award of the 
Senate of the United States themselves, and to recommend the 
same to their people for their final determination ; 

And whereas, on such submission, the Senate advised " that a 
sum not exceeding five millions of dollars be paid to the Cherokee 
Indians, for all their lands and possessions east of the Mississippi 
river ;" 

And whereas, this delegation, after said award of the Senate had 
been made, were called upon to submit propositions as to its dis- 
position, to be arranged in a treaty, which they refused to do, but 
insisted that the same u should be referred to their nation, and 
there in general council to deliberate and determine on the subject, 
in order to ensure harmony and good feeling among themselves ;" 

And whereas, a certain other delegation, composed of John Ridge, 
Elias Boudinot, Archilla Smith, S. W. Bell, John West, Wm. A. 
Davis, and Ezekiel West, who represented that portion of the na- 
tion in favor of emigration to the Cherokee country west of the Mis- 
sissippi, entered into propositions for a treaty with John F. Scher- 



634 



CHEROKEES. 



merhorn, commissioner on the part of the United States, which were 
to be submitted to their nation for their final action and determi- 
nation ; 

And whereas, the Cherokee people, at their last October council 
at Red Clay, fully authorized and empowered a delegation or com- 
mittee of twenty persons of their nation to enter into and conclude 
a treaty with the United States commissioner, then present, at that 
place or elsewhere ; and as the people had good reason to believe 
that a treaty would then and there be made, or at a subsequent 
council at New Echota, which the commissioners, it was well 
known and understood, were authorized and instructed to convene 
for said purpose ; and since the said delegation had gone on to 
Washington city, with a view to close negotiations there, as stated 
by them, notwithstanding they were officially informed by the Unit- 
ed States commissioner that they would not be received by the 
President of the United States, and that the Government would 
transact no business of this nature with them ; and that if a treaty 
was made, it must be done here in the nation, where the delega- 
tion at Washington last winter urged that it should be done for the 
purpose of promoting peace and harmony among the people ; and 
since these facts have also been corroborated to us by a communi- 
cation recently received by the commissioner from the Government 
of the United States, and read and explained to the people in open 
council ; and therefore, believing said delegation can effect nothing, 
and since our difficulties are daily increasing, and our situation is 
rendered more and more precarious, uncertain, and insecure, in 
consequence of the legislation of the States ; and seeing no effectual 
way of relief, but in accepting the liberal overtures of the United 
States ; 

And whereas, General William Carroll and JohnF. Sehermerhorn 
were appointed commissioners on the part of the United States, 
with full power and authority to conclude a treaty with the Chero- 
kees east, and were directed by the President to convene the peo- 
ple of the nation in general council, at New Echota, and to submit 
said propositions to them, with power and authority to vary the 
same so as to meet the views of the Cherokees in reference to its 
details ; 

And whereas, the said commissioners did appoint and notify a 
general council of the nation to convene at New Echota, on the 
21st day of December, 1835, and informed them that the commis- 
sioners would be prepared to make a treaty with the Cherokee 
people who should assemble there, and those who did not come 
they should conclude gave their assent and sanction to whatever 
should be transacted at this council ; and the people having met in 
council according to said notice ; 

Therefore, the following articles of a treaty are agreed upon and 
concluded between William Carroll and John F. Sehermerhorn, 
commissioners on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and 



CHEROKEES. 



635 



head men and people of the Cherokee nation in general council 
assembled, this 29th day of December, 1835 : 

Art. 1. The Cherokee nation hereby cede, relinquish, and con- 
vey to the United States, all the lands owned, claimed, or possessed 
by them east of the Mississippi river, and hereby release all their 
claims upon the United States for spoliations of every kind, for and 
in consideration of the sum of five millions of dollars, to be ex- 
pended, paid, and invested, in the manner stipulated and agreed 
upon in the following articles. But as a question has arisen be- 
tween the commissioners and the Cherokees, whether the Senate, 
in their resolution by which they advised " that a sum not exceed- 
ing five millions of dollars be paid to the Cherokee Indians, for all 
their lands and possessions east of the Mississippi river," have in- 
cluded and made any allowance or consideration for claims for spo- 
liations, it is therefore agreed on the part of the United States, that 
this question shall be again submitted to the Senate for their consi- 
deration and decision; and if no allowance was made for spoliations, 
that then an additional sum of three hundred thousand dollars be 
allowed for the same. 

Art. 2. Whereas, by the treaty of May 6, 1828, and the sup- 
plementary treaty thereto of February 14, 1833, with the Cherokees 
west of the Mississippi, the United States guarantied and secured, 
to be conveyed by patent to the Cherokee nation of Indians, the fol- 
lowing tract of country : " Beginning at a point on the old western 
territorial line of Arkansas territory, being twenty-five miles north 
from the point where the territorial line crosses Arkansas river ; 
thence, running from said north point south on the said territorial 
line, where the said territorial line crosses Verdigris river ; thence, 
down said Verdigris river to the Arkansas river ; thence, down said 
Arkansas to a point where a stone is placed opposite the east or 
lower bank of Grand river, at its junction with the Arkansas ; 
thence, running south forty-four degrees west one mile ; thence, in 
a straight line, to a point four miles northerly from the mouth of 
the north fork of the Canadian ; thence, along the said four mile 
line to the Canadian ; thence, down the Canadian to the Arkansas ; 
thence, down the Arkansas to that point on the Arkansas where 
the eastern Choctaw boundary strikes said river, and running thence 
with the western line of Arkansas territory, as now defined, to the 
southwest corner of Missouri ; thence, along the western Missouri 
line to the land assigned the Senecas ; thence, on the south line of 
the Senecas to Grand river ; thence, up said Grand river, as far as 
the south line of the Osage reservation extended, if necessary ; 
thence, up and between said south Osage line, extended west if 
necessary 3 and a line drawn due west from the point of beginning 
to a certain distance west, at which a line running north and south 
from said Osage line to said due west line, will make seven mil- 
lions of acres within the whole described boundaries. In addition 
to the seven millions of acres of land thus provided for and bound- 



636 



CHEROKEES. 



ed, the United States further guaranty to the Cherokee nation a 
perpetual outlet west, and a free and unmolested use of all the 
country west of the western boundary of said seven millions of 
acres, as far west as the sovereignty of the United States and their 
right of soil extend. 

Provided, however, That if the saline or salt plain on the west- 
ern prairie shall fall within said limits prescribed for said outlet, 
the right is reserved to the United States to permit other tribes of 
red men to get salt on said plain, in common with the Cherokees. 
And letters patent shall be issued by the United States as soon as 
practicable for the land hereby guarantied. 

And whereas, it is apprehended by the Cherokees, that in the 
above cession there is not contained a sufficient quantity of land 
for the accommodation of the whole nation, on their removal west 
of the Mississippi, the United States, in consideration of the sum 
of five hundred thousand dollars, therefore hereby covenant and 
agree to convey to the said Indians and their descendants, by 
patent, in fee simple, the following additional tract of land situated 
between the west line of the State of Missouri and the Osage re- 
servation, beginning at the southeast corner of the same, and runs 
north along the east line of the Osage lands fifty miles, to the 
northeast corner thereof ; and thence east to the west line of the 
State of Missouri ; thence with said line south fifty miles ; thence 
west to the place of beginning ; estimated to contain eight hundred 
thousand acres of land ; but it is expressly understood, that if any 
of the lands assigned the Quapaws shall fall within the aforesaid 
bounds, the same shall be reserved and excepted out of the lands 
above granted, and a pro rata reduction shall be made in the price 
to be allowed to the United States for the same by the Cherokees. 

Art. 3. The United States also agree, that the lands above 
ceded by the treaty of February 14, 1833, including the outlet, and 
those ceded by this treaty, shall all be included in one patent, 
executed to the Cherokee nation of Indians by the President of 
the United States, according to the provisions of the act of May 
28, 1830. It is, however, agreed, that the military reservation at 
fort Gibson shall be held by the United States. But should the 
United States abandon said post, and have no further use for the 
same, it shall revert to the Cherokee nation. The United States 
shall always have the right to make and establish such post and 
military roads and forts in any part of the Cherokee country, as 
they may deem proper for the interest and protection of the same, 
and the free use of as much land, timber, fuel and materials of all 
kinds, for the construction and support of the same, as may be 
necessary ; provided, that if the private rights of individuals are 
interfered with, a just compensation therefor shall be made. 

Art. 4. The United States also stipulate and agree to extin- 
guish, for the benefit of the Cherokees, the titles to the reserva- 
tions within their country, made in the Osage treaty of 1825, to 



CHEROKEES. 637 

certain half-breeds, and for this purpose they hereby agree to pay 
to the persons to whom the same belong or have been assigned, 
or to their agents or guardians, whenever they shall execute, after 
the ratification of this treaty, a satisfactory conveyance for the 
same to the United States, the sum of fifteen thousand dollars, 
according to a schedule accompanying this treaty, of the relative 
value of the several reservations. 

And whereas, by the several treaties between the United States 
and the Osage Indians, the Union and Harmony missionary reser- 
vations which were established for their benefit are now situated 
within the country ceded by them to the United States ; the former 
being situated in the Cherokee country, and the latter in the State 
of Missouri : It is therefore agreed, that the United States shall 
pay the American board of commissioners for foreign missions for 
the improvements on the same, what they shall be appraised at by 
Captain Geo. Vashon, Cherokee sub-agent, Abraham Redfield, 
and A. P. Chouteau, or such persons as the President of the 
United States shall appoint, and the money allowed for the same 
shall be expended in schools among the Osages, and improving 
their condition. It is understood, that the United States are to 
pay the amount allowed for the reservations in this article and not 
the Cherokees. 

Art. 5. The United States hereby covenant and agree that the 
lands ceded to the Cherokee nation in the foregoing article, shall, 
in no future time, without their consent, be included within the 
territorial limits or jurisdiction of any State or territory. But they 
shall secure to the Cherokee nation the right by their national 
councils, to make and carry into effect all such laws as they may 
deem necessary for the government and protection of the persons 
and property within their own country belonging to their people, 
or such persons as have connected themselves with them : Pro- 
vided, always, that they shall not be inconsistent with the consti- 
tution of the United States, and such acts of Congress as have 
been or may be passed, regulating trade and intercourse with the 
Indians ; and also, that they shall not be considered as extending 
to such citizens and army of the United States as may travel or 
reside in the Indian country by permission, according to the laws 
and regulations established by the government of the same. 

Art. 6. Perpetual peace and friendship shall exist between the 
citizens of the United States and the Cherokee Indians. The 
United States agree to protect the Cherokee nation from domestic 
strife and foreign enemies, and against intestine wars between the 
several tribes. The Cherokees shall endeavor to preserve and 
maintain the peace of the country, and not make war upon their 
neighbors ; they shall also be protected against interruption and 
intrusion from citizens of the United States, who may attempt to 
settle in the country without their consent ; and all such persons 
shall be removed from the same by order of the President of the 



638 



CHEROKEES. 



United States. But this is not intended to prevent the residence 
among them of useful farmers, mechanics, and teachers for the in- 
struction of Indians according to treaty stipulations. 

Art. 7. The Cherokee nation having already made great pro- 
gress in civilization, and deeming it important that every proper 
and laudable inducement should be offered to their people to im- 
prove their condition, as well as to guard and secure in the most 
effectual manner, the rights guarantied to them in this treaty, and 
with a view to illustrate the liberal and enlarged policy of the 
Government of the United States towards the Indians in their 
removal beyond the territorial limits of the States, it is stipulated 
that they shall be entitled to a delegate in the House of Repre- 
sentatives of the United States, whenever Congress shall make 
provision for the same. 

Art. 8. The United States also agree and stipulate to remove 
the Cherokees to their new homes, and to subsist them one year 
after their arrival there, and that a sufficient number of steamboats 
and baggage-wagons shall be furnished to remove them comforta- 
bly, and so as not to endanger their health, and that a physician, 
well supplied with medicines, shall accompany each detachment 
of emigrants removed by the Government. Such persons and 
families as, in the opinion of the emigrating agent are capable of 
subsisting and removing themselves shall be permitted to do so ; 
and they shall be allowed in full for all claims for the same, twenty 
dollars for each member of their family ; and in lieu of their one 
year's rations, they shall be paid the sum of thirty-three dollars and 
thirty-three cents, if they prefer it. 

Such Cherokees also as reside at present out of the nation, and 
shall remove with them in two years west of the Mississippi, shall 
be entitled to allowance for removal and subsistence as above 
provided. 

Art. 9. The United States agree to appoint suitable agents, 
who shall make a just and fair valuation of all such improvements 
now in the possession of the Cherokees, as add any value to the 
lands ; and also of the ferries owned by them, according to their 
nett income ; and such improvements and ferries from which they 
have been dispossessed in a lawless manner, or under any existing 
laws of the State, where the same may be situated. 

The just debts of the Indians shall be paid out of any moneys 
due them for their improvements and claims ; and they shall also 
be furnished, at the discretion of the President of the United States, 
with a sufficient sum to enable them to obtain the necessary means 
to remove themselves to their new homes, and the balance of their 
dues shall be paid them at the Cherokee agency west of the 
Mississippi. The missionary establishments shall also be valued 
and appraised in a like manner, and the amount of them paid over 
by the United States to the treasurers of the respective missionary 
societies, by whom they have been established and improved, in 



CHEROKEES. 



639 



order to enable them to erect such buildings and make such im- 
provements among the Cherokees west of the Mississippi, as they 
may deem necessary for their benefit. Such teachers at present 
among the Cherokees as this council shall select and designate, 
shall be removed west of the Mississippi with the Cherokee na- 
tion, and on the same terms allowed to them. 

Art. 10. The President of the United States shall invest in 
some safe and most productive public stocks of the country, for 
the benefit of the whole Cherokee nation who have removed, or shall 
remove, to the lands assigned by this treaty to the Cherokee na- 
tion west of the Mississippi, the following sums as a permanent 
fund for the purposes hereinafter specified, and pay over the nett 
income of the same annually to such person or persons as shall be 
authorized or appointed by the Cherokee nation to receive the 
same, and their receipt shall be a full discharge for the amount 
paid to them, viz : the sum of two hundred thousand dollars in 
addition to the present annuities of the nation to constitute a ge- 
neral fund, the interest of which shall be applied annually by the 
council of the nation, to such purposes as they may deem best for 
the general interest of their people. The sum of fifty thousand 
dollars to constitute an orphans' fund, the annual income of which 
shall be expended towards the support and education of such 
orphan children as are destitute of the means of subsistence. The 
sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, in addition to the 
present school fund of the nation shall constitute a permanent 
school fund, the interest of which shall be applied annually by the 
council of the nation for the support of common schools, and such 
a literary institution of a higher order, as may be established in the 
Indian country. And in order to secure as far as possible the true 
and beneficial application of the orphans' and school fund, the 
council of the Cherokee nation, when required by the President of 
the United States, shall make a report of the application of those 
funds, and he shall at all times, have the right, if the funds have 
been misapplied, to correct any abuses of them, and direct the 
manner of their application for the purposes for which they were 
intended. The council of the nation may, by giving two years' 
notice of their intention, withdraw their funds by and with the 
consent of the President and Senate of the United States, and 
invest them in such manner as they may deem most proper for 
their interest. The United States also agree and stipulate to pay 
the just debts and claims against the Cherokee nation, held by the 
citizens of the same, and also the just claims of citizens of the 
United States, for services rendered to the nation, and the sum of 
sixty thousand dollars is appropriated for this purpose ; but no 
claims against individual persons of the nation shall be allowed 
and paid by the nation. The sum of three hundred thousand 
dollars is hereby set apart to pay and liquidate the just claims of 



640 



CHEROKEES. 



the Cherokees upon the United States for spoliations of every 
kind, that have not been already satisfied under former treaties. 

Art. 11. The Cherokee nation of Indians believing it will be 
for the interest of their people to have all their funds and annuities 
under their own direction and future disposition, hereby agree to 
commute their permanent annuity of ten thousand dollars for the 
sum of two hundred and fourteen thousand dollars, the same to be 
invested by the President of the United States as a part of the 
general fund of the nation ; and their present school fund, amount- 
ing to about fifty thousand dollars, shall constitute a part of the 
permanent school fund of the nation. 

Art. 12. Those individuals and families of the Cherokee nation 
that are averse to a removal to the Cherokee country west of the 
Mississippi, and are desirous to become citizens of the States 
where they reside, and such as are qualified to take care of them- 
selves and their property, shall be entitled to receive their due 
portion of all the personal benefits accruing under this treaty for 
their claims, improvements, and per capita, as soon as an appro- 
priation is made for this treaty. 

Such heads of Cherokee families as are desirous to reside within 
the States of North Carolina, Tennessee and Alabama, subject to 
the laws of the same, and who are qualified or calculated to 
become useful citizens, shall be entitled, on the certificate of the 
commissioners, to a pre-emption right to one hundred and sixty 
acres of land, or one quarter section, at the minimum Congress 
price ; so as to include the present buildings or improvements of 
those who now reside there, and such as do not live there at pre- 
sent shall be permitted to locate within two years any lands not 
already occupied by persons entitled to pre-emption privilege 
under this treaty ; and if two or more families live on the same 
quarter section, and they desire to continue their residence in these 
States, and are qualified as above specified, they shall, on receiving 
their pre-emption certificate, be entitled to the right of pre-emp- 
tion to such lands as they may select, not already taken by any 
person entitled to them under this treaty. 

It is stipulated and agreed, between the United States and the 
Cherokee people, that John Ross, James Starr, George Hicks, 
John Gunter, Geo. Chambers, John Ridge, Elias Boudinot, George 
Sanders, John Martin, William Rogers, Roman Nose Situwake, 
and John Timpson, shall be a committee on the part of the Che- 
rokees, to recommend such persons for the privilege of pre-emp- 
tion rights, as may be deemed entitled to the same under the above 
articles ; and to select the missionaries who shall be removed with 
the nation ; and that they be hereby fully empowered and autho- 
rized to transact all business on the part of the Indians, which 
may arise in carrying into effect the provisions of this treaty, and 
settling the same with the United States. If any of the persons 



CHEROKEES. 



Ml 



above mentioned should decline acting, or be removed by death, 
the vacancies shall be filled by the committee themselves. 

It is also understood and agreed, that the sum of one hundred 
thousand dollars shall be expended by the commissioners, in such 
manner as the committee deem best, for the benefit of the poorer 
class of Cherokees as shall remove west or have removed west, and 
are entitled to the benefits of this treaty. The same to be delivered 
at the Cherokee agency west, as soon after the removal of the 
nation as possible. 

Art. 13. In order to make a final settlement of all the claims 
of the Cherokees for reservations granted under former treaties to 
any individuals belonging to the nation by the United States : it is 
therefore hereby stipulated and agreed, and expressly understood 
by the parties to this treaty, that all the Cherokees, and their heirs 
and descendants to whom any reservations have been made under 
any former treaties with the United States, and who have not sold 
or conveyed the same by deed or otherwise, and who, in the 
opinion of the commissioners, have complied with the terms oil 
which the reservations were granted as far as practicable in the 
several cases ; and which reservations have since been sold by the 
United States, shall constitute a just claim against the United 
States, and the original reservees, or their heirs or descendants shall 
be entitled to receive the present value thereof from the United 
States as unimproved lands. And all such reservations as have 
not been sold by the United States, and where the terms on which 
the reservations were made, in the opinion of the commissioners, 
have been complied with as far as practicable, they or their heirs or 
descendants shall be entitled to the same. They are hereby 
granted and confirmed to them ; and also all persons who were 
entitled to reservations under the treaty of 1817, and who, as far 
as practicable, in the opinion of the commissioners, have complied 
with the stipulations of said treaty, although by the treaty of 1819, 
such reservations were included in the unceded lands belonging 
to the Cherokee nation, are hereby confirmed to them, and they 
shall be entitled to receive a grant for the same. And all such 
reservees as were obliged by the laws of the States in which their 
reservations were situated, to abandon the same, or purchase 
them from the States, shall be deemed to have a just claim against 
the United States, for the amount by them paid to the States with 
interest thereon, for such reservations, and if obliged to abandon 
the same, to the present value of such reservations as unimproved 
lands ; but in all cases where the reservees have sold their reser- 
vations, or any part thereof, and conveyed the same by deed or 
otherwise, and have been paid for the same, they, their heirs, or 
descendants, or their assigns, shall not be considered as having 
any claims upon the United States under this article of the treaty, 
nor be entitled to receive any compensation for the lands thus 
disposed of. It is expressly understood by the parties to this 

55 



CHEROKEE^ 



treaty, that the amount to be allowed for reservations under tH$ 
article shall not be deducted out of the consideration money al- 
lowed to the Cherokees for their claims for spoliations and the 
eession of their lands ; but the same is to be paid for indepen- 
dently by the United States, as it is only a just fulfilment of former 
treaty stipulations. 

Art. 14. It is also agreed, on the part of the United States, 
that such warriors of the Cherokee nation as were engaged on the 
side of the United States in the late war with Great Britain and 
the southern tribes of Indians, and who were wounded in such 
service, shall be entitled to such pensions as shall be allowed them 
by the Congress of the United States, to commence from the period 
of their disability. 

Art. 15. It is expressly understood and agreed between the 
parties to this treaty, that after deducting the amount which shall 
be actually expended for the payment for improvements, ferries, 
claims for spoliations, removal, subsistence, and debts, and claims 
upon the Cherokee nation, and for the additional quantity of lands 
and goods for the poorer class of Cherokees, and the several sums 
to be invested for the general national funds, provided for in the 
several articles of this treaty ; the balance, whatever the same may 
be, shall be equally divided between all the people belonging to 
the Cherokee nation east, according to the census just completed : 
and such Cherokees as have removed west since June, 1833, who 
are entitled, by the terms of their enrolment and removal, to all 
the benefits resulting from the final treaty between the United States 
and the Cherokees east, they shall also be paid for their improve- 
ments, according to their approved value before their removal, 
where fraud has not already been shown in their valuation. 

Art. 16. It is hereby stipulated and agreed by the Cherokees 
that they shall remove to their new homes within two years from 
the ratification of this treaty, and that during such time, the United 
States shall protect and defend them in their possessions and pro- 
perty, and free use and occupation of the same, and such persons 
as have been dispossessed of their improvements and houses, and 
for which no grant has actually issued previously to the enactment 
of the law of the State of Georgia, of December, 1835, to regulate 
Indian occupancy, shall again be put in possession and placed in 
the same situation and condition, in reference to the laws of the 
State of Georgia, as the Indians that have not been dispossessed ; 
and if this is not done, and the people are left unprotected, then 
the United States shall pay the several Cherokees for their losses 
and damages sustained by them in consequence thereof. And it 
is also stipulated and agreed that the public buildings and im- 
provements, on which they are situated at New Echota, for which 
no grant has been actually made previous to the passage of the 
above recited act, if not occupied by the Cherokee people, shall 
be reserved for the public and free use of the United States and 



,£HEROKEE.S. 



643 



the Cherokee Indians, for the purpose of settling and closing all 
the Indian business arising under this treaty between the commis- 
sioners of claims and the Indians. The United States, and the 
several States interested in the Cherokee lands, shall immediately 
proceed to survey the lands ceded by this treaty ; but it is express- 
ly agreed and understood between the parties, that the agency 
buildings and that tract of land surveyed and laid off for the use 
of Colonel R. J. Meigs, Indian agent, or heretofore enjoyed and 
occupied by his successors in office, shall continue subject to the 
use and occupancy of the United States, or such agent as may be 
engaged specially, superintending the removal of the tribe. 

Art. 17. All the claims arising under or provided for in the 
several articles of this treaty, shall be examined and adjudicated 
by Gen. Wm. Carroll, and John F. Schermerhorn, or by such 
■commissioners as shall be appointed by the President of the United 
States for that purpose, and their decision shall be final, and on 
their certificate of the amount due the several claimants they shall 
be paid by the United States. All stipulations in former treaties 
which have not been superseded or annulled by this shall continue 
in full force and virtue. 

Art. 18. Whereas, in consequence of the unsettled affairs of 
the Cherokee people and the early frosts, their crops are insuffi- 
cient to support their families, and great distress is likely to ensue, 
and whereas, the nation will not, until after their removal be able, 
advantageously, to expend the income of the permanent funds of 
the nation, it is, therefore, agreed that the annuities of the nation 
which may accrue under this treaty for two years, the time fixed 
for their removal, shall be expended in provisions and clothing for 
the benefit of the poorer class of the nation ; and the United States 
hereby agree to advance the same for that purpose, as soon after 
the ratification of this treaty, as an appropriation for the same shall 
be made. It is, however, not intended in this article to interfere 
with that part of the annuities due the Cherokees west by the treaty 
of 1819. 

Art. 19. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be obligatory on the 
contracting parties. 

In testimony whereof, the commissioners and the chiefs, head 
men, and people whose names are hereunto annexed, being 
duly authorized by the people in general council assembled, 
have affixed their hands and seals for themselves, and in be- 
half of the Cherokee nation. 

I have examined the foregoing treaty, and although not present 
when it was made, I approve its provisions generally, and 
therefore sign it. 

Wm. Carroll, l. s. 

J. F. Schermerhorn, l. s. 



644 CHEROKEE S. 

Major Ridge, his x mark, l.. s* 

James Foster, his x mark, l. s. 

Tesa-ta-esky, his x mark, l. s. 

Charles Moore, his x mark, l. s.. 

George Chambers, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-yeske, his x mark, l. s* 

Archilla Smith, his x mark, l. s fc 

Andrew Ross, l. s» 

William Lassley, l. s. 

Cae-te-hee, his x mark, l. s. 

Te-gah-e-ske, his x mark, l. s* 

Robert Rogers, l. s. 

John Gunter, l. s. 

John A. Bell, s. 

Charles F. Foreman, l. s* 

William Rogers, l. s. 

George W. Adair, l. s. 

Elias Boudinot, l. s» 

James Starr, his x mark, l. s, 

Jesse Half-breed, his x mark* l. s* 

Signed and sealed in presence of 

Western B. Thomas, Sec'ry. G. W. Currey, 
Ben. F. Currey, Special Agent, Wm. H. Underwood, 
M. Wolfe Batman, 1st Lt. &th Cornelius D. Terhune, 

U. S. Inf., Disbg. Agent y John W. H. Underwood. 
Jon. L. Hooper, Lit. 4th Inf. 

C. M. Hitchcock, M. D. Assist. 
Surg. U. S. A. 

In compliance with instructions of the council at New Echota,, 
we sign this treaty. 

Stand Watie, 
March 1, 1836. John Ridge. 

Witnesses : 

Elbert Herring, Wm. Y. Hansell, 

Alexander H. Everett^ Samuel J. Potts, 

John Robb, Jno. Litle, 

D. Kurtz, S. Rockwell. 



The following article was adopted as a supplemental article to> 
the treaty by a unanimous vote of the committee, and ordered to 
be attached to and considered as part of this treaty. 

Art. 20. The United States do also hereby guaranty the pay- 
ment of all unpaid just claims upon the Indians, without expense 
to them, out of the proper funds of the United States, for the set- 



CHEROKEES. 



645 



Element of which a cession or cessions of land has or have been 
heretofore made by the Indians, in Georgia. Provided the United 
States, or the State of Georgia, has derived benefit from the said 
cession or cessions of land without having made payment to the 
Indians therefor. It is hereby, however, further agreed and un 
derstood, that if the Senate of the United States disapprove of this 
article it maybe rejected without impairing any other provision of 
this treaty, or affecting the Indians in any manner whatever. 

B. McCoy, Clerk Committee, 
W. B. Thomas, Secretary. 



In compliance with the unanimous request of the committee of 
the Cherokee nation in general council assembled, it is consented 
and agreed by the commissioner on the part of the United States, 
that the foregoing shall be added as a supplemental article to the 
treaty, under the express condition and stipulation, that if the Pre- 
sident or Senate of the United States disapprove of this article, it 
may be rejected without impairing any other provision of this 
treaty, or affecting the Indians in any manner whatever. 

J. F. Schermerhorn. 

Whereas, the western Cherokees have appointed a delegation 
to visit the eastern Cherokees, to assure them of the friendly dis- 
position of their people, and their desire that the nation should 
again be united as one people, and to urge upon them the expe- 
diency of accepting the overtures of the Government ; and that, 
On their removal they may be assured of a hearty welcome and an 
equal participation with them in all the benefits and privileges of 
the Cherokee country west, and the undersigned, two of said dele- 
gation, being the only delegates in the eastern nation from the 
west, at the signing and sealing of the treaty lately concluded at 
New Echota, between their eastern brethren and the United States ; 
and having fully understood the provisions of the same, they agree 
to it in behalf of the western Cherokees. But it is expressly un- 
derstood, that nothing in this treaty shall affect any claims of the 
western Cherokees on the United States. 

In testimony whereof, we have, this 31st day of December, 
1835, hereunto set our hands and seals. 

James Rogers, l. s. 

John Smith, his x mark, l. s« 
Delegates from the western Cherokees* 

Test : 

Ben. F. Currey, Special Agent. 
M. W. Batman, First Lieut. 6th Infantry, 
Jno. L. Hooper, Lieut. 4th Infantry, 
Elias Boudinot. 



646 



CHEROKEES. 



Schedule, and estimated value of the Osage half-breed reservations" 
within the territory ceded to the Cherokees west of the Missis- 
sippi, ( referred to in article five of the foregoing treaty, viz.) 



Augustus Clarmont, one section, - - $6,000 

James " " « - - 1,000 

Paul " " " - - 1,300 

Henry " " < f 800 

Anthony " « » - - 1,800 

Rosalie " u u 1,800 

Emilia D, of Mihanga, - 1,000 

Emilia D, of Shemianga, - - - 1,300 



$15,000 

I hereby certify that the above schedule is the estimated value 
of the Osage reservations as made out and agreed upon with Col. 
A. P. Chouteau, who represented himself as the agent or guardian 
of the above reservees. 

March 14, 1835. J. F. Schermerhorn. 



Supplementary articles to a treaty concluded at New Echota, Geor- 
gia, December 29, 1835, between the United States and Cherokee 
people^ 

Whereas, the undersigned were authorized at the general meeting 
of the Cherokee people held at New Echota, as above stated, 
to make and assent to such alterations in the preceding treaty 
as might be thought necessary, and whereas, the President of 
the United States has expressed his determination not to allow 
any pre-emptions or reservations, his desire being that the whole 
Cherokee people should remove together, and establish them- 
selves 1 in the country provided for them west of the Mississippi 
river. 

Art. 1. It is, therefore, agreed that ail the pre-emption rights 
and reservations provided for in articles twelve and thirteen shall 
be, and are hereby relinquished and declared void. 

Art. 2. Whereas, the Cherokee people have supposed that the 1 
sum of five millions of dollars, fixed by the Senate in their resolu- 
tion of — — *= day of March, 1835, as the value of the Cherokee 
lands and possessions east of the Mississippi river, was not in- 
tended to include the amount which may be required to remove 
them, nor the value of certain claims which many of their people 
had against citizens of the United States, which suggestion has 
been confirmed by the opinion expressed to the War Department, 
by some of the Senators who voted upon the question ; and where- 



^CHEROKEES. 



647 



as, the President is willing that this subject should be referred to 
the Senate for their consideration, and if it was not intended by 
the Senate that the above mentioned sum of five millions of dol- 
lars should include the objects herein specified, that in that case, 
such further provision should be made therefor, as might appear 
to the Senate to be just. 

Art. 3. It is, therefore, agreed that the sum of six hundred 
thousand dollars shall be, and the same is hereby allowed to the 
Cherokee people to include the expense of their removal, and all 
claims of every nature and description against the Government of the 
United States, not herein otherwise expressly provided for, and to be 
in lieu of the said reservations and pre-emptions, and of the sum of 
three hundred thousand dollars for spoliations described in the first 
article of the above mentioned treaty. This sum of six hundred thou- 
sand dollars shall be applied and distributed agreeably to the pro- 
visions of the said treaty, and any surplus which may remain after 
removal and payment of the claims so ascertained, shall be turned 
over and belong to the education fund. But it is expressly under- 
stood that the subject of this article is merely referred hereby to 
the consideration of the Senate, and if they shall approve the same, 
then this supplement shall remain part of the treaty. 

Art. 4. It is also understood that the provisions in article six- 
teen, for the agency reservation, is not intended to interfere with 
the occupant right of any Cherokees, should their improvement 
fall within the same. It is also understood and agreed, that the 
one hundred thousand dollars appropriated in article twelve, foT 
the poorer class of Cherokees, and intended as a set-ofT to the pre- 
emption rights, shall now be transferred from the funds of the na- 
tion, and added to the general national fund of four hundred thou- 
sand dollars, so as to make said fund equal to five hundred thousand 
dollars. 

Art. 5. The necessary expenses attending the negotiation of 
the aforesaid treaty and supplement, and also of such persons of 
the delegation as may sign the same, shall be defrayed by the 
United States, 

In testimony whereof, John F. Schermerhorn, commissioner on 
the part of the United States, and the undersigned delegation 
have hereunto set their hands and seals, this first day of 
March, in the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. 



J. F, Schermerhorn, l. s. 

Major Ridge; his x mark, l. s. 

James Foster, his x mark, l. s, 

Tah-ye-ske, his x mark, l. s. 

Long Shell Turtle, his x mark, l. s. 

John Fields, his x mark, l. s„ 

James Fields, his x mark, l. s. 

George Welch, his x mark, l. s. 



PATA WATT AMIES. 



Andrpw Tin 4 ?'? 




Lo 




William T?ncrpr<3 




L. 


S ■ 


John frimfpr 




L. 


s . 


John A. Bell, 




L. 


s. 


Jos A T^nrpman 








Robert Sanders, 




L. 


s ■ 


Elias Boudinot, 




L. 


s. 


Johnson Rocpvs 




L. 


s . 


James Starr, his x 


mark* 


L. 


s. 


Stand Watie, 
John Ridge, 




L. 


s, 




L. 


s, 


James Rogers, 




L. 


s. 


John Smith, his x 


mark. 


L. 


s. 



Witnesses : 

Elbert Herring, John Robb, 

Thos. Glascock, Wm. Y. Hansell, 

Alexander H. Everett, Saml. J. Potts, 

Jno. Garland, Mojo?' U. S. A. Jno. Litle, 
C. A. Harris, S. Rockwell. 

Ratified, with the following amendments : " Article 17, lines 
2 and 3, strike out the words £ by General William Carroll, and 
John F. Schermerhorn, or.' " "In the 4th line of the same arti- 
cle, after the word c States,' insert ' by and with the advice and 
consent of the Senate of the United States.' " " Strike out the 
20th article, which appears as a supplemental article." 



PAT A WATT AMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED MARCH 26, 1836 — RATIFIED* JUNE 4, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at a camp in Turkey Creek 
Prairie, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, com- 
missioner of the United States, and Mes-quaw-buck, a chief of 
the Pottawatomie tribe of Indians and his band, on the twenty - 
sixth day of March, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six, 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band, hereby cede to 
the United States the four sections of land reserved for them by 
the second article of the treaty between the United States and the 
Pattawatamie Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-seventh 
day of October, 1832. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the 
sum of twenty-five hundred and sixty dollars in specie at the next 
payment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. 

* With the exception of the sixth article. 



PAT AWATT AMIE S . 



649 



Art. 3. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
cluding this treaty. 

Art. 4. The above named chief and his band agree to yield 
peaceable possession of the above sections of land, and remove to 
the country west of the Mississippi provided for the Potawatomie 
nation by the United States, within two years from this date. 

Art. 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both parties from 
the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

Art. 6. Whereas, Henry Ossum has lived many years on the 
lands of the above named chief and his band, has furnished them 
with provisions and blankets when they were poor and destitute, 
has made valuable improvements on the said land; and whereas, 
the said chief and his band acknowledge themselves to be justly 
indebted to the said Henry Ossum, in the sum of three thousand 
dollars, it is hereby stipulated, that from the cession aforesaid, a 
reservation of two of the above four sections is made for Henry 
Ossum, to be patented to him by the United States ; the said re- 
serve is to include Ossum's improvement on which he now lives, 
and Mes-quaw-buck's village. If this article shall be ratified by 
the President and Senate of the United States, then twelve 
hundred and eighty dollars of the above consideration shall be 
withheld from the aforesaid chief and his band in the payment for 
the cession aforesaid ; but if this article of the treaty shall not be 
approved and ratified by the President and Senate of the United 
States, it is expressly understood that the rejection thereof shall 
not vitiate or make void any other article or stipulation of the 
above treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said A. C. Pepper, commissioner on 
the part of the United States, and the above named chief and 
head men for themselves and their band, hereunto subscribed 
their names, the day and year above written. 

A. C. Pepper, Waw-baw-que-ke-aw, his x 

Mes-quaw-buck, his x mark, mark, 

Mess- Sett, his x mark, Naush-waw-pi-tant, his x mark, 

Muck Rose, his x mark, Che-qua-sau-quah, his x mark. 

Witnesses : 

C. Carter, Secretary , 
Edward McCartney, Interph. 



650 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 

[concluded march 28, 1836— ratified may 27, 1836.] 

Articles of a treaty made and concluded at the city of Washington, 
in the District of Columbia, between Henry R. Schoolcraft, com- 
missioner on the part of the United States, and the Ottawa and 
Chippewa nation of Indians, by their chiefs and delegates. 

Art. 1, The Ottawa and. Chippewa nation of Indians cede to the 
United States all the tract of country within the following bounda- 
ries : Beginning at the mouth of Grand river of lake Michigan, on 
the north bank thereof, and following up the same to the line called 
for in the first article of the treaty of Chicago, of the 29th of Au- 
gust, 1821 ; thence, in a direct line, to the head of Thunder-bay 
river; thence, with the line established by the treaty of Saganaw, 
of the 24th of September, 1819, to the mouth of said river ; thence, 
northeast to the boundary line in lake Huron, between the United 
States and the British province of Upper Canada ; thence, north- 
westwardly, following the said line, as established by the commis- 
sioners acting under the treaty of Ghent, through the straits and 
river St. Mary's, to a point in lake Superior north of the mouth of 
Gitchy Seeling or Chocolate river ; thence, south to the mouth of 
said river and up its channel to the source thereof; thence, in a 
direct line to the head of the Skonawba river of Green bay ; thence, 
down the south bank of said river to its mouth ; thence, in a direct 
line, through the ship channel into Green bay, to the outer part 
thereof ; thence, south to a point in lake Michigan west of the north 
cape or entrance of Grand river ; and thence east to the place of 
beginning, at the cape aforesaid, comprehending all the lands and 
islands within these limits not hereinafter reserved. 

Art. 2. From the cession aforesaid the tribes reserve for their 
own use, to be held in common, the following tracts, namely : One 
tract of fifty thousand acres, to be located on Little Traverse bay ; 
one tract of twenty thousand acres, to be located on the north shore 
of Grand Traverse bay ; one tract of seventy thousand acres, to be 
located on or north of the Pierre Marquetta river ; one tract of one 
thousand acres, to be located by Chingassanoo, or the Big Sail, on 
the Cheboigan ; one tract of one thousand acres, to be located by 
Mujeekewis, on Thunder-bay river. 

Art. 3. There shall also be reserved for the use of the Chippe* 
was living north of the straits of Michilimackinac, the following 
tracts, that is to say: Two tracts of three miles square each, on 
the north shores of the said straits, between Point- au-Barbe and 
Mille Coquin river, including the fishing grounds in front of such 
reservations, to be located by a council of the chiefs ; the Beaver 



OTTAWA S AND CHIPPEWAS* 



651 



islands of lake Michigan for the use of the Beaver island Indians , 
Round island, opposite Michilimackinac, as a place of encampment 
for the Indians, to be under the charge of the Indian department ; 
the islands of the Chenos, with a part of the adjacent north coast 
of lake Huron, corresponding in length, and one mile in depth ; 
Sugar island, with its islets, in the river of St. Mary's ; six hundred 
and forty acres, at the mission of the Little rapids ; a tract com- 
mencing at the mouth of the Pississowining river, south of point 
Iroquois ; thence, running up said stream to its forks ; thence, west- 
ward, in a direct line to the Red water lakes ; thence, across the 
portage to the Tacquimenon river, and down the same to its mouth, 
including the small islands and fishing grounds in front of this re- 
servation ; six hundred and forty acres on Grand island, and two 
thousand acres on the main land south of it ; two sections on the 
northern extremity of Green bay, to be located by a council of the 
chiefs. All the locations, left indefinite by this and the preceding 
articles, shall be made by the proper chiefs, under the direction of 
the President. It is understood that the reservation for a place of 
fishing and encampment, made under the treaty of St. Mary's, of 
the 16th of June, 1820, remains unaffected by this treaty. 

Art. 4. In consideration of the foregoing cessions, the United 
States engage to pay to the Ottawa and Chippewa nations the fol- 
lowing sums, namely : 1st. An annuity of thirty thousand dollars 
per annum, in specie, for twenty years ; eighteen thousand dollars 
to be paid to the Indians between Grand river and the Cheboigan ; 
three thousand six hundred dollars to the Indians on the Huron 
shore, between the Cheboigan and Thunder-bay river ; and seven 
thousand four hundred dollars to the Chippewas north of the straits, 
as far as the cession extends : the remaining one thousand dollars 
to be invested in stock by the Treasury Department, and to remain 
incapable of being sold, without the consent of the President and 
Senate, which may, however, be given after the expiration of 
twenty-one years. 2d. Five thousand dollars per annum for the 
purposes of education, teachers, school-houses, and books in their 
own language, to be continued twenty years, and as long thereafter 
as Congress may appropriate for the object. 3d. Three thousand 
dollars for missions, subject to the conditions mentioned in the 
second clause of this article. 4th. Ten thousand dollars for agricul- 
tural implements, cattle, mechanics' tools, and such other objects 
as the President may deem proper. 5th. Three hundred dollars 
per annum for vaccine matter, medicines, and the services of phy- 
sicians, to be continued while the Indians remain on their reserva- 
tions. 6th. Provisions to the amount of two thousand dollars ; six 
thousand five hundred pounds of tobacco ; one hundred barrels of 
salt ; and five hundred fish barrels, annually, for twenty years. 7th. 
One hundred and fifty thousand dollars, in goods and provisions, 
on the ratification of this treaty, to be delivered at Michilimackinac. 

Art* 5. The sum of three hundred thousand dollars shall be set 



652 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



apart for the payment of just debts against the said Indians. All 
claims for such debts shall be examined by a commissioner, to be 
appointed by the President and Senate, who shall act under such 
instructions as may be given to him, by the order of the President, 
for the purpose of preventing the allowance of unjust claims. The 
investigation shall be made at Michilimackinac ; and no claims shall 
be allowed except such as were contracted by Indians living within 
the district of country hereby ceded, and to citizens or residents of 
the United States. No claim shall be paid out of this fund, unless 
the claimant will receive the sum allowed to him as full payment 
of all debts due to him by the said Indians. If the fund fall short 
, of the full amount of just debts, then a rateable division shall be 
made. If it exceed such amount, the balance shall be paid over 
to the Indians, in the same manner that annuities are required by 
law to be paid. 

Art. 6. The said Indians being desirous of making provision 
for their half-breed relatives, and the President having determined 
that individual reservations shall not be granted, it is agreed that, 
in lieu thereof, the sum of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars 
shall be set apart as a fund for said half-breeds. No person shall 
be entitled to any part of said fund, unless he is of Indian descent, 
and actually resident within the boundaries described in the first 
article of this treaty ; nor shall any thing be allowed to any such 
person who may have received any allowance at any previous In- 
dian treaty. The following principles shall regulate the distribu- 
tion : A census shall be taken of all the men, women, and children, 
coming within this article. As the Indians hold in higher conside- 
ration some of their half-breeds than others, and as there is much 
difference in their capacity to use and take care of property, and, 
consequently, in their power to aid their Indian connexions, which 
furnishes a strong ground for this claim, it is therefore agreed that, 
at the council to be held upon this subject, the commissioner shall 
call upon the Indian chiefs to designate, if they require it, three 
classes of these claimants ; the first of which shall receive one-half 
more than the second, and the second double the third. Each 
man, woman, and child, shall be enumerated, and an equal share, 
in the respective classes, shall be allowed to each. If the father is 
living with the family, he shall receive the shares of himself, his 
wife, and children ; if the father is dead, or separated from the fa- 
mily, and the mother is living with the family, she shall have her 
own share, and that of the children. If the father and mother are 
neither living with the family, or if the children are orphans, their 
share shall be retained till they are twenty-one years of age : pro- 
vided, that such portions of it as maybe necessary may, under the 
direction of the President, be from time to time applied for their 
support. All other persons at the age of twenty-one years, shall 
receive their shares agreeably to the proper class. Out of the said 
fund of one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, the sum of five 



OTTAWA S AND CHIPPEWAS. 



653 



thousand dollars shall be reserved, to be applied, under the direc- 
tion of the President, to the support of such of the poor half-breeds 
as may require assistance, to be expended in annual instalments, 
for the term of ten years, commencing with the second year. Such 
of the half-breeds as may be judged incapable of making a proper 
use of the money allowed them by the commissioner, shall receive 
the same in instalments, as the President may direct. 

Art. 7. In consideration of the cessions above made, and as a 
further earnest of the disposition felt to do full justice to the In- 
dians, and to farther their well being, the United States engage to 
keep two additional blacksmith shops, one of which shall be lo- 
cated on the reservation north of Grand river, and the other at the 
Sault Ste. Marie. A permanent interpreter will be provided at 
each of these locations. It is stipulated to renew the present di- 
lapidated shop at Michilimackinac, and to maintain a gunsmith, in 
addition to the present smith's establishment, and to build a dor- 
mitory for the Indians visiting the post, and appoint a person to 
keep it, and supply it with fire- wood. It is also agreed to support 
two farmers and assistants, and two mechanics, as the President 
may designate, to teach and aid the Indians in agriculture and the 
mechanic arts. The farmers and mechanics, and the dormitory, 
will be continued for ten years, and as long thereafter as the Pre- 
sident may deem this arrangement useful and necessary ; but the 
benefits of the other stipulations of this article shall be continued 
beyond the expiration of the annuities ; and it is understood that 
the whole of this article shall stand in force, and inure to the be- 
nefit of the Indians, as long after the expiration of the twenty years 
as Congress may appropriate for the objects. 

Art. 8. It is agreed, that as soon as the said Indians desire it, 
a deputation shall be sent to the west of the Mississippi, and the 
country between lake Superior and the Mississippi, and a suitable 
location shall be provided for them, among the Chippewas, if they 
desire it, and it can be purchased upon reasonable terms, and if 
not, then in some portion of the country west of the Mississippi, 
which is at the disposal of the United States. Such improve- 
ments as add value to the land hereby ceded, shall be appraised, 
and the amount paid to the proper Indian. But such payment 
shall, in no case, be assigned to, or paid to a white man. If the 
church on the Cheboigan should fall within this cession, the value 
shall be paid to the band owning it. The mission establishments 
upon the Grand river shall be appraised and the value paid to the 
proper boards. When the Indians wish it, the United States will 
remove them, at their expense, provide them a year's subsistence 
in the country to which they go, and furnish the same articles and 
equipments to each person, as are stipulated to be given to the 
Pottawatamies in the final treaty of cession concluded at Chicago. 

Art. 9. Whereas, the Ottawas and Chippewas, feeling a strong 
consideration for aid rendered by certain of their half-breeds on Grand 



654 



OTTOWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



river, and other parts of the country ceded, and wishing to testify 
their gratitude on the present occasion, have assigned such in- 
dividuals certain locations of land, and united in a strong appeal 
for the allowance of the same in this treaty ; and whereas, no 
such reservations can be permitted in carrying out the special 
directions of the President on this subject, it is agreed, that in 
addition to the general fund set apart for half-breed claims, in the 
sixth article, the sum of forty-eight thousand one hundred and 
forty- eight dollars, shall be paid for the extinguishment of this 
class of claims, to be divided in the following manner : To Rix 
Robinson, in lieu of a section of land, granted to his Indian 
family, on the Grand river rapids (estimated by good judges to be 
worth half a million,) at the rate of thirty-six dollars an acre : To 
Leonard Slater, in trust for Chiminonoquat, for a section of land 
above said rapids, at the rate of ten dollars an acre : To John A. 
Drew, for a tract of one section and three-quarters, to his Indian 
family, at Cheboigan rapids, at the rate of four dollars : To Edward 
Biddle, for one section to his Indian family at the fishing grounds, 
at the rate of three dollars : To John Holiday, for five sections of 
land to five persons of his Indian family, at the rate of one dollar 
and twenty-five cents : To Eliza Cook, Sophia Biddle, and Mary 
Holiday, one section of land each, at two dollars and fifty cents : 
To Augustin Hamelin, jun., being of Indian descent, two sections, 
at one dollar and twenty-five cents : To William Lasley, Joseph 
Daily, Joseph Trotier, Henry A. Lenake, for two sections each, 
for their Indian families, at one dollar and twenty-five cents : To 
Luther Rice, Joseph Laframbois, Charles Butterfield, being of 
Indian descent, and to George Moran, Louis Moran, G. D. Wil- 
liams, for half-breed children under their care, and to Daniel 
Marsac, for his Indian child, one section each, at one dollar and 
twenty-five cents. 

Art. 10. The sum of thirty thousand dollars shall be paid to 
the chiefs, on the ratification of this treaty, to be all divided 
agreeably to a schedule hereunto annexed. 

Art. 11. The Ottawas having consideration for one of their 
aged chiefs, who is reduced to poverty, and it being known that 
he was a firm friend of the American Government, in that quarter, 
during the war, and suffered much in consequence of his senti- 
ments, it is agreed, that an annuity of one hundred dollars per 
annum shall be paid to Ningweegon or the Wing, during his 
natural life, in money or goods, as he may choose. Another of 
the chiefs of said nation, who attended the treaty of Greenville in 
1793, and is now at a very advanced age, reduced to extreme 
want, together with his wife, and the Government being apprised 
that he has pleaded a promise of Gen. Wayne, in his behalf, it is 
agreed that Chusco, of Michilimackinac, shall receive an annuity 
of fifty dollars per annum during his natural life. 

Art. 12. All expenses attending the journeys of the Indians 



OTTOWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



655 



irom, and to their homes, and their visit at the seat of Govern- 
ment, together with the expenses of the treaty, including a proper 
quantity of clothing to be given them, will be paid by the United 
States. 

Art. 13. The Indians stipulate for the right of hunting on the 
lands ceded, with the other usual privileges of occupancy, until the 
land is required for settlement. 

In testimony whereof, the said Henry R. Schoolcraft, commis- 
sioner on the part of the United States, and the chiefs and 
delegates of the Ottawa and Chippewa nation of Indians, 
have hereunto set their hands, at Washington the seat of Go- 
vernment, this twenty-eighth day of March, in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. 

Henry R. Schoolcraft. 
John Hulbert, Secretary. 
Oroun Aishkum, of Maskigo, his x mark, 
Wassangaze, of do his x mark, 

Osawya, of do his x mark, 

Wabi Windego, of Grand river, his x mark, 
Megiss Ininee, of do his x mark, 
Nabun Ageezhig, of do his x mark, 
Winnimissagee, of do his x mark, 
Mukutaysee, of do his x mark, 

Wasaw Bequm, of do his x mark, 
Ainse, of Michilimackinac, his x mark, 
Chabowaywa, of do his x mark, 
Jawba Wadiek, of Sault Ste. Marie, his x mark, 
Waub Ogeeg, of do his x mark, 

Kawgayosh, of do 

by Maidysage, his x mark, 

Apawkozigun, of L'Arbre Croche, his x mark, 
Keminitchagun, of do his x mark, 

Tawaganee, of do his x mark, 

Kinoshamaig, of do his x mark, 

Naganigobowa, of do his x mark, 

Onaisino, of do his x mark, 

Mukuday Benais, of do his x mark, 

Chingassamo, of do his x mark, 

Aishquagonabee, of Grand Traverse, his x mark, 
Akosa, of do his x mark, 

Oshawun Epenaysse, of do his x mark. 

Lucius Lyon, Leonard Slater, 

R. P. Parrott, Capt. U. S. Army, Louis Moran, 
W. P. Zantzinger, Purser U. S. Augustin Hamelin, jr., 

Navy, Henry A. Lenake, 

Josiah F. Polk, William Lasley, 

John Holiday, George W. Woodward, 

John A. Drew, C. 0. Ermatinger. 

Rix Bobinson, 



656 



OTTAWA'S AND CHIPPEWA S. 



Schedule referred to in the tenth article, 

1. The following chiefs constitute the first clsss, and are enti- 
tled to receive five hundred dollars each, namely : On Grand 
river, Muceutay Osha, Namatippy, Nawequa Geezhig, or Noon 
Day, Nabun Egeeszhig, son of Kewayguabowequa, Wabi Win- 
dego, or the White Giant, Cawpemossay, or the Walker, Mukutay 
Oquot, or Black Cloud, Megis Ininee, or Wampum-man, Winni- 
missagee; on the Maskigo, Osawya, and Owen Aishcum; at 
L'Arbre Croche, Apawkozigun, or Smoking Weed, Nisowakeout, 
Keminechawgun ; at Grand Traverse, Aishquagonabee, or the 
Feather of Honor, Chabwossum, Mikenok; on the Cheboigan, 
Chingassamo, or the Big Sail ; at Tunder-bay, Mujeekiwiss ; 
on the Manistic north, Mukons Ewyan , at Oak Point on the 
straits, Ains ; at the Chenos, Chabowaywa : at Sault Ste. Marie, 
Iawba, Wadick and Kewayzi Shawano ; at Tacquimenon, Kaw- 
gayosh;at Grand Island, Oshawun Epenaysee, or the South 
Bird. 

2. The following chiefs constitute the second class, and are en- 
titled to receive two hundred dollars each, namely; On Grand 
river, Keeshaowash, Nugogikaybee, Kewaytowaby, Wapoos or 
the Rabbit, Wabitouguaysay, Kewatondo, Zhaquinaw, Nawiqua 
Geezhig of Flat river, Kenaytinunk, Weenonga, Pabawboco, 
Windecowiss, Muceutay, Penay, or Black Patridge, Kaynotin 
Aisheum, Boynashing, Shagwabeno, son of White Giant, Tushe- 
towun, Keway Gooshcum, the former head chief, Pamossayga ; 
at L'Arbre Croche, Sagitondowa, Ogiman Wininee, Megisawba, 
Mukuday Benais , at the Cross, Nishcnjiainee, Nawamushcota, 
Pabamitabi, Kimmewun, Gitchy Mocoman , at Grand Traverse, 
Akosa, Nebauquaum, Kabibonocca ; at Little Traverse, Misco- 
mamainga or Red Butterfly, Keezhigo Benais, Pamanikinong, 
Paimossega; on the Cheboigan, Chonees, or Little John, Sha- 
weenossegay ; on Thunder-bay, Suganikwato ; on Maskigo, Was- 
sangazo ; on Ossigomico or Platte river, Kaigwaidosey ; at Ma- 
nistee, Keway Gooshcum ; on river Pierre, Markette, Saugima , 
at Sault Ste. Marie, Neegaubayun, Mukudaywacquot, Cheegud ; 
at Carp river west of Grand Island, Kaug Wyanais ; at Mille 
Cocquin on the straits, Aubunway ; at Michilimackinac, Missu- 
tigo, Saganosh, Akkukogeesh, Chebyawboas. 

3. The following persons constitute the third class, and are 
entitled to one hundred dollars each, namely : Kayshewa, Pena- 
see, or Gun lake, Kenisoway, Keenabie of Grand river; Wasso, 
Mosaniko, Unwatin Oashcum, Nayogirna, Itawachkochi, Nanaw 
Ogomoo Gitchy, Peendowan, or Scabbard, Mukons, Kinochi- 
maig, Tekamosimo, Pewaywitum, Mudji Keguabi, Kewayaum, 
Paushkizigun or Big Gun, Onaausino, Ashquabaywiss, Negauni- 
gabowi, Petossegay, of L'Arbre Croche ; Poiees, or Dwarf, and 
Pamossay of Cheboigan ; Gitchy Ganocquot, and Pamossegay of 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWAS. 



657 



Thunder-bay : Tabusshy Geeshick and Mikenok, of Carp river, 
south of Grand Traverse ; Wapooso, Kaubinau, and Mudjeekee, 
of river Pierre Markuette ; Pubokway, Manitowaba, and Mishe- 
watig, of White river ; Shawun Epenaysee and Agausgee, of 
Grand Traverse ; Micqumisut, Chusco, of Mackinac ; Geeshkid- 
jiwun, Waub Ojeeg, Aukudo, Winikis, Jaubeens, Maidosagee, 
Autya, Ishquagunaby, Shaniwaygwunabi, son of Kakakee, Nit- 
tum Egabowi, Magisanikway, Ketekewegauboway, of Sauit 
Ste. Marie ; Chegauzehe and Waubudo, of Grand Island ; Ashe- 
gons, Kinuwais, Misquaonaby and Mongons, of Carp and Choco- 
late rivers ; Gitchy Penaisson, of Grosse Tete, and Waubissaig, 
of Bay de Nocguet ; Kainwaybekis and Pazhikwaywitum, of 
Beaver Islands ; Neezhick Epenais, of the Ance ; Ahdanima, of 
Manistic ; Mukwyon, Wahzahkoon, 0 shawun, Oneshannocquot, 
of the north shore of Lake Michigan ; Nagauniby and Keway 
'Gooshkum, of the Chenos. 

Henry R. Schoolcraft, Commissioner. 

SUPPLEMENTAL ARTICLE. 

To guard against misconstruction in some of the foregoing 
provisions, and to secure, by further limitations, the just rights 
of the Indians, it is hereby agreed : that no claims, under the 
fifth article shall be allowed for any debts contracted previous to 
the late war, with Great Britain, or for goods supplied by foreign- 
ers to said Indians, or by citizens who did not withdraw from the 
country, during its temporary occupancy by foreign troops, for any 
trade carried on by such persons, during the said period. And 
it is also agreed : that no person receiving any commutation 
for a reservation, or any portion of the fund provided by the 
sixth article of this treaty, shall be entitled to the benefit of any 
part of the annuities herein stipulated. Nor shall any of the half- 
breeds, or blood relatives of the said tribes, commuted with, under 
the provisions of the ninth article, have any further claim on the 
general commutation fund, set apart to satisfy reservation claims, 
in the said sixth article. It is also understood, that the personal 
annuities, stipulated in the eleventh article, shall be paid in specie, 
in the same manner that other annuities are paid. Any excess of 
the funds set apart in the fifth and sixth articles, shall, in lieu of 
being paid to the Indians, be retained and vested by the Govern- 
ment in stock under the conditions mentioned in the fourth article 
of this treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the parties above recited, have hereunto 
set their hands, at Washington the seat of Government, this 
thirty-first day of March, in the year one thousand eight hun • 
dred and thirty- six. 

Henry R. Schoolcraft. 

John Hulbert, Secretary. 
56 



658 



OTTAWAS AND CHIPPEWA S. 



Owun Aishkum, of Maskigo, his x mark, 

Wassangazo, of do his x mark, 

Osawya, of do his x mark, 

Wabi Widego, of Grand river, his x mark, 

Megiss Ininee, of do his x mark, 

Nabun Ageezhig, of do his x mark, 

Ainse, of Michilimackinac, his x mark, 

Chabowaywa, of do his x mark, 
Jauba Wadick, of Sault Ste. Marie, his x mark, 

Waub Ogeeg, of do his x mark, 
Kawgayosh, of do 

by Maidosagee, his x mark, 
Apawkozigun, of L'Arbre Croche, his x mark, 

Keminitchagun, of do his x mark, 

Tawagnee, of do his x mark, 

Kinoshemaig, of do his x mark. 

Naganigabawi, of do his x mark, 

Oniasino, of do his x mark, 

Mukaday Benais, do his x mark, 

Chingassamoo, of Cheboigan, his x mark, 
Aishquagonabee, of Grand Traverse, his x mark, 

Akosa, of do his x mark, 

Oshawun Epenaysee, do his x mark. 

Robert Stewart, Augustin Hamelin, jr. 

Wm. Mitchell, Rix Robinson, 

John A. Drew, CO. Ermatinger. 



Ratified with the following amendments thereto : 
Art. 2. Line two, after the word " tracts," insert the follow- 
ing words, to wit : " For the term of five years from the date of 
ratification of this treaty, and no longer;" unless the United 
States grant them permission to remain on said lands for a longer 
period. 

Art. 3. After the word " tracts," in the second line, insert the 
following words, to wit : " For the term of five years from the 
date of the ratification of this treaty, and no longer, unless the 
United States grant them permission to remain on said lands for 
a longer period." 

Art. 4. At the close thereof insert these words : " and also 
the sum of two hundred thousand dollars in consideration of 
changing the permanent reservations in articles two and three to 
reservations for five years only, to be paid whenever their reser- 
vations shall be surrendered, and until that time the interest on said 
two hundred thousand dollars shall be annually paid to the said 
Indians." 

Art. 5. Strike out the whole article, and insert the following : 
" The sum of three hundred thousand dollars shall be paid to 



POTAWATAMIES. 



659 



the said Indians to enable them, with the aid and assistance of 
their agent, to adjust and pay such debts as they may justly owe, 
and the overplus if any to apply to such other use as they may 
think proper. 

Art. 8. Strike out after the word " the," where it first occurs 
in line two, to the word " States," in the eighth line, and insert 
in lieu thereof these words : " Southwest of the Mississippi river, 
there to select a suitable place for the final settlement of said In- 
dians, which country, so selected, and of reasonable extent, the 
United States will forever guaranty and secure to said Indians." 

In the 8th article, strike out all between the word " it " in the 
eleventh line, and the word " when " in the thirteenth line, and in- 
sert these words : " The nett proceeds of the sale of the one hun- 
dred and sixty acres of land, upon the Grand river, upon which 
the Missionary Society have erected their buildings, shall be 
paid to the said Society in lieu of the value of their said improve- 
ments." 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[concluded march 29, 1836 — ratified* june 4, 1836.] 

Articles of a treaty ', made and concluded on Tippecanoe river in the 
State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the 
part of the United States, and Wau-ke-wa, Che-cose 's only son, 
a Potawatamy chief, and his band, on the thirty-ninth day of 
March, eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to 
the United States the four sections of land reserved for them by 
the second article of the treaty between the United States and the 
Pottawatamy Indians. 

Art. 2> The above named chief and his band agree to yield 
peaceable possession of said land within three months from this 
date, and to remove to the country provided for the Pottawatamie 
nation west of the Mississippi river, within two years. 

. Art . 3. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band 
twenty-five hundred and sixty dollars in specie, at the first pay- 
ment of annuity after the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 4. The United States stipulate to provide for the payment 
of the necessary expenses attending the making and concluding 
this treaty. 

Art. 5. This treaty shall be binding upon both the parties from 
the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 



* With the exception of the sixth article. 



660 



POTTAWATAMIES. 



Art. 6. Whereas, the above named chief and his band have 
sold to Peter Warner one half section of the said land, and have 
received in payment thereof, two hundred dollars, and said War- 
ner's note for two hundred dollars ; and, whereas, the said War- 
ner has expended in improvements on the said land about eight 
hundred dollars, and has a mill almost ready to go into operation, 
therefore, it is the particular request of the aforesaid chief and his 
band that the deed which they have made and signed to Peter 
Warner for said half section of land may be ratified and confirm- 
ed. If this article of this treaty shall be approved, then four 
hundred dollars of the above named consideration shall be de- 
ducted ; but if this sixth article of this treaty shall not be ap- 
proved and ratified by the President and Senate of the United 
States, it is expressly understood that the rejection thereof shall 
not vitiate or make void any other article or stipulation of this 
treaty. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
on the part of the United States, and the above named chief and 
head men, have hereunto subscribed their names, the day and year 
above written. 

Abel C. Pepper, Te-shaw-gen, his x mark, 

Wau-ke-wa, his x mark, Mes-quaw, her x mark, 

Waw-was-mo-queh, widow of Pah-Siss, his x mark, 
Che-cose, her x mark, She-aw-ke-pee, his x mark, 

Wit7iess : 

C. Carter, Sec'y. 

Henry Ossem, Interpreter. 



POTTAWATAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED APRIL 11, 1836 — RATIFIED* MAY 25, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp, on Tippecanoe 
river, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commis- 
sioner on the part of the United States, and Pau-koo-shuk, Aub- 
ba-naub-ba > s oldest son, and the head men of Aub-ba-naub-ba's 
band of Pottawatamie Indians, this eleventh day of April, in the 
year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The aforesaid Pau-koo-shuck, and the head men of 
Aub ba-naub-ba's band, hereby cede to the United States the thir- 
ty-six sections of land, reserved for them by the second article of 
the treaty between the United States and the Pottawatamie Indians, 
on Tippecanoe river, on the twenty-sixth day of October, in the 
year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 



* With the exception of the fourth article. 



POTTAWATAMIES. 



661 



Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay to the aforesaid band, the sum of twenty- 
three thousand and forty dollars in specie, one half at the first pay- 
ment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty, and the other 
half at the succeeding payment of annuity. 

Art. 3. The above named Pau-koo-shuck and his band agree 
to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided 
for the Pottawatamie nation by the United States, within two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipu- 
lated, that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States 
shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such 
debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be 
just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second ar- 
ticle of this treaty. 

Art. 5. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both 
parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said Pau-koo-shuck, and his band, have 
hereunto set their hands, this eleventh day of April, in the 
year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. 

Abel C. Pepper, 
Pau-koo-shuck, his x mark, 
Taw-wah-quah, her x mark, 

Shah-quaw-ko-shuck, Aub-ba-naub-ba's son, his x mark, 

Mat-taw-mim, his x mark, 

Si-nis-quah, her X mark, 

Dah-moosh-ke-keaw, her x mark, 

Nan- wish-ma, his x mark, 

O-Sauk-kay, his x mark, 

Ke-waw-o-nuck, his x mark, 

Aun-tuine, his x mark, 

Sin-ba-nim, his x mark, 

Nees-se-ka-tah, his x mark, 

Kaw-ke-me, her x mark, 

Pe-waw-ko, her x mark, 

O-ket-chee, her x mark, 

Nan-cee, her x mark. 

Witnesses : 



E. 0. Cicott, Secretary, 
Henry Ossem, 
Thos. Robb, 
Wm. Polke, 



Joseph Bamont, Principal Inter. 
Joseph Truckey, 
George W. Ewing, 
Cyrus Tober. 



662 



POTAWATTAMIES. 



POTAWATTAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED APRIL 22, 1836 — RATIFIED* MAY 25, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, in 
the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the 
part of the United States, and O-kah-mause, Kee-waw-nay , Nee- 
boash, and Mat-chis-jaw, chiefs and head men of the Potawatta- 
mie tribe of Indians and their bands, on the twenty-second day of 
April, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The above named chiefs and head men and their bands 
hereby cede to the United States, ten sections of land, reserved 
for them by the second article of the treaty, between the United 
States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippecanoe river, 
on the 26th day of October, in the year 1832. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay to the above named chiefs and head men 
and their bands, the sum of six thousand four hundred dollars, at 
the first payment of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their 
bands agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, 
provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within 
two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named bands, it is stipu- 
lated, that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States 
shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such 
debts of the said bands, as may be proved to his satisfaction to be 
just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second arti- 
cle of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
cluding this treaty. 

Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both 
parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men and their 
bands, have hereunto set their hands, this 22d day of April, 
A. D. 1836. 

Abel C. Pepper, 
Pash-po-ho, his x mark, 

0- kaw-mause, his x mark, 
Kee-waw-nee, his x mark, 
Nee-boash, or twisted head, his x mark, 

1- o-weh, or nation's name, his x mark, 

* With the exception of the fourth article. 



POTAWATTAMIES. 



663 



Miss-no-qui, female fish, his x mark, 
Kaw-ehe-noss, his x mark, 
Cho-quiss, fishes entrails, his x mark, 
Ma-che-saw, bleating fawn, his x mark, 
Waw-po-ko-ne-aw, white night, his x mark, 
Ah-muck, his x mark, 
Kohe-kah-me, his x mark, 
Que-que-nuk, his x mark. 

Witnesses : 



Geo. W. Ewing, 

Cyrus Tober, 

J. B. Duret, Secretary, 



Peter Barron, 

Joseph Bamont, Interpreter. 



POTAWATTAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED APRIL 22 — RATIFIED* MAY 25, 1836.] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at the Indian Agency, in 
the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on 
the part of the United States, and JVas-waw-kee and Quash-quaw, 
chiefs and head men of the Potawattamie tribe of Indians and 
their bands, on the 22d day of April, 1836. 

Art. 1. The above named chiefs and head men and their 
bands hereby cede to the United States three sections of land, 
reserved for them by the second article of the treaty between the 
United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippeca- 
noe river, on the 26th day of October, 1832. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above chiefs and head men and their 
bands, nineteen hundred and twenty dollars, at the first payment 
of annuity, after the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their 
bands agree to give possession of the aforesaid three sections of 
land, and remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, pro- 
vided by the United States for the Potawattamie nation of Indians, 
within two years from this date. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named chiefs and head 
men and their bands, it is stipulated that after the ratification of 
this treaty, the United States shall appoint a commissioner, who 
shall be authorized to pay such debts of the said bands, as may be 
proved to his satisfaction to be just, to be deducted from the amount 
stipulated in the second article of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
cluding this treaty. 

* With the exception of the fourth article. 



664 



WYANDOT S. 



Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both 
parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said chiefs and head men and their 
bands, have hereunto set their hands, this 22d day of April. 
A. D. 1836. 

A. C. Pepper, 
Quash-quaw, his x mark, 
Me-cos-ta, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-kee, his x mark, 
Wem-se-ko, his x mark, 
Ah-quaush-she, his x mark~ 

Witnesses : 

J. B. Duret, Secretary to Com- Cyrus Tober, 

missioner, Geo. W. Ewing, 

Joseph Bamont, Interpreter, Peter Barron.. 



WYANDOTS. 

[ CONCLUDED APRIL 23, 1836 — RATIFIED MAY 16, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded between John J2. Bryan, 
commissioner on the part of the United States, and William 
Walker, John Barnett, and Peacock, chiefs and principal men of 
the Wyandot tribe of Indians in Ohio, acting for and on behalf 
of the said tribe. 

Art. 1. The Wyandot tribe of Indians in Ohio cede to the 
United States a strip of land five miles in extent, on the east end 
of their reservation in Crawford county, in said State ; also, one 
section of land lying in Cranberry swamp, on Broken Sword creek, 
being the one mile square, specified and set forth in the treaty 
made with the said tribe, on the twenty-ninth day of September, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and seventeen ; 
also, one hundred and sixty acres of land, which is to be received 
in the place and stead of an equal quantity set apart in a supple- 
mental treaty made with the said Indians on the seventeenth day 
of September in the following year, all situate and being in the 
said county of Crawford. 

Art. 2. The said five-mile tract, as also the additional quanti- 
ties herein set forth, are each to be surveyed as other public lands 
are surveyed by the surveyor general, and to be sold at such time 
and place, allowing sixty days' notice of the sale, as the Presi- 
dent may direct. 

Art. 3. A register and receiver shall be appointed by the Presr- 



WYANDOTS. 



665 



dent and Senate, in accordance with the wishes of the delegation 
of chiefs, whose duties shall be similar to those of other registers 
and receivers. They shall receive such compensation for services 
rendered, not exceeding five dollars per day for every day neces- 
sarily employed in the discharge of their duties, as the President 
may determine. 

Art. 4. All expenses incurred in the execution of this treaty, 
and in the sale of the lands included in it, shall be defrayed out 
of the funds raised therefrom, including such expenses and dis- 
bursements as may have been incurred by the delegation to Wash- 
ington, and such allowance to individuals who have assisted in the 
negotiation, as the chiefs in council, after a full and fair investiga- 
tion, may adjudge to be reasonable and just, shall in all cases be 
made. 

Art. 5. Such portions of the moneys arising from the sales as 
the chiefs may deem necessary for the rebuilding of mills, repair 
and improvement of roads, establishing schools, and other lauda- 
ble public objects for the improvement of their condition, shall be 
property applied under their direction, and the remainder to be 
distributed among the individuals of said tribe as annuities are 
distributed. 

Art. 6. The moneys raised by the sales of the lands for all the 
above mentioned objects, except the last, shall be paid by the re- 
ceiver on the order of the chiefs ; and such order, together with 
the receipt of the persons to whom payment shall be made, shall 
be the proper voucher for the final settlement of the accounts of 
the receiver ; but the funds for the tribe shall be distributed by the 
register and receiver to each person entitled thereto. 

Art. 7. By the twenty-first article of the treaty concluded at 
the foot of the rapids of the Miami of Lake Erie, dated the twenty- 
ninth day of September, in the year one thousand eight hundred 
and seventeen, and the schedule thereunto attached, there was 
granted to Daonquot, or half King, Rontondee, or war pole, 
Tayarrontoyea, or between the logs, Danwawtout, or John Hicks, 
Mononcue, or Thomas, Tayondottauseh, or George Punch, Hon- 
dau-a-waugh, or Matthews, chiefs of the Wyandot nation, two 
sections of land each, within the Wyandot reservation. The afore- 
said chiefs, their heirs or legal representatives, are entitled to and 
allowed one section of land each, in the above designated tract 
of five miles, to be selected by them previous to sale, and the 
same shall be sold as the other lands are sold, and they allowed to 
receive the respective sums arising from said sale. 

Art. 8. If during the progress of the sale, the Indians are not 
satisfied with the prices at which the lands sell, the register and 
receiver shall, on written application of the chiefs, close the sale, 
and report the proceedings to the War Department, and the Presi- 
dent may appoint such other time for the sale as he may deem 
proper. 



666 



CHIPPEWAS. 



Art. 9. The President shall give such directions as he may- 
judge necessary for the execution of this treaty, through the proper 
departments of the government. 

Signed this twenty-third day of April, in the year of our Lord 
one thousand eight hundred and thirty-six. 
John A. Bryan, Corner, on the John Barnett, his x mark, 

part of the United States, Peacock, his x mark. 

Wm. Walker, 

In presence of us 
Jn. McClene, John McElvain. 

Ratified with the following proviso: " Provided, That after the 
word 'moneys', in the fifth article, the following words shall be 
inserted therein : " not exceeding twenty thousand dollars" 



CHIPPEWAS. 

[ CONCLUDED MAY 9, 1836 — RATIFIED MAY 25, 1836. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made at Washington, in the District of Colum- 
bia, on the ninth day of May, in the year of our Lord one 
thousand eight hundred and thirty-six, between Henry R. School- 
craft, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the 
chiefs of the Swan-creek and Black-river bands of tlie Chippewa 
nation, residing within the limits of Michigan. 

Whereas, certain reservations of land were made to the said 
bands of Indians, in the treaty concluded at Detroit on the 17th 
of November, 1807, and these reservations, after having been duly 
located, under the authority of the Government, have remained in 
their possession and occupancy to the present time : And whereas, 
the said Indians, actuated by considerations affecting their perma- 
nent improvement and happiness, are desirous of fixing their resi- 
dence at some point more favorable to these objects, and have 
expressed their wishes to dispose of the same, and authorized their 
chiefs to proceed to Washington, for the purpose of making the 
necessary arrangement : It is, therefore, after mature deliberation 
on their part, agreed as follows : 

Art. 1. The Swan-creek and Black-river bands of Chippe- 
was cede to the United States the following tracts, namely : 
One tract of three miles square, or five thousand seven hundred 
and sixty acres, on Swan creek of lake St. Clair : One tract of 
one section and three quarters, near Salt creek of said lake : One 
tract of one-fourth of a section at the mouth of the river Au Vaseau, 
contiguous to the preceding cession : And one tract of two sec- 
tions near the mouth of the Black river of the river St. Clair, esti- 
mated to contain, in the aggregate, eight thousand three hundred 
and twenty acres, be the same more or less. 



CHIPPEWAS. 



667 



Art. 2. In consideration of the foregoing cessions, the United 
States agree to pay to the said Indians, the nett proceeds of the 
sale thereof, after deducting the cost of survey and sale, and the 
contingent expenses attending the treaty. The lands shall be 
surveyed and offered for sale in the usual manner, at the land office 
in Detroit, as soon as practicable, after the ratification of this 
treaty. A special account shall be kept at the treasury, of the 
amount of the sales of the said lands, and after deducting there- 
from the sums hereafter stipulated, to be advanced by the United 
States, ten thousand dollars shall be retained by the treasury, and 
shall be paid to the said Indians in annuities of one thousand dol- 
lars a year for ten years ; and the residue of the fund shall be vested 
by the Secretary of the Treasury in the purchase of some State 
stock, the interest of which shall be annually paid to the said In- 
dians like other annuities : Provided, That if at any time hereafter, 
the said Indians shall desire to have the said stock sold, and the 
proceeds paid over to them, the same may be done, if the Presi- 
dent and Senate consent thereto. 

Art. 3. The United States will advance to said Indians on the 
ratification of this treaty, to be deducted from the avails of these 
lands, the sum of two thousand five hundred dollars, and also 
goods to the value of four thousand dollars, to be purchased in 
New York, and delivered in bulk, at their expense, to the proper 
chiefs at Detroit, or at such point on lake St. Clair, as the chiefs 
may request : together with the expenses of the treaty, the jour- 
neys of the Indians to and from Washington, and their subsistence 
and other expenses at the seat of government. 

Art. 4. The United States will furnish the said Indians, eight 
thousand three hundred and twenty acres, or thirteen sections of 
land, west of the Mississippi, or northwest of St. Anthony's falls, 
to be located by an agent or officer of the Government, and the 
evidence of such location shall be delivered to the chiefs. 

In testimony whereof, the said Henry R. Schoolcraft, commis- 
sioner as aforesaid, and the undersigned chiefs of the said 
bands of Chippewas, have hereunto set their hands, at Wash- 
ington, the seat of Government, the day and year above ex- 
pressed. 

Henry R. Schoolcraft, 
Esh-ton-o-quot, or clear sky, his x mark, 
Nay-gee-zhig, or driving clouds, his x mark, 
May-zin, or checkered, his x mark, 
Kee-way-gee-zhig, or returning sky, his x mark. 

In presence of 
Samuel Humes Porter, Secre- Lucius Lyon, 

tary, John Holliday, Interpreter , 

Stevens T. Mason, Governor Joseph F. Murray, 

of Michigan, George Moran. 



668 



PATAWATTAMIES. 



PAT A WATT AMIES. 

[concluded august 5, 1836 — ratified February IS, 1837.] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at a camp near Yellow 
river, in the State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commis- 
sioner on the part of the United States, and Pe-pin-a-waw, JVo- 
taw-kah, and Mac-kah-tah-mo-ah, chiefs and head men of the 
Patawattamie tribe of Indians, and their bands, on the fifth day 
of August, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The above named chiefs and headmen and their bands 
hereby cede to the United Stales, twenty-two sections of land, re- 
served for them by the second article of the treaty between the 
United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians on Tippe- 
canoe river, on the twenty-sixth day of October, in the year 
eighteen hundred and thirty-six [two.] 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay to the above named chiefs and head men 
and their bands, the sum of fourteen thousand and eighty dollars 
in specie, after the ratification of this treaty, and on or before the 
first day of May, next ensuing the date hereof. 

Art. 3. The above named chiefs and head men and their 
bands agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, 
provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within 
two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipulated 
that, after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall ap- 
point a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts 
of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, 
to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of 
this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
cluding this treaty. 

Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Pre- 
sident and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon 
both parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, and headmen, and their 
bands, have hereunto set their hands, this fifth day of August, 
in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-six. 

A. C. Pepper, Mack-kah-tah-mo-may, his x 

Pee-pin-ah-waw, his x mark, mark, 

No-taw-kah, his x mark, Wi-aw-koos-say, his x mark, 



MENOMONIES. 



669 



Te-cum-see, his x mark, 
Pam-bo-go, his x mark, 
Mup-paw-hue, his x mark, 
See-co-ase, his x mark, 
Co-quah-wah, his x mark, 



Quah-taw, his x mark, 
Kaw-kawk-kay, his x mark, 
Pis-saw, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-kay, his x mark. 



Proper chiefs of the Wabash Pat aw att amies 



Pash-po-ho, his x mark, 
I-o-wah, his x mark, 
O-kah-maus, his x mark, 
Jo-quiss, his x mark, 
We-wis-sah, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-kah, his x mark, 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 



J. B. Duret, Sec'y. 
E. 0. Cicott, 



Ku-waw-nay, his x mark, 
Nu-bosh, his x mark, 
Pah-siss, his x mark, 
Mat-chis-saw, his x mark, 
Mas-saw, his x mark, 
Me-shaw-ki-to-quah, his 
mark. 



Witnesses : 



Geo. W. Ewing, 

Jos. Barron, Interpreter. 



MENOMONIES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 3, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. ] 

Articles of agreement, made and concluded at Cedar Point, on Fox 
river, near Green bay, in the territory of Wisconsin, this third 
day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-six, between Henry Dodge, governor of said 
territory of Wisconsin, commissioner on the part of the United 
States, on the one part, and the chiefs and head men of the Me- 
nomonie nation of Indians, of the other part. 

Art. 1. The said Menomonie nation agree to cede to the United 
States, all of that tract or district of country included within the 
following boundaries, viz : Beginning at the mouth of Wolf river, 
and running up and along the same, to a point on the north branch 
of said river where it crosses the extreme north or rear line of the 
five hundred thousand acre tract, heretofore granted to the New 
York Indians ; thence following the line last mentioned in a north- 
eastwardly direction three miles ; thence in a northwardly course, 
to the upper forks of the Menomonie river, at a point to intersect 
the boundary line between the Menomonie and Chippewa nation 
of Indians ; thence following the said boundary line last mentioned 
in an eastwardly direction, as defined and established by the treaty 
of the Little Bute des Mort, in 1827, to the Smooth rock or Shos- 
kin-aubie river ; thence down the said river to where it empties 
into Green bay, between the Little and Great bay de Noquet ; 
thence up and along the west side of Green bay, (and including 



670 



MENOMONIES. 



all the islands therein not heretofore ceded,) to the mouth of Fox 
river ; thence up and along the said Fox river, and along the west 
side of Winnebago lake, (including the islands therein,) to the 
mouth of Fox river, where it empties into said lake ; thence up and 
along said Fox river to the place of beginning ; (saving and re- 
serving out of the district of country above ceded and described, 
all that part of the five hundred thousand acre tract, granted by the 
treaties between the Menomonies and the United States, made on 
the eighth day of February, A. D. 1831, and on the twenty- 
seventh day of October, A. D. 1832, which may be situated within 
the boundaries hereinbefore described,) the quantity of land con- 
tained in the tract hereby ceded, being estimated at about four 
millions of acres. 

And the said Menomonie nation do further agree to cede and 
relinquish to the United States, all that tract or district of country 
lying upon the Wisconsin river in said territory, and included 
within the following boundaries, viz : Beginning at a point upon 
said Wisconsin river two miles above the grant or privilege here- 
tofore granted by said nation and the United States to Amable 
Grignon ; thence running up and along said river forty-eight miles 
in a direct line, and being three miles in width on each side of 
said river ; this tract to contain eight townships, or one hundred 
and eighty-four thousand three hundred and twenty acres of land. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession of the aforesaid tract of 
land, the United States agree to pay to the said Menomonie na- 
tion, at the lower end of the Wah-ne-kun-nah lake, in their own 
country, the sum of twenty-three thousand seven hundred and fifty 
dollars per annum, for the term of twenty years. 

The United States further agree to pay and deliver to the said 
Indians, each and every year during the said term of twenty years, 
the following articles : Three thousand dollars worth of provisions ; 
two thousand pounds of tobacco ; thirty barrels of salt ; also the 
sum of five hundred dollars per year during the same term, for the 
purchase of farming utensils, cattle, or implements of husbandry, 
to be expended under the direction of the superintendent or agent. 
Also, to appoint and pay two blacksmiths, to be located at such 
places as may be designated by the said superintendent or agent ; 
to erect (and supply with the necessary quantity of iron, steel, and 
tools,) two blacksmith shops, during the same term. 

The United States shall also pay the just debts of the said 
Menomonie Indians, agreeably to the schedule hereunto annexed, 
amounting to the sum of ninety-nine thousand seven hundred and 
ten dollars and fifty cents. 

The sum of one thousand dollars per annum, having been in- 
cluded by the commissioner in his proposition for the purchase of 
the above land, (which sum was to be applied to the education of 
the Indian youth,) and the said Indians having declared that they 
were not desirous of applying that sum to the aforesaid purpose ; 



MENOMONIES. 



671 



and that they wished to give that amount to their friend and rela- 
tion Robert Grignon, for valuable services rendered by him to their 
nation ; therefore the United States do agree to pay to the said 
Robert Grignon, the sum of one thousand dollars each year, during 
the said term of twenty years. 

And whereas, the said Indians are desirous of making some 
provision and allowance to their relatives and friends of mixed 
blood, the United States do further agree to pay the sum of eighty 
thousand dollars, to be divided among all such persons of mixed 
blood as the chiefs shall hereafter designate ; said sum to be ap- 
portioned and divided under the direction of a commissioner to 
be appointed by the President. 

Art. 3. The said Menomonie nation do agree to release the 
United States from all such provisions of the treaty of 1831 and 
1832, aforesaid, as requires the payment of farmers, blacksmiths, 
millers, etc. They likewise relinquish all their right under said 
treaty, to appropriation for education, and to all improvements 
made or to be made upon their reservation on Fox river and Win- 
nebago lake ; together with the cattle, farming utensils, or other 
articles, furnished or to be furnished to them under said treaty. 

Art. 4. The above annuities shall be paid yearly and every 
year, during the said term, in the month of June or July, or as 
soon thereafter as the amount shall be received ; and the said Me- 
nomonie nation do agree to remove from the country ceded, within 
one year after the ratification of this treaty. 

This treaty shall be binding and obligatory on the contracting 
parties, as soon as the same shall be ratified by the President and 
Senate of the United States. 

Done at Cedar Point, in said territory of Wisconsin, this third 
day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-six, and in the year of the Independence 
of the United States the sixty-first. 



H. Dodge, l. s. 

Osh-kosh, his x mark, l. s. 

Aya-ma-taw, his x mark, l. s. 

Ko-ma-ni-kin, his x mark, l. s. 

Wain-e-saut, his x mark, l. s. 

Kee-sis, his x mark, l. s. 

Carron-Glaude, his x mark, L. s. 

Say-ga-toke, his x mark, l. s. 

Shee-o-ga-tay, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-pee-min, his x mark, l. s. 

Isk-ki-ninew, his x mark, l. s. 

Ko-ma-ni-kee-no-shah, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-bee-ne-mickee, his x mark, l. s. 

Shee-pan-ago, his x mark, l. s. 

Maw-baw-so, his x mark, l. s. 



672 



MENOMONIES. 



Chin-nay-pay-mawly, his x mark, 
Chee-chee-go-waw-way, his x mark, 
Shoneon, his x mark, 
Et-chee-kee, his x mark, 
Pee-a-tum, his x mark, 
Pay-maw-ba-may, his x mark, 
Ah-kah-mute, his x mark, 
Pah-mim-a-kut, his x mark, 
Chee-kah-ma-ke-shir, his x mark, 
Wah-kee-che-un, his x mark. 



Signed and sealed 

Henry S. Baird, Secretary to the 
Commissioner, 

George Boyd, U. S. bid. Agt. 

Charles A. Grignon, Sworn In- 
terpreter, 

William Powell, Sworn Interp. 

George M. Brooke, Bvt. Brig'r 
General, 

R. E. Clary, U. S. Army, 

D. Jones, 

John P. Arndt, 



in the presence of 

Charles R. Brush, 
Louis Philipson, 
L. Grignon, 
Agt. Grignon, 
Samuel Ryan, 
William Bruce, 
John Drake, 
David Blish, jr. 
J. Jourdain, 
T. T. Porlier. 



L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 
L. S 



SCHEDULE. 

It is agreed, on the part of the United States, that the following 
claims shall be allowed and paid, agreeably to the second article 
of the foregoing treaty, viz : 

To John Lawe, twelve thousand five hundred dollars. 

Augustine Grignon, ten thousand dollars. 

William Powell and Robert Grignon, four thousand two hun- 
dred and fifty dollars. 

Charles A. Grignon, ten thousand dollars. 

John Lawe & Co., six thousand dollars. 

Walter T. Webster, one hundred dollars. 

John P. Arndt, five hundred and fifty dollars. 

William Farnsworth and Charles R. Brush, two thousand five 
hundred dollars. 

James Porlier, seven thousand five hundred dollars. 

Heirs of Louis Beaupre, one thousand five hundred dollars. 

Dominick Brunette, two hundred and thirty-one dollars and 
fifty cents. 

Alexander J. Irwin, one thousand two hundred and fifty dollars. 
American Fur Co., (western outfit,) four hundred dollars. 
Charles Grignon, one thousand two hundred dollars. 



MENOMONIES. 



673 



Joseph Rolette, one thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars. 
Charles A. and Alexander Grignon, seven hundred and fifty 
dollars. 

James Reed, seven hundred dollars. 

Peter Powell, one thousand seven hundred and fifty dollars. 
Paul Grignon, five thousand five hundred dollars. 
William Dickinson, three thousand dollars. 
Robert M. Eberts, seventy-four dollars. 
Joseph Jourdain, fifty dollars. 

James Knaggs, five hundred and fifty dollars, ($550.) 

Ebenezer Childs, two hundred dollars. 

Lewis Rouse, five thousand dollars. 

William Farnsworth, two thousand five hundred dollars. 

Saml. Irwin and Geo. Boyd, jr., one hundred and five dollars, 

Aneyas Grignon, two thousand five hundred dollars. 

Pierre Grignon, dec'd, by Rob. and Peter B. Grignon, six 

thousand dollars. 
Stanislius Chappue, one hundred dollars. 
John Lawe, one thousand two hundred dollars. 
William Dickinson, two hundred and fifty dollars. 
Stansilius Chappue, two thousand five hundred dollars. 
Lewis Grignon, seven thousand two hundred and fifty dollars. 

H. Dodge, Commissioner. 

All the above acts were sworn to before me, the third day of 
September, 1836. 

John P. Arndt, a Justice of the Peace. 

Ratified, with the following amendments : 

After the word " country," in line four of article second, strike 
out the words " the sum of twenty-three thousand seven hundred 
and fifty," and insert the following words in lieu thereof: " or at 
such other place as may be designated by the President of the 
United States, the sum of twenty thousand." 

After the word " cents," at the end of the third paragraph of 
the second article, insert the following words ; " Provided, always. 
That no part or portion of said debts shall be paid until the va- 
lidity and justice of each of them, shall have been inquired into by 
the superintendent of Indian affairs, who shall in no instance 
increase the amount specified in said schedule, but who shall 
allow the sum specified, reject it entirely, or reduce it as upon 
examination and proof may appear just, and if any part of said 
sum is left, after paying said debts so adjudged to be just, theri 
such surplus shall be paid to the said Indians for their own use." 

Strike out the fourth paragraph of the second article in the fol- 
lowing words : " The sum of one thousand dollars per annum 
having been included by the commissioner, in his proposition for 
the purchase of the above land (which sum was to be applied to 
57 



674 



SIOUX. 



the education of the Indian youth,) and the said Indians having 
declared that they were not desirous of applying that sum to the 
aforesaid purpose, and that they wished to give that amount to 
their friend and relation Robert Grignon, for valuable services 
rendered by him to their nation, therefore, the United States do 
agree to pay to the said Robert Grignon the sum of one thousand 
dollars each year, during the said term of twenty years." 

At the end of the second article insert the following proviso : 
" Provided, always, That no person shall be entitled to any part of 
said fund, unless he is of Indian descent, and actually resident 
within the boundaries described in the first article of this treaty, 
nor shall any thing be allowed to any such person who may have 
received any allowance under any previous treaty. The portions 
of this fund allowed by the commissioner to those half-breeds who 
are orphans, or poor or incompetent to make a proper use thereof, 
shall be paid to them in instalments or otherwise as the President 
may direct." 

At the end of the third article insert the following words ; " And 
in consideration of said release and relinquishment, the United 
States stipulate and agree that the sum of seventy-six thousand 
dollars shall be allowed to the said Indians, and this sum shall be 
invested in some safe stock, and the interest thereof, as it accrues, 
shall also be so vested until such time as in the judgment of the 
President, the income of the aggregate sum can be usefully applied 
to the execution of the provisions in the said fourth article, or to 
some other purposes beneficial to the said Indians." 



SIOUX. 

[CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 10, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. J 

In a convention held this tenth day of September, 1836, be- 
tween Col. Z. Taylor, Indian Agent, and the chiefs, braves, and 
principal men of the Sioux, of Wa-ba-shaw's tribe of Indians, it 
has been represented, that according to the stipulations of the first 
article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th July, 1830, 
the country thereby ceded is "to be assigned and allotted under 
the direction of the President of the United States, to the tribes 
now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may 
locate thereon for hunting and other purposes." And, whereas, 
it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and principal 
men of the tribe aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands lying be- 
tween the State of Missouri and the Missouri river should be at- 
tached to, and become a part of said State, and the Indian title 
thereto be extinguished ; but, that, notwithstanding, as these lands 
compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of said 
first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be 
strictly observed, until the assent of the Indians interested is given 
to the proposed measure. 



•bioux. 675 

Now we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the above 
named tribe of Indians, fully understanding the subject, and well 
satisfied from the local position of the lands in question, that they 
can never be made available for Indian purposes, and that an at- 
tempt to place an Indian population on them must inevitably lead 
to collisions with the citizens of the United States ; and further 
believing that the extension of the State line in the direction in- 
dicated, would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boun- 
dary between the whites and Indians ; and willing, moreover, to 
give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and 
friendship, do hereby for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective 
tribes, (having full power and authority to this effect,) forever 
cede, relinquish, and quit claim to the United States, all our right, 
title, and interest, of whatsoever nature in, and to, the lands lying 
between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and do 
freely and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, 
condition, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the treaty of 
Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and ab- 
solute disposition of the said lands, fully authorizing the United 
States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or ne- 
cessary. 

In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and 
seals, the day and year above written. 

Sau-tabe-say, Wa-ba-shaw's son, his x mark, l. s. 



Wau-kaun-hendee-oatah, his x mark, l. s. 

Nau-tay-sah-pah, his x mark, l. S. 

Mauk-pee-au-cat-paun, his x mark, l- s. 

Hoo-yah, the eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Executed in presence of 



H. L. Dousman, J. M. Scott, Lieut. 1st Infy. 

W. R. Jouett, Capt. 1st Infy. Geo. H. Pegram, Lt. 1st Infy. 

As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the 
United States towards the above named tribe of Indians, and as 
an evidence of the sense entertained for the good will manifested 
by said tribes to the citizens and Government of the United States, 
as evinced in the preceding cession or relinquishment, the under- 
signed agrees on behalf of the United States, to cause said tribes 
to be furnished with presents to the amount of four hundred dol- 
lars, in goods or in money. 

In testimony whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and seal, 
this tenth day of September, 1836. 

Z. Taylor, Col. U. S. Army, and 

Actfg. U. S. Indian Agent, l. 



676 



10 WAYS, AXD SACKS AND FOXES, 



IOWAYS, AND SACKS AND FOXES, 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 17, 1836 RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. ] 

Articles of a treaty ', made and concluded at fort Leavenworth, on the 
Missouri river, between William. Clark, superintendent of Indian 
affairs, on the part of the United States, of the one part, and the 
undersigned chiefs, warriors, and counsellors, of the Ioway tribe 
and the band of Sacks and Foxes of the Missouri, ( residing west 
of the State of Missouri,) in behalf of their respective tribes, of 
the other part. 

Art. 1. By the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien y 
held the fifteenth day of July, eighteen hundred and thirty, with 
the confederated tribes of Sacks, Foxes, Ioways, Omahaws, Mis- 
sourias, Ottoes, and Sioux, the country ceded to the United States 
by that treaty is to be assigned and allotted, under the direction of 
the President of the United States, to the tribes living thereon, or 
to such other tribes as the President may locate thereon for hunt- 
ing and other purposes. And whereas it is further represented to 
us, the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Ioways and Sack 
and Fox band aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands lying between 
the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, should be attached to 
and become a part of said State, and the Indian title thereto be 
entirely entinguished ; but that, notwithstanding, as these lands 
compose a part of the country' embraced by the provisions of said 
first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be 
strictly observed, until the assent of the Indians interested is given 
to the proposed measure. 

Now, we, the chiefs, warriors, and counsellors of the Ioways 
and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes, fully understanding the 
subject, and well satisfied, from the local position of the lands in 
question, that they never can be made available for Indian pur- 
poses, and that an attempt to place an Indian population on them, 
must inevitably lead to collisions with the citizens of the United 
States ; and further believing that the extension of the State line 
in the direction indicated would have a happy effect, by presenting 
a natural boundary between the whites and Indians, and willing, 
moreover, to give the United States a renewed evidence of our at- 
tachment and friendship, do hereby for ourselves, and on behalf of 
our respective tribes, ( having full power and authority to this ef- 
fect,) forever cede, relinquish, and quit claim, to the United States, 
all our right, title, and interest, of whatsoever nature, in and to the 
lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river; 
and do freely and fully exonerate the United States from any gua- 
rantee, condition, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the 



IOWAYS, and sacks and foxes. 



677 



treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire 
and absolute disposition of the said lands, fully authorizing the 
United States to do with the same whatever shall seem expedient 
or neeessary. 

As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the Unit- 
ed States towards the Ioways and bands of Sacks and Foxes of the 
Missouri, and as an evidence of the sense entertained for the good 
will manifested by said tribes to the citizens and Government of 
the United States, as evinced in the preceding cession of relin- 
quishment, the undersigned, William Clark, agrees on behalf of 
the United States, to pay as a present to the said Ioways and band 
of Sacks and Foxes, seven thousand five hundred dollars in money, 
the receipt of which they hereby acknowledge. 

Art. 2. As the said tribes of Ioways, and Sacks and Foxes have 
applied for a small piece of land, south of the Missouri, for a per- 
manent home, on which they can settle, and request the assistance 
of the Government of the United States to place them on this land, 
in a situation at least equal to that they now enjoy on the land 
ceded by them : Therefore, I, William Clark, superintendent of In- 
dian affairs, do further agree, on behalf of the United States, to 
assign to the Ioway tribe and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes, 
the small strip of land on the south side of the Missouri river, lying 
between the Kickapoo northern boundary line and the Grand Ne- 
mahar river, and extending from the Missouri back and westwardly 
with the said Kickapoo line and the Grand Nemahar, making four 
hundred sections ; to be divided between the said Ioways and Mis- 
souri band of Sacks and Foxes ; the lower half to the Sacks and 
Foxes, the upper half to the Ioways. 

Art. 3. The Ioways and Missouri band of Sacks and Foxes 
further agree, that they will move and settle on the lands assigned 
them in the above article, as soon as arrangements can be made by 
them ; and the undersigned, William Clark, in behalf of the United 
States, agrees, that as soon as the above tribes have selected a site 
for their villages, and places for their fields, and moved to them, 
to erect for the Ioways five comfortable houses ; to enclose and 
break up for them two hundred acres of ground ; to furnish them 
with a farmer, a blacksmith, schoolmaster, and interpreter, as long 
as the President of the United States may deem proper ; to furnish 
them with such agricultural implements as may be necessary, for 
five years ; to furnish them with rations for one year, commencing 
at the time of their arrival at their new homes ; to furnish them with 
one ferryboat ; to furnish them with one hundred cows and calves, 
and five bulls, and one hundred stock hogs, when they require 
them ; to furnish them with a mill ; and assist in removing them, 
to the extent of five hundred dollars. And to erect for the Sacks 
and Foxes three comfortable houses ; to enclose and break up for 
them two hundred acres of ground ; to furnish them with a farmer, 
blacksmith, schoolmaster, and interpreter, as long as the President 



678 



law AYS, AND SACKS AND FOXES, 



of the United States may deem proper; to furnish them with such 
agricultural implements as may be necessary, for five years; to fur- 
nish them with rations for one year, commencing at the time oi 
their arrival at their new home ; to furnish them with one ferryboat : 
fo furnish them with one hundred cows and calves, and five bulls ; 
one hundred stock hogs, when they require them ; to furnish them 
with a mill ; and to assist in removing them, to the extent of four 
hundred dollars. 

Art. 4. This treaty shall be obligatory on the tribes, parties 
hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States 
from and after its ratification by the Government thereof. 

Done, and signed, and sealed, at fort Leavenworth, on the Mis- 
souri,, this seventeenth day of September, one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-six, and of the independence of the United 
States the sixty-first. 

Wm. Clark, Sup't. Indian Affairs. l. s. 

10 WAYS. 

Mo-hos-ca, or white cloud, his x mart, l. s, 

Nau-che-ning, or no heart, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-che-mo-ne, or the orator, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-o-mo-ne, or raining cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Mau-o-mo-ne, or pumpkin, his x mark, l. si 

Congu, or plumb, his x mark, L. s. 
Wau-thaw r -ca-be-chu, one that eats raw, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-wau-thaw-chu, hair shedder, his x mark, l. s. 

Mau-hau-ka, bunch of arrows, his x mark, l. s.- 

Cha-tau-the-ne, big bull, his x mark, l. s. 

Cha-tea-thau, buffalo bull, his x mark, l. s.. 

Cha-ta-ha-ra-wa-re, foreign buffalo, his x mark, l. s. 

sacks and foxes. 

Cau-Cci-ear-maek, rock bass, his x mark, l. s. 

Sea-sa-ho, sturgeon, his x mark, l. s. 
Pe-a-chin-a-ear-maek, bald headed eagle, his x mark, l. s. 
Pe-a-chin-a-ear-mack, jr., bald headed eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Ca-ha-qua, red fox, his x mark, l. s t . 

Pe-shaw-ca, bear, his x mark, l. s. 

Po-cau-ma, deer, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-bosh-ca-wa, w T olf, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-squi-in-a, deer, his x mark, l. s. 

Ne-sa-au-qua, bear, his x mark, l. s.- 

Qua-co-ou-si, wolf, his x mark, l. s. 

Se-quil-la, deer, his x mark, l. s, 

As-ke-pa-ke-ka-as-a, green lake, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-pa-se, swan, his x mark, l. s. 

No-cha-taw-wa-ta-«a, star, his x mark, x*~ 



POTAWATTAMIE S . 



679 



Witnesses : 



S. W. Kearny, CoL 1st Regt. 
Dragoons, 

Jno. Dougherty, Ind. Agt. 

Andrew S. Hughes, Sab-agent. 

George R. H. Clark, 

William Duncan, Indian Farmer. 

Jos. V. Hamilton, Sutler Dra- 
goons, 

H. Robedou, jr., 



Win. Bowman, Sergt. Maj. 1st 

Dragoons, 
Jeffrey Dorion, his x mark, 

Sivorn Interpreter, 
Peter Cadue, his x mark, Sworn 

Interpreter, 
Jaques White, Interpreter U. S. 
Louis M. Darrion. 



POTAWATTAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 20, 1838 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and concluded at Chippewanaung, in the 
State of Indiana, between Abel C. Pepper, commissioner on the 
part of the United States, and To-i-sa's brother, Me-mat-way 
and Che-quow-ka-ko, chiefs and head men of the Potawattamie 
tribe of Indians, and their band, on the twentieth day of Septem- 
ber, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The above named chiefs, and head men, and their 
band, hereby cede to the United States, ten sections of land re- 
served for them by the second article of the treaty between the 
United States and the Potawattamie tribe of Indians, on Tippe- 
canoe river, on the 27th day of October, in the year 1832. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above named chiefs and head men and 
their band, the sum of eight thousand dollars, on or before tin? 
first day of May next. 

Art. 3. The above named chiefs, and head men, and their 
band agree to remove to the country west of the Mississippi river, 
provided for the Potawattamie nation by the United States, within 
two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named band, it is stipu- 
lated that after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall 
appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to pay such debts 
of the said band as may be proved to his satisfaction to be just, to 
be deducted from the amount stipulated in the second article of 
this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
eluding this treaty. 

Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the Presi- 
dent and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon both 
parties. 



680 



POTAWATTIMIES. 



In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner 
as aforesaid, and the said chiefs, and head men, and their 
band, have hereunto set their hands, this twentieth day of 
September, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Abel C. Pepper, Min-tom-in, his x mark, 

We-we-sah, or To-i-sa's bro- Shaw-gwok-skuk, his x mark, 

ther, his x mark, Mee-kiss, or Kawk's widow, her 

Me-mot-way, his x mark, x mark. 
Che-quaw-ka-ko, his x mark, 

Witnesses : 

J. B. Duret, Sec'y. Geo. W. Ewing, 

Allen Hamilton, James Moree, 

Cyrus Taber, Abram Burnett. 



POTAWATTIMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 22, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 16, 1837. ] 

Articles of a treaty , made and concluded at Chippewanaung, in the 
State of Indiana, between A. C. Pepper, commissioner on the part 
of the United States, and Mo-sack, chief of the Potawattimie 
tribe of Indians and his band, on the twenty-second day of Sep- 
tember, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-six. 

Art. 1. The above named chief and his band hereby cede to the 
United States four sections of land reserved for him and his band 
by the second article of the treaty between the United States and 
the Potawattimie tribe of Indians, on Tippecanoe river, on the 
27th day of October, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty-two. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above named chief and his band the 
sum of three thousand two hundred dollars, on or before the first 
of May next. 

Art. 3. The above named chief and his band agree to remove 
to the country west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Pota- 
wattimie nation by the United States within two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named chief and his band, 
it is stipulated that, after the ratification, of this treaty, the United 
States shall appoint a commissioner, who shall be authorized to 
pay such debts of the said band as may be proved to his satisfac- 
tion to be just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the 
second article of this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and conclud- 
ing this treaty. 



PATAWATTAMIES. 



681 



Art. 6. This treaty, after the same shall be ratified by the 
President and Senate of the United States, shall be binding upon 
both parties. 

In testimony whereof, the said A. C. Pepper, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the said chief and his band have hereunto set 
their hands, the day and year first above written. 

A. C. Pepper, Commissioner, Spo-tee, his x mark, 

Mo-sack, his x mark, Naw-squi-base, her x mark, 

Nawb-bwitt, his x mark, Mose-so, his x mark. 
Skin-cheesh, her x mark, 

Witnesses : 

J. B. Duret, Sec'y. Andrew Gosselin, his x mark, 

Geo. W. Ewing, Bennack, his x mark. 



PATAWATTAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBEP 23, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. ] 

Articles of a treaty ', made and concluded at Chippe-way-naung, in 
the State of Indiana, on the twenty-third day of September, in the 
year one thousand eight hundred and thirty -six, between Abel C. 
Pepper, commissioner on the part of the United States, and the 
chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawattamie Indians of 
the Wabash. 

Art. 1. The chiefs, warriors, and head men of the Patawatta- 
mies of the Wabash hereby cede to the United States, all the land 
belonging to the said tribe, in the State of Indiana, and designated 
in the treaty of 1832, (between Jonathan Jennings, John W. Da- 
vis, and Marks Crume, commissioners of the United States, and 
the chiefs and warriors of the Patawattamies, of the State of In- 
diana and Michigan territory,) as reservations for the use of the 
following bands, viz : 

For the band of Kin-krash, four sections, - 4 sections. 

For the band of Che-chaw-kose, ten sections, - 10 do. 

For the band of Ash-kum and Wee-si-o-nas, six- 
teen sections, - - - - 16 do. 

For the band of We-saw, four sections, - 4 do. 

For the band of Mo-ta, four sections, - 4 do. 

For the bands of Mi-no-quet, four sections, - 4 do. 

42 sections. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession aforesaid, the United 
States stipulate to pay the above chiefs, warriors, and head men 
of the Patawattamie nation, one dollar and twenty-five cents per 



682 



PATAWATTAMIES. 



acre, or thirty-three thousand six hundred dollars in specie, on or 
before the first of May, in the year eighteen hundred and thirty- 
seven. 

Art. 3. The above named chiefs, warriors, and head men of 
the Patawattamies of the Wabash, agree to remove to the country 
west of the Mississippi river, provided for the Patawattamie nation 
by the United States, within two years. 

Art. 4. At the request of the above named chiefs, warriors, 
and head men of the Patawattamies aforesaid, it is stipulated, that 
after the ratification of this treaty, the United States shall appoint 
a commissioner who shall be authorized to pay such debts of said 
Wabash Patawattamies as may be proved to his satisfaction to be 
just, to be deducted from the amount stipulated in the 2d article of 
this treaty. 

Art. 5. The United States stipulate to provide for the pay- 
ment of the necessary expenses attending the making and con- 
cluding this treaty. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall be binding upon the parties aforesaid 
from the date of its ratification by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

In testimony whereof, the said Abel C. Pepper, commissioner as 
aforesaid, and the said chiefs, warriors, and head men of the 
Patawattamies of the Wabash, have hereunto set their hands, 
the day and year first above written. 

Abel C. Pepper, Commissioner, 
Pash-po-ho, his x mark, 
O-koh-mause, his x mark, 
Jo-weh, his x mark, 
Mjo-quiss, his x mark, 
W^e-wis-sah, his x mark, 
Pe-pin-a-waw, his x mark, 
No-taw-kah, his x mark, 
Po-kah-gause, his x mark, 
Nas-waw-ray, his x mark, 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 
Ke-waw-nay, his x mark, 
Mat-che-saw, his x mark, 
Ne-boash, his x mark, 
Mee-shawk, his x mark, 
Che-kaw-me, his x mark, 
Kaw-te-nose, his x mark, 
Saw-waw-quett, his x mark, 
W-daw-min, his x mark, 
Kaw-we-saut, his x mark. 



SACS AND FOXES. 



683 



Witnesses : 

J. B, Duret, Secretary, Allen Hamilton, 

E. 0. Cicott, Cyrus Vigus, 

L P. Simonton, Capt. 1st Reg. Job B. Eldrige, 

U. S. Drag. Peter Barron. 

Joseph Barron, Interpreter, 

The above named chiefs acknowledge themselves to be justly 
indebted to Hamilton and Comperet, in the sum of eight hundred 
dollars, and request that it may be paid and deducted from the 
consideration named in the above treaty. 



SACS AND FOXES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. J 

In a convention, held this twenty- seventh day of September? 
1836, between Henry Dodge, superintendent of Indian affairs, and 
the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Sac and Fox tribe of 
Indians, it has been represented, that according to the stipulations 
of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th of 
July, 1830, the country thereby ceded, is " to be assigned and 
allotted under the direction of the President of the United States, 
to the tribes now living thereon, or to such other tribes as the Pre- 
sident may locate thereon for hunting and other purposes." And 
whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and prin- 
cipal men of the tribe aforesaid, to be desirable that the lands ly- 
ing between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river should 
be attached to, and become a part of said State, and the Indian 
title thereto be entirely extinguished ; but that, notwithstanding, 
as these lands compose a part of the country embraced by the pro-* 
visions of said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations 
thereof will be strictly observed until the assent of the Indians in- 
terested is given to the proposed measure. 

Now, we the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Sac and 
Fox tribes of Indians, fully understanding the subject, and well 
satisfied from the local position of the lands in question, that the)* 
can never be made available for Indian purposes, and that an at- 
tempt to place an Indian population on them must inevitably lead 
to collisions with the citizens of the United States; and further 
believing that the extension of the State line in the direction in- 
dicated, would have a happy effect, by presenting a natural boun- 
dary between the whites and Indians ; and, willing, moreover, to 
give the United States a renewed evidence of our attachment and 
friendship, do hereby, for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective 
tribes, (having full power and authority to this effect) forever cede, 
relinquish, and quit claim to the United States, all our right, title, 



684 



SACS AND FOXES. 



and interest of whatsoever nature in, and to, the lands lying 
between the State of Missouri and the Missouri river, and do freely 
and fully exonerate the United States from any guarantee, condi- 
tion, or limitation, expressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie 
du Chien aforesaid, or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute dis- 
position of the said lands, fully authorizing the United States to 
do with the same whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. 

In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, 
the day and year first above written. 

H. Dodge, l. s. 

Wa-pa-ca, his x mark, l. s. 

Po-we-seek, his x mark, l. s. 

Qui-ya-ni-pe-na, his x mark, l. s. 

Au-sa-wa-kuk, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-ko-sa-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Sa-sa-pe-ma, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-wha-wi, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-pa-sa-kun, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-ka-ka, his x mark, l. s. 

We-se-au-ke-no-huck, his x mark, l. s. 

Ka-ha-kee, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-a-huck, his x mark, l. s. 

Nau-a-wa-pit, his x mark, l s, 

Keo-kuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-she-pa-ho, his x mark, l. s. 

We-she-oa-ma-quit, his x mark, l. s. 

Ap-pi-nuis, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-at-shin-wa, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-po-pa-nas-kuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-ta-pe-naut, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-na-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Ma-ke-no-na- see, his x mark, l. s„ 

Na-che-min, his x mark. l. s. 

In presence of us : 

James W. Grimes, Secretary of Danniah Smith, 

Commission, Nathl. Knapp, 

Jos. M. Street, Indian Agent, Daniel Geire, 

Ant. St. Clair, Interpreter, Erastus H. Bassett, 

Frans. Labussir, Interpreter, Geo. Catlin, 

James Craig, Robert Serrell Wood. 



SACS AND FOXES, 



685 



SACS AND FOXES. 

[ CONCLUDED SEPTEMBER 28, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 27, 1837. ] 

Articles of a treaty, made and entered into at the treaty ground on 
the right bank of the Mississippi river, in the county of Debuque, 
and territory of Wisconsin, opposite Rock island, on the twenty" 
eighth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
six, between Henry Dodge, commissioner on the part of the 
United States, of the one part, and the confederated tribes of 
Sac and Fox Indians, represented in general council by the under- 
signed chiefs, headmen and warriors of the said tribes, of the 
other part. 

Whereas, by the second article of the treaty made between the 
United States and the confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians, 
on the twenty-first day of September, one thousand eight hundred 
and thirty-two, a reservation of four hundred sections of land was 
made to the Sac and Fox Indians, to be laid off under the direc- 
tion of the President of the United States in conformity to the 
provisions of said article, and the same having been so sub- 
sequently laid out accordingly, and the confederated tribes of 
Sacs and Foxes being desirous of obtaining additional means of 
support, and to pay their just creditors, have entered into this 
treaty, and make the following cession of land. 

Art. 1. The confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes for the 
purposes above expressed, and for and in consideration of the sti- 
pulations and agreements hereinafter expressed, do hereby cede 
to the United States forever, the said reservation of four hundred 
sections of land, as designated in the second article of the treaty 
made between the United States and the confederated tribes of 
Sacs and Foxes, as the same has been surveyed and laid off by 
order of the President of the United States. 

Art. 2. In consideration of the cession contained in the pre- 
ceding article, the United States hereby agree as follows, to wit : 
To pay to the confederated tribes of the Sac and Fox Indians, in 
the month of June, one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, 
the sum of thirty thousand dollars, and for ten successive years 
thereafter, the sum of ten thousand dollars each year in specie, to 
be paid at the treaty ground opposite Rock island ; to pay to the 
widow and children of Felix St. Vrain, deceased, former Indian 
agent, who was killed by the Indians, one thousand dollars ; to 
pay to the following named persons the sums set opposite to their 
names respectively, being the one-half of the amount agreed to be 
due and owing by the confederated tribes of Sacs and Foxes to 
their creditors, provided said creditors will wait for the other half 
until the same can be paid out of their annuities, for which purpose 
the Sacs and Foxes will set apart the sum of five thousand dollars 



686 



SACS AND FOXES. 



each year, beginning in one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
eight, out of their annuities to be paid upon said debts in the proper 
proportion until the whole amount is discharged ; to wit : to John 
Campbell ten thousand dollars, to Jeremiah Smith six hundred 
and forty dollars, to Stephen Dubois three hundred and five dollars 
and twenty-five cents, to Nathaniel Knapp one hundred dollars, 
to Wharton R. McPherson two hundred and fifty dollars, to S. 
S. Phelps & Co. four thousand dollars, to Jesse W. Shull five 
hundred dollars, to James Jordon one hundred and fifty dollars, 
to John R. Campbell fifteen dollars, to Amos Farrar one hundred 
dollars, to the owners of the S. Warrior one hundred and sixty- 
two dollars and seventy-five cents, to George Davenport two thou- 
sand five hundred and sixty-three dollars and fifty cents, to Ma- 
dame St. Ament five hundred dollars, to Madame Joseph Gunville 
five hundred dollars, to Madame Le Claire one hundred and 
twenty-five dollars, to Miss Blondeau one hundred and twenty- 
five dollars, to Antoine Le Claire two thousand four hundred 
and thirty-six dollars and fifty-cents, to Francis Labachiere one 
thousand one hundred and sixty-seven dollars and seventy-five 
cents, to Pratte, Chouteau & Co. twenty thousand three hundred 
and sixty-two dollars and forty-two and a half cents, to Nathaniel 
Patterson four hundred and fifty-six dollars. 

Art. 3. The United States further agree to deliver to the con- 
federated tribes of Sacs and Foxes two hundred horses, as near 
that number as can be procured with the sum of nine thousand 
three hundred and forty-one dollars, to be delivered at the pay- 
ment of the annuities in June, one thousand eight hundred and 
thirty-seven. 

Art. 4. At the special request of the Sac and Fox Indians 
aforesaid, the United States agree to make the following provision 
for the benefit and support of seven half breeds of the Sac and 

Fox nation, to wit : The United States agree to pay to 

Wayman, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by a Fox 
woman named Ni-an-no, onet housand dollars ; to Wharton R. 
McPherson, for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by 
To-to-qua, a Fox woman, one thousand dollars ; to James Thorn, 
for the use and benefit of his half-breed child by Ka-kee-o-sa-qua, 
a Fox woman, one thousand dollars ; to Joseph Smart, for the use 
of his half-breed child by Ca-ti-qua, a Fox woman, one thousand 
dollars ; to Nathan Smith, for the use and benefit of his half-breed 
child by Wa-na-sa, a Sac woman, one thousand dollars ; and to 
Joseph M. Street, Indian agent, two thousand dollars for the use 
and benefit of two half-breed children, one the child of Niwa-ka- 
kee, a Fox woman, by one Mitchell, the other the child of Ni-an- 
ha, by Amos Farrar, the two thousand dollars to be put at interest, 
and so much of said interest arising therefrom to be expended for 
the benefit of the children as said agent shall deem proper and 
necessary ; and when each shall arrive at the age of twenty years, 



SACS AND FOXES. 



687 



the said agent shall pay to each half-breed one thousand dollars, 
arid any balance of interest remaining in his hands at the time. 

Art^ 5. At the special request of the said confederated tribes 
of Sac and Fox Indians, it is further agreed by the United States, 
to pay to Joseph M. Street, their agent, two hundred dollars for 
the use and benefit of Thompson Connoly and James Connoly, 
children of their friend John Connoly, deceased, to be by said 
agent put at interest and expended on the education of said 
Thompson and James Connoly, children of said John Connoly, 
deceased. 

Art. 6. The said confederated tribes of Sac and Fox Indians 
hereby stipulate and agree to remove from off the lands herein in 
the first article of this treaty ceded to the United States, by the 
first day of November next ensuing the date hereof, and in order 
to prevent any future misunderstanding, it is expressly understood 
that no band or party of the said confederated tribes of Sac and 
Fox Indians, shall plant, fish, or hunt on any portion of the 
country herein ceded after the period just mentioned. 

Art. 6. This treaty shall be obligatory on the contracting par- 
ties after it shall be ratified by the President and Senate of the 
United States. 

Done at the treaty ground on the right bank of the Mississippi, 
in Debuque county, Wisconsin Territory, opposite Rock 
island, this twenty-eighth day of September, one thousand 



eight hundred and thirty-six. 

H. Dodge, l. s. 

A-sho-wa-huk, his x mark, l. s. 

Masha-na, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-ko-sha-she, his x mark, l. s. 

Sa-sa-pe-man, his x mark, l. s. 

Na-wo-huck, his x mark, l. s. 

Pa-na-see, his x mark, l. s. 

foxes. 

Wa-pella, his x mark, l. s. 

Pow-a-sheek, his x mark, l. s. 

Qua-qua-na-pe-qua, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-pak-onas-kuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-tup-a-waut, his x mark, l. s. 

Me-kee-won-a-see, his x mark, l. s. 

Ka-ka-no-an-na, his x mark, l. s. 

SACS. 

Kee-o-kuck, his x mark, l. s. 

Pashapahoo, his x mark, l. s. 

We-she-ko-ma-quit, his x mark, l. s. 

Ap-a-noose, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-a-chin-wa, his x mark, l. s. 

Mo-wha-wi, his x mark, l. s. 

Wa-pe-sha-kon, his x mark. l. s. 



688 



SACS AND FOXES. 



In presence of us 

James W. Grimes, Secretary of W. R. McPherson, 

Commission, Geo. W. Atchison, 

Jos. M. Street, Indian Agent, Jeremiah Smith, 

L. Dorsey Stockton, jr., Attorney Nathan Smith, 

at Law, Robt. Serrell Wood, 

Ant. Leclaire, Interpreter, Geo. Catlin, 

Frans. Labussir, Interpreter, Richard J. Lockwood, 

James Craig, Enoch Gilbert, 

P. R. Chouteau, jr., >/ Courtlandt Lawson, 

Geo. Davenport, George Miller, jr., 

Nathl. Knapp, Courtlandt Lawson. 

Ratified with the following amendments : 

After the word " island " in the third line of the second article, 
insert the following words : "Or such other place as may be de- 
signated by the President of the United States." 

After the word " dollars " in the third line of the second arti- 
cle, strike out the residue of the said article in the following words : 
" To pay to the following named persons the sums set opposite to 
their names respectively, being the one-half of the amount agreed 
to be due and owing by the confederated tribes of Sacs and 
Foxes to their creditors, provided said creditors will wait for the 
other half until the same can be paid out of their annuities, for 
which purpose the Sacs and Foxes will set apart the sum of five 
thousand dollars each year, beginning in one thousand eight hun- 
dred and thirty-eight, out of their annuities, to be paid upon said 
debts in the proper proportion until the whole amount is dis- 
charged, to wit : To John Campbell ten thousand dollars, to Jere- 
miah Smith six hundred and forty dollars, to Stephen Dubois 
three hundred and five dollars and twenty-five cents, to Nathaniel 
Knapp one hundred dollars, to Wharton R. McPherson two hun- 
dred and fifty dollars, to S. S. Phelps & Co. four thousand dollars, 
to Jesse W. Shull five hundred dollars, to James Jordon one hun- 
dred and fifty dollars, to John R. Campbell fifteen dollars, to Amos 
Farrar one hundred dollars, to the owners of the steamboat War- 
rior, one hundred and sixty- two dollars and seventy-five cents, to 
George Davenport two thousand five hundred and sixty-three 
dollars and fifty cents, to Madame St. Ament five hundred dollars, 
to Madame Joseph Gunville five hundred dollars, to Madame Le 
Claire one hundred and twenty-five dollars, to Miss Blondeau one 
hundred and twenty-five dollars, to Antoine Le Claire two thousand 
four hundred and thirty-six dollars and fifty cents, to Francis La- 
bachiere one thousand one hundred and sixty-seven dollars and 
seventy-five cents, to Pratte, Chouteau, & Co. twenty thousand 
three hundred and sixty- two dollars and forty-two and a half cents, 
to Nathaniel Patterson four hundred and fifty-six dollars." 



OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 



689 



After the word "dollars" in the third line of the second article, 
insert the following in lieu of the words stricken out : 

u And also to pay the sum of forty-eight thousand four hundred 
and fifty-eight dollars eighty-seven and a half cents, to enable said 
Indians to pay such debts as may be ascertained by their super- 
intendent to be justly due from them to individuals ; and if said 
debts, so ascertained to be just, amount to more than said sum, then 
the same shall be divided among said creditors pro rata ; and if 
less, then the overplus to be paid to said Indians for their own use." 

The Ioway Indians having set up a claim to a part of the lands 
ceded by this treaty, it is therefore hereby provided, that the Pre- 
sident of the United States shall cause the validity and extent of 
said claim to be ascertained, and upon a relinquishmeut of said 
claim to the United States, he shall cause the reasonable and fair 
value thereof to be paid to said Ioway Indians, and the same 
amount to be deducted from the sum stipulated to be paid to the 
Sacs and Foxes. 



OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 

[ CONCLUDED OCTOBER 15, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 15, 1837. ] 

Articles of a convention, entered into and concluded at Bellevue, 
Upper Missouri, the fifteenth day of October, one thousand eight 
hundred and thirty-six, by and between John Dougherty, United 
States agent for Indian affairs, and Joshua Pitcher, United States 
Indian sub-agent, being specially authorized therefor, and the 
chiefs, braves, head men, etc., of the Otoes, Missouries, Omahaws, 
and Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux, duly authorized by their 
respective tribes. 

Art. 1. Whereas, it has been represented that according to the 
stipulations of the first article of the treaty of Prairie du Chien, of 
the fifteenth of July, eighteen hundred and thirty, the country ceded 
is " to be assigned and allotted under the direction of the President 
of the United States to the tribes now living thereon, or to such 
othertribes as the President may locate thereon for huntingand other 
purposes : " And whereas, it is further represented to us, the chiefs, 
braves, and head men of the tribes aforesaid, that it is desirable 
that the lands lying between the State of Missouri and the Mis- 
souri river, and south of a line running due west from the north- 
west corner of said State until said line strikes the Missouri river, 
should be attached to, and become a part of said State, and the 
Indian title thereto be entirely extinguished ; but that notwith- 
standing, as these lands compose a part of the country embraced 
by the provisions of the said first article of the treaty aforesaid, the 
stipulations whereof will be strictly observed, until the assent of 
58 



690 



OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC, 



the Indians interested is given to the proposed measure. Now. 
we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Otoes, Missouries., 
Omahaws, Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux aforesaid, fully 
understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the local posi- 
(ion of the lands in question, that they never can be made avail- 
able for Indian purposes ; and that an attempt to place an Indian 
population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with the 
citizens of the United States ; and, further believing that the ex- 
tension of the State line in the direction indicated, would have a 
happy effect by presenting a natural boundary between the whites 
and the Indians ; and willing, moreover, to give the United States 
a renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby 
for ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes ( having full 
power and authority to this effect ) forever cede, relinquish, and 
quit claim to the United States, all our right, title, and interest of 
whatsoever nature, in and to the lands lying between the State of 
Missouri and the Missouri river, and south of a line running due 
west from the northwest corner of the State to the Missouri river, 
as hereinbefore mentioned ; and freely and fully exonerate the 
United States from any guarantee, condition, or limitation, ex- 
pressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid or 
otherwise, as to the entire and absolute disposition of said lands, 
fully authorizing the United States to do with the same whatever 
shall seem expedient or necessary. 

Art. 2. As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of 
the United States towards the said Otoes, Missouries, Omahaws, 
and Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux, and as an evidence of 
the sense entertained for the good will manifested by the said tribes 
to the citizens and government of the United States, as evinced in 
the preceding cession and relinquishment ; and as some compen- 
sation for the great sacrifice made by the several deputations at 
this particular season, by abandoning their fall hunts and travelling 
several hundred miles to attend this convention, the undersigned 
John Dougherty and Joshua Pilcher agree, on behalf of the United 
States, to pay as a present to the tribes hereinbefore named, the 
sum of four thousand five hundred and twenty dollars, in mer- 
chandise, the receipt of which they hereby acknowledge, having 
been distributed among them in the proportions following: To the 
Otoes, twelve hundred and fifty dollars ; to the Missouries, one 
thousand dollars; to the Omahaws, twelve hundred and seventy 
dollars ; to the Yankton and Santee bands of Sioux, one thousand 
dollars. 

Art. 3. In consequence of the removal of the Otoes and Mis- 
souries from their former situation on the river Platte to the place 
selected for them, and of their having to build new habitations last 
spring at the time which should have been occupied in attending 
to their crops, it appears that they have failed to such a degree as 
to make it certain that they will lack the means of subsisting next 



0T0ES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 



691 



spring, when it will be necessary for them to commence cultivat- 
ing the lands now preparing for their use. It is therefore agreed, 
that the said Otoes and Missouries (in addition to the presents 
hereinbefore mentioned) shall be furnished at the expense of the 
United States with five hundred bushels of corn, to be delivered 
at their village in the month of April next. And the same causes 
operating upon the Omahaws, they having also abandoned their 
former situation, and established at the place recommended to them 
on the Missouri river, and finding it difficult without the aid of 
ploughs to cultivate land near their village, where they would be 
secure from their enemies, it is agreed, as a farther proof of the 
liberality of the government, and its disposition to advance such 
tribes in the cultivation of the soil as may manifest a disposition to 
rely on it for the future means of subsistence, that they shall have 
one hundred acres of ground broke up and put under a fence near 
the village, so soon as it can be done after the ratification of this 
convention; and that there shall be a suitable person employed as 
farmer to assist and instruct them in cultivating the soil, so soon 
and for such time as the President of the United States may deem 
proper. 

Art. 4. The undersigned, chiefs, braves, and head men of the 
tribes hereinbefore named, feeling sensible of the many acts of 
kindness and liberality manifested towards them and their respec- 
tive tribes, by their good friends, Joseph Roubadoux, sen,, and 
Lucien Fontenelle, during an intercourse of many years ; aware of 
the heavy losses sustained by them at different times by their 
liberality in extending large credits to them and their people, 
which have never been paid, and which (owing to the impove- 
rished situation of their country, and their scanty means of living) 
never can be ; are anxious to evince some evidence of gratitude 
for such benefits and favors, and compensate the said individuals 
in some measure for their losses. To this end, at the earnest soli- 
citation of said tribes, it is agreed that the said Joseph Roubadoux, 
senior, shall have the privilege of selecting three sections of land 
any where within the ceded territory, so soon as the same shall be 
surveyed ; and the said Lucien Fontenelle shall be permitted to 
select two sections in like manner, which shall be conveyed to 
them by the United States without cost, whenever the land so 
selected shall be reported by them, their agents, or legal represen- 
tatives, to the register and receiver of the land office of the district 
in which they lie. It is, however, distinctly understood, that if the 
President and Senate of the United States should refuse to ratify 
this and the last preceding article, or either of them, or any part 
thereof, that such refusal shall in no way affect the relinquishment 
and cession made by the tribes, parties hereto in the first article of 
this convention. 

Art. 5. This convention shall be obligatory on the tribes par- 
ties hereto, from and after the date hereof, and on the United States 
from and after its ratification by the government thereof. 



692 



0T0ES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 



Done, signed, and sealed at Bellevue, Upper Missouri, this fif- 
teenth day of October, one thousand eight hundred and thirty- 
six, and of the independence of the United States, the sixty- 
first. 

Jno. Dougherty, Indian Agent, L. s. 
Joshua Pilcher, U. S. Ind. Sub- Agent, l. s. 

otoes, Jaton, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Kaw, his x mark, l. s. 

The Thief, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-ro-ne-saw, his x mark, L. s. 

Buffalo Chief, his x mark, L. s. 

Shaking Handle, his x mark, l. s. 

We-ca-ru-ton, his x mark, L. s. 

Wash-shon-ke-ra, his x mark, L. s. 

Standing White Bear, his x mark, L. s. 

O-rah-car-pe, his x mark, L. s. 

Wa-nah-sha, his x mark, L. s. 

Wa-gre-ni-e, his x mark, L. s. 

Mon-nah-shu-ja, his x mark, L. s. 

missouries, Hah-che-ge-sug-a, his x mark, L. s. 

Black Hawk, his x mark, s. l. 

No Heart, his x mark, L. s. 
Wan-ge-ge-he-ru-ga-ror, his x mark, l. s. 

The Arrow Fender, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-ne-min-er, his x mark, l. s. 

Big Wing, his x mark, l. s. 

omahawSj Big Elk, his x mark, L. s. 

Big Eyes, his x mark, L. s. 

Wash-kaw-mony, his x mark, L. s. 

White Horse, his x mark, L. s. 

White Caw, his x mark, L. s. 

Little Chief, his x mark, L. s. 

A-haw-paw, his x mark, l. s. 

Walking Cloud, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-see-an-nee, his x mark, L. s. 

No Heart, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-shing-gar, his x mark, L. s. 

Standing Elk, his x mark, L. s. 

Ke-tah-an-nah, his x mark, l. s. 

Mon-chu-ha, his x mark, l. s. 

Pe-ze-nin-ga, his x mark, L. s. 

yankton and Pitta-eu-ta-pishna, his x mark, l. s. 

santees^ Wash-ka-shin-ga, his x mark, l. s. 

Mon-to-he, his x mark, L. s. 

Wah-kan-teau, his x mark, L. s. 

E-ta-ze-pa, his x mark, L. s. 

Ha-che-you-ke-kha, his x mark ? l. s. 



OTOES, MISSOURIES, ETC. 



693 



Wa-men-de-ah-wa-pe, his x mark, l. s. 

E-chunk-ca-ne, his x mark, L. s. 

Chu-we-a-teau, his x mark, L. s. 

Mah-pe-a-tean, his x mark, l. s. 

Wah-mun-de-cha-ka, his x mark, L. s. 

Pah-ha-na-jie, his x mark, l. s. 



Witnesses : 

J. Varnum Hamilton, Sutler U. John A. Ewell, 

S. Drag, and Act. Sec*y, William J. Martin, 
William Steele, Martin Dorion, his x mark. 



Ratified with the following amendments : 

Strike out that part of the third article following the word " con- 
vention," in the following words : " And that there shall be a 
suitable person employed as farmer, to assist and instruct them in 
cultivating the soil so soon, and for such time, as the President of 
the United States may deem proper." 

Strike out the fourth article in the following words : " Article 4. 
The undersigned, chiefs, braves, and head men of the tribes herein 
before named, feeling sensible of the many acts of kindness and 
liberality manifested towards them and their respective tribes, by 
their good friends, Joseph Roubadoux, senior, and Lucien Fonte- 
nelle, during an intercourse of many years ; aware of the heavy 
losses sustained by them, at different times, by their liberality, in 
extending large credits to them and their people, and which have 
never been paid, and which (owing to the impoverished situation 
of their country, and their scanty means of living) never can be ; 
are anxious to evince some evidence of gratitude for such benefits 
and favors, and compensate the said individuals in some measure 
for their losses. To this end, at the earnest solicitation of said 
tribes, it is agreed that the said Joseph Roubadoux. senior, shall 
have the privilege of selecting three sections of land, any where 
within the ceded territory, so soon as the same shall be surveyed ; 
and the said Lucien Fontenelle shall be permitted to select two 
sections in like manner, which shall be conveyed to them by the 
United States without cost, whenever the land so selected shall be 
reported by them, their agents, or legal representatives, to the re- 
gister and receiver of the land office of the district in which they 
lie. It is, however, distinctly understood, that if the President and 
Senate of the United States should refuse to ratify this and the 
last preceding article, or either of them, or any part thereof, that 
such refusal shall in no way affect the relinquishment and cession 
made by the tribes, parties hereto in the first article of this con- 
vention.' ' 



694 sioux, 

SIOUX. 

[ CONCLUDED NOVEMBER 30, 1836 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837. ] 

In a convention, held this thirtieth day of November, 1836, be- 
tween Lawrence Taliaferro, Indian agent at St. Peters, and the 
chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Wahpaakootah, Susseton, 
and Upper Medawakanton tribes of Indians, it has been repre- 
sented, that according to the stipula ions of the first article of the 
treaty of Prairie du Chien, of the 15th July, 1830, the country 
thereby ceded, is " to be assigned and allotted under the direction 
of the President of the United States, to the tribes now living 
thereon, or to such other tribes as the President may locate there- 
on, for hunting and other purposes." And whereas, it is further 
represented to us, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the 
tribes aforesaid, to be desirable, that the lands lying between the 
State of Missouri and the Missouri river should be attached to, and 
become a part of the said State, and the Indian title thereto be 
entirely extinguished ; but that, notwithstanding, as these lands 
compose a part of the country embraced by the provisions of said 
first article of the treaty aforesaid, the stipulations thereof will be 
strictly observed until the assent of the Indians interested is 
given to the proposed measure. 

Now we, the chiefs, braves, and principal men of the Wahpaa- 
kootah, Susseton, and Upper Medawakanton tribes of Sioux In- 
dians, fully understanding the subject, and well satisfied from the 
local position of the lands in question, that they can never be made 
available for Indian purposes, and that an attempt to place an In- 
dian population on them must inevitably lead to collisions with 
the citizens of the United States ; and further, believing that the 
extension of the State line in the direction indicated, would have a 
happy effect, by presenting a natural boundary between the whites 
and Indians ; and willing, moreover, to give the United States a 
renewed evidence of our attachment and friendship, do hereby, for 
ourselves, and on behalf of our respective tribes, (having full power 
and authority to this effect,) forever cede, relinquish, and quit 
claim to the United States all our right, title, and interest of what- 
soever nature in, and to, the lands lying between the State of 
Missouri and the Missouri river, and do freely and fully exonerate 
the United States from any guarantee, condition, or limitation, ex- 
pressed or implied, under the treaty of Prairie du Chien aforesaid, 
or otherwise, as to the entire and absolute disposition of the said 
lands, fully authorizing the United States to do with the same 
whatever shall seem expedient or necessary. 

As a proof of the continued friendship and liberality of the 
United States towards the Wahpaakootah, Susseton and Upper 
Medawakanton tribes of Sioux Indians, and as an evidence of the 



POTAWATAMIES. 



695 



sense entertained for the good will manifested by said tribes to 
the citizens and Government of the United States, as evinced in 
the preceding cession or relinquishment, the undersigned agrees, 
on behalf of the United States, to cause said tribes to be furnished 
with presents to the amount of five hundred and fifty dollars, in 
goods, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. 

In testimony whereof, we have hereunto set our hands and seals, 
the day and year first above written. 

Law. Taliaferro, l. s, 

sussetons. 

Ese-tah-ken-bah, or the sleepy eyes, his x mark, l. s. 

Kahe-maa-doh-kah, or the male rover, his x mark, l. s. 

Tunkah-munnee, or the great walker, his x mark, l. s. 

Hoh-wah-munnee, or the walking crier, his x mark. l. s. 

WAHPAAKOOTAS. 

Tah-sau-ga, or the cane, his x mark, l. s. 

Wahmaadee-sappah, or black eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Skushkahnah, or moving shadow, his x mark, l. s. 

Ahppaa-hoh-tah, or the gray mane, his x mark, l. s. 

UPPER MEDAWAKANTONS. 

Wahkon-Tunkah, or the big thunder, his x mark, L. 8. 

Wahmadee-tunkah, or big eagle, his x mark, l. s. 

Marcpeeah-mah-zah, or iron cloud, his x mark, l. s. 

Koc-ko-moc-ko, or afloat, his x mark, l. s. 
Tah-chunk-pee-sappah, or the black tomahawk, his x mark, l. s. 

Marc-pee-wee-chas-tah, or chiefs of the clouds, his x mark, l. s. 

Tah-chunk-washtaa, or the good road, his x mark, l. s. 

Mah-zah-hoh-tah, or the gray iron, his x mark, l. s. 

Patah-eu-hah, or he that holds the five, his x mark. l. s. 

Executed in presence of 

J. McClure, Lt. 1st Inf. J. N. Nicollet, 

S. M. Plummer, Lt. 1st Inf. Scott Campbell, U. S. Interpt'r. 



POTAWATAMIES. 

[ CONCLUDED FEBRUARY 11, 1837 — RATIFIED FEBRUARY 18, 1837.] 

Articles of a treaty, concluded in the city of Washington on the 
eleventh day of February, eighteen hundred and thirty-seven, be- 
tween John T. Douglass, commissioner on the part of the United 
States, and Chee-chaw-kose, Ash-kum, Wee-saw or Louison, 
Muck-hose, arid Qui-qui-to, chiefs of the Potawatamie tribe of 
Indians. 

Art. 1. The chiefs and head men above named do, for them- 
selves and their respective bands, sanction and give their assent 



696 



POTA WATAMIE S . 



to the provisions of the treaties concluded between A. C. Pepper, 
commissioner on the part of the United States, and certain chiefs 
and young men of the Potawatamie tribe of Indians, on the 5th 
day of August, and 23d day of September, 1836, in which were 
ceded to the United States certain lands in the State of Indiana, 
in which the chiefs and head men above named have an interest, 
the same having been reserved for them and their bands, respec- 
tively, in the treaties of October 26th and 27th, 1832. And the 
chiefs, and head men above named, for themselves and their 
bands, do hereby cede to the United States all their interest in 
said lands, and agree to remove to a country that may be provided 
for them by the President of the United States, southwest of the 
Missouri river, within two years from the ratification of this treaty. 

Art. 2. The United States agree that the several sums for the 
payment of which provision is made in the treaties of August and 
September, 1836, referred to in the preceding article, shall be paid 
to the respective chiefs and bands, for whose benefit the lands, 
ceded by the said treaties, were reserved. 

Art. 3. The United States further agree to convey by patent 
to the Potawattamies of Indiana, a tract of country on the Osage 
river, southwest of the Missouri river, sufficient in extent, and 
adapted to their habits, and wants ; remove them to the same, 
furnish them with one year's subsistence after their arrival there, 
and pay the expenses of this treaty, and of the delegation now in 
this city. 

Art. 4. It is further stipulated, that the United States will pur- 
chase the "five sections in the prairie, near Rock village," reserved 
for Qui-qui-to, in the second article of the treaty of October, 1832, 
for the sum of $4,000 ; to be paid to said chief at such times and 
places as the president of the United States may think proper. 

Art. 5. This treaty to be obligatory upon the contracting par- 
ties, when ratified by the President and Senate of the United 



In witness whereof, the contracting parties have hereunto set 
their hands and seals, the day and year above written. 



States. 



John T. Douglass, Commissioner, 
Qui-qui-taw, his x mark, 
Che-chaw-kose, his x mark, 
Ash-kum, his x mark, 
We-saw, or Louison, his x mark, 
Muck-kose, his x mark, 
Sin-qui-waugh, his x mark, 



L. S. 



L. S. 



L. S. 



L. S. 



L. S. 



L. S. 



L. S. 




L. 8. 



G. C. Johnson, 



Signed in presence of 

Isaac McCoy. 



CHOCTAWS AND CHICKASAWS. 



697 



CHOCTAWS AND CHICKASAWS. 

[CONCLUDED JANUARY 17, 1S37 — RATIFIED MARCH 24, 1837.] 

Articles of convention and agreement made on the seventeenth day 
of January , one thousand eight hundred and thirty-seven, between 
the undersigned chiefs and commissioners, duly appointed and 
empowered by the Choctaw tribe of Red People, and John Mc- 
Lish, Petman Colbert, James Brown, and James Perry, delegates 
of the Chickasaw tribe of Indians, duly authorized by the chiefs 
and head men of said people for that purpose, subject to the ap- 
proval of the President and Senate of the United States. 

Art. 1. It is agreed by the Choctaws that the Chickasaws shall 
have the privilege of forming a district within the limits of their 
country, to be held on the same terms that the Choctaws now hold 
it, except the right of disposing of it, which is held in common 
with the Choctaws and Chickasaws, to be called the Chickasaw 
district of the Choctaw nation, to have an equal representation in 
their General Council, and to be placed on an equal footing in 
every other respect with any of the other districts of said nation, 
except a voice in the management of the consideration which is 
given for these rights and privileges ; and the Chickasaw people 
to be entitled to all the rights and privileges of Choctaws, with 
the exception of participating in the Choctaw annuities, and the 
consideration to be paid for these rights and privileges, and to be 
subject to the same laws to which the Choctaws are; but the 
Chickasaws reserve to themselves the sole right and privilege of 
controlling and managing the residue of their funds, as far as is 
consistent with the late treaty between the said people and the 
Government of the United States, and of making such regulations 
and electing such officers for that purpose as they may think proper. 

Art. 2. The Chickasaw district shall be bounded as follows, 
viz : beginning on the north bank of Red river, at the mouth of 
Island bayou, about eight or ten miles below the mouth of False 
Wachitta, thence running north along the main channel of said 
bayou to its source ; thence along the dividing ridge between the 
Wachitta and Low Blue rivers, to the road leading from fort Gib- 
son to fort Wachitta; thence along said road, to the line dividing 
Mushalatubbee and Pushmatahaw districts ; thence, eastwardly, 
along said district line, to the source of Brushy creek; thence, 
down said creek, to where it flows into the Canadian river, ten or 
twelve miles above the mouth of the south fork of the Canadian ; 
thence, west, along the main Canadian river, to its source, if in 
the limits of the United States, or to those limits; and thence, 
due south, to Red river, and down Red river to the beginning. 

Art. 3. The Chickasaws agree to pay the Choctaws, as a con- 
sideration for these rights and privileges, the sum of five hundred 
59 



698 



CHOCTAWS AND CHICKASAWS. 



and thirty thousand dollars; thirty thousand of which shall be 
paid at the time, and in the manner, that the Choctaw annuity of 
1837 is paid ; and the remaining five hundred thousand dollars to 
be invested in some safe and secure stocks, under the direction of 
the Government of the United States, redeemable within a period 
of not less than twenty years; and the Government of the United 
States shall cause the interest arising therefrom to be paid annually 
to the Choctaws, in the following manner : twenty thousand dol- 
lars of which to be paid, as the present Choctaw annuity is paid, 
for four years, and the residue to be subject to the control of the 
General Council of the Choctaws ; and, after the expiration of the 
four years, the whole of said interest to be subject to the entire 
control of the said council. 

Art. 4. To provide for the future adjustment of all complaints 
or dissatisfactions which may arise to interrupt the peace and har- 
mony which have so long and so happily existed between the 
Choctaws and Chickasaws, it is hereby agreed by the parties that 
all questions relative to the construction of this agreement shall be 
referred to the Choctaw agent, to be by him decided ; reserving, 
however, to either party, should it feel itself aggrieved thereby, 
the right of appealing to the President of the United States, 
whose decision shall be final and binding. But, as considerable 
time might elapse before the decision of the President could be 
had, in the mean time, the decision of the said agent shall be 
binding. 

Art. 5. It is hereby declared to be the intention of the parties 
hereto, that equal rights and privileges shall pertain to both Choc- 
taws and Chickasaws to settle in whatever district they may think 
proper, and to be eligible to all the different offices of the Choc- 
taw nation, and to vote on the same terms in whatever district they 
may settle, except that the Choctaws are not to vote in any wise 
for officers in relation to the residue of the Chickasaw fund. 

In testimony whereof, the parties hereto have hereunto subscrib- 
ed their names and affixed their seals, at Doaksville, near 
fort Towson, in the Choctaw country, on the day and year 
first above written. 

In the presence of 

Wm. Armstrong, Acting SupH. Western Territory, 
Henry R. Carter, Condor of the Chick. Deleg'n, 
Josiah S. Doak, 
Vincent B. Tims, 

Daniel Mc Curtain, U. S. Intepreter, 
P. J. Humphreys, 

J. T. Sprague, Lieut. U. S. Marine Corps. 
Thomas Lafloor, his x mark, Chief of Oaklafdaya district, 
Nituchachue, his x mark, Chief of Pushmatahaw district, 
Joseph Kincaid, his x mark, Chief of Mushalattibbee district. 

BC 10.5 



CHOCTAWS AND CHICKASAWS. 



699 



Commissioners of the Choctaw nation. 



P. P. Pitchlynn, l. s. 

George W. Haskins, l. s. 

Israel Folsom, l. s. 

R. M. Jones, l. s. 

Silas D. Fisher, l. s. 

Samuel Wowster, l. s. 



John McKenney, his x mark, 
Eyachahofaa, his x mark, 
Nathaniel Folsom, his x mark, 
Lewis Brashears, his x mark, 
James Fletcher, his x mark, 
George Pusley, his x mark. 

Captains* 

Oak-chi-a, his x mark, 
Thomas Hays, his x mark, 
Pis-tam-bee, his x mark, 
Ho-lah-ta-ho-ma, his x mark, 
E-yo-tah, his x mark, 
Isaac Perry, his x mark, 
No-wah-ham-bee, his x mark. 

Chickasaw delegation* 

J. McLish, 
Pitman Colbert, 
James Brown, his x mark, 
James Perry, his x mark. 



i 



LB D 'II 










0 • 

--r ft 





,0 - 







49 -^5?/ ^ 










Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proce 
- Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
f Treatment Date: March 2010 



SK PreservationTechnologie 

^U. 9 % A WORLD LEADER IN COLLECTIONS PRESERVATI 

"* . 111 Thnmcnn Parle nriup 



A> „ . » . , "<f • 



111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724) 779-2111 



